Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 778 "I" titles
  • Print
    Terry McMillan.
    Summary: Dr. Georgia Young's wonderful life--great friends, family, and successful career--aren't enough to keep her from feeling stuck and restless. When she decides to make some major changes in her life, quitting her job as an optometrist, and moving house, she finds herself on a wild journey that may or may not include a second chance at love.

    Contents:
    Running out of time?
    From the waist down
    Old flames or just sparks
    How to stage
    Liar, liar, pants on fire, you son of a bitch
    Geography
    A definite no, but maybe
    White light, red light
    Cardboard
    Sightseers
    Not always in black and white
    Generations
    And so it went
    Fortunes
    Time and money
    Loss of use
    Previously accepted limitations no longer apply
    What to do when you don't have a calling
    Whew
    Listening to your brain
    When bad news is good news
    Why I'm calling
    The dreaded reunion
    Already home
    How to fall in and out of love in three easy steps
    What are friends for?
    Surprising surprises
    Party over here
    Space sailor
    More than a slice
    What is sustainable
    The name of this movie
    My brand-new future
    Spilling the beans
    Starlight
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3563.C3868 I2 2017
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Donald Gullberg, editor.
    Summary: "The integrin family is composed of 24 members and approximately ten years ago (2003) we published a book devoted to the nine I domain integrin subunits. In this second edition, I am pleased that most of the original authors have been able to contribute to the updated version. I domain containing integrins include collagen receptors and leukocyte receptors. In 2003 the knockout mouse phenotypes for all of the I domain integrins had not yet been published; they are now, and are summarized and discussed in this edition. Interestingly, a recent 10 integrin mutation in dogs has indicated that collagen-binding integrins in the musculoskeletal system might have much more severe phenotypes in larger animals/humans compared to the mild integrin phenotypes observed in collagen-binding integrin deficient mice. This finding is further discussed in the book. In the cancer field, the microenvironment is taking center stage, and here collagen receptors on fibroblasts are predicted to play important roles in paracrine signaling, in regulating tissue stiffness and matrix remodeling. New technologies, new mouse models in combination with analyses of I integrins in larger animals/humans are thus predicted to increase our knowledge about this group of receptors. With this in mind we look forward to another 10 years of research with I domain integrins."--Publisher's wevsite.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Austin Channing Brown.
    Summary: The author's first encounter with a racialized America came at age seven, when her parents told her they named her Austin to deceive future employers into thinking she was a white man. She grew up in majority-white schools, organizations, and churches, and has spent her life navigating America's racial divide as a writer, a speaker, and an expert helping organizations practice genuine inclusion. While so many institutions claim to value diversity in their mission statements, many fall short of matching actions to words. Brown highlights how white middle-class evangelicalism has participated in the rise of racial hostility, and encourages the reader to confront apathy and recognize God's ongoing work in the world.

    Contents:
    White people are exhausting
    Playing spades
    The other side of harmony
    Ain't no friends here
    Whiteness at work
    Interlude: Why I love being a black girl
    White fragility
    Nice white people
    The story we tell
    Creative anger
    Interlude: How to survive racism in an organization that claims to be antiracist
    The ritual of fear
    A God for the accused
    We're still here
    Interlude: A letter to my son
    Justice, then reconciliation
    Standing in the shadow of hope.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.615 .B7335 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Marcelo F. Di Carli, Maurizio Dondi, Raffaele Giubbini, Diana Paez, editors.
    Summary: This open access book presents a wide portfolio of examples of positron emission tomography coupled with computer tomography (PET/CT) studies in various cardiac conditions in order to provide a rationale for the implementation of this technology in an array of clinical conditions. Cardiovascular diseases are a major contributor to premature morbidity and mortality worldwide. Low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) are particularly affected by cardiovascular diseases (CVDs), with more than 75% of all CVDs deaths occurring in these countries. For this reason, target 3.4 of the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) agenda aims at a 30% reduction in premature mortality due to non-communicable diseases (NCDs), which include CVDs, by 2030. Among CVDs, ischemic heart disease (IHD) plays an important role and, according to the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), it was responsible for 15.96% of global deaths in 2017. Between 2000 and 2017, the number of IHD deaths worldwide increased by 0.26% per year. Several imaging tools help to non-invasively diagnose, stratify risk and guide management in cardiac disease. They include nuclear cardiology techniques, using either SPECT (single photon emission computed tomography) or PET/CT. While myocardial imaging with SPECT has been fully embraced by the cardiology community and is widely available worldwide, PET/CT introduction has been slower, due not only to its higher costs, but also to the limited availability of PET/VCT scanners, mostly utilized for oncological applications. This book is an invaluable tool for nuclear medicine physicians, cardiologists and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Technical considerations for cardiac PET/CT
    2. Evaluation of ischemic heart disease
    3. Evaluation of CAV after heart transplantation
    4. Evaluation of infiltrative cardiomyopathies
    5. Evaluation of CV inflammation and infection
    6. Emerging applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access IARC v. 43-, 1988-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC268.57 .I5711
    56
  • Digital
    Masatoshi Makuuchi [and six others], editors.
    Summary: This textbook includes 70 chapters contributed by an exceptional group of experts in all areas of hepato-pancreato-biliary diseases, bringing a multi-disciplinary approach to treatments. The book is designed to cover all aspects of the liver and pancreatic anatomy and pathology, as well as therapy. The topics are comprehensively reviewed, and as well as summarizing the previous works, the authors provide discussions of practice-changing techniques and approaches to therapy of HBP cancers. Treating the diseases in hepato-pancreato-biliary regions is particularly difficult due to the complex anatomy, aggressive biological behavior, and poor prognosis. Therefore, ample illustrations are included to tackle these challenges. The IASGO Textbook of Multi-Disciplinary Management of Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary Diseases aims to update the academic and non-academic medical professionals, such as surgeons, radiation oncologists, medical oncologists, gastroenterologists, interventional radiologists, radiologists, basic scientists. In collaboration with the International Association of Surgeons, Gastroenterologists and Oncologists (IASGO), delivers a valuable and well-organized textbook for medical professionals.

    Contents:
    1. Surgical anatomy of the liver
    2.Surgical anatomy of the pancreas
    3. Surgical anatomy of the biliary tract
    4. Liver function and posthepatectomy liver failure
    5. Surgical approach to Pancreas, Liver, Biliary Physiologic Impairment
    6. Biliary tract functions and impairment
    7. Preinvasive intraductal biliary neoplasm: Biliary intraepithelial biliary neoplasm and intraductal papillary neoplasm of bile duct
    8. Pathology of biliary tract cancers
    9. Multifocal hepatocellular carcinoma: Genomic and transcriptional heterogeneity
    10. Intraductal neoplasms of the pancreas
    11. Mucinous cystic neoplasms (MCNs). -12. Pathology of Pancreatic Cancer
    13. CT in Hepato-Bilio-Pancreatic Surgical Pathology
    14. Magnetic Resonance Elastography (MRE) to assess hepatic fibrosis
    15. FDG-PET for management on Hepato-pancreato-biliary disease
    16. Endoscopic ultrasound for hepato-pancreato-biliary diseases
    17. Intraoperative imaging techniques in liver surgery
    18. Scientific rationale for combination therapies in HPB malignancies Use of radiotherapy alone and in combination with other therapies for hepatocellular carcinoma: Rationale and future directions
    19. Recent update in chemotherapy of Cholangiocarcinoma
    20. Chemotherapy in pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma
    21. Immune-checkpoint inhibitors in hepatocellular carcinoma
    22. Molecularly targeted therapy in cholangiocarcinoma
    23. Systemic therapies in pancreatic cancers
    24. Endoscopic Biliary Drainage and Associated Procedures Required for Patients with Malignant Biliary Strictures
    25. Endoscopic management of peripancreatic fluid collection
    26. Endoscopic ultrasound and fine needle tissue acquisition for pancreatic tumors
    27. Concept and purpose of ERAS
    28. Multidisciplinary Enhanced Recovery After Surgery (ERAS) pathway for hepatobiliary and pancreatic surgery
    29. ERAS for pancreatic surgery
    30.Ultrasound-guided anatomic resection of the liver
    31. Parenchyma-sparing hepatic resection for multiple metastatic tumors
    32. Open and laparoscopic liver hanging maneuver
    33. The Glissonean pedicle approach: The Takasaki Technique
    34. Laparoscopic Major Hepatectomy and Parenchymal-Sparing Anatomical Hepatectomy
    35. Laparoscopic anatomical resection of the liver: Segmentectomy and Sub-segmentectomy
    36. Modified ALPPS procedure
    37. Artery-first approach in pancreaticoduodenectomy
    38. Organ and parenchyma sparing pancreatic surgery
    39. Isolated pancreatoduodenectomy with portal vein resection using the Nakao mesenteric approach
    40. Pancreaticoduodenectomy with hepatic artery resection
    41. Pancreaticoduodenectomy with splenic artery resection for tumors of the pancreatic head and/or body invading the splenic artery
    42. Pancreaticoduodenectomy with superior mesenteric resection and reconstruction for locally advanced tumors
    43. Robotic Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    44. Duodenum-Preserving Pancreatic Head Resection
    45. Artery-first approaches to distal pancreatectomy
    46. Spleen-preserving distal pancreatectomy
    47. Distal pancreatectomy with en bloc celiac axis resection (DP-CAR)
    48. Modified Distal Pancreatectomy with Celiac Axis En-bloc Resection (modified DP-CAR)
    49. Robotic distal pancreatectomy
    50. Pancreaticoduodenectomy with superior mesenteric resection and reconstruction for locally advanced tumors
    51. Pancreatic resection for solid pseudopapillary neoplasms
    52. Pancreatic resection for neuroendocrine neoplasms of the pancreas
    53. International Consensus Guidelines for the management of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms
    54. Remnant pancreatic cancer after surgical resection for pancreatic cancer
    55. Benign Biliary Diseases
    56. Major hepatic resection for perihilar biliary cancers
    57. Surgical Management of Intrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
    58. Hepatopancreatoduodenectomy (HPD) for biliary tract cancers
    59. Hepato-biliary injuries
    60. Surgical treatment for severe liver injuries
    61. Indications for liver transplantation in adults - selection of patients with end stage liver diseases
    62. Indications for liver transplantation in Acute liver failure
    63. Liver Graft Retrieval in Deceased Donors
    64. Deceased donor liver transplantation: the pendulum of visions and ideas
    65. Living donor liver transplantation
    66. Pyogenic Liver Abscess
    67. Liver transplantation for Colorectal and Neuroendocrine Liver Metastases and Hepatoblastoma
    68. Technical variant liver transplantation: split, dual graft, and auxiliary transplantation
    69. Domino liver transplantation
    70. Allogeneic and Autologous Pancreatic Islet Cell Transplantation
    71. IASGOchapterKaramarkovic_totalpancreatectomy edit. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    executive editor, Harvey I. Pass ; editors, David Ball, Giorgio V. Scagliotti.
    Contents:
    Classic epidemiology of lung cancer
    Tobacco control and primary prevention
    Assessing and treating tobacco use in lung cancer care
    Lung cancer in never-smokers : a different disease
    Gender-related differences in lung cancer
    Genetic susceptibility to lung cancer
    Screening for lung cancer
    Preclinical biomarkers for the early detection of lung cancer
    Chemoprevention of lung cancer and management of early lung cancer
    Copy number abnormalities and gene fusions in lung cancer : present and developing technologies
    Mutational events in lung cancer : present and developing technologies
    Epigenetic events in lung cancer : chromatin remodeling and DNA methylation
    Stem cells and lung cancer : in vitro and in vivo studies
    Microenvironment and lung cancer
    Micrornas as biomarkers for lung cancer
    Humoral and cellular immune dysregulation and lung cancer
    Classic anatomic pathology and lung cancer
    Molecular testing in lung cancer
    Management of small histologic and cytologic specimens in the molecular era
    Clinical presentation and prognostic factors in lung cancer
    Conventional imaging of lung cancer
    Positron emission tomography imaging of lung cancer
    Diagnostic workup for suspected lung cancer confined to the chest
    Preoperative and intraoperative invasive staging of the mediastinum
    The eighth edition of the tumor, node, and metastasis classification of lung cancer
    Preoperative functional evaluation of the surgical candidate
    Results of video-assisted techniques for resection of lung cancer
    Robotic surgery : techniques and results for resection of lung cancer
    Extent of surgical resection for stage i and ii lung cancer
    Extended resections for lung cancer : chest wall and pancoast tumors
    Extended resections for lung cancer : bronchovascular sleeve resections
    Multiple nodules : management of synchronous and metachronous lung cancers
    Surgical management of patients considered marginally resectable
    Technical requirements for lung cancer radiotherapy
    Radiobiology of lung cancer
    Patient selection for radiotherapy
    Stage i nonsmall cell lung cancer and oligometastatic disease
    Ablation options for localized nonsmall cell lung cancer
    Radiotherapy for locally advanced nonsmall cell lung cancer including combined modality
    Radiotherapy in the management of small cell lung cancer : thoracic radiotherapy, prophylactic cranial irradiation
    Palliative radiotherapy for lung cancer
    Acute and late toxicities of thoracic radiotherapy : pulmonary, esophagus, and heart
    Neurotoxicity related to radiotherapy and chemotherapy for nonsmall cell and small cell lung cancer
    Frontline systemic therapy options in nonsmall cell lung cancer
    Systemic options for second-line therapy and beyond
    Maintenance chemotherapy for nonsmall cell lung cancer
    Pharmacogenomics in lung cancer : predictive biomarkers for chemotherapy
    New targets for therapy in lung cancer
    Management of toxicities of targeted therapies
    Immunotherapy and lung cancer
    Adjuvant and neoadjuvant chemotherapy for early-stage nonsmall cell lung cancer
    Treatment of extensive-stage small cell lung cancer
    Malignant mesothelioma
    Mediastinal tumors
    Neuroendocrine tumors of the lung other than small cell lung cancer
    Thymic tumors
    Lung cancer emergencies
    The role of palliative care in lung cancer
    Clinical trial methodology in lung cancer : study design and end-point considerations
    How to promote and organize clinical research in lung cancer
    The role of advocacy groups in lung cancer
    The role of health services research in improving the outcomes for patients with lung cancer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Print
    editor, Leslie Preger.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC90 .I27
    1
  • Digital
    Roberto Justus.
    Contents:
    PREVENTION OF WHITE SPOT LESIONS (WSLs): Background: Incidence & Prevalence
    Detection
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Clinical Recommendations. MAINTENANCE OF PERIODONTAL HEALTH AND PREVENTION OF PERIODONTAL DETERIORATION: Extraction vs. non-extraction treatment
    Functional appliances vs. headgear
    Diagnosis and treatment of anterior open bite
    The importance of chin projection
    Stability and Post-treatment retention
    Clinical Recommendations. PREVENTION OF EXTERNAL APICAL ROOT RESORPTION (EARR): Etiologic Factors
    Controversies
    Genetic predisposition
    Evidence
    Root-Sparing Treatment Strategies
    Clinical recommendations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Jean-Paul Wayenborgh ; with the co-operation of Saiichi Mishima and C. Richard Keeler.
    Contents:
    Pt. 1. A-K
    Pt. 2. L-Z
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RE31 .W39 2001
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Diseases, tabular list
    v. 2. Diseases, alphabetic index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Natl Cent Health Stat
    1996-<2011> FTP Zip files of the 9th revision, 6th edition here.
    Fulltext
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RB115 .I61
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Online version includes browsable tabular headings with search capability and instruction manual as well as links to older versions.

    Contents:
    v. 1. Tabular list
    v. 2. Instruction manual
    v. 3. Alphabetical index.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RB115 .I155
    3
  • Digital
    Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, National Center for Health Statistics.
    Summary: "ICD-10-CM is the United States' clinical modification of the World Health Organization's ICD-10. The term "clinical" is used to emphasize the modification's intent: to serve as a useful tool in the area of classification of morbidity data for indexing of health records, medical care review, and ambulatory and other health care programs, as well as for basic health statistics. To describe the clinical picture of the patient the codes must be more precise than those needed only for statistical groupings and trend analysis"--Preface

    Contents:
    Index to diseases and injuries
    External cause of injuries index
    Tabular list of diseases and injuries
    Table of drugs and chemicals
    Table of neoplasms.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current edition
    Limited to 5 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RB115 .I158 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and the National Center for Health Statistics.
    Contents:
    Medical and Surgical
    Obstetrics
    Placement
    Administration
    Measurement and Monitoring
    Extracorporeal or Systemic Assistance and Performance
    Extracorporeal or Systemic Therapies
    Osteopathic
    Other Procedures
    Chiropractic
    Imaging
    Nuclear Medicine
    Radiation Therapy
    Physical Rehabilitation and Diagnostic Audiology
    Mental Health
    substance Abuse Treatment
    New Technology
    Definitions
    Device Aggregation Table
    Index.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current edition
    Limited to 5 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Mitsuo Kusano, Norihiro Kokudo, Masakazu Toi, Masaki Kaibori, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I Basis of ICG Fluorescence Method
    Chapter 1 Photodynamic Characteristics of ICG Fluorescence Imaging
    Chapter 2 Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Properties
    Chapter 3 Classical Signaling Pathways
    Chapter 4 Characteristics of the Photodynamic Eye Camera
    Part II Neurosurgery
    Chapter 5 ICG Video-Angiography in Neurosurgical Procedures
    Part III Head and Neck Surgery
    Chapter 6 ICG Fluorescent Image-Guided Surgery in Head and Neck Cancer
    Part IV Cardiovascular Surgery
    Chapter 7 An Innovative SPY Intraoperative Imaging and Validation Technologies for Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Chapter 8 Application of an Angiographic Blood Flow Evaluation Technique in C ardiovascular Surgery Using the HyperEye Medical System
    Part V Sentinel Node Navigation Surgery and Other Applications for Gastrointestinal Tract Cancers
    Chapter 9 Principle and Development of ICG Method
    Chapter 10 Practice of Fluorescence Navigation Surgery Using Indocyanine Green for Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy in Breast Cancer
    Chapter 11 A Perspective on Current Status and Future Directions of Sentinel Node Biopsy Using Fluorescence Imaging System in Breast Cancer
    Chapter 12 Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Axillary Reverse Mapping for Sentinel Node Navigation Surgery in Breast Cancer
    Chapter 13 A New Concept for Axillary Treatment of Primary Breast Cancer using Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Imaging
    Chapter 14 Function-Preserving Curative Gastrectomy Guided by ICG Fluorescence Imaging for Early Gastric Cancer
    Chapter 15 Fluorescent Navigation Surgery for Gastrointestinal Tract Cancers: Detection of Sentinel Nodes, Tumor Tattooing and Harvesting of Lymph Nodes
    Chapter 16 Sentinel Node Navigation Surgery for Rectal Cancer
    Indications for Lateral Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Chapter 17 Indocyanine Green Fluorescence-Navigated Sentinel lymph node navigation surgery (SNNS) for skin cancers ( in cutaneous malignant melanoma and extramammary Paget's disease)
    Chapter 18 Regional Lymph Node Dissection Assisted by Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Lymphography and Angiography for Stage III Melanoma
    Part VI Assessment of Blood Supply toTissue & Reconstructed Organ with Application of Plastic Surgery
    Chapter 19 Blood Supply Visualization for Reconstruction During Esophagectomy
    Chapter 20 Evaluation of Viability of Reconstruction Organs During Esophageal Reconstruction
    Chapter 21 ICG Fluorescence Navigation Surgery in Breast Reconstruction with TRAM Flaps
    Chapter 22 Intraoperative Evaluation of Flap Circulation by ICG Fluorescence Angiography in the Breast Reconstruction with Pedicled TRAM Frap
    Chapter 23 Pre- and Intraoperative Identification of Perforator Vessels Using MRA/MDCTA, Doppler Sonography, and ICG Fluorescence Angiography
    Chapter 24 Intraoperative Assessment of Intestinal Perfusion Using Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Angiography (ICG-AG) During Pediatric Surgery
    Part VII Hepato-Pancreatic-Biliary Surgery
    Chapter 25 Basic Aspects of ICG Fluorescence Imaging of the Liver
    Chapter 26 Intraoperative Liver Segmentation Using Indocyanine Green Fluorescent Imaging
    Chapter 27 Liver Parenchymal Staining Using Fusion ICG Fluorescence Imaging
    Chapter 28 Anatomical Hepatectomy Using Indocyanine Green Fluorescent Imaging and Needle-Guiding Technique
    Chapter 29 Microscopic Findings of Fluorescence of Liver Cancers
    Chapter 30 Intraoperative Detection of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Using Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Imaging
    Chapter 31 Laparoscopic Intraoperative Identification of Liver Tumors by Fluorescence Imaging
    Chapter 32 Application of Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Imaging to Pediatric Hepatoblastoma Surgery
    Chapter 33 Indocyanine Green Related Transporters in Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Chapter 34 Liver Transplantation guided by ICG-fluorescence imaging: assessment of hepatic vessel reconstruction
    Chapter 35 Fluorescence Imaging for Intraoperative Identification of Pancreatic leak
    Chapter 36 Intraoperative Indocyanine Green Fluorescent Imaging for Prevention of Bile Leakage after Hepatic Resection
    Chapter 37 ICG Fluorescence Cholangiography During Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Chapter 38 Usefulness of ICG Fluorescence Imaging in Laparoscopic Liver resection
    Part VIII Surgery for Lymphedema
    Chapter 39 Detection of Hepatic Micrometastases from Pancreatic Cancer
    Chapter 40 Superficial Lymph Flow of the Upper Limbs Observed by an Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Method: Lymph Flow in Healthy Persons and Patients with Breast Cancer-Related Lymphedema
    Chapter 41 Indocyanine Green Fluorescent Lymphography and Microsurgical Lymphaticovenous Anastomosis
    Chapter 42 Comprehensive Lymphedema Evaluation Using Dynamic ICG Lymphography
    Chapter 43 Lymphatic Pumping Pressure in the Legs and Its Association with Aging, Edema, and Quality of Life
    Chapter 44 ICG Fluorescence Lymphography for Confirming Mid- to Long-Term Patency of Lymphatic Venous Side-to-End Anastomosis in the Treatment of Peripheral Lymphedema.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew Teasdale, AstraZeneca, London, United Kingdom, David Elder, Consultant (fGSK), Hertford, Hertfordshire, SG14 2DE, United Kingdom, Raymond W. Nims, RMC Pharmaceutical Solutions, Inc., Longmont, CO, USA.
    Summary: "Examining the implications and practical implementation of multi-disciplinary International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) topics, this book gives an integrated view of how the guidelines inform drug development strategic planning and decision-making. Addresses a consistent need for interpretation, training, and implementation examples of ICH guidelines via case studies. Offers a primary reference point for practitioners addressing the dual challenge of interpretation and practical implementation of ICH guidelines. Uses case studies to help readers understand and apply ICH guidelines. Provides valuable insights into guidelines development, with chapters by authors involved in generating or with experience implementing the guidelines. Includes coverage of stability testing, analytical method validation, impurities, biotechnology drugs and products, and good manufacturing practice (GMP)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to ICH Quality Guidelines
    ICHQ1A(R2) Stability Testing of New Drug Substance and Product and ICHQ1C Stability Testing of New Dosage Forms / Andy Rignall
    Stability Testing / David Clapham
    ICH Q1D / Raymond Peter Munden
    ICH Q1E Evaluation for Stability Data / Garry Scrivens
    Q2(R1) Validation of Analytical Procedures / Phillip Borman, David Elder
    Impurities in New Drug Substances and New Drug Products / Andrew Teasdale, David Elder, James Harvey, Steven Spanhaak
    ICH Q3C Impurities / John Connelly
    ICH Q3D Elemental Impurities / Andrew Teasdale, Sarah Thompson
    ICH Q4 / David Elder
    ICH Q5A / Daniel Galbraith
    ICH Q5B Analysis of the Expression Construct in Cell Lines Used for Production of Recombinant DNA-Derived Protein Products / Jianxin Ye, Zhong Liu, David Pollard
    ICH Q5C Stability Testing of Biotechnological/Biological Products / John G Davies, Di Gao, Yoen Joo Kim, Richard Harris, Patricia W Cash, Timothy L Schofield, Roujian Zhang, Qiang Qin
    Q5D Derivation and Characterization of Cell Substrates Used for Production of Biotechnological/Biological Products / Mark Plavsic
    Conduct of Risk Assessments / Raymond W Nims
    ICH Q5E Comparability of Biotechnological/Biological Products Subject to Changes in Their Manufacturing Processes / Ramani R Raghavan, Robert McCombie
    ICH Q6A Specifications / David Elder
    ICH Q6B Specifications / Scott R Rudge, Raymond W Nims
    Process-Related Impurities in Biopharmaceuticals / Anil Raghani, Kim Li, Jeanine L Bussiere, Joel P Bercu, Jinshu Qiu
    ICH Q7 Good Manufacturing Practice Guide for Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) / Gordon Munro
    Q8(R2) / Per Holm, Morten Allesø, Mette C Bryder, René Holm
    ICH Q9 Quality Risk Management / David Elder, Andrew Teasdale
    ICH Q10 Quality Systems / Larry Wigman, Danny Ooi
    ICH Q11 / Ronald Ogilvie
    ICH M7 / Andrew Teasdale.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    no. 2-5, 8-18, 20-41, 43-73, 1928-37, 1954-70, 1971-86, 1988-2005.
    REPORTS PRIOR TO NO. 8 NOT SHELVED UNDER PERIODICAL TITLE; SEE RECORDS FOR INDIVIDUAL REPORTS FOR LOCATIONS. No. 64-73 shelved with Journal of the ICRU.
    9
  • Digital
    editor, Jennifer Pai Lee.
    Summary: "Offering essential, evidence-based practice guidelines specifically for the critical care setting, ICU Quick Drug Guide contains up-to-date information in a quick-access format. This portable handbook provides fast, accurate drug therapy information needed at the point of care, including expert advice throughout to help clinicians determine optimal pharmacological therapy"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Acute coronary syndromes
    Acutely decompensated heart failure (ADHF)
    Adult advanced cardiovascular life support
    Anticoagulation for atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter
    Hypertensive crisis
    Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) and hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state (HHS)
    Other endocrine emergencies
    Gastroenterology
    Severe acute pancreatitis and liver failure
    Abdominal infections
    Other infections
    Sepsis and septic shock
    Acute ischemic stroke (AIS)
    Other neurocritical care
    Status epilepticus
    Asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) exacerbation
    Pulmonary arterial hypertension (group pulmonary hypertension)
    Acute alcohol and drug poisoning
    Anaphylaxis
    Drug-induced hyperthermia
    Fluids and electrolyte disorders
    Pain, agitation, delirium, and neuromuscular blockade in the intensive care unit (ICU)
    Rapid sequence induction
    Venous thromboembolism (VTE).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kenneth Shapiro, Antonia J.Z. Henderson.
    Summary: This book provides step-by-step guidance on how to identify, assess and treat adults who have abused animals. The theoretical framework employed is broad, encompassing cognitive behavioral, psychodynamic, attachment, and trauma-based theories. Organized by stages of therapy, the text discusses how to frame the therapy, establish a working relationship, deal with resistance, establishing accountability, clarifying values related to animals, and teaching self-management skills such as empathy, attachment, accommodation, reciprocity and nurturance. Additional materials are included or referenced, including an appendix of cases that illustrate the variety of client presentations and electronic supplementary material demonstrates role-played interviews and a workshop presentation.

    Contents:
    Introduction: 1 Introduction to the Second Edition
    The Violence Connection
    Identification and Assessment: Defining Abuse
    Sources of Identification of Abuse
    2.3 Assessment
    Intervention: Initial Phase of Therapy: Establishing a Working Relationship
    Establishing Accountability
    Interpersonal Skills: Empathy
    Other Interpersonal Skills
    Complementary Approaches
    4. Appendices: Appendix A: Supplementary Cases
    Appendix B: Screening Instrument
    Appendix C: History
    Appendix D: Animal Hoarding. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, Serge Rudaz.
    Contents:
    Identification and data-processing methods in metabolomics / Serge Rudaz
    Untargeted metabolomics: global in scope and potential / Ritvik Dubey, Dennis W. Hill & David F. Grant
    LC-MS data acquisition and validation in metabolomics / Damien L. Callahan
    From raw signals to identified metabolites: recent tools for enhancing LC-MS untargeted metabolomic data processing / David Tonoli, Fabienne Jeanneret, Julien Boccard & Serge Rudaz
    Identification of metabolites in LC-MS-based metabolomics / Yutai Li
    Traveling-wave ion mobility-mass spectrometry in metabolomics: workflows and bioinformatic tools / Giuseppe Paglia, Lochana Menikarachchi, James Langridge & Giuseppe Astarita
    Principal component analysis in metabolomics: from multidimensional data toward biologically relevant information / Renata Bujak & Michal Jan Markuszewski
    Machine learning algorithms for metabolomics applications / Serhiy Hnatyshyn, Umashanger Thayasivam, Vasil Hnatyshin & Curtis White
    Pathway and network analysis / Shuzhao Li
    Targeted metabolomics applied to the study of intracellular eukaryotic pathogen metabolism / Maria Belen Cassera
    Normalization and scaling effects on 1H NMR spectra in a metabolomics analysis of leukemic cells / Thomas Cruz, Julie Lalande, Stéphane Balayssac, Jérôme Kluza, Véronique Gilard, Philippe Marchetti & Myriam Malet-Martino
    Case study: urinary tract infection / Tiziana Pacchiarotta & Oleg A Mayboroda
    Potentiality of volatile organic compounds to discriminate patients with cancer by using chemometric tools / Márcia Sá Monteiro, Márcia Carvalho, Maria de Lourdes Bastos & Paula Guedes de Pinho.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Paul C. Guest, editor.
    Summary: The novel coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) has caused a serious global pandemic in just one year. Nearly every country and territory in the world has been affected by the virus. The virulence and infection rate of the virus are profound, and has required extreme social distancing measures across the globe in order to prevent overwhelming the healthcare services and hospitals. COVID-19 appears to have the greatest effects on elderly individuals and those who have co-morbid diseases, such as diabetes and obesity. As the cases and death rate remain high, there are justified fears of this virus remaining for several months or years to come. To address this, a rapid and unprecedented worldwide mobilization effort has begun to identify effective treatments and develop vaccines. As these begin to be deployed and administered across the globe, many now feel the virus will be brought under control and lives will eventually return to normal. This new volume will increase readers understanding of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic through a series of chapters that address these concerns. Leading experts will discuss new treatment approaches, vaccine development, mental health aspects of the pandemic, and convey the results of survey studies. The book will be an excellent resource for researchers studying virology, metabolic diseases, respiratory disorders, and clinical scientists, physicians, drug companies, and healthcare services and workers.

    Contents:
    5: Age-Specific Differences in the Severity of COVID-19 Between Children and Adults: Reality and Reasons
    1 Introduction
    2 Age-Related Effects of Different Infections
    3 Age Effects of COVID-19 Disease
    4 Clinical Features in Children
    5 The Different Etiology and Severity of COVID-19 Based on Age
    6 Underlying Conditions and Severity of COVID-19 in Children
    7 Outdoor Activities and the Potential to Contract the Virus
    8 Immune System and Age-Related Differences
    9 Innate Immune Cells and Age-Related Differences
    10 IFN and SARS-CoV in Children Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Background
    1: Genetic Aspects and Immune Responses in Covid-19: Important Organ Involvement
    1 Introduction
    2 Epidemiology
    3 Main Coronavirus Groups
    4 Genome, Genotype, and Protein Structure
    5 Mechanism of Infection
    6 COVID-19 Pathogenesis
    7 Respiratory Manifestations
    8 Extra-pulmonary Presentations
    8.1 Gastrointestinal Manifestations
    8.2 Cardiovascular Complications
    8.3 Haematological Disorders
    9 Immune Responses
    10 Therapy
    10.1 Drugs that Slow Viral Replication or Kill SARS-Cov-2 10.2 Vaccination
    11 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Epidemiology
    2: Prevalence of COVID-19 and the Continued Citizen-Based Control in Japan
    1 Introduction
    2 Cruise Ship Outbreak and the Environmental Assessment
    2.1 COVID-19 Outbreak on the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship
    2.2 Age-Related CFR Estimated from the Cruise Ship Outbreak
    2.3 Environmental Assessment of SARS-CoV-2 on the Cruise Ship
    3 Government-Recommended and Voluntary Measures to Protect Against COVID-19 Infection in Japan
    4 Detection of the Coronavirus in Laboratories in Japan
    5 Conclusions 3.1 Theme I: Emotional-Sensational-Paradox
    Satisfaction-Dissatisfaction
    Positive Experiences-Negative Experiences
    Relaxation-Stress
    Support-Rejection
    3.2 Theme II: Spiritual Growth
    Accepting and Submitting to Divine Providence
    Rethinking Material Possessions
    Seeking Stronger Divine Connection
    Tendency to Spirituality
    3.3 Theme III: Experienced Mental-Psychological Effects
    Unpleasant Thoughts
    Perceived Mental Stress
    Positive Thoughts
    4 Discussion
    5 Conclusions
    References
    Part III: Risk Factors and Outcomes 11 Adaptive Immune Response and Age-Related Difference.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Katharina Kreissig.
    Summary: This book is a practical, compact guide for the identification of common tropical and subtropical ornamental plants by flower colour. It is intended for anyone who is interested in plants and would like to get to know the attractive flowering plants of warm regions while travelling. Certainly everyone in a foreign country has at some point admired a particularly exotic flower and wished to know which plant it is. With appealing photos and comprehensible texts, this book provides the answer - quickly and easily. The author is an experienced tour guide and is regularly asked for eye-catching, ornamental plants on the way. She photographed the frequently requested plants and arranged them according to colour in this nature guide. This book is also suitable for beginners without previous botanical knowledge due to its illustrations and simple sorting.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Yellow flowers
    Orange flowers
    Red flowers
    Pink flowers
    Blue flowers
    White flowers
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Conrad.
    Summary: "This is a new and expanded edition of a classic case-study in the medicalization of ADHD, originally published in 1976. The book centres on an empirical study of the process of identifying hyperactive children, providing a perceptive and accessible introduction to the concepts and issues involved. In this revised edition, Peter Conrad sets the original study in context, demonstrating the continuing relevance of his research. He highlights the issues at stake, outlining recent changes in our understanding of ADHD and reviewing recent sociological research. Peter Conrad is Harry Coplan Professor of Social Sciences at Brandeis University, USA. He has written extensively in the area of medical sociology, publishing nine books and over eighty articles and chapters."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Introduction: Sociology, Illness, and Deviant Behavior / Peter Conrad
    chapter 2 The Discovery of Hyperkinesis / Peter Conrad
    chapter 3 Methodology / Peter Conrad
    chapter 4 The Setting and the Sample / Peter Conrad
    chapter 5 Identifying Behavior as Deviant and Defining Deviance as a Medical Problem: Audience Reactions to Children's Behavior / Peter Conrad
    chapter 6 The Social Construction of Hyperactivity: Uncertainty and Medical Diagnosis / Peter Conrad
    chapter 7 The Medicalization of Deviant Behavior / Peter Conrad
    chapter 8 Toward a Social System Approach to Hyperactivity: Situational Hyperactivity / Peter Conrad
    chapter 9 Clinic Outcomes, Conclusions, and Areas for Further Research / Peter Conrad
    chapter 10 Epilogue: A Theory of the Medicalization of Deviant Behavior / Peter Conrad
    chapter Epilogue 2000: From Hyperactive Children to ADHD Adults: Observations on the Expansion of Medical Categories / Peter Conrad Deborah Potter.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Elisabeth Salzer ; with a preface by Ass. Prof. Priv.-Doz. Dr. Kaan Boztug.
    Summary: In her study Elisabeth Salzer describes three novel monogenic diseases. For CD27 deficiency Elisabeth Salzer describes a large cohort of patients. Although all patients shared the same causative missense mutation, they displayed diverse clinical presentations. In another patient she was able to identify a mutation in PRKCD resulting in a primary immunodeficiency with severe Lupus-like autoimmunity. The patient exhibited increased mRNA levels of IL6. Therefore, treatment with Tocilizumab, a humanized anti-IL-6 receptor monoclonal antibody was suggested. In a family with a history of deaths due to inflammatory bowel disease she identified a missense mutation in IL21. She produced wild type and mutated IL-21 protein and demonstrated a loss of function phenotype. As IL-21 is in clinical trials, she proposed a potentially curative treatment option. These discoveries contributed to the understanding of the multifaceted regulatory mechanisms of the immune system and highlighted essential players in these complex signaling networks. Contents CD27 Deficiency-Description of a Large Patient Cohort PRKCD Deficiency with Lupus-Like Autoimmunity IL-21 Deficiency Results in Very Early-Onset Inflammatory Bowel Disease Target Groups Scientists and students in the field of pediatrics, immunology, gastroenterology, rheumatology and genetics Pediatricians About the Author Dr. Elisabeth Salzer works on the discovery and description of novel immunodeficiencies in children and adolescents at the CeMM Center for Molecular Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kyle M. Fargen.
    Summary: This book provides a valuable guide to understanding idiopathic intracranial hypertension (IIH), which is a very complex and painful disease. It is a chronic, often disabling condition resulting in headaches, visual loss, and ringing in the ears. This condition was thought to be rare but is becoming much more common, especially as the population becomes more overweight. Patients with this condition often suffer from intractable headaches with poor quality of life. Very few physicians specialize in this condition, and as a result, there is almost no information or resources available to those trying to understand this condition. The text is designed to take very complex neurosurgical anatomy, principles, and treatments and reduce them down into simple principles. The book contains 12 chapters, each organized into distinct sections. All chapters also contain key points from those paragraphs to summarize useful take home messages. Written by an expert specializing in this debilitating condition, Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension Explained serves as a valuable guide towards understanding and treating IIH. The ultimate goal is to empower patients and families with knowledge about the disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Keith C. Meyer, Steven D. Nathan, editors.
    Summary: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide delivers a concise review of our current understanding of disease pathogenesis and provides current evidence in the medical literature regarding its diagnosis and management. Each chapter includes key points and a summary aiming to update clinicians about various issues concerning the diagnosis and management of IPF. In addition to outlining the current state of knowledge, each chapter also provides a summary of ongoing research and identifies the needs for future research in the field. Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is an important new text that provides its readers with a better understanding of the pathobiology and natural history of IPF as it continues to evolve.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: A Historical Perspective
    Chapter 2: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: The Epidemiology and Natural History of Disease
    Chapter 3: Histopathology of IPF and Related Disorders
    Chapter 4: Imaging of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 5: The Keys to Making a Confident Diagnosis of IPF
    Chapter 6: Pulmonary Function Tests in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 7: The Role of Adaptive Immunity in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: Hiding in Plain Sight
    Chapter 8: Mechanisms of Fibrosis in IPF
    Chapter 9: The Emerging Genetics of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Chapter 10: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Phenotypes
    Chapter 11: Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonia and Connective Tissue Disease-Associated Interstitial Lung Disease: Similarities and Differences
    Chapter 12: Aging and IPF: What Is the Link?
    Chapter 13: Gastroesophageal Reflux and IPF
    Chapter 14: Pharmacological Treatment of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 15: Recognizing and Treating Comorbidities of IPF
    Chapter 16: The Role of Pulmonary Rehabilitation and Supplemental Oxygen Therapy in the Treatment of Patients with Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 17: Acute Exacerbation of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 18: Lung Transplantation for Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 19: Evolving Genomics of Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 20: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Clinical Trials: Evolving Concepts
    Chapter 21: Future Directions in Basic and Clinical Science.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Keith C. Meyer, Steven D. Nathan, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Classification and Nomenclature of Interstitial Lung Disease; Introduction; Current Approaches to the Classification of ILD; Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonias; Differentiating IPF from Non-IPF ILD; Summary; References;
    Chapter 2: Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis: The Epidemiology and Natural History of Disease; Introduction; The Epidemiology of IPF; Background; Prevalence, Incidence, and Secular Trends; Mortality Rates and Secular Trends; Risk Factors; Definitions and Limitations; Genetic Risk Factors; Cigarette Smoking; Occupational Exposures Metal DustsWood Dust; Agriculture (Farming and Livestock); Sand, Stone, and Silica; Miscellaneous Exposures; The Natural History of IPF; Background; Predicting Survival; Rate of Decline in FVC; The Underlying Cause of Death; Phenotypic Subgroups; Long-Term Survivors; Rapid Progression from Diagnosis; Stable Disease Followed by Accelerated Disease; Acute Exacerbations of IPF; Subclinical Disease; Specific Clinical Phenotypes of Disease; IPF with Pulmonary Hypertension; Combined Pulmonary Fibrosis and Emphysema; Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Histopathology of IPF and Related Disorders IntroductionHistopathologic Classification of Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonias; Usual Interstitial Pneumonia; Clinical Features; Pathologic Features; Desquamative Interstitial Pneumonia/Respiratory Bronchiolitis Interstitial Lung Disease; Clinical Features; Pathologic Features; Significance of Pathological Diagnoses of DIP or RBILD; Nonspecific Interstitial Pneumonia; Clinical Features; Pathologic Features; Pleuroparenchymal Fibroelastosis; Clinical Features; Pathologic Features; The Role of Surgical Lung Biopsy in Classification and Diagnosis of Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonias "Pattern" Versus "Diagnosis" for Reporting the Results of Surgical Lung BiopsyDistinguishing Fibrotic NSIP from UIP; Role of Transbronchial Biopsies; Summary; References;
    Chapter 4: Imaging of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis; Introduction; Radiography; Technical Aspects of HRCT; Typical HRCT Pulmonary Findings; Accuracy of HRCT; Prognosis; Thoracic Complications of IPF; Atypical UIP on HRCT and How to Distinguish It from Other Common Fibrotic Lung Diseases; Summary; References;
    Chapter 5: Pulmonary Function Tests in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis; Pulmonary Function Tests in IPF FVC and DLco in Routine Clinical Practice and Clinical Trials: Strengths and PitfallsFuture Directions: Home Daily Spirometry in IPF; References;
    Chapter 6: The Role of Immunity and Inflammation in IPF Pathogenesis; Innate Immunity and Altered Host Defence Mechanisms; Chemotactic Cytokines; CXC Chemokines and Their Receptors; The Role of CXC Chemokines in Pulmonary Fibrosis; Vascular Remodelling in Pulmonary Fibrosis: The Role of CXC Chemokines; Macrophages; Neutrophils; Adaptive Immunity; Autoimmunity and IPF; Other Immunologically Active Cells; Inflammation and Acute Exacerbations of IPF
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hiroyuki Nakamura and Kazutetsu Aoshiba, editors.
    Summary: From epidemiology and pathogenesis to disease management, this book reviews our current understanding of and provides up-to-date information of Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis (IPF). A subtype of Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonias (IIP), IPF is one of the most elusive and intractable respiratory disease to date and its triggering factors remain unclear. However, new developments such as serum markers that are highly specific to IPF (i.e. KL-6, SP-A, and SP-D), the establishment of systematic diagnostic imaging (HRCT) and accumulated reports of treatment using an antifibrotic agent (pirfenidone) are slowly improving our understanding of the disease. Edited by an established authority in the field and written by experts, this book will be valuable to not only to beginning learners but also to physicians, instructors and researchers whose work involves IIPs. With each chapter exploring critical questions, with unresolved issues and future prospects, the book offers a valuable resource for understanding issues such as the newly proposed entity of interstitial pneumonia with emphysema (combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema: CPFE) and the mechanism of how so many IIP sufferers develop lung cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter O. Newton, Amer Samdani, Harry L. Shufflebarger, Randal R. Betz, Jürgen Harms
    Summary: The definitive practical reference on managing idiopathic scoliosis from world-renowned experts Idiopathic Scoliosis: The Harms Study Group Treatment Guide, Second Edition, edited by Peter O. Newton, Amer F. Samdani, Harry L. Shufflebarger, Randal R. Betz, and Jürgen Harms and written by an impressive group of experts reflects treatment advances made in the last decade. Greater understanding of the etiology and improved 3D anatomy has resulted in significant strides in clinical management of scoliosis. This richly illustrated book presents all facets of evaluation and treatment of abnormal cur.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Print
    Hill, D. W.; Watson, B. W.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R895.A1 I22
    1
  • Print
    Seema Yasmin.
    Summary: "Merging documentary poetry from the epicenter of an epidemic with the story of viruses in the evolution of humanity, If God Is A Virus gives voice to the infected and the virus. Based on original reporting from West Africa and the United States, and the poet's experiences as a doctor and journalist, If God Is A Virus charts the course of the largest and deadliest Ebola epidemic in history, telling the stories of Ebola survivors, outbreak responders, journalists and the virus itself. Documentary poems explore which human lives are valued, how editorial decisions are weighed, what role the aid industrial complex plays in crises, and how medical myths and rumor can travel faster than microbes. These poems also give voice to the virus. Eight percent of the human genome is inherited from viruses and the human placenta would not exist without a gene descended from a virus. If God Is A Virus reimagines viruses as givers of life and even authors of a viral-human self-help book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Disease Is Not the Only Thing That Spreads p. 2
    If God Is a Virus p. 3
    Smell No Taste, Liberia p. 4
    All the News That's Fit to Print p. 5
    Liberia, Day Zero p. 6
    Youssou N'Dour Cancels His Concert in Conakry p. 8
    Dis-ease p. 9
    Surrogate Marker p. 10
    Lady doctor p. 12
    Hippocritic Oath p. 15
    If God Is a Virus p. 16
    When the White Patient Asks for a White Doctor p. 17
    Life of the Party p. 18
    My Lover Bathes Me p. 19
    Baby Sister Survives Ebola... p. 20
    & Dies in Childbirth p. 21
    Misfortune Teller p. 22
    Ebola News Cento p. 23
    A Virus Pens a Self-Help Book p. 25
    Filovirus Phylogenetic Tree p. 29
    Self-Portrait as Virus p. 30
    Anamnesis p. 31
    HTBBN p. 35
    WHO Said p. 37
    WHO Said p. 38
    Outbreak Bingo p. 39
    We Are Watching p. 40
    Misdiagnosis p. 41
    Neologisms p. 42
    What They Hear When They Listen to Your Heart p. 43
    Lead Pipe Dreams: Ghazal for Flint p. 45
    WHO Said p. 46
    Anti Body p. 47
    International Classification of Diseases p. 48
    Laylatl Qadr p. 49
    The Queen's English p. 50
    Grandma Is a Pharmaceutical Chemist p. 51
    Forty-One Surah Yaseens p. 52
    Dua'a for Crossing Borders p. 54
    If God Is a Virus p. 55
    If God Is a Computer Virus p. 56
    Mango Pickle p. 57
    Big Sister Teaches Me How to Ululate p. 58
    Hymen Hymn p. 59
    Ebola Cento p. 60
    Mango Pickle p. 61
    Syndemics p. 62
    If God Is a Virus p. 63
    My God Is a Virus p. 67
    Ebola Cento p. 68
    NHS Zindabaad! p. 69.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    PR6125 .A84 I34 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Randall W. Myster, editor.
    Summary: Igapó forests are a common part of the Amazon whose ecosystems are critical to our shared human future. The introduction addresses the structure, function and dynamics of igapó forests in the Amazon basin, focusing on their uniqueness due to their high level of complexity defined as the many ways that different components of igapó forests in the Amazon basin ecosystem interact and also on how those interactions are on a higher-order compared to other tropical forests. The text then breaks down the igapó ecosystem using these sections: (1) Igapó forests over space and time, (2) Water, light and soils, (3) The carbon cycle, (4) Litter, fungi and invertebrates, (5) Vertebrates, (6) Plant population studies, (7) Plant community studies, and (8) Human impacts and management. Experts from around the world serve as chapter authors that review what is known about their specific part of the igapó ecosystem, what research they have done, and also what needs to be done in the future.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction. Randall W. Myster Section I Igapó over space and time 2 Diversity of dispersal systems in Igapo forests: an analysis of local tree diversity, species turnover and dispersal systems. Maria Natalia Umana, Diego F. Correa, Angela Cano, Luisa F. Casas, Sasha Cardenas, Boris Villanueva, Pablo Stevenson 3 A floristic assessment of the Ecuador Amazon tree flora. Juan Ernesto Guevara A., Hugo Mogollón, Nigel C.A. Pitman, Carlos Cerón, Walter Palacios, David A. Neill Section II Water and light 4 Mercury in black-waters of the Amazon. Daniele Kasper, Bruce Rider Forsberg, Helena do Amaral Kehrig, Joao Henrique, Fernandes do Amaral, Wanderley Rodrigues Bastos, Olaf Malm Section III Soil and the carbon cycle 5 Soil carbon and the carbon cycle in the central Amazon forest. Fabrício Berton Zanchi. 6 Igapó ecosystem soils: features and environmental importance. Maria de Lourdes Pinheiro Ruivo, Denise de Andrade Cunha, Rosecelia Moreira da Silva Castro1, Elessandra Laura Nogueira Lopes, Darley C. Leal Matos, Rita Denize de Oliveira Section IV Litter, fungi and invertebrates 7 Diversity and phenology of Arachnids in Igapó forests. Lidianne Salvatierra8 Influence of flood levels on the richness and abundance of galling insects associated with tr4ees from seasonally flooded forests of Central Amazonia, Brazil. Genimar R. Juliao, Eduardo M. Venticinque, G. Wilson Fernandes Section V Vertebrates 9 Primates of Igapó forests. Adrian Barnett, Thays Juca10 Influence of time and flood on diurnal mammal diversity and story level use in igapó forest in the Peruvian Amazon. Rosa R. Jessen, Geoffrey H. Palmer and John L. Koprowski11 Primates use of Flooded and Unflooded forests in Peruvian Amazonia. Janice Chism, Richard L. Jackson Jr 12 Turtles of the Igapo: their ecology and susceptibility to mercury uptake. Larissa Schneider, Richard C. Vogt Section VI Plants 13 Does igapó trees species exclusive of igapó forest? Or Geographic patterns of tree taxa in the igapó forest
    Negro river
    Brazilian Amazon. Veridiana Vizoni Scudeller 14 The fishes and the forest forty years after Goulding. Mauricio Camargo Zorro 15 Structure, Composition, Growth and Potential of the Forest in Temporary or Periodically Flooding Forests by Sewage, Near Iquitos. Juan Celidonio Ruiz Macedo, Dario Davila Paredes and Rodil Tello Espinoza. Section VII Human impacts and management 16 Twenty-five years of forest rehabilitation and restoration of an igapo forest in Central Amazonia, Brazil. Fabio Rubio Scarano, Reinaldo Luis Bozelli, Andre Tavares Correia Dias, Arcilan Assirea, Danielle Justino Capossoli, Francisco de Assis Esteves, Marcos Paulo Figueiredo-Barros, Maria Fernanda Quintela Souza Nunes, Fabio Roland, Jeronimo Boelsums Barreto Sansevero, Pedro Henrique Medeiros Rajao, Andre Reis and Luiz Roberto Zamith17 Randall W. Myster. Conclusions, synthesis and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Juan J. Lafaille, Maria A. Curotto de Lafaille, editors.
    Contents:
    Biology of IgE production: IgE cell differentiation and the memory of IgE responses / Jin-Shu He, Sriram Narayanan, Sharrada Subramaniam, Wen Qi Ho, Juan J. Lafaille and Maria A. Curotto de Lafaille
    Molecular mechanisms of IgE class switch recombination / Pei Tong and Duane R. Wesemann
    Anti-IgE therapy: clinical utility and mechanistic insights / Stephanie L. Logsdon and Hans C. Oettgen
    New insights on the signaling and function of the high-affinity receptor for IgE / Ryo Suzuki, Jörg Scheffel and Juan Rivera
    Helminth-induced IgE and protection against allergic disorders / Firdaus Hamid, Abena S. Amoah, Ronald van Ree and Maria Yazdanbakhsh
    IgE immunotherapy against cancer / Lai Sum Leoh, Tracy R. Daniels-Wells and Manuel L. Penichet
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hisanori Umehara, Kazuichi Okazaki, John H. Stone, Shigeyuki Kawa, Mitsuhiro Kawano, editors.
    Summary: IgG4-related disease is a new systemic disease that has only recently been identified and characterized. However, most clinical practitioners are not yet familiar with it and thus are likely to misdiagnose it. The purpose of this book is to raise awareness of this disease and its diagnostic pitfalls. A wealth of radiological and histopathological images helps clinicians to understand its characteristics in various organs as well as their clinical and basic medical backgrounds. All of the authors are experts who have published numerous important papers in the field. This book will be useful to physicians in various disciplines such as gastroenterology, rheumatology, ophthalmology, otolaryngology, urology, hematology, and respiratory medicine, not only as a textbook but as an authoritative and comprehensive reference work as well.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Remarks
    1. An Overview [IgG4-Related Disease] / Shigeyuki Kawa and Mitsuhiro Kawano
    2. Some Recollections of the History of Research on IgG4-RD / Kenji Kawaguchi
    3. History: Pancreas / Shigeyuki Kawa, Takayuki Watanabe, Masahiro Maruyama, Tetsuya Ito, Masafumi Maruyama, Yayoi Ozaki, Takashi Muraki, Hideaki Hamano, and Norikazu Arakura
    4. History: Lacrimal and Salivary Glands / Susumu Sugai
    5. Salivary Gland Lesions in Mikulicz's Disease and Küttner's Tumor / Toshio Yoshihara and Mariko Miyamoto
    6. Comprehensive Diagnostic Criteria for IgG4-Related Disease / Hisanori Umehara and Kazuichi Okazaki
    7. Autoimmune Pancreatitis with Normal Serum IgG4 Concentrations: What Is the Correct Classification for Such Patients? / Seiichi Hara, Terumi Kamisawa, Taku Tabata, Sawako Kuruma, Kazuro Chiba, and Satomi Koizumi
    8. Pharmacotherapy of IgG4-Related Disease / Mitsuhiro Kawano, Kazunori Yamada, Susumu Nishiyama, and Shigeyuki Kawa
    9. B Cell Depletion in IgG4-Related Disease / John H. Stone
    Part II. Radiology
    10. Autoimmune Pancreatitis/ Kazuichi Okazaki
    11. Bile Duct Lesions / Takashi Muraki, Hideaki Hamano, and Shigeyuki Kawa
    12. Ophthalmology / Masayuki Takahira and Atsushi Azumi
    13. Salivary Glands in Mikulicz's Disease / Masafumi Moriyama and Seiji Nakamura
    14. Lung Lesions / Dai Inoue, Yoh Zen, Shoko Matsui, Yuko Waseda, Osamu Matsui, and Toshifumi Gabata
    15. Kidney and Urinary Tract Lesions / Dai Inoue, Mitsuhiro Kawano, Kazunori Yamada, Osamu Matsui, and Toshifumi Gabata
    16. Periarterial Lesions / Dai Inoue, Yoh Zen, Osamu Matsui, and Toshifumi Gabata
    17. Other Organs (Central Nervous System, Prostate) / Yasufumi Masaki, Nozomu Kurose, Hisao Tonami, and Hisanori Umehara
    18. Nerve Lesions / Yasunari Fujinaga, Tomoharu Watanabe, Satoshi Kawakami, Masumi Kadoya, Hideaki Hamano, and Shigeyuki Kawa
    19. Scintigraphy and Single-Photon Emission Computed Tomography / Kenichi Nakajima, Anri Inaki, Seigo Kinuya, Takashi Wada, and Mitsuhiro Kawano
    20. Positron Emission Tomography with F-18 Fluorodeoxyglucose / Kenichi Nakajima, Anri Inaki, Takafumi Mochizuki, Seigo Kinuya, and Mitsuhiro Kawano
    Part III. Pathology
    21. Pancreas / Kenji Notohara
    22. Sclerosing Cholangitis / Kenichi Harada and Yasuni Nakanuma
    23. Lacrimal Gland and Salivary Gland Lesions / Motohisa Yamamoto, Hiroki Takahashi, and Yasuhisa Shinomura
    24. Pathological Findings of IgG4-Related Lung Disease / Shoko Matsui, Kenji Notohara, and Yuko Waseda
    25. IgG4-Related Kidney Disease / Takako Saeki, Mitsuhiro Kawano, Kazuhiro Yoshita, Mitsuhiro Ueno, Michio Nagata, and Yutaka Yamaguchi
    26. Retroperitoneal Fibrosis and Arterial Lesions / Kenji Notohara
    27. Lymph Node Lesions / Yasuharu Sato and Tadashi Yoshino
    28. Skin Lesions / Yasuhito Hamaguchi, Kazunori Yamada, Takako Saeki, Mitsuhiro Kawano, and Kazuhiko Takehara
    29. IgG4-Related Hepatopathy / Takeji Umemura and Yoh Zen
    Part IV. Lesson from Cases
    30. A Case of IgG4-Related Kidney Disease First Detected Because of Severe Renal Dysfunction / Ichiro Mizushima, Kazunori Yamada, Hiroshi Fujii, Masami Matsumura, Masakazu Yamagishi, and Mitsuhiro Kawano
    31. IgG4-Related Disease and Malignant Tumor / Yuichiro Senba, Koki Mise, Keiichi Sumida, Noriko Hayami, Tatsuya Suwabe, Yoshifumi Ubara, and Kazuo Takeuchi
    32. Membranous Nephropathy with Glomerular IgG4 Deposition Without Tubulointerstitial Nephritis in a Patient with Typical IgG4-Related Pancreatic, Hepatic, and Lymph Node Lesions / Kazuhiro Hatta
    33. IgG4-Related Kidney Disease with Retroperitoneal Fibrosis in a Patient with Diabetes Mellitus / Takako Saeki, Tomoyuki Ito, Ryo Onishi, Masamichi Komatsu, Akira Iguchi, and Hajime Yamazaki.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Kazuichi Okazaki, editor.
    Summary: "This volume focuses on IgG4-related disease (IgG4-RD), a novel clinical entity involving multiple organs and of unknown origin, associated with the abundant infiltration of IgG4-positive cells. It consists of nine chapters written by prominent experts in the field and discusses the disease concept, diagnosis and treatment, as well as recent findings on its pathogenesis and pathophysiology. As such, it offers an invaluable source of information for researchers and clinicians alike."--Cover.
  • Digital
    Takao Saito, John H. Stone, Hitoshi Nakashima, Takako Saeki, Mitsuhiro Kawano, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a detailed review of the pathological and imaging features, diagnosis and treatment of IgG4-Related Kidney Disease (IgG4-RKD). IgG4-related disease (IgG4-RD), which is characterized by an elevated serum IgG4 level and infiltration of systemic organs by IgG4 positive plasma cells, is a newly recognized systemic disease. Diverse renal manifestations including specific tubulointerstitial nephritis, membranous nephropathy, and tumor-like urological diseases extending to the pelvis and urinary tract in IgG4-RD have been reported and are recently attracting attention as IgG4-RKD. In this book, leading researchers in the field present the latest insights into the broad spectrum of IgG4-RKD characteristics. In addition, they provide a detailed explanation of the pathology of IgG4-RKD including comparisons between the kidney and other affected organs, such as the lacrimal, salivary glands and pancreas in the histopathological section. IgG4-Related Kidney Disease will have a major impact on future immunological and nephrological studies and offers a useful resource not only for nephrologists but also general physicians and investigators in related fields.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Hiromi Kubagawa, Peter D. Burrows, editors ; responsible series editor: Tasuku Honjo.
    Contents:
    The appearance and diversification of receptors for IgM during vertebrate evolution.
    Authentic IgM Fc Receptor (FcR)
    FCRLA
    A resident endoplasmic reticulum protein that associates with multiple immunoglobulin isotypes in B lineage cells
    Specific IgM and regulation of antibody responses
    Role of Natural IgM autoantibodies (IgM- NAA) and IgM anti-leucocyte antibodies (IgM-ALA) in regulating inflammation.
  • Digital
    Hisashi Shinohara.
    Summary: This comprehensive, illustrated guide presents representative general surgery, including gastrointestinal tract, hepatobiliary and inguinal hernia. Surgery is generally based on the microanatomy; however, in practice surgery involves more dynamic and floating anatomy. In the last decade, the methods have been constantly improved, shedding new light on classical anatomical science. Laparoscopic is one such methodology. All illustrations presented in this book have been drawn by the author - a pioneering surgeon - and show real-world procedures. All the methods introduced are practical and have been refined based on the precise clinical and embryological anatomy. This unique book offers readers essential insights into efficient and high-integrity surgeries in abdominal region. As such, it is a valuable resource for all gastrointestinal surgeons.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Stomach: Theoretical
    2. Anatomy of the Stomach: Simplified
    3. Distal Gastrectomy
    4. Total Gastrectomy
    5. Esophagectomy
    6. Right Hemicolectomy
    7. Anatomy of the Rectum
    8. Appendectomy
    9. Sigmoidectomy
    10. Low Anterior Resection of the Rectum
    11. Abdominoperineal Resection of the Rectum
    12. Operation for Rectal Prolapse (Altemeier's Operation)
    13. Hemorrhoidectomy
    14. Right Hepatectomy
    15. Lateral Segmentectomy of the Liver
    16. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    17. Open Cholecystectomy
    18. Pancreatoduodenectomy
    19. Anatomy of the Inguinal Canal
    20. Repair of Inguinal Hernia.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anil Bangalore Shivappa.
    Summary: "As a successful dentist requires manual dexterity along with knowledge, this book is written for both undergraduate and postgraduate dental students who find it difficult to carve and waxing up the anatomy of teeth. As most of the students who are beginners to dentistry might not be skillful, this book will help them learn the required skills as well as improve their manual dexterity. In dental technician courses, carving skills are helpful during the initial years of the syllabus for carving on wax blocks and plaster blocks, as well as the making of acrylic teeth and wax-up procedures. In later stages of the course, the skills would be useful in both preparing tooth morphology and adjustments for casting procedures. The carving skills for clinicians will help them in providing proper morphology to each tooth, especially in aesthetic procedures along with posterior restorative procedures. This book makes the challenging task of carving (in restorative procedures too) and waxing up teeth easy, with the help of illustrative diagrams in a stepwise manner. For undergraduates, it helps in instrumentation, preparing of wax for carving and technique to build up wax"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Dental Anatomy
    Armamentarium
    Pre-carve preparation of wax blocks
    Anatomical landmarks
    Permanent Maxillary Central Incisor
    Permanent Maxillary Lateral Incisor
    Permanent Mandibular Central Incisor
    Permanent Mandibular Lateral Incisor
    Permanent Maxillary Canine
    Permanent Mandibular Canine
    Permanent Maxillary First Premolar
    Permanent Maxillary Second Premolar
    Permanent Mandibular First Premolar
    Permanent Mandibular Second Premolar
    Permanent Maxillary Frist Molar
    Permanent Maxillary Second Molar
    Permanent Mandibular First Molar
    Permanent Mandibular Right Second Molar
    Waxing of Maxillary Right Central Incisor
    Waxing of Permanent Mandibular Left Central Incisor
    Waxing of Permanent Maxillary Right Canine
    Waxing of Permanent Maxillary Left First Premolar
    Waxing of Permanent Maxillary Right First Molar
    Waxing of Permanent Mandibular Right First Molar
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Wangxiang Zhang [and others].
    Summary: This book focuses on the morphology, exine ornamentation and the associated evolutionary trends of crabapple pollen and anatomical developmental patterns. To examine the genetic evolutionary patterns of crabapple pollen traits, we constructed an interval distribution function based on characteristic pollen parameters and used a binary trivariate data matrix (Xi Yi Zi) to reflect the exine ornamentation regularity of the pollen. Our findings should inform the taxonomic status of the genus Malus. Pollen electron micrographs from a total of 26 species and 81 cultivars of Malus were recorded in this book. All 107 figures and 642 scanned pollen images constitute primary data obtained by the authors. The images in this book are clear, three-dimensional, and aesthetically pleasing. They are accompanied with text descriptions and provided a method for the indication of the different types of information that can be expected. This book can provide a reference for scientific researchers, students, and teachers in tertiary institutions that are engaged in research concerning crabapple production.

    Contents:
    Pollen morphological characteristics of ornamental crabapples
    Evolutionary law for ornamental crabapple pollen traits
    Evolutionary of pollen ornamentation in ornamental crabapples
    Ultrastructure observation of m. halliana pollen during development
    Electron microscope of crabapple pollen.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jun Yi Shi, Yu Xiao Zhang, De Qun Zhou, Li Sha Ma, Jun Yao.
    Summary: This book was compiled by researchers of Chinese Academy of Forestry, Sichuan Agricultural University, Southwest Forestry University, Kunming University of Science and Technology, and Chinese Academy of Sciences. It has been the most comprehensive monograph about the bamboo resources in China until now. "Illustrated Flora of Bambusoideae in China" is composed of two volumes. Volume 1 contains prefaces written by Shougong Zhang and Dezhu Li and the foreword by the authors, and 28 chapters, i.e., Morphology of Bamboos, Geographical Distribution of Bambusoideae, Hardiness Zones of Bambusoideae in China, 16 genera of the tribe Bambusese (Bambusa, Bonia, Cephalostachyum, Dendrocalamopsis, Dendrocalamus, Gigantochloa, Guadua, Leptocanna, Lingnania, Melocalamus, Melocanna, Neomicrocalamus, Neosinocalamus, Pseudostachyum, Schizostachyum, Thyrsostachys), and 9 genera of the tribe Arundinarieae (Brachystachyum, Chimonobambusa, Hibanobambusa, Indosasa, Phyllostachys, Qiongzhuea, Semiarundinaria, Shibataea, Sinobambusa). Totally, 512 bamboo taxa are recorded in volume 1, including 4 hybrids, 119 forms, 38 varieties, and 351 species in 25 genera.

    Contents:
    Intro
    The Latest Achievements in the Bamboo Taxonomic Research of China
    A Major Reference Book on the Chinese Bamboo Diversity
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Contributors
    1 Morphology of Bamboos
    Root
    Rhizome
    Culm
    Culm Bud and Branch
    Prophyll
    Culm Leaf
    Foliage Leaf
    Flower
    Fruit and Seed
    Vascular Bundle
    References
    2 Geographical Distribution of Bambusoideae
    Geographical Distribution of Bambusoideae in the World
    Asia-Pacific Bamboo Region (the Old World Region)
    American Bamboo Region (the New World Region) 24 Phyllostachys Siebold et Zuccarini
    Sect. Phyllostachys
    Sect. Heterocladae
    References
    25 Qiongzhuea Hsueh et T. P. Yi
    References
    26 Semiarundinaria Makino ex Nakai
    References
    27 Shibataea Makino ex Nakai
    References
    28 Sinobambusa Makino ex Nakai
    References
    Index African Bamboo Region (Palaeotropical Bamboo Region)
    European Region of Cultivated Bamboos
    Distribution of Chinese Bamboos
    Caespitose Bamboo Zone
    Caespitose and Scattered Mixed Bamboo Zone
    Scattered Bamboo Zone
    Subalpine Bamboo Zone
    References
    3 Hardiness Zones of Bambusoideae in China
    References
    4 Bambusa Schreber
    References
    5 Bonia Balansa
    References
    6 Cephalostachyum Munro
    References
    7 Dendrocalamopsis Q. H. Dai et X. L. Tao
    References
    8 Dendrocalamus Nees
    References
    9 Gigantochloa Kurz ex Munro
    References
    10 Guadua Kunth
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    In Sook Park, editor.
    Summary: This book combines an exceptional wealth of precise, exquisite schematic drawings and high-quality images with clear explanatory text in order to provide readers with a crisp and clear understanding of all aspects of congenital heart disease, from diagnosis to treatment and from the fetus to the adult. In format the book appears similar to a large collection of case reports covering all types of congenital heart disease, including complex lesions such as single ventricle and atrial isomerism. For each lesion, the illustrations are placed before the text so that the reader can gain a quick and general overview before going into more detail. The contents are as practical and concise as possible. The intention is that, despite its size, the book will serve as a handy reference for cardiologists, surgeons, intensivists, obstetricians specializing in fetal sonography, nurses, trainees, students, researchers, and even patients and their families. This is a "must-have" bedside reference in the cardiac ward, the ICU, and the fetal sonography room and will even be valuable in outpatient clinics.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Atrial Septal Defect
    3. Ventricular Septal Defect
    4. Patent Ductus Arteriosus, Aortopulmonary Window
    5. Partial Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Connection
    6. Atrioventricular Septal Defect
    7. Abnormalities of the Right Ventricular Outflow Tract and Pulmonary Arteries
    8. Aortic Stenosis and Other Types of Left Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction or Anomalies
    9. Coarctation of the Aorta
    10. Interrupted Aortic Arch
    11. Tetralogy of Fallot with or without Pulmonary Atresia
    12. Tricuspid Atresia
    13. Complete Transposition of the Great Arteries
    14. Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum
    15. Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    16. Congenitally Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries
    17. Ebsteins Anomaly
    18. Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Connection and Other Congenital Anomalies of the Pulmonary Veins
    19. Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    20. Truncus Arteriosus
    21. Vascular Rings and Slings
    22. Congenital Anomalies of the Mitral Valve and the Left Ventricular Inflow
    23. Functional Single Ventricle
    24. Cardiac Malposition, Criss-Cross Heart
    25. Atrial Isomerism
    26. Coronary Anomalies
    27. Cardiac Tumor
    28. Miscellaneous Images in Congenital Heart Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Imran Farooq, Saqib Ali, Paul Anderson.
    Summary: "It gives us great pleasure to present our book that addresses problems with respect to the teaching and learning of oral histology. The idea to write a book focussed on important details of oral histological features popped up around two years ago, when we felt there are many deficient areas in the present literature concerning the said topic. This book gives information about these features in a user-friendly format. It contains high-definition (HD) histological images of oral tissues with integrated text containing their introduction, key identifying histological features, and clinical significance. The textbook is intended for dental undergraduate and postgraduate students, license examination aspirants, and oral histology instructors. We strongly believe that the book will suit the needs of professionals in each of these disciplines. We would like to mention here that we do not wish the present book to be a substitution of more general textbooks in oral histology. It is our belief that a good dental practitioner not only needs strong clinical skills, but also a solid understanding of basic sciences. Consequently, our book should be considered as providing the first step of the ladder in learning oral histology. This book is aimed at encouraging students to pursue a more exhaustive appreciation of the subject. To counter technology needs and in-line with the digital age, a companion website for the book has also been developed"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Tooth Development / Saqib Ali, Imran Farooq, and Syed Ali Khurram
    Dental Enamel / Imran Farooq, Saqib Ali, and Paul Anderson
    Dentine / Imran Farooq, Saqib Ali, Syed Ali Khurram, and Paul Anderson
    Cementum / Saqib Ali, Imran Farooq, Amr Bugshan, Erum Khan, and Syed Ali Khurram
    Dental Pulp / Juzer Shabbir, Imran Farooq, Saqib Ali, Faraz Kasti, Amr Bugshan, Syed Ali Khurram, and Erum Khan
    Periodontal Ligament / Saqlain Gilani, Imran Farooq, Saqib Ali, and Syed Ali Khurram
    Alveolar Bone / Rizwan Ullah, Shehriar Husain, Faraz Kasti, and Syed Ali Khurram
    Oral Mucosa / Saqib Ali, Imran Farooq, and Faraz Kasti
    Salivary Glands / Fizza Jabbar, Zohaib Khurshid, Muhammad Sohail Zafar, Faraz Kasti, and Syed Ali Khurram.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Ahmed H. Al-Salem.
    Summary: Written in a simple point by point style for ease of use, this volume covers all aspects of pediatric surgery with emphasis on important points for diagnosis and management. Each chapter covers a topic with emphasis on the most common conditions in neonatal and general pediatric surgery. The text is well illustrated with clinical, operative, radiological, and histopathological color figures and illustrations. The book also presents some of the rare conditions encountered in pediatric surgery, as well as common pediatric urology conditions. An Illustrated Guide to Pediatric Surgery is a useful reference to pediatric surgeons, specialists, fellows and residents, as well as general surgeons, pediatricians, neonatologists, medical students and interns interested in pediatric surgery.

    Contents:
    Intravenous Fluids, Blood and Blood Products
    Nutrition and Caloric Requirements for Infants and Children
    Venous Access in Infants and Children
    Abdominal Wall Hernias and Hydroceles
    Lymphangiomas
    Hemangiomas
    Branchial Cysts, Sinuses and Fistulae
    Sternomastoid Tumor of Infancy and Torticollis
    Infantile Fibromatosis and Myofibromatosis
    Thyroglossal Cyst
    Undescended Testes (Cryptorchidism)
    Varicocele
    Acute Scrotum
    Esophageal Atresia and/or Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    H-type Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    Congenital Esophageal Stenosis
    Achalasia
    Infantile Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis
    Congenital Gastric Outlet Obstruction (Pyloric and Antral Atresia and Web)
    Gastric Volvolus
    Congenital Duodenal Obstruction
    Neonatal Intestinal Obstruction
    Congenital Intestinal Stenosis and Atresia
    Intussusception
    Intestinal Malrotation
    Meckel?s Diverticulum
    Meconium Ileus
    Meconium Plug Syndrome
    Small Left Colon Syndrome
    Congenital Rectal Stenosis and Atresia
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Hirschprung?s Disease (Congenital Aganglionic Megacolon)
    Congenital Segmental Dilatation of the Intestines
    Megacystis Microcolon Intestinal Hypoperistalsis Syndrome
    Perianal Abscess and Fistula-in-Ano
    Gastroschisis
    Omphalocele
    The Spleen
    Splenogonadal Fusion
    Cholelithiasis and Choledocholithiasis
    Choledochal Cyst
    Biliary Atresia
    Pancreatitis and Pancreatic Pseudocyst in Children
    Congenital Pancreatic Cysts
    Intestinal Polyps and Polyposis Syndromes
    Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Eventration of the Diaphragm
    Morgagni?s Hernia
    Congenital Paraesophageal Hernia
    Congenital Lobar Emphysema
    Congenital Cystic Adenomatoid Malformation
    Bronchogenic Cyst
    Pulmonary Sequestration
    Anorectal Malformations
    Cloacal Anomalies
    Cloacal Extrophy
    Hepatoblastoma
    Hodgkin?s and Non-Hodgkin?s Lymphoma
    Neuroblastoma
    Ovarian Cysts and Tumors
    Pediatric Liver Tumors
    Renal Tumors: Wilms Tumor (Nephroblastoma)
    Teratoma
    Testicular Tumors
    Thyroid Tumors
    Disorders of Sex Development
    Persistent Müllerian Duct Syndrome
    Hypospadias
    Pelviureteric Junction Obstruction
    Posterior Urethral Valve
    Vesicoureteral Reflux
    The Exstrophy-epispadias Complex.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ahmed H. Al-Salem.
    Summary: This book is vital for physicians caring for young patients with urological conditions, as a quick reference book that is easy to read and well-illustrated. An Illustrated Guide to Pediatric Urology is useful to general surgeons, pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, fellows, residents, general physicians and family physicians, medical students and nurses. .

    Contents:
    1. Congenital urological malformations
    2. Hydronephrosis in infants and children
    3. Pelviureteric Junction (PUJ) Obstruction
    4. Renal tumors in children
    5. Multicystic dysplastic kidney (MCDK)
    6. Congenital ureteral anomalies
    7. Congenital megaureter
    8. Vesicoureteral reflux (VUR) in children
    9. Pediatric urolithiasis
    10. Persistent Mullerian duct syndrome (PMDS)
    11. Neurogenic bladder sphincter dysfunction
    12. Urinary tract infection in infants and children
    13. Bladder exstrophy-epispadias complex
    14. Megacystis Microcolon Intestinal Hypoperistalsis Syndrome (Berdon syndrome)
    15. Cloacal anomalies
    16. Urachal remnants
    17. Inguinal hernia and hydrocele
    18. Cloacal exstrophy
    19. Posterior urethral valve
    20. Utricular cyst (Prostatic utricular cyst)
    21. Hypospadias
    22. Male circumcision
    23. Priapism in children
    24. Undescended testes (Cryptorchidism)
    25. Varicocele
    26. Testicular torsion and torsion of the testicular or epididymal appendage
    27. Testicular tumors in children
    28. Splenogonadal fusion
    29. Acute scrotum
    30. Hydrocolpos, vaginal agenesis and atresia
    31. Disorders of sexual development.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Eleftherios Pelechas, Evripidis Kaltsonoudis, Paraskevi V. Voulgari, Alexandros A. Drosos.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Heidemarie Halbritter, Silvia Ulrich, Friogeir Grímsson, Martina Weber, Reinhard Zetter, Michael Hesse, Ralf Buchner, Matthias Svojtka, Andrea Frosch-Radivo.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hans J. ten Donkelaar, David Kachlík, R. Shane Tubbs.
    Summary: This book is unique in that it provides the reader with the most up-to-date terminology used to describe the human nervous system (central and peripheral) and the related sensory organs, i.e., the Terminologia Neuroanatomica (TNA), the official terminology of the IFAA (International Federation of Associations of Anatomists). The book provides a succinct but detailed review of the neuroanatomical structures of the human body and will greatly benefit not only various specialists such as (neuro)anatomists, neurologists and neuroscientists, but also students taking neuroanatomy and neuroscience courses. The book offers a high yield, combined presentation of neuroanatomical illustrations and text and provides the reader a?one-stop source? for studying the intricacies of the human nervous system and its sensory organs. It includes an alphabetical list of official English terms and synonyms with the official Latin terms and synonyms from the TNA. With regard to the entries, the name of the item in standardized English is provided, followed by synonyms and the official TNA Latin term, Latin synonyms and eponyms, a short description and in many cases one or more illustrations. To facilitate the use of illustrations, certain entries such as the gyri or sulci of the cerebral cortex are presented together with extensive cross-references. Terms that form part of a certain structure (such as the amygdaloid body, the thalamus and the hypothalamus) are listed under the respective structure. Segments and branches of arteries are discussed under the main artery, for example the A1?A5 segments under the anterior cerebral artery. Most nerves can be found following their origin from the brachial, cervical and lumbosacral plexuses. However, the major nerves of the limbs are discussed separately, as are the cranial nerves. Nuclei can be found by their English name or under Nuclei by their eponym.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Medical Illustrators; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations of Brain Stem; Illustrated TNA, User Guide; User Guide; Chapter A; Chapter B; References; Chapter C; References; Chapter D.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Tom Lissauer, Will Carroll ; associate editor Keir Alexander Shiels ; forewords by Ranj Singh, Sir Alan Craft.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christiaan N. Mamczak, Christopher S. Smith, Michael J. Gardner ; illustrations by Scott Bodell.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel J. Berry, Mark W. Pagnano
    Summary: "This title is part of the Tips and Tricks series we are developing in the orthopaedic surgery list, based on Harborview's Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Fracture Surgery. That title is unique in its approach in that it doesn't offer a comprehensive review of surgical procedures, nor does it offer a comprehensive review of the knowledge-base underlying orthopaedic trauma and its management. Instead it offers the sort of wisdom attending surgeons pass on to residents or fellows about how to perform surgery. These tips and tricks are often highly technical and also often highly contextual: "in this type of patient, I tend to use approach X for these reasons, while in other types of patients I do it this other way..." Residents and fellows often take notes on this advice. These notes from the orthopaedic trauma fellows at Harborview served as the foundation for the first edition of the Harborview title. This format is thus an adjunct to comprehensive procedural references, not a competitor. It sits in a unique and mostly vacant market niche and represents the stream of knowledge that is sometimes evidence-based (and sometimes not) used to train surgeons. This knowledge stream often contains nuggets unique to particular to institutions. The success of the Harborview title attests to the value of this approach: ~4800 units sold to date, in what has traditionally been viewed as the highly overpublished area of orthopaedic trauma. This title will originate from the renowned orthopaedic surgery department at Mayo Clinic, Rochester. Dan Berry will oversee the hip content and Marc Pagnano, the current chair, will oversee the knee. Coverage will include total hip and knee arthroplasties, revision hip and knee arthroplasties, hip arthroscopy, hip resurfacing, osteotomies for the hip and knee, unicondylar knee replacement, and more. Currently in development: Hospital for Special Surgery's Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Foot and Ankle Surgery, Emory's Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Spine Surgery, Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Sports Medicine Surgery. Brad Henley is the series editor for this series. He has held numerous positions for AAOS in addition to his role at Harborview, and is very well-connected. As currently scoped, additional topics in the series would be: hand-wrist-elbow surgery, pediatric orthopaedics (with perhaps one volume on ped fxs and one on everything else). Because these titles will not present procedures step-by-step, the areas need to be fairly broad in order to generate enough tips and tricks for a 300-400 pp book"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    PK Gupta.
    Contents:
    1. General toxicology
    2. Disposition
    3. Mechanism of toxicity
    4. Target organ toxicity
    5. Pesticides (agrochemicals)
    6. Metals and micronutrients
    7. Nonmetals and micronutrients
    8. Solvents, vapors, and gases
    9. Poisonous and venomous organisms
    10. Poisonous foods and food poisonings
    11. Poisonous plants
    12. Drugs of use, dependence, and abuse
    13. Radioactive materials
    14. Environmental and ecotoxicology
    15. Veterinary toxicology
    16. Clinical toxicology
    17. Brainstorming: toxicology question bank
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Deepak Rajkumar Goyal, editor.
    Summary: This book employs a wealth of high-quality illustrations to provide the reader with a detailed understanding of the anatomy and the histology of the cartilage, the etiology and the classification of the cartilage lesions, and the numerous techniques employed for cartilage repair. Detailed attention is devoted to healthy cartilage, to each stage in the degenerative process, and to the response of the cartilage to the treatment. Imaging of the damaged and the repaired cartilage, as well as the information on the biomechanics are provided in great detail. The chapters on the techniques cover a wide range of approaches: marrow stimulation techniques, osteochondral cylinder transfer techniques, first, second and third generation autologous chondrocyte implantation techniques, allografts, cell-based therapies, orthobiologic approaches, and the role of 3D printing. The chapters closes with a consideration of the success of rehabilitation devices and the long-term results of cartilage repair.The book will be invaluable for all general orthopaedic and arthroscopic surgeons seeking a deeper knowledge of cartilage science and will help to dispel the confusion that still surrounds the reparative treatment. The authors are recognized experts in the fields of cartilage histology, assessment, classification, and repair.

    Contents:
    The anatomy and histology of the healthy cartilage
    The anatomy and histology of the injured cartilage
    The anatomy and histology of the degenerated cartilage
    The subchondral bone and the overlying cartilage
    Classifications of cartilage lesions
    Imaging of cartilage damage
    Marrow stimulation techniques of cartilage repair
    Osteochondral cylinder transfer techniques of cartilage repair
    Autologous chondrocyte implantation
    Membrane based autologous chondrocyte implantation
    Scaffold based autologous chondrocyte implantation
    Stem cells and cartilage repair
    Orthobiologics for cartilage repair
    Allografts in cartilage repair
    3-D printing in cartilage repair
    Biomechanics and cartilage repair
    The anatomy and histology of the cartilage repair
    Imaging of cartilage repair
    Rehabilitation devices after cartilage repair
    Long term results in cartilage repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Herbert Chen, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Endocrine Surgery
    1. Total Thyroidectomy and Thyroid Lobectomy
    2. Central Neck Dissection
    3. Modified Radical Neck Dissection
    4. Parathyroidectomy
    5. Open Adrenalectomy
    6. Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy: Transperitoneal Approach
    7. Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy: Retroperitoneal Approach
    Part 2. Breast Surgery
    8. Breast Biopsy
    9.Breast Conservation Surgery (Surgical Biopsy, Lumpectomy, Nipple Exploration, Partial Mastectomy
    10. Mastectomy
    11. Axillary Procedures for Breast Cancer
    Part 3. Esophageal and Gastric Surgery
    12. Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery
    13. Laparoscopic Surgery for Para-esophageal Hernias
    14. Minimally Invasive Treatment of Esophageal Achalasia
    15. Laparoscopic Bariatric Surgery
    16. Esophagectomy
    17. Gastric and Duodenal Surgery
    Part 4 . Small Bowel and Appendix Surgery.- 18. Meckel's Diverticulum Resection
    19. Small Bowel Resection
    20. Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    21. Appendectomy
    Part 5. Colorectal Surgery
    22. Right Hemicolectomy
    23. Sigmoid Colectomy
    24. Low Anterior Resection and Abdominoperitoneal Resection
    25. Stomas (Colostomy and Ileostomy)
    Part 6. Anorectal Surgery
    26. Cryptoglandular Disease
    27. Pilondial Disease
    28. Anal Fissure
    29. Hemorrhoids
    Part 7. Hernia Surgery
    30. Lichtenstein Tens ion-Free Open Inguinal Hernia Repair
    31. Laparascopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP) Approach
    32. Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair Total Extraperitoneal (TEP) Approach
    33. Open Umbilical Hernia Repair
    34. Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    35. Open Retromuscular Ventral Hernia Repair
    Part 8. Hepatobiliary Surgery
    36. Open Hepatic and Biliary Procedures
    37. Minimally Invasive Liver and Biliary Procedures
    Part 9. Pancreatic Surgery
    38. Pancreaticoduodenectomy (Whipple Procedure)
    39. Distal Pancreatectomy
    40. Surgical Treatment of Chronic Pancreatitis
    Part 10 . Office-based Procedures
    41. Vascular Access for Hemodialysis
    42. Drainage of Abcess
    43. Biopsy of Skin Lesions
    44. Excisional Biopsy of Dermal and Subcutaneous Lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hidetaka Arimira, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Introduction
    Part 2. Computerized Diagnosis for Cancer
    2. Computer-Aided Detection of Lung Cancer
    3. Computer-Aided Detection and Differentiation of Breast Cancer on Mammograms
    4. Computer-Aided Differentiation for Pathology Images
    Part 3. Computer-Assisted Radiation Treatment Planning
    5. Computer-Assisted Target Volume Determination
    6. Computer-Assisted Treatment Planning Approaches for SBRT
    7. Computer-Assisted Treatment Planning Approaches for Carbon-Ion Beam Therapy
    8. Computer-Assisted Treatment Planning Approaches for IMRT
    Part 4. Image-Guided Patient Positioning 9. X-ray Image-Based Patient Positioning
    10. Surface-Imaging-Based Patient Positioning in Radiation Therapy
    Part 5. Intelligent Radiation Treatment Approaches
    11. Tumor Tracking Approach
    12. Visualization of Dose Distributions for Photon Beam Radiation Therapy During Treatment
    Part 6. Computerized Prediction of Treatment Outcomes
    14. Computerized Prediction of Treatment Outcomes and Radiomics Analysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Claudia Kuntner-Hannes, York Haemisch, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert L. Bard, editor.
    Summary: This book showcases the latest digital skin imaging, optical/laser systems and advanced immunologic therapies including topics ranging from the basic dermatologic sciences to advanced microscopic and laser optics. The addition of radiologic breakthroughs serves as comprehensive source for the dermatologic community, helping them access sonographic, CT, MRI and nuclear medicine procedures refined for dermatologic and subcutaneous pathologies. In addition, it assists radiologists determine the appropriate imaging technologies for specific clinical dermal disorders. A detailed and up-to-date overview of image-guided treatments is provided. The initial chapters on benign and inflammatory diseases are precursors to advanced chapters on hidradenitis suppurativa and pigmented lesion analysis. A dedicated chapter on melanoma skin cancer and malignant melanoma is followed by updated concepts of melanoma treatment, including genetic markers and PET/CT to monitor therapeutic success. Further chapters address such topics as dermal trauma from foreign bodies and burns, scar imaging, fillers complications and podiatric imaging. Chapters on optical coherence tomography and reflectance confocal microscopy complete the coverage. All chapters were written by dermatologists trained in ultrasound diagnosis, interventional radiologists, dermatopathologists and specialists in advanced optical and microscopic dermatologic analysis, providing a reference guide to noninvasive diagnosis techniques and image guided minimally invasive treatment options. As such, Image Guided Dermatologic Treatments will be an invaluable asset for clinicians in medical and allied fields where dermatologic diagnosis using the least invasive option is required.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Advantages of Sonography of Benign Skin Diseases
    Chapter 2 Image guided Treatments in Skin Inflammatory Diseases
    Chapter 3 Ultrasound of Hidradentitis Suppurativa
    Chapter 4 Pigmented Melanocytic Tumors
    Chapter 5 Ultrasound Diagnosis of Non melanoma Skin Cancer and Malignant Melanoma
    Chapter 6 Assessment of Efficacy of Systemic Therapy in Patients with Metastatic Melanoma
    Chapter 7 Dermal Trauma: Burns and Foreign Bodies
    Chapter 8 OCT Image Guided Treatment of Scars
    Chapter 9 Advantages of Sonography in Fillers and Complications
    Chapter 10 Podiatric Dermal Sonography
    Chapter 11 OCT guided Laser Treatment and Surgery
    Chapter 12 Reflectance Confocal Microscopy for the Diagnosis and Management of Skin Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Esther G. C. Troost, editor.
    Summary: This book equips readers with detailed knowledge on the current status of image-guided radiotherapy with photons and particles and highlights issues that need to be addressed in order to further improve treatment outcomes. The opening chapters cover clinical and technical aspects of target volume definition using anatomic (computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging; MRI) as well as functional (MRI and positron emission tomography) imaging. Up-to-date information is then provided on the full range of image-guided high-precision radiotherapy techniques, including IMRT/VMAT, stereotactic body radiation therapy, MR-guided linear accelerators, MR-guided brachytherapy, and particle therapy. The role of ultrasonography in image-guided radiotherapy is discussed, as are the available means for target volume demarcation and stabilization and adaptive radiation therapy. Finally, outcome evaluation is explored in depth, with a particular focus on the role of multimodality imaging in predicting tumor control and normal tissue toxicity. The authors are experts in different specialties and the book will be of high value for radiation oncologists, medical physicists, radiologists, nuclear medicine physicians, and radiation technicians.

    Contents:
    PART I) TARGET VOLUME DEFINITION
    Chapter 1) Use of [18F] FDG-PET for target volume definition in radiotherapy
    Chapter 2) Specific PET tracers for solid tumors and for definition of the biological target volume
    Chapter 3) Use of anatomical and functional MRI in radiation treatment planning-. PART II) IMAGE-GUIDED RT TECHNIQUES
    Chapter 4) In-room systems for patient positioning and motion control
    Chapter 5) IMRT/VMAT, SABR
    Chapter 6) Magnetic resonance-guided adaptive radiotherapy technical concepts
    Chapter 7) MR-integrated linear accelerators first clinical results
    Chapter 8) Image-guided adaptive brachytherapy
    Chapter 9) Ultrasonography in image-guided radiotherapy current status and future challenges
    Chapter 10) Means for target volume delineation and stabilisation: fiducial markers, balloons, and others
    Chapter 11) Artificial intelligence in radiation oncology: a rapidly evolving picture
    PART III) OUTCOME EVALUATION
    Chapter 12) Multimodality imaging for prediction of tumour control following radiotherapy
    Chapter 13) Modelling for radiation treatment outcome.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Matthew A. Mauro, Kieran P.J. Murphy, Kenneth R. Thomson, Anthony C. Venbrux, Robert A. Morgan.
    Summary: "Completely revised to reflect recent, rapid changes in the field of interventional radiology (IR), Image-Guided Interventions, 3rd Edition, offers comprehensive, narrative coverage of vascular and nonvascular interventional imaging -- ideal for IR subspecialists as well as residents and fellows in IR. This award-winning title provides clear guidance from global experts, helping you formulate effective treatment strategies, communicate with patients, avoid complications, and put today's newest technology to work in your practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Vascular interventions
    History of angiography and intervention
    Patient care
    Principles of vascular intervention
    Peripheral arterial intervention
    Vascular malformations
    Abdominal vascular intervention
    Pelvic vascular intervention
    Thoracic vascular intervention
    Neurovascular and head and neck intervention
    Venous intervention
    Venous sampling for endocrine disease
    Intervention in portal hypertension
    Hemodialysis access management
    Venous access
    Part 2: Nonvascular interventions. Percutaneous biopsy and drainage
    The gastrointestinal tract
    The biliary tract
    The liver
    The genitourinary tract
    The thorax
    The musculoskeletal system.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Print
    Christos Georgiades, Hyun S. Kim, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date and comprehensive primer on image-guided interventions for cancer. Image-guided interventional oncology is gaining popularity as it is a minimally invasive and more precisely targeted approach that both proves more effective and results in fewer side effects. This book's aim is to provide a clinical guide to interventional oncology for the entire oncology team. Chapters are approached with the same interdisciplinary perspective that is used in the care itself, with each chapter written by an interventional radiologist with contributions from medical, surgical and/or radiation oncologists. Chapters cover the major cancers that can benefit from interventional oncology treatment (including lung, liver, kidney, and bone), as well as some of the physics and physiology behind these interventional modalities. This is an ideal guide for interventional radiologists, medical oncologists, surgical oncologists, radiation oncologists, as well as relevant trainees. .

    Contents:
    1.Physics/Physiology of Ablation Modalities
    2.Physics/Physiology of Radioembolization
    3.Physics/Physiology of Transarterial Chemoembolization & Drug Eluting Beads
    4.Primary Lung Cancer
    5.Secondary Lung Cancer
    6.Hepatocellular Carcinoma: Western Experience
    7.Hepatocellular Carcinoma, Eastern Experience
    8.Intra-Hepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
    9.Colorectal Cancer: Liver Metastatic Disease
    10.Neuroendocrine Neoplasms
    11.Renal Cell Carcinoma
    12.Bone metastatic disease
    13.Breast Cancer
    14.Thyroid Cancer
    15.Soft Tissue Sarcoma (STS)
    16.The Role of Interventional Oncology in the Treatment of Metastatic Melanoma
    17.Pancreatic Cancer
    18.Image Guided Biopsy/Liquid Biopsy
    19.Tumor Profiling
    20.Imaging findings following locoregional cancer therapies
    21.Immune Modulation in Interventional Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Majid Khan, Sergiy V. Kushchayev, Scott H. Faro, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive review of image guided interventions of the spine. Beginning with a chapter dedicated to the history of image guided spinal interventions, authors set the stage for the role these procedures have and will play in the field. Chapters cover the key procedures, techniques, and considerations to maximize effectiveness and patient care. Some major topics covered include: imaging osseo-ligamentous spine anatomy, percutaneous vertebroplasty, image guided tumor ablation, and vascular spine intervention. Additional features include high-quality illustrations with concise descriptions and clinical cases discussions. This is an ideal guide for interventional neuroradiologists, radiologists, pain management physicians, neurosurgeons, orthopedic spine surgeons, and related residents, fellows, and students wanting in depth information on image guided interventions of the spine.

    Contents:
    History of percutaneous vertebroplasty
    Percutaneous vertebroplasty the state of art
    Surgical anatomy and percutaneous approaches
    Spinal biomechanics
    Instruments and equipment
    Vertebroplasty-based techniques
    Spinal radiology and functional imaging
    Perioperative period
    Percutaneous vertebroplasty for aggressive vertebral hemangiomas
    Percutaneous vertebroplasty for benign vertebral pathology: osteoporotic vertebral fractures and posttraumatic vertebral osteonecrosis (Kummel disease)
    Percutaneous vertebroplasty for malignant lesions: metastases and multiple myeloma
    Complications of percutaneous vertebroplasty
    Radiation exposure and protection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marina Obradov, Jan L.M.A. Gielen, editors.
    Summary: Significant advances have been achieved in musculoskeletal injection procedures during the past two decades, supported by the rapid development of imaging technology and the resulting clear presentation of three-dimensional anatomy. However, these procedures require additional training and expertise not always provided in residency training programs. This comprehensive book covers diagnostic and therapeutic intra- and extra-articular injection procedures for all joints and musculoskeletal regions. Each procedure is explained step by step, with discussion of indications, anatomy, pre- and postprocedural medications, needles, radiological equipment (conventional X-ray, US, and, when appropriate, CT, PET-CT, and MRI), patient positioning, technique, and aftercare. Potential difficulties are identified and helpful tips and tricks, provided. The lucid text is supported by informative drawings, model photographs, and radiological images. This book will assist beginners in starting to carry out injections by providing clear, precise procedural instructions and guidance on equipment and medications. It is hoped that while using the book, the reader will gain confidence by feeling that the authors are standing alongside, ready to answer any question that may arise.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Claudio Maurizio Pacella, Tian'an Jiang, Giovanni Mauri, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Robert L. Bard, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a detailed and up-to-date overview of image-guided diagnostics in COVID-19 lung disease. A range of image-guided CT and ultrasound procedures in different chest regions are described. For each procedure, the benefits of image guidance are presented and its specialized application explained in the adult (outpatient, triage and hospital setting) and the pediatric patient. Lung Ultrasound Image Guidance assesses this rapidly evolving disease in real time while CT scans may be precisely targeted. The editor provides his 50+ year experience of multidisciplinary chest imaging including battlefield experience to optimally combat this recent viral assault. Image-Guided Management will be a valuable guide and reference not only for radiologists and pulmonary practitioners, but also for imaging technicians and First Responders. The intense public interest in safety and prevention is covered in the chapters on protection and decontamination. A chapter addressing the multiplicity of organ damage is useful for cardiologists and internists given the long differential diagnosis of respiratory distress entities. The emergence of point of care ultrasound providing 24/7 diagnostic access into inflammatory processes of the lung heralds its ascendance to the top tier of acute care diagnostic tools.

    Contents:
    1. COVID-19 SAFETY PROTOCOLS AND PROTECTION
    2. CT evaluation of Covid-19 lung disease
    3. Lung ultrasound in COVID 19 disease
    4. Clinical Covid-19 Lung Imaging
    5. Pediatric Covid-19 Lung ultrasound
    6. REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS
    7. Covid-19 3D/4D Doppler Imaging
    8. MULTIMODALITY 3D LUNG IMAGING
    9. Respiratory Dynamics: Function and Breath Management
    10. Respiratory disease with SARS-COV2 infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    A. Orlando Ortiz.
    Contents:
    1. Pre- and periprocedural planning and patient management for spine or rib biopsies
    2. Anticoagulation management
    3. Image-guided percutaneous spine and rib biopsy: tools and techniques
    4. Cervical spine biopsy
    5. Toracic spine biopsy
    6. Lumbar spine biopsy
    7. Sacral biopsy
    8. Rib biopsy
    9. Biopsy for spine infection
    10. Spine infection mimics
    11. Image-guided percutaneous spine and rib biopsy: pathology
    Erratum
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Robert L. Bard, Jurgen J. Fütterer, Dan Sperling, editors.
    Summary: Image-Guided Prostate Cancer Treatments is a comprehensive reference and practical guide on the technology and application of ultrasound and MRI in the male pelvis, with special attention to the prostate. The book is organized into three main sections, the first of which is devoted to general aspects of imaging and image-guided treatments. The second section provides a systematic overview of the application of ultrasound and MRI to the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the lower urinary tract. Performance of the ultrasound and MRI studies is explained, and the normal and abnormal pathological anatomy is reviewed. Correlation with the ultrasound in the same plane is provided to assist in understanding the MRI sequences. Biopsy and interventional procedures, ultrasound-MRI fusion techniques, and image-guided therapies, including focused ultrasound, photodynamic therapy, microwave and laser ablation, are all fully covered. The third section focuses on securing treatment effectiveness and the use of follow-up imaging to ensure therapeutic success and detect tumor recurrence at an early stage, which is vital given that prompt focal treatment of recurrence is very successful. Here, particular attention is paid to the role of Doppler ultrasound and DCE-MRI technologies. This book, containing a wealth of high-quality illustrations based on high-end equipment, will acquaint beginners with the basics of prostate ultrasound and MRI, while more advanced practitioners will learn new skills, means of avoiding pitfalls, and ways of effectively relating the imaging and image-guided treatments to the clinical situation.

    Contents:
    Radiologic Introduction
    Urologic Introduction
    Medical Oncology Introduction
    Basic Principles: Scope of Prostate Cancer
    MRI of the Prostate
    Benign Disease
    Intraprostatic Cancer
    Localized Extraprostatic Cancer
    Nodal Cancer
    The Treated Gland
    Case Studies with Multimodality Diagnostic Imaging
    Case Studies with Image Guided Treatments
    Medical Oncology and Imaging
    MRI Thermocoupling and Laser Tumor Ablation
    New Robot and Cybernetic Image Guided Technologies
    Long Term Follow-Up
    Minimally Invasive Treatment of Benign Prostate Hypertrophy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Farhood Saremi ; associate editors, Damian Sanchez-Quintana, Hiro Kiyosue, Francesco F. Faletra, Meng Law, Dakshesh B. Patel, R. Shane Tubbs.
    Summary: "This atlas provides high-quality multiplanar and volumetric color-coded imaging techniques utilizing CT, MRI, or angiography, supplemented by cadaveric presentations and color drawings that best elucidate each specific anatomic region. Twenty-one chapters with concise text encompass thoracic wall, mediastinum, lung, vascular, and cardiac anatomy, providing readers with a virtual dissection experience. Many anatomical variants along with pathological examples are presented"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Thoracic Wall
    Tracheobronchial System
    Mediastinum and Thymus
    Lungs
    The Pleura
    Pulmonary Artery and Vein
    Pulmonary and Systemic Veins
    Thoracic Aorta and Major Branches
    Lymphatics and Nerves of the Thorax
    Diaphragm
    Breast Anatomy
    General Anatomy of the Heart
    Atrioventricular Septal Region
    The Aortic Valve
    Pulmonary Valve
    The Mitral Valve
    The Tricuspid Valve Apparatus
    Coronary Arteries and Myocardial Perfusion
    The Coronary Veins
    The Pericardium.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Julia R. Crim, B. J. Manaster, Zehava Sadka Rosenberg.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Knee
    Section 2: Leg
    Section 3: Ankle
    Section 4: Foot
    Section 5: Angles and measurements
    Section 6: Normal variants
    Section 7: Needle placement for procedures.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Farhood Saremi ; associate editors, Damián Sánchez-Quintana, Hiro Kiyosue, Dakshesh B. Patel, Meng Law, R. Shane Tubbs.
    Summary: "Normal imaging anatomy and variants, including diagnostic and surgical anatomy, are the cornerstones of radiologic knowledge. Imaging Anatomy: Text and Atlas Volume 2, Abdomen and Pelvis is the second in a series of four richly illustrated radiologic references edited by distinguished radiologist Farhood Saremi. The atlas is coedited by esteemed colleagues Damián Sánchez-Quintana, Hiro Kiyosue, Dakshesh B. Patel, Meng Law, and R. Shane Tubbs with contributions from an impressive cadre of international authors. Succinctly written text and superb images provide readers with a virtual, user-friendly dissection experience"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Education
  • Print
    [edited by] Farhood Saremi ; associate editors, Dakshesh B. Patel, Damián Sánchez-Quintana, Hiro Kiyosue, Meng Law, R. Shane Tubbs.
    Summary: "The text is supported by high-quality cross-sectional images with correlative three-dimensional and color-coded CT and MR views. Up-to-date references are used to support the text. Many new topics in radiology and surgery have been gathered from the recent 10-year literature. Surgical and clinical applications in each anatomy topic are presented with relevant images. In order to make each topic understandable, difficult anatomical concepts are supported by sketches as well as cross-sectional and topographic cadaveric views provided by internationally known anatomists. Superb cadaveric views are provided by Professors Damián Sánchez-Quintana, R. Shane Tubbs, and the late Professor Albert L. Rhoton Jr. Images of high-resolution axial cadaveric cuts have been provided by the University of Auckland, New Zealand, thanks to efforts of Professor Ali Mirjalili." -- portion of preface by Farhood Saremi

    Contents:
    Imaging Anatomy
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Contributors
    1 Bones, Muscles, Tendons, Joints and Cartilage
    2 Upper Extremity Bones: Shoulder Girdle, Arm and Forearm
    3 Muscles of Shoulder Girdle, Arm and Forearm
    4 Upper Extremity Arteries
    5 Upper Extremity and Shoulder Venous System
    6 Brachial Plexus and Its Branches
    7 Lymphatic System of the Upper Extremity
    8 Lower Extremity Bones: Pelvis, Femur, Tibia, Fibula
    9 Lower Extremity Muscles: Pelvic Girdle, Thigh and Leg
    10 Accessory Muscles
    11 Lower Extremity Arteries; 12 Lower Extremity and Pelvic Venous System
    13 Lower Extremity Nerves
    14 Lymphatics of the Lower Extremities
    15 Anatomy of the Shoulder Joint
    16 Elbow Joint
    17 Wrist
    18 Hand
    19 Sacrum, Coccyx and Sacroiliac Joints
    20 Hip
    21 Knee
    22 Ankle
    23 Foot
    24 Temporomandibular Joint
    Index.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Paula J. Woodward [and 6 others].
    Contents:
    I: Brain and spine
    II: Head and neck
    III: Thorax
    IV: Abdomen
    V: Pelvis
    VI: Upper extremity
    VII: Lower extremity
    VIII: Obstetrics and developmental anatomy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Monika Warmuth-Metz.
    Summary: This book describes the features in structural imaging of the most important pediatric brain tumors with the aim of enabling radiologists to make the correct differential diagnosis and to provide the pediatric oncologist with all the imaging information relevant to further management. The opening chapter is devoted to the complex subject of pediatric trials at the national and international levels and the importance of staging for stratification, differential treatment, and outcome. A general imaging protocol for children with brain tumors is presented, and individual chapters then identify key points for the differential diagnosis and staging of posterior fossa tumors, low- and high-grade gliomas, germ cell tumors, and craniopharyngiomas. The relevance of aspects such as tumor site and age to diagnosis is explained, and pitfalls associated with meningeal dissemination and treatment-related complications mimicking recurrence are highlighted. The importance of ensuring comparability of follow-up by use of standard MR (or CT) imaging is emphasized. In drawing on the lessons gained both from pediatric trials and from the author's own experience, this book will be invaluable for all radiologists.

    Contents:
    The Impact Of Staging Examinations In Children And Adolescents With Brain Tumor Stefan Rutkowski
    Structure Of The Pediatric Competence Network Of The German Gpoh (Society Of Pediatric Oncology And Hematology) Monika Warmuth-Metz
    Imaging Differential Diagnosis Of Pediatric Cns Tumors Monika Warmuth-Metz
    Imaging Guidelines For Pediatric Brain Tumor Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Massimo Tonolini, editor.
    Summary: Aimed at practicing clinicians and radiologists, this volume provides up-to-date, detailed information on potentially severe urinary tract infections (UTIs), which frequently require intensive in-patient antibiotic therapy, percutaneous or surgical treatment. UTIs are the most prevalent infectious illness, and account for hundreds of thousands of emergency and hospital admissions yearly. Furthermore, UTIs are the most common (almost 40%) type of hospital-acquired infections, with bladder catheterisation being the key risk factor. According to the European Association of Urology guidelines, complicated urinary tract infections (C-UTIs) are those associated with structural or functional genitourinary abnormalities or with conditions that impair the host's defence mechanisms, leading to an increased risk of acquiring infection or therapy failure. Besides offering current perspectives from urologists, nephrologists, and specialists in infectious diseases, the book presents the techniques and highlights the role of ultrasound and contrast-enhanced ultrasound, nuclear medicine, multidetector computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in providing comprehensive investigations of upper and lower tract UTIs, and of systemic infections from unknown sources. Cross-sectional imaging is currently recommended to confirm UTI, to assess severity and look for underlying treatable structural or functional abnormalities, in order to provide a consistent basis for a correct therapeutic choice. Furthermore, dedicated chapters illustrate the current status of UTI imaging in children and the expanding role and possibilities of interventional radiology in the treatment of severe urinary tract infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Regina G. H. Beets-Tan, Wim J. G. Oyen, Vincenzo Valentini, editors.
    Summary: This book, edited by leading experts in radiology, nuclear medicine, and radiation oncology, offers a wide-ranging, state of the art overview of the specifics and the benefits of a multidisciplinary approach to the use of imaging in image-guided radiation treatments for different tumor types. The entire spectrum of the most important cancers treated by radiation are covered, including CNS, head and neck, lung, breast, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and gynecological tumors. The opening sections of the book address background issues and a range of important technical aspects. Detailed information is then provided on the use of different imaging techniques for T staging and target volume delineation, response assessment, and follow-up in various parts of the body. The focus of the book ensures that it will be of interest for a multidisciplinary forum of readers comprising radiation oncologists, nuclear medicine physicians, radiologists and other medical professionals.

    Contents:
    PART I: Imaging in Oncology: From Diagnosis to Outcomes
    Theragnostics in Modern Oncology
    The Role of Imaging
    The Role of a Radiologist and Nuclear Medicine Physician in a Multidisciplinary Tumor Board
    PART II : From Simulation to Delivery Guided by Imaging: Technical Aspects
    Optimal CT Protocol for CT Guided Planning Preparation in Radiotherapy
    Management of Respiratory Induced Tumour Motion for Tailoring Target Volumes During Radiation Therapy
    Principles and Constraints of Nonrigid Registration
    Radiotherapy Target Volume Definition Based on PET/CT Imaging Data
    CT in Room Gating During Radiotherapy
    High-Field MRI in-Room Guidance for Radiotherapy Adaptation
    Low Tesla MRI in Room Gating During Radiotherapy
    Endoluminal Brachytherapy: Technicalities and Main Clinical Evidences
    PART III : Imaging for Tumor Staging and Volume Definition
    Staging and Target Volume Definition by Imaging in CNS Tumours
    T Staging and Target Volume Definition by Imaging in Head and Neck Tumors
    T Staging and Target Volume Definition by Imaging in Breast Tumours
    T Staging and Target Volume Definition by Imaging in GI Tumours
    T Staging and Target Volume Definition by Imaging in GU Tumors
    T Staging and Target Volume Definition by Imaging in GYN Tumours
    N Stage Challenges
    Tumor Biology Characterization by Imaging In Laboratory
    Tumor Biology Characterization by Imaging in Clinic
    Imaging Based Prediction Models
    PART: IV Response Evaluation and Follow up by Imaging
    Response Evaluation and Follow up by Imaging in Brain Tumours
    Response Assessment and Follow up by Imaging in Head and Neck Tumours
    Response Assessment and Follow up by Imaging in Lung Tumours
    Response Assessment and Follow up by Imaging in Breast Tumours
    Response Assessment and Follow up by Imaging in Gastrointestinal Tumors
    Response Assessment and Follow up by Imaging in GU Tumours
    Response Assessment and Follow up by Imaging in GYN Tumours.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mirko D'Onofrio, Paola Capelli, Paolo Pederzoli, editors ; forewords by Claudio Bassi and Roberto Pozzi Mucelli ; with a contribution by Alec J. Megibow.
    Summary: Although interest in pancreatic pathology is very high in the radiological and gastroenterological communities, it is still the case that less is known about pathology of the pancreas than about liver pathology, for example. Diagnosis depends on the structure of the pancreatic lesion, which can be directly visualized on US, CT or MR images. This atlas, which encompasses both the imaging and the pathology of pancreatic neoplasms, will therefore be invaluable in enabling radiologists and sonographers to understand the underlying pathology and in allowing pancreatic pathologists to understand the imaging translation. The emphasis in the atlas is very much on the pathological and imaging appearances, with most of the text concentrated at the beginning of the chapters. A comprehensive overview is provided of typical and atypical presentations and diverse aspects of common and uncommon pancreatic neoplasms, including ductal adenocarcinoma, neuroendocrine neoplasms, intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms, cystic neoplasms, metastases and lymphoma.

    Contents:
    Ductal Adenocarcinoma
    Neuroendocrine Neoplasm
    Intraductal Neoplasms
    Serous Neoplasms
    Mucinous Neoplasms
    Solid-Pseudopapillary Neoplasms
    Secondary Tumors and Lymphoma
    Rare Neoplasms
    Driving Questions and Flow Charts Imaging
    Stigmate Review and Interpretation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mirko D'Onofrio, Paola Capelli, Paolo Pederzoli, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this atlas focuses on imaging methods and techniques, new diagnostic concepts and therapeutic approaches in management of pancreatic neoplasms. Although interest in pancreatic pathology is very high in the radiological and gastroenterological communities, less is known about it than about, for example, liver pathology. Diagnosis depends on the structure of the pancreatic lesion, which can be directly visualized in US, CT or MR images. The books focus is very much on the imaging and pathological appearances, with most of the text concentrated at the beginning of the book followed by images gallery. A comprehensive overview is provided of typical and atypical presentations and diverse aspects of common and rare pancreatic tumors, including ductal adenocarcinomas with dedicated chapter to ductal adenocarcinoma downstaging, neuroendocrine neoplasms, cystic pancreatic neoplasms and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms. The Verona Pancreas Centre, the first institute of its kind in Italy and one of very few in the world, pursues an interdisciplinary approach to treating the problems of this organ, focusing on the patient, on research, and on teaching. A dedicated center that can look back on 40 years of tradition, many of its respected specialists have made essential contributions in surgery, gastroenterology, oncology, pathology, and radiology. Given its scope, this atlas will be an invaluable asset, helping radiologists understand the underlying pathology and helping pancreatic pathologists understand the imaging translation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Fong Yuman, Pier Cristoforo Giulianotti, Jason Lewis, Bas Groot Koerkamp, Thomas Reiner, editors.
    Contents:
    Basis of practice
    Lighting in the Operative Room: Current Technologies and Considerations
    Modalities for Intraoperative Imaging
    Fluorescents Probes
    Detectors for Intraoperative Molecular Imaging: From Probes to Scanners
    Isotopes and Procedural Imaging
    Radiologically Imageable Nanoparticles
    Flat Panel CT and the Future of OR imaging and Navigation
    Cerenkov Luminescence Imaging
    Organ Deformation and Navigation
    Clinical Milestones for Optical Imaging
    3D in the Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS) Operating Room: Cameras and Displays in the Evolution of MIS
    Molecular Tumor Marker Recognition: Nanotechnology for On-Line Diagnostics in the OR
    Ultra Small Fluorescent Silica Nanoparticles as Intraoperative Imaging Tools for Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment
    Image Processing Technologies for Motion Compensation
    Current Clinical Applications
    Near Infra-red Imaging in Robotic Surgery
    New Preoperative Images, Surgical Planning and Navigation
    New Generation Radiosurgery
    Breast Lesion Localization
    Intraoperative Breast Imaging and Image-Guided Treatment Modalities
    Sentinel Lymph Node Mapping: Current Practice and Future Developments
    Narrow Band Cystoscopy
    Fluorescence Imaging of Human Bile and Biliary Anatomy
    PET Guided Interventions from Diagnosis to Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Colin Harwood and Grant J. Jensen.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Fluorescent microscopy
    Methods for visualization of peptidoglycan biosynthesis
    Time-lapse microscopy and image analysis of Escherichia coli cells in mother machines
    Microfluidics for bacterial imaging
    Section 2. Electron microscopy
    Electron cryotomography.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Luis Martí-Bonmatí, Angel Alberich-Bayarri, editors.
    Summary: This is the first book to cover all aspects of the development of imaging biomarkers and their integration into clinical practice, from the conceptual basis through to the technical aspects that need to be considered in order to ensure that medical imaging can serve as a powerful quantification instrument capable of providing valuable information on organ and tissue properties. The process of imaging biomarker development is considered step by step, covering proof of concept, proof of mechanism, image acquisition, image preparation, imaging biomarker analysis and measurement, detection of measurement biases (proof of principle), proof of efficacy and effectiveness, and reporting of results. Sources of uncertainty in the accuracy and precision of measurements and pearls and pitfalls in gold standards and biological correlation are discussed. In addition, practical use cases are included on imaging biomarker implementation in brain, oncologic, cardiovascular, musculoskeletal, and abdominal diseases. The authors are a multidisciplinary team of expert radiologists and engineers, and the book will be of value to all with an interest in the quantitative imaging of biomarkers in personalized medicine.

    Contents:
    The shift in paradigm to precision medicine in imaging
    International initiatives for the promotion of imaging biomarkers
    Introduction to the stepwise development of imaging biomarkers
    Defining the biological basis and clinical question: proof of concept
    Looking for the inter-relationship: proof of mechanism
    Images acquisition: modality and protocol definition
    Images preparation
    Imaging biomarkers analysis
    Imaging biomarkers measurements
    Detecting measurement biases: the proof of principle
    Validating the imaging biomarker: the proof of efficacy and effectiveness
    The final step: Reporting imaging biomarkers results
    Sources of uncertainty: accuracy and precision of the measurements
    Pearls and pitfalls in Gold standards and biological correlation
    Imaging biobanks, big data and population-based imaging biomarkers
    A proposed Imaging Biomarkers analysis platform architecture for integration in clinics
    Use case I: Imaging biomarkers in neurodegenerative disease
    Use case II: Imaging biomarkers in tumors
    Use case III: Imaging biomarkers in thorax and heart
    Use case IV: Imaging biomarkers in musculoskeletal disorders
    Use case V: Imaging biomarkers in diffuse liver disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Andrea Bernasconi, Neda Ladbon-Bernasconi, Matthias Koepp.
    Summary: "Epilepsy is a prevalent and serious neurological disorder. This vital textbook addresses the role of neuroimaging as a unique tool to provide in vivo biomarkers aimed at furthering our understanding of causes and consequences of epilepsy in a day-to-day clinical context. Unique in its approach, this translational book presents a critical appraisal of advanced pre-clinical biomarkers that allows capturing epileptogenesis at molecular, cellular, and neuronal system levels. The book is divided into four sections. Part I includes a series of chapters focused on imaging of early disease stages. Part II discusses lesion detection and network analysis methods. Part III focuses on imaging methods used to predict response to antiepileptic drugs and surgery. Finally, Part IV presents imaging techniques used to evaluate disease consequence"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I Imaging the Development and Early Phase of the Disease;
    Chapter 1 Imaging Biomarkers for Febrile Status Epilepticus and Other Forms of Convulsive Status Epilepticus;
    Chapter 2 Experimental MRI Approaches to Study Posttraumatic Epilepsy;
    Chapter 3 Imaging Biomarkers of Acquired Epilepsies;
    Chapter 4 Imaging and Cognition in Children with New-Onset Epilepsies;
    Chapter 5 Imaging Genetics for Benign Mesial Temporal Lobe Epilepsy Part II Modeling Epileptogenic Lesions and Mapping Networks;
    Chapter 6 Computational Neuroimaging of Epilepsy;
    Chapter 7 Imaging White Matter Pathology in Epilepsy;
    Chapter 8 Network Modeling of Epilepsy Using Structural and Functional MRI;
    Chapter 9 Mapping Metabolism and Inflammation in Epilepsy;
    Chapter 10 Interictal and Ictal Brain Network Changes in Focal Epilepsy;
    Chapter 11 Ictal Events Imaged through SPECT;
    Chapter 12 Imaging Cortical and Subcortical Circuitry in Generalized Epilepsies Part III Predicting the Response to Therapeutic Interventions;
    Chapter 13 Prevention of Epileptogenesis in Animal Models
    Chapter 14 Imaging Mechanisms of Drug Resistance in Experimental Models of Epilepsy;
    Chapter 15 Biomarkers of Drug Response and Pharmacoresistance to Epilepsy;
    Chapter 16 Predicting the Outcome of Surgical Interventions for Epilepsy Using Imaging BiomarkersEpilepsy; Index. Part IV Mapping Consequences of the Disease;
    Chapter 17 Imaging Neural Excitability and Networks in Genetic Absence Epilepsy Models;
    Chapter 18 Network Excitability and Cognition in the Developing Brain;
    Chapter 19 Imaging Comorbidities in Epilepsy: Depression;
    Chapter 20 Tracking Epilepsy Disease Progression with Neuroimaging;
    Chapter 21 Imaging Biomarkers to Study Cognition in Epilepsy.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Serge Weis, Michael Sonnberger, Andreas Dunzinger, Eva Voglmayr, Martin Aichholzer, Raimund Kleiser, Peter Strasser.
    Summary: This book illustrates common diseases affecting the human nervous system using different imaging modalities derived from radiology, nuclear medicine, and neuropathology.

    Contents:
    The techniques: Imaging modalities : neuroradiology
    Imaging modalities : nuclear medicine
    Imaging modalities : neuropathology.
    The normal human brain: Subdivisions of the nervous system
    Gross anatomy of the nervous system
    Ventricular system : cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), barriers
    Meninges
    Arterial supply of the brain
    Venous drainage of the brain
    Histological constituents of the nervous system
    Microscopial buildup of the nervous system
    Functional systems
    Neurotransmitter systems
    Localization of brain function.
    The brain diseases : edema and hydrocephalus: Brain edema : intracranial pressure-herniation
    Hydrocephalus.
    The brain diseases : vascular system: Hypoxia
    Ischemia-infarction-stroke
    Hemorrhage
    Arteriosclerosis
    Aneurysms
    Malformations
    Angiopathies
    Vasculitis.
    The brain diseases : infections: Bacteria
    Viruses
    Parasites
    Fungi
    Prion encephalopathies.
    The brain diseases : aging and neurodegeneration: Neurodegeneration : general aspects
    Normal aging brain
    Alzheimer's disease (AD)
    Lewy body dementia
    Fronto-temporal lobar degeneration
    Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP)-cortico-basal degeneration (CBD)
    Vascular dementia
    Parkinson disease
    Multiple system atrophy (MSA)
    Motor neuron disease
    Huntington disease.
    The brain diseases : myelin disorders: Demyelinating diseases : multiple sclerosis
    Neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder
    Acute demyelinating encephalomyelitis (ADEM). The brain diseases : the epilepsies: General aspects
    Temporal lobe epilepsy
    Malformations of cortical development : focal cortical dysplasia (FCD)
    Malformations of cortical develpment : heterotopia.
    The brain diseases : trauma and intoxication: Trauma
    Alcohol
    Street drugs.
    The brain diseases : tumors: Tumors of the nervous system : general considerations
    Diffuse astrocytoma WHO grade II
    Anaplastic astrocytoma WHO grade III
    Glioblastoma
    Gliosarcoma WHO grade IV : giant cell gioblastoma WHO grade IV
    Gliomatosis cerebri
    Pilocytic astrocytoma WHO grade I
    Oligodendroglioma WHO grade II : anaplastic oligodendroglioma WHO grade III
    Oligo-astrocytoma WHO grade II : anaplastic oligo-astrocytoma WHO grade III
    Ependymal tumors
    Choroid plexus tumors
    Dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor (DNT)
    Desmoplastic (infantile) astrocytoma/ganglioglioma (DIA/DIG)
    Ganglioglioma/gangliocytoma
    Neurocytoma : central-extraventricular
    Rosette-forming glioneuronal tumor (RGNT)
    Pineal parenchymal tumors
    Medulloblastoma
    Embryonal tumors : other CNS embryonal tumors
    Embryonal tumors : atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor (ATRT)
    Tumors of the peripheral nervous system
    Tumors of meningothelial cells : meningiomas
    Tumors of the Sellar region
    Tumors of the pituitary gland
    Cystic lesions
    Germ cell tumors
    Lymphomas
    Histiocytic tumors
    Soft tissue thumors : Mesenchymal, non-meningothelial tumors
    Bone tumors
    Metastatic tumors
    Therapy-induced lesions
    Tumor progression-pseudoprogression
    Autoimmune encephalitis : paraneoplastic syndromes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Massimo Tonolini, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: Complications of upper digestive endoscopy
    Complications of upper digestive endoscopy
    Imaging techniques, expected post procedural appearances, and complications after upper digestive endoscopy
    Imaging complications of esophageal and gastroduodenal stents
    Part II: Complications of percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy
    Complications of percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy (PEG)
    Imaging techniques, expected post-PEG appearances and PEG-related complications
    Part III: Complications of endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography and endoscopic biliopancreatic interventions
    Complications of diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)
    Imaging techniques and expected post-ERCP appearances
    Imaging findings of post-ERCP complications
    Section IV: Complications of colonoscopy and colorectal interventional procedures
    Complications of diagnostic and therapeutic colonoscopy
    Imaging techniques and expected post-colonoscopy appearances
    Imaging appearances of post-colonoscopy complications
    Endoscopic perforations in inflammatory bowel diseases
    Imaging complications of colorectal stents
    Imaging complications of anorectal endoscopic procedures
    Part V: Miscellanous topics
    Complications of small bowel capsule endoscopy
    Interventional radiology in the treatment of complications after digestive and biliopancreatic endoscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stephen Nicholls, Tim Crowe, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive overview of the major approaches to the imaging of the coronary arteries. These modalities, which include traditional angiography as well as intravascular and non-invasive imaging techniques, are used to diagnose and quantify the extent of obstructive disease due to atherosclerosis. Featuring contributions from leading authorities in the field, Imaging Coronary Atherosclerosis describes the visualization of coronary atherosclerosis through state-of the art techniques such as intravascular ultrasound, coronary near-infrared spectroscopy, computed tomography angiography, magnetic resonance imaging, and molecular imaging. This authoritative resource discusses how these modalities enhance the understanding of the disease process and the ways in which cardiologists can integrate them into clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Residual Risk and Biology of the Disease: Implications for Plaque Imaging
    Advanced Coronary Imaging
    Evaluation of Medical Therapies and Intravascular Devices with Quantitative Coronary Angiography
    Use of Intravascular Ultrasound in Interventional Cardiology
    Monitoring the Progression and Regression of Coronary Atherosclerosis with Intravascular Ultrasound
    Evaluation of Cardiac Allograft Vasculopathy: From Angiography to Intravascular Ultrasound and Beyond
    Assessment of Plaque Composition by Intravascular Ultrasound
    Optical Coherence Tomography of Coronary Atherosclerosis
    Finding the Hot Plaque: Intravascular Thermography
    Chemical Fingerprinting of Plaque: Spectroscopic Techniques
    Coronary Calcification: Roles in Risk Prediction and Monitoring Therapies
    Emerging Role of Computed Tomography Angiography in the Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerosis
    Emerging Role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging in the Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerosis
    Molecular Imaging of Coronary Atherosclerosis
    Integration of Biomarkers with Plaque Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Massimo Filippi, Federica Agosta.
    Summary: This book helps physicians select from among the currently available imaging tools, promoting the correct and cost-saving diagnosis and management of common dementias. Magnetic resonance (MR) and nuclear medicine techniques are routinely used to facilitate diagnosis, select therapies, provide information regarding the prognosis, and monitor therapy response in patients with cognitive impairment and dementia. Furthermore, the advent of quantitative MR techniques, such as diffusion-weighted imaging, perfusion imaging, etc. have opened up new opportunities to diagnose neurological diseases based on objective findings, and offer unique new insights into the main neurodegenerative diseases of the human brain. However, the practical value of various neuroimaging techniques in clinical practice has yet to be clearly defined, and their potential for future development is not yet fully appreciated. To help remedy the situation, this book offers practical and useful algorithms and rules that can be directly applied in the clinical setting. It provides concise content, together with a wealth of clinical case material.

    Contents:
    Alzheimer's Disease
    Vascular Cognitive Impairment
    Frontotemporal Lobar Degeneration
    Parkinsonian Dementias
    Rapidly Progressive Dementias.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Naveen Anand, Peter Darwin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of imaging modalities used in the diagnosis, staging, and management of pancreatic cancer. In addition to profiling the most commonly-used imaging modalities for pancreatic cancer, the text reviews recent advances in endoscopic ultrasound, staging characteristics utilized in determining appropriate treatment options, and reviews the role of imaging in pancreatic cancer screening in specialized patient populations. The book also spotlights the use of radiation therapy for pancreatic cancer in patients who cannot have surgery, as well as when fiducial marker placement should be considered in targeting a malignancy. Written by experts in the field, Imaging Diagnostics in Pancreatic Cancer: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, surgeons, oncologists, radiologists, and other practitioners who manage patients with pancreatic cancer.

    Contents:
    Multi-detector CT Scan
    MRI and MRCP
    Endoscopic Ultrasound
    The Role of ERCP in Pancreatic Cancer
    PET/CT in Pancreatic Neoplasms
    Imaging Diagnostics from the Perspective of the Oncologist
    Radiation Therapy in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer
    Pancreatic Cancer Screening.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Terry R. Malone, Charles Hazle, Michael L. Grey, Paul C. Hendrix.
    Summary: "Imaging for the Health Care Practitioner offers authoritative, engagingly written coverage of common imaging modalities and their use in evaluating, monitoring, and treating the injuries most often encountered by health care professionals. The concise, clinically focused content focuses on what is most important to patient management and education. You will find a complete review of radiography, CT, MRI, and ultrasound, along with more than 360 state-of-the-art images that depict injuries and the healing process. The authors take you through both advantages and limitations of each modality in the rehabilitation setting as well as the screening and evaluation process. Armed with the expert insights found within this book, you will gain a meaningful frame of reference from which to discuss the results of these tests with patients."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction to imaging
    How to order imaging and communicate imaging results
    Primer on reading images
    Medico legal considerations of imaging
    Head and neck
    Chest
    Abdomen and pelvis
    Vascular
    Fractures
    Cervical spine and TMJ
    Shoulder
    Elbow and forearm
    Wrist and hand
    Thoracic and lumbar spine
    Pelvis and hip
    Knee
    Ankle and foot.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2016
  • Digital
    Tommaso Scarabino, Saverio Pollice, editors.
    Summary: This atlas is a detailed guide to the imaging appearances of gliomas following treatment with neurosurgery, radiation therapy and chemotherapy. It features more than 40 clinical cases and 500 illustrations, making it an invaluable clinical and research tool.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Brain Tumors
    1.1 General Findings
    1.2 Classification
    1.3 2016 World Health Organization Classification of Tumors of the Central Nervous System
    1.4 Molecular Markers
    1.5 Commentary
    1.5.1 Circumscribed Gliomas
    1.5.2 Diffuse Infiltrating Gliomas
    1.5.3 Astrocytoma/Oligodendgroglioma
    1.5.4 Glioblastoma
    1.5.5 Ependymoma
    1.6 Incidence
    1.7 Risk Factors
    1.8 Prognostic Factors
    1.9 Clinical Presentation
    1.10 Diagnostic Investigations
    1.11 Surgical Management
    1.12 Medical Management
    References Part II: Treatment of Gliomas
    2: Surgery
    2.1 General Findings
    2.2 Surgical Treatment: Standard of Care and New Boundaries
    2.3 Preoperative Planning
    2.4 Surgery
    2.5 Tumor Resection: Approaching the Lesion
    2.6 Removal of the Mass Lesions: Tips and Tricks
    2.7 Intraoperative Tools: Light and Shadows
    2.8 Image-Guided Navigation Systems
    2.9 Fluorescence-Guided Methods
    2.10 High-Grade Gliomas
    2.11 Low-Grade Gliomas
    2.12 Surgery in Critical Areas
    2.13 Recurrent Gliomas
    References
    3: Radiation Therapy
    3.1 General Findings
    3.2 Treatment Techniques 3.3 Preparation
    3.4 Treatment Planning
    3.5 Organs at Risk
    3.5.1 Low-Grade Gliomas: Histomolecular Definition
    3.6 Role of Radiotherapy (RT)
    3.7 Radiation Techniques
    3.7.1 Radiation Therapy in High-Grade Gliomas
    3.7.2 Reirradiation in High-Grade Glioma
    References
    4: Chemotherapy Chemotherapy and Future Developments
    4.1 General Findings
    4.2 Molecular Biology of Gliomas
    4.3 Standard of Care for Malignant Low-Grade Glioma
    4.4 Standard of Care for Malignant High-Grade Glioma
    4.5 Chemotherapy and More
    4.6 Role of Bevacizumab
    4.7 Future Directions 4.7.1 Growth Factor Receptor Inhibitors
    4.7.2 Tumor-Treating Electric Fields for Glioblastoma
    4.8 Vaccine Therapy
    4.8.1 DC Therapy
    4.8.2 Heat Shock Protein (HSP) Vaccines
    4.9 Checkpoint Inhibitors
    4.10 Chimeric T-Cell Receptors (TCR)
    4.11 Viroimmunotherapy
    4.12 Conclusions
    References
    Part III: Post Treatment Neuroradiologic Imaging
    5: Magnetic Resonance Technique
    5.1 Morphological MRI
    5.2 Susceptibility-Weighted Imaging
    5.3 Diffusion-Weighted Imaging
    5.4 MR Perfusion Imaging
    5.5 MR Spectroscopy 5.6 Chemical Exchange Saturation Transfer (CEST): AMID Amide Proton Transfer Imaging
    5.7 Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    5.7.1 Diffusion Kurtosis Imaging
    5.8 Functional MRI
    5.9. MRI Molecular Characterization
    5.9.1 Codeletion of 1p/19q
    5.9.2 Isocitrate Dehydrogenase Mutation
    5.9.3 MGMT Promoter Methylation
    5.10 Imaging of Treatment Response
    5.10.1 Pseudoprogression
    5.10.2 Pseudoresponse
    5.10.3 Long-Term Complications of Therapy
    References
    6: Post-surgical MR Morfologic Imaging
    6.1 General Findings
    6.2 Surgical Approach
    6.3 Neuroimaging
    References
    7: Postradiation Changes in Morphologic MRI
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Neeraj Suri
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Michael P. Federle, James N. Lau.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Athanasios D. Gouliamos, John A. Andreou, Paris A. Kosmidis, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to oncologic imaging
    Part II. Bone and soft tissue tumors
    Part III. CNS tumors
    Part IV. Lung cancer
    Part V. Head and neck cancer
    Part VI. Lymphomas
    Part VII. Gynecologic cancer
    Part VIII. Breast cancer
    Part IX. Gastrointestinal cancer
    Part X. Neuroendocrine tumors
    Part XI. Urogenital cancer
    Part XII. Melanoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Athanasios D. Gouliamos, John A. Andreou and Paris A. Kosmi.
    Summary: Designed to promote teamwork between radiologists and clinical oncologists, this book covers the currently available imaging modalities of relevance in clinical oncology. Discusses and illustrates a broad spectrum of oncologic diseases on these modalities.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Introductory;
    1: Molecular Imaging in Oncology: Hybrid Imaging and Personalized Therapy of Cancer; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Molecular Imaging: The Principle and Its Historical Development; 1.2 General Methods of Molecular Imaging; 1.2.1 External Probes; 1.2.2 Internal Probes; 1.3 Clinical Applications of Molecular Imaging; 1.3.1 Traditional Clinical Applications of MI; 1.3.2 Current Clinical Applications of MI; Contemporary Hybrid Imaging of Cancer; 1.3.3 Personalized Therapy of Cancer [5]; Cancer as a Genomic Problem Current Therapeutic Issues of CancerPersonalized Cancer Therapy (PCT); Personalized Cancer Therapy Requirements; Tasks for Molecular and Hybrid Imaging; Current Experience in Applying PCT; Current Specific Studies in Applying PCT; Future Directions; References;
    2: Imaging Criteria for Tumor Treatment Response Evaluation; 2.1 The Response Evaluation Criteria of the World Health Organization; 2.2 The Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors; 2.3 The Revision 1.1 of RECIST [3]; 2.3.1 Aim of Guideline RECIST 1.1; 2.3.2 Assessment of Measurable Tumor Burden 2.3.3 Evaluation of Response to Therapy [3, 6-8]2.3.4 Evaluation of the Response of "Target Lesions"; 2.3.5 Evaluation of the Response of "Non-target" Lesions; 2.3.6 Evaluation of New Lesions; 2.3.7 Assessment of the Best Overall Response; 2.3.8 Recommendations and Guidelines for Performing Imaging Examinations; 2.3.8.1 Computed Tomography (CT); 2.3.8.2 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); 2.3.8.3 Ultrasonography (US); 2.3.8.4 Positron Emission Tomography (PET); 2.3.9 Limitations of RECIST 1.1; References;
    3: Imaging in Radiation Therapy; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Pre-treatment Evaluation3.3 Treatment Planning; 3.4 Image-Guided Radiation Therapy: Adaptive Radiotherapy; 3.5 The MR-Linac; 3.6 Post-treatment Outcome Evaluation; 3.7 Future Trends: Functional Image-Guided Dose Optimization or Dose Painting; References;
    4: Interventional Radiology in Oncology; 4.1 Thermal Tumor Ablation; 4.1.1 Radiofrequency Ablation (RFA); 4.1.2 Microwave Ablation (MWA); 4.1.3 Cryoablation; 4.2 Liver Tumors; 4.2.1 Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC); 4.2.1.1 Complications; 4.2.1.2 Side Effects; 4.2.2 Liver Metastases; 4.2.3 Thermal Ablation of Renal Tumors 4.2.4 Thermal Ablation of Lung Tumors4.3 Irreversible Electroporation (IRE); 4.3.1 Chemoembolization; 4.3.1.1 Chemoembolization (Conventional TACE; c-TACE); 4.3.1.2 Embolization (Bland Embolization); 4.3.1.3 Drug-Eluting Bead Chemoembolization; 4.3.1.4 Common Considerations for Chemoembolization; 4.3.1.5 Results; 4.3.2 Radioembolization; 4.4 Palliative Procedures; 4.4.1 Indications for Esophageal Stent; 4.4.2 Percutaneous Biliary Drainage (PTBD) and Stent Insertion; 4.4.3 Percutaneous Nephrostomy and Ureteral Stent Insertion; 4.5 Biopsy; References
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Michael Buchfelder, Federica Guaraldi.
    Contents:
    Sonography of normal and abnormal thyroid and parathyroid glands / Andrioli, M.; Valcavi R.
    Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging of the thyroid and parathyroid glands / Warren Frunzac, R.; Richards, M.
    Role of nuclear medicine in the diagnosis of benign thyroid diseases / Garberoglio, S.; Testori, O.
    Hybrid molecular imaging in differentiated thyroid carcinoma / Schmidt, D.; Kuwert, T.
    Endoscopic ultrasound in endocrinology : imaging of the adrenals and the endocrine pancreas / Kann, P.H.
    Adrenal imaging : magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography / McCarthy, C.J.; McDermott, S.; Blake, M.A.
    Adrenal molecular imaging / Sundin, A.
    Gonadal imaging in endocrine disorders / Lanfranco, F.; Motta, G.
    Magnetic resonance imaging of pituitary tumors / Boneville, J.-F.
    Intraoperative magnetic resonance imaging for pituitary adenomas / Buchfelder, M.; Schlaffer, S.-M.
    Molecular imaging of pituitary pathology / de Herder, W.W.
    Imaging of neuroendocrine tumors / Öberg, K.; Sundin, A.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Paolo Pozzilli, Andrea Lenzi, Bart L. Clarke, William F. Young Jr.
    Contents:
    Thyroid
    Pituitary gland
    Adrenal gland
    Endocrine pancreas
    Bone and mineral metabolism
    Gonads.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Michael P. Federle, Peter D. Poullos, Sidhartha R. Sinha.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC804.G3 I54 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Antonio Granata, Michele Bertolotto, editors.
    Summary: This book is a wide-ranging guide to current and emerging applications of ultrasonography within nephrology that aims to provide readers with a sound understanding of the rationale for and the use of ultrasound techniques in various disease settings, including, for example, complications following renal transplantation, arteriovenous fistulas, renal artery stenosis, nonstenotic renal artery pathology, renal vein pathology, aortic disease, and acute renal failure. Particular emphasis is placed on newer applications, such as those involving elastosonography, contrast-enhanced ultrasonography, and color Doppler imaging. There is no doubt that ultrasound techniques can improve the standard of care in nephrology, from vascular access planning to management of uremic complications. Nevertheless, many nephrologists continue to delegate the performance of ultrasonography to radiologists or other colleagues, which is especially regrettable given the advent of affordable, portable ultrasound scanners. This book will be of value for all clinicians interested in the role of ultrasound techniques in nephrology and will be especially useful for nephrologists seeking to incorporate ultrasonography into their practice. .

    Contents:
    Doppler Signal and Doppler Waveform Analysis
    Grayscale Ultrasound Artifacts
    Color Doppler and CEUS Artifacts
    AKI and CIN: Real or Hype?
    NSF: Real or Hype?
    Gadolinium Retention in Brain and Body: Clinical and Preclinical Evidence
    Acute Kidney Injury: Color Doppler US
    Chronic Kidney Disease: Color Doppler US
    The Diabetic Kidney
    Renal Vessels
    Renal Traumas in Nephrologic Patients
    The Elderly Kidney
    Intraparenchymal Renal Resistive Index: The Basic of Interpretation and Common Misconceptions
    Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS) in Nephrology
    Functional MR Imaging in Native Kidney Dysfunction
    Transplanted Kidney
    Sonographic Evaluation of Surgical Complications of Kidney Transplantation
    Functional MR Imaging in Transplanted Kidney Dysfunction
    Elastography of the Kidney
    Renal Biopsy
    Peritoneal Dialysis Catheter
    Ultrasound-Guided Central Venous Catheter Placement for Hemodialysis
    Parathyroid
    The Role of Doppler Ultrasound in Preoperative Vascular Mapping and Postoperative Follow-Up of Arteriovenous Fistula for Hemodialysis
    Carotid Artery Evaluation
    Echocardiography in Nephrology
    Basic Lung Ultrasonography for the Nephrologist.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Anne G. Osborn, Kathleen B. Digre.
    Summary: Written by two renowned leaders in neuroradiology and neurology, this unique reference is a high-level imaging resource ideal for today's clinical neurologist or neuroscientist. Using straightforward, jargon-free prose, this book provides an overview of neurological disorders coupled with typical imaging findings - all designed for use at the point of care. You will be expertly guided throughout, from radiologic appearance and the significance of the imaging findings to the next appropriate steps in effective patient care"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Waleed Brinjikji, MD, Timo Krings, MD, PhD, FRCP (C).
    Summary: Unique case-based reference presents high-yield images and expertise focused on vascular neuroradiology. Imaging in Neurovascular Disease: A Case-Based Approach by Waleed Brinjikji and Timo Krings is unique in its approach, detailing diagnostic and interventional neuroradiology cases based on radiologic findings. The book explores the key role vascular imaging can play in treatment decision making, prognostication, and improving the understanding of the pathophysiology of neurovascular diseases.Spread over 11 chapters, this book covers a full spectrum of neurovascular diseases spanning the age continuum, starting with acute ischemic stroke, concluding with spinal vascular disease. All vascular neuroradiology cases follow a consistent format. After a succinct introduction describing the clinical scenario with relevant case images, the authors present key facts about the disease and the integral role of different neurovascular imaging procedures in disease management. Imaging findings are discussed in depth, with insightful clinical pearls on image-guided procedures and tips on managing potential pitfalls.

    Contents:
    Acute ischemic stroke
    Cervical vascular disease
    Intracranial steno-occlusive disease
    Intracranial aneurysms
    Cerebral arteriovenous malformations (AVMs) and dural arteriovenous fistulas (dAVFs)
    Pediatric neurovascular disease
    Venous occlusive diseases
    Angiographically occult vascular lesions
    Small vessel disease
    Intracranial hemorrhage
    Spinal vascular disease.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard K. Gurgel, H. Ric Harnsberger.
    Contents:
    I: Suprahyoid and infrahyoid neck
    II: Squamous cell carcinoma
    III: Pediatric and syndromic diseases
    IV: Sinonasal cavities and orbit
    V: Skull base
    VI: Temporal bone and CPA-IAC.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Johan Aps.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to dentomaxillofacial imaging in paediatric dentistry and is an excellent resource for both general dental practitioners and paediatric dentists. Radiation protection, radiation doses and potential risks of ionising radiation are discussed, to provide dentists with appropriate information when they are asked about these important issues in their practice. Technical information about X-ray machines, ranging from the intraoral machine to the medical computed tomography machine, as well as the differences between digital image detectors, are explained to the extend a (paediatric) dentist should know. The latter is important to understand why certain exposure settings are used and what the advantages or disadvantages are of the machines and the image detectors. Non-ionising radiation techniques, magnetic resonance imaging and ultrasonography, are also explained, as well are their applications in the field of dentomaxillofacial radiology. Knowing which imaging technique will provide the best diagnostic images possible, is key to every clinical case a dentist is faced with. A wide range of clinical examples are displayed in this book, ranging from incidental findings to malignant pathology. All are illustrated with radiographic material and explained, in order to give the reader a good sense of what to look for when assessing radiographs in the dentomaxillofacial field.

    Contents:
    Preamble
    1. x-ray equipment in dental practice
    2. radiation protection in dentistry
    3. intraoral radiography in pediatric dental practice
    4. extraoral radiography in paediatric dental practice
    5. additional imaging techniques in paediatric dental practice
    6. incidental radiographic findings in pediatric dental practice
    7.common dental anomalies in paediatric dental practice
    8. different types of dysplasia in paediatric dental practice
    9. examples of common cystic lesions in pediatric dental practice
    10. examples of congenitally acquired pathology in pediatric dental practice
    11. examples of dento-alveolar traumatology in pediatric dental practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Stephan D. Voss and Kieran McHugh.
    Summary: This book, co-authored by an internationally acclaimed team of experts in the field of pediatric oncologic imaging, provides a comprehensive update on new advances in diagnostic imaging as they relate to pediatric oncology. In contrast to other oncologic imaging texts focusing on the radiology of specific tumors, this book emphasizes the important fundamentals of imaging that every child with a new or treated malignancy receives. Guidance is provided on the selection and use of appropriate imaging techniques, with individual chapters devoted to each of the major cross-sectional imaging modalities used in the detection and follow-up of pediatric cancers, including PET-CT, PET-MRI, whole-body MRI, and diffusion-weighted MRI. Additional nuclear medicine techniques are addressed, and detailed attention is paid to more advanced areas of practice such as contrast-enhanced ultrasound, pediatric interventional radiology techniques, radiation treatment planning, and radiation dose considerations (ALARA). Other areas covered include screening of children with cancer predisposition syndromes, treatment related complications, potential pitfalls during neuro-oncologic imaging, and the risks and benefits inherent in post-therapy surveillance imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert H. Cleveland, Edward Y. Lee, editors.
    Summary: This fully updated second edition is a definitive guide to imaging and differential diagnosis for pediatric pulmonary diseases and disorders. This edition is fully updated to include coverage of the latest imaging and diagnostic techniques, modalities, and best practices. Beginning with clinical algorithms, chapters provide a framework for clinical diagnosis. This image-based text presents a comprehensive, multi-modality approach, with an emphasis on plain film and cross-sectional imaging. The imaging sections, including a new chapter on pediatric thoracic MRI, are correlated with pathology and clinical findings to help readers learn what the modality of choice can enable them to see. This information and guidance is applied directly to diseases and disorders seen in everyday practice, including pleural effusion, focal lung disorders, pulmonary hypertension, cystic fibrosis, and asthma, as well as a new chapter on pediatric pulmonary embolism. In addition, a new chapter on the genetics of pediatric lung disorders has been added. This essential guide gives pediatric pulmonologists and radiologists the information to identify the differentials by symptom complex, accordingly determine what test would be effective, how to proceed, and to essentially provide the best care for their patients.

    Contents:
    Clinical Algorithms
    Normal Growth and Physiology
    Normal Pediatric Chest and Role of Advanced Imaging
    Fetal Chest
    Newborn Chest
    Pediatric Congenital and Miscellaneous Lung Abnormalities
    Focal Lung Disorders
    Pediatric Interstitial (Diffuse) Lung Disease
    Genetic Pediatric Pulmonary Disease
    Pediatric Airway
    Pleural Effusion and Pneumothorax
    Pulmonary Hypertension
    Pulmonary Venous Drainage Disorders
    Respiratory System Lymphatic Disorders
    Pediatric Thoracic Oncology Disorders
    Pediatric Pulmonary Embolism
    Asthma
    Cystic Fibrosis
    Pediatric Lung Transplantation
    Pediatric Percutaneous Chest Intervention
    Pediatric Thoracic MRI
    Pulmonary Incidentaloma.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] A. Carlson Merrow, Jr., Selena Hariharan.
    Summary: Every page crafted by a collaborative team of pediatricians and pediatric radiologists, this unique title by Drs. A. Carlson Merrow, Jr. and Selena Hariharan is a practical, superbly illustrated reference designed specifically for today's pediatrician. An ideal roadmap to the fast-changing landscape of diagnostic imaging tests, Imaging in Pediatrics not only guides you through the radiologic work-up of common pediatric disorders, but also translates the appearance and language of the work-up results for more effective communication between the pediatrician and the radiologist, resulting in enhanced understanding and better patient care. ... Includes an imaging glossary, introductory prose chapters with general guidelines on imaging specific organ systems, and numerous illustrations depicting complex anatomic and pathologic relationships of individual entities. Expert Consult eBook version included with purchase. This enhanced eBook experience allows you to search all of the text, figures, Q&As, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Michael R. Hamblin, Ying-Ying Huang.
    Contents:
    Looking out the optical window : physical principles and instrumentation of imaging in photodynamic therapy / Hui Liu and Jonathan P. Celli
    Photochemistry and photophysics of PDT and photosensitizers / Marcin Ptaszek
    Phthalocyanines in photodynamic therapy / Heidi Abrahamse
    Singlet oxygen luminescence imaging : a prospective tool in bioscience? / Michael Pfitznera, Jan C. Schlothauera, Buhong Lib, and Beate Röder
    Microbial biofilms and antimicrobial photodynamic therapy / Anil Kishen
    High-content imaging for photosensitizer screening / Gisela M.F. Vaz, Mathias O. Senge, Sarah-Louise Ryan, and Anthony Davies
    Enhanced efficacy of photodynamic therapy (PDT) via an iron-lysosome-mitochondria connection : studies with phthalocyanine 4 / Anna-Liisa Nieminen, Hsin-I Hung, and John J. Lemasters
    Role of cell death pathways in response to photodynamic therapy in gliomas / Leonardo Barcelos de Paula, Fernando Lucas Primo, and Antonio Claudio Tedesco
    In the search of specific PDT photosensitizers : subcellular localization and cell death pathways / Tayana M. Tsubonea, Christiane Pavanib, Isabel O.L. Bacellara, and Maurício S. Baptistaa
    Quantum dots in PDT / Ricardas Rotomskis and Giedre Streckytea
    MRI : PDT theranostics tetrapyrrole-based theranostic combinations of photodynamic action and magnetic resonance imaging / Duygu Aydin Tekdas, Devrim Atilla, Vefa Ahsen, and Ayse Gül Gürek
    Theranostic applications of photodynamic molecular beacons / Wentao Song, Yang Zhou, and Jonathan F. Lovell
    Tumor specific imaging and photodynamic therapy targeting the urokinase receptor / Zafar Iqbal, Longguang Jiang, Zhuo Chen, Cai Yuan, Rui Li, Ke Zheng, Xiaolei Zhou, Jjincan Chen, Ping Hu, and Mingdong Huang
    Vascular imaging in photodynamic therapy / Bin Chen
    Photosensitizer activity imaging on the microscopic scale / Steffen Hackbarth
    Bioluminescence imaging for monitoring the effectiveness of photodynamic therapy for infections in animal models / Pawel Mroz and Michael R Hamblin
    Imaging of photosensitizers in skin / Marica B. Ericson, Danni Wang, Despina Kantere, John Paoli, and Ann-Marie Wennberg
    Brain tumor imaging with ALA / Herbert Stepp and Oliver Schnell
    PDT of non-muscle-invasive bladder cancer with hexylester aminolevulinate : optimization of the illumination wavelengths by fluorescence spectroscopy and imaging / Matthieu Zellweger, Claude-André Porret, Norbert Lange, Patrice Jichlinski, Hubert van den Bergh and Georges Wagnières
    Endoscopic imaging and photodynamic therapy / Harubumi Kato, Kinya Furukawa, Jitsuo Usuda, Kuniharu Miyajima and Keishi Ohtani
    Spectroscopic imaging in prostate PDT / Rozhin Penjweini, Brian C. Wilson, and Timothy C. Zhu
    Fluorescent-guided resection in clinical oncology / Ron R. Allison.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Adam Greenspan, M. Eric Gershwin ; foreword by Andrew J. Grainger.
    Contents:
    Part I. Clinical, pathologic, and imaging evaluation of the arthritides and arthropathies
    Part II. The most common arthritides and arthropathies
    Part III. Articular and periarticular abnormalities that may masquerade as arthritis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey S. Ross, Bernard R. Bendok, Jamal McClendon, Jr.
    Summary: Imaging in Spine Surgery tailors the highly regarded Diagnostic Imaging series templates with radiology images and color graphics to the needs of neurosurgeons, orthopedic spine surgeons, pain management and rehab (PM&R) physicians, and anesthesiologists. It provides clinical information for diagnosis and appropriate care for the patient, resulting in the perfect comprehensive text for spine surgeons.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Ali Guermazi, Frank W. Roemer, Michel D. Crema, editors.
    Contents:
    What the clinician wants to know:Upper extremity
    What the clinician wants to know: Lower extremity
    Role of MRI in sport medicine
    Role of ultrasound in sport medicine
    Injuries in American football
    Injuries in Basketball
    Injuries in Handball
    Injuries in Football (Soccer)
    Injuries in Rugby
    Injuries in Baseball injuries
    Injuries in Rock Climbing
    Injuries in high altitude mountaineering
    Injuries in Golf and Racquet
    Injuries in Snow skiing and snowboarding
    Injuries in Water sports
    Injuries in Rowing/wild water canoeing
    Injuries in Cycling
    Injuries in Tennis
    Injuries in Gymnasts
    Injuries in Triathlon
    Injuries in weightlifting
    Injuries in Track and field
    Injuries in Ice hockey
    Injuries in Ballet dancing
    Injuries in Volleyball.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mitchell Tublin [and 5 others].
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: SECTION 1 OVERVIEW AND INTRODUCTION
    Imaging Approaches / Mitchell Tublin
    SECTION 2 RETROPERITONEUM
    Introduction to the Retroperitoneum / Matthew T. Heller
    Congenital
    Duplications and Anomalies of IVC / Matthew T. Heller
    Inflammation
    Retroperitoneal Fibrosis / Matthew T. Heller
    Degenerative
    Pelvic Lipomatosis / Matthew T. Heller
    Treatment Related
    Coagulopathic (Retroperitoneal) Hemorrhage / Matthew T. Heller
    Postoperative Lymphocele / Matthew T. Heller
    Benign Neoplasms
    Retroperitoneal Neurogenic Tumor / Matthew T. Heller
    Malignant Neoplasms
    Retroperitoneal Sarcoma / Michael P. Federle
    Retroperitoneal and Mesenteric Lymphoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Retroperitoneal Metastases / Matthew T. Heller
    Hemangiopericytoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Perivascular Epithelioid Cell Tumor (PEComa) / Matthew T. Heller
    SECTION 3 ADRENAL
    Introduction to the Adrenals / Michael P. Federle Note continued: Metabolic Or Inherited
    Adrenal Hyperplasia / Michael P. Federle
    Adrenal Insufficiency / Michael P. Federle
    Trauma
    Neonatal Adrenal Hemorrhage / Sara M. O'Hara
    Adrenal Hemorrhage / Michael P. Federle
    Benign Neoplasms
    Adrenal Cyst / Mitchell Tublin
    Adrenal Adenoma / Mitchell Tublin
    Adrenal Myelolipoma / Michael P. Federle
    Pheochromocytoma / Mitchell Tublin
    Malignant Neoplasms
    Neuroblastoma, Adrenal/Retroperitoneal / A. Carlson Merrow, Jr.
    Adrenal Carcinoma / Michael P. Federle
    Adrenal Carcinoma Staging / Marta Heilbrun
    Adrenal Lymphoma / Mitchell Tublin
    Adrenal Collision Tumor / Michael P. Federle
    Adrenal Metastases / Mitchell Tublin
    SECTION 4 KIDNEY AND RENAL PELVIS
    Introduction to the Kidney, Renal Physiology, and Contrast / Alessandro Furlan
    Normal Variants and Pseudolesions
    Renal Fetal Lobation / Michael P. Federle
    Junctional Cortical Defect / Amir A. Borhani
    Congenital Note continued: Horseshoe Kidney / Michael P. Federle
    Renal Ectopia and Fusion / Sara M. O'Hara
    Renal Agenesis / A. Carlson Merrow, Jr.
    Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction / Michael P. Federle
    Vesicoureteral Reflux / Sara M. O'Hara
    Ureteropelvic Duplications / Sara M. O'Hara
    Ureterocele / Sara M. O'Hara
    Congenital Megacalyces and Megaureter / Alessandro Furlan
    Megaureter-Megacystis / Judy Squires
    Megacystis-Microcolon-Intestinal Hypoperistalsis Syndrome / Sara M. O'Hara
    Prune-Belly Syndrome / Judy Squires
    Renal Lymphangiomatosis / Alessandro Furlan
    Posterior Urethral Valves / Sara M. O'Hara
    Infection
    Acute Pyelonephritis / Alessandro Furlan
    Chronic Pyelonephritis/Reflux Nephropathy / Amir A. Borhani
    Xanthogranulomatous Pyelonephritis / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Emphysematous Pyelonephritis / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Renal Abscess / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Pyonephrosis / Alessandro Furlan Note continued: Opportunistic Renal Infections / Amir A. Borhani
    Renal Cystic Disease
    Renal Cyst / Alessandro Furlan
    Parapelvic/Peripelvic Cyst / Alessandro Furlan
    Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease / Alessandro Furlan
    Polycystic Kidney Disease, Autosomal Recessive / Sara M. O'Hara
    Multicystic Dysplastic Kidney / Sara M. O'Hara
    Acquired Cystic Renal Disease / Alessandro Furlan
    Von Hippel-Lindau Disease / Alessandro Furlan
    Lithium Nephropathy / Amir A. Borhani
    Localized Cystic Renal Disease / Michael P. Federle
    Benign Neoplasms
    Renal Angiomyolipoma (AML) / Matthew T. Heller
    Renal Oncocytoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Multilocular Cystic Nephroma / Michael P. Federle
    Metanephric Adenoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Mixed Epithelial and Stromal Tumor / Matthew T. Heller
    Malignant Neoplasms
    Renal Cell Carcinoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Renal Cell Carcinoma Staging / Vineet Krishan Khanna Note continued: Medullary Carcinoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Collecting Duct Carcinoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Renal Urothelial Carcinoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Renal Pelvis and Ureteral Carcinoma Staging / Akram M. Shaaban
    Renal Lymphoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Renal Metastases / Matthew T. Heller
    Pediatric Renal Masses
    Wilms Tumor / Hank Baskin
    Nephroblastomatosis / Judy Squires
    Mesoblastic Nephroma / A. Carlson Merrow, Jr.
    Rhabdoid Tumor / Judy Squires
    Clear Cell Sarcoma of Kidney / Ethan A. Smith
    Ossifying Renal Tumor of Infancy / Ethan A. Smith
    Metabolic
    Nephrocalcinosis / Michael P. Federle
    Urolithiasis / Matthew T. Heller
    Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria / Matthew T. Heller
    Renal Failure and Medical Renal Disease
    Hydronephrosis / Alessandro Furlan
    Glomerulonephritis / Matthew T. Heller
    Acute Tubular Necrosis / Alessandro Furlan
    Renal Cortical Necrosis / Alessandro Furlan Note continued: Renal Papillary Necrosis / Mitchell Tublin
    Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome / A. Carlson Merrow, Jr.
    HIV Nephropathy / Alessandro Furlan
    Chronic Renal Failure / Alessandro Furlan
    Renal Lipomatosis / Amir A. Borhani
    Vascular Disorders
    Renal Artery Stenosis / Amir A. Borhani
    Renal Infarction / Amir A. Borhani
    Renal Artery Pseudoaneurysm/AVF / Mitchell Tublin
    Renal Vein Thrombosis / Amir A. Borhani
    Trauma
    Renal Trauma / Matthew T. Heller
    Urinoma / Matthew T. Heller
    Perinephric Hematoma / Katherine E. Maturen
    Transplantation
    Renal Transplantation / Mitchell Tublin
    Treatment Related
    Postoperative State, Kidney / Amir A. Borhani
    Radiation Nephritis / Amir A. Borhani
    Contrast-Induced Nephropathy / Amir A. Borhani
    SECTION 5 URETER
    Introduction to the Ureter / Paula J. Woodward
    Congenital
    Duplicated and Ectopic Ureter / Amir A. Borhani
    Inflammation
    Ureteritis Cystica / Michael P. Federle Note continued: Ureteral Stricture / Amir A. Borhani
    Malakoplakia / Amir A. Borhani
    Trauma
    Ureteral Trauma / Michael P. Federle
    Neoplasms
    Polyps / Amir A. Borhani
    Ureteral Urothelial Carcinoma / Amir A. Borhani
    Ureteral Metastases / Amir A. Borhani
    Miscellaneous
    Ureterectasis of Pregnancy / Amir A. Borhani
    SECTION 6 BLADDER
    Introduction to the Bladder / Paula J. Woodward
    Congenital
    Urachal Anomalies / Michael P. Federle
    Cloaca / Judy Squires
    Bladder Exstrophy / Judy Squires
    Infection
    Cystitis / Amir A. Borhani
    Bladder Schistosomiasis / Amir A. Borhani
    Degenerative
    Bladder Calculi / Michael P. Federle
    Bladder Diverticulum / Amir A. Borhani
    Fistulas of the Genitourinary Tract / Michael P. Federle
    Neurogenic Bladder / Michael P. Federle
    Trauma
    Bladder Trauma / Michael P. Federle
    Treatment Related
    Postoperative State, Bladder / Amir A. Borhani
    Benign Neoplasms Note continued: Mesenchymal Bladder Neoplasms / Amir A. Borhani
    Bladder Inflammatory Pseudotumor / Amir A. Borhani
    Bladder and Ureteral Intramural Masses / Amir A. Borhani
    Malignant Neoplasms
    Urinary Bladder Carcinoma / Amir A. Borhani
    Urinary Bladder Carcinoma Staging / Akram M. Shaaban
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Amir A. Borhani
    Rhabdomyosarcoma, Genitourinary / Judy Squires
    Adenocarcinoma / Amir A. Borhani
    SECTION 7 URETHRA/PENIS
    Introduction to the Urethra / Paula J. Woodward
    Neoplasms
    Urethral Carcinoma Staging / Christine O. Menias
    Infection
    Urethral Stricture / Michael P. Federle
    Urethral Diverticulum / Matthew T. Heller
    Trauma
    Urethral Trauma / Amir A. Borhani
    Erectile Dysfunction / Matthew T. Heller
    SECTION 8 TESTES NONNEOPLASTIC CONDITIONS
    Approach to Scrotal Sonography / Shweta Bhatt
    Cryptorchidism / Paula J. Woodward
    Testicular Torsion / Mitchell Tublin Note continued: Segmental Infarction / Mitchell Tublin
    Torsion of Testicular Appendage / A. Carlson Merrow, Jr.
    Tubular Ectasia / Shweta Bhatt
    Testicular Microlithiasis / Shweta Bhatt
    Neoplasms
    Germ Cell Tumors / Shweta Bhatt
    Testicular Lymphoma and Leukemia / Shweta Bhatt
    Testicular Carcinoma Staging / Akram M. Shaaban
    Stromal Tumors / Mitchell Tublin
    Epidermoid Cyst / Shweta Bhatt
    SECTION 9 EPIDIDYMIS
    Epididymitis/Epididymo-Orchitis / Amit B. Desai
    Adenomatoid Tumor / Mitchell Tublin
    Spermatocele/Epididymal Cyst / Mitchell Tublin
    Sperm Granuloma / Mitchell Tublin
    SECTION 10 SCROTUM
    Hydrocele / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Varicocele / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Pyocele / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Paratesticular Rhabdomyosarcoma / Judy Squires
    Hernia / Amir A. Borhani
    Fournier Gangrene / Mitchell Tublin
    Scrotal Trauma / Shweta Bhatt
    SECTION 11 SEMINAL VESICLES
    Acquired Seminal Vesicle Lesions / Amir A. Borhani Note continued: Congenital Lesions / Amir A. Borhani
    SECTION 12 PROSTATE
    Prostatitis and Abscess / Paula J. Woodward
    Prostatic Cyst / Paula J. Woodward
    Introduction to Multiparametric MR of the Prostate / Alessandro Furlan
    Benign Prostatic Hypertrophy / R. Brooke Jeffrey
    Prostate Carcinoma / Alessandro Furlan
    Prostate Carcinoma Staging / Marta Heilbrun
    SECTION 13 PROCEDURES
    Percutaneous Genitourinary Interventions / Ashraf Thabet
    Kidney Ablation/Embolization / Ashraf Thabet
    Post Kidney Transplant Procedures / Ashraf Thabet
    Venous Sampling and Venography (Renal and Adrenal) / T. Gregory Walker.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sanjay K. Jain, editor.
    Summary: This books brings together multi-disciplinary expertise to provide comprehensive information about molecular imaging of infectious diseases. Also described are the development of new imaging technologies for infectious disease and their translation to the clinic. The overall goal of Imaging Infections: From Bench to Bedside is to spur interest and innovation in this emerging field. We anticipate that these technologies will not only allow unique insights into understanding pathogenesis of infections but also expedite bench-to-bedside translation of new therapeutics. While molecular imaging is already in common use in the clinic, this book demonstrates how it could also become a valuable tool for clinical studies, patient care, public health, and for enabling precision medicine for infectious diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Francis Man, Simon J. Cleary, editors.
    Digital Access [2023]
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB131 .I53 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Luigia Romano, Antonio Pinto, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview on the critical role of diagnostic imaging in the assessment of patients with suspected alimentary tract perforation, an emergent condition that requires prompt surgery. With the aid of numerous high-quality images, it is described how different imaging modalities, including plain film X-ray, ultrasonography, and multidetector row computed tomography (MDCT), permit correct diagnosis of the presence and cause of the perforation and of associated pathologies. Particular attention is paid to MDCT, with full description of its role in a range of scenarios at various levels of the alimentary tract. Imaging of GI tract perforation in different patient groups, such as pediatric patients, the elderly, and oncologic patients, is also addressed. This volume will greatly assist residents in radiology, radiologists, and physicians who are daily involved in the management of patients with clinically suspected alimentary tract perforation.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic approach of alimentary tract perforation
    Plain film signs of pneumoperitoneum
    Ultrasonographic assessment of gastrointestinal perforation
    Esophageal perforation: assessment with Multidetector row Computed Tomography
    Role of Multidetector row Computed Tomography in the diagnosis of gastro-duodenal perforation
    Small bowel perforation: imaging findings
    Acute perforated appendicitis: spectrum of MDCT findings
    Acute perforated diverticulitis: spectrum of MDCT findings
    Colorectal perforation: assessment with MDCT
    MDCT imaging of blunt traumatic bowel and colonic perforation
    MDCT imaging of gastrointestinal tract perforation due to foreign body ingestion
    Pneumoretroperitoneum: imaging findings
    Imaging of gastrointestinal tract perforation in the pediatric patient
    Imaging of gastrointestinal tract perforation in the elderly patient
    Imaging of gastrointestinal tract perforation in the oncologic patient
    Role of Multidetector row Computed Tomography in the diagnosis of acute peritonitis due to gastrointestinal perforation
    Abdominal compartment syndrome and gastrointestinal tract perforation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Xiaoguang Cheng, Yongbin Su, Mingqian Huang.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed description of typical imaging features of bone tumors and tumor-like lesions in the shoulder and elbow. Each chapter deals with one major bone tumor or tumor-like lesions, for example, giant cell tumor, bone cyst, osteochondroma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma, bone metastases, lymphoma, etc. Typical cases are carefully selected from thousands of clinical cases accompanying with comprehensive imaging information of X-ray, CT and MRI. In-depth analysis and differential diagnostic tips from experienced bone tumor specialists is presented at the end of each case. This book will be useful and worthy to musculoskeletal radiologists, orthopaedic surgeons, general radiologists, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Shoulder. Giant Cell Tumor of Bone
    Bone Cyst
    Osteochondroma
    Hemangioma (Soft Tissue)
    Desmoid-Type Fibromatosis
    Chondrosarcoma
    Osteomyelitis
    Bone Metastases (Liver Cancer)
    Bone Metastases (Kidney Cancer)
    Lymphoma
    Myeloma
    Eosinophilic Granuloma
    Chondroblastoma
    Ewing Sarcoma
    SAPHO Syndrome
    Renal Osteopathy
    Osteosarcoma
    Synovial Sarcoma
    Chondrosarcoma
    Part 2. Elbow. Ewing Sarcoma
    Chondroblastoma
    Osteoid Osteoma
    Eosinophilic Granuloma
    Clear-Cell Sarcoma
    Chondrosarcoma
    Tib Sheath Synovial Giant Cell Tumor (Articular Lesion)
    Fibrous Dysplasia
    Angiolipoma (Soft Tissue)
    Osteosarcoma
    Charcot Arthropathy
    Uncertain
    Soft Tissue Hemangioma
    Epithelioid Angiosarcoma
    Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
    Soft Tissue Lipoma
    Osteochondromatosis
    Osteoblastoma
    Giant Cell Tumor of the Bone
    Gout
    Synovial Cyst.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Klaus Bohndorf, Mark W. Anderson, Mark Davies, Herwig Imhof, Klaus Woertler.
    Contents:
    Acute trauma and chronic strain : essentials
    Acute trauma and chronic strain (according to regions)
    Infections of the bones, joints and soft-tissues
    Tumors and tumor-like lesions of the bone, the joints and the spine
    Bone marrow
    Necroses of the skeletal system
    Osteochondroses
    Metabolic, hormonal and toxic osteopathies
    Constitutional disorders of bone and joint development
    Rheumatic disorders
    Miscellaneous bone, joint and soft-tissue disorders
    Interventions involving the bone, soft tissues and joints
    Radiology expert advisory reports on the skeleton and the joints.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Val M. Runge.
    Contents:
    Technologic innovations in MR and CT
    Normal anatomy
    Hemorrhage
    Ischemia
    Aneurysms
    Vascular malformations and other vascular lesions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Bo Gao, Hongjun Li, Meng Law, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the imaging characteristics and theory of CNS infections, serving as a clinical guidance and having a practical significance for the understanding, prevention and diagnosis of infectious neurology. It includes extensive CT, MRI images on gross anatomy, pathological tissue, immunohistochemistry, electronic speculum, etc. It is divided into 19 chapters according to infectious types. On the basis of imaging diagnosis, through the cross research of imaging with autopsy and pathology, the imaging characteristics and evolution was revealed. This book will be a valuable reference on the clinical practice and research of neuroinfections.

    Contents:
    Introduction Of Central Nervous System Infections
    Introduction Of Neuroimmunology
    Common symptoms and physical examination
    Cerebrospinal Fluid In Neuroinfections & Neuroimmunology
    Imaging Strategy of CNS Infections
    Viral Infections and Related Diseases
    Bacterial and Mycoplasmal Infections
    Other Specific Entities
    Parasite Infections
    Opportunistic Infections
    Cerebrovascular Complications Of Infection
    Neuro-Infectious Disorders of Childhood
    Multiple Sclerosis and Other Demyelinating Diseases
    Cerebral Vasculitis
    Inflammatory Diseases of the Meninges
    Granulomatous Diseases
    Autoimmune Encephalitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hans-Ulrich Kauczor, Tobias Bäuerle, editors.
    Summary: Depending on their mechanism of action, the cytotoxic and targeted drugs and radiotherapy employed in oncologic treatment may cause complications and toxicities in many organ systems, with variable radiologic presentations. This comprehensive and excellently illustrated book covers the basics of therapy-induced complications and toxicities in oncologic patients, identifies their consequences for all the major organs, and describes the imaging of these impacts by means of the various radiologic modalities. By familiarizing radiologists with the most frequent and prominent toxicities that are recognizable on radiologic imaging following tumor therapy, it will facilitate identification of their early manifestations and permit differential diagnosis based on relevant findings.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basics of toxicity of tumor therapies: Chemotherapy and Targeted Therapy
    Radiotherapy
    Part 2: Brain: Radiotherapy
    Chemotherapy
    Part 3: Head and Neck: Head and Neck Therapy
    Part 4 Thorax, Lung and Breast: Breast: focus on Radiotherapy
    Lung: focus on Chemotherapy
    Part 5: Cardiovascular System
    Part 6: Pediatrics: Pediatric Including Survivorship
    Part 7: Pelvis and Genitourinary: Male
    Female
    Part 8. Bone Marrow and Spine: Radiotherapy, special focus myelon
    Chemotherapy
    Part 9 Liver and Gastrointestinal
    Gastrointestinal Vilgrain
    Liver.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    John M. Stern, Noriko Salamon.
    Summary: This clinically-oriented collection of brain imaging results provides a unique and helpful approach to the epilepsy evaluation. The atlas is divided into sections according to general clinical categories with each category including a collection of clinical examples that span the category. Each example includes images across the relevant imaging modalities that relate to one patient, whose history accompanies the images. This case-based organization with clinical history and multiple images offers a complete visual understanding of the imaging findings and the corresponding relationship of each finding to the clinical presentation, treatment, and outcome. Images for the book are from the UCLA Seizure Disorder Center, which is a referral center that serves a large outpatient epilepsy patient population and performs approximately 500 inpatient epilepsy evaluations annually. Comprehensive and richly illustrated, this book will serve as a convenient resource in neurologic and radiologic practice, and useful for board exam review.

    Contents:
    Hippocampal Sclerosis
    Focal cortical dysplasias
    Heterotopias
    Polymicrogyria
    Lissencephaly
    Schizencephaly
    Hemimegenceaphly
    Porencephaly
    Trauma
    Non-penetrating trauma
    Penetrating trauma
    Herpes encephalitis
    Neurocysticercosis
    Limbic encephalitis
    Hashimotos encephalitis
    Rasmussen encephalitis
    Cavernous malformation
    Arteriovenous malformation
    Ischemic infarction
    Sturge-Weber syndrome
    Astrocytoma
    DNET
    Ganglioglioma
    Oligodendroglioma
    Normal hippocampal atrophy
    Atypical gyral anatomy
    Developmental venous anomaly
    Splenium signal changes
    Cerebellar atrophy
    Subarachnoid cysts
    Intra-parenchymal cysts
    Responsive neurostimulation
    Deep brain stimulation
    Anterior temporal lobe resections
    Focal cortical resection
    Hemispherectomy
    Corpus callosotomy
    Multiple sub-pial transsection
    Stereotactic thermo-ablation
    Gamma radiation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Murthy, B. S. Rama.
    Summary: This book systematically covers the anatomy and pathology of the fetal brain and spine. It features a veritable treasure trove of ultrasound images illustrating every common finding, as well as rare lesions that are encountered in clinical practice. Wherever possible, it also includes 3D ultrasound and fetal MRI correlations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Luigia Romano, Antonio Pinto.
    Summary: Most ingested foreign bodies pass through the gastrointestinal tract without a problem. However, both ingested and inserted foreign bodies may cause serious complications, such as bowel obstruction or perforation. Foreign body aspiration is common in children, especially those under 3 years of age, and in these cases chest radiography and CT are the main imaging modalities. This textbook provides a thorough overview of the critical role of diagnostic imaging in the assessment of patients with suspected foreign body ingestion, aspiration, or insertion. A wide range of scenarios are covered, from the common problem of foreign body ingestion or aspiration in children and mentally handicapped adults through to drug smuggling by body packing and gunshot wounds. Guidance is offered on diagnostic protocols, and the value of different imaging modalities in different situations is explained. Helpful management tips are also provided. This textbook will prove invaluable for residents in radiology, radiologists, and physicians who are involved on a daily basis, within an emergency department, in the management of patients with suspected ingestion, aspiration, or insertion of foreign bodies.

    Contents:
    Plain film and MDCT assessment of neck foreign bodies
    Foreign bodies in the tracheobronchial tree
    Foreign bodies of the gastrointestinal tract
    Intra-abdominal foreign bodies: gossypiboma and abdominal wall meshes
    Abdominal compartment syndrome due to hepatic packing
    Foreign bodies as complications of biliary stents and gastrointestinal stents
    Endovascular foreign bodies
    Foreign bodies as complications of endovascular devices
    Retained intracranial and intraspinal foreign bodies
    Role of magnetic resonance imaging in diagnosing foreign bodies
    Soft tissue foreign bodies
    Foreign bodies and penetrating injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Federico Caobelli, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the most relevant imaging techniques in order to detect inflammation and infection in the most common cardiovascular diseases. The book presents data concerning molecular imaging (SPECT and PET) and cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) for each disease, with a special focus on the emerging role of hybrid PET/MR imaging. Different non-ischemic and ischemic diseases as well as cardiac infections are addressed in detail; these include: Cardiac sarcoidosis, Cardiac amyloidosis, the vulnerable plaque, Post-infarction inflammatory alterations, Pericarditis, Myocarditis, Cardiac devices infections, and Endocarditis. The book also provides a comprehensive discussion on new targets and new tracers, to date mostly investigated at a pre-clinical stage, thus constituting an excellent basis for translational imaging. Imaging of Inflammation and Infection in Cardiovascular Diseases will be of interest not only for experts in clinical imaging, but also pre-clinical scientists and will be invaluable for both nuclear medicine physicians and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Challenges in Patient Preparation
    1: Challenges in Patient Preparation
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Prolonged Intervals of Fasting
    1.3 Dietary Modifications
    1.4 Pharmacologic Approaches
    1.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Non-ischemic Diseases
    2: Cardiac Sarcoidosis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Screening for Cardiac Sarcoidosis
    2.3 Diagnosis
    2.4 Endomyocardial Biopsy: Imaging Guidance
    2.5 CMR for Diagnosis/CMR Imaging Protocol
    2.6 Late Gadolinium Enhancement (LGE) 2.7 Imaging Myocardial Inflammation and Quantitative Tissue Characterization with CMR T1 and T2 Mapping
    2.8 Additional CMR Findings Suggestive of Cardiac Sarcoidosis
    2.9 Differential Diagnosis
    2.10 Treatment: Anti-Inflammatory Therapy
    2.11 CMR for Arrhythmogenic Risk Stratification/ICD
    2.12 Positron Emission Tomography
    2.13 Positron Emission Tomography with Tracers Other than 18F-FDG
    2.14 Prognosis
    2.15 Follow-up and Monitoring of Anti-Inflammatory Response
    2.16 Hybrid PET-CMR Imaging
    2.17 Outlook
    2.18 Conclusion
    References
    3: Cardiac Amyloidosis 3.1 Introduction
    3.1.1 Different Phenotypes of Cardiac Amyloidosis
    3.1.1.1 AL Amyloidosis
    3.1.1.2 ATTR Amyloidosis
    3.1.2 Screening for Cardiac Amyloidosis
    3.2 Diagnosis
    3.2.1 Endomyocardial Biopsy
    3.2.2 Cardiac Magnetic Resonance (CMR) Imaging
    3.2.2.1 CMR Diagnosis and Imaging Protocol
    3.2.2.2 Late Gadolinium Enhancement (LGE)
    3.2.2.3 Quantitative Tissue Characterization with CMR Native T1, T2 and ECV Mapping
    3.2.2.4 Differential Diagnosis of AL vs. ATTR Amyloid
    3.2.3 Scintigraphy
    3.2.3.1 Bone Avid Radiotracers Imaging Protocols and Interpretation
    Diagnostic Accuracy
    3.2.3.2 Innervation Radiotracers
    3.2.4 Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    3.2.5 Hybrid Imaging: PET/MRI
    3.2.6 Diagnostic Algorithm for Diagnosis and Sub-Typing of Cardiac Amyloidosis
    3.3 Treatment
    3.4 Prognosis
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part III: Ischemic Diseases
    4: Molecular Imaging of Vulnerable Plaque
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Biology and Pathogenesis of Atherosclerosis
    4.2.1 History
    4.2.2 Mechanisms of Atherosclerosis
    4.2.2.1 Initiation of Atherosclerosis Vascular Endothelium and Atherosclerosis
    Hemodynamics Forces in Atherosclerosis
    Low-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol
    Surface Adhesion Molecules
    Foam Cells Formation
    Progression of Atherosclerosis
    Smooth Muscle Cells and Atherosclerosis
    Calcification
    Plaque Neoangiogenesis
    Innate Immunity Cells in Atherosclerosis
    Adaptive Immunity in Atherosclerosis
    4.2.3 Complication of Atherosclerosis
    4.2.3.1 Inducible Ischemia
    4.2.3.2 Plaque Rupture
    4.2.3.3 Plaque Erosion
    4.3 Metabolism of Glucose in Atherosclerosis
    4.3.1 Glucose and Immune Cells
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexander N. Sencha, editor.
    Summary: This book is devoted to the diagnosis and treatment of male breast pathology. It provides a comprehensive overview of current strategies for the diagnosis of breast malignancies in men, with a focus on imaging modalities. Ultrasound of male breast abnormalities is discussed in particular depth, but the roles of other imaging techniques, genetic tests, and interventional diagnostic modalities are also carefully covered. Special attention is paid to differential diagnosis of malignant and benign lesions, and the most important benign breast diseases are described and illustrated with high-quality images. A special chapter analyzes treatment strategy in men with breast malignancies and principles of follow-up after breast surgery. Individual chapters are also devoted to the diagnosis of recurrent cancer and cancer metastases. This up-to-date and richly illustrated book will interest and assist specialists in ultrasound diagnostics, radiologists, oncologists, and surgeons.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Modern approaches to the diagnosis of breast cancer. Methods of diagnostics of breast pathology in male population
    Ultrasound of male breast cancer
    Imaging of breast cancer metastases
    Differential diagnosis of male breast cancer
    Treatment of breast diseases
    Types of breast surgery
    Postoperative breast
    Follow-up principles
    Recurrent breast cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sangam G. Kanekar.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Filip M. Vanhoenacker, Mario Maas, Jan L.M.A. Gielen, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in a revised and updated second edition, provides a review of imaging abnormalities in orthopedic sports injuries. The first part of the book includes background information on relevant basic science and general imaging principles in sports traumatology, while the second part discusses the topography of various sports injuries. Each chapter highlights the merits of different imaging techniques, focusing on a specific clinical problem. The third part then examines natural history and monitoring. Several new chapters have been added, including a chapter on postoperative joint imaging in the sports patient as well as image-guided interventions in sports injuries. This well-illustrated book written by leading experts is a valuable resource for musculoskeletal as well as general radiologists, orthopedic surgeons, sports physicians, physiotherapists and anyone else involved in sports medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carlina V. Albanese, Carlo Faletti, editors.
    Summary: An increasing percentage of the population has at least one prosthetic joint. Imaging is required for both initial assessment and routine follow-up of the implant, and this book is intended as an informative and up-to-date guide to the subject. After an introductory section covering a range of background topics, the level of information offered by different imaging techniques in presurgical planning and postimplantation assessment is analyzed. The application of imaging to different joints is then carefully explored in chapters devoted to the foot and ankle, hip, knee, shoulder, and elbow, wrist and hand. In addition, two innovative chapters focus on periprosthetic DXA as the gold standard in monitoring implant survival and on the role of drug therapy in helping to ensure the durability of the prosthesis. A central feature of the book is its combination of the clinical and radiological perspectives; it will be of value to radiologists and orthopedic specialists, as well as residents in these disciplines.

    Contents:
    Section I. Cellular elements, bone matrix, bone remodeling, osseointegration, implant material
    Bone cells
    Bone matrix proteins and mineralization process
    Bone remodeling
    Biomechanics and prosthetic osseointegration
    Implant material
    Section II. Images techniques, conventional RX, TC, RM, bone scintigraphy, periprosthetic DXA
    Role of conventional RX, CT and MRI in the evaluation of prosthetic joints
    Role of nuclear medicine in prosthesis surveillance
    Periprosthetic DXA
    Section III. Prosthetic joints of foot and ankle, hip, knee, shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand
    Foot and ankle
    Hip
    Knee
    Shoulder arthroplasty
    Prosthetic joints of elbow, wrist and hand
    Section IV. Drug therapy, bisphosphonate, teriparatide and parathormone, strontium ranelate
    Drug therapy after implant
    TBD- post surgery rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pasquale Paolantonio, Clarisse Dromain.
    Summary: The new series A-Z Notes in Radiological Practice and Reporting provides practical guides for residents and general radiologists, organized alphabetically, primarily according to disease or condition. All booklets are designed so as to cover a large spectrum of topics referring to different anatomical regions of interest. Entries typically include a short description of pathological and clinical characteristics, guidance on selection of the most appropriate imaging technique, a schematic review of potential diagnostic clues, and useful tips and tricks. The present booklet, enriched by illustrations and schemes, is devoted to gastrointestinal imaging. Major topics in CT and MR imaging of the small bowel, colon, rectum, and anus are treated concisely in alphabetical order. For each topic a brief review of clinical features and pathology is presented, followed by a short description of imaging technique and an accurate review of imaging findings and signs which are useful in the differential diagnosis of gastrointestinal disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mark J. Kransdorf, Mark D. Murphey.
    Contents:
    Origin and classification of soft tissue tumors
    Soft tissue tumors in a large referral population: prevalence and distribution of diagnoses by age, sex, and location
    Imaging of soft tissue tumors
    Lipomatous tumors
    Vascular and lymphatic tumors
    Fibrous and fibrohistiocytic tumors
    Muscle tumors
    Neurogenic tumors
    Synovial tumors
    Extraskeletal osseous and cartilagenous tumors
    Tumors of uncertain histogenesis
    Superficial soft tissues masses
    Mass which may mimic soft tissue tumors
    Compartmental anatomy.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Filip M. Vanhoenacker, Paul M. Parizel, Jan L. Gielen, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book, in an extensively revised new edition, provides a comprehensive survey of the role of medical imaging studies in the detection, staging, grading, tissue characterization, and post-treatment follow-up of soft tissue tumors. The indications for and relative merits of various imaging modalities are fully described, with particular emphasis on the role of advanced MRI techniques that can improve diagnostic accuracy and evaluation of treatment response. The most recent version of the WHO Classification of Soft Tissue Tumors is introduced, and individual chapters are devoted to imaging of each of the tumor groups in that classification as well as other soft tissue masses. Numerous new illustrations of both common and rare tumors are included, providing a rich pictorial database of soft tissue masses. In addition, imaging findings are correlated with clinical, epidemiologic, and histologic data. Imaging of Soft Tissue Tumors will be of value in daily practice not only for radiologists but also for orthopedic surgeons, oncologists, and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Part I Diagnostic Modalities: Ultrasound
    Plain Radiography Computed Tomography and Angiography
    Nuclear Medicine Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging: basic concepts
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging: advanced imaging techniques
    Genetics and Molecular Biology
    Biopsy of Soft Tissue Tumors
    Pathology of Soft Tissue Tumors
    Part II Staging, Grading and Tissue Specific Diagnosis: Staging
    Grading and Tissue Specific diagnosis
    Diagnostic Algorithm
    Part III Imaging of Soft Tissue Tumors: WHO Classification of Soft Tissue Tumors
    Adipocytic Tumors
    Fibroblastic/Myofibroblastic Tumors
    So-called Fibro-histiocytic Tumors
    Tumors of Smooth and Skeletal muscle and pericytic tumors
    Vascular Tumors
    Chondro-osseous Tumors
    Tumors of uncertain differentiation
    Part IV Imaging of other Soft Tissue Masses
    Synovial Lesions
    Lesions form the peripheral nerves
    Pseudotumoral Lesions
    Soft Tissue Metastasis
    Soft Tissue Lymphoma
    Part V Soft Tissue Tumors in Pediatric Patients
    Part VI Imaging after Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Philip Seeman, Bertha Madras.
    Summary: "Modern imaging techniques have allowed researchers to non-invasively peer into the human brain and investigate, among many other things, the acute effects and long-term consequences of drug abuse. Here, we review the most commonly used and some emerging imaging techniques in addiction research, explain how the various techniques generate their characteristic images and describe the rational that researchers use to interpret them. In addition, examples of seminal imaging findings are highlighted that illustrate the contribution of each imaging modality to the expansion in our understanding of the neurobiological bases of drug abuse and addiction, and how they can be parlayed in the future into clinical and therapeutic applications"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Neuroimaging of Addiction
    2. Brain PET imaging in the cannabinoid system
    3. Brain imaging of annabinoid receptors
    4. Human brain imaging of opioid receptors: application to CNS biomarker and drug development
    5. Brain imaging of sigma receptors
    6. Human brain imaging of acetylcholine receptors
    7. Human brain imaging of adenosine receptors
    8. Human brain imaging of dopamine D₁ receptors
    9. Human brain imaging of dopamine transporters
    10. Imaging of dopamine and serotonin receptors and transporters
    11. Imaging the dopamine D₃ receptor in vivo
    12. Dopamine receptors and dopamine release
    13. Dopamine receptor imaging in schizophrenia: focus on genetic vulnerability
    14. Human brain imaging in tardive dyskinesia
    15. Human brain imaging of autism spectrum disorders
    16. Radiotracers used to image the brains of patients with alzheimer's disease
    17. Human brain imaging of anger
    18. Imaging pain in the human brain
    19. Imaging of neurochemical transmission in the central nervous system
    20. Characterizing recovery of the human brain following stroke: evidence form fMRI studies.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Emilio Quaia, editor.
    Summary: This is the first of two volumes that together provide a comprehensive analysis of the embryology, normal anatomy, and pathology of the liver and intrahepatic biliary tract as seen on modern diagnostic imaging techniques. In this volume, readers will find fundamental information on embryology, radiological anatomy, and anatomic variants. A thorough introduction is then provided to each imaging technique, including ultrasound, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, nuclear medicine techniques, angiography, and interventional radiology. The remainder of the volume is devoted to non-tumoral pathology of the liver and intra-hepatic biliary tract. For each disease, readers will find full description of the roles of individual imaging modalities and extensive illustration of the imaging appearances. The authors are world-leading experts in the field, and the book will be an ideal reference for all members of the radiology community, from residents to experts. It will also aid clinicians during their daily practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Emilio Quaia.
    Summary: This is the second of two volumes that together provide a comprehensive analysis of the embryology, normal anatomy, and pathology of the liver and intrahepatic biliary tract as seen on modern diagnostic imaging techniques. In this second volume, readers will find comprehensive description and illustration of the imaging appearances of tumoral pathologies, both in the "normal liver" and in the context of chronic liver disease and liver cirrhosis. In addition, the imaging findings in relation to different treatment approaches are presented, with extensive coverage of imaging of tumor response and post-treatment changes. The authors are world-leading experts in the field, and the book will be an ideal reference for all members of the radiology community, from residents to experts. It will also aid clinicians during their daily practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ingrid Rozylo-Kalinowska, Kaan Orhan, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yong-Whee Bahk.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Pinhole Bone Scanning
    3. Gamma Correction
    4. Technical Processing of Gamma Correction
    5. Gamma Correction Pinhole Bone Scan
    6. Experimental Gamma Correction 99mTc-HDP Pinhole Bone Scan, Diagnosis of Trabecular Microfracture in Young Rats
    7. Preoperative Confirmatory Imaging Diagnosis of Femoral Neck Fracture
    8. Gamma Correction Pinhole Scan of Surgical Specimen and Correlation of Thereof and H&E Stain Findings for Histological Identification
    9. Hematoxylin-Eosin Stain of Calcifying Calluses in Trabecular Microfractures
    10. Identification of Trabecular Microcalluses in GCPBS and H&E Stain
    11. Quantitation of 99mTc-HDP Uptake in Microcallus Using Pixelized Method
    12. Quantitation of Gamma Correction Pinhole Bone Scan and H&E Stain
    13. Reciprocal Correlation of Shapes of Tracer Uptake and Findings of Surgical Specimen, GCPBS and H&E Stain
    14. Morphobiochemical Diagnosis of Acute Trabecular Microcallus Using Gamma Correction 99mTc-HDP Pinhole Bone Scan with Histological Verification
    15. Preoperative Diagnosis by Radiography and 99mTcHDP Pinhole Bone Scan
    16. Surgical Specimens from Human Subjects
    17. Preoperative Diagnosis by Radiography and 99mTcHDP Pinhole Bone Scan
    18. Gamma Correction Pinhole Scanof Surgical Specimen and Correlation of Thereof and H&E Stain Findings for Histological Identification
    19. Gamma Correction Pinhole Bone Scan
    20. Identification of Trabecular Microfractures in GCPBS and H&E Stain
    21. Quantification of Micro-Fracture Tracer Uptake Using Pixelized Measurement
    22. Overall Considerations
    23. Precise Differntial Diagnosis of Acute Bone Marrow Edema and Hemorrhage and Trabecular Microfracture Using Nave and Gamma Correction Pinhole Bone Scans, NIH ImageJ Densitometry, and Pixelized
    24. Micofracture Measurement
    25. Introduction
    26. Clinical Materials
    27. Techniques of Seriated Nave and Gamma Correction Pinhole Bone Scanning and Reference Conventional R adiography and Corroborative Coronal FS T2 weighted MRI
    28. NIH ImageJ Densitometry of 99mTc-HDP Uptake Intensity Measurement in Bone Marrow Edema and Hemorrhage and Trabecular Microfracture on Seriated Naive and Gamma Correction Pinhole Bone Scans
    29. Mathematic Measurement of Trabecular Microfracture Size with Unsuppressed 99mTc-HDP uptake
    30. Differential 99mTc-HDP Uptake Intensity Measurement of Bone Marrow Edema and Hemorrhage Using ImageJ Densitometry
    31. Histopathological Validation
    32. Differential Diagnosis of Bone Marrow Edema and Hemorrhage Using ImageJ Densitometry
    33. Innocuousness of Bone Marrow Edema to Intact Trabecula on Nave Pinhole Scan Showing Mild Tracer Uptake Which is Suppressed
    34. Differential Image J Densitometry Intensity Values of 99mTc-HDP Uptake in Bone Marrow Edema and Hemorrhage and Trabecular Microfracture
    35. Fractured Trabeculae with Unsuppressed Enhanced Tracer Uptake
    36. Innocuousness of Edema to Intact Trabecula and Injuriousness of Hemorrhage to Already Broken Trabecula
    37. H&E Stain Validation of Additive Bone Marrow Hemorrhage Which Injures Already
    38. NIH Image J Densitometric Analysis of an Old MR Image of Histologically Proven "Edemalike"Bone Marrow Change in Knee
    39. Discussion
    40. Summary and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Yoshimi Anzai, Kathleen R Fink.
    Summary: "Imaging of Traumatic Brain Injury is a radiological reference that covers all aspects of neurotrauma imaging and provides a clinical overview of traumatic brain injury (TBI). It describes the imaging features of acute head trauma, the pathophysiology of TBI, and the application of advanced imaging technology to brain-injured patients. Key Features: Covers acute as well as chronic traumatic brain injury Written in an easily accessible format, with pearls and summary boxes at the end of each chapter Includes state-of-the-art imaging techniques, including the multiplanar format, the utility of multiplanar reformats, perfusion imaging, susceptibility weighted imaging, and advanced MRI techniques. Contains over 250 high-quality images This book will serve as a practical reference for practicing radiologists as well as radiology residents and fellows, neurosurgeons, trauma surgeons, and emergency physicians"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Mohamed Fethi Ladeb, Wilfred C.G. Peh, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an extensive overview of the role of imaging in the detection, diagnosis, management, and follow-up of tuberculosis. Chapters cover the disease's epidemiology and pathophysiology, microbiological diagnosis and pathology relevant to radiologists, and the distinct aspects of imaging tuberculosis at various locations and body systems. This book discusses recent advances in imaging pertaining to tuberculosis, and addresses the approach to patients with tuberculosis and HIV co-infection. The final chapter offers an algorithmic approach to the diagnosis and management steps of tuberculosis. Imaging of Tuberculosis is an updated and comprehensive reference source that covers imaging of tuberculosis in a structured fashion and is valuable for radiologists.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Epidemiology of Tuberculosis (TB)
    Pathophysiology of TB and Microbiological Diagnosis.-. Histological Diagnosis of TB
    Imaging Techniques for TB
    Central Nervous System TB
    Head and Neck TB
    Thoracic TB
    Abdominal Solid Organ and Peritoneal TB
    Gastrointestinal TB
    Genito-urinary TB
    Spinal TB
    Musculoskeletal (Spinal) TB
    TB in AIDS
    Diagnostic Algorithm of TB.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Massimo Tonolini, editor.
    Summary: During the past decade, the medical and surgical treatment of ulcerative colitis has undergone dramatic advances, including the widespread use of immunomodulators, biological drugs, and restorative proctocolectomy. In order to correctly balance the risks and benefits of medical therapies and surgical procedures, there is a need for improved diagnosis of colonic disease, acute complications, extraintestinal manifestations, and early and delayed postoperative complications. Cross-sectional imaging techniques are therefore playing an increasing role in the assessment of ulcerative colitis and provide an essential complement to clinical data and endoscopy. This practical, illustrated volume on the role of cross-sectional imaging is aimed at radiologists, gastroenterologists, and surgeons who are engaged or interested in the diagnosis and care of patients with inflammatory bowel disease, particularly ulcerative colitis. After an overview of diagnostic imaging techniques, state-of-the-art assessment of colorectal inflammatory disease with CT colonography using water enema and bowel MRI is discussed, followed by description of the plain radiographic and CT findings in patients with acute exacerbations and surgical complications. Subsequent chapters review the diagnostic findings and role of cross-sectional imaging in the assessment of sclerosing cholangitis (with emphasis on MR cholangiopancreatography), vascular complications (particularly portal and mesenteric thrombosis), colitis-associated colorectal cancer and perianal inflammatory disease. Normal postoperative appearances and early and delayed complications in patients treated with proctocolectomy and ileal pouch-anal anastomosis are also comprehensively reviewed.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction / Massimo Tonolini
    2. Medical needs / Emilia Bareggi and Michela Monteleone
    3. Intestinal ultrasound in ulcerative colitis / Cristina Bezzio, Federica Furfaro, Michela Monteleone and Giovanni Maconi
    4. Water enema multidetector CT colonography : technique, role and imaging findings in ulcerative colitis / Alba H. Norsa and Massimo Tonolini
    5. Magnetic resonance imaging of ulcerative colitis / Francesca Maccioni and Fabrizio Mazzamurro
    6. Radiographic and CT imaging assessment of acute exacerbations and surgical complications / Sonia Ippolito, Massimo Tonolini and Chiara Villa
    7. Cross-sectional imaging mimics of ulcerative colitis / Massimo Tonolini
    8. Hepato-bilio-pancreatic complications of ulcerative colitis / Giovanni Pompili, Alice Munari, Alessandro Campari and Gianpaolo Cornalba
    9. Vascular complications of ulcerative colitis / Massimo Tonolini
    10. Neoplasms in ulcerative colitis / Massimo Tonolini
    11. Musculoskeletal manifestations of ulcerative colitis / Roberto Bianco and Massimo Tonolini
    12. Surgical perspective on perianal complications in ulcerative colitis / Gianluca Matteo Sampietro, Francesco Colombo, Alice Frontali and Diego Foschi
    13. Imaging of perianal inflammatory disorders in ulcerative colitis / Chiara Villa
    14. Ileal pouch-anal anastomosis surgery : surgical techniques / Gianluca Matteo Sampietro, Francesco Colombo, Silvia Casiraghi and Diego Foschi
    15. Imaging of ileal pouch surgery and related complications / Massimo Tonolini.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vladimir M. Builov.
    Contents:
    1. Diagnostics of pelvicalyceal diverticula
    2. Diagnostics of ureteral diverticula
    Diagnostic Imaging of urinary bladder diverticula
    4. Urethral diverticula
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    R. Brad Abrahams, Walter Huda, William F. Sensakovic.
    Contents:
    Radiographic imaging
    Mammographic imaging
    Fluoroscopy with image intensifiers
    Interventional radiology with flat-panel detectors
    Computed tomography imaging
    Gamma cameras
    Single-photon emission computed tomography and position emission tomography imaging
    Magnetic resonance basics
    Magnetic resonance imaging
    Ultrasound basics
    Ultrasound imaging and doppler
    Radiation doses
    Radiation safety
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Tommaso Scarabino, Saverio Pollice, editors ; foreword by Carlo Faletti ; in collaboration with Paola D'Aprile...[and more].
    Summary: This book reviews in detail the role of neuroradiological imaging in the evaluation of patients who have undergone surgery or interventional radiology procedures, and particularly its value in the documentation of normal and pathological post-treatment changes, detection of complications, and follow-up. The opening sections describe pretreatment images in various conditions, including trauma, degenerative disc disease, and osteoporosis, and the different types of neurosurgical and interventional treatment that may be used. The post-treatment appearances of normal sequelae and complications on conventional radiography, CT, and MRI are then documented in detail on the basis of a large series of clinical cases, with a wealth of images. Guidance is provided on selection of one or a combination of imaging modalities. This book will be an invaluable clinical and research tool not only for neuroradiologists but also for neurosurgeons, and interventional radiologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ingrid Rozylo-Kalinowska.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date guide to the performance and interpretation of imaging studies in dental radiology. After opening discussion of the choice of X-ray equipment and materials, intraoral radiography, panoramic radiography, cephalometric radiology, and cone-beam computed tomography are discussed in turn. With the aid of many illustrated examples, patient preparation and positioning are thoroughly described for each modality. Common technical errors and artifacts are identified and the means of avoiding them, explained. The aim is to equip the reader with all the information required in order to perform imaging effectively and safely. The normal radiographic anatomy and landmarks are then discussed, prior to thorough coverage of frequent dentomaxillofacial lesions. Accompanying images display the characteristic features of each lesion. Further topics to be addressed are safety precautions for patients and staff. The book will be an ideal aid for all dental practitioners and will also be of value for dental students.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Dental Radiography
    Materials and Preparation for Dental X-rays
    Intraoral Radiography in Dentistry
    Panoramic Radiography in Dentistry
    Cephalometric Radiograph in Dentistry
    Dental Cone-Beam Computed Tomography (CBCT)
    Technical Errors and Artefacts in Dental Radiography
    Normal Anatomical Landmarks in Dental X-rays and CBCT Studies
    Analysis of Dental Radiographs and CBCT Studies
    Legal Provisions for Ionizing Radiation in Dentistry
    Safety Precautions for Dental Patient and Dental Staff Using X-ray.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Florian Falter, Nicholas J. Screaton, editors.
    Summary: Work in intensive care is dynamic and often requires swift decision-making to achieve the best patient outcome. This book serves as a practical guide for professionals working in this demanding area of medicine. It reviews diagnostic options as well as strengths and weaknesses of imaging techniques in clinical scenarios familiar to most ICU clinicians. The concise format allows rapid access to key information. Imaging the ICU Patient is a true collaboration between critical care and radiology. It demystifies the process of deciding when and how to image the critically ill patient. Using a symptom-orientated approach, it addresses techniques as well as patient safety issues. It is meant to be used by critical care clinicians and radiologists and aims to foster a better appreciation of the concerns both specialties have when imaging critically ill patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vittorio Miele, Margherita Trinci, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed and comprehensive overview of the role of diagnostic imaging in the assessment and management of trauma and polytrauma in children. The coverage includes imaging of injuries to the head, thorax, abdomen, bone and musculoskeletal system, with careful attention to the newest imaging techniques, imaging during the course of recovery, and imaging of complications. A series of illustrative cases underline the prognostic value of imaging. In addition, an individual chapter is devoted to diagnostic imaging in cases of child abuse. The book concludes by discussing informed consent and medicolegal issues related to the imaging of pediatric traumatic emergencies. Imaging Trauma and Polytrauma in Pediatric Patients will be invaluable in enabling radiologists and clinicians to identify the main features and signs of injuries on a wide range of imaging techniques, including X-ray, ultrasonography, computed tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging.

    Contents:
    Pediatric polytrauma management
    Pediatric head injuries
    Pediatric thoracic trauma
    Abdominal trauma
    Imaging bone injuries with plain film X-ray
    Ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging of pediatric musculoskeletal injuries
    Diagnostic imaging in child abuse
    Informed consent and medico-legal issues related to the imaging of pediatric traumatic emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Chiara Ambrosio, William MacLehose.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Imagining the brain between body and soul. Ventricular localization in late antiquity: the philosophical and theological roots of an enduring model of brain function / Jessica Wright
    The pathological and the normal: mapping the brain in medieval medicine / William MacLehose
    Imagining the soul: Thomas Willis (1621–1675) on the anatomy of the brain and nerves / Alexander Wragge-Morley
    Gaetano Zumbo’s anatomical wax model: from skull to cranium / Rose Marie San Juan
    Part 2: Representing the brain and the nervous system: styles, media, practices. The nervous system and the anatomy of expression: Sir Charles Bell’s anatomical watercolours / Brendan Clarke and Chiara Ambrosio
    Gertrude Stein’s modernist brain / Chiara Ambrosio
    Imagining the brain as a book: Oskar and Cécile Vogt’s "library of brains" / Chantal Marazia and Heiner Fangerau
    Pinpricks: Needling, numbness, and temporalities of pain / Lan A. Li
    Part 3: Inside the brain: arguments and evidence in the making of the modern neurosciences. From images to physiology: a strange paradox at the origin of modern neuroscience / Paolo Mazzarello
    One, no-one and a hundred thousand brains: J.C. Eccles, J.Z. Young and the establishment of the neurosciences (1930s–1960s) / Fabio De Sio
    Seeing patterns in neuroimaging data / Jessey Andrew Kenneth Wright.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Anuj Tripathi, Jose Savio Melo, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book delves into the field of immobilizing biologically active and non-active molecules. It discusses the designing strategy of immobilization and the current state-of-the-art applications for advancing biomedical, agricultural, environmental and industrial practices. It focuses on aspects ranging from fundamental principles to current technological advances at multi-scale levels (macro, micro, and nano) which are suitable for cell, enzyme, and nano-catalyst based applications. Written by experts from across the globe, the contents deal with illustrated examples of molecular and cellular interactions with materials/scaffolds and discussions on factors that can affect the functionality and yield of the process. With its discussions on material science, design of delivery vehicles, separation science, additive manufacturing, agriculture and environmental science, this book will be a useful reference for researchers across multiple disciplines.

    Contents:
    Immobilization: Then and Now
    Cell immobilization strategies for tissue engineering: Recent trends and future perspectives
    Strategies and advancement in growth factor immobilizable ECM for tissue engineering
    Prospects Of Cell Immobilization In Cancer Research And Immunotherapy
    Nano systems for repairing retinal degeneration
    Systemic drug delivery to the posterior segment of the eye: Overcoming blood-retinal barrier through smart drug design and nanotechnology
    The effects of irradiation with cold atmospheric-pressure plasma on cellular function
    Immobilization of biomolecules on plasma functionalized surfaces for biomedical applications
    A wide portray of Upconversion-nanoparticles: surface modification for bio-applications
    Advances in Amphiphilic Assemblies and its Immobilization in Room Temperature Supercooled Matrices. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    edited by Raj Bawa, János Szebeni, Thomas J. Webster, Gerald F. Audette.
    Summary: "The enormous advances in the immunologic aspects of biotherapeutics and nanomedicines in the past two decades has necessitated an authoritative and comprehensive reference source that can be relied upon by immunologists, biomedical researchers, clinicians, pharmaceutical companies, regulators, venture capitalists, and policy makers alike. This text provides a thorough understanding of immunology, therapeutic potential, clinical applications, adverse reactions, and approaches to overcoming immunotoxicity of biotherapeutics and nanomedicines. It also tackles critical, yet often overlooked topics such as immune aspects of nano-bio interactions, current FDA regulatory guidances, complement activation-related pseudoallergy (CARPA), advances in nanovaccines, and immunogenicity testing of protein therapeutics"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Current immune aspects of biologics and nanodrugs: an overview / Raj Bawa
    Immunological issues with medicines of nano size: the price of dimension paradox / János Szebeni and Raj Bawa
    Immunotherapy and vaccines / Johanna Poecheim and Gerrit Borchard
    Site-specific antibody conjugation for ADC and beyond / Qun Zhou
    Current understanding of interactions between nanoparticles and the immune system / Marina A. Dobrovolskaia, Michael Shurinand, Anna A. Shvedova
    Auto-antibodies as biomarkers for disease diagnosis / Angelika Lueking, Heike Göhlerand, Peter Schulz-Knappe
    The acceleated blood clearance phenomenon of PEGylated nanocarriers / Amr S. Abu Lila and Tatsuhiro Ishida
    Anti-PEG immunity against PEGylated therapeutics / Amr S. Abu Lila and Tatsuhiro Ishida
    Complement activation: challenges to nanomedicine development / Dennis E. Hourcade, Christine T. N. Phamand, Gregory M. Lanza
    Intravenous immunoglobulin at the borderline of nanomedicines and biologicals: antithrombogenic effect via complement attenuation / Milan Basta
    Lessons learned from the porcine CARPA Model: constant and variable responses to different nanomedicines and administration protocols / Rudolf Urbanics, Péter Bedőcs and János Szebeni
    Blood cell changes in complement activation-related pseudoallergy: intertwining of cellular and humoral interactions / Zsófia Patkó and János Szebeni
    Rodent models of complement activation-related pseudoallergy: inducers, symptoms, inhibitors and reaction mechanisms / László Dézsi, László Rosivall, Péter Hamar, János Szebeni and Gábor Szénási
    Immune reactions in the delivery of RNA interference-based therapeutics: mechanisms and opportunities / Kaushik Thanki, Emily Falkenberg, Monique Gangloff and Camilla Foged
    Lipid nanoparticle induced immunomodulatory effects of siRNA / Ranjita Shegokar and Prabhat Mishra
    Nanovaccines against intracellular pathogens using Coxiella burneti as a model organism / Erin J. van Schaik, Anthony E. Gregory, Gerald F. Audette and James E. Samuel
    Immunogenicity assessment for therapeutic protein products / U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research
    Assay development and validation for immunogenicity testing of therapeutic protein products / U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research
    / The "sentinel": a conceptual nanomedical strategy for the enhancement of the human immune system / Frank J. Boehm and Angelika Domschke
    Immunotherapy for gliomas and other intracranial malignancies / Mario Ganau, Gianfranco K. I. Ligarotti, Salvatore Chibbaro and Andrea Soddu
    Engineering nanoparticles to overcome barriers to immunotherapy / Randall Toyand, Krishnendu Roy
    Metal-based nanoparticles and theimmune system: activation, inflammation, and potential applications / Yueh-Hsia Luo, Louis W. Chang and Pinpin Lin
    Silica nanoparticles effects on hemostasis / Volodymyr Gryshchuk, Volodymyr Chernyshenko, Tamara Chernyshenko, Olha Hornytska, Natalya Galaganand, Tetyana Platonova
    Valproate-induced rodent model of autism spectrum disorder: immunogenic effects and role of microglia / Prabha S. Awale, James C. K. Lai, Srinath Pashikanthiand Alok Bhushan
    Accelerated blood clearance phenomenon and complement activation-related pseudoallergy: two sides of the same coin / Amr S. Abu Lila, Janos Szebeniand Tatsuhiro Ishida
    Current and rising concepts in immunotherapy: biopharmaceuticals versus nanomedicines / Matthias Bartneck
    Characterization of the interaction between nanomedicines and biological components: in vitro evaluation / Cristina Fornaguera
    Unwanted immunogenicity: from risk assessment to risk management / Cheryl Scott
    Emerging therapeutic potential of nanoparticles in pancreatic cancer: a systematic review of clinical trials / Minnie Au, MBBS, Theophilus I. Emeto, Jacinta Power, Venkat N. Vangaveti and, Hock C. Lai
    SGT-53: a novel nanomedicine capable of augmenting cancer immunotherapy / Joe B. Harford, Sang-Soo Kim, Kathleen F. Pirollo, Antonina Raitand, Esther H. Chang.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2019
  • Digital
    Jenny M. Despotovic, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of the most common autoimmune cytopenias affecting adults and children. The book is divided into four sections, each of which focuses on a major autoimmune cytopenia. The first section features background, pathophysiology, presentation, evaluation, and treatment strategies for immune thrombocytopenia (ITP), the most common cause of antibody-mediated platelet destruction. The second section reviews common forms and treatment strategies for autoimmune hemolytic anemia (AIHA), including a chapter dedicated specifically to Evans Syndrome. The third section comprehensively reviews the pathophysiology, diagnosis and current management approaches to thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), a potentially life-threatening autoimmune syndrome. The book concludes with a final section on autoimmune neutropenia. Each section includes a review of common underlying systemic autoimmune conditions and immune deficiency syndromes that can accompany or cause autoimmune cytopenias. Written by experts in each content area, Immune Hematology: Diagnosis and Management of Autoimmune Cytopenias is a valuable resource for clinicians and professionals who treat patients afflicted with autoimmune cytopenias, including primary care providers, hematologist/oncologists, immunologists, among others.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Walter K.H. Krause, Rajesh K. Naz, editors.
    Summary: This book offers comprehensive coverage of both basic and clinical aspects of immune reactions responsible for infertility. It has four sections focusing on Sperm antigens, Antisperm antibodies (ASAs), Clinical impact of ASAs, and Immune contraception, and include contributions from leading experts in these fields. This new edition of the book offers a comprehensive update that reflects the very significant advances in reproductive immunology that have been achieved over the past five years, especially related to the sperm proteome, sperm-egg binding/fusion proteins, gene knockout studies, and immunocontraception. Reproductive immunology continues to be a fast-growing discipline in which new knowledge is emerging almost every day. Immune Infertility is a model source of vital and reliable information on the latest scientific developments in the field. It will be of value for clinicians, scientists, students, residents, and fellows working in reproductive biology, obstetrics and gynecology, and urology.

    Contents:
    Part I Sperm antigens: Proteomics of spermatozoa
    Sperm surface proteome
    Methods of Analysis of Sperm Antigens Related to Fertility
    Sperm functions influenced by immune reactions
    Part II Antisperm antibodies (ASA): The immune privilege of the testis
    Immune chemistry of ASA
    Sperm-specific T cells
    Site and risk factors of ASA production
    Biologic substrates containing ASA
    ASA in the female
    Sperm immobilising ASA
    Part III The clinical impact of sperm antibodies: Autoimmune infertility
    Tests for sperm antibodies
    Impact on fertility outcome
    Sperm antibodies and assisted reproduction
    Treatment of immune infertility
    Part IV Immune contraception: Immunization with Sperm Antigens to Induce Contraception
    Immune contraception in wildlife animals
    Experience from Clinical Trials with Fertility Control Vaccines.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bin Li, Fan Pan, editors.
    Summary: "This book offers a broad overview of the concepts and research findings in immunometabolism. The immune system is made up of numerous different cell types, pathways, and components that must be able to respond rapidly to a pathogen or cancer, but must also remain quiescent in the absence of challenges. Immune cells rely on metabolic pathways to adapt to changing environments and stimuli. Additionally, these cells can be modified in function or fate by fluctuations in available nutrients. The chapters in this book describe ways in which immune cells utilize and are regulated by metabolic pathways. Topics include how immune-cell metabolism shapes immune homeostasis, and how dysregulation of these pathways can lead to immune disorders. In different contexts, such as a tumor microenvironment, immune-cell function and identity may be modified not only by cytokines and checkpoint molecules, but also by nutrient availability and other metabolic stimuli. Transcriptional reprogramming confers many of the changes in immune cell metabolism that are seen when a T-cell, for example, undergoes activation or functional adaptation to different environments. Lastly, immune cells can destructively or protectively participate in human metabolic homeostasis or disorders. This book summarizes immune-metabolism from a variety of different perspectives, including the ways in which metabolic cues, pathways, and requirements of immune cells change in conditions of homeostasis and activation. The exploration of the significance of metabolic checkpoints and other cues, particularly in the context of cancer and immune disorders, may form the foundation for the development of therapeutics"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Metabolism in immune cell differentiation and function / Nicole M. Chapman, Sharad Shrestha, Hongbo Chi
    Metabolic regulation of T cell immunity / Paolo D. A. Vignali, Joseph Barbi, Fan Pan
    Transcriptional regulation of T cell metabolism reprograming / Jinxia Zhang, Guoyu Bi, Yu Xia, Pingfei Li, Xiaofei Deng, Zhengping Wei [and others]
    Adipose tissue-resident regulatory T cells / Fuxiang Zhu, Aiting Wang, Yangyang Li, Rui Liang, Dan Li, Bin Li
    Immune cell metabolism in tumor microenvironment / Yongsheng Li, Yisong Y. Wan, Bo Zhu
    Regulation of metabolism across different subsets of t cells in cancer / Xuerui Luo, Fuxiang Zhu, Zuojia Chen, Dan Li, Bin Li
    Innate and adaptive immune cell metabolism in tumor microenvironment / Duojiao Wu.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Uwe Pleyer, Talin Barisani-asenbauer, Phuc Le Hoang, Narsing A. Rao, editors.
    Summary: These guidelines, compiled by a panel of clinicians and scientists with a high level of expertise, aim to provide readers with the most up-to-date and comprehensive instructions on the treatment and prevention of ocular inflammation. All of the recommendations are explicitly linked to supporting evidence and graded according to the strength of that evidence, and the editors have made every effort to ensure that chapters are of a consistently high methodological quality. The guidelines for each treatment include dose and the frequency and mode of delivery. Significant side-effects of treatment are identified and distinguished from those of the disease in question. Suggestions are presented for the prevention both of the disease itself and of the treatment-related complications. In addition, likely future directions in treatment and prevention are identified. These guidelines will be of great practical value for all clinicians and clinical scientists with an interest in the subject.

    Contents:
    1. Ocular allergy
    2. Immune modulation in ocular mucous membrane pemphigoid
    3. Diagnosis and management of sleritis
    4. Noninfectious inflammation in cataract surgery
    5. Corneal inflammation following excimer laser surgery
    6. Prevention and treatment of transplant rejection in keratoplasty
    7. Immunomodulation against inflammatory postkeratoplasty neovascularisation
    8. Treatment of inflammation secondary to vitreoretinal surgery
    9. Treatment of intermediate uveitis
    10. Posterior uveitis
    11. Cystoid macular edema
    12. Safety of immunosuppressive therapy for eye disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Bruna Corradetti, editor.
    Contents:
    Host response to implanted materials and devices, overview
    Innate and acquired immunity: umoral and cellular components (Protein adsorption, cell recruitment, tissue response)
    Acute/Chronic inflammation, foreign body reaction
    implications
    Macrophages: from immune response to tissue restoration
    Host response to cell-grafted biomaterials
    Host response to therapeutic nanoparticles
    Host response to synthetic versus natural biomaterials (The effects of the composition, structure on function, stability, and final outcome)
    Biomimicry at the cell-material interface to mitigate the immune reaction
    Bioactive materials design for immunomodulation. exploiting the patient's own body machinery to achieve functional tissue restoration
    Host response to materials for orthopaedic applications: current approaches and future perspectives
    Methods to activate cellular immunity or determine immune evasion.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R857.M3 I46 2017
    1
  • Digital/Print
    John D. Lambris, Kristina N. Ekdahl, Daniel Ricklin, Bo Nilsson, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Thromboinflammation in therapeutic medicine
    2. Complement interactions with blood cells, endothelial cells and microvesicles in thrombotic and inflammatory conditions
    3. Role of complement on broken surfaces after trauma
    4. Complement involvement in periodontitis: molecular mechanisms and rational therapeutic approaches
    5. The lectin pathway of complement and biocompatibility
    6. Foreign body reaction to subcutaneous implants
    7. Molecular characterization of macrophage-biomaterial interactions
    8. Heparan sulfate proteoglycan metabolism and the fate of grafted tissues
    9. Xenotransplantation of cells, tissues, organs and the Greman research foundation Transregio Collaborative Research Centre 127
    10. Macroencapsulated pig islets correct induced diabetes in primates up to 6 months
    11. Regulation of instant blood mediated inflammatory reaction (IBMIR) in pancreatic islet xeno-transplantation: points for therapeutic interventions
    12. Cell surface engineering for reguation of immune reactions in cell therapy
    13. Complement interception across humoral incompatibility in solid organ transplantation: a clinical perspective
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Peter Parham.
    Summary: "The Immune System, Fourth Edition, emphasizes the human immune system and synthesizes immunological concepts into a coherent, up-to-date, and reader-friendly account of how the immune system works. Written for undergraduate, medical, veterinary, dental, and pharmacy students, it makes generous use of medical examples to illustrate points. The Fourth Edition has been extensively revised and updated. Innate immunity has undergone major revision to reflect this expanding and fast-moving field, and is now divided between two chapters: Chapter 2 "Innate Immunity: The Immediate Response to Infection," which deals with complement and other soluble molecules of innate immunity such as antimicrobial peptides, and Chapter 3 "Innate Immunity: The Induced Response to Infection," which deals mainly with the cellular response. Chapters 4-9 have been updated and material has been consolidated to eliminate repetition. Mucosal immunology has exploded as a field since the Third Edition was published, thus its coverage in chapter 10, now devoted to the topic, has been significantly expanded and updated. Also, more emphasis is placed on commensal microorganisms, particularly of the gut, and their interactions with the immune system. Immunological memory and the secondary immune response is now the first part of Chapter 11. The second part of this chapter, entitled "Vaccination to Prevent Infectious Disease," will include new and more modern material. "Bridging Innate and Adaptive Immunity" will also have its own chapter. The remaining clinical chapters will be revised and updated with new immunotherapies, but their content and organization will remain largely the same. The Fourth Edition will be accompanied by an updated and greatly expanded question bank, as well as PowerPoints and JPEGs of all the figures in the text."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Elements in the immune system and their roles in defense
    Innate immunity : the immediate response to infection
    Innate immunity : the induced response to infection
    Antibody structure and the generation of B-cell diversity
    Antigen recognition by T lymphocytes
    The development of B lymphocytes
    The development of T lymphocytes
    T cell-mediated immunity
    Immunity mediated by B cells and antibodies
    Preventing infection at mucosal surfaces
    Immunological memory and vaccination
    Coevolution of innate and adaptive immunity
    Failures of the body's defenses
    IgE-mediated immunity and allergy
    Transplantation of tissues and organs
    Disruption of healthy tissue by the adaptive immune response
    Cancer and its interactions with the immune system.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR181 .P335 2015
    1
  • Print
    Peter Parham.
    Summary: "A clear, concise, and contemporary presentation of immunological concepts. This text emphasizes the human immune system and presents concepts with a balanced level of detail to describe how the immune system works. Written for undergraduate, medical, veterinary, dental, and pharmacy students, it makes generous use of medical examples to illustrate points. This classroom-proven textbook offers clear writing, full-color illustrations, and section and chapter summaries that make the content accessible and easily understandable to students"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Hymie Anisman, Shawn Hayley, Alexander Kusnecov.
    Summary: The Immune System and Mental Health fully investigates how immune-related cellular, molecular and anatomical changes impact mental functioning. The book combines human and animal studies to reveal immunological changes related to mental-health problems. In addition, users will find comprehensive information on new research related to the microbial composition of the gut, aka, the microbiome, and how it influences brain function and mental health. Common comorbidities with mental illness and their inherent immunological or inflammatory components are also covered. Written by leaders in the field, the book synthesizes basic and clinical research to provide a thorough understanding on the role of immunity in neuropsychiatry. Sociology, psychology, psychiatry, neuroscience and genetics have provided considerable explanations and solutions to some of the most intractable mental-health problems. But researchers are increasingly relying on investigations of the immune system to identify factors that can undermine and impair mental health. This book covers devastating mental-health conditions, such as depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, and autism-like spectrum disorders. In addition, degenerative disorders of the brain, such as Parkinson's and Alzheimer's-like dementia are explored.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Contents:
    Module 1. Target diseases and vaccines
    Module 2. The vaccine cold chain
    Module 3. Ensuring safe injections
    Module 4. Microplanning for reaching every community
    Module 5. Managing an immunization session
    Module 6. Monitoring and surveillance
    Module 7. Partnering with communities.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA638 .I45 2015
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Xiaofeng Liang.
    Summary: This book aims to describe the achievements, policy and system of immunization management in China during the last 60 years. Immunization is one of the most effective and cost-effective means to prevent infectious diseases. The Chinese government has long attached great importance to immunization, and with several generations of effort, China has made great achievements through its immunization program. The book consists of 9 chapters, including the introduction of vaccination and immunization policy, immunization services, innovative vaccines, immunization activities in China. The book also demonstrates some of the hardships and difficulties behind the immunization achievements, and introduces the effort of Expanded Program of Immunization (EPI) staff and the support and assistance from the international community.

    Contents:
    My experience as Director of the National Immunization Program (historical review)
    Immunization services in China
    Establishment and development of the Disease Surveillance System
    Adverse events following immunization
    Innovative vaccines in China
    The journey of vaccines
    Weekly work by a township hospital vaccinator
    The 2010 Nationwide Measles Supplementary Immunization Activity (SIA) - China's largest vaccination campaign ever
    Publicity and communication of the immunization program
    Essays by international experts working on the immunizaiton program in China.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Olivier Michielin, George Coukos.
    Contents:
    Immunotherapies in early and advanced renal cell cancer / Kasenda, B., Larkin, J., Gore, M.
    Immunotherapy of brain tumors / Dutoit, V., Migliorini, D., Walker, P.R., Dietrich, P.-Y.
    Immunotherapy of melanoma / Snyder, A., Zamarin, D., Wolchok, J.D.
    Immunotherapy of breast cancer / Criscitiello, C., Curigliano, G.
    Current developments in actively personalized cancer vaccination with a focus on RNA as the drug format / Diken, M., Kreiter, S., Kloke, B., Sahin, U.
    Immune checkpoint inhibitors / Haanen, J.B.A.G., Robert, C.
    Radiotherapy and immunotherapy : improving cancer treatment through synergy / Reynders, K., De Ruysscher, D.
    Combinations therapies / Reinmuth, N., Reck, M.
    Promise of immunotherapy in lung cancer / Shanker, A., Dikov, M.M., Carbone, D.P.
    T cell engineering / Pircher, M., Schirrmann, T., Petrausch, U.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Berk, Marion Leboyer, Iris E. Sommer, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a thorough and critical review of current knowledge on the role of immunology in major psychiatric disorders and its potential applications. The opening chapters offer general information on the immune influence of the brain to provide readers with a better understanding of the end of immune privilege. The book then examines possible underlying mechanisms leading to psychiatric disorders, from early infections to pro-inflammatory markers, stress, and immune genetic background, linking etiology and psychiatry. The third section describes each disorder (ie autism, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depression, with an overview of underlying immune dysfunctions. Lastly, the authors discuss the innovative immune-therapies that may result from the discovery of immune system biomarkers and their associated mechanisms. A better understanding of the role of the immune system in psychiatric disorders makes it possible to identify stratification biomarkers, to explain underlying mechanisms, and to develop innovative, efficient, targeted treatment strategies and management. As such, the book is of value to clinicians, mental health professionals, mental health researchers, immunologists, industry practitioners, and various stakeholders in the mental health field.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    1. Auto-immune disorders and infections as risk factors for mental disorders
    2. The life-long consequences of prenatal and childhood stress on the innate and adaptive immune system
    3. Immunity as a common risk pathway for psychiatric and medical comorbidity?
    4. Brain imaging Measures of Immune Dysregulation in Psychiatry
    5. Cytokines as biomarkers in psychiatric disorders: methodological issues
    6. Pro-inflammatory cytokines and the depressive phenotype function
    7. Role of the T Cell Network in Psychiatric Disorders
    8. Microglia and psychiatric disorders
    9. Human Endogenous Retrovirus as missing link in the global etiopathogenesis of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder
    10. The Human Leukocyte Antigen system in Psychiatry: Where do we stand?
    11. Testable Hypotheses Relating Complement Pathways to Elevated Risk for Schizophrenia
    12. Gut microbiome in patients with schizophrenia and bipolar disorders
    13. Is Autism Spectrum Disorder related to immune dysfunction?
    14. Inflammation and immunity in depression
    15. The aberrant Immune system and Bipolar disorder
    16. Immune dysfunction and depression: is Immunometabolism the missing link?
    17. Immune dysfunction in obsessive-compulsive disorder: from risk factors to multisystem involvement
    18. Immune dysfunction and catatonia
    19. Suicide as a Systemic Disorder
    20. RDoC and inflammation
    21. The concept of auto-immune psychosis
    22. Immunotherapy in the treatment of Psychosis
    23. Immuno-Modulation of Resistant Depression
    24. Diet, immune system and psychiatric disorders
    25. Constituents of a Healthy Dietary Pattern
    26. Exercise and Inflammation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Adalberto Merighi and Laura Lossi, Department of Veterinary Sciences, University of Torino, Grugliasco, Torino, Italy.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1.The Evolution of Immunocytochemistry in the Dissection of Neural Complexity / Laura Lossi
    pt. I Immunocytochemistry in Non-Mammalian Brain
    2.Immunofluorescence and Genetic Fluorescent Labeling Techniques in the Drosophila Nervous System / Christian Wegener
    3.Immunohistochemical Analysis of Neuronal Networks in the Nervous System of Octopus vulgaris / Graziano Fiorito
    4.Genetic Mosaic Labeling and Immunofluorescence Techniques in Zebrafish Brain / Yoshihiro Yoshihara
    pt. II Detection of Cell Proliferation and Neurogenesis
    5.Immunocytochemical Phenotype of Differentiating Neurons / Antonio Carai
    6.Immunocytochemical Identification of Mammalian Differentiating Neurons in the Process of Adult Neurogenesis in the Hippocampal Dentate Gyrus / Oliver von Bohlen und Halbach
    7.Identification of Proliferating and Migrating Cells by BrdU and Other Thymidine Analogs: Benefits and Limitations / Pasko Rakic --
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pankaj Suman, Pranjal Chandra.
    Summary: This book presents the timeline of immunodiagnostics evolution, including advancements in immunological/nucleic acid probes, assay design, labelling techniques, and devices for signal transduction and acquisition. In the past few years, enzyme and nanocatalyst-based immune assays have undergone numerous modifications to enhance their sensitivity and potential for automation. Further, to reduce production costs and the use of laboratory animals, engineering small antibodies and nucleic acid probes (aptamers) has become increasingly popular in the development of novel and powerful bioassays. In light of the notable advancements in immunodiagnostics, this book highlights the combined efforts of clinicians, biotechnologists, material scientists, nanotechnologists and basic scientists in a coherent and highly structured way. The book takes readers on the journey of immunodiagnostic technologies, from their introduction to the present.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Timeline of the evolution of immunodiagnostics
    Chapter 2. Receptors in immunodiagnostics: Antibody and their derivatives
    Chapter 3. Engineering antibodies for biointerfacing
    Chapter 4. Alternative analyte-binding compounds for immunosensor applications
    Chapter 5. Principles and applications of immunodiagnostics using radioisotopes as tracers
    Chapter 6. Advancements and application of optical detection system in deleveopment of optical sensors
    Chapter 7. Miniaturized technologies in immunodiagnostics
    Chapter 8. Prospects of Point of care diagnostics for medical applications
    Chapter 9. Potential and advancements in namomaterial for diagnostic applications
    Chapter 10. Photoelectrochemical immunosensor in clinical diagnosis
    Chapter 11. Mutiplexing in immunodiagnosis
    Chapter 12. Biosensors for clinical samples: Considerastion and approaches
    Chapter 13. Application of immunodiagnostics in diagnosis of animal diseases
    Chapter 14. Changing trends in medical diagnosis and health monitoring with advancements in immunosensing technologies
    Chapter 15. Future perspective of immunodiagnostics in clinical applications
    Chapter 16. Commercial aspects of immunoasensors and immunoassays: Short-coming and future aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter J. Krause, Paula B. Kavathas, Nancy H. Ruddle, editors.
    Summary: This textbook focuses on the nascent field of Immunoepidemiology that addresses how differences in immune responses among individuals affect the epidemiology of infectious diseases, cancer, hypersensitivity, and autoimmunity. The idea for the book originated from a course entitled "Immunology for Epidemiologists" at the Yale School of Public Health. While many fine textbooks are available that address the immunological responses of individuals to pathogens, these provided very little information regarding how immunological variation among populations affects the epidemiology of disease. And yet, it has long been recognized that there is great immunologic diversity among people, which can have a profound effect on the epidemiology of disease. Careful review of the immunologic and epidemiologic literature revealed that there have been relatively few publications concerning immunoepidemiology and that no textbook is available on the subject. This textbook therefore aims to fill this void by providing a much-needed tool to comprehensively and efficiently teach immunoepidemiology. The book includes a section on the basic principles of immunology, and then applies them to particular examples of disease in human populations. The target audience for this text book are Masters of Public Health students. Others who should also find it of interest include PhD students in epidemiology, immunology, medical students, generalists, and specialists in immunology, infectious diseases, cancer, and rheumatology.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction, Peter J. Krause
    1. Introduction to Immunology, Epidemiology, and Immunoepidemiology
    Section II. Immunology Basics: Immunology of the Individual, Paula B. Kavathas
    2. Organization and Cells of the Immune System
    3. Innate Immunity: Recognition and Effector Functions
    4. Adaptive Immunity: Antigen Recognition by T and B Lymphocytes
    5. Adaptive Immunity: Effector Functions, Regulation, and Vaccination
    6. Disorders of the Immune System
    Section III. Immunoepidemiology Basics: Immunology of Populations, Nancy H. Ruddle
    7. Immunoepidemiology of Selected Components of the Innate and Adaptive Immune Systems
    8. Immunoepidemiology of Immune Dysfunction
    Section IV: Immunoepidemiology of Infectious Diseases and Cancer, Peter J. Krause
    9. Immunoepidemiology of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    10. Immunoepidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency
    11. Fungal Immunoepidemiology
    12. Immunoepidemiology of Plasmodium falciparum malaria
    13. Immunoepidemiology of Cancer
    Section V. Immunoepidemiologic Investigative, Therapeutic, and Preventative Tools, Nancy H. Ruddle
    14. Modeling Approaches Toward Understanding Infectious Disease Transmission
    15. Vaccines
    16. Immunotherapy for Infectious Diseases, Cancer, and Autoimmunity
    Appendix --
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, Fateme Rajabi, editors.
    Summary: This book intends to investigate the broad spectrum of genetic changes in immunological processes involved in cutaneous diseases. One of the main goals of immunogenetic studies is finding susceptibility genes for complex diseases. This can provide an insight into the pathogenesis of the condition in a way that is not easily achievable through other kinds of studies. Thus they are a rational initial step for generating hypotheses about disease pathogenesis. This may especially benefit dermatology, a field notorious for having too many diseases with unknown etiologies. Immunogenetic investigations have made targeted treatment strategies possible for diseases such as psoriasis and pemphigus. Even though these strategies have revolutionized the management of chronic dermatological conditions such as psoriasis, still there are a lot of unanswered questions. For instance, psoriasis patients respond very differently to each of the commercially available biological agents. This diversity could be partially explained by the differences in the sets of genes responsible for disease induction in each individual. Thus whole genome sequencing strategies, if feasible at individual levels, might help in tailoring these targeted treatments based on specific genetic backgrounds. Our intention in preparing this book was to explore the broad spectrum of the genetic aspects of immunological processes involved in cutaneous diseases. We have tried to cover most areas of dermatology where enough studies were available to gather a chapter. Still, there is a substantial lack of knowledge on the immunogenetics of many dermatological conditions. We hope that this book would encourage the investigators to fill these gaps of knowledge.

    Contents:
    Genetics control of immune responses
    Non-melanoma skin cancer
    Melanoma
    Psoriasis
    Atopic dermatitis
    Contact dermatitis
    Lichen planus
    Pemphigus and pemphigoids
    Morphea and Lichen Sclerosus
    Granuloma annulare and Necrobiosis lipoidica
    Alopecia areata
    Vitiligo
    Acne Vulgaris and Rosacea
    Urticaria and Angioedema
    Cutaneous drug reaction
    Photodermatologic disorders
    Infantile Haemangioma and other vascular malformations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Pritam Singh Ajmani.
    Summary: The book covers the basics of genetics and immunology, technical aspects of blood banking and transfusion. It offers a concise, and practical approach for different blood tests and guidelines on the best ways to take donor history, screen donors, store blood components, ensure safety, and anticipate the potentially adverse effects of blood transfusion, components and its management at the bedside. Different chapters include important topics such as collection, storage and transportation of blood, introduction to blood transfusion, blood group serology, discovery of blood groups, donor selection, interview, and its preparation, and storage, pretransfusion testing, transfusion therapy, clinical considerations, and safety, quality assurance, and data management developed specifically for medical technologists and resident doctors. The book also goes beyond preoperative patient blood management, with detailed accounts of coagulation disorder management and the administration of coagulation products and platelet concentrates. The book also defines the components of a learning health system necessary to enable continued improvement in trauma care in both the civilian and the military sectors. This book offers a succinct and user-friendly resource with key points, boxes, tables & charts and is a quick reference guide for pathology and transfusion medicine residents and doctors in blood centers and hospitals dealing with regulatory aspects, transfusion safety, production and storage and donor care.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Blood Transfusion
    Blood Group & Immunology
    Donor Blood Collection
    Collection, Storage and Transportation of Blood
    Transfusion of Blood and Blood Components
    Blood Component Preparation
    Blood Test in Immunohematology & Blood Banking
    Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn
    History of Blood Transfusion
    Massive Blood Transfusion
    Autologous Blood Transfusion
    Blood Management
    Blood Bank Protocols
    Blood Bank Inventory
    Transfusion Reactions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mark T. Friedman, Kamille A. West, Peyman Bizargity, Kyle Annen, Jeffrey S. Jhang.
    Summary: The latest edition of this volume features an extensively revised and expanded collection of immunohematology and transfusion medicine cases, comprised of clinical vignettes and antibody panels with questions based on each case. Arranged in a workbook format, the text presents cases based on real patient problems that are typically encountered and covers a number of common issues and challenging problems in blood banking and transfusion practice. Discussion and resolution of each case is provided in a separate answer section, including up-to-date information on pertinent advances in the field. This second edition also contains new cases on topics not previously covered, including types of compatibility testing, polyagglutination, hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, immunohematology test drug interference, granulocyte transfusion, heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, and the approach to the bloodless patient. Written by experts in the field, Immunohematology and Transfusion Medicine: A Case Study Approach, Second Edition provides an interactive tool that makes blood banking and transfusion medicine memorable, practical, and relevant to residents and fellows.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Renshaw.
    Contents:
    Antibodies for Immunochemistry / Mark Cooper, Sheriden Lummas
    The Selection of Reporter Labels / Judith Langenick
    Immunohistochemistry and Immunocytochemistry / Simon Renshaw
    Multiple Immunochemical Staining Techniques / Sofia Koch
    Quality Assurance in Immunochemistry / Peter Jackson, Michael Gandy
    Automated Immunochemistry / Emanuel Schenck, Simon Renshaw
    Confocal Microscopy / Ann Wheeler
    Ultrastructural Immunochemistry / Jeremy Skepper, Janet Powell.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Rajat K. De, Namrata Tomar.
    Contents:
    Part I: Immunoinformatics: transition from basic biology to informatics
    1. A brief outline of the immune system / Namrata Tomar and Rajat K. De
    2. Crosstalk between the metabolic and immune systems / Namrata Tomar and Rajat K. De
    3. Immunoinformatics: a brief review / Namrata Tomar and Rajat K. De
    Part II: Databases
    4. Immunoinformatics of the V, C and G domains: IMGT® definitive system for IG, TR and IgSF, MH and MhSF / Marie-Paule Lefranc
    5. IMGT/HLA and the immuno polymorphism database / James Robinson, Jason A. Halliwell, and Steven G.E. Marsh
    6. Databases for T-cell epitopes / Chun-Wei Tung
    7. Databases for B-cell epitopes / Juan Liu and Wen Zhang
    8. Antigen-Antibody Interaction Database (AgAbDb): a compendium of antigen-antibody interactions / Urmila Kulkarni-Kale, Snehal Raskar-Renuse, Girija Natekar-Kalantre, and Smita A. Saxena
    9. Allergen databases / Gaurab Sircar, Debasree Sarkar, Swati Gupta Bhattacharya, and Sudipto Saha
    Part III: Tools for prediction
    10. Prediction of conformational B-cell epitopes / Wen Zhang, Yanqing Niu, Yi Xiong, and Meng Ke
    11. Computational prediction of B cell epitopes from antigen sequences / Jianzhao Gao and Lukasz Kurgan
    12. Machine learning based methods for prediction of linear B-cell epitopes / Hsin-Wei Wang and Tun-Wen Pai
    13. Mimotope-based prediction of B-cell epitopes / Jian Huang, Bifung He, and Peng Zhou
    14. Hybrid methods for B-cell epitope prediction: approaches to the development and utilization of computational tools for practical applications / Salvador Eugenio C. Caoili
    15. Building classifier ensembles for B-cell epitope prediction / Yasser El-Manzalawy and Vasant Honavar
    16. Multiplex peptide-based B-cell epitope mapping / Sanne M.M. Hensen, Merel Derksen, and Ger J.M. Pruijn
    17. Classification of Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) supertypes / Mingjun Wang and Mogens H. Claesson
    18. Customized predictions of peptide-MHC binding and T-cell epitopes using EPIMHC / Magdalena Molero-Abraham, Esther M. Lafuente, and Pedro Reche
    19. T-cell epitope prediction methods: an overview / Dattatraya V. Desai and Urmila Kulkarni-Kale
    20. Computational antigenic epitope prediction by calculating electrostatic desolvation penalties of protein surfaces / Sebastien Fiorucci and Martin Zacharias
    21. In silico prediction of allergenic proteins / Gaurab Sircar, Bodhisattwa Saha, Swati Gupta Bhattacharya, and Sudipto Saha
    22. Prediction of virulence factors using bioinformatics approaches / Rupanjali Chaudhuri and Srinivasan Ramachandran
    Part IV: Systems biology approaches in immunoinformatics
    23. A systems biology approach to study systemic inflammation / Bor-Sen Chen and Chia-Chou Wu
    24. Procedures for mucosal immunization and analyses of cellular immune response to candidate HIV vaccines in murine and nonhuman primate models / Shailbala Singh, Pramod Nehete, Patrick Hanley, Bharti Nehete, Guojun Yang, Hong He, Scott M. Anthony, Kimberly Schluns, and K. Jagannadha Sastry
    25. Immunoinformatics and systems biology in personalized medicine / Guillermo Lopez-Campos, Jesús F. Bermejo-Martin, Raquel Almansa, and Fernando Martin-Sanchez
    Part V: Applications of immunoinformatics
    26. The role of small RNAs in vaccination / Ajeet Chaudhary and Sunil Kumar Mukherjee
    27. Structure-based clustering of Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) proteins for broad-based T-cell vaccine design / Joo Chuan Tong, Tin Wee Tan, and Shoba Ranganathan
    28. Immunoinformatics, molecular modeling, and cancer vaccines / Seema Mishra and Subrata Sinha
    29. Investigating host pathogen behavior and their interaction using genome-scale metabolic network models / Priyanka P. Sadhukhan and Anu Raghunathan
    30. Mathematical models of HIV replication and pathogenesis / Dominik Wodarz.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jun Chen, Xiaoming Hu, Mary Stenzel-Poore, John H. Zhang, editors.
    Summary: Recent research has revealed the importance of immunological mechanisms and inflammation in delaying damage and/or promoting repair after an acute injury to the central nervous system. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the role of immunological mechanisms and therapies for treating acute neurological injuries such as cerebral ischemia, hemorrhage, and brain and spinal cord trauma. In several sections, the contributing authors provide a review of immunological mechanisms involved in neurological injury and of various translational and clinical research aimed at harnessing those mechanisms for better patient outcomes.

    Contents:
    Old dogmas, surprising complexities, and novel therapeutic targets
    The critical roles of immune cells in acute brain injuries
    Vascular Inflammation in Ischemic Stroke: Adhesion Receptors Controlling Leukocyte-Endothelial Interactions
    Immune Cell-Derived Free Radicals in Acute Brain Injury
    The complement cascade in acute brain injury
    Matrix Metalloproteinases as an Inflammatory Mediator in the Neurovascular Unit
    Toll-Like Receptors in Ischemic Stroke and other Acute Brain Injuries
    Ion Transporters in Microglial Function: New therapeutic targets for neuroinflammation in ischemic stroke?
    Inflammation After Acute Brain Injuries Affects the Developing Brain Differently than the Adult Brain
    Systemic Immune Responses after Experimental Stroke
    Infectious Burden and Risk of Stroke
    Inflammatory Biomarkers in Patients with Acute Brain Injuries
    In vivo Imaging of Neuroinflammation in Acute Brain Injury
    Inflammation as a therapeutic target after subarachnoid hemorrhage: advances and challenges
    Minocycline, a Tetracycline Derivative, as a Potential Protective Agent for Acute Stroke
    Tolerization to Brain and Vascular Antigens: Targeting Autoimmunity after Acute Brain Injuries and Preventing Stroke
    The Role of PPARg in Stroke
    CD36: an inflammatory mediator in acute brain injury
    Cool Down the Inflammation: Hypothermia as a Therapeutic Strategy for Acute Brain Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Charles S. Pavia, Volker Gurtler.
    Summary: "Immunological Methods in Microbiology, Volume 47 in the Methods in Microbiology series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on Immunological Techniques in the Clinical laboratory, Immunologic Diagnosis of HIV and Opportunistic Infections, Combining Antigen Detection and Serology for the Diagnosis of Selected Infectious Diseases, Immunologic Detection of Lyme Disease and Related Borrelioses, Immunodetection of Bacteria Causing Brucellosis, Immunological Diagnostic Techniques Used to Identify and Type Pasteurella, Immunological Tests for Diarrhea caused by Diarrheagenic Escherichia coli Targeting Their Main Virulence Factors, and much more."--publisher's web page (viewed April 29, 2020)
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by David Male, Stokes Peebles, Victoria Male.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the immune system
    Cells, tissues and organs of the immune system
    Mechanisms of innate immunity
    Complement
    Mononuclear phagocytes in immune defence
    T-cell receptors and major histocompatibility complex molecules
    Antigen presentation
    Cell-mediated cytotoxicity
    B-cell development and the antibody response
    Antibodies
    Immunological tolerance
    Regulation of the immune response
    Immune responses in tissues
    Immunity to viruses
    Immunity to bacteria and fungi
    Immunity to protozoa and worms
    Vaccination
    Primary immunodeficiencies
    Aids, secondary immunodeficiency and immunosuppression
    Autoimmunity and autoimmune disease
    Transplantation and rejection
    Immunity to cancers
    Immediate hypersensitivity (type I)
    Hypersensitivity (type II)
    Hypersensitivity (type III)
    Hypersensitivity (type IV).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Thao Doan, Fabio Lievano, Michelle Swanson-Mungerson, Susan Viselli.
    Summary: "Lippincott® Illustrated Reviews: Immunology, 3e is a relatively new addition to the LIR series. Immunology content was originally covered within the LIR: Microbiology text. However, it eventually became clear that there was demand for a separate text covering immunology content in greater depth. This is especially helpful in med schools where microbiology and immunology are covered separately during basic sciences instruction"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Need for Self-Recognition
    Antigens and Receptors
    Barriers to Infection
    Cells of the Innate Immune System
    Innate Immune Function
    Molecules of Adaptive Immunity
    Cells and Organs
    Generation of Immune Diversity: Lymphocyte Antigen Receptors Lymphocyte Development
    Lymphocyte Activation
    Lymphocyte Effector Functions
    Regulation of Adaptive Responses
    The Well Patient: How Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses Maintain Health
    Hypersensitivity Reactions
    Immune Deficiency
    Autoimmunity
    Transplantation
    Immune Pharmacotherapy
    Tumor Immunity
    Measurement of Immune Function.
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    33
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
  • Digital
    Norbert Müller, Aye-Mu Myint, Markus J. Schwarz, editors.
    Summary: Psychiatric disorders are one of the most dramatic burdens for humankind. The role of immune dysfunction in the pathophysiology of these disorders has emerged during the last years, because there has been tremendous progress in psychoneuroimmunological research. Many results are presented here by pioneers in the field. The book addresses various effects of the immune system on the pathophysiology and course of psychiatric disorders and highlights the possible future impact on treatment decisions of various psychiatric disorders, including schizophrenia and depression. The contributions cover the role of in utero immune challenges on the development of schizophrenia, the role of infections, and autoimmune diseases and mild immune activation in the development of depression and schizophrenia, the influence of immune responses in other disorders such as Tourette's, Alzheimer's, and OCD, the connections between mental and physical pain as well as between anti-inflammatory and antipsychotic drugs.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Science
    1: Animal models based on immune challenge: the links to brain changes and psychiatric disorders
    2: The prenatal immune activation model for schizophrenia and the role of stress in puberty
    3: Rodent models of stress induced depression: the link between stress and immune system related changes
    4. Experimental Human Endotoxemia, Sickness Behavior and Neuropsychiatric Diseases
    Part II. Translational Medicine
    5. Mild encephalitis theory of psychiatric disorders
    6. The role of Infection and autoimmune disorders for schizophrenia and depression: Consequences from a large-scale epidemiological study
    7. Exposure to microorganisms and adult psychiatric disorders: proofs for causal relationship
    8. Depression: From activation of immune-inflammatory pathways to oxidative-stress-induced autoimmune responses and neuroprogression
    9. Immune system related markers changes in childhood neuropsychiatric disorders: cause and consequence
    10. Cytokines and related metabolic biomarkers in adult neuropsychiatric disorders: possible roles in clinical application
    11. Immune system changes play a role in the development of the metabolic syndrome in psychiatric disorders
    12. The activation of microglia in severe neuropsychiatric disorders: Focus on infectious mechanisms and PET imaging
    13. The role of inflammation in Tourette{u2019}s Syndrome
    14. The role of inflammation in Autism
    15. The role of inflammation in Alzheimer{u2019}s Disease
    Part III: Therapeutic application
    16. Antidepressants: influence on immune system related parameters
    17. Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibition in management of depression and schizophrenia
    18. Poly-unsaturated fatty-acids in management of adult psychiatric disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Haralampos M. Moutsopoulos, Evangelia Zampeli.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Matthew Helbert.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to the immune system
    2. Basic concepts and components of the immune system
    3. Introduction to the antigen recognition
    4. Antigens and antibody structure
    5. Antibody-antigen interaction
    6. Antibody diversity
    7. The T-cell receptor
    8. Major histocompatibility complex
    9. Review of antigen recognition
    10. Antigen processing and presentation
    11. Lymphocyte activation
    12. Hematopoiesis
    13. Organs and tissues of the immune system
    14. B-cell development
    15. T-cell development
    16. T-cell interactions and T=cell help
    17. Immunologic memory and homeostasis
    18. Regulation of the immune system
    19. Brief review of immune physiology
    20. Constitutive defense including complement
    21. Phagocytes
    22. Killing in the immune system
    23. Inflammation
    24. Cytokines in the immune system
    25. Infections and vaccines
    26. Hypersensitivity reactions
    27. Immediate hypersensitivity (Type I): allergy
    28. How autoimmune disease develops
    29. Antibody-mediated hypersensitivity (Type II)
    30. Immune complex disease (Type III hypersensitivity )
    31. Delayed hypersensitivity (Type IV) and review of hypersensitivity reactions
    32. Primary immunodeficiency
    33. Primary immunodeficiency
    33. Secondary immunodeficiency
    34. Transplantation
    35. Tumor immunology
    36. Biopharmaceuticals.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Domenica Ribatti.
    Summary: Immunology in the Twentieth Century: From Basic Science to Clinical Application grew out of common knowledge that those who survived many of the common infectious diseases rarely contracted the same disease again. This book charts the historical development of this vital branch of medicine in a concise volume, covering both the basic science involved and the clinical applications. Immunology as a distinctive subject developed in the mid-twentieth century as researchers started to understand how the adaptive immune system aids the defense against pathogens. The subject has grown in importance and diversified into specialist fields, such as immunohistochemistry, immunogenetics and immunopathology.

    Contents:
    1. The antibodies
    2. The cells of immunity
    3. The genetic basis of immune response
    4. Immune system pathologies
    5. Immunity and tumors: the surveillance theory
    6. Conclusions
    References.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Ahmad Massoud, Nima Rezaei, editors.
    Contents:
    An Introduction on the old age and aging of the immune system
    The immune system, a marker and modulator of the rate of aging
    Age-associated alterations of pleiotropic stem cell and the therapeutic implication of stem cell therapy in aging
    A role for epigenetic modulation of the innate immune response during aging
    Basophil, eosinophil and neutrophil functions in the elderly
    Dendritic cells and dysregulated immunity in the elderly
    Natural killer cell immunosenescence and cancer in the elderly
    Pattern recognition receptors and aging
    Impact of ageing on T cell repertoire and immunity
    T cell mediated immunity in the immunosenescence process
    Biological and phenotypic alterations of T cells in aging
    T cells seen from the metabolic and aging perspective
    Age-related alterations in regulatory T cells
    Effects of aging on B cells
    The role of MicroRNAs in immunosenescence process
    Immunogenetics of Aging
    Aging immunity and infection
    Influenza infection in the elderly
    Optimising response to vaccination in the elderly
    Nutrition, immunity and aging
    Diet and immunosenescence
    Dietary Intake and impact of zinc supplementation on the immune functions in elderly: nutrigenomic approach
    Physiological and pathological role of reactive oxygen species in the immune cells
    Oxidative stress in aging
    Skin aging and the immune system
    Aging immunity and the impact of physical exercise.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Susanne Sattler, Teresa Kennedy-Lydon, editors.
    Summary: "Cardiovascular immunology is a newly emerging research area, investigating the crosstalk between the cardiovascular and the immune system. This crosstalk is evident through (1) crucial immunological capacities and functions of cardiovascular cell types, including cardiomyocytes, fibroblasts, endothelial cells, pericytes and cardiac resident macrophages, (2) the impact of aberrant immune function on the development of cardiovascular disease such as atherosclerosis, direct and indirect immune-mediated heart disease and vasculitis, and (3) the crucial role of the immune system in cardiac repair and regeneration. The Immunology of Cardiovascular Homeostasis and Pathology covers all these aspects of cardiovascular immunology, starting with homeostatic immunological functions of traditional cardiovascular cell types, and moving then to the role of the immune system in cardiovascular pathology and to recent research into targeting the immune system to boost cardiac healing and regeneration"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The immune system in tissue and organ homeostasis. The role of the immune system beyond the fight against infection / Susanne Sattler
    Immune functions and properties of resident cells in the heart and cardiovascular system. Paying for the tolls: the high cost of the innate immune system for the cardiac myocyte / Anne A. Knowlton
    Properties and immune function of cardiac fibroblasts / Milena B. Furtado, Muneer Hasham
    Endothelial cells / Caterina Sturtzel
    Immune functions and properties of resident cells in the heart and cardiovascular system: pericytes / Teresa Kennedy-Lydon
    The role of cardiac tissue macrophages in homeostasis and disease / Alexei Ilinykh, Alexander R. Pinto
    The immune system in cardiovascular pathology. Atherosclerosis / Mohammed Shamim Rahman, Kevin Woollard
    Immune-mediated heart disease / Elena Generali, Marco Folci, Carlo Selmi, Piersandro Riboldi
    Vasculitis in the central nervous system / Anastasia Bougea, Nikolaos Spantideas
    Cardiac autoimmunity: myocarditis / William Bracamonte-Baran, Daniela Čiháová-- The immune system in repair and regeneration after myocardial infarct. Lymphocytes at the heart of wound healing / Vânia Nunes-Silva, Stefan Frantz, Gustavo Campos Ramos
    The innate immune response in myocardial infarction, repair, and regeneration / Rebecca Gentek, Guillaume Hoeffel.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ernst Rainer Weissenbacher.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals of immunology: Concepts of innate and specific immunity
    Mucosal immunology
    General immunology of the genital tract: Distinct features of the genital mucosal tissue
    Functions and regulation of innate immune responses in the human reproductive tract
    Functions and regulation of adaptive humoral and cell-mediated immunity in the female genital tract
    Immunization studies
    Immunology of menstruation {u2013} menstruation as an inflammatory process
    Immunology of genital tract infections: Viral infections of the genital tract
    Bacterial infections of the genital tract
    Candidiasis
    Trichomoniasis
    Immunology in reproductive medicine: Immunology of pregnancy
    Immunologic infertility
    Immunocontraceptive approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Carlo Riccardi, Francesca Levi-Schaffer, Ekaterini Tiligada editors.
    Summary: A comprehensive overview of the current research on inflammation and immunopharmacology, with particular attention to the use of anti-inflammatory drugs, this book discusses future trends in this area of pharmacological research. It addresses an audience with basic knowledge in the inflammatory process, immune system, and pharmacology. Immunopharmacology and Inflammation meets the needs of graduate students, junior and senior researchers and is useful as a source of the most current information for those already working in these fields.

    Contents:
    Part 1-The Molecular Mechanisms of Inflammation
    Mediators of Inflammation
    Innate Immunity in Inflammation
    Adaptive Immunity in Inflammation
    Histamine
    Neural Regulation of Inflammation: Inflammation and Neurotransmitters
    Part 2-Resolution of Inflammation
    The Proresolving Mediators
    Part 3-Immunopharmacology
    Regulation of Innate Immunity in Inflammation
    Biochemistry of Neutrophil Regulation
    Immune Mechanisms in Atherosclerosis and Potential for Immune Modulation Therapies
    IL-1 Receptor Families Regulation of Immunity and Disease
    Part 4-Classical Drugs to Treat Inflammatory and Autoimmune Diseases
    Glucocorticoids Molecular Mechanisms
    Glucocorticoids Immunity and Inflammation
    Strategies and Compounds to Circumvent Glucocorticoid Induced Side Effects
    Part 5-Innovative Drugs to Treat Inflammatory Autoimmune Diseases
    Innovative Drugs for Allergy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Barbara J. Bain, Mike Leach.
    Summary: "The increasing centralisation of specialised tests and the divorce of clinical and laboratory haematology in many countries means that many haematologists now have no direct contact with an immunophenotyping laboratory. Despite this, the results from the laboratory are often crucial in the management of their patients. This book is intended to help haematologists and trainees to understand and interpret immunophenotyping results. It is not directed at those working in an immunophenotyping laboratory and technical details are therefore outlined only briefly. Such laboratories may, however, find it a useful source of information. For further reading on the subject, see the bibliography of each chapter"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Purpose and principles of immunophenotyping
    A compendium of antibodies and the patterns of expression of the equivalent antigens in normal and neoplastic cells
    Immunophenotyping in the diagnosis and monitoring of haematological neoplasms and related conditions with tables and figures for quick reference
    Test yourself.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Virgil E.J.C. Schijns (Wageningen University, Wageningen, The Netherlands), Derek T. O'Hagan (GSK Vaccines, Rockville, MD, United States).
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Albert C. Shaw.
    Contents:
    Isolation of lipid rafts from human neutrophils by density gradient centrifugation / Carl Fortin and Tamas Fülöp
    Flow cytometry analysis of NK cell phenotype and function in aging / Raquel Tarazona ... [et al.]
    Flow cytometric identification of fibrocytes in the human circulation / Xinyuan Hu, Erin M. DeBiasi, and Erica L. Herzog
    Experimental approaches to tissue injury and repair in advanced age / Aleah L. Brubaker, Stewart R. Carter, and Elizabeth J. Kovacs
    Multicolor digital flow cytometry in human translational immunology / Samit R. Joshi, Subhasis Mohanty, and Albert C. Shaw
    Flow cytometry-based methods to characterize immune senescence in nonhuman primates / Christine Meyer ... [et al.]
    Multiparameter phenotyping of human PBMCs using mass cytometry / Michael D. Leipold, Evan W. Newell, and Holden T. Maecker
    Imaging immunosenescence / Feng Qian and Ruth R. Montgomery
    Activation-induced cytidine deaminase and switched memory B cells as predictors of effective in vivo responses to the influenza vaccine / Daniela Frasca, Alain Diaz, and Bonnie B. Blomberg
    Analyzing the effect of aging on CD8+ T-cell phenotype using flow cytometry / Min Sun Shin and Insoo Kang
    Cell-mediated immune response to influenza using ex vivo stimulation and assays of cytokine and granzyme B responses / Janet E. McElhaney and Beth Gentleman
    Assays for monitoring macroautophagy activity in T cells / Yair Botbol and Fernando Macian
    Fluorescence-based approaches for quantitative assessment of protein carbonylation, protein disulfides, and protein conformation in biological tissues / Asish R. Chaudhuri ... [et al.]
    Monitoring the DNA damage response at dysfunctional telomeres / Rekha Rai and Sandy Chang
    Single-cell analysis of T-cell receptor Αβ repertoire / Pradyot Dash, George C. Wang, and Paul G. Thomas
    Assessment of B cell repertoire in humans / Yu-Chang Wu, David Kipling, and Deborah Dunn-Walters
    Laboratory and data analysis methods for characterization of human B cell repertoires by high-throughput DNA sequencing / Chen Wang ... [et al.]
    Discovery of novel microRNAs in aging Caenorhabditis elegans / Alexandre de Lencastre and Frank Slack
    Analysis of DNA methylation by pyrosequencing / Colin Delaney, Sanjay K. Garg, and Raymond Yung.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Huangxian Ju, Guosong Lai, Feng Yan.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Signal amplification for immunosensing
    Electrochemical immunosensing
    Functional nanoprobes for immunosensing
    Chemiluminescent immunoassay
    Electrochemiluminescent immunosensing
    Multianalyte immunoassay
    Fast immunoassay
    Proximity hybridization regulated immunoassay.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Linda S. Cox.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Background. History of allergen immunotherapy
    Definition of an allergen
    Allergen standardization and manufacturing
    Section 2: Allergic diseases. Allergic respiratory diseases: asthma and allergic rhinitis
    Atopic dermatitis
    Food allergy
    Stinging insects
    Section 3: Mechanisms of allergen immunotherapy. Subcutaneous immunotherapy: aeroallergen
    Sublingual immunotherapy: aeroallergen and venom
    Food tolerance, allergy, and allergen unresponsiveness
    Clinical markers to AIT response
    Biologics for COPD
    Role of biologics in pediatric asthma
    Section 4: Allergen immunotherapy (AIT) and allergen immunomodluatory (AIM) therapies. Breakthroughs in subcutaneous immunotherapy
    Breakthroughs in sublingual immunotherapy
    Food immunotherapy
    Adherence and pharmacoeconomics
    Section 5: AIT and immunomodulatories in investigation. Alternative immunotherapy routes
    Modified allergens: peptides, fragments, and recombinant allergens
    Section 6: Allergen immunomodulatories. Overview of Immunomodulatories
    Anti IGE
    Anti IL5.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Aung Naing, Joud Hajjar, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview of basic immunology for clinical investigators / Bettzy Stephen, Joud Hajjar
    Interleukin-2: old and new approaches to enhance immune-therapeutic efficacy / Pooja Dhupkar, Nancy Gordon
    Optimizing radiotherapy with immunotherapeutic approaches / Jonathan E. Schoenhals, Tijana Skrepnik, Ugur Selek, Maria A. Cortez [and others]
    Harnessing the immune system against leukemia: monoclonal antibodies and checkpoint strategies for aml / Lucia Masarova, Hagop Kantarjian, Guillermo Garcia-Mannero, Farhad Ravandi [and others]
    Immunotherapy in NSCLC: a promising and revolutionary weapon / Christian Rolfo, Christian Caglevic [and others]
    Immune therapy for sarcomas / Peter M. Anderson, Ph. D.
    Cancer imaging in immunotherapy / Yousra Eleneen, Rivka R. Colen
    Adverse events in cancer immunotherapy / Noha Abdel-Wahab, Anas Alshawa, Maria E. Suarez-Almazor
    Skin reactions to immune checkpoint inhibitors / Anisha B. Patel, Omar Pacha.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Aung Naing, Joud Hajjar, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Aung Naing, Joud Hajjar, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Aung Naing, Joud Hajjar.
    Summary: The field of immuno-oncology continues to rapidly evolve as new insights to fight and treat cancer emerge. The fourth edition of Immunotherapy provides the most current overview of immuno-oncology in different cancer types and toxicities associated with immunotherapy. While immunotherapy has revolutionized the treatment landscape of several solid malignancies, several challenges still exist. Only a subset of patients derive clinical benefits; some do not respond at all, and others respond initially, only for their disease to progress later. Because these drugs can activate a broad range of immune cells, patients suffer from a unique set of side effects known as immune-related adverse events. As more immunotherapeutic agents are used in the clinic, it is important to provide updates about current and ongoing developments in the field to further research efforts and inform treatment decisions. The fourth edition will have a new focus on strategies to overcome the challenges associated with immunotherapy. Chapters will discuss topics such as biomarkers of response, resistance mechanisms, role of imaging in predicting immune-related adverse events, and management of immune-related adverse events. Written by leading experts conducting cutting-edge research, readers will gain up-to-date knowledge on the current state and future of immunotherapy. .

    Contents:
    Immune System in Action
    2. Resistance to Immunotherapy: Mechanisms and Means for Overcoming
    3. Immunotherapy for Melanoma
    4. Immunotherapy in Lung Cancer: Are the promises of long-term benefit finally met?
    5. Landscape of Immunotherapy in Genitourinary Malignancies
    6. Immuno-oncology for Gynecologic Malignancies
    7. Immunotherapy for Neuro-oncology
    8. Immunotherapy in Gastrointestinal Malignancies
    9. An update on immune based therapies in acute myeloid leukemia: 2021 and beyond!
    10. CAR T-cells
    11. Skin Reactions to Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors
    12. Immunotherapy Mediated luminal Gastrointestinal toxicities
    13. Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Adverse Events
    14. Pulmonary toxicities of immunotherapy
    15. Immune checkpoint inhibitors (ICIs) related cardiotoxicity
    16. Renal Toxicity
    17. Immune-Related Oral, Otologic and Ocular Adverse Events
    18. Neurologic Toxicities of Immunotherapy
    19. Cancer Imaging in Immunotherapy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sujata P. Sawarkar, Vandana S. Nikam, Shariq Syed, editors.
    Summary: This book illustrates the significance and relevance of immunotherapy in modern-day therapeutics. Focusing on the application of immunotherapy in oncology, neurodegenerative and autoimmune diseases, it discusses the drug delivery systems, and pre-clinical and clinical methodologies for immunotherapy-based drugs. It also comprehensively reviews various aspects of immunotherapy, such as regulatory affairs, quality control, safety, and pharmacovigilance. Further, the book discusses the in vitro validation of therapeutic strategies prior to patient application and management of immunotherapy-related side effects and presents case studies demonstrating the design and development (pre-clinical to clinical) of immunotherapy for various diseases. It also describes various design considerations and the scale-up synthesis of immunotherapeutics and screening methods. Lastly, it explores the important aspect of cost-effectiveness and rational immunotherapy strategies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Immunotherapy
    a Concept
    Chapter 2. Immunotherapy in Cancer
    Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors; changing Oncology treatment paradigm
    Chapter 3. Vaccines as Immunotherapy
    Chapter 4. Immunotherapy for Autoimmune Diseases
    Chapter 5. Immunotherapy in neurodegenerative disorders
    Chapter 6. Companion diagnostics and clinical biomarkers for immunotherapy
    Chapter 7. Novel Drug Delivery Systems for Immunotherapeutics
    Chapter 8. Discovery, Screening Methods, Design Considerations and Scale-up aspects of Immunotherapeutic Drugs
    Chapter 9. Pharmacokinetics, Pharmacodynamics, and Toxicology aspects of Immunotherapeutics
    Chapter 10. Regulatory Affairs and Intellectual Property Rights in Immunotherapeutics
    Chapter 11. Future immunotherapy challenges and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David Kerr, Rebecca Johnson, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Laurence J.N. Cooper, Elizabeth A. Mittendorf, Judy Moyes, Sabitha Prabhakaran.
    Summary: "Immunotherapy in Translational Cancer Research is a volume in Translational Oncology, an exciting book series that focuses on translational cancer research. Immunotherapy has become a key aspect in the treatment of a wide variety of cancers, and this book is specifically designed for physicians, clinical fellows, medical students, graduate students, scientists, pharmaceutical executives, public health and public policy government leaders and community oncologists. Each chapter is consistently organized and features three essential themes: Development of the immunotherapy; Hurdles that were overcome to scale up and undertake clinical trials; and Clinical experience and application of research. Concepts, examples and alternative strategies to achieve individualized targeted therapy are presented, with thorough consideration of the relevant history, current state and future directions of emerging cancer-fighting therapies, drug development, clinical trials, and governmental resources and regulatory issues."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Translation in immunology: the role of translational biomarkers to guide clinical use of immunotherapy for cancer
    2. Monoclonal antibody therapy
    3. Somatic mutations and immunotherapy
    4. Checkpoint blockade
    5. Myeloid leukemia vaccines
    6. Cancer vaccines for solid tumors
    7. Immunotherapy with non-genetically modified T cells
    8. Immunotherapy with genetically modified T cells
    9. Immunomodulations with adjuvants and cytokines
    10. Immune cell migration in cancer and immunotherapy
    11. Repurposing of drugs for immunotherapy
    12. Immunomodulation with radiation
    13. Good manufacturing practices facilities for cellular therapy
    14. T Cell receptor mimic antibodies
    15. Stem cell transplantation for treatment of malignancy
    16. Natural killer cell-based immunotherapy
    17. Immunologic monitoring in immuno-oncology
    18. Cell-based therapies for canine cancer
    19. Interaction between targeted therapy and immunotherapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Xiang-Yang Wang and Paul B. Fisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Xiang-Yang Wang, Paul B. Fisher.
    Summary: 'Immunotherapy of Cancer,' volume 143 in the Advances in Cancer Research series, provides invaluable information on the exciting and fast-moving field of cancer research. Contributions from leading experts in the field make this a must have update on the topic. Key Features: Provides that latest information on cancer research; Offers outstanding and original reviews on a range of cancer research topics; Serves as an indispensable reference for researchers and students alike. Readership: Researchers and students in the basic and clinical sciences of cancer biology and oncology, plus related areas in genetics, immunology, pharmacology, cell biology, and molecular biology. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Translation of cancer immunotherapy from the bench to the bedside / Qianyu Guo, Fan Huang, Christophe Goncalves, Sonia V. del Rincón, Wilson H. Miller
    2. From immune checkpoints to vaccines : the past, present and future of cancer immunotherapy / Arsen Osipov, Adrian Murphy, Lei Zhang
    3. Co-stimulatory and co-inhibitory pathways in cancer immunotherapy / Rachel E. O'Neill, Xuefang Cao
    4. Immunometabolism : a new target for improving cancer immunotherapy / Chungqing Guo, Shixian Chen, Wenjie Liu, Yibao Ma, Juan Li, Paul B. Fisher, Xianjun Fang, Xiang-Yang Wang
    5. Impact of the microbiome on cancer progression and response to anti-cancer therapies / Claire Buchta Rosean, Txu-Yu Feng, Francesca N. Azar, Melanie R. Rutkowski
    6. Immunotherapy in breast cancer : current status and future directions / Amrita Basu, Ganesan Ramamoorthi, Yongsheng Jia, Jon Faughn, Doris Wiener, Sabrina Awshah, Krithika Kodumudi, Brian J. Czerniecki
    7. Can CpG methylation serve as surrogate markers for immune infiltration in cancer? / Manny D. Bacolod, Francis Barany, Paul B. Fisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Yoshiyuki Yamaguchi, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Overview, history, classification
    Part II. BRMs and crude agents
    Part III. Adoptive cell therapy
    Part IV. Vaccine therapy
    Part V. Immunoadjuvants
    Part VI. Immunocheckpoints
    Part VII. Regulation of immunosuppression
    Part VIII. Immune-related response criteria and guidance for clinical trials
    Part IX. Personalized immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Deborah J. Bowen, Gerald V. Denis, Nathan A. Berger, editors.
    Contents:
    Obesity and Cancer in Appalachia
    Disparities in Cancer Outcomes A UK Perspective
    Behavioral Differences Leading to Disparities in Energy Balance and Cancer
    Impact of obesity, race, and ethnicity on cancer survivorship
    The biology of aging: Role in cancer, metabolic dysfunction and health disparities
    Energy Balance and Multiple Myeloma in African Americans
    Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms in Obesity and Inflammatory Genes in African Americans with Colorectal Cancer
    Ethnic Differences in Insulin Resistance as a mediator of Cancer Disparities
    Role of ethnic differences in mediators of energy balance
    Community-Based Strategies to Alter Energy Balance in Underserved Breast Cancer Survivors
    The role of policy in reducing inflammation
    Cancer Prevention through Policy Interventions that Alter Childhood Disparities in Energy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, F. Vida Zohoori, Ralph M. Duckworth.
    Summary: "This book provides information on the impact of nutrients on oral health, the impact of diet and nutrition on oral health, and the impact of oral health on diet and nutrition. It is meant to provide timely information for university teachers, nutritionists, policy-makers, and advisors to the food industry"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Nutrition and Diet / Zohoori, F.V.
    Oral Conditions / Simark Mattsson, C., Lingström, P.
    Macro Elements / Lippert, F.
    Microelements : Part I: Zn, Sn, Cu, Fe and I / Lynch, R.J.M., Duckworth, R.M.
    Microelements : Part II: Fluorine, Aluminium, Molybdenum and Cobalt / Zohoori, F.V., Duckworth, R.M.
    Vitamins and Oral Health / Gutierrez Gossweiler, A., Martinez-Mier, E.A.
    Sugar and Dental Caries / Lagerweij, M.D., van Loveren, C.
    Milk, Yoghurts and Dental Caries / Woodward, M., Rugg-Gunn, A.J.
    Acidic Beverages and Foods Associated with Dental Erosion and Erosive Tooth Wear / Carvalho, T.S., Lussi, A.
    Probiotic Bacteria and Dental Caries / Hasslöf, P., Stecksén-Blicks, C.
    Nutrigenomics and Oral Health / Valentine, R.A.
    Nutrient Deficiencies and Oral Health / Rahman, N., Walls, A.
    Diet and Periodontal Diseases / Woelber, J.P., Tennert, C.
    Impact of Oral Health on Diet/Nutrition / Ahn-Jarvis, J.H., Piancino, M.G.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Susan Redline, Nathan A. Berger, editors.
    Summary: This volume on the Impact of Sleep and Sleep Disturbances on Obesity and Cancer continues the transdisciplinary approach of this series with chapters authored by the leading experts in this field, focused on the normal regulation of the restorative sleep associated processes across the lifespan, the major mechanisms of sleep and circadian rhythm disturbances and the behavioral, physiologic, biochemical and molecular consequences of sleep disturbances. These areas, in turn, are discussed in relationship to their effects on cancer incidence and progression. Students and research scientists involved in all aspects of energy balance and cancer research and patient care should find this volume useful to better understand the causes, contributions and consequences of sleep and circadian rhythm disturbances and their relation to cancer. The volume outlines many exciting areas where research is needed. In addition to its value for researchers, it should be useful to all physicians and health care personnel who care for cancer patients and cancer survivors to better understand the importance of sleep, consequences of sleep disturbances and benefits of their correction.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Sleep Across the Lifespan
    Effects of Sleep Deficiency on Hormones, Cytokines, and Metabolism
    Sleep Disorders and Melatonin
    Biomedical Effects of Circadian Rhythm Disturbances
    Intermittent Hypoxia: Mechanistic Pathways Influencing Cancer
    Association of Sleep Apnea and Cancer: From Animal Studies to Human Epidemiological Data
    Shift Work, Obesity, and Cancer
    Sleep Disorders and Cancer Risk
    Contribution of Sleep Disturbance to Cancer Fatigue
    Sleep Disturbances in Cancer Survivors
    Sleep-focused interventions: Investigating the effects of sleep restriction on energy balance.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Erma Z. Drobnis, Ajay K. Nangia.
    Summary: The over-arching goal of this volume is to help infertility practitioners evaluate and manage their patients with poor semen quality.The authors review the existing literature on the effects of medications on male fertility, and provide detailed information about what is known, giving the number of individuals and population characteristics for studies of medication effects on male fertility. Medications are designed to treat illness and reduce symptoms, but all have undesirable adverse effects such as headache or stomach upset. Some adverse reactions can even be life-threatening, so it is no surprise that some drugs have negative effects on male reproduction. Medical practitioners rarely consider a mans reproductive plans when prescribing medications. Men are routinely treated with drugs that can impair or abolish fertility. Although practitioners in the field of reproductive medicine generally realize that certain drugs impact negatively on reproductive health, there are limited resources providing evidence-based knowledge useful in counseling patients. Tables throughout this volume summarize the information for each drug, providing a handy reference for clinical use.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to medication effects on male reproduction
    2. Challenges of obtaining evidence-based information regarding medications and male fertility
    3. Male reproductive functions disrupted by pharmacological agents
    4. Exogenous androgens and male reproduction
    5. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors (PDE inhibitors) and male reproduction
    6. Pain medications and male reproduction
    7. 5α-reductase inhibitors (5ARIs) and male reproduction
    8. Psychotropics and male reproduction
    9. Cardiovascular/pulmonary medications and male reproduction
    10. Antimicrobials and male reproduction
    11. Antivirals and male reproduction
    12. Immunosuppressants and male reproduction
    13. Miscellaneous drugs and male reproduction
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Evridiki Papastavrou, Riitta Suhonen, editors.
    Summary: This book reveals how economic restrictions and limited healthcare resources, combined with growing care demands due to advanced technology and more care options, have to a great extent contributed to increased workloads for healthcare professionals and put them under pressure to prioritize their work. This has led to the rationing of care, i.e., to decision-making processes on the allocation of scarce resources, especially human resources, and on which care activities take priority over others; in turn, these processes have led to unfinished or missed care, which has serious implications for quality of care and patient safety. Concerns related to nursing shortages and lean staffing practices have increased the awareness of the problem, as patient outcomes are affected by the quality and quantity of care that they receive and led to intensified scientific inquiry into this phenomenon. This book is written by the members of the Rancare Cost Action group, whose aim is to facilitate discussion about rationing of nursing care based on a cross-national comparative approach with implications for practice and professional development. Four working groups investigated four areas for four years: a) the conceptualization of care rationing and methodological inquiries concerning the investigation of the phenomenon, b) exploration of possible solutions and intervention studies, c) the ethical perspective of care rationing and missed care including patient's rights and possible discrimination, and d) the educational implications, based on an exploration of the level of patient safety training and care rationing, as well as preparing guidelines for managers. The book will be a valuable resource for nurses, allied healthcare professionals, managers, policymakers, researchers, ethical committees, and educators whose goal is to provide better and safer care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Understanding missed care: definitions, conceptualization, evidence and prevalence
    Chapter 3. Does rationing of nursing care presupposes an acceptance of missed care? Philosophical and legal aspects
    Chapter 4. Studying missed care: designs, instruments and reporting guidelines
    Chapter 5. An ethical perspective of nursing care rationing and missed care
    Chapter 6. Ethics of doing research within the context of missed nursing care
    Chapter 7.Interventions to reduce / limit MISSED CARE state of the art and future perspectives
    Chapter 8. Patient safety education for nurses
    Chapter 9: Good management and clinical leadership for better patient outcomes
    Chapter 10. Synergies during the RANCARE Project: opportunities for networking and establishment of collaborations
    Chapter 11. Conclusions and the way foreword.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Seema Yasmin ; foreword by Princess Mabel van Oranje.
    Summary: The Impatient Dr. Lange is the story of one man's struggle against a global pandemic--and the tragic attack that may have slowed down the search for a cure. Seema Yasmin charts the course of the HIV epidemic and Dr. Lange's career as a young doctor who blazed his own path and dedicated his life to HIV. Yasmin draws on written records, medical journals, recorded discussions, expert testimony, and extensive interviews with Lange's family, friends, and colleagues around the globe--including the people he spoke to in the days before he died. She faithfully reconstructs key scenes from Lange's life and the history of the AIDS epidemic, revealing how Lange became a global leader in the fight against AIDS.

    Contents:
    The end
    Origin stories
    The epidemic
    Learn your enemy
    Unusual bureaucrat
    Trials
    Denial
    A is for activist
    Money and faith
    Cure.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RC607.A26 Y37 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Hideo Mohri.
    Summary: This book sheds light on a little-known aspect of the Imperial family of Japan: For three generations, members of the family have devoted themselves to biological research. Emperor Showa (Hirohito) was an expert on hydrozoans and slime molds. His son, Emperor Akihito, is an ichthyologist specializing in gobioid fishes, and his research is highly respected in the field. Prince Akishino, Emperor Akihito's son, is known for his research on giant catfish and the domestication of fowl, while Prince Hitachi, Emperor Akihito's brother, has conducted research on cancer in animals. The book shows how they became interested in biology, how seriously they were committed to their research, what their main scientific contributions are, and how their achievements are valued by experts at home and abroad. To commemorate the 60-year reign of Emperor Showa and his longtime devotion to biology, the International Prize for Biology was founded in 1985. The prize seeks to recognize and encourage researches in basic biology. A list of winners and a summary of their research are presented in the last part of the book. The author, an eminent biologist who has given lectures to the Imperial Family, explains their research and tells the fascinating story of biology and the Imperial Family of Japan. The book is a valuable resource, not only for biology students and researchers, but also for historians and anyone interested in science and the Royal and Imperial families.

    Contents:
    Preface Introduction Monarchs and SciencesMonarchs' Involvement in SciencesImperial Family Members' Contributions to Sciences and Culture in Japan Chapter 1 His Majesty, the Emperor Showa (Hirohito)-The first of a family of biologists inherited for three generations. He was a specialist in hydrozoans and slime molds and discovered about 200 new species of various Phyla. He published 9 original papers including two voluminous monographs on hydrozoans and was involved in the publication of over 20 books on marine organisms in the Sagami Bay and on plants in Nasu and Suzaki. 1-1 The Personal History of the Emperor Showa1-2 Days learning at Study, Crown Prince's Palace1-3 Days Serving as the Crown Regent and Opening the Imperial Biological Laboratory1-4 Why Did the Emperor Find His Research Target in Biology?1-5 The Emperor Showa Setting His Heart on Devoting Himself to the Study of Taxonomy1-6 What is Hydrozoa?1-7 Fruitful Encounter with Myxomycetes and Kumagusu Minakata1-8 Biological Laboratory of the Imperial Household1-9 Collecting Marine Organisms in Sagami Bay, a worldwide Repository1-10 History of the Imperial Collecting Boats1-11 Animals and Plants Living in the Imperial Palace and National Tree-planting Ceremony1-12 Botanical Collection at Nasu and Suzaki1-13 Revisit to Europe and First Visit to U.S. by the Emperor Showa1-14 Emperor Showa's Later Life1-15 Achievements of the Emperor Showa1-16 Evaluation of the Emperor Showa's Achievements1-17 Involvement in Biology of the Empress Kojun and the Former Imperial Princesses Chapter 2 The Current Emperor (Akihito) and Prince Hitachi-The second-generation biologists. The current Emperor Akihito, the first son of Hirohito, has interested in gobies and has classified them both morphologically using characters which he examined and molecular phylogenetically using DNA. The Prince Hitachi, the second son of Hirohito, has also studied biology and contributed to the development of comparative oncology. 2-1 The Imperial Palace and Villas2-2 The Imperial Family and Horses2-3 The Zoological Institute and Botanical Institute, Faculty of Science, the University of Tokyo2-4 The Personal History of the Present Emperor, Akihito2-5 The Period from the Marriage of the Crown Prince to the Era of Heisei2-6 Why Did the Emperor Akihito Selectively Adopted Gobies?2-7 The Fish Laboratory, the Crown Prince's Palace and the Current Biological Laboratory of the Imperial Household2-8 The lineage of Japanese Ichthyology and Tokyo University of Fisheries2-9 The Emperor Akihito as One of Researchers2-10 Local Salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka kawamurae), Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus), Tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) and Coelacanth (Coelacanthiformes)2-11 The Emperor Akihito's Achievements2-12 Highlights and Evaluation of the Emperor Akihito's Achievements2-13 The Emperor Akihito's Great Knowledge of Japanese History of Science2-14 Biota of the Imperial Palace2-15 The Personal History of the Prince Hitachi and His Research on Cancer Chapter 3 The Prince Akishino and the Former Princess Sayako Kuroda-The third -generation biologists. The Prince Akishino, the second son of Akihito, hasbeen pursuing the origin of domestication of chicken from the perspectives of DNA analyses and folkloristics. He has also interested in giant catfish. Sayako Kuroda is a bird-watcher and is working at the Yamashina Institute for Ornithology. 3-1 The Personal History of the Prince Akishino3-2 The Prince Akishino's Achievements
    Researches on catfish and molecular phylogenetics of domestic fowl3-3 Taxonomic and Phylogenetic Researches3-4 'Biostory', the Journal of the Society of Biosophia Studies3-5 The Prince Akishino as an Honorary President of International Biology Olympiad3-6 Sayako Kuroda as a Researcher of Yamashina Institute for Ornithology3-7 The Crown Prince's Researches Chapter 4 The International Prize for Biology-The Prize founded in commemoration of longtime devotion of the Emperor Showa and the Emperor Akihito to biological research. 4-1 The International Prize for Biology Comparable to the Nobel Prize4-2 Winners of the Prize4-3 In the Hope That More Light Will Be Shed on Sciences, Biology and Basic Researches.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ann Wennerberg, Tomas Albrektsson, Ryo Jimbo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with the knowledge required in order to understand the chemical, physical, mechanical, and topographical aspects of implant surfaces, as well as their impact on the biological response. Common ways to modify implant surfaces are described, and methods for the evaluation of surface properties are presented in an easy-to-read style. Experimental results that have contributed to surface modifications relevant for commercial available implants are presented, with emphasis on in vivo and clinical studies. While the focus is primarily on surface modifications at the micrometer and nanometer levels, alterations at the millimeter level are also covered, including thread designs and their possible influence on stress distribution. In addition, it is analyzed how surface alterations have changed the clinical long-term results for certain groups of patients. Care is taken to ensure that assessments are well balanced and draw attention to the potential disadvantages of different surfaces; for example, surfaces that may be more prone to biofilm accumulation are identified, with discussion of the clinical evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gauri Mankekar, editor.
    Summary: Hearing loss can vary in type ranging from conductive, mixed to sensorineural, as well as in degree from mild, moderate, severe to profound. There could also be multiple permutations and combinations like moderate mixed hearing loss or severe conductive hearing loss. In addition, the hearing loss could be unilateral or bilateral. While cochlear implants were devised for bilateral profound sensorineural hearing loss, various other devices have been invented for other types of hearing losses. Research continues to design a suitable implant which would amplify sound for patients who cannot be candidates for cochlear implants.

    Contents:
    Passive Middle Ear Implants
    Implantable Hearing Devices Besides Cochlear and Brain Stem Implants
    Bone Conduction Implant Devices
    Middle Ear Implants (MEI): Vibrant Soundbridge
    The Envoy Esteem® Hearing Implant
    The Ototronix MAXUM System.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC961 .I475 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas.
    Summary: "A timely resource that shows faculty, students, and clinicians how to bring about and sustain change, Implementation Science in Nursing: A Framework for Education and Practice provides theoretical information and practical application for evidence-based practice (EBP) in health care. The most challenging but crucial part of EBP is implementation, where the practice change is piloted, evaluated, integrated, and sustained. Implementation Science in Nursing: A Framework for Education and Practice focuses on the implementation process, which is the study of methods and strategies that promote the methodical uptake of research findings and EBPs into routine practices to ultimately improve patient care, quality, safety, and outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Sharon Tucker
    Introduction
    Evolution of Evidence-­Based Practice : Implications for Implementation and Dissemination Sciences and Translational Nursing / Clista Clanton, Patricia L. Thomas, Linda A. Roussel
    History, Context, and Application of Implementation, Decision Sciences, and Evidence-­Based Practice Uptake / Cynthia Peltier Coviak
    Theories, Frameworks, and Models in Implementation and Decision Science / Cynthia Peltier Coviak
    Scholarship for Academic Nursing : Alignment With Implementation and Dissemination Sciences? / Cynthia Peltier Coviak
    Implementation Science and Practice : Implications for Nursing Education Through Content, Context, and Projects / Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas
    Implementation Science and Practice : Entry Level of Practice / Janet E. Winter
    Implementation and Dissemination Sciences and Practice : Graduate Nursing Education and Advanced Practice / Cynthia Peltier Coviak
    Organizational Systems and Leadership : Impact on Translational Nursing / Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas
    The Application of Improvement Science : Quality Improvement, Change Management, and Sustainability / David H. James, Patricia L. Thomas
    Innovation and Translation : Next Steps in Advancing Health Care Through Implementation Science / Kristen Noles, Rebekah Barber, Christina Fortugno, Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas
    Voices From Health Care and Nursing Champions : Implications for Implementation Science and Translational Nursing / Linda A. Roussel.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited for the AAMC by Andrew D. Hollenbach, Kristen L. Eckstrand, Alice Dreger.
    Summary: People who are LGBT, gender nonconforming, or born with DSD often experience challenges when seeking care in doctors' offices, community clinics, hospitals, and emergency rooms. These experiences, which can range from being made to feel unwelcome to outright discrimination and mistreatment, lead to poorer physical and emotional health. The report identifies 30 competencies that physicians must master. These competencies fall under eight domains of care critical to training physicians, including patient care, knowledge for practice, practice-based learning and improvement, interpersonal and communication skills, professionalism, systems-based practice, interprofessional collaboration, and personal and professional development. This competency-based framework will allow medical educators to integrate the new guidelines into existing curricula more easily and encourage faculty and health care professionals to move away from thinking of patients in these groups as separate from the general patient population.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Laying the foundation for inclusion and equality
    Chapter 2: The role of medical education and health care professionals in eliminating health disparities
    Chapter 3: Professional competency objectives to improve health care for people who are or may be LGBT, gender nonconforming, and/or born with DSD
    Chapter 4: Integrating competencies into medical school curricula to improve health care for people who are or may be LGBT, gender nonconforming, and/or born with DSD
    Chapter 5: Clinical scenarios and discussion points for experiential learning
    Chapter 6: How to assess learners and evaluate the impact of curricular and climate initiatives
    Chapter 7: Using AAMC's MedEdPORTAL® to advance curricular change
    Chapter 8: Future directions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2014
  • Digital
    Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.
    Summary: "Hospitals and healthcare systems around the world have attempted to build and sustain evidence-based practice (EBP) cultures and environments, yet they have struggled to clearly understand what EBP competency means. Implementing the Evidence-Based Practice (EBP) Competencies in Healthcare clears up that confusion and serves as a guide for clinicians, leaders, faculty, EBP mentors, and students in achieveing EBP competency, facilitating evidence-based decision making in daily practice, and accelerating the speed at which research knowledge is translated into real-world settings to improve health outcomes and decrease health care costs"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Cover; Praise; Also by Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt; Title Page; Copyright Page; Dedications; Acknowledgments; About the Authors; Contributing Authors; Table of Contents; Introduction; Part I_Introduction to the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies; Chapter 1_The Foundation for Improving Healthcare Quality, Patient Outcomes, & Costs With Evidence-Based Practice; Chapter 2_Development of and Evidence to Support the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies; Part II_Achieving Competency With The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies. Chapter 3_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Clinical InquiryChapter 4_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Searching for Best Evidence; Chapter 5_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Critical Appraisal: Rapid Critical Appraisal, Evaluation, Synthesis, and Recommendations; Chapter 6_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Implementation; Chapter 7_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Outcomes Evaluation; Chapter 8_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Leading and Sustaining Evidence-Based Practice. Chapter 9_The Evidence-Based Practice Competencies Related to Disseminating EvidencePart III_A Practical Guide to Integrating the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies in Different Roles; Chapter 10_Integrating the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies in Healthcare Settings; Chapter 11_Integrating the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies into the Role of Advanced Practice Nurses; Chapter 12_Using the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies With Policy and Procedure Committees; Chapter 13_Teaching the Evidence-Based Practice Competencies in Clinical and Academic Settings; Part IV_Appendixes. Appendix A_PICOT Worksheet and Search Strategy DevelopmentAppendix B_Example of a Completed General Appraisal Overview (GAO); Appendix C_Example of a Completed Rapid Critical Appraisal Checklist With Rationale; Appendix D_Evaluation Table Template; Glossary; Index; From the Honor Society of Nursing.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2016
  • Digital
    Pallaval Veera Bramhachari, Editor.
    Summary: The book illustrates the role of quorum sensing in the food industry, agriculture, veterinary sciences, and medicine. It highlights the importance of quorum sensing in regulating diverse cellular functions in microbes, including virulence, pathogenesis, controlled-gene expression systems, and antibiotic resistance. This book also describes the role of quorum sensing in survival behavior and antibiotic resistance in bacteria. Further, it reviews the major role played by quorum sensing in food spoilage, biofilm formation, and food-related pathogenesis. It also explores the methods for the detection and quantification of quorum sensing signals. It also presents antimicrobial and anti-quorum sensing activities of medicinal plants. Finally, the book elucidates a comprehensive yet representative description of basic and applied aspects of quorum sensing inhibitors. This book serves an ideal guide for researchers to understand the implications of quorum sensing in the food industry, medicine, and agriculture.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Role of Quorum sensing in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes
    Chapter 1. Novel insights on the functional aspects of Quorum sensing systems and its applications in Medicine, Food industry and Agriculture
    Chapter 2. Quorum Sensing Controlled Gene Expression Systems In Gram-Positive And Gram-Negative Bacteria
    Chapter 3. Bacterial quorum sensing: biofilm formation, survival behavior and antibiotic resistance
    Chapter 4. Modulation of Bacterial Quorum Sensing by Eukaryotes
    Chapter 5. Cell to Communication between Mammalian Host and Microbial Quorum Sensing orchestrates the complex relationships
    Chapter 6. In silico approaches for unearthing Bacterial Quorum sensing inhibitors against pathogenic bacteria
    Part 2. Role of Quorum sensing in Medicine
    Chapter 7. Significance of Quorum sensing and biofilm formation in Medicine and Veterinary sciences
    Chapter 8. Quorum Sensing and Multidrug Resistance Mechanism in Helicobacter pylori
    Chapter 9. Candida albicans Biofilm: Risks, Complications and Preventive strategies
    Chapter 10. Quorum-sensing and biofilm formation by oral pathogenic microbes in the dental plaques: Implication for health and disease
    Chapter 11. Biofilm Formation on Ophthalmic device related infections: Insights on Clinical Implications
    Part 3. Biofilm Formation on Ophthalmic device related infections: Insights on Clinical Implications
    Chapter 12. Quorum sensing: Communication complexity for resilience of plant microbe interaction
    Chapter 13. Role of medicinal plants and endophytic bacteria of medicinal plants in inhibition of biofilm formation: interference in quorum sensing
    Chapter 14. Antimicrobial and Anti-quorum Sensing Activities of Medicinal Plants
    Part 4. Role of Quorum sensing in Food Industry
    Chapter 15
    Bacterial Quorum Sensing in Food Microbiology Perspective
    Chapter 16. Methods for the Detection and Quantification of Quorum Sensing Signals in Food Spoilage
    Chapter 17. Novel perspectives on t he Quorum Sensing Inhibitors (QSIs)/Quorum Quenchers (QQs) in Food preservation and Spoilage
    Chapter 18. Implications of Quorum Sensing and Quorum Quenching in aquaculture health management
    Chapter 19. Strategies for disruption of biofilm formation ability and intricate Quorum sensing networks in aquaculture Vibrio pathogens.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Pallaval Veera Bramhachari.
    Summary: This book illustrates the importance and significance of Quorum sensing (QS), it's critical roles in regulating diverse cellular functions in microbes, including bioluminescence, virulence, pathogenesis, gene expression, biofilm formation and antibiotic resistance. Microbes can coordinate population behavior with small molecules called autoinducers (AHL) which serves as a signal of cellular population density, triggering new patterns of gene expression for mounting virulence and pathogenesis. Therefore, these microbes have the competence to coordinate and regulate explicit sets of genes by sensing and communicating amongst themselves utilizing variety of signals. This book descry emphasizes on how bacteria can coordinate an activity and synchronize their response to external signals and regulate gene expression. The chapters of the book provide the recent advancements on various functional aspects of QS systems in different gram positive and gram negative organisms.

    Contents:
    Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: Introduction to Microbial Quorum Sensing; Introduction to Quorum Sensing Research in Diverse Microbial Systems; Intra and Inter-Species Communication in Microbes: Living with Complex and Sociable Neighbors; Quorum Sensing Systems and Persistence; Microbial Social Interactions in Biofilm; Part II: Functional Aspects of Quorum Sensing in Microbes; Quorum Sensing Regulated Swarming Motility and Migratory Behavior in Bacteria; Bacterial Quorum Sensing in Pathogenic Relationships: Relevance to Complex Signalling Networks and Prospective Applications Cellular Signaling in Bacterial Biofilms; Quorum Sensing in Bacterial Pathogenesis and Virulence; Quorum Sensing and Biofilm Formation in Pathogenic and Mutualistic Plant-Bacterial Interactions; Microbes Living Together: Exploiting the Art of Making Biosurfactants and Biofilms; Quorum Sensing in Microbes and their Function in Modulating Antibiotic Synthesis; Part III: Quorum Sensing Regulated Behaviors in Fungi; Perspective of Quorum Sensing Mechanism in Candida albicans; Part IV: Quorum Sensing Regulated Behaviours in Gram-Negative Bacteria; Vibrio fischeri Symbiotically Synchronizes Bioluminescence in Marine Animals via Quorum Sensing Mechanism Part V: QS-Regulated Behaviours in Gram-Positive Bacteria; Quorum Sensing Mechanisms in Gram Positive Bacteria; Novel Insights on the Bacillus Quorum Sensing Mechanism: Its Role in Competence, Virulence, Sporulation and Biofilm Formation; Quorum Sensing in Mycobacterium Tuberculosis: Its Role in Biofilms and Pathogenesis; Quorum Sensing in Streptococcus pyogenes and Their Role in Establishment of Disease; Part Vi. Other Related Topics on Quorum Sensing; Mathematical Model of Quorum Sensing and Biofilm; Understanding the Bacterial Biofilm Resistance to Antibiotics and Immune Evasion. Quorum Sensing System Regulates Virulence and Pathogenicity Genes in Vibrio harveyi; Quorum Sensing Complexity of the Gut Enterobacteria Escherichia coli and Salmonella enterica; Quorum-Sensing Mechanism in Rhizobium sp.: Revealing Complexity in a Molecular Dialogue; Quorum Sensing and Its Role in Agrobacterium Mediated Gene Transfer; Quorum Sensing in Helicobacter pylori: Role of Biofilm and Its Implications for Antibiotic Resistance and Immune Evasion; Quorum Sensing and Biofilm Disassembly Process in Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus and Xanthomonas campestris
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Rémy F. Meier, B. Ravinder Reddy, Peter B. Soeters.
    Contents:
    Basics in clinical medical nutrition / Meier, R.F., Forbes, A.
    Macronutrient metabolism in starvation and stress / Soeters, P.B.
    Noncaloric benefits of carbohydrates / Reddy, B.R.
    Biological value of protein / Moore, D.R., Soeters, P.B.
    Enteral nutrition : whom, why, when, what, and where to feed? / Reddy, B.R.
    Management of the metabolic syndrome and the obese patient with metabolic disturbances : South Asian perspective / Misra, A., Bhardwaj, S.
    Nutritional issues in the short bowel syndrome : total parenteral nutrition, enteral nutrition and the role of transplantation / O'Keefe, S.J.D.
    Nutrition in cancer / Ravasco, P.
    Nutritional therapy for critically ill patients / Martindale, R.G., Warren, M., Diamond, S., Kiraly, L.
    Perioperative nutritional intervention : where are we? / Hoos, T., Warren, M., Martindale, R.G.
    Health economics in medical nutrition : an emerging science / Nuijten, M.
    Nutrition, frailty, cognitive frailty, and prevention of disabilities with aging / Vellas, B., Secher, M., Gillette, S.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Dorothee Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a detailed account of all aspects of photosensitive epilepsy, including genetic testing, functional imaging (fMRI, MEG), pharmacological studies, animal studies, classification based on the occurrence of photoparoxysmal responses (PPRs) in different epilepsy syndromes, and the available prevention and treatment options. In addition, the comorbidity of and overlap between migraine and epilepsy are discussed. Informative case histories with EEG examples and a helpful glossary are included. In epilepsy, the term photosensitivity is used both for epileptic seizures triggered by flashing or flickering light and for epileptiform discharges evoked by intermittent photic stimulation (IPS) during an EEG recording. Most patients with a clear history of visually induced seizures will show epileptiform EEG discharges during IPS (PPRs). As epileptiform discharges can be evoked in photosensitive patients at any time, without triggering seizures, they can be considered a useful surrogate marker of the necessity and efficacy of epilepsy treatment. This book will serve as an ideal guide to the subject for pediatricians, (pediatric) neurologists, epileptologists, (child) psychiatrists, clinical geneticists, neuropsychologists, neuropharmacologists, occupational therapists, and basic scientists.

    Contents:
    Part I. Has Photosensitivity changed over the years?
    Part II. Does Photosensitivity Matter; Clinical Relevance?
    Part III. Abnormal Electroencephalographic Response to Photic Stimulation
    Part IV. The PPR: influence of age, sex and ethnicity
    Part V. How to Approach the Patient with Photosensitivity
    Part VI. Treatment and Management of Photosensitivity
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Elvira Beracochea, editor.
    Summary: This direct, accessible guide uses a human rights perspective to define effectiveness in aid delivery and offer a robust framework for creating sustainable health programs and projects and assessing their progress. Geared toward hands-on professionals in such critical areas as food aid, maternal health, and disease control, it lays out challenges and solutions related to funding, planning, and complexity as individual projects feed into and impact larger health and development systems. Contributors clarify optimum roles of government, academia, NGOs, community organizations, and the private sector in aid delivery to inspire readers' broader and deeper uses of teamwork, communication, and imagination. Throughout, the guiding principles of justice, equity, and respect that underlie foundational documents such as the Millennium Declaration inform this visionary work. Included in the coverage: Assessing the effectiveness of health projects. Scaling-up of high-impact interventions. Aid effectiveness and private sector health organizations. When charity destroys dignity and sustainability. Effective conversations in global health projects. Lessons from the field on sustainability and effectiveness. For professionals in global health and development, Improving Aid Effectiveness in Global Health is a trusted and encouraging mentor. This volume gives its readers the necessary logistical and attitudinal tools to bring about lasting change, and shows how to use them meaningfully in both the short term and the long run.

    Contents:
    1. Global health and aid effectiveness: the MDGs and the Paris Declaration
    2. Aid effectiveness in global health: progress, challenges and solutions
    3. Realizing global health: effective health systems
    4. Assessing andpromoting more progress in health; the role of health as a tracer secter at the OECD
    5. The US Government's efforts to improve effectiveness
    6. Assessing the effectiveness of health projects
    7. The International Health Partnership
    8. Paying for results: the Global Fund and the role of civil society organizations
    9. NGOs putting the Paris Declaration to work
    10. Scaling-up of high impact interventions
    11. Aid effectiveness in working with private sector health organizations: the Smiling Sun Franchise
    Effectiveness in primary healthcare in Peru
    13. Academia's role in improving aid effectiveness in global health
    14. When charity destroys dignity and sustainability
    15. Aid effectiveness: the experience of Rwanda
    16. How local organizations increase aid effectiveness: the experience of Peru
    17. Food aid reform
    18. The International Health Partnership: monitoring transparency and accountability
    19. Social media and aid effectiveness
    20. Advocating for results
    21. Effectiveness of the census-based impact oriented approach
    22. Effective advocacy for aid effectiveness
    23. Personalizing health communication
    24. Asking effective, powerful questions
    25. Lessons on sustainability and effectiveness
    26. What can global health professionals do to improve effectiveness
    27. Conclusions on improving the effectiveness of aid in global health.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nabil A. Shallik, Ahmed Ismail, Othman Al Hariri, editors.
    Summary: This book showcases state-of-the-art techniques as well as various clinical, technical and non-technical skills. By highlighting the reliability of the new techniques compared to standard clinical methods of predicting peri-operative problems in the operating rooms, it enables better management and utilization of operating rooms. The combined use of knowledge and technology has resulted in improvements in healthcare services that are not achieved by the use of the best technology but by the best use of technology. Medicine is a continually advancing science, and healthcare providers constantly enhance their knowledge and develop their skills. While knowledge sharing is vital for humanity, technology has made the application of medical knowledge more versatile and more widely available. Written by leading anesthesiologists, anesthesia technicians and technologists, the book addresses the need for a ready reference for anesthesiologists, as well as anesthesia technical staff. It provides an easily navigated, pocket-sized reference resource featuring pictures, tables and schema.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Non-technical Skills of Anesthesia Technical Staff
    Role of Anesthesia Technician in Operating Theatre Including Quality Projects and JCI Accreditation
    Pharmacy, Drugs Labeling and Storage
    Regular Check Lists
    Monitors and Other Equipment
    Theater Cleaning and Sterilization of Equipment
    Anesthesia Machines and Anesthetic Breathing System
    Airway Management and Equipment
    Scavenging System, Pipeline of Anesthetic Gases and Vacuum Systems
    Intraoperative complications and its management
    Vascular Accesses
    Hypothermia and its management
    Transfusion of blood and other products
    Regional anesthesia
    Patient transportation
    Abbreviations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kimberley J. Haines, Joanne McPeake, Carla M. Sevin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of improving critical care survivorship. Comprised of four sections, the text presents interventions that can be used to improve patient outcomes and reduce the burden of post-intensive care syndrome across the arc of care, from the ICU to returning home. The first section of the text focuses on preventing adverse outcomes in the ICU, with an emphasis on implementing early mobilization, engaging and supporting families, and employing various forms of therapy. The second section revolves around enhancing recovery post-ICU, focusing on physical and neurocognitive rehabilitation programs, peer support, and poly-pharmacy management. Community reintegration is the subject of the third section, with emphasis on socioeconomic reintegration, healthcare utilization, and volunteerism in ICU recovery. The book concludes with a section on future considerations, specifically spotlighting preliminary ideas that address long-term sequelae and international collaboration to solve critical care challenges. Written by experts in the field, Improving Critical Care Survivorship: A Guide for Prevention, Recovery, and Reintegration is a valuable resource for critical care clinicians and researchers interested in improving the quality of patient survival after ICU admission.

    Contents:
    Part I. Preventing Adverse Outcomes In The ICU
    Preventing PICS with the ABCDEF Bundle
    Implementing Early Mobilisation in the Intensive Care Unit
    Supporting Families in the Intensive Care Unit to Support ICU Survivors
    Humanising the ICU
    Complementary therapies in ICU
    ICU Diaries
    Optimising Sleep
    Flexible ICU visiting policies
    Part II. Enhancing Recovery Post-ICU
    Physical Rehabilitation Programs Following ICU Discharge
    Neurocognitive Rehabilitation
    Peer Support to Improve Recovery : Concepts and Considerations
    ICU Follow Up Clinics
    Transitioning towards the Mobile ICU
    Medication Management to Prevent and Mitigate Post Intensive Care Syndrome
    Palliative care and end-of-life care planning after critical illness
    Home-based Care For Survivors of Critical Illness
    Part III. Community Reintegration
    Transitions to primary care
    Socioeconomic reintegration after critical illness
    The role of the volunteer across the critical care recovery arc
    Part IV. The Future State
    Issues of survivorship in lower resource settings
    The first step in a critical journey: selecting patients for intensive care
    A PICS Free Future : What We Need to Address Now
    Institutionalizing Bold Humility via Collaboratives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kadambari D, Kumar S, Zayapragassarazan Z, Parija SC.
    Summary: The past few decades have seen the increasing use of evidence in all aspects of healthcare. The concept of evidence-informed healthcare began in the 1990s as evidence-informed practice, and has since become widely accepted. It is also accepted that the training of medical graduates must be informed by evidence obtained from educational research. This book utilizes an evidence-informed approach to improve discipline-based undergraduate medical curricula. Discipline-based undergraduate medical curricula represent a widely adopted choice for undergraduate medical education around the world. However, there have been criticisms leveled against the discipline-based approach. One of the shortcomings cited is that students are insufficiently equipped to meet the challenges of today's healthcare. As a result, various strategies have been proposed. One option, currently in vogue, is the outcome-based approach, wherein the exit behaviors of medical graduates are explicitly examined and used to guide the educational process. The shortcomings present in discipline-based undergraduate medical curricula can be overcome by the strengths of these strategies. This book recommends improving discipline-based undergraduate medical curricula by combining several strategies, including the adoption of an outcome-based approach and the use of evidence-informed implementable solutions. The book is relevant for all faculty, administrators and policymakers involved in undergraduate medical education, and can also be used as a resource for faculty development.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lani Rice Marquez, editor.
    Summary: This open access book is a collection of 12 case studies capturing decades of experience improving health care and outcomes in low- and middle-income countries. Each case study is written by healthcare managers and providers who have implemented health improvement projects using quality improvement methodology, with analysis from global health experts on the practical application of improvement methods. The book shows how frontline providers in health and social services can identify gaps in care, propose changes to address those gaps, and test the effectiveness of their changes in order to improve health processes and outcomes. The chapters feature cases that provide real-life examples of the challenges, solutions, and benefits of improving healthcare quality and clearly demonstrate for readers what quality improvement looks like in practice: Addressing Behavior Change in Maternal, Neonatal, and Child Health with Quality Improvement and Collaborative Learning Methods in Guatemala Haitis National HIV Quality Management Program and the Implementation of an Electronic Medical Record to Drive Improvement in Patient Care Scaling Up a Quality Improvement Initiative: Lessons from Chamba District, India Promoting Rational Use of Antibiotics in the Kyrgyz Republic Strengthening Services for Most Vulnerable Children through Quality Improvement Approaches in a Community Setting: The Case of Bagamoyo District, Tanzania Improving HIV Counselling and Testing in Tuberculosis Service Delivery in Ukraine: Profile of a Pilot Quality Improvement Team and Its Scale-Up Journey Improving Health Care in Low- and Middle-Income Countries: A Case Book will find an engaged audience among healthcare providers and administrators implementing and managing improvement projects at Ministries of Health in low- to middle-income countries. The book also aims to be a useful reference for government donor agencies, their implementing partners, and other high-level decision makers, and can be used as a course text in schools of public health, public policy, medicine, and development. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This work was conducted under the USAID Applying Science to Strengthen and Improve Systems (ASSIST) Project, USAID Award No. AID-OAA-A-12-00101, which is made possible by the generous support of the American people through the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID). DISCLAIMER: The contents of this book are the sole responsibility of the Editor(s) and do not necessarily reflect the views of USAID or the United States Government.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Facility-level improvement
    Part 2. Community-level improvement
    Part 3. District/regional-level improvement
    Part 4. National-level improvement
    Part 5. Discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Judy Thomas, Mellisa Renter.
    Summary: "Nurse retention is a key focus for healthcare organizations-particularly the retention of clinical nurses, who provide direct patient care. The costs associated with nurse turnover can have a huge impact on a hospital's profit margin. Additionally, nurse turnover affects job satisfaction among clinical nurses, which leads to burnout, making it even harder to provide safe care to patients and to achieve overall organizational initiatives. Bottom line: Nurse turnover has a multidimensional effect on an organization's ability to thrive. Considering the various reasons clinical nurses leave the direct patient care role, authors Judy Thomas and Melissa Renter created the IMPACT Program to stimulate empowerment and professional growth, which lead to increased job satisfaction-ultimately improving retention and helping nurses thrive in their roles"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Traditional Nurse Retention Practices
    Program Creation
    IMPACT Program Overview
    Phase 1 : Where It all Starts
    Phase 2 : How It Works
    Portfolio Categories and Activities
    Phase 3 : Presenting, Recognizing, and Celebrating
    Program Leadership : The IMPACT Committee
    Getting Organizational Buy-In
    IMPACT Program and Project Outcomes
    Professional Journey : Clinical Nurse
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Uta Schmidt-Stra€burger, editor.
    Summary: This open access book describes strategies and experiences of highly skilled professionals in improving oncology care worldwide. The book is structured into three main sections with several chapters each, reflecting the authors' individual, real-life experiences. It explores ways to improve oncology education and scientific training, how to set up and run a clinical research facility ethically and efficiently in low- and middle-income settings, addressing the challenges that the workforce encounters in the real world. The main challenges of today's oncologists seem to be the ever-growing patient care and administrative workload and the risk of burn-out. What are the best strategies to maintain a healthy work-life for the benefit of the patients, the physicians and society, taking into account the different needs, depending on factors like peace, social and gender equality? This book addresses oncologists all over the world and their allies throughout the associated industries to highlight the importance of shared and sustainable education, clinical research and global cancer care.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Improving Education
    Blended-learning for oncologists and their colleagues
    Establishing a continuing education program based on the ESMO/ASCO recommendations for a global curriculum in Egypt
    Launching the first board-certification program in radiation oncology in Iraq - obstacles and outcomes
    Improving the WHO Classification of Tumours books by an evidence-based approach - a new online/blended learning training program
    Part 2: Improving Clinical Research
    Getting started in research-What registries can do for you
    Asking existing data the right questions-data mining as a research option in low- and middle-income countries
    Evidence-based treatment decisions - Systematic reviews and meta-analaysis in GI oncology
    Establishing and running a research laboratory in Iraq in real life
    Challenges in scientific communications of a pharmaceutical company
    Molecular and cellular analyses of breast cancers in real life
    The use of information technology to advance patient care-Creating, providing and maintaining online resources
    Organization of clinical trials at the Blokhin cancer center in Moscow
    Challenges in establishing the Center for Clinical Trials at Ulm University
    Part 3: Improving Patient Care.-Obstacles and Optimization of Surgical Oncology Services in India and Technology transfer to Cameroon
    Challenges for the young oncology workforce in Portugal
    Challenges in building a cancer center in Armenia-Staying linked to the outside world
    Current challenges in cancer care in Libya
    Quality Oncology Practice Improvement certification in Brazil: A successful knowledge transfer under the auspices of the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO)
    Challenges in running a comprehensive cancer centre.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Patricia A. Ganz, editor.
    Summary: In collaboration with the Breast Cancer Research Foundation (BCRF), this timely volume provides a comprehensive review on all areas of breast cancer survivorship research, highlighting research that is underway or in development. The range of topics covered include the biology and management of fatigue and cognitive dysfunction on breast cancer survivorship, the biology and management of Neuropathy and Arthralgias, the ongoing research on the biology of diet and lifestyle interventions in survivors, and more. With the tremendous growth in the number of breast cancer survivors, researchers have moved beyond describing the outcomes of breast cancer treatments and are focusing their research on understanding the mechanisms underlying the development of the late effects of breast cancer treatment, as well as the development and evaluation of interventions to mitigate some of the persistent symptoms--topics which are also explored in this volume. In addition, current research on how to improve survivorship and reduce recurrence of breast cancer through behavioral and lifestyle modifications is also discussed.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Breast Cancer Survivorship Research- Where are we today?
    Special Issues in Younger Women
    Special Issues in Older Women
    Breast Cancer Among Special Populations: Disparities in Care Across the Cancer Control Continuum
    Symptoms: Fatigue and Cognitive Dysfunction
    Symptoms: Chemotherapy-Induced Peripheral Neuropathy
    Symptoms: Aromatase Inhibitor Induced Arthralgias
    Symptoms: Lymphedema
    Symptoms: Menopause, Infertility and Sexual Health
    Host Factors and Risk of Breast Cancer Recurrence: Genetic, epigenetic and biologic factors and breast cancer outcomes
    Comorbidities and their Management: Potential Impact on Breast Cancer Outcomes
    Modifiable Lifestyle Factors and Breast Cancer Outcomes: Current Controversies and Research Recommendations
    Risk reduction from Weight management and physical activity interventions
    Prevention and Treatment of Cardiac Dysfunction in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Psychological Adjustment in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Living with metastatic breast cancer
    Quality of care, including survivorship care plans.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Deepak Kademani, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together experts in the field of maxillofacial and head and neck oncology to provide a comprehensive clinical and translational update on oral cancer that focuses especially on prognosis. Readers will find up-to-date information on disease staging and the pathological, genetic, and surgical factors that affect patient outcomes. Individual chapters describe the most recent advances in radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy, again with careful analysis of the treatment-related factors relevant to response and survival. Management of premalignant lesions and risk factors for malignant transformation are discussed, and the latest knowledge on chemoprevention is presented. Further topics to be addressed include reconstruction of oral cancer defects, salvage options in the event of recurrence, and the prediction of quality of life following treatment. The book will be of value to all clinicians who care for patients with oral cancer in their everyday practice. .

    Contents:
    Oral Epithelial Dysplasia
    Chemoprevention in Oral Cancer
    Diagnostic Adjuncts for Screening and Surveillance in Head and Neck Cancer
    Current Updates in Staging and Prognosis in Oral Cancer
    Surgical Factors Affecting Outcomes in Oral Cancer
    Pathological Factors Affecting Outcomes in Oral Cancer
    Genetic Factors Affecting Outcomes in Oral Cancer
    Factors Affecting Response and Survival in Radiotherapy
    Novel and Emerging Chemotherapeutic Agents in Head and Neck Cancer
    Immunotherapy in Oral Cancer
    Recurrent Oral Cancer and Salvage Options
    Reconstruction of Oral Cancer Defects
    Predicting QOL After Oral Cancer Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jonathan Hunter, Robert Maunder, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Background: Fundamentals of Attachment Theory
    Advanced Attachment Concepts
    Specific populations: Family Practice/Somatization
    Diabetes
    Chronic Pain
    Nephrology/dialysis
    Hepatitis/obesity
    Cancer/ Palliative care
    The Disorganized attachment patient
    The interventions: Consultation and Liaison (C&L)
    Collaborative Care
    Psychotherapy
    Mentalizing
    The Future: What about the practitioner's attachment system
    Health care process/systems
    The Attachment approach to Medical Education
    The Attachment Lens on Psychosomatics
    Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by T. Scott Murrell, Robert L. Mikkelsen, Gavin Sulewski, Robert Norton, Michael L. Thompson.
    Summary: This open access book highlights concepts discussed at two international conferences that brought together world-renowned scientists to advance the science of potassium (K) recommendations for crops. There was general agreement that the potassium recommendations currently in general use are oversimplified, outdated, and jeopardize soil, plant, and human health. Accordingly, this book puts forward a significantly expanded K cycle that more accurately depicts K inputs, losses and transformations in soils. This new cycle serves as both the conceptual basis for the scientific discussions in this book and a framework upon which to build future improvements. Previously used approaches are critically reviewed and assessed, not only for their relevance to future enhancements, but also for their use as metrics of sustainability. An initial effort is made to link K nutrition in crops and K nutrition in humans. The book offers an invaluable asset for graduate students, educators, industry scientists, data scientists, and advanced agronomists.

    Contents:
    The Potassium Cycle and Its Relationship to Recommendation Development
    Inputs: Potassium Sources for Agricultural Systems
    Outputs: Potassium Losses from Agricultural Systems
    Rhizosphere Processes and Root Traits Determining the Acquisition of Soil Potassium
    Potassium Use Efficiency of Plants
    Considerations for Unharvested Plant Potassium
    Considering Soil Potassium Pools with Dissimilar Plant Availability
    Using Soil Tests to Evaluate Plant Availability of Potassium in Soils
    Evaluating Plant Potassium Status
    How Closely is Potassium Mass Balance Related to Soil Test Changes
    Assessing Potassium Mass Balances in Different Countries and Scales
    Considerations for Selecting Potassium Placement Methods in Soil
    Timing Potassium Applications to Synchronize with Plant Demand
    Broadening the Objectives of Future Potassium Recommendations
    Improving Human Nutrition: A Critical Objective for Potassium Recommendations for Agricultural Crops.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andre Bationo, Djimasbé Ngaradoum, Sansan Youl, Francois Lompo, Joseph Opoku Fening, editors.
    Summary: Improving fertilizer recommendations for increased return from fertilizer investments and optimized crop response to fertilizer has been a major area of investigation of IFDC. Since 2008, IFDC through its Natural Resource Management (NRM) Program has partnered with national agricultural research services to undertake research, development and extensive on-farm trials in various agroecosystems in West Africa to develop site specific fertilizer recommendations for crops. Validation trials have been conducted in many countries (Benin (maize, cassava), Burkina (rice, maize and sorghum) Ghana (maize, cocoa and cassava) and Togo (maize and cassava). However, these fertilizer recommendation data remain scattered and most of them need final statistical analysis before they can be fully utilized and/or scaled out. As part of its efforts to improve fertilizer use and efficiency in West Africa, and following the recent adoption of the West African fertilizer recommendation action plan (RAP) by ECOWAS, IFDC has taken technical lead with key partner institutions and experts to build on previous and current fertilizer recommendations for various crops and countries in West Africa for wider uptake by public policy makers and fertilizer industry actors.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Scientific Steering Committee; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Soil Organic Carbon and Proper Fertilizer Recommendation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Soil Organic Carbon Management; 1.3 Soil Organic Carbon Status at Farm Level; 1.4 Fertilizer Use and Soil Organic Carbon Decline; 1.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Nutrient Management in Livestock Systems in West Africa Sahel with Emphasis on Feed and Grazing Management; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Materials and Methods; 2.2.1 Data Sources; 2.2.2 Data Analysis; 2.3 Results and Discussion. 2.3.1 Effect of Grazing Management on Forage Intake and Animal Performance2.3.2 Effect of Grazing Management on Collectable Manure; 2.3.3 Effect of Different Feed Types on Fecal Nitrogen and Phosphorus, and Urinary Nitrogen Output; 2.3.4 Feed and Grazing Management Factors Influencing Nutrient Cycling in Mixed Crop-Livestock Systems of West Africa Sahel; 2.3.5 Feeding the Animals and Fertilizing the Soil; 2.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Managing Fertilizer Recommendations in Rice-Based Cropping Systems Challenges and Strategic Approaches; 3.1 Introduction. 3.2 The Rice Based Systems and Soil Constraints3.2.1 The Rainfed Upland Rice System; 3.2.2 The Rainfed Lowland System; 3.2.3 The Irrigated Rice System; 3.2.4 Soil Constraints; 3.3 Fertilizers Recommendation for Rice Systems; 3.3.1 Irrigated and Rainfed Lowlands; 3.3.2 Rainfed Upland; 3.4 New Concepts and Tools for Management of Fertilizers in Rice Systems; 3.4.1 The Challenges; 3.4.2 New Concepts and Tools for Fertilizer Recommendations; 3.4.3 The Site-Specific Nutrient Management in Rice System; 3.4.4 Rice Advice; 3.4.5 Integrated Crop Management; 3.4.6 Integrated Soil Fertility Management. 3.5 The Way Forward3.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Soil Organic Carbon and Nitrogen in Agroforestry Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa: A Review; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Methods; 4.2.1 Definitions of the Geographic Area and Practices Studied; 4.2.2 Data Collection; 4.2.3 Data Analysis; 4.3 Results and Discussions; 4.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Effect of Hill Placement of Nutrients on Millet Productivity and Characteristics of Sahelian Soils of Niger: Analys ... ; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Material and Methods; 5.2.1 Site Description; 5.2.2 Experimental Soil Properties. 5.2.3 Experimental Design5.2.4 Data Collection; 5.3 Results; 5.3.1 Rainfall Distribution During the Experimental Years; 5.3.2 Effect of Mineral Fertilizer on Total Biomass Yield Across Years and Experiments; 5.3.3 Effect of Organic Manure on Total Biomass Yield Across Years and Experiments; 5.4 Pearl Millet Total Biomass Yield Trend After Three Years of Cropping; 5.4.1 Effect of Mineral Fertilizer; 5.4.2 Effect of Organic Manure; 5.4.3 Plant Nutrient Uptake; 5.4.3.1 Plant Nutrients Absorption; 5.5 Soil Nutrients Characteristics Following Three Seasons of Cropping; 5.6 General Analysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Andre Bationo, Djimasbé Ngaradoum, Sansay Youl, Francois Lompo, Joseph Opoku Fening, editors.
    Summary: Improving fertilizer recommendations for increased return from fertilizer investments and optimized crop response to fertilizer has been a major area of investigation of IFDC. Since 2008, IFDC through its Natural Resource Management (NRM) Program has partnered with national agricultural research services to undertake research, development and extensive on-farm trials in various agroecosystems in West Africa to develop site specific fertilizer recommendations for crops. Validation trials have been conducted in many countries (Benin (maize, cassava), Burkina (rice, maize and sorghum) Ghana (maize, cocoa and cassava) and Togo (maize and cassava). However, these fertilizer recommendation data remain scattered and most of them need final statistical analysis before they can be fully utilized and/or scaled out. As part of its efforts to improve fertilizer use and efficiency in West Africa, and following the recent adoption of the West African fertilizer recommendation action plan (RAP) by ECOWAS, IFDC has taken technical lead with key partner institutions and experts to build on previous and current fertilizer recommendations for various crops and countries in West Africa for wider uptake by public policy makers and fertilizer industry actors.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Scientific Steering Committee; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Combining the DSSAT Model with Experimentation to Update Recommendations of Fertilizer Rates for Rice and Maize in ... ; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Materials and Methods; 1.2.1 Site Description; 1.2.2 Methodology for Updating Recommendations of Fertilizer Rates for Rice Production; 1.2.2.1 Experimental Design for Nutrient Omission Trials; 1.2.2.2 Experimental Device for Studying the Response of Rice to Nitrogen and Phosphorus; 1.2.2.3 Farming Operations; 1.2.2.4 Data Analysis. 1.3 Methodology for Updating Recommendations of Fertilizer Rates for Maize Production1.3.1 Conduct of Validation Trials; 1.3.2 Determination of the Optimal Fertilizer Rate; 1.4 Results; 1.4.1 Diagnosis of Soil Fertility in Irrigated Rice Farming; 1.4.2 Rice Response to Increasing Rates of N and P; 1.4.3 Economic Evaluation of Nitrogen and Phosphorus Recommendations; 1.4.4 Effects of Fertilizer Rates on Maize Yields in Western Burkina Faso; 1.4.5 Effects of Fertilizer Rates on Maize Yields in Eastern Burkina Faso; 1.4.6 Optimal Fertilizer Rate for Western Burkina Faso using the DSSAT Model. 1.4.7 Optimal Rate for Eastern Burkina Faso1.5 Discussion; 1.5.1 Limiting Nutrients; 1.5.2 Optimal Rates of Nitrogen and Phosphorus for Rice Production; 1.5.3 Effects of Fertilizer Rates on Maize Yields; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Participatory Evaluation of Productivity, Fertility Management, and Dissemination of Irrigated Exotic Vegetables in ... ; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Materials and Methods; 2.2.1 Site Description; 2.2.2 Participatory Approach to Experiments, Demonstration, and Practices; 2.2.3 Design of Field Experiments for Irrigated Vegetable Production. 2.2.4 Design of Field Experiments for Subsequent Rain Fed Millet Production2.2.5 Farmer Survey; 2.2.6 Soil Sampling and Analysis; 2.3 Results; 2.3.1 Results of Mother and Group Baby Trials; 2.3.2 Results of Individual Baby Trials; 2.4 Discussion; 2.4.1 Productivity of Exotic Vegetables with Fertilizer Application; 2.4.2 Land Productivity in Vegetable Cultivation; 2.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Recommendation of a New Fertilizer Rate for Rice in the Irrigated Areas of the Niger River Valley; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Materials and Methods; 3.2.1 Materials; 3.2.1.1 Experimental Site. 3.2.1.2 Biological Material3.2.2 Methods; 3.2.2.1 Choice of Farmers and Investigation Process; 3.2.2.2 Sampling and Analysis of Soil Samples; 3.2.2.3 Agronomic Trial; 3.3 Results and Discussions; 3.3.1 Results; 3.3.1.1 Soil Physico-chemical Characteristics in the Four Irrigated Areas of the Study; 3.3.1.2 Fertilizer Use by Farmers; 3.3.1.3 Effect of Treatments on Rice Yields; 3.3.2 Discussions; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: The Interactive Effect of Residue Quality, Quantity, Soil Texture and N Management on Maize Crop Yield in Ghana; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Materials and Methods.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Kenneth V. Iserson.
    Contents:
    Section I: The Situation
    Section II: Basic Needs
    Section III: Patient Assessment/Stabilization
    Section IV: Surgical Interventions
    Section V: Nonsurgical Interventions
    Section VI: Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC86.7 .I84 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Jose V. Nable, William Brady, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide for health care professionals encountering medical emergencies during commercial flight. Health care providers should consider responding to emergencies during flight as there are often no other qualified individuals on board. This text covers the most common emergencies encountered during flight, both general medical emergencies and those specifically tied to the effects of flying, including cardiac, respiratory, and neurological issues. Medicolegal issues are considered in-depth, for both United States domestic and international flights, as there is potential legal risk involved in giving medical assistance on a flight. Additional chapters are dedicated to pre-flight clearance and the role non-physician healthcare providers can play. In-Flight Medical Emergencies: A Practical Guide to Preparedness and Response is an essential resource for not only physicians but all healthcare professionals who travel regularly.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology of Flight
    Medicolegal Issues Arising from Inflight Medical Emergencies in Commercial Travel
    International Flight Considerations
    In-Flight Evaluation and Management of Cardiac Illness
    Respiratory Emergencies
    Neurological Illness.- Psychiatric Emergencies
    Pediatric Considerations
    Obstetrics and Gynecology Considerations
    Infectious Disease
    Other Presentations
    Preflight Medical Clearance
    Preflight Therapies to Minimize Medical Risk Associated with Commercial Air Travel
    Ground Based Medical Support
    Use of Commercial Aircraft for Emergency Patient Transport
    Responding As a Non-Physician Healthcare Provider.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Teresa Y. Neely and Jorge R. López-McKnight.
    Summary: In the 20-year reboot of Neely and Abif's 1996 In Our Own Voices, fifteen of the original contributors revisit their stories alongside the fifteen new voices that have been added. This Collective represents a wide range of life and library experiences, gender fluidities, sexualities, races, and other visible and invisible identities.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Bert Gordijn, Anthony Mark Cutter, editors.
    Summary: This volume assembles an interdisciplinary team of leading academics, industry figures, policymakers and NGOs to consider the legal, ethical and social issues that are raised by innovations in nanoscience and nanotechnology. By bringing together international experts from a diverse range of fields this volume addresses the implications and impact that nanotechnology has on society. Through the exploration of six key themes the contributors analyse both the impact of nanotechnology and the emergence of the concept of nanoethics. Each section includes authors from both sides of the political and scientific divide incorporating both positive and negative perspectives on nanotechnology, as well as including discussions of associated concepts such as converging technologies. The result provides for the widest and most balanced discussion of these issues to date.
    Digital Access Springer 2010
  • Digital
    Devendra K. Choudhary, Manoj Kumar, Ram Prasad, Vivek Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the role of in silico deployment in connection with modulation techniques for improving sustainability and competitiveness in the agri-food sector; pharmacokinetics and molecular docking studies of plant-derived natural compounds; and their potential anti-neurodegenerative activity. It also investigates biochemical pathways for bacterial metabolite synthesis, fungal diversity and plant-fungi interaction in plant diseases, methods for predicting disease-resistant candidate genes in plants, and genes-to-metabolites and metabolites-to-genes approaches for predicting biosynthetic pathways in microbes for natural product discovery. The respective chapters elaborate on the use of in situ methods to study biochemical pathways for bacterial metabolite synthesis; tools for plant metabolites in defence; plant secondary metabolites in defence; plant growth metabolites; characterisation of plant metabolites; and identification of plant derived metabolites in the context of plant defence. The book offers an unprecedented resource, highlighting state-of-the-art research work that will greatly benefit researchers and students alike, not only in the field of agriculture but also in many disciplines in the life sciences and plant sciences.

    Contents:
    About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Genes to Metabolites and Metabolites to Genes Approaches to Predict Biosynthetic Pathways in Microbes for Natural P ... ; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Why Microbial Secondary Metabolites Are Needed?; 1.3 Genome-Based Mining Strategies; 1.4 Retrograde Pathway Evolution; 1.5 Pathway Evolution Through Retrobiosynthesis and Retrosynthetic Designs; 1.6 Genome-Based Mining Tools for Genes to Metabolites (Forward) Approach; 1.7 Databases Dedicated to Secondary Metabolite Biosynthetic Gene Clusters Intro; Preface; For Gram +ve Bacterium; PCR Amplification of 16S Ribosomal RNA Gene; PCR Product Purification and Sequencing; 16S rRNA Gene Sequence Homology and Phylogeny Analysis; Sequence Submission and Culture Deposition; Molecular Characterization of Plant Growth Promoting Bacterium and Phylogeny Analysis; Evolutionary Relationships of Bacillus sp. SJ-5; Molecular Characterization of Plant Growth Promoting Properties of Bacteria; For Grame -ve Bacterium; Gene Amplification; Gene Sequencing and Analysis; Phylogeny Based on 16 rRNA Gene Analyses; Phylogeny Analysis of PGP Properties Genes 1.8 Genome-Based Mining Tools for Metabolites to Genes (Retrosynthetic) Approach1.9 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 2: Role of Functional Bacterial Phylum Proteobacteria in Glycine max Growth Promotion Under Abiotic Stress: A Glimpse ... ; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Soybean Numero Uno Crop; 2.2.1 Selection and Characterization of PGPR Strains; 2.2.2 PGPR Characteristics: Case Studies; 2.2.2.1 Qualitative and Quantitative Estimation of Phosphate Solubilization Under Salt; 2.2.2.2 ACC Deaminase Activity in Different Salt Concentrations 2.2.2.3 Proline Determination in Different Salt Concentrations2.2.2.4 Exopolysaccharide Production; 2.2.2.5 Molecular Characterization of Genes in Bacteria; 2.2.3 Sterilization and Viability and Seed Sensitivity; 2.2.4 Standardization for Bacterial Inoculums; 2.2.4.1 Bacterial Growth Under Stress Conditions; 2.2.5 PGP Traits; 2.2.5.1 IAA Production on Different Salt Concentration; 2.2.5.2 Phosphate Solubilization on Different Salt Concentration; 2.2.5.3 Siderophore Production on Different Salt Concentration; 2.2.5.4 ACC Deaminase Activity on Different Salt Concentration 2.2.5.5 EPS Production on Different Salt Stress 2.2.5.6 Phylogeny Analysis of PGP Gene Properties; References;
    Chapter 3: Methanogenic Archaea in Paddy Agricultural Fields; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Materials and Methods; 3.2.1 Experimental Site and Soil Sampling; 3.2.2 Soil Physicochemical Analyses; 3.2.3 Methane Production Potential of Soil; 3.2.4 Kinetics of Methane Production; 3.2.5 PCR-Cloning-RFLP Analysis, Sequencing, and Assignment of Clones into OTUs; 3.2.6 Nucleotide Sequence Accession Numbers; 3.2.7 Diversity Indices; 3.3 Results and Discussion
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Giselbert Hauptmann.
    Contents:
    Optimization of in situ hybridization and co-expression analysis in the central nervous system / Louisa Mezache ... [et al.]
    In situ hybridization methods for RNA visualization in C. elegans / Gina Broitman-Maduro and Morris F. Maduro
    Multicolored visualization of transcript distributions in Drosophila embryos / Iris Söll and Giselbert Hauptmann
    Exploring brain genoarchitecture by single and double chromogenic in situ hybridization (ISH) and immunohistochemistry (IHC) in whole-mount embryos / José Luis ... [et al.]
    Exploring brain genoarchitecture by single and double chromogenic in situ hybridization (ISH) and immunohistochemistry (IHC) on cryostat, paraffin, or floating sections / José Luis Ferran ... [et al.]
    Combined radioactive and nonradioactive double in situ hybridization (DISH) / Jong-Hyun Son and Ursula H. Winzer-Serhan
    One FISH, dFISH, three FISH : sensitive methods of whole- mount fluorescent in situ hybridization in freshwater planarians / David D. R. Brown and Bret J. Pearson
    Whole-mount in situ hybridization and immunohistochemistry in xenopus embryos / Edgar M. Pera ... [et al.]
    Manual and automated whole-mount in situ hybridization for systematic gene expression analysis in embryonic Zebrafish forebrain / Iris Söll and Giselbert Hauptmann
    Large-scale ISH on mouse brain sections for systematic gene expression analysis in developing mouse diencephalon / Tomomi Shimogori and Seth Blackshaw
    High-throughput in situ hybridization : systematical production of gene expression data and beyond / Lars Geffers and Gregor Eichele
    Analysis of embryonic gene expression patterns in the hagfish / Yasuhiro Oisi ... [et al.]
    Gene expression analysis of lamprey embryos / Fumiaki Sugahara, Yasunori Murakami, and Shigeru Kuratani
    Detection of mRNA and microRNA expression in basal chordates, amphioxus and ascidians / Simona Candiani, Greta Garbarino, and Mario Pestarino
    Analysis of gene expression in neurons and synapses by multi-color in situ hybridization / Leonid L. Moroz and Andrea B. Kohn
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization in primary hippocampal neurons to detect localized mRNAs / Jacki E. Heraud-Farlow, Tejaswini Sharangdhar, and Michael A. Kiebler
    Combining whole-mount in situ hybridization with neuronal tracing and immunohistochemistry / Jeremy S. Duncan ... [et al.]
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization detection of microRNAs in Newt tissue cryosections / Jamie Ian Morrison
    Subcellular transcript localization in Drosophila embryos and tissues visualized by multiplex-FISH / Julie Bergalet ... [et al.]
    Application of alkaline phosphatase-mediated azo dye staining for dual fluorescent in situ hybridization in Zebrafish / Giselbert Hauptmann, Gilbert Lauter, and Iris Söll
    Multiplex fluorescent RNA in situ hybridization via RNAscope / Hongwei Wang ... [et al.]
    Quantum dot-based in situ hybridization and immunohistochemistry to detect mRNA and protein at subcellular levels, comparison with studies using electron microscopy / Akira Matsuno ... [et al.]
    Quantitative multiplexed quantum dot based in situ hybridization in formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue / Eleni Tholouli, Judith A. Hoyland, and Richard J. Byers
    Single and multiplexed fluorescent in situ hybridization using quantum dots nanocrystals in xenopus / Andriani Ioannou ... [et al.]
    Quantitative single-molecule mRNA fluorescent in situ hybridization in C. elegans / Remco A. Mentink ... [et al.]
    In situ detection of individual mRNA molecules with padlock probes and target-primed rolling-circle amplification in fixed mouse brain tissues / Thomas Hauling ... [et al.]
    Extended multiplexed fluorescent in situ hybridization by combinatorial encoding of individual transcripts / Lars Martin Jakt and Satoko Moriwaki
    Characterizing cellular identity at one cell resolution / Amaresh K. Ranjan, Mugdha V. Joglekar, and Anandwardhan A. Hardikar
    Transglutaminase-mediated in situ hybridization (TransISH) for mRNA detection in mammalian tissues / Katsuyuki Miyawaki, Sumihare Noji, and Noriho Kamiya
    ECHO-FISH for gene transcript detection in neuronal and other cells and subcellular compartments / Dan Ohtan Wang and Akimitsu Okamoto.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Boye Schnack Nielsen, Bioneer A/S, Molecular Histology, Hørholm, Denmark.
    Summary: "In Situ Hybridization Protocols, Fourth Edition contains 21 protocols that utilize the in situ hybridization technology to document or take advantage of the visualization of specific RNA molecules. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and practical, In Situ Hybridization Protocols, Fourth Edition seeks to aid scientists in the further discovery of new RNA species and uncovering of their cellular functions."--Page [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Fixation/permeabilization procedure for mRNA in situ hybridization of zebrafish whole-mount oocytes, embryos, and larvae / Ricardo Fuentes and Juan Fernández
    MicroRNA in situ hybridization on whole-mount preimplantation embryos / Karen Goossens, Luc Peelman, and Ann Van Soom
    Whole-mount in situ hybridization (WISH) optimized for gene expression analysis in mouse embryos and embryoid bodies / Eleni Dakou [and five others]
    Whole-mount in situ hybridization using DIG-labeled probes in planarian / Agnieszka Rybak-Wolf and Jordi Solana
    In situ hybridization on whole-mount zebrafish embryos and young larvae / Bernard Thisse and Christine Thisse
    LNA-based in situ hybridization detection of mRNAs in embryos / Diana K. Darnell and Parker B. Antin
    Chromogen detection of microRNA in frozen clinical tissue samples using LNA probe technology / Boye Schnack Nielsen, Trine Møller, and Kim Holmstrøm
    MicroRNA in situ hybridization in tissue microarrays / Julia J. Turnock-Jones and John P.C. Le Quesne
    Fluorescence in situ hybridization for detection of small RNAs on frozen tissue sections / Asli Silahtaroglu
    Sensitive and specific in situ hybridization for early drug discovery / Pernille A. Usher ... [and six others]
    Zinc-based fixation for high-sensitivity in situ hybridization : a nonradioactive colorimetric method for the detection of rare transcripts on tissue sections / Electra Stylianopoulou, George Skavdis, and Maria Grigoriou
    Dual-color ultrasensitive bright-field RNA in situ hybridization with RNAscope / Hongwei Wang ... [and eight others]
    Fully automated fluorescence-based four-color multiplex assay for co-detection of microRNA and protein biomarkers in clinical tissue specimens / Lorenzo F. Sempere
    Multiplexed miRNA fluorescence in situ hybridization for formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissues / Neil Renwick ... [and three others]
    Simultaneous detection of nuclear and cytoplasmic RNA variants utilizing stellaris RNA fluorescence in situ hybridization in adherent cells / Sally R. Coassin ... [and three others]
    Quantitative ultrasensitive bright-field RNA in situ hybridization with RNAscope / Hongwei Wang ... [and eight others]
    Identification of low-expressing transcripts of the NPY receptors' family in the murine lingual epithelia / Sergei Zolotukhin
    In situ hybridization for fungal ribosomal RNA sequences in paraffin-embedded tissues using biotin-labeled locked nucleic acid probes / Kathleen T. Montone
    In situ hybridization freeze-assisted punches (IFAP) : technique for liquid-based tissue extraction from thin slide-mounted sections for DNA methylation analysis / Lawrence S. Own and Paresh D. Patel
    miRNA detection at single-cell resolution using microfluidic LNA Flow-FISH / Meiye Wu, Matthew E. Piccini, and Anup K. Singh
    PNA-based fluorescence in situ hybridization for identification of bacteria in clinical samples / Mustafa Fazli ... [and four others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Igor Popov.
    Summary: The monograph focuses on the European freshwater pearl mussel Margaritifera margaritifera, which is an endangered bivalve species. Most of its populations in the Russian section of the Baltic Sea basin had never been studied, although they were known in the past to the pearl fishers. Rediscovery included search for the previously unknown populations, revealing the facts of population extinctions, analysis of negative impacts, elaboration of conservation measures, and revealing of regularities in distribution. Patterns of land use and river management were analyzed. The procedure of rediscovery was applied for other animal species of Northwest Russia, which are threatened on a global scale thick-shelled mussel, Unio crassus; curlew Numenius arquata; black-tailed godwit, Limosa limosa; Northern Lapwing, Vanellus vanellus; European mink, Mustela lutreola; pond bat, Myotis dasycneme; Atlantic sturgeon, Acipenser sturio; and broad-clawed crayfish, Astacus astacus. The methods and principles of conservation studies were discussed. The obtained data were analyzed with respect to current global change of biosphere. The book will appeal to specialists dealing with conservation studies and activities such as red lists, river protection, and conservation of endangered species. Moreover, a part of the book represents an interest for biogerontology as it presents discredit of the popular concept on negligible senescence. The data on distribution of some animals in Russia will be interesting in terms of zoology and biogeography, as they are not yet sufficiently represented in the international editions. The book can be used as supplemental reading for courses in biological invasions, ecology and conservation, and biodiversity. The work also contains chapters on global processes (deforestation, desertification, river degradation) and can therefore also be used for general courses in environmental sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. European pearl mussel: background information and literature review
    Chapter 3. Materials and methods
    Chapter 4. Results
    Chapter 5. Discussion
    Chapter 6. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Silvia Vasquez-Lavado.
    Summary: "When Silvia's mother called her home to Peru, she knew something finally had to give. A Latinx hero in the elite macho tech world of Silicon Valley, privately, she was hanging by a thread. She was deep in the throes of alcoholism, hiding her sexuality from her family, and repressing the abuse she'd suffered as a child. Her visit to Peru would become a turning point in her life. Silvia started climbing. Something about the brute force required for the ascent-the restricted oxygen at altitude, the vast expanse of emptiness around her, the risk and spirit and sheer size of the mountains, the nearness of death-woke her up. And then, she took her biggest pain to the biggest mountain: Everest. "The Mother of the World," as it's known in Nepal, allows few to reach her summit, but Silvia didn't go alone. She gathered a group of young female survivors and led them to base camp alongside her, their strength and community propelling her forward. In the Shadow of the Mountain is a remarkable story of heroism, one which awakens in all of us a lust for adventure, gratitude for the strong women in our lives, and faith in our own resilience"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chomolungma
    Borron y cuenta nueva
    Summit mittens
    Sunday's prey
    The high Himalayas
    Lancaster 90210
    Ridum
    Top shelf
    Nothing we do is small
    Peruvian cowgirl with no past
    Walking together
    When things fall apart
    Testosterone
    The Great Wall
    Kind if you let her
    Los divorciados
    The valley of silence
    The death zone
    At the top of the world.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    GV199.92.V37 A3 2022
    1
  • Print
    edited by Ajay Major & Aleena Paul.
    Contents:
    Hands/ Lisa Moore
    Stripping down the flesh / Nita Chen
    EKG calamity / Steven Lange
    Lacrimos / Daniel Coleman
    Autumn autopsy / Abi Ashcraft
    A tub of baby hearts / Katie Taylor
    Anatomical variation / Damien Zreibe
    Hello sir / Haikoo Shah
    I don't know : the medical student motto / Daniel Lefler
    Medicine's hardest lesson : people, not patients / Navdeep Kang
    Searching for role models in medicine / David Gasalberti
    It's hard keeping a white coat clean / Claire McDaniel
    Medical student, student physician or student doctor? / Joshua Niforatos
    On empathy (can these shoes ever fit?) / Jennifer Hong
    Learning to see / Olivia Low
    30 percent bucket / Joshua Stein
    On clinical teaching and evidence-based medicine / Amy Briggs
    The value of empathy in medicine / Sarah Bommarito
    "May I ask you a few questions and examine you?" / Tania Tabassum
    Overthink it! / Eric Donahue
    Eau de medical school / Nita Chen
    Doctor Dad : a husband and father of three / Daniel Gates
    Better mom, better doctor / Mariya Cherneykina
    Never forget those who got you here / Eric Donahue
    Being pregnant during the first year of medical school / Allison Lyle
    For Pappou : a reflection on loss / Chris Meltsakos
    Medical student as patient / Lorenzo Sewanan
    When a patient's disease strikes a chord / Anjani Amladi
    Parenthesis / Amanda Rutishauser
    A medical student's experience as a patient / Crystal Romero
    Treating the disease and treating the illness / Steven Lange
    Broken / Jennifer Tsai
    A night at the homeless shelter / Jimmy Tam Huy Pham
    A wait for the bus : a solution for wandering in dementia / Katie Taylor
    How health care policy shapes health care practice / Manasa Mouli
    A lack of care : why medical students should focus on Ferguson / Jennifer Tsai
    Physicians-in-transit : the blizzard of 2015 / Jacob Walker
    My black eyes / Jessicqa Ubanyionwu
    Mine / Damien Zreibe
    On silence : the limits of professionalism / Jennifer Hong
    My white coat costume / Jes Minor
    Street medicine / Ajay Koti
    The chair / Ben Ferguson - My contribution / Kerri Vincenti
    Don't judge a book by its cover / Manik Aggarwal
    To the man with the flowers / Sasha Yakhkind
    The little one / Eric Ballon-Landa
    Exam room 3 / Jimmy Yan
    Emotions and energy in the ICU / Lisa Moore
    A sweet embrace / Zachary Abramson
    Do you remember? / Jimmy Yan
    Beta amyloid blues / Kiersten Pollard
    A story of love from psychiatry / Manasa Mouli
    Eyes : a reflection from the first month of clerkships / Sanjay Salgado
    We lost it : a story of surgical error / Dacia Russell
    How to make challah : the Jewish octopus / Ajay Koti
    Why I am in the room / Katie Taylor
    Fading memories of love and martinis / Joshua Niforatos / M/R/G / Steven Lange
    The lady in red / Lisa Podolsky
    Being there / Corbin Pomeranz
    A portrait of the patient as an old man / Millin Sekhon
    Pansies, rosemary and rue / Erin Baumgartner
    Diversity and rhinos / Bianca Maria Stifani
    Medicine, meaning and fluency / Jocelyn Mary-Estelle Wilson
    On doctoring etiquette / Qing Meng Zhang
    A patient in denial : is the system at fault? / Ola Hadaya
    Clinical culture shock : low health literacy as a barrier to effective communication / Lindsey McDaniel
    Talking dirty / Mariya Cherneykina
    Lost in translation / Katharine Caldwell
    View from the other side / Jimmy Yan
    Doctoring : who is it really for? / Nita Chen
    Breaking down the barrier / Pratik Kanabur
    A case for inclusive language / Ria Pal
    Remembering what it is like not to know / Katie Taylor
    How medical school taught me to put studying second / Samuel Scott
    Do they teach fear in medical school? / Ajay Koti
    Idea worship : mindfulness in medical school / Andrew Kadler
    How to find the strength to keep going : words of advice from a third-year / Jarna Shah
    Wounded healers / Ajay Koti
    Rite of passage / Nita Chen
    Booster / Jennifer Tsai
    CMO : comfort measures only, not morphine drip only / Reza Hosseini Ghomi
    From birth to death : a recollection of the third year / Chris Meltsakos
    The inevitable / Punita Shroff
    Life song / Sophia Tolliver
    False song? The story of Mr. R. / Faryal Osman
    Try again : experiencing failure as a medical student / Sadhana Rajamoorthi
    Stars, dollar bills and other essentials / Morgan Shier
    Breeze / Jennifer Tsai
    N'ap kenbe/we're holding on / Christopher Hudson
    Half of a year, halfway across the world / Sadhana Rajamoorthi
    The problem with playing doctor / Shraddha Dalwadi
    Perspectives from the bike : a look at an Ecuadorian hospital / Brian Lefchak
    An afternoon with a Swazi boy / Brent Schnipke
    On a mission / Victoria Psomiadis
    More than a number : the patient's story / Peter Wingfield
    On becoming a doctor : excellent medical student, terrible clinician / Amy Ho
    A letter to myself, future resident, on dealing with myself, current medical student / Lindsay Heuser
    "Are there any physicians on board, we have a medical emergency" / Manik Aggarwal --Is it better to trust or to hope? / Robert Ethel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R840 .I5 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Haibo Song, Jian'er Yao, editors.
    Summary: This book systematically describes the achievements and current situation of in vitro diagnostic (IVD) industry in China. It consists of eight parts, including the overview on the IVD industry in China in 2019, hot technologies and products of IVD industry, academic, technological and product development in the field of IVD, such as biochemical diagnosis, immune-diagnosis, molecular diagnosis, blood and body fluid diagnosis, microbial detection, point-of-care testing, laboratory assembly line, etc. This book is compiled by an editorial committee composed of well-known entrepreneurs, experts and professors in IVD industry in China. It is a reference book for practitioners of IVD industry, medical laboratory and medical staffs all over the world.

    Contents:
    Policy and Environment
    Current Situation and Progress
    Opportunities and Challenges
    Opinions and Suggestions
    Chemiluminescence Immunoassay
    Introduction of Hot Technologies and Products for Blood Coagulation Detection
    Development and Prospect of Laboratory Automation
    Clinical Application and Prospect of Automatic Examination Technology
    Biochemical Diagnosis
    Immune Diagnosis
    Molecular Diagnosis
    Clinical Testing
    Microbiological Detection
    Point-of-care Testing
    Mergers and Acquisitions of China's IVD Industry
    Overseas Mergers and Acquisitions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Kay Elder, Bourn Hall Clinic, Cambridge, Brian Dale Centre for Assisted Reproduction, Naples.
    Contents:
    Review of cell and molecular biology
    Endocrine control of reproduction: controlled ovarian hyperstimulation for ART
    Gametes and gametogenesis
    Sperm-oocyte interaction
    First stages of development
    Implantation and early stages of fetal development
    Stem cell biology
    The clinical in-vitro fertilization laboratory
    Quality management in the IVF laboratory
    Sperm and ART
    Oocyte retrieval and embryo culture
    Cryopreservation of gametes and embryos
    Micromanipulation techniques
    Preimplantation genetic diagnosis
    Epigenetics and assisted reproduction.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Zsolt Peter Nagy, Alex C. Varghese, Ashok Agarwal.
    Summary: Now in its revised and expanded second edition - including over 20 new chapters - this comprehensive textbook remains a unique and accessible description of the current and developing diagnostic and treatment techniques and technologies comprising in vitro fertilization (IVF). Arranged thematically in sections, each chapter covers a key topic in IVF in a sensible presentation. Parts one and two describe the planning, design and organization of an ART unit and IVF laboratory and equipment and systems, respectively. The sections that follow provide detailed descriptions of IVF techniques, embryo culture methods, sperm processing and selection, insemination procedures, micromanipulation, embryo evaluation, cryopreservation, and embryo transfer. Concluding sections address issues of management and regulation of ART labs across the globe, as well as special topics and emerging techniques and devices. Chapter authors, all experts in the field, contribute their expertise from around the world. With the addition of learning key points and review questions at the beginning and end of each chapter, this new edition of In Vitro Fertilization is a readily accessible, high quality instructional resource for reproductive medicine trainees at all levels. Practicing reproductive endocrinologists, urologists, and embryologists also will find value in the book, as will infertility researchers.

    Contents:
    Assisted reproductive technologies to prevent transmission of mitochondrial DNA disease
    Nuclear and Cytoplasmic Transfer: Human Applications and Concerns
    Embryo culture and phenotype of the offspring
    Traceability in ART
    The Role of Mitochondria in the Establishment of Developmental Competence in Early Human Development
    Cytoskeletal architecture of human oocytes with a focus on centrosomes and their significant role in fertilization
    Molecular Mining of Follicular Fluid for Reliable Biomarkers of Human Oocyte and Embryo Developmental Competence
    Livestock Production via Micromanipulation endorf Micromanipulator: Setup and Operation of Electronic Micromanipulators.-Oocyte Treatment and Preparation for Microinjection
    Piezo-ICSI
    Traditional Embryo Morphology Evaluation: From the Zygote to the Blastocyst Stage
    Predicting Embryo Implantation Potential Using Video Monitoring By the Embryoscope Time-Lapse System
    Predicting Embryo Developmental Potential and Viability Using Automated Time-Lapse Analysis
    Proteomics and Metabolomics
    Amino Acid Turnover as a Biomarker of Embryo Viability
    Microfluidics and Microanalytics to Facilitate Quantitative Assessment of Human Embryo Physiology
    Assisted Hatching of Human Embryos for Successful Implantation
    Polar Body Biopsy
    Cleavage-Stage Embryo Biopsy
    Current and Novel Methods for Chromosome Testing.-Embryo Biopsy for PGD: Current Perspective
    Sperm Cryopreservation
    Technologies of Cryoprotectant-free Vitrification of Human Spermatozoa: Asepticity as Criterionn of Effectiveness
    Slow Freezing of Oocytes
    Vitrification: Methods Contributing to Successful Cyopreservation Outcomes
    Oocyte Vitrification and Current Clinical Applications
    Slow Freezing of Embryos
    Vitrification of Embryos
    Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation
    Establishing and Managing Donor Oocyte Banking
    Single Embryo Transfer
    Embryo Transfer: Techniques and Trouble shooting
    G-CSF and GM-CSF: Clinical applications in reproductive medicine
    The Freeze All Cycle: A New Paradigm Shift in ART
    IVF Data Management: From Clipboards to Smart Apps
    Regulation of the ART Laboratory
    Legislation in the UK
    Regulation, Licensing, and Accreditation of the ART Laboratory in Europe
    Regulation, Licensing, and Accreditation of the ART Laboratory in Brazil
    Regulation, Licensing and Accreditation of ART Laboratories in Australia
    Trouble Shooting In Ivf Laboratories
    Benchmarking and Decision Making in the IVF Laboratory
    Automation, Artificial Intelligence and innovations in the future of IVF
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Gabor Kovacs, Peter Brinsden, Alan DeCherney.
    Summary: The birth of Louise Joy Brown - the world's first baby born following in-vitro fertilization - heralded a medical revolution. Forty years later, many thousands of babies are born each year following IVF. Assisted reproduction is a global industry with a multi-billion dollar turnover. It is a complex mix of science, clinical management, bioethics, and commercial imperatives. Many of the pioneers of IVF are still with us and have a fascinating tale to tell. Here, they relate the story of the development of IVF and related technologies in a way that will prove invaluable to future generations of practitioners seeking to understand the genesis of the specialty. This is not an academic history: rather it takes an informal and anecdotal approach; informing and entertaining for generations of past, present and future medical and scientific specialists of IVF, alongside the millions of parents, who celebrated the successes of IVF treatment worldwide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Print
    editor, Mukta M. Webber ; associate editor, Lea I. Sekely.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Carcinomas of the esophagus and colon.--
    v. 2. Carcinomas of the liver and pancreas.--
    v. 3. Carcinomas of the mammary gland, uterus, and skin.--
    v. 4. Carcinomas of the urinary bladder and kidney.--
    v. 5. Carcinoma of the prostate and testis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC267 .I52
    5
  • Digital
    Michela Chiappalone, Valentina Pasquale, Monica Frega, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the incredible advances achieved in the study of in vitro neuronal networks for use in basic and applied research. These cultures of dissociated neurons offer a perfect trade-off between complex experimental models and theoretical modeling approaches giving new opportunities for experimental design but also providing new challenges in data management and interpretation. Topics include culturing methodologies, neuroengineering techniques, stem cell derived neuronal networks, techniques for measuring network activity, and recent improvements in large-scale data analysis. The book ends with a series of case studies examining potential applications of these technologies.

    Contents:
    1. Past, present and future of neuronal models in vitro
    2. In vitro models of neural disorders
    3. Neuronal cultures and nanomaterials
    4. Advances in Human Stem Cell Derived Neuronal Cell Culturing and Analysis
    5. Large scale, high-resolution microelectrode arrays for interrogation of neurons and networks
    6. Multi-site intracellular recordings
    7. From MEAs to MOAs: the next generation of bioelectronic interfaces for neuronal cultures
    8. Scaling spike detection and sorting for next generation electrophysiology
    9. Burst detection methods
    10. Reconstruction of functional connectivity from multi-electrode recordings and calcium imaging
    11. Open-source tools for processing and analysis of in vitro extracellular neuronal signals
    12. Screening chemicals for potential neurotoxicity and developmental neurotoxicity using neural networks grown on MEAs
    13. Long-term activity dynamics of single neurons and networks
    14. Electrical and optical closed-loop systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Manoj Kumar, Annamalai Muthusamy, Vivek Kumar, Neera Bhalla-Sarin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anna Bal-Price, Paul Jennings.
    Summary: In Vitro Toxicology Systems brings together important issues and considerations needed in order to develop a workable, reliable, integrated testing strategy for the replacement of animals in toxicity testing regimes. This thorough volume includes sections on in vitro models for systemic organ toxicity, neurotoxicity, sensory organs, immunotoxicity and reproductive toxicity and addresses how stem cells may be used going forward. The book also tackles difficult areas of toxicology such as carcinogenicity and nanotoxicology, with additional chapters dedicated to kinetics, metabolism, and in vitro in vivo extrapolation. The book also addresses biological processes such as stress response pathways and mechanistic biomarkers and how these can be uncovered and measured using high content approaches. Reliable and authoritative, In Vitro Toxicology Systems will be of benefit not only to students, scientists, and regulators working in the field of chemical safety assessment but also to a wider scientific audience.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: pt. I Introduction
    1.The Past, Present, and Future of Chemical Risk Assessment / Alice Limonciel
    pt. II Systemic Organ Toxicity
    2.In Vitro Systems for Hepatotoxicity Testing / Patricio Godoy
    3.In Vitro Methods for Cardiotoxicity Testing / Agapios Sachinidis
    4.Renal Cell Culture / Gerhard Gstraunthaler
    5.Cellular Models for In Vitro Lung Toxicology / Oliver H. Wittekindt
    pt. III Neurotoxicity
    6.In Vitro Developmental Neurotoxicity Testing: Relevant Models and Endpoints / Helena T. Hogberg
    7.Blood
    Brain Barrier In Vitro Models and Their Applications in Toxicology / Maxime Culot
    pt. IV Sensory Organ Models
    8.Ocular Toxicity / Valerie Zuang
    9.In Vitro Models for Ototoxic Research / Michael G. Leitner
    pt. V Other Organs and Aspects
    10.Dermal Toxicity: Skin Sensitization / Silvia Casati
    11.Immunotoxicity / Thomas Hartung
    12.Reproductive Toxicity / Cesare Galli --
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Golshan Latifi, Scott Hau.
    Summary: In Vivo Confocal Microscopy in Eye Disease is a comprehensive new text that covers the latest advances in the field of in vivo confocal imaging. It presents a detailed overview of the basic anatomy of the different part of the cornea, conjunctiva and adnexal structures. It discusses the use of in vivo confocal microscopy in a range of clinical applications including the diagnosis of infective keratitis, corneal dystrophies, cornea nerves, conjunctival diseases and their differentiating features. Numerous confocal images, clinical pictures, other paraclinical images and histopathology slides of different ocular pathologies are examined and presented throughout the text. This book systematically reviews the use of confocal imaging in basic science of ocular tissues to the diagnosis of eye disease assembled in a single volume. It provides an up to date resource with an in depth review of scientific literature relating to both the clinical and research application of in vivo confocal microscopy in eye disease. The book ends with a discussion on non-ocular application of in vivo confocal microscopy and future developments including other emerging imaging technologies. This text will provide an invaluable resource for those who are interested in ocular imaging and it represents a timely resource for all practicing and trainee ophthalmologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Principles of In Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Optical Principles
    Types of Confocal Microscopes
    Tandem Scanning Confocal Microscope
    Slit-Scanning Confocal Microscope
    Swept-Field Confocal Microscope
    Laser Scanning Confocal Microscope (LSCM)
    Noncontact Confocal Laser Scanning Microscopy
    References
    Normal Anatomy
    Introduction
    Precorneal Tear Film
    Corneal Anatomy
    Epithelium
    Bowman's Layer
    Dendritic Cells
    Stroma
    Cornea Nerves
    Descemet's Membrane
    Endothelium
    Limbus
    References
    Inflammation and Keratitis
    Introduction Acute Inflammation
    Neutrophils (Polymorphonuclear Neutrophils)
    Dendritic Cells
    Erythrocytes and Other Inflammatory Cells
    Stroma
    Endothelium: Keratic Precipitates
    Microbial Keratitis
    Bacterial Keratitis
    Acanthamoeba Keratitis
    Fungal Keratitis
    Corneal Nerve and Dendritic Cellular Response in Bacterial, Acanthamoeba and Fungal Keratitis
    Microsporidia Keratitis
    Diagnostic Accuracy of IVCM in Acanthamoeba and Fungal Keratitis
    Viral Keratitis
    Herpes Simplex Keratitis and Herpes Zoster Ophthalmicus
    Cytomegalovirus Endotheliitis
    References Corneal Dystrophies
    Epithelial and Subepithelial Dystrophies
    Epithelial Basement Membrane Dystrophy (EBMD) (OMIM 121820) [1]
    Meesmann Corneal Dystrophy (MECD) (OMIM 122100) [1]
    Gelatinous Drop-Like Corneal Dystrophy (GDLD) (OMIM 204870) [1]
    Epithelial-Stromal TGFBI Dystrophies
    Reis-Bucklers Corneal Dystrophy (RBCD) (OMIM 608470) [1]
    Thiel-Behnke Corneal Dystrophy (TBCD) (OMIM 602082) [1]
    Lattice Corneal Dystrophy, Type 1 (Classic) (LCD1) and Variants (OMIM 122200) [1]
    Granular Corneal Dystrophy, Type 1 (Classic) (GCD1) (OMIM 121900) [1]
    Stromal Dystrophies Macular Corneal Dystrophy (MCD) (OMIM 217800) [1]
    Schnyder Corneal Dystrophy (SCD) (OMIM 21800) [1]
    Congenital Stromal Corneal Dystrophy (CSCD) (OMIM 610048) [1]
    Endothelial Dystrophies
    Posterior Polymorphous Corneal Dystrophy (PPCD)
    Fuchs' Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy (FECD)
    References
    Conjunctiva and Limbus
    Normal Conjunctiva and Changes with Ageing
    Bulbar Conjunctiva
    Palpebral Conjunctiva
    Conjunctiva in Dry Eye Disease
    Normal Corneoscleral Limbus
    Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency
    Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia (OSSN) Pigmented Lesions of the Conjunctiva
    Glaucoma and Filtering Bleb
    Lid Margin, Palpebral Conjunctiva and Meibomian Glands (MG)
    Meibomian Gland Dysfunction (MGD)
    Vernal Keratoconjunctivitis (VKC)
    Trachoma
    References
    Corneal Nerves
    Embryology of Corneal Innervation
    Origin of Corneal Innervation
    Organization of Corneal Innervation
    Types of Corneal Nerve Fibers
    Normal Human Corneal Innervation
    Corneal Nerve Alterations in Contact Lens Wear
    Corneal Nerve Alterations Following Corneal Surgery
    Refractive Surgery
    Penetrating Keratoplasty
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Toru Takebayashi, Robert Landsiedel, Masashi Gamo, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume discusses the short-term inhalation study (STIS) and intratracheal administration, the two major in vivo inhalation-toxicity screening methods, which play an important role in efficient hazard evaluation. It also provides a general overview of the inhalation toxicity of nanomaterials and related issues. For each screening method, it provides up-to-date information on the test procedures, interpretation of the test results, useful applications, and related technologies. In view of the increasing variety of nanomaterials in practical use, the book offers a basis for building a framework for grouping and read-across assessments of nanomaterials. With contributions by academic and industrial experts, In vivo Inhalation Toxicity Screening Methods for Manufactured Nanomaterials is a pragmatic reference resource for readers who are responsible for assessing the safety of nanomaterials in R&D and business, as well as researchers.

    Contents:
    1 The role of in vivo screening studies in assessing manufactured nanomaterials
    Part 1 Short Term Inhalation Study
    2. The short-term inhalation study (STIS) as a range finder and screening tool in a tiered grouping strategy
    3. Use of short-term inhalation study to obtain initial hazard data and prepare for subacute and subchronic inhalation studies, and toxicokinetic studies
    4. Subchronic inhalation Toxicity Study with a Vapor Grown Carbon Nanofiber in Male and Female Rats (OECD 413)
    Does nanofiber exposure have adverse impacts on the cardiovascular system?
    Part 2 Intratracheal Administration Study
    5. Comparison of responses in rat lung following inhalation and intratracheal administration of nanoparticles
    6. Standardization of intratracheal instillation study of manufactured nanomaterials
    7. Sample preparation and the chracterization for Intratracheal Administration
    8. Development of intra-tracheal intra-pulmonary spraying (TIPS) as an alternative assay method for testing chronic toxicity and carcinogenic potential of multiwall carbon nanotubes
    9. Equivalence Criteria for Nanomaterials Developed from Results of a Comparative Study using Intratracheal Administration
    10. Toxicokinetics of nano materials after the intratracheal administration
    11. In Vitro Alveolar Epithelial Models toward the Prediction of Cytotoxicity Tests and Translocation Studies of Nanoparticles. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Domenico Ribatti, University of Bari Medical School, Bari, Italy, National Cancer Institute "Giovanni Paolo II", Bari, Italy.
    Contents:
    The chick embryo chorioallantoic membrane
    The corneal assay for angiogenesis
    The matrigel implant assay
    The sponge implant model
    The disk angiogenesis system
    The drosal air sac model
    The chamber assays
    The zebrafish
    Animal tumor models.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Jean-Marie Saudubray, Matthias R. Baumgartner, John Walter (eds.).
    Contents:
    Section I Diagnosis and Treatment: General Principles
    Section II Disorders of Carbohydrate Metabolism
    Section III Disorders of Mitochondrial Energy Metabolism
    Section IV Disorders of Amino Acid Metabolism and Transport
    Section V Vitamin-Responsive Disorders
    Section VI Neurotransmitter and Small Peptide Disorders
    Section VII Disorders of Lipid and Bile Acid Metabolism
    Section VIII Disorders of Nucleic and Heme Metabolism
    35 Disorders of Purine and Pyrimidine Metabolism
    36 Disorders of Haem Biosynthesis
    Section IX Disorders of Metal Transport
    Section X Organelle-Related Disorders: Lysosomes, Peroxisomes, and Golgi and Pre-Golgi Systems
    Section XI Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jean-Marie Saudubray, Matthias R. Baumgartner, Ángeles García-Cazorla, John Walter, editors.
    Summary: This 7th edition is a milestone in the series of Inborn Metabolic Diseases (IMD), recognised as the standard textbook for professionals involved in the diagnosis and management of IMD. Within the last 5 years a Copernican revolution in our understanding of IMD has changed the definition, concepts, paradigms, and classification. This new edition now extends the concept of IMD to include those disturbances in molecular machinery diagnosed by molecular techniques but currently without measurable metabolic markers. Contents A clinical and biochemical approach to the diagnosis and management of IEM with many diagnostic algorithms for patients of all ages and with a particular focus on neurological presentations. Separate, comprehensive sections on IMD classified in 3 major pathophysiological categories: disorders of energy metabolism, both mitochondrial and non-mitochondrial; small molecule disorders, mostly diagnosed with metabolic markers; and complex molecules disorders, mostly diagnosed with molecular techniques. Two new chapters, describing around 600 disorders of nucleic acid metabolism, tRNA metabolism, ribosomal biogenesis, and cellular trafficking. The Editors Jean-Marie Saudubray, M.D., Senior Editor, is Emeritus Professor of Paediatrics, Paris. Matthias R. Baumgartner, M.D., is Professor of Paediatrics and Inherited Metabolic Diseases, University of Zurich, and Head of the Division of Metabolism and the Swiss Newborn Screening Programme at the University Children's Hospital, Zurich. Ángeles García-Cazorla MD, PhD., is Professor of Paediatric Neurology and Head of the Neurometabolic Unit and Director of Research in Neurology at Hospital Sant Joan de Déu, Barcelona. John H. Walter, M.D. is Honorary Clinical Professor of Inherited Metabolic Medicine, Developmental Biology and Medicine, School of Medical Sciences, University of Manchester. .

    Contents:
    I Diagnosis and treatment: General principles
    II Disorders of Energy Metabolism
    III Small Molecule Disorders
    Section IV Complex Molecule Disorders and Cellular Trafficking Disorders
    Section V Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    compiled and edited by Phillip L. Altman and Dorothy Dittmer Katz.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Mouse and rat
    v. 2. Hamster, guinea pig, rabbit, and chicken.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QL55 .I42 1979
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kaye D. Westmark, Dong H. Kim, Roy F. Riascos.
    Summary: "Incidental Findings in Neuroimaging and Their Management: A Guide for Radiologists, Neurosurgeons, and Neurologists presents a streamlined, case-based approach to 50 commonly seen incidental findings in neuroimaging. Edited by Kaye D. Westmark, Dong H. Kim, and Roy F. Riascos, this unique book provides the necessary knowledge to manage significant unexpected findings-from identification and analysis to efficacious interventions. With collaborative contributions from neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, neurologists, otolaryngologists, body and musculoskeletal imaging experts, endocrinologists, and hematologists/oncologists, this resource encompasses a wide spectrum of incidental findings. Organized into six sections, the book starts with normal variants that are extremely important to recognize in order to avoid unwarranted additional testing and unnecessary stress for the patient. Subsequent sections detail abnormalities that require extensive clinical evaluation in order to determine ideal management. These include incidental findings for extracranial, extraspinal, intracranial, and intraspinal imaging. The final section outlines CT and MR imaging artifacts that are particularly concerning because they may mimic more dangerous pathologies while degrading imaging quality and obscuring real findings. Key Features Key findings and differential diagnosis are listed for each entity Diagnostic decision trees present algorithms in an easy-to-understand manner Artifact analyses explain the technical reason for each artifact and what can be done to mitigate effects Clinical Q&As connect the radiologic diagnosis with actual case management decisions and provide in-depth background information that is applicable to management in various scenarios This essential guide will help trainee and practicing neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, and neurologists interpret incidental spine and brain imaging findings and make clinically informed, complex treatment decisions"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Sabine Weckbach, editor.
    Summary: This book covers incidental radiological findings (IFs) from different perspectives, provides interesting ethical background information, highlights the differences between IFs in clinical routine and during research studies, explains the management of IFs with reference to practices in different countries. The prevalence of IFs is increasing due to the wider use of modern imaging modalities in routine clinical practice and large population-based cohort studies. The reporting of these findings may lead to further diagnostic investigations and treatment and must therefore be handled with knowledge and care. The management of IFs in clinical routine is regulated by the guidelines of the different academic societies, while management in the setting of research studies depends on a variety of factors. In general, IFs must be disclosed to the imaged subject if they are potentially clinically relevant, but subjects must also be protected from the consequences of false positive findings. This book, written by distinguished experts in their fields, discusses all these issues and will be of interest to radiologists, other clinicians, and radiographers/technicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Charlotte Sweeney and Fleur Bothwick.
    Contents:
    About the authors
    Acknowledgements
    Foreword from larry hirst cbe
    Introduction
    Starting out
    What is "starting out"?
    Assessing your current position
    Creating the case for change
    Building a strategic plan
    Your role as a change agent
    Who is there to help? : working with external providers
    Taking the leap
    Building your team
    Communicating the change
    Bias and unconscious bias training
    Talent management : recruitment to career development
    Talent management : reward to exit
    Networks
    Achieving change
    Inclusive leadership development
    New ways of working
    Removing barriers and obstacles
    Thinking global, acting local
    Reaping the rewards
    Measuring impact and realising the benefits
    Embedding your strategy into the culture
    Leveraging d & i in the market
    Looking forward
    Conclusion
    References.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HD57.7 .S94 2016
    1
  • Digital
    by Norbert Jaušovec and Anja Pahor.
    Summary: "The finding that working memory training can increase fluid intelligence triggered a great number of cognitive training studies, the results of which have been fiercely debated among experts. The finding also prompted a surge of commercial versions of these working memory training programs. Increasing Intelligence overviews contemporary approaches and techniques designed to increase general cognitive ability in healthy individuals. The book covers behavioral training and different electrical stimulation methods such as TMS, tDCS, tACS, and tRNS, along with alternative approaches ranging from neurofeedback to cognitive-enhancing drugs. It describes crucial brain features that underlie intelligent behavior and discusses theoretical and technical shortcomings of the reported studies, then goes on to suggest avenues for future research and inquiry."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    The Mystery of Intelligence
    The Biological Background of Intelligence
    Raising Intelligence by Means of Behavioral Training
    Changing Brain Activity, Increasing Intelligence: Transcranial Electrical and Magnetic Stimulation
    Other Approaches: From Neurofeedback to Cognitive-Enhancing Drugs
    Once Upon a Time We Were on the Moon
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Philip J. Tofilon, Kevin Camphausen, editors.
    Summary: Current cancer therapies are focused on three general strategies: modifying intrinsic radiosensitivity via molecular targeting, manipulating microenvironmental factors to enhance tumor susceptibility to radiation, and improving delivery of radiation to critical tumor locations while sparing normal tissues. The goal of this volume is to describe a number of promising approaches corresponding to each strategy. In general, research in radiation oncology tends to be siloed into fundamental biology, physics or treatment delivery. The strategies for improving therapeutic ratio encompassed in this book will involve each of these components of radiation oncology. Thus, they will illustrate the variety of disparate approaches available for potentially improving the efficacy of radiotherapy, which may then stimulate discussion across disciplines and foster further translational investigations. Although a goal of each chapter will be to highlight advances within an approach, of equal importance will be the delineation of barriers to successful clinical application and how to overcome or minimize such impediments. Along these lines, because therapeutic ratio incorporates both tumor and normal tissue radio response, a point of emphasis will be the mechanistic rationale for selectively modifying tumor (sensitization) or normal cells (protection). Finally, whereas the literature is replete with studies describing potential targets/strategies for increasing the therapeutic ratio for radiotherapy, this book will focus on those supported by in vivo data consistent with impending translational application along with those that are already being evaluated in the clinic.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alexandre Trifilieff, editor.
    Summary: Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is a multi-component condition that results in increasingly limited airflow, usually associated with an abnormal inflammatory response of the lung. It constitutes a major public health burden worldwide, while only very few effective therapies are available. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the development of Onbrez Breezhaler, a newly approved once-daily inhaled 2 agonist for the treatment of COPD. It reviews the current pharmacotherapy for COPD and discusses topics such as the chemical design and the pre-clinical pharmacology of the molecule, the early clinical development, the INHANCE study (which provides a successful example of the use of an adaptive design in the confirmatory setting) and the Phase III clinical efficacy study, as well as the history and performance of the Breezhaler device. Finally, a list of emerging targets is included that could well offer future treatment options for COPD.

    Contents:
    Current Pharmacotherapy for COPD / James F. Donohue, Matthew C. Miles and Jill A. Ohar
    The Preclinical Pharmacology of Indacaterol / Alexandre Trifilieff, Steven J. Charlton and Robin A. Fairhurst
    The Design of the Indacaterol Molecule / Robin A. Fairhurst, Steven J. Charlton and Alexandre Trifilieff
    The Early Clinical Development of Indacaterol / Jutta Beier and Kai M. Beeh
    INHANCE: An Adaptive Confirmatory Study with Dose Selection at Interim / David Lawrence, Frank Bretz and Stuart Pocock
    Phase 3 Clinical Efficacy Studies: Lung Function / Ronald Dahl
    Phase III Clinical Efficacy of Indacaterol: Patient-Centered Outcomes / Donald A. Mahler
    The History and Performance of the Breezhaler Device / David Young, Lee Wood, Dilraj Singh and Juergen Dederichs
    What Does the Future Hold for the Therapy of COPD? / Peter J. Barnes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    pub. sous la direction du secrétaire général.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M1 .S69
    2
  • Print
    Isaac D. Welt.
    Contents:
    v. 1 (1931-1950)
    v. 2., pt. 1-2. (1951-1955)
    v. 3. (1956-1959).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6664.H3 N3
    5
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Truven c1971-
    Search Index nominum via the main Micromedex search screen.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RS51 .I38
    2
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RS51 .I38
    13
  • Digital
    Richard M. Duffy, Brendan D. Kelly ; With contributions by Soumitra Pathare, Arjun Kapoor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the background to the passing of India's revolutionary Mental Healthcare Act, 2017, offering a detailed description of the Act itself and a rigorous analysis in the context of the CRPD and the World Health Organization (WHO) standards for mental health law. It examines the fine balance, between complying with the CRPD while still delivering practical, humane, and implementable legislation. It explores how this legislation was shaped by the WHO standards and provides insights into areas where the Indian legislators deviated from these guidelines and why. Taking India as an example, it highlights what is possible in other low- and middle-income countries. Further it covers key issues in mental health, identifying potential competing interests and exploring the difficulties and limitations of international guidelines. The book is a valuable resource for psychiatrists, nurses, social workers, non-governmental organizations and all mental healthcare workers in India and anyone studying human rights law.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Introduction
    Abstract
    Introduction
    References
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    List of Tables
    Part I Mental Health Law and the Role of International Standards
    1 Background to Mental Health Law
    1.1 The Pre-history of Mental Health Law
    1.2 A Timeline of Mental Health Law
    1.2.1 Poor Laws and the Protection of Property
    1.2.2 Early Residential Care
    1.2.3 The Asylum Era
    1.2.4 Deinstitutionalization
    1.2.5 Rights-Based Mental Health Law
    1.3 Political and Ideologically Driven Legislation Relating to Mental Illness 1.3.1 Military Psychiatry
    1.3.2 Eugenics
    1.3.3 Key Events and the Protection of Society
    1.3.4 Legislation Relating to Suicide
    1.3.5 Forensic Psychiatry
    1.3.6 Marriage Laws
    1.4 Summary
    1.4.1 India's Mental Healthcare Act, 2017
    References
    2 The United Nations and Mental Health Law
    2.1 The United Nations and Human Rights
    2.2 The United Nations' Principles for the Protection of Persons with Mental Illness and the Improvement of Mental Health Care (1991)
    2.3 The United Nations' Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (2006) 2.3.1 Innovations of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities
    2.3.2 Criticism of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities' Impact on People with Mental Illness
    2.4 The United Nations' Human Rights Council
    References
    3 The World Health Organization and Mental Health Law
    3.1 The World Health Organization and the International Classification of Diseases
    3.2 The World Health Organization's Mental Health Care Law: Ten Basic Principles (1996)
    3.3 World Mental Health Atlas (2001-2017)
    3.4 The World Health Report (2001) 3.5 The World Health Organization Resource Book on Mental Health, Human Rights and Legislation (2005)
    3.6 Mental Health and Development (2010)
    3.7 World Health Organization Mental Health Action Plan 2013-2020 (2013)
    3.8 World Health Organization QualityRights Initiative (2012)
    References
    Part II Mental Health Legislation in India
    4 History of Mental Health Legislation in India
    4.1 Early Mental Healthcare in India
    4.2 Early Mental Health Legislation in India
    4.3 Indian Lunacy Act, 1912
    4.4 Constitution of India, 1949 and Representation of the People Act, 1950 4.5 India's Mental Health Act, 1987
    4.6 Modern Indian Legislation
    References
    5 India's Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016
    5.1 Background to India's Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016
    5.2 Provisions of the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016
    5.2.1 'Preliminary' Matters and Definitions
    5.2.2 'Rights and Entitlements'
    5.2.3 'Education'
    5.2.4 'Skill Development and Employment'
    5.2.5 'Social Security, Health, Rehabilitation and Recreation'
    5.2.6 'Special Provisions for Persons with Benchmark Disabilities'
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sanjeev Kelkar.
    Summary: This book brings together all the major components of the private health care sector in India, with detailed description of its evolution, the foundational ideas, its development, the positives and ill effects on the population. It suggests intelligible and practical remedies for public good. The book presents a comprehensive review of private health care sectors resistance to Indian Governments reforms like the National Medical Commission, NEET, Clinical Establishment Act and the new boost to the traditional medicine by the Indian government. The author has discussed contentious areas like Corporate Hospitals, Capitation Fee Colleges, Pharmaceutical Industry, Western Models in Health Care, Integration of Medical Systems, Ayushman Bharat Scheme, Health Insurance and Public Private Partnership on a massive scale.

    Contents:
    Corporate Hospitals
    Capitation Fee Colleges
    Perspectives on Pharmaceutical Industry
    Pharmaceutical Industry and Clinical Medicine
    Regulations and Regulators in Health Care
    Clinical Establishment Act and Reservations in Medical Education
    The Western Model in Disease and Health Care Delivery
    Health Insurance, National Health Protection Scheme, Public-Private Partnership
    Integration of Medical Systems: A Theoretical Perspective and Practical Blueprint.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sanjeev Kelkar.
    Summary: This book describes the present awful state of India's Public Health Care Delivery, its dismal planning and implementation. It argues that it can be remedied comprehensively and effectively, using its own already present resources. A radical re-evaluation of some sacrosanct ideas and discarding many of these, especially in Primary Care and its structure is required. It can be done without disadvantage to the last man served. This book starts with the sea change India has undergone and emphasizes new ways of managing health. High quality work force creation and its deployment, an unsolved problem is effectively given a solution. The bulk of the book discusses the entire public health care structure and function and how it can be newly laid out with proper work force allocation, hitherto grossly inadequate, including professionals from other training backgrounds. It is total solution that will help India to achieve the goal of Universal Health Care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Social and Philosophical Basis of Reorganization.- Chapter 2 Shortages of Doctors and Government Medical Colleges.- Chapter 3 Medical Education.- Chapter 4 The de novo Manpower Deployment Processes.- Chapter 5 Primary Care, Government Planning and National Rural Health Mission.- Chapter 6 Structure and Function 1
    The Primary Health Centers.- Chapter 7 Structure and Function 2
    The Community Health Centers.- Chapter 8 Structure and Function 3
    Expectations and Realization.- Chapter 9 Structure and Function 4
    The Final Picture.- Appendix 1: Work Profiles Community Workers and PHC Medical Officer.- Appendix 2 Controversies Surrounding the AYUSH System of Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Virendra Ghaisas.
    Summary: Each racial and ethnic population has their own nasal characteristics, which need to be considered when planning rhinoplasty surgery. This book is probably the first of its kind in the Indian context highlighting the goal of maintaining ethnic identity congruent with the patients facial features and establishing Indian standards for gauging the success of the surgery. This is important as most of the rhinoplasty books have addressed these issues of the Caucasian or southeast Asian population and Caucasian normative standards of facial analysis. This book provides a broader understanding of ethnically specific features. It highlights the regional variations within India and their implications for rhinoplasty Surgery, thereby filling the void of lack of knowledge of the intricacies of surgery on Indian noses. It deals with important topics such as preoperative evaluations, determining factors such as thickness and texture of skin along with the various complications that may be encountered. It simplifies and facilitates learning with numerous pre-operative, intra-operative, and postoperative photographs. This book provides a systematic approach to Rhinoplasty surgery in Indian patients with an emphasis on addressing the functional aspects along with the cosmetic aspects. This book is a must-have for trainees in rhinoplasty and plastic surgery courses along with facial plastic surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, and aesthetic surgeons operating on the Indian population across the globe.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    About the Author
    My Journey
    1: How to Start Journey of Rhinoplasty for Beginners
    2: An Overview of the Anthropological Perspective of Indian Noses and Its Implications for Rhinoplasty
    2.1 Effect of Migration
    2.2 Effect of Climate
    2.3 Interregional Variations of Some Nasal Parameters
    2.4 Nasal Index
    2.4.1 Nasal Index (Doddi et al.)
    3: Evaluation of Rhinoplasty Patients
    3.1 During Patient's First Visit
    3.1.1 Patient's Approach to Surgery
    3.1.2 Surgeon's Approach to Surgery
    3.1.3 Examination 3.1.3.1 General Examination
    3.1.3.2 Examination of the Nose
    3.1.4 Diagnostic Nasal Endoscopy
    3.2 Evaluation During Second Detailed Visit of the Patient
    3.2.1 Patients' Expectations
    3.2.2 Psychological Assessment
    3.2.2.1 Body Dysmorphic Syndrome
    3.2.2.2 Questionnaire
    3.2.3 Background and Ethnicity of the Patient
    3.2.4 Functional Assessment
    3.2.5 Analysis of Facial Aesthetics
    3.2.6 Analysis of the Nose
    3.2.6.1 Pre-operative Clinical Correlation
    3.2.6.2 Internal Nasal Valve (Fig. 3.18) 3.2.6.3 Analysis of Artistic or Aesthetic Beauty of the Face
    3.2.6.4 Facial Asymmetry (Figs. 3.21, 3.22 and 3.23)
    3.2.6.5 Photography
    3.2.6.6 Medical Photography (Figs. 3.33, 3.34, 3.35, 3.36 and 3.37)
    3.2.6.7 Rhinomanometry (Fig. 3.38)
    3.2.6.8 3D Software Analysis and Reconstruction (Fig. 3.39)
    4: Basic Rhinoplasty Surgery
    4.1 Operative Planning
    4.1.1 Anaesthesia
    4.1.2 Incision (Figs. 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 and 4.10)
    4.1.3 Dissection (Figs. 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14)
    4.1.4 Approach to the Septum (Figs. 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19)
    4.1.5 Septoplasty 4.1.6 Osteotomy (Figs. 4.28, 4.29, 4.30, 4.31 and 4.32)
    4.1.7 Surgery of Middle One-Third of the Nose
    4.1.8 Surgery of Lower One-Third of the Nose
    4.1.9 Closure
    4.1.10 Alaplasty (Explained in Detail in Chap. 9)
    4.2 Post-Operative Care
    4.2.1 Immediate Post-op Care
    4.2.2 Late Post-op Care
    4.3 Documentation
    4.4 Note on Piezoelectric Device
    5: Nasal Septum
    5.1 Internal Nasal Valve Area (Fig. 5.2)
    5.2 Acoustic Rhinometry
    5.3 Etiology of Nasal Septal Deviations
    5.3.1 Classification of Nasal Septal Deviations
    5.3.2 Examination of the Patient 5.4 Steps of Septoplasty
    5.5 Paediatric Septorhinoplasty
    6: Saddle Nose Deformity: Augmentation Rhinoplasty
    6.1 Modified Classification for Indian Patients
    6.2 Skin Thickness
    6.3 Classification
    6.4 Salient Features of Commonly Used Augmentation Techniques
    6.5 Structural Grafting
    6.6 Spreader Grafts
    6.7 Extended Spreader Graft
    6.8 Grafts
    6.9 Post-Operative Period
    6.10 Complication
    6.11 Conclusion
    7: Dorsal Nasal Hump Deformity: Reduction Rhinoplasty
    7.1 Cartilaginous Hump
    7.1.1 Treatment
    7.2 Bony and Cartilaginous Hump
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chandrakasan Sivaperuman, Krishnamoorthy Venkataraman, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive account of India's four biodiversity hotspots: the Himalaya, Indo-Burma, Western Ghats and Sri Lanka and Andaman and Nicobar Islands. With a focus on tropical rainforests, it includes more than 30 chapters covering different vertebrate fauna e.g. fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals, as well as topics such as conservation and management aspects. Written by experts in the field of biodiversity conservation and management, it offers ample new insights into a number of subjects related to the faunal communities of tropical forest ecosystems, providing a valuable resource for conservationists and researchers in the field of flora and fauna diversity.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Biodiversity Hotspots in India; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Biogeographic Zones of India; 1.3 Biodiversity in India; 1.4 The Biodiversity Hotspots Concept; 1.5 Indian Biodiversity Hotspots; 1.6 Hotspot: The Himalaya; 1.7 Biodiversity; 1.8 Hotspot: Indo-Burma; 1.9 Biodiversity; 1.10 Hotspot: Western Ghats and Sri Lanka; 1.11 Biodiversity; 1.12 Hotspot: Sundaland; 1.13 Important Major Fauna of Sundaland Hotspots (Nicobar Islands); 1.13.1 Coconut Crab, Birgus latro (Linnaeus, 1767). 1.13.2 Nicobar Megapode Megapodius nicobariensis (Blyth, 1846)1.13.3 Nicobar Tree Shrew Tupaia nicobarica (Zelebor, 1869); 1.13.4 Nicobar Long-Tailed Macaque Macaca fascicularis umbrosa (Miller, 1902); 1.13.5 Leatherback Turtle Dermochelys coriacea; 1.14 Major Threats to the Biodiversity; 1.15 Threats to Species and Genetic Diversity; 1.16 Government of India Efforts for Conservation of Biodiversity; 1.16.1 Protected Areas; 1.16.2 Project Tiger; 1.16.3 Project Elephant; 1.17 Biosphere Reserves of India; 1.18 Marine Protected Areas in India; 1.19 The Ramsar Convention. 1.20 Species Recovery Program for Saving Critically Endangered Animals1.21 Legislative and Policy Framework; 1.22 National Biodiversity Authority; 1.23 Other Important Central Acts Relevant to Biodiversity; References;
    2: Endemic, Endangered and Threatened Vertebrates in the Indian Hotspots; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Endemism; 2.3 Threatened Species; 2.4 Distribution of Amphibians of India; 2.5 Distribution of Reptiles of India; 2.6 Birds of India; 2.7 Mammals of India; 2.8 Few Threatened Animals of India; 2.8.1 Jerdonâ#x80;#x99;s Courser Rhinoptilus bitorquatus (Blyth, 1848). 2.8.13 Malabar Large-Spotted Civet Viverra civettina (Blyth, 1862)2.9 Endemic Birds Species of India; 2.10 Hotspot: Western Ghats; 2.11 Vertebrate Fauna of Western Ghats; 2.12 Endemic Birds of Western Ghats; 2.13 Endemic Mammals of Western Ghats; 2.14 Hotspot: Indo-Burma; 2.15 Endemic and Threatened Birds of Indo-Burma Hotspot; 2.16 Endemic and Threatened Species of Fishes; 2.17 Hotspot: Sundaland (Nicobar Islands); 2.18 Endemic Birds of Sundaland Hotspot (Nicobar Islands); 2.19 Endemic and Threatened Species of Mammals of Sundaland Hotspot; 2.20 Hotspot: Himalaya. 2.8.2 Forest Owlet Heteroglaux blewitti (Hume, 1873)2.8.3 White-Bellied Heron Ardea insignis (Hume, 1878); 2.8.4 Vultures; 2.8.5 Bengal Florican Houbaropsis bengalensis (Gmelin, 1789); 2.8.6 Himalayan Quail Ophrysia superciliosa (Gray, JE 1846); 2.8.7 Pink-Headed Duck Rhodonessa caryophyllacea (Latham, 1790); 2.8.8 Spoon-Billed Sandpiper Eurynorhynchus pygmeus (Linnaeus, 1758); 2.8.9 Siberian Crane Grus leucogeranus (Pallas, 1773); 2.8.10 Sociable Lapwing Vanellus gregarius (Pallas, 1771); 2.8.11 Pygmy Hog Porcula salvania (Hodgson, 1847); 2.8.12 Andaman and Nicobar Shrew.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Chandrakasan Sivaperuman, Krishnamoorthy Venkataraman, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive account of India's four biodiversity hotspots: the Himalaya, Indo-Burma, Western Ghats and Sri Lanka and Andaman and Nicobar Islands. With a focus on tropical rainforests, it includes more than 30 chapters covering different vertebrate fauna e.g. fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals, as well as topics such as conservation and management aspects. Written by experts in the field of biodiversity conservation and management, it offers ample new insights into a number of subjects related to the faunal communities of tropical forest ecosystems, providing a valuable resource for conservationists and researchers in the field of flora and fauna diversity.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Hotspots: An Introduction and Role in Conservation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Rationale for Conservation; 1.3 Biodiversity Hotspots; 1.4 Global Biodiversity Hotspots; 1.4.1 North and Central America; 1.4.2 South America; 1.4.3 Europe and Central Asia; 1.4.4 Africa; 1.4.5 Asia-Pacific; 1.5 Hotspots in India; 1.5.1 Himalaya; 1.5.2 Indo-Burma; 1.5.3 Sundaland; 1.5.4 Western Ghats and Sri Lanka; 1.6 Biodiversity Hotspot: A Case Example of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; 1.6.1 Physical Setting. 1.6.2 Diversity of Aboriginals1.6.3 Vegetation Diversity; 1.6.4 Faunal and Marine Biodiversity; 1.6.5 Birds; 1.6.6 Butterfly Diversity; 1.6.7 Important Indigenous Livestock Germplasm; 1.7 Endemism; 1.8 The Great Nicobar Biosphere Reserve; 1.9 Biodiversity Conservation; 1.9.1 Threats to Biodiversity; 1.9.2 Conservation in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; 1.9.3 The Strategy; 1.10 Conclusion; References;
    2: Notes on Snakes of the Genus Bungarus (Serpentes: Elapidae) from Northeast India; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Methods; 2.2.1 Morphometric Characteristics. 2.2.2 Family ELAPIDAE Boie 18272.2.2.1 Bungarus Daudin, 1803; 2.2.3 Species Account; 2.2.3.1 Bungarus fasciatus (Schneider 1801); Description of the Species Based on AD/AS 59, Juvenile, Kaziranga National Park, Assam; Live Coloration; Distributional Localities; Range; Altitudinal Distribution; Natural History Notes; 2.2.3.2 Bungarus niger Wall, 1908; Description of the Species Based on AD/AS 61 (Adult @ &, Maruacherra, Assam; Live Coloration; Variation; Locality Records; Range; Altitudinal Distribution; Natural History Notes; 2.2.3.3 Bungarus lividus Cantor,
    1839.
    4: Observations on Oviposition, Myiasis in Foam Nest, Egg Clutches, and Hatching in Endangered Tree Frog Polypedates insularis Das, 1995, from Great Nicobar Island, India4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Methods; 4.3 Results; 4.3.1 Oviposition; 4.3.2 Egg Clutches and Myiasis in Foam Nest; 4.3.3 Developmental Stages; 4.3.4 Predation and Threats; 4.4 Discussion; References;
    5: Diversity of Reptiles in the Indian Biodiversity Hotspots; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Methods; 5.2.1 Threats; References;
    6: Avifauna of Andaman and Nicobar Islands with an Updated Checklist; 6.1 Introduction. Composite Description of the Species Based on ZSIC 16133, Dibrugarh and ZSIC 16685, JalpaiguriLive Coloration; Locality Records; Range; Altitudinal Distribution; Natural History Notes; 2.2.3.4 Bungarus bungaroides (Cantor 1839); Description Based on AD/NL 42, Khonoma Village, Nagaland; References;
    3: Herpetofauna of Andaman and Nicobar Islands; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Methods; 3.2.1 Survey Location; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Taxonomic Chaos of Few Herpetofauna Reported from Andaman and Nicobar Islands; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Mukerji, Bishnupada.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Indigenous drugs.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RS141.68 .I39
    1
  • Digital
    Kavita Arora.
    Summary: This book offers an extensive study of indigenous communities in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India, and their methods of forest conservation, along with an exploration of the impact of forestry operations in the islands and the wide scale damage they have incurred on both the land and the people. Through an in-depth analysis of the contrasting indigenous practices and governmental forestry schemes, the author has compared the modern 'Joint Forest Management' resolution with the ethos and practices of the indigenous people of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Throughout the book, readers will learn about the different indigenous communities inhabiting these islands and the treasure of knowledge each of them provide on forest conservation. The book establishes that the notion of knowledge is politicized by the dominant culture in the context of Andaman's forest tribes, and traces how this denial of the existence of indigenous knowledge by government officials has led to reduced forest area in the region. The book also explores and analyses strategies to utilize and conserve the tribes' profound knowledge of the biodiversity of the islands and study their efforts towards forest conservation, protection and rejuvenation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Forest management by Andamanese tribes
    The Nicobarese tribes and their knowledge
    Notes from the field
    Indian forest administration and people participation in forest management
    Indigenous knowledge and intellectual property right : a discussion in the context of Andaman tribes.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Arne Pommerening, Pavel Grabarnik.
    Summary: Model-driven individual-based forest ecology has emerged in the 1990s and has given rise to a wealth of publications. At the same time, individual-based methods in forest management have been refined in a number of different countries and steadily grow in importance. For the first time this book integrates three main fields of forest ecology and management, i.e. tree/plant interactions, biometry of plant growth and human behaviour in forests. Individual-based forest ecology and management is an interdisciplinary research field with a focus on how the individual behaviour of plants contributes to the formation of spatial patterns that evolve through time. Key to this research is a strict bottom-up approach where the shaping and characteristics of plant communities are understood to be mostly the result of interactions between plants and between plants and humans. Written in a highly accessible style, the book provides essential information on theories and concepts of individual-based forest ecology and management and introduces point process statistics for analysing plant interactions. This is followed by methods of spatial modelling with a focus on individual-based models. The text is complemented by key concepts of modern plant growth science. Finally new methods of measuring, analysing and modelling human interaction with trees in forest ecosystems are introduced and discussed. For better access and understanding, all methods introduced in this book are accompanied by example code ready to use in the statistical software R and by worked examples. Additional technical details are given in three appendices.

    Contents:
    Foreword; Dan Binkley
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    1. Introduction
    2. Theories and concepts in individual-based forest ecology
    3. Theories and concepts in individual-based forest management
    4. Spatial methods of tree interaction analysis
    5. Spatial and individual-based modelling
    6. Principles of relative growth analysis
    7. Human disturbances and tree selection behavior
    A. Qualitative forest description
    B. Survey protocol for the establishment of permanent forest research plots
    C. Brief Introduction to the R language
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael C. Ashton.
    Summary: Individual Differences and Personality, Third Edition provides a comprehensive overview of research on personality. The book begins with the main approaches to the study of personality, basic principles of personality measurement, the concept of personality traits, and the major dimensions of personality variation. Further chapters review personality change and stability, biological causal mechanisms, genetic and environmental influences and evolutionary adaptive function. Personality disorders are examined as are life outcomes-such as relationships, work, health, and others-that are predicted by personality characteristics. The book additionally examines important individual differences, such as mental abilities, vocational interests, religious beliefs, political attitudes and sexuality. The third edition is updated with new findings on age-related differences in personality, on sexual orientation and personality, on socially desirable responding in personality assessment, and on the biological and social origins of mental ability differences. Treatments of several topics have been streamlined, including reliability and validity, developmental change, genetic and environmental influences and the structure of mental abilities.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Human M. Fatemi, Barbara Lawrenz.
    Summary: "Despite the notion that the first baby, Louise Brown, was born in 1978 following IVF performed in a natural menstrual cycle, ovarian stimulation became the golden standard of care in clinical IVF, since the number of oocytes retrieved, is directly associated with pregnancy and life birth rates. The aim should be to titrate the stimulation in such a way that the optimal number of follicles develop. Too few follicles (also referred to as low response) usually means poor IVF outcome, whereas too many developing follicles induce a risk for developing OHSS and possibly reduce the chance of success with increasing number of oocytes, if stimulation is not adjusted towards the end of follicular phase"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Individualized ovarian stimulation for normal and high responder / Laura Melado, Human M. Fatemi
    Individualized ovarian stimulation in patients with advanced maternal age and premature ovarian aging / Norbert Gleicher and David H. Barad
    Individualized Oocyte Maturation / Gustavo Nardini Cecchino, Diego Ventura Tarasconi, Juan Antonio García Velasco
    Individualized Luteal Phase Support / Barbara Lawrenz, Human Fatemi
    Individualized Management Of Male Infertility / Matheus Roque
    Individualized fertilization technique in the IVF laboratory : IVF or ICSI? / Neelke De Munck, Ibrahim Elkhatib
    Individualized genetic testing : who benefits? / Elpida Fragouli, Samer Alfarawati and Anna Mantzouratou
    Individualized Embryo Selection / Irene Hervás, Lucía Alegre, Lorena Bori and Marcos Meseguer
    Preparation for Optimal Endometrial Receptivity In Cryo Cycles / Coughlan C, Lawrenz B, Fatemi H.
    Individualized immunological testing in recurrent implantation failure / Diana Alecsandru and J.A. Garcia Velasco
    Individualized Embryo Transfer / Carol Coughlan, Louisa Loiudice, Antonio Pellicer.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Tobias Fischer, Martin Langanke, Paul Marschall, Susanne Michl, editors.
    Summary: In 2009 the University Medicine Greifswald launched the "Greifswald Approach to Individualized Medicine" (GANI_MED) to implement biomarker-based individualized diagnostic and therapeutic strategies in clinical settings. Individualized Medicine (IM) has led not only to controversies about its potentials, but also about its societal, ethical and health economic implications. This anthology focusses on these areas and includes ? next to clinical examples illustrating how the integrated analysis of biomarkers leads to significant improvement of therapeutic outcomes for a subgroup of patients ? chapters about the definition, history and epistemology of IM. Additionally there is a focus on conceptual philosophical questions as well as challenges for applied research ethics (informed consent process, the IT-based consent management and the handling of incidental findings). Finally it pays attention to health economic aspects. The possibilities of IM to initiate a paradigm shift in the German health care provision are investigated. Furthermore, it is asked whether the G-DRG system is ready for the implementation of such approaches into clinical routine.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Definition and concept of Individualized Medicine
    Perspectives of socio-cultural and historical studies
    Medical perspectives
    Concept-based ethical questions
    Applied research ethics
    Health economic assessment of Individualized Medicine
    Conclusions and recommendations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Martin Dreyling, Marco Ladetto, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of current treatment strategies in indolent lymphomas, the clinical management of which continues to pose significant challenges for the general oncologist despite the tremendous progress in diagnosis, evaluation of risk factors, and molecular targeted approaches. Experts in the field from around the world describe the histomorphology in a clinically relevant manner, consider the role of risk factors in detail, and discuss the full spectrum of therapeutic approaches. Special emphasis is placed on the translation of molecular science into clinical care, and a disease-specific algorithm is proposed for each entity. The coverage encompasses follicular lymphoma, MALT, nodal marginal zone lymphoma, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, Waldenström's macroglobulinemia, hairy cell leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, mycosis fungoides, large granular lymphocytic leukemia, and also mantle cell lymphoma. The book will be an excellent resource for experienced and inexperienced practitioners alike.

    Contents:
    Pathology
    Molecular Genetics
    MRD
    Pet Imaging
    Role of Radiotherapy
    Follicular Lymphoma
    MALT
    Nodal Marginal Zone Lymphoma
    Splenic Marginal Zone Lymphom
    Waldenstroem
    Mantle Cell Lymphoma
    Hairy Cell Leukemia
    Chronic Lyphocytic Leukemia
    Mykosis Fungoides
    Large Granular Lymphocytic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Stefano Capolongo, Gaetano Settimo, Marco Gola, editors.
    Summary: This interdisciplinary guide offers background, research findings, and practical strategies for assessing and improving air quality in hospitals and other healthcare settings. Positing good air quality as critical to patient and staff well-being, it identifies disease-carrying microbes, pollutants, and other airborne toxins and their health risks, and provides localized interventions for reducing transmission of pathogens. Effective large-scale approaches to air quality control are also outlined, from green building materials to hygienic HVAC and air treatment practices. Its thoroughness of coverage makes this book a vital resource for professionals involved in every aspect of health service facilities, from planning and construction to maintenance and management. Among the topics covered: Existing guidelines in indoor air quality: the case study of hospital environments Hospital environments and epidemiology of healthcare-associated infections Analysis of microorganisms in hospital environments and potential risks Legionella indoor air contamination in healthcare environments HVAC system design in healthcare facilities and control of aerosol contaminants Assessment of indoor air quality in inpatient wards Indoor Air Quality in Healthcare Facilities imparts up-to-date expertise to a variety of professional readers, including hospitals' technical and management departments, healthcare facilities' chief medical officers, hospital planners, sport and thermal building designers, public health departments, and students of universities and schools of hygiene.

    Contents:
    Preface/Introduction
    Existing guidelines in indoor air quality (IAQ): the case study of the hospital environments
    The State of the Art: applications of IAQ in international healthcare systems
    Hospital environments and nosocomial infections
    Analysis of micro-organisms in hospital environments and potential risks
    contamination in indoor air in healthcare environments
    Environmentally friendly and low-emissivity construction materials and furniture
    Hygiene management of air treatment systems
    Engineering plants and air quality in hospitals
    Assessment of indoor air quality in inpatient wards
    Perspectives in health care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Reiko Kishi, Dan Norbäck, Atsuko Araki, editors.
    Summary: This volume discusses the effects of indoor air environment and pollution in modern buildings on human health. Highlighting epidemiological studies and the determining factors, it offers proposals for improving indoor air quality (IAQ) in different environments. Focusing not only on homes and offices, but also vehicles and aircrafts, it details practical methods of measuring and assessing indoor air quality. Written by pioneering researchers, Indoor Environmental Quality and Health Risk toward Healthier Environment for All is a valuable resource for both new and established researchers as well as students seeking a comprehensive overview of the facts on indoor air quality and health. Also is also of interest to hygiene experts in industry, occupational health and safety professionals, governmental public health sectors and school physicians.

    Contents:
    Epidemiological studies on indoor air quality and health. Importance of Indoor Environmental Quality on Human Health toward Achievement of the SDGs
    Homes-1 Sick Building/House Syndrome
    Homes-2 Associations with Home Environment for Asthma, Rhinitis and Dermatitis
    Offices
    The indoor environment in schools, kindergartens and day care centres
    In-vehicle exposures at transportation and the health concerns
    Factors determing Indoor Air Qualities and their health impacts. Aldehydes, volatile organic compounds (VOCs), and health
    Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs): Phthalates and phosphorous frame retardants and health risks
    Microbial agents in the indoor environment- associations with health
    Dampness, indoor mould and health
    Particles Matter, Nitrogen dioxide and Sulfur Dioxide
    Combustion and Cookstoves
    Indoor thermal environment and cardiovascular diseases
    Provision for improving indoor environment quality. Housing performance and equipment for healthy indoor environment
    Sick building syndrome (SBS), personality, psychosocial factors and treatment
    Guidelines and Regulations for Indoor Environmental Quality
    Future directions of research on indoor environment, indoor air quality (IAQ) and health.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Kenji Kabashima, Gyohei Egawa, editors.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on "inducible" lymphoid organs (ILOs): antigen presentation sites that are generated de novo in peripheral tissues under various pathogenic conditions. Accomplished immunologists demonstrate that the physiological role of these ILOs is completely different from that of central lymphoid organs, i.e., the lymph nodes or spleen. In addition to the central organs, the ILOs are considered essential structures for the efficient elicitation of adaptive immune responses in lesions. The respective chapters highlight examples from multiple sites, e.g. the skin, lung, intestinal tract, genital tract, the synovial membrane of the joints and artificial lymph nodes. Accordingly, readers will learn that ILO structure and function can vary substantially, depending on the context. Presenting the results of the latest immunological research, the book offers a fascinating and insightful read for both scientists and clinicians in the areas of infectious and immune-associated diseases.

    Contents:
    Basics of Inducible Lymphoid Organs
    Role of iBALT in respiratory immunity
    Chronic inflammation in mucosal tissues: Barrier integrity, inducible lymphoid tissues, and immune surveillance
    Role of lymphoid structure in skin immunity
    Memory lymphocyte clusters in genital immunity: Role of tissue-resident memory T cells (TRM)
    Ectopic lymphoid tissue in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Artificial construction of immune tissues/organoids and their application for immunological intervention.
  • Digital
    Karl Reinhard Aigner, Frederick Oscar Stephens, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction: overview, history, terminology and early clinical experience
    2. The principle of dose response in antineoplastic drug delivery
    3. Drug removal systems and induction chemotherapy
    4. Cryotherapy
    5. Local and regional hyperthermia
    6. The role of hypoxia and hyperthermia in chemotherapy
    7. Induction chemotherapy in head and neck cancers
    8. Isolated thoracic perfusion with carotid artery infusion for advanced and chemoresistant tumors of the parotid gland and tonsils
    9. Induction chemotherapy for breast cancer
    10. Patients with locally advanced breast cancer receiving intra-arterial induction chemotherapy: report of a phase II clinical study
    11. Regional chemotherapy for thoracic wall recurrence and metastasized breast cancer
    12. Cytoreductive surgery and "hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy (HIPEC)"
    13. Induction bidirectional chemotherapy for gastric cancer with peritoneal dissemination
    14. Esophageal cancer
    15. Gastric cancer
    16. Systemic and regional chemotherapy for advanced and metastasized pancreatic cancer
    17. Interventional radiological procedures for port-catheter implantation
    18. Induction chemotherapy for hepatocellular carcinoma
    19. Transarterial treatment of primary and secondary liver tumors
    20. Pelvic perfusion for rectal cancer
    21. Isolated pelvic perfusion with chemofiltration for pelvic malignancies: anal, cervical, and bladder cancer
    22. Penile cancer treated by intra-arterial infusion
    23. Systemic induction chemotherapy for advanced-stage epithelial ovarian cancer
    24. Regional chemotherapy in recurrent platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
    25. Isolated limb perfusion for melanoma
    26. Isolated limb infusion
    27. Induction treatment in sarcomas
    28. Isolated limb perfusion for locally advanced soft tissue sarcoma
    29. Induction chemotherapy in treatment of sarcomas
    30. Isolation perfusion systems: lungs
    31. Metastatic cancers in lung: isolated lung perfusionn: clinical studies
    32. Isolated thoracic perfusion with chemofiltration (ITP-F) for advanced and pretreated non-small-cell lung cancer
    33. Toxicity profiles with systemic versus regional chemotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Kristie Brandt, C.N.M., M.S.N., D.N.P. ; Bruce D. Perry, M.D., Ph. D. ; Stephen Seligman, D.M.H., Ed Tronick, Ph. D. ; foreword by T. Berry Brazelton, M.D.
    Summary: Drawing from their pioneering work on infant-parent mental health, the editors of Infant and Early Childhood Mental Health: Core Concepts and Clinical Practice have assembled a comprehensive, clinically useful volume for health care providers who serve children and families from pregnancy through age 5 in their practices.

    Contents:
    Core concepts in infant-family and early childhood mental health / Kristie Brandt
    The neurosequential model of therapeutics (NMT) : application of a developmentally sensitive and neurobiology-informed approach to clinical problem solving in maltreated children / Bruce D. Perry
    Typical and a-typical development : peek-a-boo and blind selection / Ed Tronick
    Brazelton's neurodevelopmental and relational touchpoints & infant mental health / John Hornstein
    The neurorelational framework (NRF) in infant and early childhood mental health / Connie Lillas
    Attachment theory : implications for young children and their parents / Carol George
    Psychoanalytic & psychodynamic theory : play therapy for young children / Alexandra Murray Harrison
    Interpersonal neurobiology, mindsight, and integration : the mind, relationships & the brain / Benjamin W. Nelson, Suzanne C. Parker, Daniel J. Siegel
    Basics of counseling in infant-parent and early childhood mental health / Barbara Stroud, Michael M. Morgan
    Behavioral epigenetics and the developmental origins of child mental health disorders / Barry M. Lester, Carmen J. Marsit, Cailey Bromer
    D-C: 0-3R : a diagnostic schema for infants and young children and their families / Cherise Northcutt, Barbara McCarroll
    Fussy babies : early challenges in regulation, impact on the dyad and family, and longer-term implications / Linda Gilkerson, Larry Gray
    The developmental & dyadic implications of challenges with sensory processing, physical functioning, and sensory based self-regulation / Marie E. Anzalone, Margaret Ritchey
    Autism spectrum disorders : the importance of parent-child relationships / Mary Beth Steinfeld, Ruby Moye Salazar
    Touch in parent-infant mental health : arousal, regulation, and relationships / Mark Ludwig, Tiffany Field
    Developmental psychopathology : core principles and implications for child mental health / Stephen P. Hinshaw, Cassandra L. Joubert
    The basics of video intervention therapy (VIT) and its use with psychiatrically disturbed parents / George Downing, Susanne Wortmann-Fleischer, Regina von Einsiedel, Wolfgang Jordan, Corinna Reck
    Evidence-based treatments and evidence-based practices in the infant-parent mental health field / Connie Lillas, Joshua Feder, James Diel, Kristie Brandt
    Transforming clinical practice through reflection work / Kristie Brandt
    The trilogy of attachment, intersubjectivity & mentalization within the experience of the child, the parent & the provider / Stephen Seligman.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    Pediatric Nutrition Dietetic Practice Group ; editors, Caroline Steele, Emily A. Collins.
    Contents:
    Getting started / Caroline Steele and Emily A. Collins
    Physical facilities / Sherry Archuleta and Catharine Kascht
    Equipment & supplies / Sherry Archuleta and Catharine Kascht
    Staffing & workflow / Jennifer Moroney
    Expressed human milk preparation & handling / Rachelle Lessen
    Lactoengineering / Sharon Groh-Wargo
    Donor milk, human milk products, & milk sharing / Virginia H. Carney and Aunchalee Palmquist
    Formula preparation & handling / Sandra Robbins and Robin Meyers
    Blenderized tube feedings / Sara Tutor and Katherine Bennett
    Modulars & other additives / Trayce Gardner and Linda Heller
    Delivery & bedside management / Deborah A Hutsler and Laura J Benson Szekely
    Microbiology & infection prevention / Laura Serke and Emily Burritt
    Quality assurance, monitoring, and emergency preparedness / Suzanne Smith.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Rachel Y. Moon, editor.
    Summary: This book is a practical, comprehensive look at safe sleep for infants, including safe sleep for infants with co-occurring medical conditions. Currently there is a dearth of resources on this topic for general pediatricians and other clinicians who provide health care to infants. The only evidence-based information about sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) and other sleep-related infant deaths is published in policy statements and technical reports published by the American Academy of Paediatrics. However pediatricians, public health professionals, and others who provide health care, anticipatory guidance, and/or health education to parents often have difficulty translating the policy recommendations to practice. This book gives guidance and suggestions for clinicians for counseling parents and other caretakers of infants. It discusses common barriers to adherence, as well as approaches that are evidence-based or use behavior change theory. Chapters focus on important aspects of the sleep environment, evaluating commonly sold sleep products, and common sleep practices, including roomsharing and bedsharing. There is also a thorough discussion of SIDS pathophysiology, and a closing chapter on grief and counselling families after a loss. Each chapter follows an organizational structure, to promote consistency and ensure this remains a practical, easy-to-use tool. Chapters open with a clinical vignette and close with a discussion of frequently encountered questions, and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Infant Safe Sleep is a valuable resource for pediatricians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants as well as social workers, allied health professionals, public health practitioners, health educators, WIC nutritionists and child care providers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Editor's Note About Nomenclature
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Why This Book Is Important
    Safe Sleep Chose Me
    We Are Not Alone
    SIDS, SUID, ASSB: The Alphabet Soup of Sleep-Related Deaths
    Room for Improvement
    Practical Questions and Advice
    Real Stories, Real Families
    It Starts with a List of Recommendations
    References
    Chapter 2: How Pathophysiology Explains Risk and Protective Factors
    Introduction
    Why Are Infants Vulnerable to Cardiorespiratory Challenges?
    Risk Factors
    Why Does Prone Sleeping Increase the Risk? Why Do We Advise Avoiding Loose Bedding in the Crib?
    What About Swaddling?
    Exposure to Cigarette Smoke, Alcohol, and Illicit Drugs Increases the Risk
    Infants Born Preterm Are at an Increased Risk
    Where Should Baby Sleep?
    Bed-Sharing Is a Risk
    Protective Factors
    Breastfeeding
    Pacifier Use
    Immunization
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 3: Safe Sleep Recommendations
    Introduction
    Background
    Recommendations to Reduce the Risk of SIDS and Other Sleep-Related Infant Deaths
    A-Level Recommendations
    B-Level Recommendations
    C-Level Recommendations
    References Chapter 4: Parent Decision-Making and How to Influence Decisions
    Introduction
    Theoretical Perspectives
    Socio-ecological Model
    The Integrated Behavioral Model
    Decision-Making About Infant Care Practices
    Influencing Decision-Making
    References
    Chapter 5: Supine (Back) Sleep Position
    Rationale: Why Supine Sleep?
    Rebreathing
    Overheating
    Decreased Arousal and Autonomic Control
    Barriers to Adherence and Strategies for Counseling Parents About Supine Sleep
    Attitudes
    Perceived Social Norms
    Perceived Control
    Frequently Asked Questions What Is the Best Way to Explain the Importance of Supine Sleep to Families?
    Why Is Side Position Not Safe? It Seems Like a Good Compromise?
    What Can I Tell Families When They Say Their Infants Will Not Sleep in the Supine Position?
    What Should I Tell Families When They Are Worried that Their Infant Will Choke When Sleeping in the Supine Position?
    What About Babies Who Have Gastroesophageal Reflux? Is It Safe for Them to Be on Their Backs?
    How Can I Help Families Avoid Positional Plagiocephaly in Their Infants? What Do I Tell Families When They Ask Me if the Sleep Positioner They Saw in a Store Is Safe for Their Infant?
    What Should I Tell Parents About What to Do When Their Infant Rolls Over?
    References
    Chapter 6: Room-Sharing Without Bed-Sharing
    Background
    The Controversy
    Room-Sharing Is Protective Against SIDS
    Room-Sharing May Disrupt Parents' Sleep
    Guidance for Parents
    Bed-Sharing Increases the Risk of SIDS
    How Prevalent Is Bed-Sharing?
    Why Do Parents Bed-Share?
    The Controversy: Is Bed-Sharing Safe for Breastfed Infants?
    Guidance for Parents
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nora V. Laver, Charles S. Specht, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology and Clinical Significance of Ocular Infection / Charles S. Specht and Nora V. Laver
    2. Pathogenic Properties of Infectious Organisms and Tissue Reactions / Nora V. Laver and Charles S. Specht
    3. Ocular Infection Worldwide / Mary Klassen-Fischer and Ronald C. Neafie
    4. Conjunctivitis / Tayyeba K. Ali and Seth M. Pantanelli
    5. Corneal Infection and Ulceration / Seth M. Pantanelli and Tayyeba K. Ali
    6. Intraocular Infection / Andre J. Witkin
    7. Infections of the Eyelids, Orbit, and Ocular Adnexa / Guneet Sodhi, Erica Liu, Jennifer Renz, Katrinka Heher, and Mitesh Kapadia
    8. Ocular Infection in Children / Mitchell B. Strominger
    9. Anti-infective Therapy for Ocular Infection / Jihye Kim
    10. Role of the Clinical Microbiology Laboratory / David W. Craft and Wallace H. Greene.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Yehuda Shoenfeld, Zabludowicz Center for Autoimmune Diseases, Sheba Medical Center, Tel Hashomer, affiliated with Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, and Laura Schwarz-Kip Chair for Research of Autoimmune Diseases, Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Ramat Aviv, Israel, Nancy Agmon-Levin, Zabludowicz Center for Autoimmune Diseases, Sheba Medical Center, Tel Hashomer, affiliated with Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Ramat Aviv, Israel, Noel R. Rose, Department of Pathology, Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology, the Center for Autoimmune Disease Research, the Johns Hopkins Schools of Medicine and Public Health, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Jennie Wilson ; foreword by Professor Heather Loveday.
    Summary: Infection control is a major issue in clinical practice. This updated edition provides a comprehensive guide to the principles and practice of infection control and prevention, and the basic elements of microbiology and epidemiology that underpin them. The contents are firmly based in clinical practice and are relevant to both hospital and community settings. The information is research-based and extensively referenced and therefore provides an invaluable resource for evidence-based practice. Presentation is clear, concise and accessible to a wide audience including diploma and degree course students, nurses and allied health professionals working in clinical settings, and infection control specialists.

    Contents:
    I: Principles
    Introduction to microbiology
    Understanding the microbiology laboratory
    The epidemiology of infection and strategies for prevention
    The immune system and the immunocompromised patient
    A guide to antimicrobial chemotherapy
    Micro-organisms and their comtrol
    II: Practice
    Standard infection control precautions
    Preventing wound infection
    Preventing infection associated with intravascular therapy
    Preventing infection associated with urethral catheters
    Preventing infection of the respiratory tract
    Preventing gastrointestinal infection
    Cleaning disinfection and sterilization
    Management of the infectious patient
    Ectoparasitic infections and environmental infestations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Louis G. DePaola, Leslie E. Grant, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the principles of infection control and the guidelines and standards of care in multiple countries, discussing them within the context of the practice of dentistry. The aim is to enable dental practitioners to ensure that the appropriate measures are adopted for each patient contact, thereby minimizing the risk of transmission of infection ? a goal that is becoming ever more important given the threats posed by new or re-emerging infectious diseases and drug-resistant infections. Readers will find information and guidance on all aspects of infection control within the dental office: hand and respiratory hygiene, use of personal protective equipment, safe handling of sharps and safe injection practices, management of occupational exposures, maintenance of dental unit water quality, surface disinfection, and the cleaning and sterilization of dental instruments. Infection Control in the Dental Office will be an invaluable asset for all dental practitioners, including dentists, dental specialists, dental hygienists, and dental assistants.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Overview of Infectious Diseases of Concern to Dental Practitioners: Bloodborne Pathogens
    3. Overview of Infectious Diseases of Concern to Dental Practitioners Other Viral Infections
    4. Overview of Infectious Diseases of Concern to Dental Practitioners: Bacterial Infections
    5. Infection Control Standards of Care
    6. Standard Precautions
    7. Respiratory Hygiene and Cough Etiquette
    8. Safe Handling of Sharps and Safe Injection Practices
    9. Management of Occupational Exposures
    10. Management of Occupational Exposures
    11. Dental Unit Waterlines
    12. Surface Disinfection
    13. Cleaning and Sterilization of Dental Instruments
    14. Dental Care During Catastrophic Events
    15. Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Umile Giuseppe Longo, Nicolaas C. Budhiparama, Sébastien Lustig, Roland Becker, João Espregueira-Mendes, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth overview of the aetiology, treatment and prevention of infections following knee arthroplasty. It presents up-to-date information on available techniques and salvage procedures for complex patients with infected, total knee arthroplasty. Divided into 5 sections, this book explores biomaterials, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment and prevention, including preoperative optimisation, in order to reduce knee infections. This book is a valuable reference resource for practicing orthopaedic surgeons, residents, and medical students wishing to understand the fundamental concepts in infectious disease medicine needed in current orthopaedic practice.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and socioeconomic impact of infections in knee replacement
    Aetiology and pathogenesis of knee replacement infections.Biomaterials in artificial joint replacement. The role of the surface on bacteria-implant interactions
    In-vitro and in-vivo models for the study of prosthetic joint infections. Clinical manifestation. General and local symptoms. Diagnosis. Laboratory diagnosis
    Microbiological diagnosis
    Molecular analysis and histological evaluation
    Imaging
    Definitional criteria and algorithms of diagnosis. Treatment of knee replacement infections. Systemic antibiotic therapy
    Innovative pharmacological strategies
    Surgical approaches
    DAIR
    One stage
    Two stage
    Static spacers
    Dynamic spacers
    Arthrodesis
    Outcomes
    Complications
    Resistant germs. Current evidence on prevention of knee replacement infections. Medical optimization of patient prior to surgery
    Antibiotic prophylaxis during primary and revision joint replacement
    Preoperative management
    Intraoperative management
    Dental Procedures after joint replacement
    Thromboprophylaxis and haematomas
    Antibiotic impregnated cement
    Arthroplasty following Prior septic arthritis
    Antibiotic-loaded cement in primary and revision joint replacement
    Operative Room
    Tourniquet
    Intraarticular injection prior Joint replacement.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Oliver A. Cornely, Martin Hoenigl, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough update on the management of infections in patients with hematologic malignancies, focusing particularly on prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. Detailed attention is devoted to the central roles that vaccination and anti-infective prophylaxis have gained in improving overall survival in this patient group, in accordance with the principle that prevention is better than cure. Careful consideration is also paid to risk stratification, which is crucial in ensuring that anti-infective prophylaxis is targeted to those at the highest risk. While preventive strategies reduce the prevalence of infections, optimized management strategies are vital to decrease infection-related morbidity and mortality in those who nevertheless develop infections. Here, readers will find in-depth, up-to-date knowledge on the diagnosis and treatment of bacterial, fungal, viral, and parasitic infections, according to the affected organ and the causative pathogen. Finally, treatment in intensive care units is reviewed. The book will be of high value for hematologists, oncologists, and infection specialists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Epidemiology and Risk Factors of Invasive Fungal Infections
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation (HSCT)
    1.3 Acute Leukemia
    1.4 Other Hematologic Diseases
    1.5 Invasive Candidiasis
    1.6 Other Invasive Yeast Infections
    1.7 Invasive Aspergillosis
    1.8 Mucormycosis
    1.9 Fusariosis
    1.10 Other Invasive Mold Infections
    1.11 Pneumocystosis
    1.12 Endemic Mycoses
    1.13 Risk Stratification and Preventive Strategies
    References
    2: Antibacterial and Antiparasitic Prophylaxis
    2.1 Introduction 2.2 Antibacterial Prophylaxis
    2.2.1 Who Is at Risk?
    2.2.2 Antibacterial Prevention Strategies in Neutropenic Patients: Past and Present
    2.3 Concerns About Antibiotic Prophylaxis
    2.3.1 Treatment Cost
    2.3.2 Antibiotic Resistance
    2.4 Antiparasitic Prophylaxis
    2.4.1 Introduction
    2.4.2 Recommendations for Prevention of Specific Infections
    2.4.2.1 Enteric Pathogens
    2.4.2.2 Infections Transmitted by Arthropod Bites
    2.4.2.3 Infections Transmitted Through Skin and Mucous Membranes
    References
    3: Antifungal Prophylaxis
    3.1 Introduction 3.2 General Measures for Prevention of Invasive Fungal Infections
    3.3 Acute Myeloid Leukaemia and Myelodysplastic Syndromes
    3.4 Allogeneic Haematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    3.5 Autologous Haematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    3.6 Novel Therapeutic Agents and Fungal Risk in Other Haematological Malignancies
    3.7 Aplastic Anaemia
    3.8 Secondary Prophylaxis
    3.9 Primary Prophylaxis as Part of the Antifungal Management Continuum
    References
    4: Antiviral Prophylaxis
    4.1 Herpes Viruses
    4.1.1 Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) 4.1.2 Varicella-Zoster Virus (VZV)
    4.1.3 Cytomegalovirus (CMV)
    4.2 Respiratory Viruses
    4.3 Hepatotropic Viruses
    4.4 Polyomaviruses
    4.5 Other Viruses
    References
    5: Immune Response to Vaccines
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Vaccine Immune Response
    5.2.1 Live Vaccines
    5.2.2 Non-Live Vaccines
    5.2.3 Vaccine Adjuvants
    5.2.4 Stages of Immunization
    5.2.4.1 The Extrafollicular Vaccine Immune Reaction
    5.2.4.2 The Germinal Centre Vaccine Immune Reaction
    5.3 Determining Factors of Vaccine Immune Response
    5.3.1 Host Factors
    5.3.1.1 Age 5.3.1.2 Genetic Factors
    5.3.2 Nature of the Vaccine
    5.3.3 Schedule of Vaccination
    5.4 Specificity of Vaccine Immune Response
    References
    6: Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
    6.1 Influenza
    6.1.1 Hematological Malignancies and Influenza
    6.1.2 Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation (HSCT) and Influenza
    6.1.2.1 Timing of the Vaccination
    6.1.2.2 Vaccination of the Household
    6.1.2.3 Vaccination of the Donor
    6.2 Fungal Infections and Vaccination
    6.3 Herpes Zoster
    6.3.1 Hematological Malignancies and Herpes Zoster
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gonzalo Bearman, Daniel J. Morgan, Rekha K. Murthy, Susy Hota, editors.
    Summary: The first edition of Infection Prevention reviewed evolving areas in infection prevention on topics including contact precautions, technology implementation, specific infections, and care in various settings. It summarized the current data on infection prevention, presents controversies on the various topics, and includes recommendations for patient safety. Addressing hot topics such as MRSA, C. difficile vaccination, mandatory flu vaccines, and CLABSI, this is the only text to include prevention and control overviews across a range of infection issues. Written by experts in the field, this successor edition will update current chapters on the most cutting-edge models of care on emerging and evolving topics in infectious diseases. It will also include new material and chapters on high-level disinfection, diagnostic test stewardship, unique pathogens units, outpatient antibiotic stewardship, outpatient antibiotic therapy, as well as a chapter on infection prevention metrics: how much can we prevent healthcare associated infections and how hard should we try. The second edition of Infection Prevention: New Perspectives and Controversies is a valuable resource for infection prevention professionals, healthcare quality and safety professionals, caring for patients in in- and outpatient settings.

    Contents:
    HAI Controversies: Contact Precautions
    Hand Hygiene Monitoring Technologies: Implementation and Outcomes
    Universal Glove and Gown Use for the Prevention of Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)or Vancomycin-Resistant Enterococcus (VRE)
    Isolation Precautions for Visitors
    Bacterial Contamination of the Anesthesia Work Area: Hands, Patients, and Things
    Infection Control in the Outpatient
    New Technologies for Infection
    What Is the Role of Mobile No-Touch Disinfection Technology in Optimizing Healthcare Environmental Hygiene?
    Universal MRSA/Staphylococcal Decolonization for Hospitalized Patients
    Staphylococcal Decolonization in Surgery Patients
    The Surgical Care Improvement Project Redux: Should CMS Revive Process of Care Measures for Prevention of Surgical Site Infections?
    Healthcare Worker Apparel and Infection Prevention
    Antimicrobial Textiles and Infection Prevention: Clothing and the Inanimate Environment Clothes and Inanimate Environment
    Multidrug Resistant Gram Negative Bacilli - Infection Prevention Considerations
    Active Surveillance Cultures for MRSA, VRE, Multidrug-Resistant Gram-Negatives
    C. difficile Microbiome Manipulation
    Air Contamination in the Hospital Environment
    Vertical Versus Horizontal Infection Control Interventions
    The Role of the Hospital Epidemiologist
    Whole Genome Sequencing for Outbreak Investigation
    Viral Hemorrhagic Fever Preparedness
    Probiotics and Infection Prevention
    Animals in Healthcare Settings
    Decolonization in Infection Control of Gram-negative Bacilli
    Testing water for Legionella Prevention
    The importance of C. difficile colonization on infection prevention
    Mandatory Influenza Vaccination of Healthcare Personnel
    Chlorhexidine Gluconate Bathing Outside the Intensive Care Unit
    Airborne Precautions and Personal Protective Equipment: The Powered Air-Purifying Respirator-Only Approach
    Donning and Doffing of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Is Training Necessary?
    Rapid Diagnostics in Infection Prevention
    Diagnostic test stewardship
    Innovations in Ambulatory Stewardship
    Outpatient antibiotic therapy (OPAT)
    Construction and remodeling in the healthcare environment: The critical role of the healthcare epidemiologist
    Airborne or Not? What Constitutes Aerosole Generating Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Deverick J. Anderson.
    Summary: "Derived from protocols developed for the National Football League, Infection Prevention in Athletes outlines best practices and recommendations that are designed to minimize the risk of infections among athletes. This unique resource provides concise, authoritative guidance for athletic training facilities on applying infection prevention practices typically provided in hospitals and outpatient clinics. You'll find practical tips and real-world advice on preventing transmission of bacterial and viral infections in an environment of frequent skin injuries, close proximity of players, and frequent administration of routine medical care.Offers clear guidance for today's athletes, athletic trainers, and physicians from the team that teaches infection control and prevention to the NFL. Covers best practices and recommendations for key areas of education, infection prevention, and cleaning and maintenance. Assists teams in formulating policies related to player and staff education, hygiene, cleaning and disinfection, diagnosis and treatment of specific infections and conditions, and the management of infections among team members. Helps readers devise protocols for assessing suitability to return to full team activities following treatment of common infections-including scientific evidence and rationale for recommendations when available. Includes access to posters designed for display in the athletic training facility that promote best practices and infection prevention among athletes. Includes a set of educational "trading cards" highlighting essential stats and information about some of the most common infections"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Common infections in athletes : the basics / Jessica Seidelman and Nicholas A. Turner
    The athlete's perspective : reduce your risk of infection / Tori Kinamon and Deverick J. Anderson
    Infection risks due to athletes' personal and social behaviors / Daniel J. Sexton and Christopher J. Hostler
    Medical care of athletes and infection risk / Deverick J. Anderson and Samuel Hume
    Reducing transmission of pathogens between athletes / Samuel Hume and Daniel J. Sexton
    Infection risks from shared equipment / Christopher J. Hostler and Deverick J. Anderson.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Sumita Mehta, Anshul Grover, editors.
    Summary: This book is a complete guide to the diagnosis and management of any infectious disease which may affect the mother or the fetus during pregnancy. Pregnancy is a unique condition in which the interplay of endocrine and immune influences leads to altered severity and susceptibility to infectious diseases. These infections, in turn, are a substantial cause of maternal and perinatal morbidity. The book discusses the immunologic, clinical and epidemiologic evidence for altered responses during pregnancy. Several infections have unique consequences in pregnancy. Some infections have vertical transmission, and their management focuses on decreasing perinatal transmission. Others can be transmitted transplacentally and cause congenital infection. While still, other common infections like gastroenteritis, UTI, tuberculosis, leprosy or certain dermatological and oral conditions can cause pregnancy complications. This book discusses all such diseases in detail as well as suggests means for early identification and appropriate treatment for them. A separate chapter adequately covers the novel coronavirus infection associated with management challenges in pregnant women. The book includes dedicated sections on postpartum infections and fetal outcomes associated with maternal infections. It reviews strategies to prevent infection in obstetrics that plays a key role in decreasing the global burden of maternal morbidity and mortality. The book is relevant for practicing obstetricians and gynecologists, post-graduate students of obstetrics and gynecology as well as general practitioners, family medicine specialists, primary health care workers and undergraduate medical students.

    Contents:
    Part I: Epidemiology and Physiology of Infections in Pregnancy
    Changing Epidemiology of Infections in Pregnancy
    Physiological and Immunological Changes in Pregnancy Predisposing to Infections
    Microflora of the Genital Tract
    Part II: Infections in Pregnancy
    Respiratory Infections in Pregnancy
    Viral Infections in Pregnancy Presenting as Rash
    Protozoal & Helminthic Infections in Pregnancy
    Vector Borne Infections in Pregnant Women
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases Affecting Pregnancy
    HIV in Pregnancy
    Vulvovaginitis in Pregnancy
    Urinary Tract Infection During Pregnancy
    Group B Streptococcus Infection & MRSA Affecting Pregnancy
    Hepatitis in Pregnancy
    Enterovirus Infections in Pregnancy
    Leprosy in Pregnancy
    Gastroenteritis in Pregnancy
    Part III: Miscellaneous Infections
    Surgical Conditions-Appendicitis & Cholecystitis During Pregnancy
    Dental Health in Pregnancy.-Animal Bite and Rabies Infection
    Tetanus and its Prevention in Pregnancy
    Part IV: Puerperal Infections
    Puerperal Sepsis
    Puerperal Mastitis and Breast Abscess
    Surgical Site Infection and Prevention
    Part V: Infections & Feto-maternal Outcomes
    Abortion & Infections: Cause & Effect
    Fetal Manifestations of Infections in Pregnancy
    Infections as a Cause of Preterm Labor
    Part VI: Infection Prevention Practices
    27. Intrauterine Infections- Diagnosis and Management
    Vaccination in Pregnancy
    Infection Prevention Practices During Delivery
    Rational Use of Antibiotics in Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Luis R. Espinoza, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the basic and clinical aspects of infections and infectious processes that trigger or aggravate a variety of autoimmune and inflammatory musculoskeletal disorders. It delivers a timely update on the interactions between infection and rheumatic diseases in order to provide clinicians with the tools they need for proper diagnosis and treatment. The book is divided into five main sections. The first examines the basic aspects of bacterial infections with a discussion of molecular biology, the microbiome, various types of bacteria that cause infection, and recent advances in biologic therapy. The next section focuses on different forms of viral arthritis including hepatitis arthritis, arthritis associated with alpha viruses, and parvovirus-related arthritis. Subsequent chapters then discuss arthritis caused by mycobacteria, fungi, spirochete, and other miscellaneous arthritides. Following this are various analyzations on reactive arthritis and infection-related rheumatic diseases such as Whipple?s Disease, SAPHO Syndrome, rheumatic fever, and HIV-associated rheumatic manifestations. Finally, the book closes with three chapters on external impacts on infectious diseases such as climate change, vaccinations and systemic lupus erythematosus. Infections and the Rheumatic Diseases is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, graduate students, and nurses in rheumatology, clinical immunology, and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Aspects of Bacterial Infections
    Chapter 1. The Molecular Biology of Chlamydiae as Exemplar of Bacterial Pathogenesis in the Rheumatic Diseases.
    Chapter 2. Microbiome and Microbiota in Rheumatic Disease
    Chapter 3. Gonococcal and Nongonococcal Bacterial Infections
    Chapter 4. Septic Arthritis in Children: Clinical Update
    5. Salmonella Arthritis
    Chapter 6. Brucellar Arthritis
    Chapter 7. Prosthetic Septic Arthritis: Etiology, Clinical Aspects, and Management
    Chapter 8. Opportunistic Infections Associated with Biologic Therapy
    Part II. Viral Arthritides
    Chapter 9. The Pathophysiology of Arthritis Due to Viruses and Vaccines
    Chapter 10. Hepatitis Arthritis: HBV and HCV
    Chapter 11. Arthritis Associated with Alphavirus Infections: Chikungunya
    12. Arthritis Associated with Alphavirus Infections: Dengue and Zika
    Chapter 13. Ebola Virus Disease Musculoskeletal Manifestations
    14. Parvovirus-Related Arthritis
    Chapter 15. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection:Spectrum of Rheumatic Manifestations
    16. HTLV-1: A View from the Rheumatologist
    17. Other Viral Arthritides
    Part III. Arthritis Due to Mycobacteria, Fungi, Spirochete, and Miscellaneous Arthritides
    Chapter 18. Tuberculous and Nontuberculous Mycobacterial Infections
    19. Leprosy-Associated Arthritis
    20. Coccidioidal Arthritis
    21. Histoplasmosis: Musculoskeletal Manifestations
    22. Blastomycosis Arthritis
    Chapter 23. Candida Arthritis
    Chapter 24. Other Fungal Arthritis
    Chapter 25. Syphilis-Related Musculoskeletal Manifestations
    Chapter 26. Lyme Disease and Arthritis
    Chapter 27. Mycoplasmal Arthritis
    Chapter 28. Parasitic Arthritis
    Chapter 29. Whipple Disease
    Part IV: Arthritis Due to Other Bacteria, Mycobacteria, Fungi, Spirochete, and Parasites
    Chapter 30. Infection and Spondyloarthritis
    Chapter 31. Acute Rheumatic Fever
    Chapter 32. Pathophysiology of Reactive Arthritis
    Chapter 33. The Major Histocompatibility Complex and Reactive Arthritis
    Chapter 34. Reactive Arthritis: Animal Models
    Chapter 35. Reactive Arthritis: Clinical Features and Treatment
    Chapter 36. Psoriatic Arthritis and Infection
    Chapter 37. Microbes in the Pathogenesis of Inflammatory Bowel Disease: A Review
    Part V Miscellaneous
    Chapter 38. Infections in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Chapter 39. Vaccines in Rheumatic Diseases
    Chapter 40. Climate Change: Impact on Infectious Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Georg Maschmeyer, Kenneth V.I. Rolston, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ana Paula Velez, Jorge Lamarche, John N. Greene, editors.
    Summary: As bone marrow transplant treatments and chemotherapy develop, the population of neutropenic cancer patients is on the rise. These developments are allowing patients to live longer, but in recent years, they have also led to an increase in previously rare infections and syndromes, whose management is unfamiliar to the average healthcare professional. Infections in Neutropenic Cancer Patients is a crucial resource for medical students, residents, practitioners, health professionals, and researchers. It details the clinical presentation, diagnoses, and management of an array of common infections and syndromes specific to neutropenic cancer patients, including real scenarios accompanied by color photos and radiographic results. Chapters include step-by-step tutorials, access to clinical answers on diagnosis and treatment, and a tabulated summary of the key points.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Central Nervous System Infections in Neutropenic Cancer Patients; Meningitis/Encephalitis; Microbiology and Specific Risk Factors; Bacterial Pathogens; Viral Pathogens; Fungal Pathogens; Clinical Presentation; Laboratory Diagnosis and Imaging; Treatment; Brain Abscess; Microbiology; Bacterial Pathogens; Fungal Pathogens; Clinical Presentation; Laboratory Diagnosis and Imaging; Treatment; References; Head and Neck Infections; Malignant Otitis Externa; Periorbital Cellulitis; Oral Mucosa Infections and Necrotizing Gingivitis; Cervicofacial Space Infections Herpes Simplex Virus EsophagitisCytomegalovirus Esophagitis; Colitis, Proctitis and Diverticulitis; Neutropenic Colitis; Clostridium Difficile Associated Disease; Proctitis; Diverticulitis; Cholecystitis and Cholangitis; Hepatitis; Genitourinary Tract Infections; Key Points; References; Skin Infections; Bacterial Infections; Gram Negative Bacteria; Gram Positive Bacteria; Mycobacteria; Viral Infections; Herpes Simplex Virus; Herpes Zoster Virus; Cytomegalovirus (CMV); Fungal Infections; Candida; Fusarium; Aspergillus; Mucormycosis; Other Fungi; Non Infectious Differential; Leukemia cutis Pseudomonas aeruginosaStenotrophomona Maltophilia; Multidrug Resistant Gram Negative; Carpapenem-Resistant Enterobacteria (CRE); References; Fungal Infections; Yeast; Candida Species; Clincal Manifestations, Diagnosis and Treatment; Non Candida Yeast Species; Clincal Manifestations and Treatment; Molds; Hyalohyphomycosis; Aspergillus; Fusarium; Scedosporium; Zygomycetes; Phaeohyphomycosis; References; Neutropenic Fever; Background Definitions [1]; Neutropenic Fever (NPF); Microbiology; Management; Risk Factors for Febrile Neutropenia; Primary Prophylaxis; Secondary Prophylaxis Submandibular Space InfectionsInfections of the Lateral Pharyngeal Space; Infections of the Retropharyngeal and Prevertebral Space; Key Points; References; Respiratory Infections; Pneumonia/Pulmonary Infiltrates; Introduction; Microbiology; Bacterial Pathogens; Viral Pathogens; Fungal Pathogens; Other Pathogens; Clinical Manifestations; Differential Diagnosis; Diagnosis and Radiologic Findings; Treatment; Rhinosinusitis; Introduction; Microbiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Treatment; References; Gastrointestinal and Genitourinary Infections; Esophagitis; Candida Esophagitis Sweet's syndrome (Acute Febrile Neutrophilic Dermatosis)Pyoderma Gangrenosum; Vasculitis; Medication Reactions; Key Points; References; Bacteremia in Neutropenic Patients; Gram Positive Organisms; Viridans Group Streptoccoci (VGS); Viridans Streptococci Toxic Shock-like Syndrome and ARDS; Staphylococcus aureus; Enterococci; Corynebacterium; Corynebacterium striatum; Corynebacterium jeikeium; Rothia mucilaginosa; Lactobacillus; Anaerobic Bacteremia; Fusobacterium necrophorum; Lemierre's Syndrome; Fusobacterium nucleatum; Gram-Negative Rods; Escherichia coli; Klebsiella pneumoniae
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Adel Elkady, Prabha Sinha, Soad Ali Zaki Hassan.
    Summary: Verified by current World Health Organization and country-specific classifications, this comprehensive single volume effectively engages with the diagnosis and management of viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic diseases that affect women in pregnancy. This comprehensive book provides focused, relevant information on newer viruses causing epidemics, including Dengue, Chikungunya and the Zika virus. With today's ease of world migration, this text covers infections found in both tropical and temperate climates, highlighting newer and rapid diagnostic methods, particularly for resource-poor settings, and clinicians working in remote and diverse locations. Designed for professionals with busy schedules, this guide provides efficient solutions and relevant information regarding investigation, diagnosis and treatment of common maternal infections, worldwide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Massimo Sartelli, Raul Coimbra, Leonardo Pagani, Kemal Rasa, editors.
    Summary: Although most clinicians are aware of the problem of antimicrobial resistance, most also underestimate its significance in their own hospital. The incorrect and inappropriate use of antibiotics and other antimicrobials, as well as poor prevention and poor control of infections, are contributing to the development of such resistance. Appropriate use of antibiotics and compliance with infection prevention and control measures should be integral aspects of good clinical practice and standards of care. However, these activities are often inadequate among clinicians, and there is a considerable gap between the best evidence and actual clinical practice. In hospitals, cultural determinants influence clinical practice, and improving behaviour in terms of infection prevention and antibiotics-prescribing practice remains a challenge. Despite evidence supporting the effectiveness of best practices, many clinicians fail to implement them, and evidence-based processes and practices that are known to optimize both the prevention and the treatment of infections tend to be underused. Addressing precisely this problem, this volume offers an essential toolkit for all surgeons and intensivists interested in improving their clinical practices.

    Contents:
    The burden of surgical site infections: Pathophysiology and risk factors--Pre-operative measures to prevent surgical site infections
    Antibiotic prophylaxis: When, how and how long
    Intraoperative measures to prevent surgical site infections
    Infection in Surgery: How to manage the surgical wound
    Guidelines for the prevention of surgical site infections: How to implement them
    The infected mesh: How to treat it
    Hospital-acquired pneumonia and ventilator-associated pneumonia
    How to prevent and treat catheter-associated urinary tract Infections
    How to prevent and treat catheter-related bloodstream infections
    Clostridium difficile infection in surgical patients
    Source control in intra-abdominal infections
    Ongoing peritonitis (tertiary peritonitis)
    The challenge of post-operative peritonitis due to anastomotic leak
    Management of necrotizing fasciitis
    Infections in elderly patients
    How to use antibiotics in critically ill patients with sepsis and septic shock
    Acute gastrointestinal injury
    Infections in trauma patients
    The value of microbiological cultures: When to perform them and how to read them
    Invasive candidiasis in surgical patients
    The role of antimicrobial stewardship programs to optimize antibiotics use in the surgical departments
    What healthcare workers should know about the "one health approach" and the global impact of antimicrobial resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Fabiola Atzeni, James B. Galloway, Juan J. Gomez-Reino, Massimo Galli.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Pranatharthi H. Chandrasekar.
    Contents:
    Infections in cancer patients / editor, Alison G. Freifeld
    Infections in solid organ transplant recipients / editors, Ajit P. Limaye and Lynne Strasfeld
    Infections in hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT) recipients / editor, John R. Wingard
    Infections in patients receiving immunosuppressive drugs / editor, Emily A. Blumberg
    Infections in patients with immunosuppression due to miscellaneous conditions / editors, George J. Alangaden, Prantharthi H. Chandrasekar.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    Igor Diemberger, Giuseppe Boriani, editors.
    Summary: Cardiac implantable device (CIED) infections are a key issue since they have serious consequences in terms of morbidity, mortality and associated costs for healthcare systems. Such infections are highly complex, which has implications for prevention (several factors underlie its development), diagnosis (requiring patient specific integration of several elements), acute treatment (choice of the antibiotic, lead extraction procedure), as well as long-term management (CIED re-implantation strategy and follow-up). Dealing with CIED infections requires appropriate organization of healthcare provision, with the creation of integrated hub-spoke referrals, and it has prompted many of the recent developments in CIED technologies: leadless pacemakers, subcutaneous defibrillators, antibacterial envelops and lead extraction devices. This book systematically examines all aspects of this multifaceted condition, discussing each clinical and organizational issue in a separate self-contained chapter. It starts by reviewing the epidemiology/pathophysiology of CIED infections, and then addresses acute and long-term management. Offering a comprehensive overview of the prevention of infections, considering both current and future perspectives, the book also provides practical suggestions along with recommendations from the literature in the field. This is the first book entirely focused on CIED infections. Written by an international team of leading experts it will appeal to broad audience, including cardiologists, electrophysiologists, infectious disease specialists, internists, healthcare professionals, health service managers and providers, researchers and those working in industries involved in the field.

    Contents:
    1. Infection of Cardiac Implantable Electrical Devices: An Emerging Epidemiological Issue
    2. Microbiological Background: Biofilm, Culturing and Antibiotics
    3. The Risk Factors for Cardiac Device Infections: Patient, Physician, Device and Procedure
    4. Cardiac Device Infections: A Lesson from the Registries
    5. Building up the Diagnosis of Cardiac Device Infections: The Role of Iimaging
    6. From Diagnosis of Cardiac Device Infection to Complete Extraction of the System
    7. Re-implantation Strategy After Lead Extraction for Cardiac Device Infection
    8. Follow-up and Prognosis After System Removal for Cardiac Device Infection
    9. Management of Infection of Cardiac Implantable Devices in a Hub-and-spoke Perspective
    10. Prevention of Cardiac Device Infection: New Implantable Devices
    11. Prevention of Cardiac Device Infection: Procedural Aspects, Drugs and Preventive Tools
    12. Prevention of Cardiac Device Infection: Indications, Device Programming, Patient Follow-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by David Schlossberg, Professor of Medicine, Temple University School of Medicine and Medical Director, Tuberculosis Control Program, Philadelphia Department of Public health, Philadelphia, PA.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Preface to the first edition
    Infections and intoxications from the ocean: risks of the shore / Mark A. Clemence and Richard L. Guerrant
    Infections acquired via fresh water: from lakes to hot tubs / Bertha Ayi
    Arthropod-borne diseases: the camper's uninvited guests / Gregory Juckett
    Infections acquired in the garden / Cheston B. Cunha and Burke A. Cunha
    Diseases transmitted by man's best friend: the dog / Jerry Jacob and Bennett Lorber
    Diseases transmitted by cats / Ellie J.C. Goldstein and Fredrick M. Abrahamian
    Diseases transmitted by birds / Matthew E. Levison
    Diseases transmitted by less common house pets / Bruno B. Chomel
    Diseases transmitted by man's worst friend: the rat / James G. Fox
    Diseases transmitted by domestic livestock: perils of the petting zoo / John R. Dunn, Casey Barton Behravesh, and Frederick J. Angulo
    The ancient curse: rabies / Jesse D. Blanton and Ryan M. Wallace
    Sports: the infectious hazards / Geeta Gupta, Arezou Minooee, and Jeffrey Wang
    Infectious risks of traveling abroad / Lin H. Chen and Barbra M. Blair
    Sexually transmitted diseases and travel: from boudoir to bordello / Ann K. Avery and Jonathan M. Zenilman
    Infections from body piercing and tattoos / Mukesh Patel and C. Glenn Cobbs
    Infectious diseases at high altitude / Buddha Basnyat and Jennifer M. Starling
    Infectious risks of air travel / Alexandra Mangili, Tine Vindenes, and Mark Gendreau
    Infections on cruise ships / Vivek Kak
    Infections associated with exotic cuisine: the dangers of delicacies / Natasha Hochberg and Nahid Bhadelia.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    editors, W. Michael Scheld, Richard J. Whitley, Christina M. Marra.
    Summary: "This clinical reference on central nervous system infections is now in its thoroughly revised, updated Fourth edition. Over 70 leading experts provide comprehensive, current information on all infections--both neural-specific and systemic--that involve the central nervous system. Areas with significant new clinical information include treatment of tuberculosis, non-tubercular mycobacterial infections, brain abscess, and Lyme disease"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: approach to the patient with central nervous system infection
    Cerebrospinal fluid in central nervous system infections
    Imaging of intracranial infections
    Pathogenesis and pathophysiology of viral infections of the central nervous system
    Viral meningitis and aseptic meningitis syndrome
    Encephalitis
    Poliomyelitis, polio vaccines, and the postpoliomyelitis syndrome
    Measles and rubella
    Herpes simplex virus
    Neurologic manifestations of varicella and herpes zoster
    Cytomegalovirus
    Epstein-Barr virus
    Human herpesvirus-6
    B virus
    Arthropod-borne viral encephalitides
    Meningitis and encephalitis caused by mumps virus
    Rabies
    Human prion diseases
    Human immunodeficiency virus
    Guillain-Barré syndrome
    Acute viral myelitis
    Postinfectious encephalomyelitis
    Pathogenesis and pathophysiology of bacterial infections
    Acute bacterial meningitis
    Mycoplasmal and ureaplasmal infections
    Bartonella infections, including cat-scratch disease
    Rickettsioses, anaplasmoses, and Q fever
    Whipple's disease
    Tuberculous meningitis
    Infections due to nontuberculous mycobacteria
    Brain abscess
    Epidural abscess
    Subdural enpyema and suppurative intracranial phlebitis
    Complications of infective endocarditis
    Iatrogenic infections of the central nervous system
    Botulism
    Tetanus
    Neurosyphilis
    Neuroborreliosis: nervous system involvement with borrelia species
    Fungal meningitis
    Space-occupying fungal lesions
    Cerebral malaria
    Toxoplasma gondii and toxoplasmosis
    Trypanosomiasis
    Free-living and parasitic amebic infections
    Helminthic infections
    Chronic meningitis syndrome and meningitis of noninfective or uncertain etiology
    Surgical management of central nervous system infections
    Critical care of central nervous system infection
    Vaccines for viral diseases with significant central nervous system manifestations
    Vaccines against bacterial meningitis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Sujata Das, Vishal Jhanji, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the clinical features, invasive and non-invasive modalities of diagnosis of conjunctival and corneal infections, especially atypical clinical situations in unusual cases of keratitis, and manage the disease entity. Infections of cornea continues to be the leading cause of ocular morbidity and blindness worldwide. Early diagnosis helps in better outcome. Proper understanding of the microbiological and clinical characteristics of this disease entity enables ophthalmologists to initiate appropriate therapy. Corneal infections, especially due to uncommon organisms, are difficult to diagnose and treat. With 17 chapters, this volume covers the entire spectrum of corneal and conjunctival infections. This is a quick go-to book for general as well as specialist ophthalmologists.

    Contents:
    Bacterial Conjunctivitis
    Viral Conjunctivitis. Chlamydial Conjunctivitis
    Ophthalmia Neonatorum
    Clinical Work-up of Corneal Ulcers
    Bacterial Keratitis
    Atypical Mycobacterial Keratitis
    Nocardia Keratitis
    Acanthamoeba Keratitis
    Microsporidial Keratitis
    Fungal Keratitis
    Pythium Keratitis
    Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) Keratitis
    Herpes Zoster Ophthalmicus (HZO) Keratitis
    Role of Microbiology in the Diagnosis of Corneal and Conjunctival Infections
    Role of Histopathology in the Diagnosis of Corneal and Conjunctival Infections
    Role of In Vivo Confocal Microscopy in the Diagnosis of Microbial Keratitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marlene L. Durand, Daniel G. Deschler, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Qiliang Cai, Zhenghong Yuan, Ke Lam, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a state-of-the-art report on recent discoveries concerning viral, bacterial, and parasite infectious cancers. Cancer is one of the most common causes of death and diseases in human populations, and 15%-25% of human cancers in worldwide are considered to result from chronic infection by pathogens. Most oncology textbooks address genetic mutation, but not infectious agents such as viruses, bacteria and parasites. As such this book stimulates further research in the new area between cancers and chronic infection, and discusses the epidemiology and molecular biology of infectious causes of cancers. It also explores the prevention and treatment of infection-related cancers, and brings pathogenic research to the forefront in the never-ending endeavor to understand how pathogens maneuver and negotiate in a complex environment, including the micro/macro- environment of the human host. Further, it highlights the urgent need for a concerted program to develop vaccines and other diagnosis and interventions that will eventually help prevent and treat infectious cancers, and decrease their burden on human populations. It offers graduate students and researchers a comprehensive overview of the infectious causes of cancers.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of infectious causes of human cancers
    2. Hepatitis B virus-associated hepatocellular carcinoma
    3. Human papillomavirus-related cancers
    4. Merkel cell polyomavirus: a new DNA virus associated with human cancer
    5. Current progress in EBV-associated B-cell lymphomas
    6. EBV infection and glucose metabolism in nasopharyngeal carcinoma
    7. Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus: epidemiology and molecular biology
    8. Hepatitis C virus-associated cancers
    9. Human T-cell leukemia virus type 1 infection and adult T-cell leukemia
    10. Malignancies in HIV-infected and AIDS patients
    11. Bacterial infection and associated cancers
    12. Parasite-associated cancers (blood flukes/liver flukes)
    13. Prion protein family contributes to tumorigenesis via multiple pathways
    14. Murine gammaherpesvirus 68: a small animal model for gammaherpesvirus-associated diseases
    15. Infection of KSHV and interaction with HIV: the bad romance
    16. Interplay between microenvironmental abnormalities and infectious agents in tumorigenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Carlos Cervera, Jose Maria Aguado, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to approach the epidemiology, diagnosis and management of infectious complications related to the use of biologic and targeted therapies. The first part is a general overview on the epidemiology and prevention of infections with the use of these agents. Timelines, pre-treatment evaluation, use of vaccines and travel counseling. In the second part, we will analyze the specific risk of infections associated with the use of the most important agents. The third part approach the problem on a syndromic point of view. For example, how to evaluate pulmonary infiltrates in a patient receiving biologic agents. This part III includes the most difficult and conflicting syndromes that clinicians may face when evaluating these patients. This book is intended not only for infectious diseases specialists, but also for different medical specialties prescribing biologic and targeted therapies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Overview of the Epidemiology, Risk and Prevention of Infections
    1: Overview of the Risk of Infection Associated with Biologic and Target Therapies
    Overview of Targeted and Biological Therapies
    Monoclonal Antibodies and Related Agents
    Small-Molecule Enzyme Inhibitors
    Assessment of the Risk of Infection
    References
    2: Timeline and Infectious Disease Evaluation of Candidates to New Therapies
    Introduction
    Timeline of Infectious Complications in Patients on Biologic and Targeted Drugs Evaluation and Prevention of Infectious Complications in Patients on Biologic and Targeted Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Safety and Efficacy of Vaccines in Patients on Targeted and Biologic Therapies
    Summary Table
    Evidence Summary by Medication Class
    TNF-Alpha Inhibitors and Abatacept
    Hepatitis B (HBV) Vaccine
    Pneumococcal Vaccine
    Influenza Vaccine
    Live Vaccines
    IL-1 Inhibitors
    IL-6
    HBV Vaccine
    Pneumococcal Vaccine
    Influenza
    Tetanus
    Live Vaccines
    IL-12/23
    IL-17
    Eculizumab
    VEGF Inhibitors (Bevacizumab, Aflibercept) VEGF-R Inhibitors (Sorafenib, Sunitinib, Axitinib, Pazopanib, Regorafenib, Vandetanib, Cabozantinib, Ramucirumab)
    ErbB2/HER2 Inhibitors (Trastuzumab, Pertuzumab)
    ErbB Receptor Tyrosine Kinases (Erlotinib, Gefitinib, Afatinib, Osimertinib, Lapatinib, Neratinib)
    BCR-ABL Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors (Imatinib, Dasatinib, Nilotinib, Bosutinib, Ponatinib)
    Burton Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors (Ibrutinib, Acalabrutinib)
    PI3K Inhibitors Idelalisib, Buparlisib, Rigosertib, Duvelisib
    Janus Kinase Inhibitors (Ruxolitinib, Tofacitinib, Baricitinib)
    Pneumococcal Vaccine
    Influenza
    Tetanus Live Zoster Vaccine
    mTOR Inhibitors (Everolimus, Temsirolimus)
    Anti-CD20 (Rituximab, 90Y-Ibritumomab Tiuxetan, Ofatumumab, Ocrelizumab, Veltuzumab, 131I-Tositumomab, Obinutuzumab, Ocaratuzumab, Ublituximab)
    Pneumococcal Vaccine
    Influenza
    Hepatitis B Vaccine
    Tetanus
    Varicella
    Alemtuzumab
    Anti CD-38 (Daratumumab, Isatuxumab)
    CTLA-4 Inhibitors (Ipilimumab, Tremelimumab)
    PD-1 and PD-1 Ligand Inhibitors (Nivolumab, Pembrolizumab, Atezolizumab)
    Influenza Vaccine
    Recombinant Zoster Vaccine
    LFA-3 Inhibitor (Alefacept) Alpha 4-Integrin and LFA-1 Inhibitors (Natalizumab, Vedolizumab, Efalizumab)
    Influenza Vaccine
    Other Vaccines
    Live Vaccines
    Sphingosine 1-Phosphate Receptor Inhibitor (Fingolimod, Siponimod)
    Proteosome Inhibitors (Bortezomib, Carfilzomib, Ixazomib)
    References
    4: Travel and Risk of Infections
    Introduction
    Infectious Diseases and Risks Factors for Travelers
    Modes of Transmission of Infections
    Risks Factors for Travelers
    Common Infectious Diseases in Travelers
    Gastrointestinal Infections
    Respiratory Infections
    Vector-Borne Infections
    Skin Infections
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Valentina Stosor, Teresa R. Zembower, editors.
    Summary: While advances in both the treatment of cancer and the management of its complications have led to significant improvement in patient survival, infections remain a significant cause of morbidity and mortality in patients with neoplastic disease. In this patient population, infection risk results from a complex interplay between the host's underlying immunodeficiencies, local tumor effects, and treatment-induced immunosuppression. New chemotherapeutic approaches and antimicrobial prophylaxis and treatment practices continue to shape the spectrum of infections in these patients. Clinicians who treat infections in cancer patients are continually challenged by the emergence of new pathogens and by the increasing antimicrobial resistance of established ones. The aim of this book, is to emphasize unique aspects of management of infectious diseases in the cancer patient. With the increasing complexity of this patient population, optimal management requires a multidisciplinary approach, and this fact is fully reflected in the contributions, all from recognized authorities in the field. Ultimately, it is hoped that this volume will assist specialists in infectious diseases and haematology/oncology in the diagnosis, management, and prevention of infection and optimization of the overall care of patients with malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC262 .I497 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Paul Hofman, editor.
    Contents:
    Acquired Immunodeficiency Disease
    Actinomycosis
    Adenovirus
    Adiaspiromycosis
    Alveolar ecchinococcosis
    Amebiasis
    Ancylostomasis
    Angiostrongyliasis cantonesis infections
    Angiostrongylus costarecensis infections
    Anisakiasis
    Arthropods
    Artifacts
    Ascaridiasis
    Aspergillosis
    Bacillary angiomatosis
    Bacterial infections
    Balantidiasis
    Bartonellosis
    Bilharziasis
    Blastomycosis
    Botriomycosis
    Candidiasis
    Cestoda
    Chlamydiasis
    Coccidioidomycosis
    Cryptococcosis
    Cryptosporidiosis
    Cysticercosis
    Cytopathic effect
    Dirofilariasis
    Ecchinococcosis
    Enterobiasis
    False pathogens
    Fasciolasis
    Filariasis
    Fungal infections
    Fusariasis
    Giardiasis
    Granuloma
    Helminthiasis
    Herpes virus
    Histoplasmosis
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    Human Rickettsioses
    Hydatidosis
    Immunodeficiency
    Inflammatory reaction
    Influenza virus
    Isosporiasis
    Leishmaniasis
    Lobomycosis
    Malakoplakia
    Malaria
    Measles
    Microsporidiosis
    Mucormycosis
    Myasis
    Mycetomas
    Mycobacterial infections
    Mycoplasmasis
    Nematodes
    Nocardiosis
    Nontuberculous mycobacteria
    Onchocercosis
    Papillomavirus
    Paracoccidioidomycosis
    Paragonimiasis
    Parasitic infections
    Pentastomiasis
    Phaeohyphomycosis
    Pneumocystosis
    Polyomavirus
    Protothecosis
    Protozoa
    Respiratory syncitial virus
    Rhinoscleroma
    Rhinosporidiosis
    Sarcocytosis
    Scedosporiasis
    Sparganosis
    Sporothricosis
    Strongyloidiasis
    Taeniasis
    Toxoplasmosis
    Trematodes
    Trichinosis
    Trypanosomiasis
    Tuberculosis
    Tungiasis
    Viral Hepatitis
    Viral infections
    Whippleïs disease
    Yersiniasis
    Zygomycosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] William E. Benitz, Brian Smith ; consulting editor, Richard A. Polin.
    Summary: "Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the most challenging aspects of neonatal care, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Infectious disease. Management of the asymptomatic newborn at risk for sepsis
    Empirical therapy for neonatal sepsis
    When and how to treat neonatal CMV infections
    Neonatal herpes simplex virus infection
    Antibiotic stewardship
    Candida prophylaxis
    Diagnosis, risk factors, outcomes, and evaluation of invasive candida infections
    When to perform lumbar puncture in infants at risk for meningitis in the neonatal intensive care unit
    Biomarkers in diagnosis of neonatal sepsis
    Congenital Zika syndrome
    Part 2: Pharmacology. Pharmacokinetic considerations in neonates
    Neonatal pharmacogenetics
    Antibiotic considerations for necrotizing enterocolitis
    Antibiotic dosing considerations for term and preterm infants
    Antifungal dosing considerations for term and preterm infants
    Antiviral dosing considerations for term and preterm infants
    Antiepileptic drug therapy in neonates
    Neuroprotective therapies in neonates
    Pharmacologic therapy for neonatal abstinence syndrome
    Therapies for gastroesophageal reflux in neonates.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Infectious disease and therapy to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    36
  • Digital
    Michael David, Jean-Luc Benoit, editors.
    Summary: This text uses cases to illustrate differential diagnoses of various infectious diseases. Unlike any other book on the market, this book is specifically designed for ease of use and can cater to a variety of medical professionals and their needs. The text features brief cases that allow for quick readability, an appendix particularly designed for cross-referencing cases with common symptoms, exposures, and putative diagnoses, bulleted conclusion points, and differential diagnoses tables. Each case is written by an expert in the field and includes a discussion that leads the reader through the logical process of deduction to narrow the diagnosis as well as the laboratory testing, physical examination findings, and elements of the patient's history and exposures utilized to make a diagnosis. Chapters conclude with a focused review on a specific topic related to diagnosis, treatment, or prognosis that the case illustrates, including references for further reading on the topics from the literature. The Infectious Disease Diagnosis is an outstanding resource for infectious disease specialists, internal medicine physicians, emergency room staff, primary care and general practice physicians, family practitioners, consultants in infectious disease, medical students, residents, fellows, and trainees who diagnose patients.

    Contents:
    Travel to Uganda
    Visual Loss in a Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplant Recipient
    Like Mother, Like Daughter
    From the Lungs to the Brain, a Case of Pneumonia in an Immunocompromised Patient
    Student with Fever and Rash
    Fever, a Rash, and a ... "Bug Bite"?
    Primed for Pathogens
    The Gift That Keeps On Giving
    A Man with Heart Failure and Night Sweats
    Seizure and Confusion in an Elderly Woman with Bacteremia
    Don't Toss Your Turtle! Seizures and Fever in an Infant
    Intermittent Fevers in a Renal Transplant Recipient
    A Young Adult with Cough and Wheezing Since Infancy
    Elevated Liver Enzymes in Pregnancy
    Eye Pain and Visual Disturbance in an HIV/AIDS patient
    Undetected: When Medication Nonadherence Accompanies an Undetectable Viral Load
    Danger in Paradise
    Man with AIDS Presents with a Headache
    Vexing Vectors
    Toddler with Pica
    Hidden Sphere
    The Importance of a Complete Social History
    Myalgias and Joint Pain in a Traveler to India
    A Marathon Runner with a Change in Mental Status
    Unmasking One of the Great Masqueraders
    Pulmonary Infection in a Patient after Stem Cell Transplantation
    An HIV Patient with Nausea, Vomiting and Hiccups
    A Real Nail-Biter
    Nodular Skin Lesions in a Patient with Leukemia
    Elderly Man with Fever and Cough: TB or not TB?
    Malaise, Fever and Nausea in a Man with Marfan Syndrome
    Diarrhea Leads to Pneumonia and Hematuria in the Intensive Care Unit
    Pain and Rash in a Stem Cell Transplant Recipient
    A 2-Year-Old Girl with a Limp
    An Elderly Woman with a Fever after Traveling
    Internationally Adopted HIV-Infected Toddler with Skin Rash
    A Pediatric Patient with a Progressive Chest Wall Mass
    Diffuse Lymphadenopathy in a Patient After Stem Cell Transplantation
    Papilledema in an HIV-Positive Patient
    A Case of Fever and Rash After Tick Bite
    Facial Lesions and Respiratory Failure After Lung Transplantation
    A Pain in the Back: A 50-Year-Old Man with Pancreatitis and a Fever
    A 9-Year-Old Boy with a Red Eye
    The Revolving (Bathroom) Door
    A Young Woman with Neurologic Symptoms
    A Woman with a History of a Two-Year Stay in Gabon and Onset of a Cyclical Fever More than One Year Later
    An Infectious Malignancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ibrahim Abubakar, Helen R. Stagg, Ted Cohen, and Laura C. Rodrigues.
    Summary: This volume provides a concise reference for practicing epidemiologists, and provides trainee readers with a thorough understanding of basic the concepts which are critical to understanding specialist areas of infectious disease epidemiology.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    edited by Kenrad E. Nelson, Carolyn Masters Williams.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Methods in infectious disease epidemiology
    pt. 2. Airborne transmission
    pt. 3. Oral transmission of infection
    pt. 4. Blood and body fluid as a reservoir of infectious diseases
    pt. 5. Vector-borne and parasite diseases.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Cohen, William G. Powderly, Steven M. Opal ; section editors, Thierry Calandra [and eleven others] ; associate editors (educational content) Courtney D. Chrisler, Bethany Davies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Jonathan C. Cho.
    Summary: "The goal of Infectious Diseases: A Case Study Approach is to provide healthcare students with a valuable infectious diseases pharmacotherapy resource. With the growing need of antimicrobial stewardship programs, healthcare professionals competent in infectious diseases pharmacotherapy are necessary. The casebook is designed to teach infectious diseases through patient cases that closely resemble situations healthcare professionals will likely face during their clinical practice. Infectious diseases-related topics covered in the publication range from bacterial infections, to sexually transmitted diseases, to antimicrobial dosing recommendations. Topics were selected based on the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education's Coding Systems for Colleges of Pharmacy and the 2016 American College of Clinical Pharmacy's Pharmacotherapy Didactic Curriculum Toolkit. Authors of the casebook chapters are comprised of infectious diseases pharmacist faculty from Colleges of Pharmacy across the United States. All these individuals have vast experiences and training in infectious diseases and are widely recognized as experts in their field"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2020
  • Print
    Frederick S. Southwick, Professor of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida.
    Contents:
    Anti-infective therapy
    The sepsis syndrome
    The febrile patient
    Pulmonary infections
    Eye, ear, nose, and throat
    Central nervous system infections
    Cardiovascular infections
    Gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary infections
    Gastrointestinal tract infections and sexually transmitted diseases (STDs)
    Skin and soft tissue infections
    Bone and joint infections
    Parasitic infections
    Zoonotic infections
    Bioterrorism
    Serious adult viral illnesses other than HIV
    Infections in the immunocompromised host
    HIV infection.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC111 .I51265 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Frederick S. Southwick.
    Contents:
    Anti-infective therapy / Frederick S. Southwick
    Sepsis / Frederick S. Southwick
    The febrile patient / Frederick S. Southwick
    Pulmonary infections / Frederick S. Southwick
    Eye, ear, nose, and throat infections / Frederick S. Southwick
    Central nervous system infections / Frederick S. Southwick
    Cardiovascular infections / Frederick S. Southwick
    Gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary infections / Frederick S. Southwick
    Genitourinary tract infections and sexually transmitted diseases / Frederick S. Southwick
    Skin and soft tissue infections / P. Daniel Lew, and Frederick S. Southwick
    Osteomyelitis, prosthetic joint infections, diabetic foot infections, and septic arthritis / P. Daniel Lew, and Frederick S. Southwick
    Parasitic infections : a global challenge / Frederick S. Southwick
    Emerging bacterial infections (including zoonotic pathogens and biological weapons) / Frederick S. Southwick
    Serious viral illnesses in the adult patient / Sankar Swaminathan
    Infections in the immunocompromised host / Frederick S. Southwick
    HIV infection / Bernard Hirschel.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eskild Petersen, Lin H. Chen, Patricia Schlagenhauf-Lawlor.
    Contents:
    Historical overview of global infectious diseases and geopolitics / Francis EG Cox, Frank J Bia
    Nontraditional infectious diseases surveillance systems / Davidson H Hamer, Kamran Khan, Matthew German, Lawrence C Madoff
    Air travel
    which infectious disease control measures are worthwhile? / Karen J Marienau
    Infectious illnesses on cruise and cargo ships / Joanna J Regan, J Scott Vega, Clive M Brown
    Microbes on the move: prevention, required vaccinations, curtailment, outbreak / Patricia Schlagenhauf-Lawlor, Giles Poumerol, Francisco Santos-O'Connor
    Diagnostic tests and procedures / Eskild Petersen, Tom Boyles
    Central Africa / Gerd D Burchard, Martin P Grobusch
    East Africa / Philippe Gautret, Philippe Parola
    Eastern Africa / Andreas Neumayr, Christoph Hatz
    North Africa / Philippe Gautret, Nadjet Mouffok, Philippe Parola
    Southern Africa / Marc Mendelson, Olga Perovic, Lucille Blumberg
    West Africa / Boubacar Maiga, Patrick Ayeh-Kumi
    East Asia / Bin Cao, Fei Zhou, Mikio Kimura
    South Central Asia / Holy Murphy, Gulzhan Abuova, Prativa Pandey
    South-east Asia / Daniel H Paris, Nicholas J White
    Western Asia and the Middle East / Jaffar A Al-Tawfiq, Seif S Al-Abri, Ziad A Memish
    Eastern Europe / Natalia Pshenichnaya, Malgorzata Paul, Alexander Erovichenkov
    Northern Europe / Birgitta Evengard, Audrone Marcinkute, Eskild Petersen
    Southern Europe / Francesco Castelli, Androula Pavli, Pier Francesco Giorgetti
    Western Europe / Peter J Vries, Eric Caumes
    The Caribbean / Elizabeth A Talbot, Laura E Shevy
    Central America / Larry I Lutwick, Alfonso J Rodriguez-Morales
    South America / Rodrigo Nogueira Angerami, Luiz Jacintho Silva, Alfonso J Rodriguez-Morales
    Northern America / Barbra M Blair, Philip R Fischer, Michael Libman, Lin H Chen
    Australia, New Zealand / Karin Leder, Joseph Torresi, Marc Shaw
    Oceania / Karin Leder, Joseph Torresi, Marc Shaw
    Arctic and Antarctica / Anders Koch, Michael G Bruce, Karin Ladefoged
    The immunosuppressed patient / Brian T Montague, Christopher M Salas, Terri L Montague, Maria D Mileno
    Emerging infections / Mary E Wilson
    Migration and the geography of disease / Rogelio López-Vélez, Francesca F Norman, José-Antonio Pérez-Molina
    Climate change and the geographical distribution of infectious diseases / Ashwin Swaminathan, Elvina Viennet, Anthony J McMichael, David Harley.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Luke S.P. Moore, James C. Hatcher.
    Contents:
    Biology of bacteria, viruses, fungi and parasites and the host-pathogen interactions
    Microbiology and virology laboratory practice
    Health and safety for infectious diseases, microbiology and virology
    Principles of public health in relation to infectious diseases, microbiology and virology
    Infection prevention and control
    Important clinical syndromes presenting from the community and within healthcare organisations
    Understanding use of antimicrobial agents
    Vaccination
    The management of HIV infection
    Travel and geographical health; imported infection and the provision of pre-travel health advice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Rameshwar Adhikari, Santosh Thapa, editors.
    Summary: The volumes address the interdisciplinary scientific approach for the systemic understanding of connections between major human diseases and their treatment regime by applying the tools and techniques of nanotechnology. It also highlights the interdisciplinary collaborative researches for innovation in Biomedical Sciences.

    Contents:
    Volume I.
    1. Auger-Architectomics: Introducing a New Nanotechnology to Infectious Disease / Chantel W. Swart, Carolina H. Pohl, Johan L. F. Kock
    2. Rational Design of Antigens to Improve the Serodiagnosis of Tick-Borne Borreliosis in Central Regions of Russia / Evgenia Baranova, Pavel Solov'ev, Evgeny Panfertsev, Anastasia Baranova [and others]
    3. Ayurvedic Bhasmas: Overview on Nanomaterialistic Aspects, Applications, and Perspectives / Rameshwar Adhikari
    4. Nanobiosensors: Role in Cancer Detection and Diagnosis / Andrew Gdowski, Amalendu P. Ranjan, Anindita Mukerjee, Jamboor K. Vishwanatha
    5. Cell Compatible Arginine Containing Cationic Polymer: One-Pot Synthesis and Preliminary Biological Assessment / Nino Zavradashvili, Tamar Memanishvili, Nino Kupatadze, Lucia Baldi, Xiao Shen [and others
    6. Neuroinvasive and Neurotropic Human Respiratory Coronaviruses: Potential Neurovirulent Agents in Humans / Marc Desforges, Alain Le Coupanec, Élodie Brison, Mathieu Meessen-Pinard [and others]
    7. Bacteriophages as Potential Treatment Option for Antibiotic Resistant Bacteria / Robert Bragg, Wouter van der Westhuizen, Ji-Yun Lee, Elke Coetsee, Charlotte Boucher. Volume II. --1. Bacterial Resistance to Quaternary Ammonium Compounds (QAC) Disinfectants / Robert Bragg, Arina Jansen, Marisa Coetzee, Wouter van der Westhuizen [and others]
    2. Immunological Markers that Correlate with Protection Immunity Against Tularemia Infection / Victoria V. Firstova, Alexander N. Mokrievich, Vitalii M. Pavlov, Aleksey A. Gorbatov [and others]
    3. Application of Plant Cell and Tissue Culture for the Production of Phytochemicals in Medicinal Plants / Bijaya Pant
    4. Microbial Pathogenicity: A New Approach to Drug Development / Ananda M. Chakrabarty
    5. Current Trend on Syphilis Diagnosis: Issues and Challenges / Muhammad G. Morshed
    6. Rapid Spreading and Immune Evasion by Vaccinia Virus / Geoffrey L. Smith
    7. Nanonization Increases the Antileishmanial Efficacy of Amphotericin B: An Ex Vivo Approach Krishna Das Manandhar, Thakur Prasad Yadav, Vijay Kumar Prajapati, Om Basukala [and others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Fingani Annie Mphande.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Poverty, Health and Livelihoods
    Chapter 2: Rural Livelihood
    Chapter 3: Infectious Diseases
    Chapter 4: Infectious Diseases and Livelihoods
    Chapter 5: Transportation
    Chapter 6: Healthcare
    Chapter 7: Surveillance
    Chapter 8: Disease Awareness and Prevention
    Chapter 9: Infectious Disease Management Strategies
    Chapter 10: Way Forward
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Prati Pal Singh, editor.
    Summary: Infectious Diseases and Your Health has the potential to impact and improve your life, and the lives of your loved ones. Every day, nearly 40, 000 people including small children and women die of infectious diseases. Many of these innocent lives could be saved. Your journey through the pages of this book will take you to an amazing world of infectious diseases. You will learn about various infectious diseases, how they can affect your life, the problems associated with their treatment and prevention, and how to overcome these problems. Additionally, you will hear the success story of new drug research, be introduced to the hard facts, and find fascinating pictures of microorganisms and parasites. The book provides instant solutions to several of your concerns about infectious diseases, and you will learn to live a highly productive, long and healthy life. So, join thousands of readers of this book worldwide, enhance your life and the lives of your loving family, become an informed healthy citizen, and contribute to achieving the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. Let us never forget: life and quality of life are very precious.

    Contents:
    Parasitic infections
    Bacterial infections
    Viral infections
    Fungal infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tulio A. Valdez, Jesus G. Vallejo, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Ears
    1. Management of the Child with Otorrhea
    2. Infections of the External Ear
    3. Otitis Media
    4. Complications of Acute and Chronic Otitis Media
    5. Inner Ear Infections
    II. Nasal Cavity and Sinuses
    6. Nasal Soft Tissue Infections
    7. Sinusitis
    8. Complications of Sinusitis
    9. Sinus Disease in Cystic Fibrosis
    III. Oral Cavity, Oropharynx and Upper Airway
    10. Tonsillitis and Peritonsillar Abscess
    11. Laryngeal Infections
    12. Tracheal Infections
    IV. Neck
    13. Infectious Lymphadenopathy
    14. Neck Abscesses and Deep Neck Infections
    15. Infected Congenital Neck Lesions
    V. Other Conditions
    16. PFAPA: Periodic Fever, Aphthous Stomatitis, Pharyngitis, and Cervical Adenitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Oriol Manuel, Michael G. Ison, editors.
    Summary: This book describes a practical approach to the diagnosis, management, and prevention of infectious complications in solid-organ transplant (SOT) candidates and recipients, based on both up-to-date clinical evidence and state of the art expert opinion from world-renowned experts in the field. The book is divided into three parts, the first of which explains risk assessment and the general approach to infectious diseases in the pre-, peri-, and early and late post-transplant periods. The remaining two sections address the prevention and treatment of infection with particular pathogens and the management of specific syndromes, such as pneumonia, CNS infections, UTIs, and skin infections. Infections in SOT recipients - often due to multidrug-resistant organisms - represent a major challenge. Preventive strategies need to be adapted according to the type of allograft and period after transplantation. Moreover, toxicity and drug interaction with immunosuppressive drugs must be taken into consideration when treating infectious complications. In explaining in depth how best to ensure allograft and patient survival, this book will be of value to infectious disease specialists and transplant physicians at all levels of experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Manish Soneja, Puneet Khanna, editors.
    Summary: Infections in intensive care is a very broad topic, and this book provides concise yet comprehensive coverage. It focuses on the appropriate and judicious use of microbiological, radiological and point-of-care tests in diagnostic work-ups and evidence-based management protocols. Moreover, it offers essential information on the diagnosis and management of commonly encountered infections in the intensive care unit, making it a handy ready-reference manual for intensivists.

    Contents:
    -- Sepsis in Intensive Care Unit
    Severe Community Acquired Infections in Intensive Care Unit
    Tropical Infections in Intensive Care Unit
    Ventilator Associated Pneumonia
    Nosocomial Infections (except Ventilator Associated Pneumonia)
    Approach to Fungal Infections in Intensive Care Unit
    Viral Infections in Intensive Care Unit (except HIV)
    Tuberculosis in Intensive Care Unit
    Infections of the Nervous System in Intensive Care Unit
    Obstetrical and Gynecological-Related Infections in Intensive Care Unit
    Human Immunodeficency Virus in Intensive Care Unit
    Infections in Post-transplant Patients in Intensive Care Unit
    Paediatric Infections in Intensive Care Unit
    Microbiology Laboratory Diagnosis of Infection in Intensive Care Unit
    Principles of Antibiotic Therapy in Intensive Care Unit
    Management of Gram Negative Multi Drug Resistant Organisms in Intensive Care Unit
    Management of Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus Aureus in Intensive Care Unit
    Antifungal Therapy in Intensive Care Unit
    Antimicrobial Prophylaxis in Intensive Care Unit
    Antibiotic Stewardship in Intensive Care Unit
    Principles of Infection Prevention and Control in Intensive Care Unit.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vsevolod Zinserling.
    Summary: This book discusses all aspects infectious CNS pathology, including different bacterial, viral, fungal, mycoplasma and protozoan pathogens, accompanied by illustrations that show macro- and histopathological changes. It also presents microbiological, epidemiological and clinical data, with a particular focus on meningitis and encephalitis of different bacterial and viral aetiologies, influenza, COVID-19 and other viral and bacterial generalized infections. Further, the book explores the importance of mixed infections, including those in the late stages of HIV infection, as well as pathological changes in different age groups including newborns. A special chapter is devoted to the probable role of biological pathogens in noninfectious brain pathology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology, morbidity and mortality due to brain pathology associated with biological pathogens
    Chapter 2 Microbiology and molecular biology in the diagnostics
    Chapter 3 Local immunity of the brain
    Chapter 4 Neuroplasticity and its possible role in infectious pathology
    Chapter 4 General principles of morphological diagnostics of infectious pathology in the brain and terminology
    Chapter 5 Acute viral encephalitis
    Chapter 6 Brain lesions in generalized viral infections
    Chapter 7 Viral lesions in HIV infection
    Chapter 8 Meningococcal infection
    Chapter 9 Purulent meningitis and meningoencephalitis
    Chapter 10 Brain abscesses
    Chapter 11 Neurotuberculosis and neurosyphilis
    Chapter 12 Lesions due to fungi, protozoa and helminthes
    Chapter 13 "Slow" Bneuroinfections
    Chapter 14 Brain lesions in perinatal infections
    Chapter 15 Postraumatic encephalitis
    Chapter 16 Differential diagnostics in clinical pathology
    Chapter 17 Probable role of biological pathogens in noninfectious pathology
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Vsevolod Zinserling ; with contributions by Yulia R. Zyuzya, Vladimir V. Svistunov, Valery V. Varyasin.
    Summary: This book discusses all aspects of pulmonary pathology, including different bacterial, viral, fungal, mycoplasma and protozoan pathogens, accompanied by illustrations that show macro- and histopathological changes. It also presents microbiological, epidemiological and clinical data, with a particular focus on pneumonias of different bacterial aetiologies, influenza, and other viral infections. Further, the book explores the importance of mixed infections, including those in the late stages of HIV infections and virus-bacterial pneumonias, as well as pathological changes in modern tuberculosis, lung granuloma, and respiratory tract inflammation in different age groups.

    Contents:
    Introduction,. Epidemiology, morbidity and mortality due to diseases associated with biological pathogens
    Microbiology and molecular biology in the diagnostics
    Local immunity in different age groups
    Historical overview upon etiology and mechanisms of the lesions
    Influenza
    Paramyxovirus respiratory infections: parainfluenza, RS-infection, metapneumovirus infection, measles
    Respiratory infections due to DNA viruses: Adenoviruses, Herpes simplex
    SARS
    Atypical pneumonias due to Chlamydia and Mycoplasma
    Lobar pneumonia
    Community acquired pneumonia
    Nosocomial Pneumonias
    Tuberculosis
    Respiratory Mycosis due to Candida, Aspergillus, Pneumocysta, Mucor et al.
    Lesions due to Protozoa and Helminthes
    Mixed infectious lesions. Pathogenesis and morphological diagnostics
    Lung lesions in intrauterine infections: herpes, cytomegaly, chlamydiosis, mycoplasmosis etc
    Differential diagnostics of granulomatosis in clinical pathology
    Differential diagnostics of interstitial lesions in clinical pathology
    Questions stay to be investigated.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Steffen Backert, editor.
    Summary: This volume details our current understanding of the architecture and signaling capabilities of known canonical and non-canonical inflammasome complexes and highlights their action, in particular in response to infection with important bacterial model organisms and the corresponding disease pathologies. The first chapters review new insights into the assembly and structures of inflammasome components and emphasize general strategies of up- and downstream signaling events. In addition, the authors specifically discuss the composition and activity of inflammasomes during infection with various gut pathogens (Salmonella, Shigella, Yersinia, Listeria and Helicobacter), respiratory pathogens (Mycobacterium, Legionella, Burkholderia and Streptococcus) as well as skin and soft tissue pathogens (Francisella and Staphylococcus). The discoveries presented provide a better understanding of the cellular and molecular biology of inflammasomes, which will pinpoint important new therapeutic targets for the treatment and prevention of multiple infectious diseases in the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jean-Marc Cavaillon and Mervyn Singer.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Inflammation through the Ages: A Historical Perspective / Jean-Marc Cavaillon
    Inducers and Sensors of Inflammation. Pathogen-associated Molecular Patterns / Jean-Marc Cavaillon
    Damage-associated Molecular Patterns / Jean-Marc Cavaillon
    Bacterial Toxins / Marina Bernard, Cesare Montecucco
    Venoms / Catarina Teixeira, Vanessa Moreira, José María Gutiérrez
    Hypoxia as an Inducer of Inflammation / Ariel Brandwein, Clifford S Deutschman
    Vaccine Adjuvants / Dennis M Klinman, Hidekazu Shirota
    Pattern Recognition Receptors / Lauren Whitehead, Gordon D Brown
    Inflammatory Cells. Monocytes and Macrophages / Irina N Shalova, Shilpi Saha, Subhra K Biswas
    Neutrophils / Salvatore Cuzzocrea
    Mast Cells: Master Drivers of Immune Responses against Pathogens / WX Gladys Ang, Soman N Abraham
    Dendritic Cells in Inflammatory Disease / Bart N Lambrecht, Martin Guilliams, Hamida Hammad
    Roles for NK Cells and ILC1 in Inflammation and Infection / Christian AJ Vosshenrich, James P Di Santo
    Group 2 and 3 Innate Lymphoid Cells: New Actors in Immunity and Inflammation / Nicolas Serafini, James P Di Santo
    Th9 Cells: From the Bench to the Bedside and Back Again / Benjamin J Ulrich, Matthew M Hufford, Mark H Kaplan
    Th17 Cells / Mélissa Noack, Pierre Miossec
    Platelets / Jack Levin
    Epithelial Cells / Jill M Hoffman, Charalabos Pothoulakis
    Inflammation: The Role of Endothelial Cells / J Steven Alexander, D Neil Granger, Norman R Harris
    Inflammatory Mediators. IL-1 Superfamily and Inflammasome / Charles A Dinarello
    TNF Superfamily / Salvatore Cuzzocrea
    Interleukin-17 A-E / Giovanni Monteleone, Irene Marafini, Edoardo Troncone
    IL-6 Superfamily / Toshio Tanaka, Masashi Narazaki, Tadamistu Kishimoto
    Type I and II Cytokine Superfamilies in Inflammatory Responses / William F Carson, Steven L Kunkel
    Chemokines and Chemotaxis / Osamu Yoshie, Kouji Matsushima
    Lipid Mediators in Inflammation / Shuh Narumiya, Takehiko Yokomizo, Junken Aoki
    Free Radicals in Inflammation / Andrew Cumpstey, Martin Feelisch
    Proteases / Celine Deraison, Chrystelle Bonnart, Nathalie Vergnolle
    Psychiatric Disorders and Inflammation / Robert Dantzer
    Complement System / Peter A Ward, Claudia Kemper
    Heat Shock Proteins / Willem Eden, Femke Broere, Ruurd van der Zee
    Inflammation and Host Response. Inflammation and Coagulation / Marcel Levi
    Fever: Mediators and Mechanisms / Joachim Roth
    Pain / Christoph Stein
    Inflammation, Hormones, and Metabolism / Muska Khpal, Mervyn Singer
    Microenvironmental Regulation of Innate Immune Cell Function / Emily R Watts, Eilise Ryan, Sarah R Walmsley, Moira KB Whyte
    Epigenetics of Inflammation / Vidula Vachharajani, Charles E McCall
    Inflammation and Diseases. Allergy and Inflammation / Milena Sokołowska, Anna Głobińska, Cezmi A Akdis
    Sepsis / Manu Shankar-Hari, Mervyn Singer
    Autoimmunity and Inflammation / Shrikant Ramesh Mulay, Onkar P Kulkarni, Khader Rupanagudi, Hans-Joachim Anders
    Psoriasis and Other Skin Inflammatory Diseases / Jaehwan Kim, James G Krueger
    Rheumatoid Arthritis and Other Inflammatory Articular Diseases / Rogier M Thurlings, Sander W Tas, Paul Peter Tak*
    Missing Heritability of Crohn's Disease and Implications for Therapeutic Targeting and Improved Care / Matthias Chamaillard
    Inflammation and Transplantation / William M Baldwin,, Robert L Fairchild
    Inflammatory Mechanisms in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease / Peter J Barnes
    Obesity: A Complex Disease with Immune Components / Yuejun Liu, Karine Clément
    Inflammation and Type 2 Diabetes / Marleen MJ Greevenbroek, Casper G Schalkwijk, Coen DA Stehouwer
    Inflammation-Mediated Neurodegeneration: Models, Mechanisms, and Therapeutic Interventions for Neurodegenerative Diseases / Hui-Ming Gao, Yun Gao, Dezhen Tu, Yue Liu, Hui Zhou, Jau-Shyong Hong
    Inflammation in Atherosclerosis / Mario AR Lauterbach, Larisa I Labzin, Eicke Latz
    Acute Kidney Injury / Johan Mårtensson, Rinaldo Bellomo
    Ischemia-Reperfusion Syndrome / Christophe Adrie, Sally A Shin, Mehran Monchi
    Single-Nucleotide Polymorphisms and Inflammation / Evangelos J Giamarellos-Bourboulis
    Resolution of Inflammation and Tissue Repair. Pentraxins in the Orchestration of Defense and Tissue Repair during the Acute Phase Response / Alberto Mantovani, Cecilia Garlanda, Barbara Bottazzi
    Anti-Inflammatory Cytokines, Soluble Receptors, and Natural Antagonists / Willem Joost Wiersinga, Tom Poll
    Regulatory T Cells / Luciana Berod, Katharina Lahl, Matthias Lochner, Christian T Mayer, Tim Sparwasser
    Leukocyte Reprogramming / Jean-Marc Cavaillon
    Roles of Specialized Proresolving Lipid Mediators in Inflammation Resolution and Tissue Repair / Matthew Spite, Charles N Serhan
    Glucocorticoids / Heming Nicholas, Annane Djillali
    The Neuroimmune Communicatome in Inflammation / Peder S Olofsson, Christine N Metz, Valentin A Pavlov
    The Inflammatory Response in Tissue Repair / Nikolaos G Frangogiannis
    Detection and Treatments. Biomarkers in Inflammation / Andreas Kortgen, Michael Bauer
    In Vivo Imaging of Inflammation / Anne Roivainen, Antti Saraste
    Novel Targets for Drug Development / Alan S Cross, Steven M Opal
    Inflammation and Microbiota and Gut Reconditioning / Stig Bengmark
    Natural Products as Source of Anti-Inflammatory Drugs / Shivaprasad H Venkatesha, Bodhraj Acharya, Kamal D Moudgil.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Irfan Rahman, Debasis Bagchi.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive overview to understanding the integrated impact of the concepts of cellular and molecular aspects, models, environmental factors, and lifestyle involved in premature aging. Additionally, it examines how functional food, dietary nutraceuticals or pharmacological compounds can reverse inflammation and premature aging based on personalized medicine. This book is a valuable resource for health professionals, scientists and researchers, nutritionists, health practitioners, students and for all those who wish to broaden their knowledge in the allied field.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Jun Sun, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a summary and discussion of the advances of inflammation and infection in various cancers. The authors cover the classically known virus infections in cancer, novel roles of other pathogens (e.g. bacteria and fungi), as well as biomarkers for diagnosis and therapy. Further, the chapters highlight the progress of immune therapy, stem cells and the role of the microbiome in the pathophysiology of cancers. Readers will gain insights into complex microbial communities, that inhabit most external human surfaces and play a key role in health and disease. Perturbations of host-microbe interactions often lead to altered host responses that can promote cancer development. Thus, this book highlights emerging roles of the microbiome in pathogenesis of cancers and outcome of therapy. The focus is on mechanistic concepts that underlie the complex relationships between host and microbes. Approaches that can inhibit infection, suppress chronic inflammation and reverse the dysbiosis are discussed, as a means for restoring the balance between host and microbes. This comprehensive work will be beneficial to researchers and students interested in infectious diseases, microbiome, and cancer as well as clinicians and general physiologists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Microbiome And The Hallmarks Of Cancer
    Chapter 2: Microbiome In Human GI Cancers
    Chapter 3: The Gut Microbiome And Colorectal Cancer
    Chapter 4: Salmonella Infection In Human Cancers
    Chapter 5: Biomarkers Of Esophageal Cancers And Precancerous Lesions
    Chapter 6: Epithelial And Immune Cell Responses To Helicobacter Pylori That Shape The Gastric Tumor Microenvironment
    Chapter 7: Microbiome And Liver Cancer
    Chapter 8: THE MICROBIOME AND UROLOGIC CANCERS
    Chapter 9: Role Of Infections And Tissue Inflammation In The Pathology Of The Fallopian Tube And High-Grade Serous Ovarian Cancer
    Chapter 10: Commensal Microbes And Their Metabolites: Influence On Host Pathways In Health And Disease
    Chapter 11: Dietary And Microbiome In Cancer Prevention
    Chapter 12: Autophagy And Cancer-Current Biology And Drug Development
    Chapter 13: Mitochondrial Regulation Of Inflammation In Cancer
    Chapter 14: Modern Germ-Free Study Designs And Emerging Static Housing Technology In A Growing 'Human Microbiome' Market
    Chapter 15: Machine Learning In Identification Of Disease-Associated Microbiota
    Chapter 16: Mediation Analysis Of Microbiome Data And Detection Of Causality In Microbiome Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Bharat B. Aggarwal, Bokyung Sung, Subash Chandre Gupta, editors.
    Contents:
    The role of inflammation in lung cancer / Mónica Gomes, Ana Luísa Teixeira, Ana Coelho, António Araújo and Rui Medeiros
    The role of inflammation in colon cancer / Naveena B. Janakiram and Chinthalapally V. Rao
    The role of inflammation in inflammatory breast cancer / Tamer M. Fouad, Takahiro Kogawa, James M. Reuben and Naoto T. Ueno
    The role of inflammation in brain cancer / James L. Sowers, Kenneth M. Johnson, Charles Conrad, Joel T. Patterson and Lawrence C. Sowers
    The role of inflammation in head and neck cancer / Marcelo Bonomi, Alexis Patsias, Marshall Posner and Andrew Sikora
    The role of inflammation in pancreatic cancer / Simone Hausmann, Bo Kong, Christoph Michalski, Mert Erkan and Helmut Friess
    The role of inflammation in prostate cancer / Karen S. Sfanos, Heidi A. Hempel and Angelo M. De Marzo
    The role of inflammation in bladder cancer / Georgios Gakis
    The role of inflammation in kidney cancer / Antonio Roma De Vivar Chevez, James Finke and Ronald Bukowski
    The role of inflammation in gastric cancer / Kazim Senol, Murat Bulut Özkan, Selahattin Vural and Mesut Tez
    The role of inflammation in sarcoma / Jürgen Radons
    The role of inflammation in lymphoma / Antonino Carbone, Claudio Tripodo, Carmelo Carlo-Stella, Armando Santoro and Annunziata Gloghini
    The role of inflammation in leukaemia / Janusz Krawczyk, Michael O'Dwyer, Ronan Swords, Ciara Freeman and Francis J Giles
    The role of inflammatory cells in angiogenesis in multiple myeloma / Domenico Ribatti and Angelo Vacca
    The role of inflammation in cervical cancer / S. Deivendran, K. Hezlin Marzook and M. Radhakrishna Pillai
    The role of inflammation in liver cancer / Anupam Bishayee
    The role of inflammation in skin cancer / Girish B. Maru, Khushboo Gandhi, Asha Ramchandani and Gaurav Kumar.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Damir Janigro, Astrid Nehlig, Nicola Marchi, editors..
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive information, both for clinicians and scientists, on the basic mechanisms, clinical features, and therapeutic approaches to epilepsy as an inflammatory disease. Inflammation has been for many years considered as an etiologic player (and a therapeutic target) for a specific group of epilepsies. However, it turns out that this concept underestimated the impact of inflammation in seizure disorders. Many accepted therapies for non-inflammatory epilepsies act in part as an inflammatory drug. The CNS actively responds to acute immune challenges by altering body temperature, stimulating the HPA axis, as well as up- and down-regulating specific sympathetic pathways.

    Contents:
    Pro and Anti-Inflammatory Neurovascular Processes in Epilepsy: A Fragile and Dynamic Equilibrium
    Emerging Molecular Mechanisms of Neuroinflammation in Seizure Disorders
    Glial Mechanisms of Inflammation during Seizures
    Perivascular Inflammation and Extracellular Matrix Alterations in Blood-Brain Barrier Dysfunction and Epilepsy
    Blood T cells and Cytokine Levels during Interictal-Ictal Transitions
    Autoantibodies, Encephalopathies and Epilepsy
    Tau Protein in Drug-Resistant Epilepsy and Cognitive Decline
    Ketogenic Diet, Inflammation and Epilepsy
    Role of Regulatory T cells in Epilepsy
    Inflammation at the Neurovascular Unit in Post-Traumatic Epilepsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC370 .I545 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Madhavi Thomas, editors.
    Summary: Inflammation in Parkinson's Disease brings advances in research together with current literature and evidence. This concise volume covers the fundamentals of neuroimmunology and inflammatory models, the interactions between pathways of neurodegeneration and follows the concept of research work undertaken from basic science to clinical trials. Researchers, clinicians, and students interested in Parkinson's Disease are provided with a comprehensive view of translational research methods and an insight needed for developing future therapies aimed at disease modulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hyeong Gon Yu, editor.
    Summary: This atlas covers most ocular inflammatory and infectious diseases of importance with clinical significance. It includes chapters on non-infectious diseases and chapters on infectious diseases. For each chapter, essential information regarding the clinical features, diagnosis, and management is described in the text based on the up-to-date knowledge, and more than 240 carefully selected photographs are provided. World-famous experts in this field have included as many as valuable photographs of patients as possible. New imaging tests of ultra-wide field retinal images and high-resolution optical coherence tomography are included in addition to conventional fundus photos and fluorescein angiographs. Especially, chapters on infectious diseases provide invaluable photos of rare but clinically important diseases. Designed to assist in the diagnosis and treatment of ocular inflammation and infection, this book is meant for the retina specialist, researchers of ocular inflammation, general ophthalmologist, resident and retina fellow. Inflammatory and Infectious Ocular Disorders atlas is one of the nine volumes of the series Retina Atlas. This series provides global perspective on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma. This comprehensive atlas is spread over 9 volumes and about 100 chapters, covering validated and comprehensive information on retinal disorders.

    Contents:
    Acute posterior multifocal placoid pigment epitheliopathy
    Serpiginous choroiditis
    Punctate inner choroidopathy
    Multifocal choroiditis with panuveitis
    Multiple evanescent white dot syndrome
    Acute zonal occult outer retinopathy
    Birdshot retinochoroidopathy
    Sympathetic ophthalmia
    Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada disease
    Intermediate uveitis
    Sarcoidosis
    Behcet disease
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Posterior scleritis
    Autoimmune retinopathy
    Ocular tuberculosis 1
    Ocular tuberculosis 2
    Cat-scratch disease
    Retinal and optic nerve involvement in syphilis
    Leptospirosis
    Fungal diseases
    Toxoplasmosis
    Toxocariasis
    Ocular cysticercosis
    Diffuse unilateral subacute neuroretinitis
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection and cytomegalovirus retinitis
    Acute retinal necrosis and progressive outer retinal necrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ian C. Scott, James B. Galloway, David L. Scott.
    Summary: This evidence based book covers the key components in the diagnosis, assessment and management of inflammatory arthritis. The authors look at the epidemiology, pathology, clinical assessment and investigation of inflammatory arthritis patients, and provide an overview of currently available treatment options. With major changes seen in the way inflammatory arthropathies are diagnosed, classified, investigated and managed, Inflammatory Arthritis in Clinical Practice, Second Edition provides the reader with the most up-to-date developments in this area.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ramona Rajapakse, editor.
    Summary: This book uses new thinking on precision medicine and the interplay of genetic factors, the microbiome, and external triggers to build on the core concepts of inflammatory bowel disease. It outlines the latest findings in targeting therapies to the individual patient with Crohns and colitis, management of chronic infections in the setting of immunomodulators and biologics, non-surgical therapy of dysplasia in colitis patients, and redefining and structuring the problematic pouch. In addition, this book features useful chapters dedicated to the economic aspects of IBD in an increasingly constrained healthcare system, as well as the patient experience and the role of subspecialist telemedicine care. Written by specialists and thought leaders in the field, Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathogenesis, Diagnosis and Management provides a concise but highly relevant account of the latest thinking and concepts in IBD.

    Contents:
    Advances in Our Understanding of the Pathogenesis of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Diagnosis and monitoring in Inflammatory Bowel disease: who, when, where and how
    Ulcerative Colitis Diagnosis and Management: Past, Present and Future Directions
    New Developments in the Management of Crohns Disease
    Extraintestinal Manifestations In Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Infectious Complications in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Healthcare Maintenance in the Patient with Inflammatory Bowel Disease: High Yield Interventions
    The Woman With Inflamatory Bowel Disease: Fertility, Pregnancy And Beyond
    Unique Challenges in the Diagnosis and Management of the Pediatric IBD Patient
    Colon Cancer Screening and Surveillance in the IBD patient
    The Utility Of Endoscopy In Inflamatory Bowel Disease
    Changing Paradigms in the Management of the Elderly IBD Patient
    Surgical management of the complex Crohns and ulcerative colitis patient: When to redo a pouch
    The Economics of IBD: Is There a Future for a Medical Home?
    A Physician Patients Perspective: Personal challenges and the role of sub-specialist telemedicine
    IBD in the time of COVID-19.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andreas Sturm, Lydia White, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive manual discusses the many aspects of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), providing relevant information along with practical guidance. The reader is also directed to additional resources for extra and current information. This book comes at a time when the number of people suffering from the two major forms of IBD, ulcerative colitis (UC) and Crohn's disease (CD), is rising around the globe. Despite their huge impact on daily life and health economics, these diseases are not fully understood, and diagnosis and treatment remains a significant challenge. IBD nurses are increasingly recognised as key clinicians within the multidisciplinary team caring for people with IBD. Through experience and specialist knowledge IBD nurses provide timely support, advice, and treatment for people living with this unpredictable condition. IBD nurses are also well placed to liaise with the wider team, developing patient centred services which best fit their local health framework. The combined international expertise and accessible guidance here will equip nurses, or any clinician wanting to increase their competence in IBD management. Thereby this manual aims to contribute to the optimisation of IBD care throughout the world.

    Contents:
    I.IBD Foundations: Anatomy and Physiology
    Epidemiology
    Aetiology, Pathophysiology and Localisation
    II. Diagnosis, Assessment and Monitoring: Clinical Assessment
    Endoscopy
    Lab
    Radiology
    Histopathology
    Monitoring
    Differential Diagnosis.-III.Managing IBD: Medical Management 1: General
    Medical Management 2: Conventional
    Medical Management 3: Biological
    New Therapeutic Treatments
    Antibiotics and Microflora (FMP)
    Risks and Side-Effects of Medical Therapy
    Surgical Management
    Short Bowel Syndrome
    Alternative Therapies
    IV. Complications and Comorbidities: EIMs
    Penetrating CD and Fistulae
    Opportunistic Infections
    Cancer
    V. The Patient in... Newly Diagnosed Patient
    Fertility, Pregnancy and Lactation
    Young IBD
    Elderly
    Patient Priorities
    Dietary Management
    Stoma
    Pouch Care
    Adherence
    Constipation
    VI. Lifestyle Issues: Travel and Vaccination
    Smoking and Drugs
    Stress and Psychological Support
    Communication Skills
    Sport
    Sex and Intimacy
    Patient Support Groups
    VII. Research: Clinical Studies
    Nursing Research
    VIII. IBD Nursing: Training and Education
    E-health
    In Patient Care
    Nursing Support and IBD Networking
    Advice Lines
    Clinics
    Maintaining and IBD Nurse Service
    IBD Nurse Within the MDT.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ashwin N. Ananthakrishnan, Ramnik J. Xavier, Daniel K. Podolsky.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and pathogenesis
    Clinical features and diagnosis of Crohn's disease
    Clinical features and diagnosis of ulcerative colitis
    Extraintestinal manifestations of inflammatory bowel diseases
    Aminosalicylates
    Corticosteroids
    Immunomodulators
    Biologic therapies
    Antibiotics
    Medical management of ulcerative colitis
    Medical management of Crohn's disease
    Surgical management of inflammatory bowel diseases
    Complications of inflammatory bowel diseases
    Nutrition in inflammatory bowel diseases
    Pregnancy, conception, and childbirth
    Inflammatory bowel disease during childhood and adolescence.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The mechanistic basis of chronic inflammation remains unclear. The research sheds new light on the immune cells expressing the activation markers HLA-DR and regulatory T cells (Tregs) and the cells expressing Siglec receptors as being key players in the immune system responsiveness to antigens and thus in lung tissue damage of chronic inflammation. The results help understand the mechanisms of action of common drugs used in COPD, such as formoterol, tiotropium, or corticosteroids, and point to novel drug targets. The chapters also deal with brain damaging effects, by far unrecognized, of inhaled corticosteroid therapy, a time-proven management of chronic inflammatory airway conditions; asthma being a case in point. Novel methods, likely less producing side effects, of macrolide antibiotics administration by inhalation are discussed, emphasizing not only bacteriostatic but also anti-inflammatory action.

    Contents:
    Inhaled Corticosteroids Increase Siglec-5/14 Expression in Sputum Cells of COPD Patients
    Tregs and HLA-DR Expression in Sputum Cells of COPD Patients Treated with Tiotropium and Formoterol
    Inhalation of Macrolides: A Novel Approach to Treatment of Pulmonary Infections
    Influence of Denture Plaque Biofilm on Oral Mucosal Membrane in Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Biophysical Activity of Animal-Derived Exogenous Surfactants Mixed with Rifampicin
    Organic Changes in the Central Nervous System in Children on Chronic Inhaled Corticosteroid Therapy
    Stem Cell Experiments Moves into Clinic: New Hope for Children with Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Soluble Ligand CD40 and Uric Acid as Markers of Atheromatosis in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Carotid Artery Intima-Media Thickness in Hypertensive Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alireza Minagar, J. Steven Alexander, editors.
    Summary: This thoroughly updated edition covers all clinical aspects of neuroinflammation. The latest developments in pathogenesis and advances in treatment are provided, along with an understanding of the immune system's role and interactions between the activated immune cells, cerebral endothelial cells, and other main components of the immune cascade. This volume offers practitioners a valuable resource for research and clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vickram Ramkumar, Leonard P. Rybak, editors.
    Summary: The primary goal of this project is to describe our current understanding of the oxidant hypothesis of noise and drug-induced hearing loss and show how this process translates into cochlear inflammation. Basic cellular mechanisms underlying the contribution of oxidant stress to hearing loss will be explained and molecular pathways leading to inflammatory processes will be outlined. Several different aspects of the cochlear inflammatory process will be discussed in detail. These include the sources of inflammatory cells, chemokines, inflammatory cytokines and the roles of cochlear resident immune cells in mediating hearing loss. In addition, evidence for a robust cochlear-based steroid axis which is activated by cochlear stress and serves a protective system. The role of the strial vasculature networks which aid in maintenance of the blood-labyrinth barrier and control the entry of circulating immune cells into the cochlea will be described. Molecular pathways leading to activation of the local inflammatory process will be highlighted and otoprotective treatment options will be discussed. The relevance of certain clinically used anti-inflammatory interventions, such as trans-tympanic steroids and other drugs will also be discussed. Furthermore, we will examine recent patents focusing on the use of anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of drug and noise-induced hearing loss. It is our hope that this book would provide a better understanding of the interaction of oxidative stress and inflammation in hearing loss. This book should provide basic information to scientists in the field of auditory research and to enlighten clinicians who treat patients with potentially ototoxic drugs.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: The Cochlea; 1 Fluid Spaces intheCochlea; 2 Cochlear Duct; 3 Tectorial Membrane; 4 Basilar Membrane; 5 The Lateral Wall oftheCochlea; 6 The Spiral Ligament; 7 Stria Vascularis; Basal Cells; 8 Endocochlear Potential; 9 Organ ofCorti; 10 Mechano-transduction; 11 Hair Cell Synapses; References;
    Chapter 2: Oxidative Stress andHearing Loss; 1 Introduction; 2 Oxidative Stress; Free Radicals; Oxidative Stress andCytotoxicity; 3 Cochlear Targets ofOxidative Stress; Sensory Epithelium; Lateral Wall; Modiolus. 2 Bounds Related toCurrent Perspectives ofNoise-Induced Damage andFunctional Loss: Cellular Elements ofCochleaTemporary Threshold Shifts (TTS) andAssociated Cellular Elements atRisk forDamage; Previously Described Protective Mechanisms Against NIHL; 3 Elements ofCorticotropin Releasing Factor (Hormone) Signaling Systems, andTheir Expression intheMammalian Inner Ear; A Novel Theory ofLocal Cochlear Signaling Systems Protective AgainstCellular Damage andAssociated NIHL; 4 Inflammatory/Immune Responses intheCochlea Are Driven byAcoustic Over-Exposure. 4 Oxidative Stress inAcquired Hearing LossEnvironmental Exposures; Therapeutic Drugs andAgents; Aging; 5 Interventional Approaches andChallenges; Biomarkers ofOxidative Stress; Otoprotection by Targeting Oxidative Stress; Potential Interference withCell Signaling andDrug Activity; References;
    Chapter 3: Corticotropin Releasing Factor Signaling intheMammalian Cochlea: AnIntegrative Niche forCochlear Homeostatic Balance Against Noise; 1 Introduction; The Evolution ofHypotheses ConcerningNoise-Induced Hearing Loss. CRF Signaling Is Involved withtheInflammatory Process5 Local (Cochlear) CRF Signaling VersusSystemic HPA Axis: ATale ofTiming, Balance ofMechanistic Actions, andDirect VersusIndirect Signaling; The Indirect CRF Signaling System; The Direct CRF Signaling System, andIts Potential Role inCochlear Function andProtection fromNoise-Induced Damage; 6 Of Glucocorticoids, Clocks, Entrainment, andaPotential Interaction BetweenSystemic andPeripheral CRF Signaling Systems Important forInflammatory Responses intheCochlea; Glucocorticoid Function; Glucocorticoid Receptors. Physiological OscillationsThe Master Clock oftheSuprachiasmatic Nucleus; Peripheral Clocks; 7 A Confluence ofBiological Disciplines That Includes Circadian Biology, Immunology, andCochlear Molecular Neurobiology Converge toSuggest aRole forCochlear CRF Signaling inModulating Inflammatory Responses intheCochlea; A Theory ofCochlear Inflammatory Response toTraumatic Noise Would Include theFollowing Aspects ofSignaling; 8 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Cochlear Vascular Pathology andHearing Loss; 1 Introduction; 2 Blood Supply totheLateral Wall.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Michael Pugia, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Impact of inflammation and the innate immunity response in obesity mediated diabetes (lit review)
    Part 2. Impact of complement on diabetic disease
    2. Complement and Complement Regulatory Proteins in Diabetes
    Part 3. Role of C terminal fragment of adiponectin receptor in inhibition of insulin degradation
    3. Development of adiponectin receptor C terminal fragment bioassays
    4. Protease inhibition and biological distribution of the C terminal fragment of adiponectin receptor
    5. Cell & biological models for the C terminal fragment of adiponectin receptor
    6. C-Terminal fragment of adiponectin receptor clinical correlations
    Part 4. Uristatin assay for prediction of renal and other clinical events
    7. Uristatin immunoassay usage in glomerular nephritis assessment
    8. Acute Response of Uristatin in Surgery
    9. Cardiovascular and metabolic syndrome impact on uristatin
    10. Uristatin anti-inflammatory cellular signaling
    Part 5. Summary
    11. Overview of progress in new markers for diabetes inflammation (Literatue Review).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC660 .I54 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jiro Fujita.
    Summary: This book explores the latest research and practical data on the clinical management of influenza. Starting with the definition, epidemiology and pathogenesis, the first part reviews the basic science of the influenza virus and infection. The next three parts then discusses the diagnosis, complications and management, providing practical data and insights that are useful in day-to-day patient care. The last part focuses on the trending topics, including a new drug, oral baloxavir marboxil, which was introduced in Japan in 2018 and is the first polymerase inhibitor to be licensed for the treatment of uncomplicated influenza. In Japan, since the medical insurance system is well-established, patients receive medical examinations quickly after the onset of influenza viral infection, making it easy to implement early diagnostic tools and early treatment. Providing practical data and insights, Influenza - Advances in Diagnosis and Management is a useful resource for clinicians, residents and trainees around the globe.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    1. Global strategy for influenza viral infection: What is the latest Information from WHO?
    Part II Definition, Epidemiology, and Pathogenesis
    2. Epidemiology of influenza with a description of recent trends in Japan: What are the key epidemiologic features of seasonal influenza in terms of time, place, person, and virus (overall and in Japan)?
    3. Transmission of influenza virus in the home: How are they transmitted in the home?
    4. Cellular and biochemical pathogenic processes in severe influenza virus infection: How does cytokine storm plays a role?
    5. Pathology of severe influenza virus pneumonia: what is the importance of alveolar mouths?
    6. Pathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Influenza Infections/Pneumonia: What are the mechanisms of secondary bacterial pneumonia?
    Part III Diagnosis
    7. Rapid diagnosis of influenza viral infection: What are the rapid diagnostic tests and molecular diagnosis?
    8. Differential diagnosis between influenza and other respiratory viral infections: What are the differential diagnoses?
    9. Radiologic findings of influenza pneumonia: What are the recent radiological findings?
    10. Oral findings of influenza viral infection: What are the characteristic pharyngeal findings of influenza?
    Part IV Complication
    11. Classification of pneumonia complicated with influenza viral infection: What are the patterns of pneumonia?
    12. Influenza encephalopathy: What is encephalopathy?
    Part V Management
    13. Treatment guidelines for influenza virus infection: What does the recent guideline state?
    14. Treatment strategy for influenza viral infection in adolescent: what is the current adolescent treatment?
    15. How to use anti-influenza drugs: zanamivir and oseltamivir
    16. How to use anti-influenza drugs: laninamivir octanoate
    17. How to use anti-influenza drugs: baloxavir marboxil
    18. How to use anti-influenza drugs: peramivir
    19. Prophylaxis of influenza viral transmission: What is the current prophylaxis?
    Part VI Topics
    20. Influenza vaccine efficacy/effectiveness: with special reference to current epidemiological methodology
    21. The new anti-influenza drug baloxavir marboxil: Can influenza viruses with reduced susceptibility to baloxavir maintain viral fitness?
    22. Viruses resistant to oseltamivir or baloxavir: What do the data reveal about resistance?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: Respiratory infections constitute a major public health concern. The goal of this book is to share knowledge on the best advances in influenza and influenza-like viral infections, and new molecular-based diagnostic methods that discern the antigenic shift enabling viruses to constantly evolve and elude the host immune response. Co-infections, co-morbidities, persistently meager anti-flu vaccination coverage, and infection complications are dealt with. The chapters also further insight into such topics as the effects of sex hormones, and socioeconomic and anthropometric measures on respiratory and immune functions underlying the severity of asthma and respiratory allergy. Psychological functioning in respiratory disorders, taking into account quality of life, illness acceptance, and depressive symptoms is also reviewed as it is all too often underestimated by healthcare providers. The book is intended for clinicians, researchers, students, and all other actors in health-related issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Richard W. Compans, Michael B.A. Oldstone, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume work covers the molecular and cell biology, genetics and evolution of influenza viruses, the pathogenesis of infection, resultant host innate and adaptive immune response, prevention of infection through vaccination and approaches to the therapeutic control of infection.. Experts at the forefront of these areas provide critical assessments with regard to influenza virology, immunology, cell and molecular biology, and pathogenesis. Volume I provides overviews of the latest findings on molecular determinants of viral pathogenicity, virus entry and cell tropism, pandemic risk assessment, transmission and pathogenesis in animal species, viral evolution, ecology and antigenic variation, while Volume II focuses on the role of innate and adaptive immunity in pathogenesis, development of vaccines and antivirals.

    Contents:
    The Hemagglutinin
    a Determinant of Pathogenicity
    Molecular determinants of pathogenicity in the polymerase complex
    Receptor binding properties of the influenza virus hemagglutinin as a determinant of host range
    Acid-induced membrane fusion by the hemagglutinin protein and its role in influenza virus biology
    Pandemic Preparedness and the Influenza Risk Assessment Tool (IRAT)
    Avian influenza virus transmission to mammals
    Transmission in the Guinea Pig Model
    Enhancement of influenza virus transmission by gene reassortment
    Swine and Influenza: A Challenge to One Health Research
    Influenza Pathobiology and Pathogenesis in Avian Species
    Molecular determinants of influenza virus pathogenesis in mice
    Mammalian models for the study of H7 virus pathogenesis and transmission
    Pathogenesis and vaccination of influenza A virus in swine
    Secondary Bacterial Infections in Influenza Virus Infection Pathogenesis
    Evolution and Ecology of Influenza A viruses
    Influenza A virus reassortment
    Antigenic Analyses of Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza A Viruses.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Michael B.A. Oldstone, Richard W. Compans, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Innate immunity. The role of cytokine responses during influenza virus pathogenesis and potential therapeutic options / John R. Teijaro
    Innate immune sensing and response to influenza / Bali Pulendran and Mohan S. Maddur
    The NS1 protein: a multitasking virulence factor / Juan Ayllon and Adolfo García-Sastre
    Role of NK cells in influenza infection / Stacey Shultz-Cherry
    Host detection and the stealthy phenotype in influenza virus infection / Pradyot Dash and Paul G. Thomas
    Part II. Vaccines and adaptive immunity. Inactivated and adjuvanted influenza vaccines / Giuseppe Del Giudice and Rino Rappuoli
    Live attenuated influenza vaccine / Hong Jin and Kanta Subbarao
    Design of alternative live attenuated influenza virus vaccines / Courtney Finch, Weizhong Li and Daniel R. Perez
    Rapid production of synthetic influenza vaccines / Philip R. Dormitzer
    Influenza neuraminidase as a vaccine antigen / Maryna C. Eichelberger and Hongquan Wan
    Advances in universal influenza virus vaccine design and antibody mediated therapies based on conserved regions of the hemagglutinin / Florian Krammer, Peter Palese and John Steel
    Structural characterization of viral epitopes recognized by broadly cross-reactive antibodies / Peter S. Lee and Ian A. Wilson
    Skin immunization with influenza vaccines / Ioanna Skountzou and Richard W. Compans
    Mucosal immunization and adjuvants / Hideki Hasegawa, Elly van Reit and Hiroshi Kida
    B cell responses to influenza infection and vaccination / Christopher Chiu, Ali H. Ellebedy, Jens Wrammert and Rafi Ahmed
    Memory CD4 T cells in influenza / Kyra D. Zens and Donna L. Farber
    The effector T cell response to influenza infection / Matthew M. Hufford, Taeg S. Kim, Jie Sun and Thomas J. Braciale
    Part III. New antiviral discovery. Antiviral effects of inhibiting host gene expression / Ralph A. Tripp and S. Mark Tompkins
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editor, John Oxford.
    Contents:
    Influenza surveillance / John S. Oxford
    Surveillance of influenza in swine and wildfowl / Ian H. Brown
    Global influenza surveillance: advances in technology / Mila C. González & Stephen S. Morse
    Ask the expert : origins of recent pandemics and lessons for surveillance / John S. Oxford
    Global seroepidemiology : value and limitations / Karen L. Laurie, Othmar G. Engelhardt, John Wood & Maria D. Van Kerkhove
    Influenza surveillance : interrupting transmission / Alan P. Zelicoff
    Pandemic influenza preparedness / Chloe Sellwood
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Andreas Charalambous, editor.
    Summary: This book builds on the current trends in informal caregivers role in the supportive care of cancer patients (as well as other diseases) across the care continuum covering topics from the healthcare professionals and the users perspectives. Informal caregivers are a critical resource to their care recipients and an essential component of the health care system. The book introduces a comprehensive view of the topic and acknowledges the importance and the complexity of caregiving. Here lays one of the uniqueness of this book, which highlights the areas and the ways that for example interventions in specific settings/groups of patients can actually facilitate the caregiving process. The increasing number of care-dependent people, the adoption of the principle "outpatient before inpatient", the shift of care from inpatient to outpatient and the preference for home care (i.e. majority) are only some of the reasons that contributed to Informal caregiving becoming a central feature of the health care landscape and will become even more prominent in the decades ahead. The book draws on the experts high-end, current systematic research evidence and real-life examples on these topics to provide an insightful perspective on undertaking research within this context, and to demonstrate informal caregivers impact on patients outcomes. The structure of the book provides multiple perspectives to the topic and makes it appealing to a wide range of recipients including the nursing community, clinicians, social workers, researchers, policy makers, technology experts as well as postgraduate students especially to those practicing specifically in supportive care in cancer. The book fills a gap in this field of expertise not only by familiarizing the reader with a wide range of topics to be considered but it also emphasizes on what the developments in the field in the future would need to take into consideration. Finally, current and future studies can be informed from the practices of preceding studies that are incorporated in the book. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Forward
    Contents
    Caregiving and Caregivers: Concepts, Caregiving Models, and Systems
    1 Introduction
    2 The Concept of Caregiving
    3 What Is an Informal Caregiver or a Family Caregiver?
    4 The Scale of Caregiving
    5 The Financial Impact of Caregiving
    6 Informal Caregiving During the COVID-19 Pandemic
    7 Family Caregiving Models
    8 Tasks Performed by Informal Caregivers
    9 Conclusion
    References
    Caregiving Burden and Other Psychosocial Considerations
    1 Introduction
    2 Cancer Caregivership Burden
    2.1 Physical and Sleep Burden 2.2 Psychosocial and Spiritual Burden
    2.3 Financial Burden and Caregiver Guilt
    2.4 Long-Term and Quality-of-Life-Related Burden
    2.5 Bereavement Burden
    3 Interventions for the Management of Caregivers' Burden
    3.1 Good Examples
    3.2 eHealth Options
    3.3 Policy Action Needed
    4 Conclusion and Outlook
    References
    Caregiving Within the Context of Elder Care
    1 Introduction
    2 Origins of Global Aging
    2.1 Extension of Life Expectancy
    2.2 The "Baby Boomer" Generation
    2.3 The "Silver Tsunami"
    3 Prominent Themes in Elder Caregiving 3.1 Caregiver Burden
    3.2 Co-morbidity
    3.3 Problematic Healthcare Navigation
    3.4 Ageism
    3.4.1 Choosing Geriatrics as a Specialty
    4 Major Illnesses in the Elderly
    4.1 Cancer
    4.1.1 Distinguishing Characteristics
    4.1.2 Themes in Elder Cancer Caregiving
    Fear
    New Caregiving Expectations
    4.2 Dementia
    4.2.1 Caregiver Characteristics
    4.2.2 Emotional Sequelae
    4.3 Heart Failure
    4.3.1 The Female Caregiver Imperative
    4.3.2 Demands Over Time
    4.4 Stroke
    5 10 Intervention Caveats and Advocacy Targets
    6 Elder Caregiving Research 7 The Healthy Aging Agenda
    8 Conclusion
    References
    Informal Caregivers in Care Efficiency
    1 Introduction
    2 The Concept of Efficiency
    3 Efficiency in the Context of Cancer
    4 Informal Caregivers as Means of Efficiency
    4.1 Putting Patients at the Centre of the Care...and Delivering Care That Really Matters to Patients
    4.2 Efficient Cancer Care Delivers the Best Possible Health Outcomes (e.g. Continuation of Care)
    4.3 Efficient Cancer Care... with a Focus on What Really Matters to (Patients) and Society
    5 Conclusion
    References Caring for the Informal Carer: Coping in Caregiving
    1 Introduction
    2 Caring for the Carer: A Comprehensive Approach
    3 Start by Carrying out a Holistic Carers Assessment
    4 Self-Care for the Carer
    5 Coping Strategies
    5.1 Maximizing the Positives and Minimizing the Negatives
    5.2 Information Seeking and Provision, Accepting Help from Others
    5.3 Planning Ahead
    6 Conclusion
    References
    Informal Caregivers and Health Literacy
    1 Introducing Health Literacy and eHealth Literacy
    1.1 eHealth Literacy
    2 Health Literacy Levels Among Informal Caregivers
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Eta S. Berner, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews and defines the current state of the art for informatics education in medicine and health care. This field has undergone considerable change as the field of informatics itself has evolved. Twenty years ago almost the only individuals involved in health care who had even heard the term "informatics" were those who identified themselves as medical or nursing informaticians. Today, we have a variety of subfields of informatics including not just medical and nursing informatics, but informatics applied to specific health professions (such as dental or pharmacy informatics), as well as biomedical informatics, bioinformatics and public health informatics. Informatics Education in Health Care addresses the broad range of informatics education programs available today. The Editor and very experienced internationally recognized informatics educators who have contributed to this work have made the tacit knowledge explicit and shared some of the lessons they have learned. This book therefore represents the key reference for all involved in the informatics education whether they be trainers or trainees.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Overview
    Managing Unspoken Assumptions in Online Education
    Training for Informatics Research Careers: History of Extramural Informatics Training at the National Library of Medicine
    Clinical Informatics Subspecialty Certification and Training
    Education in Nursing Informatics
    Applied Informatics for Health IT Managers
    Informatics for the Health Information Technology Workforce
    Online Continuing Education in Informatics the AMIA 10x10 Experience
    Educating the Informatics-Enabled Physician
    Informatics Education for Health Administrators
    Bioinformatics for Biological Researchers Using Online Modalities
    Clinical and Translational Research Informatics Education and Training
    Translating U.S. informatics Educational Programs for Non-U.S. Audiences
    Informatics Education in Low-Resource Settings
    Informatics Education in Healthcare: What Have We Learned?.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eta S. Berner, editor.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition defines the current state of the art for informatics education in medicine and healthcare. This field has continued to undergo considerable changes as the field of informatics continues to evolve. The book features extensively revised chapters addressing the latest developments in areas including relevant informatics concepts for those who work in health information technology and those teaching informatics courses in clinical settings, techniques for teaching informatics with limited resources, and the use of online modalities in bioinformatics research education. New topics covered include how to get appropriate accreditation for an informatics program, data science and bioinformatics education, and undergraduate health informatics education. Informatics Education in Healthcare: Lessons Learned addresses the broad range of informatics education programs and available techniques for teaching informatics. It therefore provides a valuable reference for all involved in informatics education.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Overview
    Managing Unspoken Assumptions in Online Education
    Training for Informatics Research Careers: History of Extramural Informatics Training at the National Library of Medicine
    Clinical Informatics Subspecialty Certification and Training
    Education in Nursing Informatics
    Applied Informatics for Health IT Managers
    Informatics for the Health Information Technology Workforce
    Online Continuing Education in Informatics--the AMIA 10x10 Experience
    Educating the Informatics-Enabled Physician.-New Bioinformatics Chapter
    Informatics Education for Health Administrators
    Bioinformatics for Biological Researchers--Using Online Modalities
    Clinical and Translational Research Informatics Education and Training
    Translating U.S. informatics Educational Programs for Non-U.S. Audiences
    Informatics Education in Low-Resource Settings
    Informatics Education in Healthcare: What Have We Learned?
    New Accreditation of Informatics Programs
    New Undergraduate Informatics Programs. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mamta Mittal, Gopi Battineni, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to explore technology solutions and systems to help people in remote areas in order to improve medical care. Access to health care services is critical to good health, but residents of remote areas face a variety of access barriers. The obstacles faced by health care providers and patients in rural areas are very different from those in urban areas. This could be caused by economic factors, cultural and social differences, educational deficiencies, lack of recognition by legislators, and the sheer isolation of living in inland areas, all of which conspire to create health care disparities and hinder people living in inland areas in their struggle to lead normal, healthy lives. Based on available analyses, further progress is needed to promote appropriateness of care, address geographic imbalances in health care use, and prevent the spread of risk factors including chronic diseases and regular health problems. To eradicate these problems, it is essential to develop a telemedicine system with ICT integration that will help patients in inland areas by using contemporary technologies: it would thus be possible for patients to meet their goals using these systems even without the presence of a physician since authenticated prescriptions are generated by doctors and can be transmitted to patients electronically. The volume will contain a number of ideas from researchers who are already working to find solutions and will give insights into exploring innovative methods and new systems developed.

    Contents:
    Telemedicine in rural Italy. Opportunities and challenges
    Succussing Conditions in Implementing Telehealth Support to Remote Areas
    Ethical And Legal Challenges Of Telemedicine Implementation In Rural Areas
    Role of Internet and Communication Technologies (ICT) to Support Clinical Practice and Research in Hospitals
    Proactive Digital Mental Healthcare using ICT based Psychiatry Services to Prevent Cognitive Diseases during COVID Environment
    Role, impact, and scope of ICT tools and knowledge during pandemic emergencies and beyond
    Telemedicine services and frameworks during COVID 19: A case study of seafarers
    Health-Related Quality of Life (HRQOL) Analysis based on Physical Activity and Sleeping Pattern among Seafarersusing Smart Phones
    Telemedicine Framework To Mitigate The Impact Of The Covid-19 Pandemic
    IoT in Healthcare: Using Cloud Computing and Natural LanguageProcessing for a Superior Approach
    Internet technologies for personalized care
    Smartphone Applications for Monitoring Physical Activities
    Interpretation of Biosignals and Application in Healthcare
    Safeguarding Senior Citizens using ICT
    Insights on applying Teledentistry principles in managing the emergency endodontic conditions during COVID-19 pandemic
    EMD inspired by wavelet thresholding for correction of blink artefacts from single-channel cerebral signals.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Margunn Aanestad, Miria Grisot, Ole Hanseth, Polyxeni Vassilakopoulou, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    William Hersh.
    Summary: This extensively revised 4th edition comprehensively covers information retrieval from a biomedical and health perspective, providing an understanding of the theory, implementation, and evaluation of information retrieval systems in the biomedical and health domain. It features revised chapters covering the theory, practical applications, evaluation and research directions of biomedical and health information retrieval systems. Emphasis is placed on defining where current applications and research systems are heading in a range of areas, including their use by clinicians, consumers, researchers, and others. Information Retrieval: A Biomedical and Health Perspective provides a practically applicable guide to range of techniques for information retrieval and is ideal for use by both the trainee and experienced biomedical informatician seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Foundations
    Information
    Content
    Indexing
    Retrieval
    Access
    Evaluation
    Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Igor Bychkov, Victor Voronin, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a collection of papers presented at the First International Conference" Information Technologies in the Research of Biodiversity" that was held from 11-14 September 2018 in Irkutsk (Russia). Papers in this book cover areas of interaction of knowledge on biodiversity and information technologies. The main topics include: methods, models, software systems for the analysis of biodiversity data; global data portals; information and analytical systems on biodiversity; application of remote methods in vegetation mapping; theoretical fundaments and organization technologies of the information and telecommunications infrastructures.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Organization; General Chair; Program Chairs; Program Committee; Contents; The Use of NDVI for the Analysis of the Effect of Drought on Vegetation Productivity in the Pre-Urals Steppe Area Where a Population of the Przewalski Horse Equus Ferus Przewalskii Polj., 1881 Had Been Established; Abstract; Introduction; Materials and Methods; Results and Discussion; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Regional Information and Analytical System on Insect Biodiversity of the Baikal Region; Abstract; Introduction; The Structure of Regional Information and Analytical System 3 Databases Published in the Past as Monographs (GNOM and CARUM)4 A Database Compiled and Ready for Publication, but Thus Far not Published; 5 Identification Keys; References; The Fractal Model of the Microorganism's Frequencies Spectrum for Determining the Diversity of the Biochemical Processes in Soil; Abstract; 1 The Fractal Model of Frequencies Spectrum of OTU-Groups; 2 The Topological Analysis of OTU-Groups Location on the Fractal Portrait of the Microbial Community; 3 The Functional Diversity Index of Biochemical Processes in Soil Microbial Biosystem; Acknowledgements; References 3.4 The Use of Multispectral Images Obtained from Spacecraft for Automatic Interpretation4 Conclusions; References; Digital Herbarium Collections of the Central Siberian Botanical Garden SB RAS, Novosibirsk, Russia; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results; 3.1 Taxonomic Analysis; 3.2 Geography Analysis; 3.3 Historical Analysis; 4 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Taxonomic and Phytogeograpical Databases in Systematics of the Flowering Plant Family Umbelliferae/Apiaceae; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 The Botanical Databases Carried Out at Moscow University Actualization of Herbarium Labels InformationAbstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; Ground Surveys Versus UAV Photography: The Comparison of Two Tree Crown Mapping Techniques; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Study Area; 2.2 Ground-Based Methods; 2.3 UAV Methods; 2.4 Sample Data Processing and Analysis; 3 Results; 3.1 Permanent Sampling Plot Characteristics; 3.2 Comparison of the Total Area of Tree Crown Projections; 3.3 Comparison of the Area of Crown Projections of Individual Trees; 4 Discussion The Results of Using the Information Analytical SystemConclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Use of Remote Sensing Data and GIS Technologies for Monitoring Stocks of Medicinal Plants: Problems and Prospects; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Characteristics of the Object; 3 Methods and Technologies; 3.1 Stereo Interpretation as a Method of Processing Data to Create Standards for the Key Area; 3.2 Monitoring Stocks of Medicinal Plants; 3.3 The Experience of Applying Multispectral Images Obtained with the UAV for Automatic Interpretation
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Leonard Berliner, Heinz U. Lemke, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    The Digital Patient Model and Model Guided Therapy
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma and Patient Assessment
    Imaging in Hepatocellular Carcinoma: Radiologic Assessment
    Imaging in Hepatocellular Carcinoma: PET/CT
    Personalized Chemotherapy for Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Surgical Treatment for Hepatocellular Carcinoma.- Minimally Invasive Therapies for Hepatocellular Cancer: Ablation Technologies
    Chapter 9 Minimally Invasive Therapies for Hepatocellular Cancer: Ablation Therapies
    Minimally Invasive Therapies for Hepatocellular Cancer:Catheter-Directed Therapies
    Radiation Oncology in the Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Design of an IT System for Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Outlook and Expert Recommendations for Predictive, Preventive and Personalized Medicine and Hepatocellular Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors: Waldemar Wójcik and Andrzej Smolarz.
    Summary: "For many centuries, people have tried to learn about the state of their health. Initially, in the pre-technological period, they had to rely only on their senses. Then there were simple tools to help the human senses. The discovery of X-rays, which allowed people to look 6 nside" the body, turned out to be a major breakthrough. Contemporary medical diagnostics is increasingly being assisted by information technology that allows, for example, thorough image tissue analysis or pathology differentiation. They also allow very early preventive diagnostics. Influenced by information technology, 6 lassic" diagnostic techniques change and new ones arise. Information Technology in Medical Diagnostics presents selected and extended conference papers from Polish, Ukrainian and Kazakh scientists. They address problems of the application of new methods of image processing for analysis of medical images, new methods of classification of medical data as well as new medical imaging methods. Some of the presented technologies are inspired by the functioning of living organisms. Information Technology in Medical Diagnostics is of interest not only to academics and engineers, but also to professionals involved in biomedical engineering, and seeking for solutions for issues that cannot be solved with the help of 6 raditional" technologies."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Recognition of textured objects using optimal inverse resonant filtration
    Chapter 2. Approximation of bidirectional reflectance distribution function for highly efficient shading
    Chapter 3. Modified method of parallel-hierarchical network teaching based on population coding
    Chapter 4. Methods and systems of 2D polarization multi-matrix tomography of birefringent biological tissues and fluids
    Chapter 5. Subpixel edge detection and localisation based on low-frequency filtering
    Chapter 6. Magnetocardiographic technology for human heart investigation
    Chapter 7. Processing laser beam images using parallel-hierarchical FPGA-based transformations
    Chapter 8. The conjugated null space method of blind deconvolution
    Chapter 9. Biologically motivated approach to multistage image processing
    Chapter 10. Combined models of artificial immune systems
    Author index.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Jessica Minor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Predictive Genetic Testing
    The History and Components of Informed Consent
    Revised Model of Informed Consent
    Application of the Revised Model
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mohsen El Kossi, Arif Khwaja, Meguid El Nahas, editors.
    Contents:
    Management of ADPKD
    Secondary Glomerular Disease Lupus Nephritis
    ANCA-Associated Vasculitis
    Acute Kidney Injury
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Anaemia in Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD)
    Lipids and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Chronic Kidney Disease with Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD)
    Diabetic Nephropathy
    Primary Glomerular Disease
    Hemodialysis
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Anna Krakowiak-Bal, Magdalena Vaverkova, editors.
    Summary: This book constitutes the 25th International Conference on Infrastructure and Environment (infraeco 2018) that focuses on rural problems connected with infrastructural equipment. In general, infrastructure issues are dedicated to urban areas while rural topics are linked to agriculture so this conference bridges these two aspects. It also explores ways to manage and separate conflicts between different and important needs of inhabitants, the environment, and other spatial users. The conference provides a forum for much needed cooperation between various scientific disciplines regarding these multidisciplinary problems and issues; hence, Infraeco 2018 draws together engineers, planners, consultants, land developers, and academics from across all disciplines of highway planning, design, operations, and engineering to present effective practices and share current research results.

    Contents:
    Water and sewage management systems
    Environment friendly power generation
    Waste management and the earth surface protection
    Natural resources management and environmental protection
    Spatial management of rural areas
    Planning of infrastructure investments
    Sustainable rural development.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Helga Rainer, Alison White and Annette Lanjouw.
    Summary: Infrastructure development in Africa and Asia is expanding at breakneck speed, largely in biodiversity-rich developing nations. The trend reflects governments' efforts to promote economic growth in response to increasing populations, rising consumption rates and persistent inequalities. Large-scale infrastructure development is regularly touted as a way to meet the growing demand for energy, transport and food - and as a key to poverty alleviation. In practice, however, road networks, hydropower dams and 'development corridors' tend to have adverse effects on local populations, natural habitats and biodiversity. Such projects typically weaken the capacity of ecosystems to maintain ecological functions on which wildlife and human communities depend, particularly in the face of climate change. This title is also available as Open Access via Cambridge Core.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Alla Abd-Elsayed, editor.
    Summary: There is a significant gap in current knowledge about infusion therapy for treating different pain, headache and psychiatric conditions. Infusion therapy is now a common practice but there is considerable variation in how the therapy is implemented in different centers which can be both dangerous, if high doses are given, or ineffective, if low doses are given. This book provides a practical guide to infusion therapy for clinicians on how to safely and effectively perform this kind of therapy. Chapters cover the pharmacology of each medication and evidence in literature regarding indications, contraindications and doses. A recommended algorithm is provided for patient selection, doses, infusion technique/doses and appropriate monitoring. Infusion Therapy is the first comprehensive, clinical guide to this practice and is an invaluable resource for clinicians in anesthesia, pain medicine, internal medicine and palliative care. It will also be of interest to researchers and pharmacologists who would like to find out how clinicians use infusions.

    Contents:
    Lidocaine infusion
    Ketamine infusion
    Propofol infusion
    Magnesium infusion
    Opioids infusion
    Vitamin infusions
    DHE infusion
    Bisphosphonates infusion
    Phentolamine infusion
    Dexmedotimidine infusion
    Clonidine infusion
    Benzodiazepines infusion
    Intravenous Immunoglobulin (IVIG) infusion.-Decadron infusion
    Depacon infusion
    IV Hydration.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Infusion Nurses Society's most recognized publication, the newly revised Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice has long provided the framework that guides clinical practice. The Standards helps define and develop organizational infusion-based policies and procedures for all practice settings.

    Contents:
    Infusion therapy practice
    Patient and clinician safety
    Infection prevention and control
    Infusion equipment
    Vascular access device (VAD) selection and placement
    Vascular access device (VAD) management
    Vascular access device (VAD)-related complications
    Other infusion devices
    Infusion therapies.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Infusion therapy practice
    Patient and clinician safety
    Infection prevention and control
    Infusion equipment
    Vascular access device selection and placement
    Vascular access device management
    Vascular access device complications
    Other infusion devices
    Infusion therapies.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    R2Library
    2021 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    by Giuseppe Amato.
    Summary: This book aims at filling a gap in relation to the pathophysiology of the inguinal region and the genesis of groin protrusions. While inguinal hernia is a widespread disease and hernia repair accounts for the most frequently performed surgical procedure, these two aspects have been unsatisfactorily investigated, so that to date there is no shared hypothesis on how visceral protrusion through inguinal barrier occur. Exact knowledge on the pathogenesis is fundamental for adequately managing a disease, otherwise all curative approaches would not be evidence-based, but merely empirically identified and with uncertain outcomes carried out. Moreover, in absence of pathogenetic certainty, formulating guidelines simply results in an unjustified methodology harbinger of polemics and controversies. Previous studies concerning the pathogenesis of inguinal protrusions were mainly focused on the detection of biochemical changes, mostly related to collagen chains, metalloproteinase and similar elements. Nevertheless, despite decades of researches, a sure relationship between these ultrastructural modifications and visceral protrusion has not been proven. On the contrary, over the years very few investigations dealt with evidencing eventual modifications in the tissue structures of the herniated groin. An extensive research finalized to ascertain in patients and in cadavers structural changes of the tissue elements composing the groin was therefore carried out by the author and his researchers team. The findings of these studies resulted to be very useful for definitely evidencing the etiology of inguinal hernia disease. Overall, the proposed book scrutinizes and widens all emerging aspects related to pathogenesis, histology, physiology, surgical and functional anatomy of the inguinal area affected by hernia protrusion. It intends to be a reference guide to surgeons willing to better understand the structural modifications occurring in patients affected by this disease with the aim of improving treatment results.

    Contents:
    Gross anatomy of the inguinal region
    The pelvis: gender related differences and its impact in visceral protrusion disease. An overview of the pelvic contour differences between male and female and its significance .-Physiology of the inguinal area.-Pathological anatomy and histology of the herniated groin.A comprehensive description of the structural changes occurring in the inguinal area
    The septum inguinalis: its role in the pathogenesis of inguinal hernia
    New aspects in functional anatomy of the groin
    Classification of inguinal hernias based on the functional anatomy of the groin
    State of the art and future perspectives in inguinal hernia repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Giampiero Campanelli, editor ; foreword by Francesco Corcione.
    Summary: This book, which describes in detail the most common procedures employed in inguinal hernia surgery, is exceptional in reflecting fully the most recent advances, as well as the most established techniques, in knowledge and practice. The role of recently developed and emerging technologies, including robotics, minimally invasive surgery, and biological meshes, is clearly explained, highlighting useful tips and tricks. The descriptions of traditional procedures, such as the Lichtenstein repair, are brought fully up to date and take into account the novel perceptions that professionals have of them, for example regarding the important role of nurses. The reader will also find guidance on established and new treatments for specific pain conditions, including postoperative chronic pain, the pubic inguinal pain syndrome, and obscure groin pain in women. The need for such an update on inguinal hernia surgery became clear at the 1st World Conference on Abdominal Wall Hernia Surgery, which highlighted the huge differences in the approaches adopted by scientists around the world and was chaired by the editor of this book. Inguinal Hernia Surgery will be a useful tool for all health care practitioners involved in hernia surgery.

    Contents:
    History of hernia surgery. Anatomy of the inguinal region. Logistics
    SECTION 1 Traditional procedure without mesh: Bassini Technique. Shouldice Repair. Guarnieri Technique
    SECTION 2 Traditional open anterior procedure with mesh: Lichtenstein Repair. Sutureless repair: Trabucco and glue fixation. Gilbert Technique. New devices in hernia surgery. Proflor
    SECTION 3 Posterior open approach: TOP (modified Wantz). TIPP. On step. Polysoft. MOP
    SECTION 4 Laparoscopic approaches: TAPP. TEP. Robotic approach
    SECTION 5 Mesh: Synthetic. Biologic
    SECTION 6 Complications: Recurrences. Chronic pain. Pubic inguinal pain syndrome. Obscure groin pain in woman. Future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Andreas Meiser ; with forewords by Prof. Dr. med. Thomas Volk and Prof. em. Dr. med. Heinz Laubenthal.
    Summary: Andreas Meiser summarizes the current literature on inhalation sedation of critically ill patients. To meet clinical demands, he describes the development of new devices to administer volatile anesthetics together with common ICU ventilators. Their basic principle is called anesthetic reflection. The author discusses advantages and drawbacks of these devices in line with clinical studies demonstrating advantages of inhaled versus intravenous ICU sedation. Contents The basic principle of anesthetic reflection The AnaConDa, the Mirus, and the AnaConDa-S Inhaled sedation in ARDS Inhaled sedation and mortality Target Groups Anaesthesiologists, intensive care medical doctors, physicians and intensive care nurses Students and scientists in the field of anaesthesiology and intensive care About the Author Dr. med. Andreas Meiser is working as a consultant anesthesiologist on the interdisciplinary operative ICU of the Saarland University Medical Center. He has been a pioneer in the field of inhalation ICU sedation. He has been treating patients using the AnaConDa administration devices since 2004, and has published many original articles in scientific journals on the subject.

    Contents:
    The basic principle of anesthetic reflection
    The AnaConDa, the Mirus, and the AnaConDa-S
    Inhaled sedation in ARDS
    Inhaled sedation and mortality.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bernard Puech, Jean-Jacques De Laey, Graham E. Holder, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Molecular Genetics and Genetic Testing for Retinal Dystrophies
    Electrophysiological Testing
    Dark Adaptation
    Fluorescein Angiography
    Indocyanine Green Angiography
    Fundus Autofluorescence Imaging in Retinal Dystrophies
    Spectral-Domain Optical Coherence Tomography in Hereditary Retinal Dystrophies
    Inherited Stationary Disorders of the Retina
    Retinitis Pigmentosa and Allied Disorders
    Leber Congenital Amaurosis and Early-Onset Retinal Dystrophy
    Retinitis Punctata Albescens
    Usher Syndromes
    Cone and Cone-Rod Dystrophies
    Enhanced S-Cone Syndrome
    Chorioretinopathies: Choroideraemia and Gyrate Atrophy
    Late-Onset Retinal Dystrophy (LORD)
    Stargardt Disease
    The Bestrophinopathies
    Retinal Dystrophies Associated with the PRPH2 Gene
    Alström Syndrome
    Bardet-Biedl Syndrome
    Cohen Syndrome
    Juvenile Neuronal Ceroid Lipofuscinoses (JNCL)
    Adult Refsum Disease (ARD)
    Abetalipoproteinemia
    LCHAD Deficiency
    Jalili Syndrome
    Spinocerebellar Ataxia 7
    Dominant Cystoid Macular Dystrophy
    Autosomal Dominant Stargardt-Like Macular Dystrophy (ELOVL4)
    Spastic Paraplegia and Retinal Degeneration: Kjellin Syndrome
    Autosomal Dominant Drusen
    Cuticular Drusen
    Extensive Macular Atrophy with Pseudodrusen-Like Appearance
    Congenital Hypotrichosis with Juvenile Macular Dystrophy
    Mitochondrial Retinopathies
    Sorsby Fundus Dystrophy
    Bietti Crystalline Corneoretinal Dystrophy
    Cystinosis
    Primary Oxalosis
    Alport Syndrome
    X-Linked Retinoschisis
    Paramacular Choriocapillaris Atrophy
    Exudative Vitreoretinopathy
    Stickler Syndrome
    Wagner Syndrome
    Incontinentia Pigmenti Type II (IP2)
    Ganglion Cell Diseases
    Pseudoxanthoma Elasticum
    Aicardi Syndrome
    Microcephaly and Chorioretinopathy With or Without Mental Retardation and Lymphedema
    Alagille Syndrome
    Future Therapies for Retinitis Pigmentosa.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Carla E.M. Hollak and Robin Lachmann.
    Summary: As clinical management of inherited metabolic diseases (IMDs) has improved, more patients affected by these conditions are surviving into adulthood. This trend, coupled with the widespread recognition that IMDs can present differently and for the first time during adulthood, makes the need for a working knowledge of these diseases more important than ever.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Georg F. Hoffmann, Johannes Zschocke, William L. Nyhan, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Inborn Errors of Metabolism: Disorders of Intermediary Metabolism
    Mitochondriopathies Neurotransmitter Defects.-Disorders of the Biosynthesis and Breakdown of Complex Molecules. Approach to the Patient: When to Suspect Metabolic Disease
    Patient Care and Treatment
    Metabolic Emergencies
    Anesthesia and Metabolic Disease
    Principles of Dietary Therapy
    Principles of Enzyme Replacement Therapy
    Principles of Gene Therapy. Organ Systems in Metabolic Disease: Cardiovascular Disease
    Liver Disease
    Gastrointestinal and General Abdominal Symptoms
    Kidney Disease and Electrolyte Disturbances
    Neurological Disease
    Metabolic Myopathies
    Psychiatric Disease
    Eye Disorder
    Skin and Hair Disorders
    Bone Disorders
    Physical Abnormalities in Metabolic Diseases
    Hematological Disorders
    Immunological Problems. Investigations for Metabolic Diseases: Newborn Screening
    Biochemical Studies
    Enzymes, Metabolic Pathways, Flux Control Analysis and the Enzymology of Specific Groups of Inherited Metabolic Diseases
    Molecular Investigations (DNA Studies)
    Pathology / Biopsy
    Postmortem Investigations
    Neuroimaging
    Function Tests
    Suspected Mitochondrial Disorder. Appendix: Differential Diagnosis of Clinical and Biochemical Phenotypes
    Reference Books
    E3 Internet Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hyeong-Gon Yu, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge and expert guidance on all aspects of inherited retinal diseases, including molecular genetics, diagnosis, clinical features, general principles of treatment, novel treatment methods, and genetic counseling. Recent years have witnessed great advances in understanding of the genetic and cytological background of these diseases. Genetic analysis methods such as next generation sequencing have remarkably reduced the cost and time required for massive analysis of patients' samples. Studies on gene therapy and stem cell therapy have been successfully carried out in animal models, and gene therapy is now available for Leber congenital amaurosis caused by RPE65 mutations. Against this background, Inherited Retinal Disease will be an invaluable up-to-date resource for ophthalmologists, medical students, and researchers in ocular inflammation. In addition to supplying essential information on each individual disorder, it features many interesting cases contributed by global leaders in the field as well as clinical photographs obtained with newer imaging techniques and numerous images of rare but clinically important diseases.

    Contents:
    Molecular Genetics of Inherited Retinal Diseases
    Approach to Inherited Retinal Diseases
    Stem Cell and Gene Therapy for Inherited Retinal Diseases
    Retinitis Pigmentosa
    Syndromic Retinitis.-Pigmentosa
    Leber Congenital Amaurosis / Early-Onset Severe Retinal Dystrophy
    Congenital Stationary Night Blindness
    Vitelliform Macular Dystrophy
    Stargardt Macular Dystrophy
    Cone Dystrophy / Cone-rod Dystrophy
    X-Linked Retinoschisis
    Von Hippel Lindau Disease and Retinal Hemangioblastoma
    Other Macular Dystrophies 1
    Other Macular Dystrophies 2
    Hereditary Vitreoretinal Degenerations
    Hereditary Choroidal Dystrophy
    Retinal Disorders Mimicking Inherited Retinal Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gustavo Emilio Schenone, editor.
    Summary: Although there is a current ban in many countries on the injection of liquid silicone, paraffin or polyacrylamide hydrogels or other gel or liquid materials into the breasts for the purpose of increasing size, there are still a large number of non-professionals who use these injections and offer them as a cheap alternative to plastic surgery. The results, at first, may seem cosmetically favorable for the patient, but these injections often lead to painful complications like mastitis (inflammation of the mammary gland) and can make it incredibly difficult to diagnose breast cancer early. Many patients suffer delayed complications that force them to seek expert care for corrective and reconstructive surgery. This book, the culmination of decades of research, aims to serve the surgeon faced with these complications, offering a detailed step-by-step guide of the pathology from clinical diagnosis and imaging studies to the different surgical and reconstructive procedures for reconstruction. As there is no clinical management consensus or international guideline, Injection-Induced Breast Siliconomas: Clinical Implications, Evaluation and Treatment fills the gap in the literature and encourages more research. Previously published in Spanish in 2017 under the title "Siliconomas Mamarios por Inyeccion: Clinica, Diagnostico y Tratamiento", this English translation is a true re-edition of the original version with added updates for the English-speaking audience.

    Contents:
    1-Diagnostic dilemmas caused by silicone injections
    2-History of augmentation mammoplasty and silicone injections
    3-Research work: methodology behind diagnosis and treatment
    4-Diagnostic imaging in silicone injection patients
    5-Clinical presentations of mammary siliconomas
    6-Silicones and autoimmunity
    7-Therapeutic considerations
    8-Pharmacological treatment of injuries caused by silicone or injected oils
    9-Algorithm for treating granulomas produced by silicones injected to modify body contour
    10-The Japanese experience with mastopathy secondary to injectable materials
    11-The mastologists and the patient with mammary siliconomas
    12-Prevention of breast cancer in patients with siliconomas
    13-Risk-reduction mastectomy for breast siliconomas with immediate reconstruction
    14-Silicone in the axilla and axillary siliconomas
    15-Complication of silicone migration affecting peripheral nerves
    16-Anatomic pathology of mammary siliconomas
    17-Psychological considerations
    18-Psychopathological profile of patients who opt for the injection of silicones to modify body contour
    19-Social considerations
    20-Bioethical considerations
    21-Legal issues
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Bergamini, Livio Presutti, Gabriele Molteni, editors.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book provides step-by-step guidance on the various techniques - microlaryngoscopic, fiberoptic endoscopic, and transcutaneous - that can be employed for the purpose of injection laryngoplasty, a surgical procedure in which a foreign material is injected into the vocal fold. The anatomy and function of the region are first explained, with identification of the causes and means of evaluation of glottic and neoglottic insufficiency. Advice is then provided on the choice of material for injection laryngoplasty, including absorbable and long-lasting options, on the basis of careful analysis that takes into account both the recent literature and the authors' own experiences. Detailed descriptions of the surgical indications and different procedures follow, and for ease of reference, clear flow charts on diagnosis and indications are also included. The book concludes with chapters on the use of injection laryngoplasty specifically in the pediatric population and on postoperative care and speech therapy following the procedure. Injection Laryngoplasty will provide valuable assistance to all surgeons wishing to perform this kind of surgery.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Introduction to Injection Laryngoplasty
    2. Anatomy and Physiology of the Glottic and Neoglottic Region
    3. Glottic and Neoglottic Insufficiency: Causes, Functional Problems and Evaluation
    4. Materials for Injection Laryngoplasty: Current Applications
    5. Injection Laryngoplasty by means of Micro laryngoscopy
    6. Injection Laryngoplasty through Fiberoptic Endoscopy
    7. Transcutaneous Injection Laryngoplasty
    8. Injection Laryngoplasty in Pediatric Population
    9. Post-Surgical Care and Speech Therapy after Injection Laryngoplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephanie Saunders, Steve Longworth ; foreword by Jonathan Bottling.
    Summary: "The fully updated fifth edition of Injection Techniques in Musculoskeletal Medicine is a trusted step-by-step guide for a wide range of practitioners who deal with the management of painful joints and soft tissues, particularly in relation to sports and overuse injuries. Area by area guidance is given for each lesion on appropriate patient selection and delivery of the drug. Every technique has its own two-page spread; the first consisting of a detailed but easy to follow description of the causes, positive assessment findings, anatomical details and injection procedure. The facing page shows an anatomical illustration of the region and a photograph showing the landmarks for the injection. This edition features brand new full colour photographs and case studies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Injection therapy: the evidence. The evidence base for injection therapy
    Corticosteroids and local anaesthetics
    Other substances used for injection therapy
    Landmark and image guided injections
    Aspiration and miscellaneous injections
    Safety, drugs and sport, medicolegal issues
    Section 2: Practical guidelines for injection therapy. Overview
    How to use this book
    Contraindications to injection therapy
    Preparation protocol
    Injection technique flowchart
    Section 3: Upper limb injections. Examination of the upper limb
    The shoulder
    The elbow
    The wrist and hand
    Temporomandibular joint
    Summary of suggested upper limb dosages
    Section 4: Lower limb injections. Examination of the lower limb
    The hip
    The knee
    The ankle and foot
    Summary of suggested lower limb dosages
    Section 5: Spinal injections. Spinal injection guidelines
    Examination of the spine
    Spinal injection techniques
    Summary of suggested spinal dosages
    References
    Appendices. Landmark technique accuracy and outcome studies
    Injection survey.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Joao Espregueira-Mendes ; editors, C. Niek van Dijk [and 5 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael D. McKee, Emil H. Schemitsch, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Epidemiology and Definition of Chest Wall Injuries
    Chapter 2 A Review of Modern Literature
    Chapter 3 The Current Treatment of Flail Chest Injuries
    Chapter 4 The Pathophysiology of Flail Chest Injury
    Chapter 5 The Non-Operative Treatment of Flail Chest Injury
    Chapter 6 Biomechanics of Rib Fracture Fixation
    Chapter 7 Indications for Operative Fixation of Flail Chest Injuries
    Chapter 8 Surgical Approaches for Rib Fracture Applications
    Chapter 9 Principles of Plate Fixation: Rib Fracture Applications
    Chapter 10 Associated Intra-Thoracic Injuries and Their Treatment
    Chapter 11 Clinical Outcomes Following Operative Fixation of Flail Chest Injury
    Chapter 12 Complications of Surgical Treatment and Their Management
    Chapter 13 Post-Operative Care including Chest Tube Management
    Chapter 14 Long-Term Outcome Following Flail Chest Injuries
    Chapter 15 Management of Associated Fractures (Scapula, Clavicle)
    Chapter 16 Unstable Chest Wall Injuries: Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Werner Krutsch [and others], editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    List of Associate Editors
    Part I: Different Aspects for Different Athletes: Principles and Special Considerations in Athletes
    1: Junior Athletes
    1.1 Background
    1.2 Physiological Aspects to Consider
    1.3 Musculoskeletal Aspects to Consider
    1.4 General Medical Aspects to Consider
    1.4.1 Cardiovascular Aspects
    1.4.2 Respiratory Aspects
    1.4.3 Neurology Aspects
    1.4.4 Infectiological Aspects
    1.4.5 Psychological Aspects
    1.5 Pitfalls in This Population
    1.6 Fact Box
    Recommended References 2: Adolescent Athletes
    2.1 Background
    2.2 Physiological Aspects to Consider
    2.2.1 Growth and Maturation
    2.2.2 Strength Training and Conditioning
    2.3 Medical Aspects to Consider
    2.3.1 Pre-participation Physical Examination
    2.3.2 Musculoskeletal Injuries
    2.3.3 Pubertal Abnormalities and Menstrual Dysfunction
    2.4 Pitfalls in This Population
    2.5 Fact Box
    Recommended References
    3: Sport in Female Athletes
    3.1 Background
    3.2 Physiological Influence of Hormonal Variations on Sports Performance
    3.2.1 Dysmenorrhea 3.2.2 Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS)
    3.2.3 Arrangement of Cycles and Hormonal Contraception
    3.2.4 Sports and Hormonal Disorders
    3.2.5 Consequences of Cycle Disorders
    3.2.6 Physical Activity and Menopause
    3.2.7 Sport and Pregnancy
    3.2.7.1 Is Physical Activity a Risk During Pregnancy?
    3.2.7.2 Sports Safety Tips
    3.2.8 How to Adapt Physical Activity During Pregnancy
    3.2.9 Postpartum
    3.3 Urinary Incontinence
    3.3.1 Which Treatments Can Be Used Against Urinary Incontinence?
    3.4 Chest and Sports
    3.4.1 Dermatological Lesions: The Nipple of the Jogger 3.4.2 Breast Emergencies
    3.4.3 Prevention of Breast Cancer
    3.4.4 Supportive Underwear and Specific Protections
    3.5 Traumatic Specificities
    3.5.1 ACL Rupture: Physiological and Neuromuscular Aspects
    3.5.1.1 Epidemiology
    3.5.1.2 Female Risk Factors
    3.5.1.3 Return to Play and ACL-RSI Score
    3.5.2 Concussions
    3.6 Pitfalls
    3.7 Fact Box
    Recommended References
    4: Recreational Athletes
    4.1 Background
    4.2 Physiological Aspects to Consider
    4.2.1 Age and Development
    4.2.2 Nutritional Needs 4.2.2.1 Sports Nutrition Guidelines for Recreational Athletes
    4.3 Musculoskeletal Aspects to Consider
    4.4 General Medical Aspects
    4.4.1 Neurological
    4.4.2 Cardiovascular
    4.4.3 Psychological Aspects in Performance and Return to Sports
    4.5 Pitfalls
    4.6 Fact Box
    Recommended References
    5: Sports in Professional Athletes
    5.1 Background
    5.2 Physiological Aspects
    5.3 Musculoskeletal Aspects
    5.3.1 Internal Risk Factors
    5.3.2 External Risk Factors
    5.3.3 Prevention of Injury
    5.4 General Medical Aspects
    5.4.1 Analysis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Leon S. Robertson.
    Contents:
    Injury and the role of epidemiology
    Energy characteristics and control strategies
    Research objectives and usable data
    Injury severity
    Injury statistics
    National injury surveillance
    Local injury surveillance and risk factor surveys
    The use and abuse of causal analysis
    Research designs and data analysis
    Human factors
    Evaluation of programs to change human factors voluntarily
    Evaluation of laws and rules directed at individual behavior
    Evaluation of agent, vehicle and environmental modifications
    Evaluation of post-injury treatment and rehabilitation
    Injury epidemiology and economics
    Summation of principles.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD93.8 .R64 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Dennis Caine, Laura Purcell, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    The Exceptionality of the Young Athlete
    Part II: Epidemiology of Injury in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Emergency Department Studies
    Epidemiology of Injury in Community Club and Youth Sport Organizations
    Epidemiology of Injury in High School Sports
    Epidemiology of Pediatric and Adolescent Injury in Adventure and Extreme Sports
    Epidemiology of Injury in Elite Youth Sports
    Part III: Overview of Common Injuries
    Overuse Injuries of the Extremities in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Acute Lower Extremity Injuries in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Acute Upper Extremity Injuries in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Back Pain in the Young Athlete
    Part IV: Potentially Serious Injuries and Outcomes
    Concussion in Young Athletes
    Acute Catastrophic Injuries in High School Sports
    Psychological Injury in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Part V: Injury Causation and Prevention
    Risk Factors for Injury in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Injury Prevention in Youth Sports
    Part VI: Future Research in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports
    Injury Research in Pediatric and Adolescent Sports.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Hans-Joachim Anders, Adriana Migliorini.
    Contents:
    Detection of RNA modifications by HPLC analysis and competitive ELISA / Gernot Nees, Andreas Kaufmann, and Stefan Bauer
    Enzymatic synthesis and purification of a defined RIG-I ligand / Marion Goldeck ... [et al.]
    Crystallization of mouse RIG-I ATPase domain : in situ proteolysis / Filiz Civril and Karl-Peter Hopfner
    Isolation of RIG-I-associated RNAs from virus-infected cells / Andreas Schmidt ... [et al.]
    Structure modeling of Toll-Like Receptors / Jing Gong and Tiandi Wei
    Nucleic acid recognition in dendritic cells / Alexander Heiseke, Katharina Eisenächer, and Anne Krug
    Viral nucleic acid recognition in human nonimmune cells : in vitro systems / Andrea Ribeiro and Markus Wörnle
    Analysis of nucleic acid-induced nonimmune cell death in vitro / Simone Romoli and Adriana Migliorini
    In vitro analysis of nucleic acid recognition in B lymphocytes / Saskia Ziegler and Isabelle Bekeredjian-Ding
    Mapping of optimal CD8 T cell epitopes / Julia Roider, Thomas Vollbrecht, and Rika Draenert
    Modular approach to suppression assays : TLR ligands, conditioned medium, and viral infection / Viktor H. Koelzer and David Anz
    MicroRNA methodology : advances in miRNA technologies/ Theresa Kaeuferle ... [et al.]
    Expression profiling by real-time quantitative polymerase chain reaction (RT-qPCR) / Maciej Lech and Hans-Joachim Anders
    Evaluating the role of nucleic acid antigens in murine models of systemic lupus erythematosus / Amanda A. Watkins, Ramon G. B. Bonegio, and Ian R. Rifkin
    Induction and analysis of nephrotoxic serum nephritis in mice / John M. Hoppe and Volker Vielhauer
    Isolation of intratumoral leukocytes of TLR-stimulated tumor-bearing mice / Moritz Rapp, David Anz, and Max Schnurr
    Bifunctional siRNAs for tumor therapy / Fanny Matheis and Robert Besch.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tom P. Monie.
    Contents:
    A snapshot of the innate immune system
    Immune cells and the process of pattern recognition
    Effector mechanisms and cellular outputs
    Integrated innate immunity : combining activation and effector functions
    Connecting the innate and adaptive immune responses
    The innate immune system in health and disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Xiao-Hong Sun, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to systemically summarize the key findings about Innate lymphoid cells (ILCs) and present the consensus of current views and prospective. ILCs are a class of newly recognized immune cells which play an instructive role in shaping immunity in physiological and pathological conditions. This book discusses the differentiation of ILC, the relation of ILCs with respiratory function, inflammation in the gut, skin disorders, cancer, neurobiology and microbes. The knowledge included in this book is valuable for both basic immunologists and clinicians in understanding the heterogenetic immune responses in disease and health.

    Contents:
    Overview
    ILC differentiation from progenitors in the bone marrow
    ILC differentiation from in the thymus
    NK and ILC1
    ILC2 and respritory function
    ILC3 and inflammation in the gut
    ILCs in skin disorders
    ILCs in cancer
    ILCs and neurobiology
    ILCs and microbials
    Prospectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Levent Sennaroglu, editor.
    Summary: This book, built on the latest internationally recognized classification system to which the volume editor contributed, offers a unique and comprehensive reference guide to the clinical presentation, characteristics and proper treatment of the wide spectrum of congenital malformations of the inner ear (IEM). IEMs are common, accounting for roughly 20% of congenital hearing loss cases, and can be difficult to manage: 8 groups are identified, which are completely different from each other. With a wealth of color figures and extra videos, the book provides an in-depth description of all the relevant aspects: from histopathology assessment, to preoperative evaluation, genetics, different surgical and non-surgical options, and outcomes. The results from two international Consensus Pediatric Auditory Brainstem Implantation Meetings are also included. Written by leading experts in the field, this volume will be an invaluable and multidisciplinary tool for otolaryngologists, audiologists and radiologists, while also benefiting scientists dealing with genetics, and neurosurgeons dealing with brainstem implants.

    Contents:
    Section I: general concepts 1. Introduction Classification
    2 Histopathology of IEM. Section II: Preoperative Evaluation: 3 ENT
    4 Audiology
    5 Radiology
    6 Speech and Language Evaluation
    7 Psychology
    8 Neurosurgery
    9 Genetic evaluation. Section III: IEM management: 10 Genetics of IEM
    11 Treatment Algorithm
    12 CSF Fistula and meningitis
    13 Facial nerve Abnormalities
    14 Stapedotomy
    15 CSF leakage and management
    16 First Consensus Meeting
    17 CI vs ABI in IEMs
    18 ABI Surgery
    19 Complete Labyrinthine Aplasia
    20 Rudimentary Otocyst
    21 Common Cavity
    22 Cochlear Aplasia
    23 IP-I
    24 IP-II
    25 IP-III
    26 Cochlear Hypoplasia --27 EVA ?
    28 Cochlear Aperture Abnormalities
    29 Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    30 Vestibular Malformations
    31 Second Consensus Meeting
    32 Audiological Outcome with CI
    33 Audiological Outcome with ABI.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Rhonda V. Magee.
    Summary: Law professor and mindfulness practitioner Rhonda Magee shows that the work of racial justice begins with ourselves. When conflict and division are everyday realities, our instincts tell us to close ranks, to find the safety of our own tribe, and to blame others. The practice of embodied mindfulness--paying attention to our thoughts, feelings, and physical sensations in an open, nonjudgmental way--increases our emotional resilience, helps us to recognize our unconscious bias, and gives us the space to become less reactive and to choose how we respond to injustice. It is only by healing from injustices and dissolving our personal barriers to connection that we develop the ability to view others with compassion and to live in community with people of vastly different backgrounds and viewpoints. Incorporating mindfulness exercises, research, and Magee's hard-won insights, The Inner Work of Racial Justice offers a road map to a more peaceful world.

    Contents:
    Grounding
    Pausing and reckoning
    Sitting with compassionate racial awareness
    Honoring and remembering
    Mindfulness practice as ColorInsight practice
    True inheritance
    Seeing
    Looking at the reality of racism
    Deepening insight through compassion
    Seeing implicit bias
    RAINing racism : recognizing, accepting, and investigating racism with non-identification
    Developing mindful racial literacy amid complexity
    Making the invisible visible through mindfulness
    Being
    Mindful social connection
    Personal justice
    Entering a room full of people (and elephants), and leaving a community
    From identity-safety to bravery
    Particularity as the doorway to empathy and common humanity
    Doing
    "Fuck!" and other mindful communications
    Deconstructing whiteness and race
    Color-blind racism and its consequences
    The wolf in the water: working with strong emotion in real time
    In living color: walking the walk of mindful racial justice
    Liberating
    Walking each other home
    That everything may heal us
    Hearts without borders: Deep interpersonal mindfulness
    Stepping into freedom.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HT1523 .M325 2019
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: "The Innov8 technical handbook is a user-friendly resource as part of the Innov8 approach for reviewing national health programmes to leave no one behind. It gives detailed guidance and exercise sheets for each of the 8 steps of analysis that comprise the review process and includes background readings, country examples and analytical activities" -- Publisher's website.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA412 .I56 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Roy Ahn, Thomas F. Burke, Anita M. McGahan, editors.
    Contents:
    Innovations to address specific populations and health
    Maternal health innovations and urbanization / Melody Eckardt, Hannah L. Harp, Roy Ahn, Genevieve Purcell, Emily de Redon, Rosemary Hines, and Thomas F. Burke
    Innovations in low- and middle-income countries for newborn and child health / Brett D. Nelson, Lisa B. Collins, and Edward W.J. Pritchard
    Addressing micronutrient malnutrition in urban settings / Laura A. Rowe and David M. Dodson
    Innovations to address specific urbanization-related threats to health
    Innovations in antihuman trafficking efforts : implications for urbanization and health / Roy Ahn, Genevieve Purcell, Anita M. McGahan, Hanni Stoklosa, Thomas F. Burke, Kathryn Conn, Hannah L. Harp, Emily de Redon, Griffin Flannery, and Wendy Macias Konstantopoulos
    Securing cities : innovations for the prevention of civic violence / Horacio R. Trujillo, Elena Siegel, Malcolm Clayton, Gabe Shapiro, and David Elam
    Disaster preparedness and response innovations : implications for urbanization and health / Laura Janneck and Paul Biddinger
    Innovations to address global drug counterfeiting : implications for urbanization and health / Kendra Amico, Emily Aaronson, and Howard Zucker
    Community noise, urbanization and global health : problems and solutions / Charles M. Salter, Roy Ahn, Faiza Yasin, Rosemary Hines, Laurence Kornfield, Ethan C. Salter, and Thomas F. Burke
    Modeling vulnerable urban populations in the global context of a changing climate / Vijay Lulla, Austin Stanforth, Natasha Prudent, Daniel Johnson, and George Luber
    Urbanization and unintentional Injury in low- and middle-income countries / John D. Kraemer
    Frameworks, cases and tools to address urbanization and health through innovation
    The Millennium Cities Initiative : an experiment in integrated urban development / Susan M. Blaustein
    Diagnostic innovations in developing urban settings / Patrick Beattie, Matthew Stewart, and Charles Mace
    Innovations in global health professional education : implications for urbanization / Leana S. Wen
    The case for comprehensive, integrated, and standardized measures of health in cities / Patricia L. McCarney and Anita M. McGahan.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Bonnie Clipper.
    Summary: "The ideal readers for this book are nurse leaders at all levels- including charge nurse managers, directors, and nurse executives-who are hoping to find inspiration, nuggets of insight, inspiration, or new ways of thinking about old problems. It doesn't matter if you have years of experience or are new to your role. Learning why we need to change, thinking about ways to change, and becoming a champion of change are all important, for all of us. Leading successful change is a numbers game. We need more trained leaders and direct care nurses with an innovative skill set to accomplish our goals. We are all students of change!"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The current state of nursing and the need to transform
    Speaking the same language
    Culture as the foundation of innovation
    Leadership in turbulent times
    Creating a future-facing care model
    Leadership tools for transformation
    Leveraging technology on our terms.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    Hiroki Yamaue, editor.
    Summary: This collection of chapters describes in detail the latest insights into the evaluation of resectability and neoadjuvant therapy to pancreaticoduodenectomy and distal pancreatectomy for pancreatic cancer. Shedding light on immunotherapy and gene therapy, this volume comprehensively covers treatments and procedures for the disease, allowing surgeons and trainees to gain an overview and explore innovative treatments. It also provides information on various cases using tools such as endoscopic ultrasound, MDCT, PET for diagnosis and laparoscopy and robotic resection methods. Edited and authored by pioneering professionals, Diagnosis and Treatment for Pancreatic Cancer is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, medical oncologists, surgical oncologist and general surgeons interested in treatment of pancreatic cancer care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hugo Campos, editor.
    Summary: Addresses the need for agriculture to feed a growing global population with a reduced environmental footprint while adapting to and mitigating the effects of changing climate. The authors expand the customary discussion of innovation in terms of supply driven R&D to focus on the returns to investors and most importantly, the value to end-users. Lessons from the book can be applied to private and public sectors by agri-business professionals, NGO leaders, agricultural and development researchers and those funding innovation and agriculture.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    The Quest for Innovation: Addressing User Needs and Value Creation
    Productivity in Agriculture for a Sustainable Future
    Open innovation and value creation in crop genetics
    Rethinking adoption and diffusion as a collective social process. Towards an interactional perspective
    Development of Sustainable Business Models for Innovation in the Swedish Agri-sector
    Resource-effective Producer or Stewardship-based Entrepreneur?
    Innovating at marketing and distributing nutritious foods at the Base of the Pyramid (BoP)
    Insights from 2SCALE, the largest incubator for inclusive agribusiness in Africa
    Innovation and the quest to feed the world
    Digital Technologies, Big Data, and Agricultural Innovation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thomas J. Graham, MD, chief innovation officer of Cleveland Clinic.
    Summary: "Unlock the secret to groundbreaking innovation with this game-changing guide Innovation means putting ideas to work. It is a discipline that can be learned, practiced, and leveraged to propel meaningful transformation and sustainable success, and it is proving to be the margin of difference in the largest concentrated sector of our economy: healthcare. This is where the stakes may be highest because the transcendent ideas that come from the patient bedside or laboratory bench don't just translate to a bottom line, they improve and extend human life. Since its inception in 1921, Cleveland Clinic has been at the forefront of life-saving innovations in healthcare, pioneering a new model of care, advancing surgical techniques, and developing cutting-edge medical technologies. It has revolutionized the industry with a proven and tested working model for mission-driven, results-oriented success one that is applicable to industries beyond healthcare. In Innovation the Cleveland Clinic Way, Thomas J. Graham, MD, describes the Clinic's unique approach. Learn: How to align the innovation strategy with your organization's mission. How to identify your organization's innovation assets and put them to work. How to foster collaboration within and across teams to spark creative ideation. The process of taking "napkin ideas" through successful commercialization. The most common innovation pitfalls and how to avoid and address them. Cleveland Clinic's 10 commandments of innovation and the six degrees of innovation Packed with enterprising solutions and inspiring examples, this practical guide will equip any individual or institution seeking to affect purposeful transformation. Use these best practices to put ideas to work and turn yours into a high-innovation organization. Thomas J. Graham, MD, is the Chief Innovation Officer of Cleveland Clinic and Vice Chairman of Orthopedic Surgery. A prolific inventor with nearly 50 worldwide patents and a serial entrepreneur, he is a renowned orthopaedic surgeon whose practice is the premier destination for the care of the professional athlete's hand and wrist. He is regularly recognized as one of 'America's Best Doctors.' "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Preparation
    ch. 2 Philosophy
    ch. 3 People
    ch. 4 Process
    ch. 5 Products
    ch. 6 Practices
    ch. 7 Partners
    ch. 8 Place
    ch. 9 Philanthropy
    ch. 10 Predictions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
  • Digital
    Seung-Kyu Han.
    Contents:
    1. Basics of wound healing
    2. Interactive wound dressings
    3. Biologic dermis graft
    4. Tissue-engineered dermis graft
    5. Atypical island flaps
    6. Management of chronic wounds: with focus on diabetic ulcers
    7. Infection, debridement, and biofilm
    8. Negative-pressure wound therapy
    9. Growth factor therapy
    10. Cell therapy
    11. Adjunctive therapy
    12. Injectable tissue-engineered soft tissue.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Egbert Herting, Wieland Kiess.
    Summary: "In this book, "Innovations and Frontiers in Neonatology," experts from around the world discuss cutting edge problems in modern neonatology. It covers many topics in neonatology that are under current debate, and the chapters were written by leading experts in the field"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Neonatology : A Global Perspective / Aleem, S.; Bhutta, Z.A.
    The First Golden Minutes of Preterm Infants : Changing the Concepts of Resuscitation / Vento, M.
    What Determines Neonatal Outcome? / Göpel, W.
    Preterms Become Adults : Long-Term Outcome / Spiegler, J.; Bartmann, P. ; Wolke, D.
    Consequences of Being Born Too Small for Gestational Age / van der Steen, M.; Hokken-Koelega, A.C.S.
    Neonatology Is More than Caring for Micro-Preemies! / Oudshoorn, E.J.J.; DeKoninck, P.L.J.; Reiss, I.K.M.
    Noninvasive Ventilation for All? / Roehr, C.C.
    Invasive Ventilation : Still Needed? / Ackermann, B.W.; Thome, U.H.
    What Is the Right Temperature for a Neonate? / Singer, D.; van der Meer, F.; Perez, A.
    Microbes : Friends and/or Enemies? / Härtel, C.
    What Is New in Infant Nutrition? / Gebauer, C.M.; Thome, U.H.
    Surfactant Therapy : Past, Present, and Future / Sweet, D.G.
    Is There More than Cooling to Protect the Brain? / Felderhoff-Müser, U.
    Family-Centered Care : Nice to Have or a Real Need? / Bohlin, K.; Lilliesköld, S.
    Omics in Neonatology : The Future? / Bardanzellu, F.; Fanos, V.
    Stem Cells : The Magic Cure? / Rüdiger, M.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Julio Acero, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the new technologies that are having a tremendous impact on the complex field of craniomaxillofacial reconstructive surgery. Readers will find detailed information on the technologies themselves, their indications, and their benefits. The coverage encompasses the use of biomaterials and tissue engineering, virtual planning and CAD/CAM techniques, the various applications of computer-assisted surgery, and intraoperative navigation. Robotic surgery, endoscopic approaches, and piezoelectric surgery are each addressed within individual chapters. New developments in craniofacial pediatric surgery are discussed, and the book concludes by examining the present and future of facial transplantation. The text is supported by numerous high-quality color illustrations, and the team of authors comprises prestigious international leaders in the specialty. The book will be of value for all who are interested in learning about the innovations and developments that are reducing morbidity and improving outcomes in patients who require craniomaxillofacial reconstruction.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Fundamental concepts in regenerative medicine: Structural fat grafting and platelet-rich plasma
    2. New developments and biomaterials in reconstruction of defects of the Alveolar ridge in implant surgery. Part 1: Biomaterials
    3. New developments and biomaterials in reconstruction of defects of the Alveolar ridge in implant surgery. Part II: Zygomatic implants
    4. Principles of navigation
    5. Computer-assisted surgery and intraoperative navigation in acute maxillofacial trauma repair
    6. Secondary post-traumatic orbital reconstruction
    7. Computer assisted surgery in mandibular reconstruction
    8. Advances and innovations in reconstruction of the maxilla and midface utilizing computer assisted surgery
    9. Computer assisted surgery and navigation in cranio-orbital resection and reconstruction
    10. Endoscopic techniques in skull base reconstruction
    11. Preoperative assessment and monitoring of free flaps
    12. Advances in temporo-mandibular joint (TMJ) reconstruction
    13. New developments in pediatric cranio-maxillofacial reconstruction
    14. New developments in facial nerve repair and regeneration
    15. Robotic surgery and head and neck reconstruction
    16. Reconstructive options in the vessel-depleted neck. Past, present and future strategies
    17. Face transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Shana F. Sandberg, Scott A. Shipman ; additional author of Project ECHO profile Clese E. Erikson.
    Summary: "As health systems adapt to focus increasingly on maximizing the value of care they deliver, more and more are coming to recognize the importance of improving efficiency and quality at the interface of primary care and specialty care. With every referral, there is a risk of fragmentation of care. Poor communication leads to poor coordination, and poor coordination of care often creates gaps in quality and higher costs that undermine the goal of high-value care. Fortunately, these are problems that can be solved, as the health systems and programs in this report demonstrate. Pioneered at three health systems in the United States -- Kaiser Permanente Colorado, Mayo Clinic, and University of New Mexico Health Sciences Center -- the innovations described in this report share a commitment to efficient use of provider time, teamwork, and training to improve both health outcomes and the patient experience of care"--Executive summary.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Overview
    Key findings
    Introduction
    Kaiser Permanente Colorado initiatives
    Mayo Clinic initiatives
    University of New Mexico Health Sciences Center initiatives
    About the project.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Marc Damelin.
    Summary: Antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) stand at the verge of a transformation. Scores of clinical programs have yielded only a few regulatory approvals, but a wave of technological innovation now empowers us to overcome past technical challenges. This volume focuses on the next generation of ADCs and the innovations that will enable them. The book inspires the future by integrating the field’s history with novel strategies and cutting-edge technologies. While the book primarily addresses ADCs for solid tumors, the last chapter explores the emerging interest in using ADCs to treat other diseases. The therapeutic rationale of ADCs is strong: to direct small molecules to the desired site of action (and away from normal tissues) by conjugation to antibodies or other targeting moieties. However, the combination of small and large molecules imposes deep complexity to lead optimization, pharmacokinetics, toxicology, analytics and manufacturing. The field has made significant advances in all of these areas by improving target selection, ADC design, manufacturing methods and clinical strategies. These innovations will inspire and educate scientists who are designing next-generation ADCs with the potential to transform the lives of patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Motivations for Next-Generation ADCs
    Chapter 2. Combining ADCs with Immuno-oncology Agents
    Chapter 3. Improving the Safety Profile of ADCs
    Chapter 4. Utility of PK-PD Modeling and Simulation to Improve Decision Making for Antibody-Drug Conjugate Development
    Chapter 5. Regulatory Considerations and Companion Diagnostics
    Chapter 6. ADC Process Development and Manufacturing
    Chapter 7. HER2-Targeted ADCs: At the forefront of ADC technology development
    Chapter 8. Next generation payloads for ADCs
    Chapter 9. Delivering more payload: High DAR ADCs
    Chapter 10. Site-Specific Antibody Drug Conjugates
    Chapter 11. Bispecific and Biparatopic Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    Chapter 12. drug conjugates to the tumor microenvironment: Probody Drug Conjugates
    Chapter 13. Antibody-Drug Conjugates: Targeting the Tumor Microenvironment
    Chapter 14. Next Horizons: ADCs Beyond Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Seiji Kakehata, Tsukasa Ito, Daisuke Yamauchi, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on endoscopic ear surgery, an area that has been the focus of cutting-edge research around the globe, particularly in Italy, the United States and Japan. Ear surgery has begun to catch up with other fields of medicine in incorporating the endoscope into surgical procedures, and endoscopic, minimally invasive ear surgery is garnering international attention. Innovations in Endoscopic Ear Surgery presents the work of the Japanese "school" of surgeons involved in advancing endoscopic ear surgery and, in particular, transcanal endoscopic ear surgery (TEES). This book not only seeks to explain TEES in detail to allay surgeons concerns regarding this procedure, it also describes the recent advances such as the incorporation of powered instruments to extend the range of TEES; combining TEES with the latest techniques in regenerative medicine; taking advantage of the progress in computer technology such as 3D simulations and virtual reality and more. Innovations in Endoscopic Ear Surgery is designed to help smooth the learning curve for beginners as well as guide all readers onto the new paths which endoscopic ear surgery is embarking upon.

    Contents:
    Innovations in Endoscopic Ear Surgery
    The TEES Lineup: Non-powered TEES, Powered TEES and the Dual MES/TEES Approach
    Safety of powered instruments
    Resected area during TEES for cholesteatoma with antral extension
    How narrow is too narrow? Virtual and 3D model simulation of TEES
    Presurgical evaluation of middle ear cholesteatoma for TEES
    Underwater TEES
    Augmented reality navigation system for TEES
    Regeneration of middle ear mucosa for TEES
    Bone Curette Handle for Improved Bone Removal in Endoscopic Ear Surgery
    Endoscopic Regenerative Medicine for Tympanic Membrane
    Three-dimensional displacement of an endoscope
    Advantages of endoscopic surgery for adhesive otitis media.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prateek Sharma, Nageshwar Reddy, editors.
    Summary: This book covers novel innovations in the field of gastrointestinal endoscopy. The procedures included in the book are related to procedures relating to Esophagus, Stomach, Duodenum, Biliary Tract, Pancreas and Colon. The chapters are based on novel techniques which are Gastric Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy, Endoscopic Gastrojejunostomy, Tunnel Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection, Endoscopic Ultrasound Guided Biliary and Gall Bladder Drainage, Endoscopic Esophageal Plication, Submucosal Tunneling Endoscopic Resection, Anti-reflux Mucosectomy, Radiofrequency Ablation of Biliary Tract, Esophagus. It also covers Endoscopic Gastric Sleeve, Full Thickness Resection, Endoscopic Mucosal Resection of Colon, Esophagus and Stomach, Duodenal Mucosal Resurfacing, Electronic Chromoendoscopy, Stenting for Pancreatic Walled Off Necrosis, Esophageal Cryotherapy and Gastric Balloons. All the procedures are explained by an expert in the field with succinct drawings and images. This collection is to enhance learning interface for newly trained gastroenterologists, experienced gastroenterologist and endoscopists in general who want to know about these procedures.

    Contents:
    Gastric Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (G POEM)
    Endoscopic Gastrojejunostomy
    Tunnel (Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection) ESD
    Endoscopic Ultrasound (EUS) guided Biliary Drainage
    Endoscopic Ultrasound (EUS) Guided Gall Bladder Drainage
    Endoscopic Esophageal Plication
    Submucosal Tunneling Endoscopic Resection (STER)
    Anti-reflux Mucosectomy (ARMS)
    Biliary Radiofrequency Ablation (RFA)
    Endoscopic gastric sleeve
    Full thickness Resection
    Colonic Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Esophageal and Gastric Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    Duodenal Mucosal Resurfacing
    Electronic Chromoendoscopy
    Stenting for Pancreatic Walled Off Necrosis
    Esophageal Cryotherapy
    Esophageal Radiofrequency Ablation (RFA)
    Gastric Balloons
    Esophageal Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (E POEM).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Samuel O. Okpaku, editor.
    Summary: Over the course of the last decade, political and mental entities at large have embraced global mental health: the idea that psychiatric health is vital to improved quality of life. Physicians globally have implemented guidelines recommended by the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) in 2007, thereby breaking down barriers to care and improving quality of life in areas where these practices have been implemented. Programs for training and education have expanded as a result. Clinicians benefit more from both local resources in some regions as well as in international collaboration and technological advancements. Even amidst all of these positive outcomes, clinicians still face some stumbling blocks. With worldwide statistics estimating that 450 million people struggle with mental, neuropsychiatric, and neurological disorders25 percent of the worlds non-communicable disease burdenrising to these challenges prove to be no small feat, even in wealthy Western nations. Various articles and books have been published on global mental health, but few of them thoroughly cover the clinical, research, innovative, and social implications as they pertain to psychiatry; often, only one of these aspects is covered. A comprehensive text that can keep pace with the rapidly evolving literature grows more and more valuable each day as clinicians struggle to piece together the changes around the world that leave open the possibility for improved outcomes in care. This book seeks to boldly rectify this situation by identifying innovative models of service delivery, training, education, research funding, and payment systems that have proven to be exemplary in implementation and scalability or have potential for scalability. Chapters describe specific barriers and challenges, illuminating effective strategies for improved outcomes. This text is the first peer-reviewed resource to gather prestigious physicians in global mental health from around the world and disseminate their expertise in the medical community at large in a format that is updateable, making it a truly cutting-edge resource in a world constantly changed by medical, scientific, and technological advances. Innovations in Global Mental Health is the ultimate resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, primary care physicians, hospitalists, policy makers, and all medical professionals at the forefront of global mental health and its implications for the future.

    Contents:
    Grand Challenges and Innovations (Vice President for Programs Grand Challenges Canada)
    The Role of World Bank the World Health Organization (World Bank)
    The Role of Private Foundations and NGOs e.g. Wellcome Trust, Bill Gates Foundation, Carter Foundation
    Reducing Stigma in Mental Health
    Enhancing Human Capacity in low resource income countries the case of Liberia
    Lessons from Research Innovations on HIV
    Mental Health Policy (UK)
    Mental Health System reform in Kosovo
    Mental Health System reform in Brazil
    Data Mining & Use to drive decision making and policy
    The Role of Artificial Intelligence in Mental Health
    The use of mobile phones for frontline health care workers to manage depression
    Telepsychiatry in Pudukkottai
    Telehealth Mental Health
    Total health screening for integrated care
    Sustaining African Traditional Health, The role of Faith Healers, and Community Health workers: help detect mental illness
    Integration of Mental Health and Psychosocial Support Services into Primary Care in the Middle East
    Blended Care in Haiti
    Spiritual Leaders and Adopted Therapy
    The use of MPSS in immigration and refugee and immigrants
    Addressing depression in the violence wracked mountains of Pakistan
    Artificial and Technology, Tools for Mental Health, wellbeing, and resilience in refugees
    Attempts to achieve parity and coverage in Chile
    Developing Health Reform in China
    A framework for action on Universal Health Coverage in Africa
    Kenya integrated intervention model for dialogue and screening to promote childrens mental wellbeing (KID)
    Pride (Premium for Adolescents)
    Strong Minds
    Oxygen Youth Health
    Basic Needs, Mental Health, and Development Model
    The friendship Bench
    The Bariyan
    The Nero Strategy
    Community Based Mentoring & Enhanced Supervision (MESIT) to Address Severe Mental Disorders
    Feasibility and effectiveness of Cognitive Behavioral Treatment (CBT) for women affected by urban violence
    A community based mental health intervention for mental health in Rwanda
    Learning Clubs for womans health and infant development
    Emerald
    Prime (Programs focus on Intervention Research for Mental Health Affirm (Africa focus on Interventions Research for Mental Health)
    Dealing with the challenges of Human Resources and Capacity Building in India. Carter Foundation programs in Liberia
    National Capacity Building Programs in Ethiopia
    Capacity building in Post Conflict Rwanda
    Capacity building in Mexico
    Improving prevention and treatment systems based on primary prevention for alcohol use problems in 2 Caribbean countriesGuyana and Belgium
    A community oriented non specialist treatment for Alcohol Dependence
    Supporting Addiction affected families effectively (SAFE)
    War and displacement from conflict areas
    Trauma Centers
    Prime programs for South Africa, India, Ethiopia, and Uganda
    Africa (Africa Focus on Intervention research for mental health)
    Collaborative shared care to improving psychosis outcome
    Feasibility study in preparation for rationalized controlled trial: Enhanced primary mental health care
    Self Help Groups for Mental Health
    Consumer Advocacy Movement
    Dementia Home Care project
    Rehabilitation Intervention for people with schizophrenia in Ethiopia
    Advances in the Conceptualization and Measurement of Religious and Spiritualties
    3 Dimensions of Care for Diabetes (3DFD)
    Improving access to care for people with epilepsy through domestic health visitors
    Targeting family violence through domestic health visits
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Scott D. Rhodes, editor.
    Summary: HIV continues to be a profound challenge facing communities nationally and internationally. Until a vaccine or a cure is found, prevention remains a most crucial line of defense. However, the successes made to reduce exposure and transmission have not benefited all communities equally. HIV continues to affect vulnerable communities, and HIV-related health disparities are growing. The work documented in Innovations in HIV Prevention Research and Practice through Community Engagement spotlights the effectiveness of community involvement to reduce HIV infections in the United States. This timely resource introduces the concepts of community engagement, partnership, and community-based participatory research (CBPR). Contributors provide detailed examples of these concepts in which diverse research partners blend their unique insights and skills to arrive at an authentic understanding of phenomena and inform the translation of best practices and processes to enhance equity in HIV prevention and treatment. Equitable interactive collaboration is central to these efforts, in which community members and representatives from organizations, the scientific and medical sectors, and other relevant agencies nurture long-term health improvement through sustained teamwork. Challenges and barriers to effective engagement are identified, as are characteristics of successful partnerships. Included in the book: Details of a multigenerational HIV prevention intervention in a rural southeastern community. The challenges and successes of developing, implementing, and evaluating an intervention for higher-risk predominately heterosexual black men in college. The history of gay community involvement in HIV prevention and its contributions to the theory and current practice of engagement. Next steps in the integration of HIV-related policy change and research. Community engagement within American Indian communities. Keys to sustaining a CBPR partnership to prevent HIV within ethnic, sexual, and gender minority communities. Innovations in HIV Prevention Research and Practice through Community Engagement offers researchers and practitioners in public health, community health, and medicine guidance on community engagement that is both inspiring and realistic. 'Community engagement and knowledge continue to be essential to prevent HIV infections. This book is a compilation of the state-of-the-science of engagement and delves deeper into the meaning and utilization of community-based participatory research, with implications that reach beyond the HIV epidemic to public health and medicine in general.' - Laura C. Leviton, PhD, Senior Advisor for Evaluation, Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, Princeton, NJ

    Contents:
    Authentic Community Engagement and Community-Based Participatory Research for Public Health and Medicine
    HIV Prevention in a Rural Community: Project GRACE-A Multigenerational Approach to Community Engagement
    Preventing HIV among Black Men in College Using a CBPR Approach
    Gay Community Involvement in HIV and STD Prevention: Where We Have Been, Where We Are, and Where We Should be Going
    HIV Prevention Interventions with Adolescents: Innovations and Challenges in Partnerships across the Integrated Transitions Model
    Community Engagement and HIV Prevention with American Indian/Alaska Native Communities: Working with the Whole Person
    CBPR to Prevent HIV within Racial/Ethnic, Sexual, and Gender Minority Communities: Successes with Long-Term Sustainability
    Community Involvement in HIV-related Policy Initiatives: History, Experiences, and Next Steps
    Communities and Technology: Enhancements in HIV-Prevention Research and Practice Among Adolescents and Young Adults
    Employment as a Social Determinant of Health: An Urban Partnership's Experience with HIV Intervention Development and Implementation Using Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR)
    Dissemination, Implementation, and Adaptation of Evidence-based Behavioral HIV-Prevention Interventions Through Community Engagement: The US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael C. Singer, David J. Terris, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first to focus on the range of innovations that have been critical to the emergence of modern endocrine surgery. It provides a state-of-the art review of these developments, providing surgeons a single resource to better understand them. The text is broken into five parts. The first two parts cover the diagnosis and preoperative work-up of thyroid disease and parathyroid disease. Part three and four cover surgical adjuncts and surgical techniques. Finally, part five covers post-operative management and reviews developments that have allowed for ambulatory management to become a standard aspect of endocrine surgery. The book is written by experts that have been the primary proponents of the individual innovations. Chapters discuss the challenges and issues that the innovation address, its current state or use, and potential short- and long-term future directions/advances. Equipped with the knowledge provided by this text, surgeons can assess their own practice and choose to integrate innovations that may improve their patients' outcomes. Innovations in Modern Endocrine Surgery serves as a valuable resource for all physicians and trainees interested in the how and why of performing modern thyroid and parathyroid surgery. It also allows surgeons to measure the state of their current practice against the most progressive techniques and determine if opportunities exist to update their approach.

    Contents:
    Ultrasound for Thyroid Nodule Risk Stratification
    Molecular Assessment of Thyroid Nodules
    Active Surveillance for Thyroid Cancer
    Hemi-thyroidectomy for Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    Neoadjuvant Therapy for Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Non-operative thyroid ablation techniques for benign thyroid nodules
    Localization Studies for Hyperparathyroidism
    Subtle variants of hyperparathyroidism normohormonal hyperparathyroidism
    Subtle variants of hyperparathyroidism - Normocalcemic hyperparathyroidism
    Indications for Parathyroidectomy
    Intermittent Neuromonitoring of the Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve
    Continuous Neuromonitoring of the Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve
    Neuromonitoring of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve
    Advanced Energy Devices
    Parathyroid Detection
    Intraoperative PTH monitoring
    Minimally Invasive Video-Assisted Parathyroidectomy (MIVAP) and Thyroidectomy (MIVAT)
    Surgical Techniques: Transaxillary
    Innovations in Modern Endocrine Surgery/Transoral thyroidectomy
    Ambulatory Endocrine Surgery
    Postoperative calcium management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Geraldo Bezerra da Silva Junior, Masaomi Nangaku, editors.
    Summary: Our world is facing unprecedented technological development, which affects all the sectors of society. The 4th industrial revolution has brought numerous advances that are currently integrated in our daily life, including artificial intelligence (A.I.), internet of things (IoT), genetic engineering, 3D-printing and robotics. The health care sector is one of the most impacted by these technologies of the so-called digital era. From the simple advent of medical records to robotic surgery, health care has significantly changed from the XX to XXI century and is constantly changing, incorporating novel technologies. Nephrology is itself an innovative branch of medicine, created as a discipline in the 1960s, with breakthrough inventions, such as the dialysis machine, which made it possible to prolong life of those who suffer from chronic kidney disease; kidney transplant, with point-of-care immunosuppression that favours maintenance of kidney allografts for long years; kidney biopsy, which made it possible to discover the mysteries of glomerulonephritis and nephropathology. Novel technologies, such as A.I., IoT, robotics, stem cells, 3D-printing, mHealth, eHealth and several others are starting to be applied in nephrology, with promising results. It is possible that a great part of these technologies will become routinely available in clinical practice, and the burden of kidney diseases will significantly decrease once prevention, prediction, detection, monitoring and treatment of kidney diseases are more precise, with patients taking part in the process and becoming more and more connected. This book gathers essential information on the technologies that have been applied in nephrology and that can be applied in the future, with real possibilities of improving the care of kidney diseases. At first glance, this work is directed to the entire nephrology community and all the healthcare professionals that deal with kidney diseases. Researchers from different fields, not directly linked to nephrology, may also be interested in the book since many of the topics presented are related to other areas and serve as examples of their uses in medicine, such as artificial intelligence, robotics, and big data. Finally, the content provides an important resource to medical students, discussing technologies that will certainly be integrated in their professional practice.

    Contents:
    From Hippocrates to robotics what the future holds for Nephrology?
    Genetic engineering and its application in nephrology
    Stem cells use in nephrology
    Proteomics and biomarkers for kidney diseases diagnosis
    Microbiome and kidney diseases
    3D-printing in nephrology
    Innovations in hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis
    The artificial kidney
    Artificial food and the future of nutrition for kidney health
    Artificial intelligence in nephrology
    Digital nephropathology
    Internet of things and wearables for kidney diseases
    Mobile health in nephrology
    Telenephrology
    Innovations in intensive care monitoring
    Robotics and the avant-garde role of urologic surgery
    Robotics as caregivers in nephrology
    Kidney diseases registries and big data
    Data protection and legal issues in the context of kidney diseases
    Innovative study designs for the nephrology research
    Patients engagement in nephrology research
    Social media and interaction between healthcare professionals and the kidney patients
    Innovations in nephrology education
    Innovations in nephrology services management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Motaz H.A. Shafy.
    Summary: This comprehensive book discusses the field of Rhinoplasty from the basic sciences of anatomy and physiology to detailed assessment and application of surgical techniques. The text highlights the psychological aspects of pre- and post-operative Rhinoplasty, the important relationship between the patient and the surgeon, and finally the technical difficulties that surgeons may experience. Innovations in Rhinoplasty: Anatomy, Photography and Surgical Techniques includes innovative anatomical description of the alar base in relation to the orbicularis oris and the value of the newly discovered rim sill folds and the Inferior Vestibular Bands in alar base surgery. The scientific use of photography in Rhinoplasty which is no longer restricted to medico-legal documentation and pre- and post-operative observations is also discussed throughout the book. Equipment, set up and techniques are made simple and inexpensive so that a high standard photography is achieved by the surgeon or any trained personnel in a surprisingly small area in the office practice. In the surgical section of this clinical resource, simple, innovative conservative surgery to the nasal tip is highlighted as a technique to avoid directly stitching the middle crurae. Recognizing the different types of nasal skin plays a considerable role in alar base and nasal tip surgeries. Surgeons in Rhinoplasty seeking to further develop skills and knowledge in anatomy, photography and surgical techniques will find this book an essential read and resource in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Innovative Approach to Nasal Anatomy
    Definitions and Terminology
    Definitions
    Terminology
    Examples of terminology
    Nasal Attachments to the Face
    The Four Walls of the Lower Third of the Nose
    The Thirteen Weak and Soft Areas in the Nasal Walls
    The Nasal Valves and The Physiology of Nasal Respiration
    The Seven Types of Nasal Skin and Surgical Significance
    The Surgical Significance of Nasal Base Attachments to the Orbicularis Oris
    Anatomical Variations of the Nose
    Rhinoplasty Photography
    Photographic Assessment and Standardization Surgical Techniques
    Closed Versus Open Rhinoplasty
    The Surgical Difficulties of Rhinoplasty
    The Importance of Psychology of the Patient and the Surgeon
    The Four Anatomical Areas of the Nose
    Rhinoplasty: Four Surgeries in One
    Clinical Varieties of Rhinoplasty
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Contents
    Clinical Varieties of Rhinoplasty
    1 A Guide to the Three-Dimensional Visualization and Examination of the Nose
    Abstract
    1.1 The Significance of Maintaining the Nasal Three Dimensions
    1.2 Difficulties of Studying the Three-Dimensional Anatomy 1.3 Guide for the Three-Dimensional Study of Nasal Anatomy
    1.3.1 Knowledge and Definitions of Anatomical Parts of the Nose
    1.3.1.1 The Basic Anatomical Facts
    1.3.1.2 Accurate Anatomical Definitions
    1.3.1.3 Surgical Anatomical Subdivisions of the Nose
    1.3.2 Clinical Examination
    1.3.2.1 Live Clinical Assessment
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Clinical Tests
    1.3.3 Photography
    1.3.4 Imagination
    1.4 Conclusion
    2 Innovative Approach to Anatomy of the External Nose
    Abstract
    2.1 Gross Anatomy of the External Nose
    2.1.1 The Four Components of the External Nose 2.1.1.1 The Fixed Bony Part
    2.1.1.2 The Fixed Cartilaginous Part
    2.1.1.4 The Actively Mobile Fibro-Fatty Part
    2.1.2 The Bony Opening of the Nose
    2.1.3 Attachments of the External Nose to the Face
    2.1.3.1 Skeletal Attachments
    2.1.3.2 Soft Tissue Attachments
    2.2 Anatomy of the Upper Two-Thirds of the Nose
    2.2.1 Anatomy of the Bony Pyramid
    2.2.1.1 Nasal Bony Attachments to the Face
    2.2.1.2 Definition of the Bony Pyramid
    2.2.1.3 Anatomical Components of the Bony Pyramid
    The Nasal Bones
    2.2.1.4 Inferior Attachments of the Bony Pyramid
    The Key Stone Area The Fibrous Membrane
    2.2.1.5 Stability and Support of the Bony Pyramid
    Stabilizing Factors of the Nasal Bony Pyramid
    The Bony Septum
    2.2.1.6 Bilateral Maxillary Asymmetry
    Consequences of Bilateral Maxillary Asymmetry
    Unequal Wide Base of Bony Pyramid
    Nasal Hump
    Oblique Bony Pyramid
    Deviated Bony Pyramid
    Differential Diagnosis of Maxillary Asymmetry
    2.2.2 Anatomy of the Upper Lateral Cartilage the MidVault
    2.2.2.1 Boundaries of the Upper Lateral Cartilage
    2.2.2.2 Anatomy of the Upper Lateral Cartilage
    2.2.3 Anatomy of the Nasal Septum
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Muhammad Farooq, Michele Pisante.
    Summary: This volume is a ready reference on sustainable agriculture and reinforce the understanding for its utilization to develop environmentally sustainable and profitable food production systems. It describes ecological sustainability of farming systems, present innovations for improving efficiency in the use of resources for sustainable agriculture and propose technological options and new areas of research in this very important area of agriculture. Sustainable agriculture integrates the concept of continuing improvement in agriculture productivity, profitability and competitiveness by sustainable management of natural resources. One the eve of declining natural resources, changing climate and increasing food demands, the shift from the existing intensive production system to a more sustainable system needs to be an evolving and continuing process. Within these two books, leading researchers in the field describe the principles, and synthesize recent advances and developments in sustainable agriculture research.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    PART I INTRODUCTION
    Chapter 1 Sustainable Agriculture and Food Security
    PART II ECOLOGICAL SUSTAINABILITY
    Chapter 2 Integrating Conservation and Agriculture
    Chapter 3 Microbial Applications for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 4 Innovation System Approach for Urban Agriculture
    PART III RESOURCES USE EFFICIENCY FOR SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE
    Chapter 5 Sustainable Soil Management
    Chapter 6 Sustainable Water Management
    Chapter 7 Sustainable Nutrient Management
    Chapter 8 Alternative Fertilizers and Sustainable Agriculture
    PART IV SUSTAINABLE PEST MANAGEMENT
    Chapter 9 Sustainable Weed Management
    Chapter 10 Sustainable Management of Insect-Pests
    Chapter 11 Sustainable Management of Pathogens and Diseases
    PART V GENETIC RESOURCES AND CROP IMPROVEMENT FOR SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE
    Chapter 12 Conservation of Biodiversity and Genetic Resources
    Chapter 13 New Breeding Techniques for Sustainable Agriculture
    PART VI AGRICULTURAL SUSTAINABILITY IN CHANGING CLIMATE
    Chapter 14 Sustainable Agriculture and Climate Change
    Chapter 15 Carbon Sequestration and Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 16 Use of Biochar for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 17 Managing Drylands for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 18 Crop-Livestock Interaction for Sustainable Agriculture
    PART VII USE OF IT TOOLS AND MODELLING FOR SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE
    Chapter 19 Information Technology for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 20 Spatializing Crop Models for Sustainable Agriculture
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rohit C. Khanna, Gullapalli N. Rao, Srinivas Marmamula, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Darlyne G. Nemeth, Traci W. Olivier.
    Contents:
    Resilience: defined and explored
    Resilience: researched and evaluated
    Family resilience: coping with the unexpected
    Community resilience: Baton Rouge, a community in crisis, grieving and moving forward
    Environmental resilience
    Achieving and maintaining individual resilience
    Becoming a resilient clinician
    Promoting resilience and fostering hope
    Teaching resilience
    Conclusions
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Leslie Neal-Boylan, Steven Rotkoff.
    Summary: Large, successful organizations only transform after failure. If everything is going well, there is a tendency not to challenge methods. It is only once things have gone radically wrong that a successful organization starts to reexamine their methods and culture. This book is about organizational leadership, but provides a unique spin to promoting innovation, inclusion and transparency among employees. It examines co-author Steven Rotkoff experiences as a retired US Army Colonel and Red Team strategies used by the military and the corporate world to make better decisions and improve organizational culture and applies them to nursing in both clinical and academic settings. Centering cases derived from US-based academic and clinical settings, the book discusses how and why some strategies do and others don't work and examines how these military and corporate strategies apply effectively to nursing settings. Turning a lot of the available literature on its head, this book offers new models and methods to foster better conversations, particularly between managers and staff. Nursing has changed in both academic and clinical settings. Just as military and corporate organizations have had to change their organizational behavior and leadership styles and methods to meet the needs of today's employees and consumers, the nursing profession must change to meet the needs of faculty, an inter-professional health care environment and our increasingly inclusive and diverse environments.

    Contents:
    Part One: Why Red Team?
    1. Nursing Leadership in a Segmented Discipline
    2. Why Red Teaming is a Better Way
    3. The Red Team Toolbox: Improving the conversation and changing the frame of reference
    4. The Red Team Tool Box: Understanding the Problem and Envisioning the Future
    5. Applying Red Team Tools
    Part Two: Cases
    6. Budget Cuts at Green University
    7. Horizontal Violence in Pink Hospital
    8. Strategic Planning at Yellow Institute
    9. Who's in Charge at Orange School of Nursing?
    10. Conflict between the front and back office staff at Purple Clinic
    11. Hierarchy at Blue University School of Nursing
    12. What to Build at Turquoise University School of Nursing
    13. Merging Brown Visiting Nurse Association with Gray Health System
    Part Three: Conclusion
    14. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Santiago Horgan, Karl-Hermann Fuchs, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive state-of-the art overview on the main trends in the newest endoscopic, robotic, and minimal invasive surgical innovations. It also aims to give insight on some of the innovative ideas around Gastro-intestinal Surgery and Endoscopy to stimulate further activities. It contains established knowledge in the field of endoscopic and surgical techniques, and the integration of these new findings in updated therapeutic decision making are demonstrated. The text reviews the latest literature on the subjects and describes the decision making to establish new therapeutic options in the management of diseases applying new technologies. These new techniques are described in detail, which provide excellent back-up information for clinicians in daily practice. Written by experts in the field, Innovative Endoscopic and Surgical Technology in the GI Tract is a valuable resource of knowledge for clinicians, surgeons, nurses, technicians, students and researchers with an interest in GI- disease.

    Contents:
    Overview of Current Robotic Technology
    Challenges in robotic and minimally invasive pancreatic surgery in the year 2020
    Challenges in Robotic Liver Surgery
    Robotic Esophageal Surgery
    Challenges in robotic colorectal surgery
    Robotic flexible endoscopes
    Robotized MIS instruments: filling the gap between rigid tools and large robotic systems
    The Role of Endoscopic Technology in GastrointestinaI Surgery
    Indication, Technique and Results of Endoscopic Cricomyotomy
    Transesophageal Tunneling Technique and Peroral endoscopic Myotomy POEM
    The EndoFLIP"!system allows a tailored peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for achalasia
    G-POEM: A minimally invasive endoscopic technique for gastroparesis
    Intraluminal Endoscopic Suturing System in the Esophagus with separate Instruments
    ENDOSCOPIC SUTURING PLATFORMS FOR BARIATRIC PROCEDURES
    Transgastric endoscopic interventions at the pancreas
    Endoscopic Ultrasound guided Interventions
    EFTR ENDOSCOPIC FULL-THICKNESS RESECTION
    New endoscopic tools for special indications
    ESD indications, techniques and results
    The rendezvous principle in endoscopic and surgical procedures
    Percutaneous endoscopic intragastric surgery in the treatment of stromal tumors at esophagogastric junction
    Endoscopic-Surgical Platforms
    The Fortimedix Surgical Endo-surgery Platform
    Techniques and Challenges with the Master-Slave System for Endoscopic Surgery
    Transgastric intraabdominal Surgery
    Endoscopic Platforms
    Transanal Microsurgery TEM and TEO
    Transanal Endoscopic Colon Resections
    The Medrobotics Platform for transanal surgery
    The potential of single site surgery
    New Single Site Platforms
    Intraoperative imaging for procedures of the gastrointestinal tract
    Fluorescence-Guided Surgery of the Biliary Tree Utilizing Indocyanine Green (ICG)
    ICG Image-Guided Surgery with the Assessment for Anastomotic Safety
    Advanced endoscopic imaging methods
    The struggle to from idea to product
    Artificial Intelligence.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marie-José Tassignon, Sorcha Ní Dhubhghaill, Luc Van Os, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a complete overview of the bag-in-the-lens implantation technique written by the pioneering force herself. The technique first developed for the adults and later for paediatrics has had overwhelmingly positive outcomes in reduction of posterior capsular opacification and stability. Nowadays, it is used as a primary approach in all patients with cataract. The initial version of the bag-in-the-lens implant is a monofocal spherical hydrophilic intraocular lens comprised of a 5mm bi-convex optic with two elliptical plane haptics. Bag-in-the-Lens Cataract Surgery guides through the steps required to achieve successful implantation in a concise and highly illustrated format to portray how to effectively perform this surgery. The toric version was launched in 2009 and the diffractive version is on its way. New and experienced ophthalmic surgeons will find this guide to be an indispensable resource for utilizing this technique to successfully treat adult and paediatric cataract patients in their daily clinical practice. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey Arle, Jay Shils.
    Contents:
    Microarrays in the brain / W.Q. Malik and R. Ajemian
    Feedback-sensitive and closed-loop solutions / G.P. Thomas and B.C. Jobst
    Directional deep brain stimulation / A. Mercanzini, A. Dransart and C. Pollo
    Waveform variation in Neuromodulation / J. Arle
    Ultrasound neuromodulation / R.F. Dallapiazza, K. Timbre and W.J. Elias
    Optogenetics / P.S.A. Kalanithi, MD and D Purger, PhD
    Intorduction to basic mechanisms of transcranial magnetic stimulation / D. Austin and J. Rothwell
    Transcranial direct current stimulation / F. Fregni and T. Wagner
    Viral vectors and other modulatory biologics / B.J. Mader and N.M. Boulis
    Neuroprosthetic advances / W. Mayr, M. Krenn and M.R. Dimitrijevic
    Neuromodulation for memory / D.S. Xu and F.A. Ponce
    Deep brain stimulation for vegetative state and minimally conscious state / D. Chudy and V. Deletis
    Neuromodulation as a bypass-spinal cord injury / J. Shils and J. Arle
    Neuromodulation for psychiatric disorders / S. Hescham, M. Tönge, A. Jahanshahi and Y. Temel.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Mark R. Stevens, Shohreh Ghasemi, Reza Tabrizi, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the latest technologies and developments in oral and maxillofacial surgery. It presents information in an easy-to-read format and meticulously details each surgical technique. Thorough and accurate chapters comprehensively present procedures and treatments step-by-step procedures objectively. Each chapter follows a consistent format of which includes the scientific documentation of the procedure through clinical studies, objective benefits for the patient, detailed explanations of the procedure, levels of treatment complexity according to the SAC (simple -advanced complex) classification, and cost-effectiveness of the procedure for the patient and clinician. Extensive images, figures, and tables supplement select chapters to aid in visual learning. Extensive and unique, Innovative Perspectives in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is a vital tool for all dental specialists ranging from undergraduate students to established oral maxillofacial surgeons.

    Contents:
    1. Osteocyte
    2. Molecular and cellular basis of bone
    3. Biomaterial for Osseous Reconstruction
    4. Bone quality
    5. Bone quantity
    6. Immediate Single Tooth Implant
    7. Predictability of Dental Implants
    8. Peri-Implantitis
    9. The Art and Science of Guided Bone Regeneration
    10. Direct Sinus Lift
    11. Conservative technique for sinus elevation
    12. Ultra-short Implant Outcome in Poor Bone Quality
    13. Options or alternatives to sinus elevation
    14. Alveolar Ridge Splitting Technique
    15. Outcomes of Short Implants in Bone Deficiency
    16. Vertical Ridge Augmentation Technique
    17. Mandibular Bone Block Graft Techniques in Alveolar Ridge Preservation
    18. Alveolar Ridge Preservation
    19. The Socket Shield Technique
    20. Flap design and modification to attain primary closure
    21. Gingival recession classification and treatment
    22. Immediate and early implantation versus delayed implantation
    23. Biologically Oriented Preparation Technique (BOPT)
    24. The All-on-Four Concept
    25. Latest Technique of autotransplantation
    26. Zygomatic Implants in Implant Dentistry
    27. Role of Lasers in Pre-Prosthetic Oral Surgery
    28. Vertical ridge augmentation by titanium mesh
    29. Computer Guided Implant Dentistry
    30. Digital Dentistry In Oral Surgery
    31. Canine impaction and fenestration technique
    32. Principles of endodontic surgery combined with CAD/CAM technology
    33. Posterior Iliac Crest Harvest
    34. Anterior Iliac Crest Graft Technique
    35. SARPE & MARPE
    36. Nerve Involvement in Oral Surgery
    37. Osseodensification Paradigm Shift
    38. Soft Tissue Plastic Surgery
    39. Differential diagnosis in oral lesions
    40. Intraoral Biopsy Techniques
    41. Dental anesthesiology
    42. Systematic disease in oral manifestation
    43. Principles in Exodontia
    44. Trauma and management in oral surgery
    45. Reconstructive Surgery in Oral and Maxillofacial Region
    46. Cleft lip and palate diagnosis and surgical intervention
    47. Innovations in orthognathic Surgery
    48. Differential diagnosis of radiographic images of maxillofacial lesions
    49. Skull reconstruction for craniosynostosis
    50. Innovations in the Management of Temporomandibular Joint Disorders
    51. Medications in oral surgery
    52. Future of the oral surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Akshay Kumar Chakravarthy, editor.
    Summary: Several Integrated Pest Management (IPM) approaches are available for managing pests of varied kinds, including individual and integrated methods for pest suppression. Recently the focus has shifted to pest management tools that act on insect systems selectively, are compatible with the environment, and are not harmful for ecosystems. Other approaches target specific biochemical and physiological aspects of insect metabolism, and involve biotechnological and genetic manipulation. Still other approaches include the use of nanotechnology, endophytes, optical and sonic manipulation to detect and control pest insects. Unfortunately, conventional forms of pest management do not focus on technology transfer to the ground level workers and farmers. As a result, farmers are incurring huge losses of crops and revenues. This book highlights the importance of using communication tools in pest management and demonstrates some success stories of utilizing automated unmanned technologies in this context. The content is divided into three sections, the first of which, "Pest Population Monitoring: Modern Tools," covers long and short-range pest population monitoring techniques and tools such as satellites, unmanned aerial vehicles/drones, remote sensing, digital tools like GIS, GPS for mapping, lidar, mobile apps, software systems, artificial diet designs and functional diversity of info-chemicals. The second section of the book is devoted to "Emerging Areas in Pest Management" and offers a glimpse of diversified tactics that have been developed to contain and suppress pest populations such as endophytes, insect vectors of phytoplasma, Hymenopterans parasitoids, mass production and utilization of NPV etc. In turn, the third section focuses on "Integrated Pest Management" and presents farming situations that illustrate how research in diversified aspects has helped to find solutions to specific pest problems, and how some new and evolving tactics can be practically implemented. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable asset for entomology and plant pathology researchers, students of zoology and plant protection, and readers whose work involves agriculture, horticulture, forestry and other ecosystems.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    Editor and Contributors
    About the Editor
    Contributors
    Part I: Pest Population Monitoring: Modern Tools
    1: Applications of Geospatial Technologies in Plant Health Management
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The Need for Remote Sensing in Plant Protection
    1.2.1 Nature and Magnitude of Crop Losses
    1.2.2 Changing Agroecosystems and Related Pest Problems
    1.2.3 Timeliness and Accuracy of Information
    1.2.4 Organization of Plant Protection and Gaps in the Existing System
    1.2.5 Gaps in the Existing System 1.3 Physical and Physiological Basis of Plant Health Assessment
    1.3.1 Leaf Reflectance
    1.3.2 Canopy Reflectance
    1.3.3 Crop Canopy Temperature
    1.3.4 Vegetation Indices
    1.3.5 Vitality Indicator for Plants
    1.3.6 Chlorophyll Fluorescence as Stress Indicator
    1.3.7 Image Interpretation and Spatial Data Analysis
    1.4 Application of Remote Sensing in Plant Health Management: Select Examples
    1.4.1 Beginning and Development
    1.5 Case Studies
    1.5.1 Vegetation Indices for Stress Detection and Damage Assessment 1.6 Satellite Remote Sensing Survey of Ecological Conditions and Forecasting Desert Locusts
    1.7 Forecasting Wheat Stem Rust and Crop Condition Assessment Using Satellite and Landsat Data
    1.8 Satellite Remote Sensing Techniques for Pest Management of Brown Plant Hopper
    1.9 Remote Sensing Applications in the Management of Cotton Whitefly Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius)
    1.10 Short-Range Forecast of Rainfall for Pesticide Applications
    1.11 Use of IR5-1 A Data for Disease Detection
    1.12 Present Constraints and Future Perspectives
    References 2.11 Multispectral Imaging
    2.12 Hyperspectral Imaging
    2.13 UAV for Monitoring Pests
    References
    3: Unmanned Aerial System Technologies for Pesticide Spraying
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 UAVs for Pest Management
    3.3 UAV-Based Remote Sensing
    3.4 UAV Types
    3.5 UAV Payloads
    3.6 UAV Remote Sensing Application
    3.6.1 Flight Campaign
    3.6.2 UAV Remote-Sensed Aerial Imagery Processing for Paddy Crop-Pest Mapping
    3.7 Mechanism of Functions
    References
    4: Insect Pest Detection, Migration and Monitoring Using Radar and LiDAR Systems
    4.1 Introduction 2: Application of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) for Pest Surveillance, Monitoring and Management
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 UAV as a System, Payloads and Sensors
    2.3 UAV Platform (Flying Unit)
    2.3.1 Airframe
    2.3.2 Flight Control System
    2.3.3 Ground Control Station
    2.4 Payload
    2.5 Aerial Imaging/Remote Sensing Using UAVs
    2.6 Types of Sensors for Remote Sensing in Agriculture
    2.7 The Electromagnetic Spectrum of Light
    2.8 How Does Remote Sensing Work?
    2.9 Sensors Used in UAV-Based Imaging or Remote Sensing
    2.10 Thermal Camera
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Renate Tewes, editor.
    Summary: This book explains how staff development is an important element for a sustainable staff structure health care facilities. At the end each chapter the reader finds a to-do-list, to replicate the project. The book is devided into 4 parts: 1. Practicing culture change, 2. Learning emotional intelligence, 3. Establishing interprofessional collaboration and 4. How to create the future of healthcare. Anticipating these options and experiences will help leaders to inspire their teams with practical ideas. To find the right trainings for staff development can be time consuming. With this overview about international successful projects the reader has an update about innovations in healthcare and uses the knowledge for the reader's own team or healthcare institution. This book helps readers experiencing their own culture change in their organisation, and create the future of their team or facility with knowledge about how to develop a person-centred culture, how to implement the TeamProcessPerformance in their operation theatre, how to reduce stress by using simple HeartMath-methods. This book also informs on how to establish wellbeing at the workplace, and how to practice interprofessional collaboration to reduce mistakes and costs. Written by authors from UK, Turkey, USA, Scotland, Ireland and Germany, this book offers human resource managers a look beyond their national horizon and presents innovative international concepts.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Innovative and bold Staff Development in Healthcare
    PART 1. We love the challenge: culture change
    Chapter 1. Engaging Hearts and Minds to Advance Relationship-Based Cultures
    Chapter 2. Establishing Innovation Culture in Nursing: the butterfly effect
    Chapter 3. Veränderungsprozesse initiieren über die Entwicklung und Einführung von Führungsleitlinien - ein systemischer Ansatz
    Chapter 4. Pearls of Wisdom: The Evolution of a Healing Healthcare Model
    Chapter 5. A strategically engaged programme of person-centred culture development in health services: The courage of the Irish!
    Chapter 6. Practice Development: University Based Education
    PART 2. We are bold - Emotional Intelligence pays off
    Chapter 7. empCARE
    ein empathiebasiertes Entlastungstraining für Pflegende
    Chapter 8. Wellbeing in the workplace pays off
    Chapter 9. Stress was yesterday! Revitalising Care is today by the adoption of HeartMathª Interventions
    PART 3. We are a dream team - interprofessional collaboration
    Chapter 10. Personalisierte Medizin im MOILT
    Chapter 11. TeamProzessPerformance (TPP) im OP mit Gung Ho
    Chapter 12. Interprofessionelle Ausbildungsstation: Grenzen überwinden - Zusammen lernen und arbeiten
    Chapter 13. Project: Operation on the Team
    PART 4. Future perfect - innovative staff development
    Chapter 14. Future of Staff development: a time travel.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Misha Rosenbach, Karolyn A. Wanat, Robert G. Micheletti, editors ; Laura A. Taylor, associate editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Part II. Medication reactions
    Part III. Oncodermatology: cancer- and treatment-related skin issues
    Part IV. Bacterial infections
    Part V. Infections: viral
    Part VI. Infections: fungal
    Part V!!. Infections: ectoparasitic infestations
    Part VIII. Purpura: vasculitis and vasculopathy
    Part IX. Erythoderma
    Part X. Inflammatory and autoimmune conditions
    Part XI. Hospital related conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Howard H. Fenn, Ana Hategan, James A. Bourgeois, editors.
    Summary: This book offers mental health guidelines for all medical professionals facing the emerging challenges presented by an aging population worldwide. The text acknowledges that as the geriatric demographic grows, limited resources and infrastructures demand quality protocols to deliver inpatient geriatric psychiatric care, and that many physicians may not be trained to address these specific needs. This text fills this gap with guidelines assessing, diagnosing, and treating aging patients as they present in the emergency room and other settings. Unlike any other text, this book focuses on how to optimize the use of the inpatient setting by recommending evaluations and treatments, and offering flow-charts and figures of key points, to guide both general workup and continued evaluation and treatment. This approach aims to minimize instances of premature release or readmissions and to improve outcomes. Chapters cover the various issues that clinicians face when working with an older patient, including legal topics, limitations to treatment, prescription-related complications, patients struggling with substance abuse, and various behavioral concerns. Written by experts in the field, the text takes a multidisciplinary approach to deliver high-quality care as needs of the aging population evolve. Inpatient Geriatric Psychiatry is a vital resource for all clinicians working with an aging population, including geriatricians, psychiatrists, neurologists, primary care providers, hospitalists, psychologists, neuropsychologists, emergency room and geriatric nurses, social workers, and trainees.

    Contents:
    Part I: Foundations of inpatient geriatric psychiatry. Essential medical work-up and rule outs
    Neuropsychological assessment
    Pharmacological overview in geriatrics: pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, laboratory monitoring
    Interdisciplinary roles and interface
    Legal aspects of inpatient geriatric psychiatry
    Part II: Prevalent problems in inpatient geriatric psychiatry. Major neurocognitive disorder with behavioral disturbance (behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia--BPSD)
    Acute medical events: falls, seizures, CVAS, urinary retention, cardiac events, hypotension, SIADH, dehydration, and infection
    Suicide in the geriatric population: risk factors, identification, and management
    Sleep in geriatric psychiatry inpatients
    Alcohol and substance use disorders in the geriatric psychiatry inpatient: acute treatment, detoxification, and withdrawal
    Psychiatric symptoms comorbid with neurological syndromes
    Delirium: risk factors, contributors, identification, work-up, and treatment
    Involuntary interventions: medications, forced feeding, restraints, and prevention of wandering
    Pain management
    Special syndromes: serotonin syndrome, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, and catatonia
    Neuromodulation interventions: ECT and RTMS – work-up, preparation, and posttreatment care + ketamine in inpatient psychiatry
    Medication strategies: switching, tapering, cross-over, overmedication, drug-drug interactions, and discontinuation syndromes
    Psychotherapies and non-pharmacological interventions
    Part III: Special topics. Medical nursing care and communication barriers
    Telemedicine and IT: use of digital technology on inpatient units
    Placement, coordination, and follow-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kathy Reavy, Professor Boise State University, Boise, ID.
    Contents:
    What is a DNP project?
    Underpinnings of the DNP project
    Evidence-based practice : background and models
    From idea to searchable question
    The nature of evidence
    Searching and organizing
    Critical appraisal of evidence
    Synthesizing the evidence and making recommendations
    Implementation frameworks
    Planning for implementation : integration, management, and leadership
    Planning for implementation : evaluation
    Planning for implementation : cost management, economic analysis and
    Writing the proposal
    Managing actualization of the project
    Dissemination and collaboration
    Coming full circle : the importance of translational science.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, W. Norman Scott ; associate editors, David R. Diduch, Richard Iorio, William J. Long.
    Summary: "Online and in print, Insall & Scott Surgery of the Knee, edited by W. Norman Scott, MD, and 11 section editors who are experts in their fields, is your complete, multimedia guide to the most effective approaches for diagnosis and management of the full range of knee disorders affecting patients of all ages. From anatomical and biomechanical foundations, to revision total knee replacement, this authoritative reference provides the most up-to-date and complete guidance on cutting-edge surgical procedures, the largest collection of knee videos in one knee textbook. Expanded coverage and rigorous updates -- including 40 online-only chapters -- keep you current with the latest advances in cartilage repair and regeneration, allograft and autografts, computer robotics in total knee arthroplasty, and other timely topics. This edition is the first book ever endorsed by The Knee Society"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Blandford, George Fielding.
    Digital Access Google Books 1871-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L601 .B64 1871
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Robert G. Foottit, Professor Peter H. Adler.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    The importance of insects
    Insect biodiversity : regional examples
    Insect biodiversity in the nearctic region
    Amazonian rainforests and their richness and abundance of terrestrial arthropods on the edge of extinction : abiotic-biotic players in the critical zone
    Insect biodiversity in the afrotropical region
    Biodiversity of australasian insects
    Insect biodiversity in the palearctic region
    Insect biodiversity : taxon examples
    Biodiversity of aquatic insects
    Biodiversity of diptera
    Biodiversity of heteroptera
    Biodiversity of coleoptera
    Biodiversity of hymenoptera
    Diversity and significance of lepidoptera : a phylogenetic perspective
    Insect biodiversity : tools and approaches
    The science of insect taxonomy : prospects and needs
    Insect species, concepts and practice
    Molecular dimensions of insect taxonomy in the genomics era
    Dna barcodes and insect biodiversity
    Insect biodiversity informatics
    Parasitoid biodiversity and insect pest management
    Taxonomy of crop pests : the aphids
    Adventive (non-native) insects and the consequences for science and society of species that become invasive
    Biodiversity of blood-sucking flies : implications for humanity
    Reconciling ethical and scientific issues for insect conservation
    Taxonomy and management of insect biodiversity
    Insect biodiversity, millions and millions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Tim R. New.
    Summary: Australia's varied grasslands have suffered massive losses and changes since European settlement, and those changes continue under increasingly intensive human pressures for development and agricultural production. The values of native grasslands for conservation of endemic native biodiversity, both flora and fauna, have led to strong interests in the protection of remaining fragments, especially near urban centres, and documentation of the insects and other inhabitants of grasslands spanning tropical to cool temperate parts of the country. Attention to conservation of grassland insects in Australia is relatively recent, but it is increasingly apparent that grasslands harbour many localised and ecologically specialised endemic species. Their conservation necessarily advances from very incomplete documentation, and draws heavily on lessons from the far better-documented grasslands elsewhere, most notably in the northern hemisphere, and undertaken over far longer periods. From those cases, and the extensive background to grassland management to harmonise conservation with production and amenity values through honing use of processes such as grazing, mowing and fire, the needs and priorities for Australia can become clearer, together with needs for grassland restoration at a variety of scales. This book is a broad overview of conservation needs of grassland insects in Australia, drawing on the background provided elsewhere in the world on the responses to disturbances, and the ecological importance, of some key insect groups (notably Orthoptera, Hemiptera and Lepidoptera) to suggest how insect conservation in native, pastoral and urban grasslands may be advanced. The substantial references given for each chapter facilitate entry for non-entomologist grassland managers and stewards to appreciate the diversity and importance of Australia's grassland insects, their vulnerabilities to changes, and the possibilities for conserving them and the wider ecological roles in which they participate.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction to Grasses and Grasslands; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Grasses; 1.3 Grasslands; 1.4 Grassland Remnants; References; Chapter 2: Australian Grasslands
    Variety and Extent; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Australia's Natural Grassland Estate; 2.3 Alien Grasses in Australia; 2.4 Economic and Ecological Importance; References; Chapter 3: Agents of Change
    Management and Succession; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Succession; 3.3 Spillover Effects; References; Chapter 4: Intricacies of Grassland Management for Conservation 4.1 Introduction: Learning from a Global Perspective4.2 European Calcareous Grassland; 4.3 North American Prairies; 4.4 South Africa's Grassland Biome; 4.5 South American Grasslands; 4.6 New Zealand Tussock Grasslands; References; Chapter 5: Urban Grasslands; 5.1 Introduction: The Scope of Urban Grasslands; 5.2 Turfgrass; 5.3 Green Roofs; References; Chapter 6: Insects in Grasslands: The Key Groups for Understanding; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Key Grassland Insect Groups; 6.2.1 Orthoptera; 6.2.2 Hemiptera; 6.2.3 Coleoptera; 6.2.4 Lepidoptera; 6.2.5 Hymenoptera 6.3 Insect Communities as Grassland IndicatorsReferences; Chapter 7: Flagship Insect Species in Australia's Grasslands; 7.1 Introduction: Individual Species as Flagships for Grasslands; 7.2 Insect Species Conservation on Australia's Grasslands; 7.2.1 The Perunga Grasshopper, Perunga ochracea; 7.2.2 The Matchstick Grasshopper, Keyacris scurra; 7.2.3 The Ptunarra Brown Butterfly, Oreixenica ptunarra; 7.2.4 The Black Grass-Dart Butterfly, Ocybadistes knightorum; 7.2.5 The Golden Sun-Moth, Synemon plana; References; Chapter 8: Pasture Pests; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Key Pest Taxa; 8.2.1 Lepidoptera 8.2.2 Pasture Scarabs; 8.2.3 Orthoptera; 8.3 Nutrition and Grass Quality; 8.4 Pest Management; References; Chapter 9: Maintaining Ecological Integrity and Processes; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Pollination; 9.3 Nectar Supply; References; Chapter 10: Grassland Management for Insect Conservation: Grazing, Mowing, and Fire; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Grazing; 10.3 Mowing; 10.4 Fire; References; Chapter 11: Grassland Management for Insect Conservation: Restoration; 11.1 Introduction; 11.2 Grassland Restoration; References; Appendices Appendix 1: Australian Grassland Insects and Grassland Ecological Communities Listed Under Conservation Legislation Orthoptera; Lepidoptera; References; Appendix 2: Australian Grassland Insects; Blattodea (Cockroaches and Termites); Hemiptera; Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea; Lepidoptera; Hymenoptera; References; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gerald S. Pollack, Andrew C. Mason, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction to Insect Acoustics
    Evolution of Acoustic Communication in Insects
    Behavioral Ecology of Insect Acoustic Communication
    Hearing for Defense
    Vibrational Signaling
    Mechanical Specializations of Insect Ears
    Auditory Transduction
    Central Neural Processing of Sound Signals in Insects
    Information Processing in the Auditory Pathway of Insects
    Hearing in Drosophila.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harald W. Krenn, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Ecological Importance of Insect Feeding
    1.1 Insect Feeding
    1.2 Importance of Insect Feeding
    1.2.1 Pollination
    1.2.2 Nutrient Recycling
    1.2.3 Pest Control
    1.2.4 Adverse Effects of Insect Feeding
    1.3 Why Study Insect Mouthparts?
    References
    Chapter 2: Form and Function of Insect Mouthparts
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Entognathous and Ectognathous Mouthparts
    2.3 Form and Function of Mouthpart Components
    2.3.1 Labrum
    2.3.2 Mandible
    2.3.3 Maxilla
    2.3.4 Labium
    2.3.5 Hypopharynx 2.3.6 Position of Mouthparts
    2.4 Organs of the Preoral Cavity
    2.5 Functional Types of Mouthparts of Insecta
    2.5.1 Mandibulate Mouthparts for Biting and Chewing
    2.5.1.1 Occurrence of Biting and Chewing Mouthparts
    2.5.1.2 Mechanism of Biting-Chewing Mandibles
    2.5.1.3 Modifications of the Mandible
    2.5.1.4 Movements of the Maxillae
    2.5.1.5 Specializations of Maxillae in Biting-Chewing Mouthparts
    2.5.1.6 Modified Labium in Biting-Chewing Mouthparts
    2.5.2 Haustellate Mouthparts Form Proboscises of Fluid-Feeding Insects
    2.5.2.1 Occurrence of Proboscises 2.5.2.2 Characteristic Modifications of Mouthpart Components Forming a Proboscis
    2.5.3 Filter-Feeding Mouthparts
    2.6 Mouthpart Functions in Addition to Feeding
    2.6.1 Various Tasks
    2.6.2 Mouthpart Functions in Social Insects
    2.6.3 Mouthparts in Reproductive Behavior
    2.6.4 Application of Silk
    2.7 Reduced Mouthparts
    2.8 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Fluid-Feeding Mouthparts
    3.1 Fluid-Feeding Without a Proboscis
    3.1.1 Unspecialized Fluid-Feeding
    3.1.2 Nectar-Feeding Mouthparts of Anthophilous Coleoptera 3.1.3 Nectar-Feeding Mouthparts of Anthophilous Neuroptera
    3.1.4 Biting-Sucking Mouthparts
    3.1.5 Biting Blood-Feeding Mouthparts of Elephant Lice (Rhynchophthirina, Psocodea)
    3.2 Fluid-Feeding Using a Proboscis
    3.2.1 Functional Components of a Proboscis
    3.2.2 Basal Articulation Moves the Proboscis
    3.2.3 Food Canal Conducts Fluid
    3.2.4 Proboscis Tip
    3.2.5 Functional Morphology of Sucking Pumps
    3.2.5.1 Single-Chamber Pump
    3.2.5.2 Multichamber Pump
    3.2.6 Salivary Pump
    3.3 Functional Proboscis Types
    3.3.1 Principal Fluid-Feeding Techniques 3.3.2 Lapping Proboscises of Hymenoptera
    3.3.3 Piercing-Sucking Proboscis
    3.3.3.1 Various Piercing Techniques
    3.3.3.2 Thysanoptera
    3.3.3.3 Hemiptera
    3.3.3.4 Anoplura
    3.3.3.5 Diptera
    3.3.3.6 Siphonaptera
    3.3.3.7 Lepidoptera
    3.3.4 Sponging Mouthparts
    3.3.4.1 Proboscis of Short-Tongued Diptera
    3.3.4.2 Haustellum of Trichoptera
    3.3.5 Siphoning Proboscises
    3.3.5.1 Fluid-Feeding Dominated by Pressure Gradient
    3.3.5.2 Siphoning Proboscises in Hymenoptera
    3.3.5.3 Proboscis of Glossatan Lepidoptera
    3.3.5.4 Proboscis of Long-Proboscid Diptera
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yukio Ishikawa, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a complete overview of cutting-edge research on insect sex pheromones and pheromone communication systems. The coverage ranges from the chemistry, biosynthesis, and reception of sex pheromones to the control of odor-source searching behavior, and from molecules to the application of research findings to robotics. The book both summarizes the progress of studies conducted using Bombyx mori and several groups of moths and reviews sex pheromones of some non-lepidopteran insect groups of agricultural importance. Attention is drawn to recent findings on elaborate neural information processing in the brain in male moths and to the importance of olfactory receptors specifically tuned to sex pheromone molecules. Featuring contributions from leading experts on the topic, this book will be a unique and valuable resource for researchers and students in the fields of entomology, chemical ecology, insect physiology and biochemistry, evolution, biomimetics, and bioengineering. In addition to researchers, general insect lovers will find the book fascinating for its descriptions of the marvelous abilities of insects and the underlying mechanisms involved.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Aims and Scope of This Book
    Background
    Aims and Scope
    Organization of This Book
    References
    Contents
    Part I: Chemistry of Sex Pheromones
    Chapter 1: Chemical Divergences in the Sex Pheromone Communication Systems in Moths
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Chemical Structures and Classification of Moth Sex Pheromones
    1.3 Enzymes and Source Materials Commonly Found in Type-I and Type-II Users
    1.4 Hybrid Pheromone System (Hybrid Type)
    1.5 The Moth Lineages and Chemical Structures of Pheromones
    1.6 The Origin of Type-II Pheromones
    References 3.2.5 Cyclopentane Structures
    3.3 Evolution of Mealybug Pheromones
    3.3.1 Biosynthetic Background of Pheromone
    3.3.2 Pheromone Perception in Males
    3.3.3 Saltational Shifts of Pheromone Structures
    3.4 Application of Pheromones to Mealybug Pest Management
    3.4.1 Pheromone Traps
    3.4.2 Mating Disruption
    3.4.3 Parasitoid Recruitment: Possible Compensation for Limitations of Mating Disruption
    References
    Chapter 4: Hybrid Sex Pheromone Communication Systems in Seed Beetles
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Cowpea Weevil, Callosobruchus maculatus (F) 4.3 Southern Cowpea Weevil, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.)
    4.4 Callosobruchus analis (F)
    4.5 Callosobruchus subinnotatus (Pic)
    4.6 Callosobruchus rhodesianus (Pic)
    4.7 Specificity of Pheromone-Based Mate Recognition
    References
    Chapter 5: Pheromones in Longhorn Beetles with a Special Focus on Contact Pheromones
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Mate Location and Function of Semiochemicals
    5.3 Overview of the Volatile Pheromones in Cerambycidae
    5.3.1 Female-Produced Volatile Pheromones
    5.3.2 Male-Produced Volatile Pheromones 5.4 Identification of the Contact Pheromone of Psacothea hilaris
    5.5 CHCs as Contact Pheromone Components in Other Cerambycids
    5.6 Contact Pheromone of Anoplophora malasiaca
    5.6.1 Mate-Finding Behaviors of A. malasiaca
    5.6.2 Three Chemical Groups of Contact Sex Pheromone Components
    5.7 Suggestions for Future Studies
    References
    Part II: Biosynthesis of Sex Pheromones
    Chapter 6: A Sexy Moth Model
    The Molecular Basis of Sex Pheromone Biosynthesis in the Silkmoth Bombyx mori
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Regulation of Pheromone Production
    6.2.1 Circadian-Based Control Chapter 2: Sex Pheromone Communication System in Hawk Moths
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Diversity in Sex Pheromone Components
    2.3 Sex Pheromone Biosynthesis
    2.4 Sex Pheromone Recognition
    2.5 Sex Pheromone Communication System
    References
    Chapter 3: Sex Pheromones of Mealybugs: Implications for Evolution and Application
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Diversity of Chemical Structures in Mealybug Pheromones
    3.2.1 Common Features in Mealybug Pheromone Chemistry
    3.2.2 Lavandulol-Related Structures
    3.2.3 Cyclopropane Structures
    3.2.4 Cyclobutane Structures
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Access via INSERM Symposium
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Call number varies. Search for INSERM Colloque to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Christine Koppl, Geoffrey A. Manley, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Summary: The hearing organs of non-mammals, which show quite large and systematic differences to each other and to those of mammals, provide an invaluable basis for comparisons of structure and function. By taking advantage of the vast diversity of possible study organisms provided by the "library" that is biological diversity, it is possible to learn how complex functions are realized in the inner ear through the evolution of specific structural, cellular and molecular configurations. Insights from Comparative Hearing Research brings together some of the most exciting comparative research on hearing and shows how this work has profoundly impacted our understanding of hearing in all vertebrates.

    Contents:
    Unique Contributions from Comparative Auditory Research
    Transduction and Amplification in the Ear: Insights from Insects
    Roles for Prestin in Harnessing the Basilar Membrane to the Organ of Corti
    Origin and development of hair-cell orientation in the inner ear
    The Remarkable Ear of Geckos and Pygopods
    Ultrasound Detection in Fishes and Frogs: Discovery and Mechanisms
    The Malleable Middle Ear: an Underappreciated Player in the Evolution of Hearing in Vertebrates
    Auditory Brainstem Processing in Reptiles and Amphibians: Roles of Coupled Ears
    Modern Imaging Techniques as a Window to Prehistoric Auditory Worlds
    Emu and Kiwi: The Ear and Hearing in Paleognathous Birds
    Diversity in Hearing in Fishes: Ecoacoustical, Communicative, and Developmental Constraints
    Reptile Auditory Neuroethology: What do Reptiles do with Their Hearing?
    Advances in Understanding the Auditory Brain of Songbirds.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fulya Dökmeci, Diaa E. E. Rizk, editors.
    Summary: This book collects valuable studies in the field of pelvic medicine, reflecting the latest technologies and innovations for maintaining pelvic floor health and managing incontinence and pelvic floor disorders in both men and women. It provides an authoritative and multidisciplinary perspective from Mediterranean experts in the field, mainly focusing on obstetrics and gynecology, urogynecology, urology, female urology, colorectal surgery, and physiotherapy. Collecting innovative ideas and studies based on recent developments, with detailed background information, the book will shed new light on the subject and serve as a valuable reference guide for graduate students, researchers, and practicing professionals interested in continence and pelvic floor management.

    Contents:
    Urinary Incontinence in Women and Men. Risk Factors
    Urinary Incontinence in Women and Men. Evaluation
    Urinary Incontinence in Women and Men. Non-invasive Management
    Urinary Incontinence in Women and Men. Surgical Treatment of Women
    Urinary Incontinence in Women and Men. Surgical Treatment of Men
    Obstetric Anal Sphincter Injury and Female Fecal Incontinence
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse in Women. Risk Factors
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse in Women. Evaluation
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse in Women. Surgical Treatment
    Management of Chronic Pelvic Pain in Women and Men Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause and Bladder Disorders of Women and Men
    Pelvic Floor Physiotherapy in Women and Men.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Elena García-Fruitós.
    Contents:
    General introduction : recombinant protein production and purification of insoluble proteins / Neus Ferrer-Miralles ... [et al.]
    Overcoming the solubility problem in E. coli : available approaches for recombinant protein production / Agustín Correa and Pablo Oppezzo
    Optimization of culture parameters and novel strategies to improve protein solubility / Ranjana Arya ... [et al.]
    Cleavable self-aggregating tags (cSAT) for protein expression and purification / Zhanglin Lin ... [et al.]
    Beyond the cytoplasm of Escherichia coli : localizing recombinant proteins where you want them / Jason T. Boock ... [et al.]
    Characterization of amyloid-like properties in bacterial intracellular aggregates / Anna Villar-Pique, Susanna Navarro, and Salvador Ventura
    Co-translational stabilization of insoluble proteins in cell- free expression systems / Lei Kai ... [et al.]
    Functional expression of plant membrane proteins in Lactococcus lactis / Sylvain Boutigny .... [et al.]
    High cell-density expression system : yeast cells in a phalanx efficiently produce a certain range of "Difficult-to-Express" secretory recombinant proteins / Yasuaki Kawarasaki, Takeshi Kurose, and Keisuke Ito
    Insect cells-baculovirus system for the production of difficult to express proteins / Judit Osz-Papai ... [et al.]
    Transient expression in HEK 293 cells : an alternative to E. coli for the production of secreted and intracellular mammalian proteins / Joanne E. Nettleship ... [et al.]
    Recombinant glycoprotein production in human cell lines / Kamilla Swiech ... [et al.]
    Soluble recombinant protein production in Pseudoalteromonas haloplanktis TAC125 / Maria Giuliani ... [et al.]
    Screening methodology for purifying proteins with aggregation problems / Mario Lebendiker, Michal Maes, and Assaf Friedler
    Solubilization and refolding of inclusion body proteins / Anupam Singh, Vaibhav Upadhyay, and Amulya K. Panda
    Bacterial inclusion body purification / Joaquin Seras-Franzoso ... [et al.]
    Characterization of intracellular aggresomes by fluorescent microscopy / Lianwu Fu and Elizabeth Sztul
    Dialysis : a characterization method of aggregation tendency / Mireia Pesarrodona, Ugutz Unzueta, and Esther Vázquez
    Applications of mass spectrometry to the study of protein aggregation / Sílvia Bronsoms and Sebastián A. Trejo
    Insoluble protein assemblies characterized by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy / Antonino Natalello and Silvia M. Doglia
    Insoluble protein characterization by circular dichroism (CD) spectroscopy and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) / Shaveta Goyal ... [et al.]
    Methods for characterization of protein aggregates / Witold Tatkiewicz ... [et al.]
    Predicting the solubility of recombinant proteins in Escherichia coli / Roger G. Harrison and Miguel J. Bagajewicz
    Insoluble protein applications : the use of bacterial inclusion bodies as biocatalysts / Eva Hrabárová , Lucia Achbergerová , and Jozef Nahálka.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: INSPIRE is a resource to help governments, international agencies, and non-government organisations prevent and respond to violence against children. It was developed by 10 international and U.S.-based agencies and includes strategy documents and implementation tools. This handbook provides guidance on how to choose and implement interventions based on specific needs and context, and is organised around the 7 key INSPIRE strategies: implementation and enforcement of laws; norms and values; safe environments; parent and caregiver support; income and economic strengthening; response and support services; and education and life skills. The handbook also provides an overview of implementation and impact indicators, drawn from the companion document 'INSPIRE indicator guidance and results framework'.
    Digital Access WHO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV6626.5 .I57 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Billie Lynn Allard.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Endorsements
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Dedication
    Acknowledgments
    About the Author
    Contributing Authors
    Table of Contents
    Preface: A Note From the Chief Financial Officer
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part 1: The Road to Inspire
    Chapter 1: Healthcare Reform in the U.S.
    Chapter 2: Answering the Call for Change
    Chapter 3: Laying the Groundwork for a Transitional Care Nurse Program
    Chapter 4: Piloting theTransitional Care Nurse Program
    Chapter 5: Challenges and Roadblocks Appendix B: Transitional Care Nursing
    Appendix C: Role Clarification for: Hospital-Based Case Manager, Blueprint for Health Medical Home Nurse Case Manager, Transitional Care Nurse
    Appendix D: Transitional Care Nurse Orientation
    Appendix E: Transitional Care Launch
    Appendix F: Examples of Patient Education Tools Created by Interdisciplinary Team Focused on Care Coordination for COPD
    Appendix G: Structure to Maximize Efficiency for ID Rounds Held Daily at 9 a.m. to Review All Inpatients in Med Surg, ICU
    Appendix H: Brochures for Transitional Care Program Appendix I: Transitions of Care Annual Reports
    Appendix J: Community Care Team Annual Reports
    Appendix K: Community Care Team
    Appendix L: Pediatric Community Care Team Annual Report
    Appendix M: Pulmonary Rehabilitation Reports
    Appendix N: Diabetes Education Annual Reports
    Appendix O: Medication Therapy Management Annual Report
    Appendix P: Youth Screening, Brief Intervention, Referral to Treatment (YSBIRT) Age 12-24 Years
    Appendix Q: Pediatric Community Care Team
    Appendix R:Transitions of Care Program Consent Forms Chapter 14: Inspire: Decreasing Hospital Readmissions From Skilled Nursing Facilities
    Chapter 15: Inspire: The Clinical Pharmacist and Medication Management
    Chapter 16: Inspire: Pediatric Community Care
    Chapter 17: Inspire: Management of the Diabetic Patient
    Chapter 18: Inspire: Physical Therapy Evaluation in the Emergency Department
    Chapter 19: Inspire: Palliative Care Program
    Chapter 20: Community Projects
    Appendix A: Mapping Out Workflows With Community Partners: Strategy to Build Teamwork,Trust, and Accountability With Blueprint for Health Chapter 6: Evaluating and Addressing Highest-Priority Care Transition Needs
    Chapter 7: Getting the Chief Financial Officer to Buy In
    Chapter 8: Creating Successful Partnerships
    Chapter 9: Compliance and Regulatory Concerns Associated With Transitional Care Nursing Programs
    Chapter 10: Documentation and Data Management
    Chapter 11: Spreading the TCN Program and Inspire Model Across the Profession
    Part 2: Inspire Across the Care Continuum
    Chapter 12: Inspire: Mental Health and Substance Abuse
    Chapter13: Inspire: Pulmonary Rehabilitation for Patients With COPD
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2020
  • Print
    McCartor, Robert L.; Tyner, G. S.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Eye of the storm / Robert L. McCartor and George S. Tyner.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R746.T3 I59
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1956-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I770 .C154
    1
  • Print
    Johnson, Jonas T.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RF62 .I59
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kern Singh.
    Summary: "In recent decades, technological innovations in minimally invasive surgery have revolutionized spine surgery. The integration of devices tailored to MIS spine techniques has allowed spine surgeons to tackle more complex spinal pathologies and generate new ways to improve clinical outcomes. Instrumentation for Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery by renowned orthopaedic surgeon Kern Singh and esteemed collaborators provides practical, evidence-based insights into important surgical decisions spine surgeons face every day. The primary goal of this book is to help spine surgeons navigate a daunting number of available devices and leverage the most optimal ones to achieve improved patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Philip S. Zeitler, Kristen J. Nadeau, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Series Editor Foreword; Reference; Preface to the Second Edition; Contents; Editors; Contributors; Part I: Definition and Epidemiology;
    1: Clinical Manifestations of Insulin Resistance in Youth; Introduction; Metabolic Effects of Insulin; Insulin Resistance; Contributory Factors to Developing Insulin Resistance; Non-modifiable Factors; Puberty; Genetics; Epigenetics; Ethnicity; Modifiable Factors; Obesity; Diet and Lifestyle; Physical Activity; Conditions Associated with Insulin Resistance; Metabolic Syndrome; Prediabetes and Type 2 Diabetes; Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS) Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD) and Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)Lipodystrophies: Inherited and Acquired; Interventional Options; Conclusions; References;
    2: Techniques to Assess Insulin Action in Youth; Assessing Insulin Sensitivity; Techniques; Insulin-Glucose Clamp Technique; Hyperinsulinemic-Euglycemic Clamp; Hyperglycemic Clamp; Use of Isotopes and Indirect Calorimetry with the Insulin-Glucose Clamp Technique; The Frequently Sampled Intravenous Glucose Tolerance Test with Minimal Model Analysis; Oral Glucose Tolerance Test Surrogate Estimates of Insulin Sensitivity and SecretionFasting Estimates of Insulin Sensitivity and Secretion; Estimates of Insulin Sensitivity and Secretion During the Oral Glucose Tolerance Test; Methodologies Not Currently Practiced in Pediatrics; Summary; References;
    3: Insulin Resistance in Chronic Disease; Introduction; Asthma; Obesity Can Predate Asthma; Obesity in Persons with Asthma; Asthma and Insulin Resistance; Asthma and the Metabolic Syndrome; Significance and Treatment; Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus; Obesity Predates the Development of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus Obesity Among Children and Adolescents with Type 1 Diabetes MellitusInsulin Resistance Among Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus Individuals; Metabolic Syndrome Among Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus Individuals; Significance and Treatment; Cancer Survivors; Components of the Metabolic Syndrome May Be Detected Within the First Years After Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantations; Overweight, Obesity, Sarcopenic Obesity, and the Metabolic Syndrome; Factors Associated with Increased Risk of Developing the Metabolic Syndrome; Significance; Psychiatric Disorders; Obesity Predates Psychiatric Disorders Persons with Psychiatric Disease Are at Higher Risk of Being Obese;The Metabolic Syndrome in Psychiatric Disorders; Significance and Treatment; Epilepsy; Are Overweight and Obesity More Prevalent in Individuals with Epilepsy?; Insulin Resistance and Epilepsy; Metabolic Syndrome in Epilepsy; Multiple Sclerosis; Classical Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia Due to 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency; Steroids; Other Common Medications Associated with the Metabolic Syndrome; Summary; References; Part II: Pathophysiology;
    4: Molecular Mechanisms of Insulin Resistance; Serine Phosphorylation of IRS-1
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anna Ratzliff, Jürgen Unützer, Wayne Katon, Kari A. Stephens, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, USA.
    Contents:
    Working as a team to provide collaborative care / Anna Ratzliff, Joseph Cerimele, Wayne Katon, and Jürgen Unützer
    Major depression / Amy Bauer and Patricia Areán
    Bipolar disorder / Joseph Cerimele, Lydia Chwastiak, Evette Ludman
    Anxiety and trauma disorders / David Harrison, Kari Stephens, Anna Ratzliff, Jennifer Sexton
    Psychotic disorders / Carolyn Brenner
    Substance use disorders : alcohol, stimulants, and opioids / Susan E. Collins, Mark H. Duncan, Andrew J. Saxon, Joseph O. Merrill, and Richard K. Ries
    Chronic pain / Catherine Q. Howe and Kari Stephens
    ADHD / Jennifer Sexton, Ryan Kimmel, William French, David Harrison, Kim Kensington
    Challenging clinical situations / Kyl Dinsio, Anna Ratzliff, Kari Stephens
    Evidence based behavioral interventions for the collaborative care team / Kari A. Stephens and Stacy Shaw Welch
    Evidence based psychopharmacology for the collaborative care team / David A. Harrison and Anna Ratzliff.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Lori E. Raney, M.D.
    Contents:
    Evidence base and core principles / Jürgen Unützer, Anna Ratzliff
    Collaborative care team in action / Lori Raney, Gina Lasky, Clare Scott
    Role of the consulting psychiatrist / Lori Raney
    Child and adolescent psychiatry in integrated settings / Barry Sarvet, Robert Hilt
    Risk management liability issues in integrated care / Kristin Lambert, Anton Bland
    Training psychiatrists for integrated care / Anna Ratzliff, Jürgen Unützer, Marcella Pascually
    The case for primary care in public mental health settings / Martha Ward, Benjamin Druss
    Providing primary care in behavioral health settings / John Kern
    Behavioral health homes / Joe Parks
    Management of leading risk factors for cardiovascular disease / Erik Vanderlip, Lydia Chwastiak.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital
    Steven A. Frankel, James A. Bourgeois, editors.
    Summary: This book presents case-based descriptions of models for the inclusive, multispecialty and multidisciplinary clinical care of complex cases. Cases range from primary care patients with complex systemic medical and psychiatric comorbidity, to those requiring specialty care, to those with potentially terminal illnesses. While each category and case has its unique requirements often necessitating different models of care, the commonalities in approaching complex clinical situations is underscored. Extended case narratives written by the treating physicians, summarizing both the course of clinical care and physicians' reflections on the challenges of managing complex patients, comprise the bulk of the book. Five additional chapters on systems issues associated with care of complex patients, together with a chapter on end of life considerations, a narrative analysis of the physicians reflections about complex patients, and a concluding chapter are prominently included to anchor the case narratives. Written by experts in the field, these descriptions form unique models for assessing and treating complex cases. Integrated Care for Complex Patients is a useful guide for all health practitioners and health administrators who are responsible for clinically complex cases, including physicians in primary care and psychiatry, physician assistants and nurse practitioners, and psychologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Paul Summergrad, Roger G. Kathol, editors.
    Summary: Integrated Care in Psychiatry: Redefining the Role of Mental Health Professionals in the Medical Setting is a landmark title in the field, offering a clear, detailed, and cohesive call by leading experts for coordinated care for patients with concurrent psychiatric and medical conditions. The renowned editors and authors argue that what is slowly occurring, and greatly needed at a faster pace, is nothing less than a sea change in the way that psychiatric care will be delivered. The current, mostly segregated, medical and psychiatric model of care has led to the development of competing medical and psychiatric subcultures that have resulted in a lack of dialog among health providers, administrators, and payers -- and thus in less than optimal patient outcomes. To remedy this problem, the book offers a practical, insightful road map to achieving the central tenet of health reform truly coordinated, patient-centered care where the care experience for the patient, the medical care itself, and the cost outcomes improve as the system changes from fee-for-service to population-based health. An invaluable reference for all clinicians, policy makers, payers, administrators, and others interested in the debate surrounding healthcare systems, Integrated Care in Psychiatry: Redefining the Role of Mental Health Professionals in the Medical Setting is a major contribution to the literature and a gold standard resource.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David Simmons, Helmut Wenzel, Janice C. Zgibor, editors.
    Summary: This book collates evidence of worldwide approaches to both horizontal integration (across disciplines) and vertical integration (across organizations) in diabetes care and describe what was done, what worked and what appeared to be the barriers to achieving the goals of the programmes. Evidence is sought from groups who have developed different approaches to integrating diabetes care in different health systems (such as insurance vs taxpayer funded, single vs multiple organization, published vs unpublished). A final chapter brings the evidence together for a final discussion about what seems to work and what does not. Integrated Diabetes Care - A Multidisciplinary Approach showcases innovative approaches to diabetes, showing the reader new ways by which problems are addressed and their putative outcomes.

    Contents:
    1. An Introduction to Integrated Care and Diabetes Integrated Care
    2. Integrating Outpatient Care the Toyota Way: An Individualized Multidisciplinary Team-Care Model for Diabetes Care Delivery
    3. Approaches to Integrated Diabetes Care: United States: San Francisco
    4. A Primary Healthcare System Approach to Improving Quality of Care and Outcomes in People with Diabetes: The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center Experience
    5. Integrated Diabetes Care in Hong Kong: From Research to Practice to Policy
    6. Approaches to Integrated Diabetes Care: A South African Approach
    7. English Approaches to Integrated Diabetes Care: The East Cambridgeshire and Fenland Diabetes Integrated Care Initiative: A Multiple Provider Approach
    8. UK Approaches to Integrated Diabetes Care: Derby?A Joint Venture Model Under the NHS
    9. Integrated Diabetes Care: Coventry and Warwickshire Approach
    10. Integrated Diabetes Care in Germany: Triple Aim in Gesundes Kinzigtal
    11. Approaches to Integrated Diabetes Care in the Netherlands
    12. Integrated Diabetes Care in Sweden
    13. Integrated Diabetes Care for Adults with Diabetes: A Patient Organisation Perspective
    14. Training for Diabetes Integrated Care: A Diabetes Specialist Physician Perspective from the English NHS
    15. Diabetes Integrated Care: Are We There Yet?
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editor, Ken K. Nischal.
    Summary: "This book is about the use of i2OCT (i.e., integrated intraoperative optical coherent tomography) for pediatric ophthalmic surgery. Such surgery demands precision and a greater degree of certainty to ensure that it has a positive and long-lasting outcome for the child. The use and incorporation of i2OCT presents an opportunity to achieve a better result. While the subspecialties of retina and cornea have been targeted as fields within ophthalmology that would clearly benefit from i2OCT, this technology can be used in almost every subspecialty of ophthalmology. This book has chapters about the use of i2OCT for strabismus surgery, for oculoplastic surgery, and miscellaneous uses that can be applied for ocular surface issues in pediatric cataract and for the evaluation of glaucoma drainage devices"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Integrated Intraoperative Optical Coherence Tomography for Pediatric Lamellar Corneal Transplant Surgery / Zaidman, G.W. (Hawthorne, NY)
    Current Knowledge about the Anterior Interface in Children Operated for
    Congenital Cataract / Tassignon, M.-J.; Van Os, L. (Antwerp)
    Pediatric Vitreoretinal Surgery and Integrated Intraoperative Optical Coherence Tomography / Cai, S.; Therattil, A.; Vajzovic, L. (Durham, NC)
    Integrated Intraoperative Optical Coherence Tomography in Strabismus Surgery / Shah, P.R. (Sydney, NSW/Pittsburgh, PA); Pihlblad, M.S. (Pittsburgh, PA)
    The Use of Optical Coherence Tomography as an Intraoperative Adjunct of Oculoplastic Surgery / Mukhtar, S. ; Yu, J. (Pittsburgh, PA)
    Integrated Intraoperative Optical Coherence Tomography in Pediatric Glaucoma Surgery / Eldib, A. ; Janczewski, S.; Nischal, K.K. (Pittsburgh, PA)
    Use of Integrated Intraoperative Ocular Coherence Tomography in Pediatric Cataract Surgery : Thinking outside the Box / Odden, J.L. ; Davis, A.A. ; Shazly, T.A.; Nischal, K.K. (Pittsburgh, PA).
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    Stephen J. Bourke, Tim Peel, editors.
    Summary: This book assembles the knowledge and skills of specialists in Respiratory and Palliative Medicine to focus on the palliative care of patients with respiratory diseases. Covers end-of-life care, symptom control and supportive care to improve quality of life.

    Contents:
    1. Palliative Care of Respiratory Disease
    2. Breathlessness
    3. Haemoptysis
    4. Cough and Respiratory Secretions
    5.Pain in Respiratory Disease
    6. Lung Cancer
    7. Pleural Effusions and Mesothelioma
    8. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    9. Interstitial Lung Disease
    10. Cystic Fibrosis
    11. Respiratory Care in Neuromuscular Disease
    12. Pulmonary Hypertension
    13. Lung Transplantation
    14. Palliative Care in the Intensive Care Unit
    15. End of Life Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maria Lodovica Gullino, Ramon Albajes, Philippe C. Nicot, editors.
    Summary: This book represents a new, completely updated, version of a book edited by two of the current editors, published with Springer in 1999. It covers pest and disease management of greenhouse crops, providing readers the basic strategies and tactics of integrated control together with its implementation in practice, with case studies with selected crops. The diversity of editors and authors provides readers a complete picture of the world situation of IPM in greenhouse crops.

    Contents:
    Introduction . M.L. Gullino, R. Albajes, P. Nicot, J.C. van Lenteren
    Chapter1. Viral diseases. E. Moriones, E. Verdin
    Chapter2. Bacterial diseases. V. Catara, P. Bella
    Chapter3. Fungal diseases. M. Bardin, M.L. Gullino
    Chapter4. Insect and mite pests. M. Knapp, E. Palevsky, C. Rapisarda
    Chapter 5. Nematodes. F.X. Sorribas, C. Djian-Caporalino, T. Mateille
    Chapter6. Integrated Pest Management methods and considerations concerning implementation in greenhouses. J. Van Lenteren, P. Nicot
    Chapter7. 1. Epidemiology and population dynamics: modelisation, monitoring and management. G. Marchand, P.C. Nicot, R. Albajes, O. Carisse
    Chapter8. Diagnostics and identification of diseases, insects and mites. D. Spadaro, N. Agustí, S.F. Ortega, M.A. Hurtado Ruiz
    Chapter9. Host plant resistance to pests and pathogens, the genetic leverage in integrated pest and disease management. V. Lefebvre, N. Boissot, J-L. Gallois
    Chapter10. Cultural methods for greenhouse pest and disease management. M. Kruidhof, W.H. Elmer
    Chapter11Seed and Propagative material. G. Munkvold, M.L. Gullino
    Chapter12. Soil and substrate health. A. Gamliel
    Chapter13. Biocontrol agents against diseases. M. Bardin, M. Pugliese
    Chapter14. Biological control agents for control of pests in greenhouses. J. Van Lenteren, Ò. Alomar, W. Ravensberg, A. Urbaneja
    Chapter15. Chemical and natural pesticides in IPM: side-effects and application. M.L. Gullino, L. Tavella
    Chapter16. Implementation of IPDM in greenhouses: from research to the consumer. J. Riudavets, E. Moerman, E. Villa
    Chapter17. Tomatoes. C. Castañé, J. Van der Bloom, P.C. Nicot
    Chapter18. Sweet peppers. G. Messelink, R. Labbe, G. Marchand, L. Tavella
    Chapter19. Cucurbits. G. Messelink, F.J. Calvo, F. Marín, D. Janssen
    Chapter20. IPM for protecting leafy vegetables under greenhouses. B. Gard, G. Gilardi
    Chapter21. Implementation of IPDM in strawberries and other berries. S.K. Dara
    Chapter22. O rnamentals. M. Daughthrey, R. Buitenhuis
    Chapter23. Implementation of IPDM in greenhouses: customer value as guideline. J.S. Buurma and N.J.A. van der Velden
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Seied Omid Keyhan, Tirbod Fattahi, Shahrokh C. Bagheri, Behnam Bohluli, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, editors.
    Summary: Physical attractiveness of the face has a significant impact on the social life and daily interaction of individuals as well as ones general perception of life. Proper surgical planning for aesthetic facial surgery requires a meticulous analysis of the patients current and desired facial features from the perspective of both soft and hard tissues. Significantly greater changes to facial aesthetics can be made via the alteration of the main bony structures of the face than by alteration of soft tissue and skin alone. Various surgical and clinical techniques are available for the augmentation, reduction or refinement of the most prominent aspects of facial aesthetics, such as alterations to the cheek, chin, nose, para-nasal area, as well as the angle of the jaw. These techniques can be categorized as office-based or non-invasive techniques (filler injections, facial liposculpture or liposuction to modify the soft tissue of the face) and invasive surgical interventions such as facial prosthesis and maxillofacial osteotomies. In order to achieve the optimum aesthetic results for patients who undergo bi-maxillary or mono-maxillary orthognathic surgery, it is of paramount importance to utilize a hard and soft-tissue integrated approach. These integrated approaches have utilized the latest techniques in 3-dimentional printing, computer-assisted surgery, tissue engineering and stem-cell therapy in order to achieve positive and lasting outcomes. Integrated Procedures in Facial Cosmetic Surgery includes chapters that focus on facial analysis and clinical evaluation and best practices in surgical techniques such as: principles of bone contouring; genioplasty; mentoplasty; malarplasty; rhinoplasty; orthognatic surgery and intra-oral plastic surgery; lifting procedures like blepharoplasty; surgical approaches to cleft lip and palate surgery; as well as the principles of facial photography. Written by a team of renowned international experts, this textbook features over 900 original photographs, fully illustrating each procedure in a stepwise manner. Integrated Procedures in Facial Cosmetic Surgery is an essential companion for oral and maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons and otolaryngologists, as well as for cosmetic surgeons and clinical residents dealing with face rejuvenation. Its contents will also be of interest to dentists, prosthodontists, periodontists, radiologists, general surgeons, and dermatologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Shayne C. Gad.
    Summary: While the safety assessment ("biocompatibility") of medical devices has been focused on issues of local tissue tolerance (irritation, sensitization, cytotoxicity) and selected quantal effects (genotoxicity and acute lethality) since first being regulated in the late 1950s, this has changed as devices assumed a much more important role in healthcare and became more complex in both composition and in their design and operation. Add to this that devices now frequently serve as delivery systems for drugs, and that drugs may be combined with devices to improve device performance, and the problems of ensuring patient safety with devices has become significantly more complex. A part of this, requirements for ensuring safety (once based on use of previously acceptable materials - largely polymers and metals) have come to requiring determining which chemical entities are potentially released from a device into patients (and how much is released). Then an appropriate and relevant (yet also conservative) risk assessment must be performed for each identified chemical structure. The challenges inherent in meeting the current requirements are multifold, and this text seeks to identify, understand, and solve all of them. Identify and verify the most appropriate available data. As in most cases such data is for a different route of exposure, transform it for use in assessing exposure by the route of interest. As the duration (and rate) of exposure to moieties released from a device are most frequently different (longer) than what available data speaks to, transformation across tissue is required. As innate and adaptive immune responses are a central part of device/patient interaction, assessing potential risks on this basis are required. Incorporating assessments for special populations such as neonates. Use of (Q)SAR (Quantitative Structure Activity Relationships) modeling in assessments. Performance and presentation of integrative assessments cov ering all potential biologic risks. Appendices will contain summarized available biocompatibility data for commonly used device materials (polymers and metals) and safety assessments on the frequently seen moieties in extractions from devices.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    History and Where We are Headed
    2. Regulatory Guidance
    3. Sample Preparation and Biocompatibility Testing
    4. Testing for Leachables and Extractables
    5. Where the Data is
    And What is It?
    6. Bridging Issues of Route
    7. Risk Assessments for Medical Devices
    8. (Q)SAR
    9. Histopathology in Medical Device Studies
    10. Assessment of Nanomaterial Devices
    11. Integrated Safety Assessments for Devices
    12. Toxicity of Common Extractables and Leachables.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Aaron W. Dobbs, Ryan L. Sittler.
    Summary: Integrating LibGuides into Library Websites introduces ideas and options for both newer users and administrators. This authoritative LITA Guide covers responsive, mobile-first web design and provides overviews and in-depth information for LibGuides authors and administrators. Are you looking for both theoretical and concrete ideas to implement to improve your LibGuides content? Level-up your LibGuides content with improved accessibility and usability. Imbue your LibGuides instructional support with sound pedagogical theory. It's great to have a useful, accessible site as a starting point. Take.

    Contents:
    Introduction and overview of LibGuides and LibApps
    Good foundations : setting up your LibGuides system for easy long-term maintenance / Emily Marie King, MSLS, College of Southern Nevada
    Manager, librarian and Web developer : how a multidisciplinary team re-imagined LibApps / Stefanie Metko, MLIS, Virginia Tech; Lauren Pressley, University of Washington; Jonathan Bradley, PhD, Virginia Tech
    Making the case for migration : enhanced functionality with LibGuides version 2 CMS and the A-Z database list / Christine Tobias, MLIS, Michigan State University
    Administering and maintaining LibGuides
    Using LibGuides CMS and customized templates to create and maintain your library website / Brighid M. Gonzales, Our Lady of the Lake University
    LibGuides administration / Paul Thompson, The University of Akron
    LibGuides administration : roadmap to engaging content / Jennifer W. Bazeley, Miami University; Jennifer J. Natale, Miami University; Elizabeth Sullivan, Miami University
    Content wrangling for LibGuides administrators / Aida Marissa Smith, MLIS, American Public University System
    Designing and developing effective LibGuides
    Making user-friendly guides : navigation and content considerations / Joshua Welker, MISLT, University of Missouri-Columbia
    To the left, to the left : implementing & using side navigation and tabbed boxes in LibGuides / Jaleh Fazelian, MA, MLS, John Carroll University; Melissa Vetter, MSLIS, Washington University in St. Louis
    Making LibGuides accessible to all / Danielle Skaggs, West Chester University of Pennsylvania
    LibGuides : creating accessible user experiences / Melissa Fortson Green, The University of Alabama
    Pedagogy and instruction with LibGuides
    Infusing pedagogy into LibGuides / Elizabeth German, Texas A & M University; Stephanie Graves, Texas A & M University
    Access and universal design for learning in LibGuides 2.0 / Kimberly Shotick, Northeastern Illinois University
    LibGuides two ways : teaching information literacy in and out of the classroom / Lucinda Rush, MLIS, MME, Old Dominion University
    Redesigning LibGuides as online learning modules / Melissa Gomis, University of Michigan.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Irismar Reis de Oliveira, Thomas Schwartz and Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: "Integrating Psychotherapy and Psychopharmacology: A Handbook for Clinicians is a practical guide for the growing number of mental-health practitioners searching for information on treatments that combine psychopharmacology, psychotherapy, and psychosocial rehabilitation. Research shows that combined approaches are among the most effective ways to treat an increasing number of psychiatric disorders. However, though these combined treatments are becoming the everyday practice of psychiatrists, psychologists, and other mental-health professionals, identifying the right treatment plan"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Integrating psychotherapy and psychopharmacology: outcomes, endophenotypes, and theoretical underpinnings regarding effectiveness
    Trial-based cognitive therapy (TBCT): a new cognitive-behavior therapy approach
    Integrating psychopharmacology and psychotherapy in mood disorders: major depression
    Integrating psychopharmacology and psychotherapy in mood disorders: bipolar disorder
    Integrating psychopharmacology and cognitive remediation to treat cognitive dysfunction in the psychotic disorders
    Integrating psychopharmacology and psychotherapy in anxiety disorders
    Integrating psychopharmacology and psychotherapy in eating disorders
    Integrating psychopharmacology and psychotherapy to treat children with ADHD
    Integrating psychopharmacology and psychotherapy in insomnia
    Integrating psychotherapy and medication for addicted patients
    Integrating pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy in perinatal distress
    Integrating psychotherapy and psychopharmacology in sexual disorders
    Integrating psychopharmacology and computer-based psychotherapy
    A delicate balance: the contribution of psychosocial factors to biological treatments of mental disorders.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2014
  • Digital
    Judi Parson, Belinda Dean, Natalie Hadiprodjo, editors.
    Summary: This book helps support developmentally sensitive nursing and allied health practice by integrating the therapeutic powers of play into child and adolescent health care service provision. It is designed to link play, child development, neuroscience, biopsychosocial and attachment theories with the biomedical model of health. Nurses and allied health professionals work with children aged between 0-18 years and with diverse childhood illnesses, injuries, diseases, disorders, and conditions, and are therefore in a prime position to understand and support children through potentially painful and traumatic health care experiences. Understanding of the role of play and the application of the therapeutic powers of play in communicating with children and families has the potential to significantly optimise paediatric care. The theory and play based strategies, tools and techniques presented in this book assist nurses and health care professionals to engage with children in an age-appropriate manner and speak with children through their natural language of play, to enhance comprehension, coping, resiliency, and healing. Play is recognised as a sequentially developing ability and can be aligned with the childs age and stage of life. Play based approaches can be placed on a continuum from fully child led or non-directive play to adult facilitated educative play. Medical information can be tailored according to the various points along this continuum to inform clinical reasoning and to help children prepare for procedures, recover from medical interventions and / or make sense of their diagnosis. Whilst this book is directed at nurses and allied health professionals who work with children and their families, it may also be a valuable resource for medical and other professionals in community or educational settings to work systemically as a team. The book takes the reader on a journey to illustrate various professional and therapeutic roles in how to playfully engage children through a range of case vignettes.

    Contents:
    Forward
    Introduction
    Section 1 Theoretical Background
    Chapter 1. Setting the scene
    Chapter 2. Therapeutic Play
    Chapter 3. Caring for children, families and health care professionals
    Chapter 4. Assessing the sick or vulnerable child
    Chapter 5. Attachment in the health care setting
    Section 2 Child Development & Assessment
    Chapter 6. Therapeutic play and maintaining hope in the infant child
    Chapter 7. Therapeutic play, volition and the toddler
    Chapter 8. Therapeutic play and explaining purpose to the pre-schooler
    Chapter 9. Therapeutic play and instilling competence in the school aged child
    Chapter 10. Therapeutic play, fidelity and the teenager (13-18)
    Section 3 Case Presentations & Conceptualisations
    Chapter 11. Preparing Jesse for an allergy assessment
    Chapter 12. Supporting Evan with pain
    Chapter 13. Grace break a leg
    Chapter 14. Bartholomew learns about his sweet blood
    Chapter 15. Erika begins chemotherapy end of life hospice setting / respite
    Chapter 16. Connor
    Chapter 17. Frida
    Chapter 18. Alice
    Conclusion
    Appendices
    Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Diana Noland, Jeanne A. Drisko, Leigh Wagner, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is a practical guide to the application of the philosophy and principles of Integrative and Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy (IFMNT) in the practice of medicine, and the key role nutrition plays in restoring and maintaining wellness. The textbook provides an overview of recent reviews and studies of physiological and biochemical contributions to IFMNT and address nutritional influences in human heath overall, including poor nutrition, genomics, environmental toxicant exposures, fractured human interactions, limited physical movement, stress, sleep deprivation, and other lifestyle factors. Ultimately, this textbook serves to help practitioners, healthcare systems, and policy makers better understand this different and novel approach to complex chronic disorders. It provides the reader with real world examples of applications of the underlying principles and practices of integrative/functional nutrition therapies and presents the most up-to-date intervention strategies and clinical tools to help the reader keep abreast of developments in this emerging specialty field. Many chapters include comprehensive coverage of the topic and clinical applications with supplementary learning features such as case studies, take-home messages, patient and practitioner handouts, algorithms, and suggested readings. Integrative and Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy: Principles and Practices will serve as an invaluable guide for healthcare professionals in their clinical application of nutrition, lifestyle assessment, and intervention for each unique, individual patient.

    Contents:
    Part I: Principles
    Section 1: Global Healthcare Challenge of the 21st Century and the Future of Chronic Disease
    The History and Evolution of Medicine
    Influences of the Nutrition Transition on chronic Disease
    Nutritional and Metabolic Wellness
    Nutritional Ecology and Human Health
    The Radial: Integrative and Functional MNT
    The Power of Listening and the Patient's Voice: "Please Hear Me". Section 2: Metabolic Characteristics and Mechanism of Chronic Disease
    Metabolic Correction Therapy: A Biochemical-Physiological Mechanisitc Explanation of Functional Medicine
    The Nutrition Assessment of Metabolic and Nutritional Balance
    IFMNT NIBLETS Nutrition Assessment Differential
    Nutritional Role of Fatty Acids
    Lipidomics: Clinical Application
    Structure: From Organelle and Cell Membrane to Tissue
    Protective Mechanisms and Susceptibility to Xenobiotic and Load
    Detoxification and Biotransformation
    Drug-Nutrient Interactions
    ^The Enterohepatic Circulation
    A Nutritional Genomics Approach to Epigenetic Influences on Chronic Disease
    Nutritional Influences on Methylation
    The Immune System: Our Body's Homeland Security Against Disease
    Allergy, Intolerance, and Sensitivity
    Infection: A Stealth Underlying Pathology of Chronic Disease
    Body Composition
    The Therapeutic Ketogenic Diet: Harnessing Glucose, Insulin, and Ketone Metabolism
    The GUT Immune System
    Centrality of the GI Tract to Overall Health and Functional Medicine Strategies for GERD, IBS, IBD
    The Microbiome and Brain Health
    The Role of Nutrition in Integrative Oncology
    The Microenvironment of Chronic Disease
    Chronic Pain
    Nutrition and Behavorial Health/Mental Health/Neurological Health
    Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Children
    Nutritional Influences on Hormonal Health
    Nutritional Influences on Reproduction: A Functional Approach
    Lifestyle Patterns of Chronic Disease
    ^Circadian Rhythm: Light-Dark Cycles
    Nutrition with Movement for Better Energy and Health. Mental, Emotional, and Spiritual Imbalances
    Part II: Practice
    The IFMNT Practitioner
    The Patient Story and Relationship-Centered Care
    The Nutrition-Focused Physical Exam
    Modifiable Lifestyle Factors: Exercise, Sleep, Stress, Relationships
    Developing Interventions to Address Priorities: Food, Dietary Supplements, Lifestyle, and Referrals
    Therapeutic Diets
    Dietary Supplements: Understanding the Complexity of Use and Applications to Health
    Clinical Approaches to Monitoring and Evaluations of the Chronic Disease Client
    Ayurvedic Approach in Chronic Disease Management
    Section 2: Cases & Grand Rounds
    Cardiometabolic Syndrome
    Revolutionary New Concepts in the Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease
    Immune System Under Fire: The Rise of Food Immune Reaction and Autoimmunity
    ^Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS): The Application of Integrative & Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy (IFMNT)
    Gastroenterology
    Respiratory
    The Skin, Selected Dermatologic Conditions and Medical Nutrition Therapy
    Movement Issues with Chronic Ill or Chronic Pain Patients
    Section 3: Practitioner Practice Resources
    Systems Biology Resources
    Initial Nutrition Assessment Checklist
    Nutritional Diagnosis Resources
    Specialized Diets
    Motivational Interviewing
    Authorization for the Release of Information
    Patient Handouts.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Massimo Fioranelli, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. The basis of integration. Herbal medicine in cardiology
    Homeopathy and cardiovascular disease
    Low-dose therapy for the treatment of low-grade chronic inflammation
    Acupuncture in cardiovascular diseases
    Metabolic cardiology
    Medicinal mushrooms
    Microbiome and cardiac health
    Endocrine system and cardiovascular disease
    Cardiovascular aging
    Nutrition and cardiac health
    Psycho-neuro-endocrono-immunology paradigm and cardiovascular diseases
    The rise of stress and emotions in cardiovascular disease: stress management and meditation programs in the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
    Ozone therapy as a complementary treatment in cardiovascular diseases
    Part II. Integrated approach to cardiovascular disease. Integrated approach to dyslipidemia
    Integrated approach to hypertension
    Integrated approach to coronary artery disease
    Integrated approach to heart failure
    Integrated approach to arrhythmias
    Integrated approach to oncological supportive medicine
    Heart and skin: the paradigm of cytokine-mediated cardiovascular metabolic disease in psoriasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book embraces a comprehensive range of research across several disciplines, providing insights and fresh perspectives on clinical topics, emphasizing the integrative medical approach. The book also addresses an increasing role of artificial intelligence in the development of clinical methodologies, research, and patient-oriented care. The authors share expertise and experience in rehabilitation medicine whose healing-effects particularly depend on the interaction between the therapist and patient. Chapters present novel approaches in manual rehabilitative therapy of common painful and disabling neuromuscular ailments, exemplified but not limited to low back pain and migraine. The myofascial trigger point release therapy includes specific manipulations to muscles and connective tissue which reduce pain. Other chapters address the issues of providing long-range medical care to older adults burdened with chronic diseases, notably hypoxia-related pathologies and their sequalae, pointing to the advantages of care provided by a single primary care physician. Changing paradigm of care is essential in chronic atherosclerosis-based diseases like cardiovascular disorders or diabetes. Chapters provide results of international cohort studies on predictive factors for the long-range progress of such ailments based on anthropometric and lifestyle indicators. The book aims to meet the increasing interest and importance to patients of integrative health therapies. Medical rehabilitation and lifestyle changes increasingly gain scientific support in difficult-to-treat chronic conditions and should be integrated in a controlled manner into conventional medicine. The book is addressed to physiotherapists, medical scientists and clinicians, and allied healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    Artificial Intelligence and Precision Medicine: A Perspective
    Pedobarography in Physiotherapy: A Narrative Review on Current Knowledge
    Quantum Medicine: A Role of Extremely Low-Frequency Magnetic Fields in the Management of Chronic Pain
    Manual Therapy Approach to the Extraocular Muscles in Migraine Treatment: A Preliminary Study
    Capacitive and Resistive Electric Transfer Therapy: A Comparison of Operating Methods in Non-specific Chronic Low Back Pain
    Serum Impedance in Children with Recurrent Respiratory Infections
    Olfactory Response to Altitude Hypoxia: A Pilot Study During a Himalayan Trek
    The Impact of Change in Hospital Admissions When Primary Care Is Provided by a Single Primary Care Physician: A Cohort Study Among HMO Patients in Israel
    Risk of Falls in Patients Aged Over 65 in the Context of the Treatment Facility
    Anthropometric Indices as Long-Term Predictors of Diabetes in Impaired Fasting Glucose Metabolism: Findings in the PURE Study in Poland
    Cardiovascular Risk Factors Drive Impaired Fasting Glucose to Type 2 Diabetes: Findings After a 9-Year Follow-Up in the PURE Study in Poland
    Sleep-Disordered Breathing in Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Reena N. Rupani, Peter A. Lio, editors.
    Summary: This book offers the most up-to-date and evidence-based information surrounding integrative treatments for acne and rosacea. Ranging from topical solutions, to nutrition, to mind-body medicine, each chapter addresses evidence for use and patient outcomes. Discussions regarding oral and topical botanical supplements and dietary modifications are complemented by the examination of non-Western healing systems' approach to acne and rosacea. Backed by clinical evidence, chapters feature real patient outcomes with complete explanations of the viability of the treatment. Concise and unique, Integrative Dermatology: Practical Applications in Acne and Rosacea, is an invaluable text for not only the dermatologist, but the pediatrician, family practitioner, internist, and holistic/alternative provider.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Microbiome, Probiotics and Prebiotics
    Chapter 2. Vitamins and Minerals in the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris
    Chapter 3. Oral Botanical Supplements
    Chapter 4. Topical Botanicals in Acne and Rosacea
    Chapter 5. Introduction to Essential Oils and Essential Oil Processing
    Chapter 6. Bee Products.-Chapter 7. Dietary Modifications for Acne and Rosacea
    Chapter 8. Mind-body Therapies
    Chapter 9. Functional Medicine Approaches
    Chapter 10. Ayurvedic Approaches to Acne and Rosacea
    Chapter 11. Traditional Chinese Medicine Approaches
    Chapter 12. Homeopathy in the Therapy of Acne and Rosacea.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Aly Cohen, Frederick S. vom Saal.
    Summary: "At no other time in human existence has there been so many environmental changes. Over 87,000 chemicals are now commercially available in the U.S., almost all of which have not been tested for safety, particularly in young children and the growing fetus.The number and quantity of chemicals has continued to increase since World War II--and so too has the incidence of many chronic health problems, such as Type 2 Diabetes, obesity, thyroid disease, asthma, allergy, autoimmune disease, autism, ADHD, and several cancers. Many studies have revealed that exposure to chemicals and radiation in our everyday environment may increase risk for these conditions. Integrative Environmental Medicine. examines the history and changing landscape of our environment in the U.S. and shares up-to-date research and information on ways to reduce exposures and reduce health risks. This text explores the unique properties of many chemicals and their ability to deceive the human body's normal workings, affecting everything from thyroid and autoimmune disease risk, to cancer development, to developmental issues in children, and even the development of diabetes and weight gain through gut bacteria manipulation. We discuss topics of improving regulations and appropriate testing for chemicals, remediation of environmental catastrophes, and designing healthier products for the future. Finally, we discuss best practices for clinicians to ascertain exposure history and teach patients how to avoid harmful exposures and help their body eliminate contaminates through better dietary and lifestyle practices. Throughout this book, we share vetted, practical resources and tools--including websites, phone apps, physician and patient hand-outs--to help healthcare practitioners facilitate healthier choices for themselves and their patients.This text is unique in that it offers tangible, practical information that can easily be integrated into the daily work flow of patient clinical care; websites, phone apps, physician and patient handouts and printable lists"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Chapter 1: The Age of Chemicals in the 21st Century: New Inventions, New Problems / Carol F. Kwiatkowski
    Chapter 2: The Plastic Age: Worldwide Contamination, Sources of Exposure, and Human Health Consequences / Capt. Charles Moore, Sarah S. Mosko
    Chapter 3: Environmental Chemicals and Their Effects on Human Physiology / Joel A. Maruniak
    Chapter 4: In-Home Contaminants: Air Quality and Human Health / James S. Denninghoff, Frederick S. vom Saal
    Chapter 5: Water Pollution and Human Health / Christopher P. Weis, Donald E. Tillitt
    Chapter 6: Diet, Environmental Chemicals, and the Gut Microbiome / Marvin M. Singh, Gerard E. Mullin
    Chapter 7: Interaction of Pharmaceuticals with Environmental Chemicals / Anderson J. Martino-Andrade, Shanna H. Swan
    Chapter 8: Pesticides and Neurodegenerative Disorders / John W. McBurney
    Chapter 9: Toxic Consequences of Cleaning Chemicals / Patricia A. Hunt, Terry C. Hrubec, Vanessa E. Melin
    Chapter 10: The Age of Technology: Radio-Frequencies and Cancer Devra Davis, Margaret E. Sears, Anthony B. Miller, Riina Bray Chapter 11: Food Additives: Regulatory Oversight Failure and Health Consequences Maricel V. Maffani, Sarah VogelChapter 12: Classical Toxicology vs. New Science: Unique Issues with Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals / Laura N. Vandenberg
    Chapter 13: Sustainable Chemistry: Challenges of Contaminant Remediation and Designing Safe Products for Our Future / Genoa R. Warner, Terrence J. Collins
    Chapter 14: Proactive Approaches to Reduce Environmental Exposures: Avoidance, Lifestyle Changes, and Practical Resources / Aly Cohen.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Julie Wendt, Colleen Considine, Mikhail Kogan.
    Summary: "This book provides a review of therapeutic foods and diets for aging patients. Drawing from extensive clinical experience in large integrative medical practices, it offers a unique and thorough perspective on the challenges that older adults present and the most effective ways to integrate nutritional approaches into their care. Nutritional therapies included here improve patient quality of life via noninvasive, lower cost care and reduce systemic dependencies in a growing demographic. This book looks at condition-specific interventions to equip the practitioner with a thorough understanding of when to call upon specific diet interventions. The text revolves around easily translated clinical tools such as tables, graphs, case studies, and examples to assure multicultural adaptation of evidence-based approaches for conventional use in clinical settings. Integrative Geriatric Nutrition: A Practitioner's Guide to Dietary Approaches for Older Adults is a concise yet thorough resource for all physicians and medical students who treat aging patients, including geriatricians, nutritionists, family physicians, gastroenterologists, nursing home administrators, nurses, other healthcare providers, geriatric advocates, and inquisitive consumers."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and core concepts
    Blue zone lessons and longevity diets
    Gastrointestinal health
    Immune
    Endocrine and metabolic
    Skin, lungs, eyes, and hair
    Musculoskeletal
    Psychological and sleep
    Neurodegenerative
    Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lauren R. Natbony, Mark W. Green, editors.
    Summary: This practical and comprehensive title provides illuminating, evidence-based approaches in headache medicine for using traditional medical therapies in conjunction with alternative approaches to care. In all, the book details how multidisciplinary management and the combination of conventional and complementary medical services integrative medicine leads to superior patient outcomes: improved patient satisfaction, reduced stress, and more readily treatable, less serious illness. State-of-the-art and developed by experts in their fields, these 12 chapters present research and analysis of a wide range of non-pharmacologic interventions in headache care, seeking to inspire clinicians to formulate personalized headache treatment plans, and to work together by integrating their expertise in a multidisciplinary context to address patients' unique conditions, needs, circumstances, and treatment. Chapter one provides an overview of integrative medicine and proposes a step-wise approach for incorporating integrative modalities into a headache practice. Chapter two focuses on the attention to be paid to relevant aspects of a patient's medical history. The next four chapters discuss lifestyle factors that play a role in headache, including trigger identification, exercise, nutrition, and sleep. The scope of mind-body therapies such as acupuncture, yoga, and mindfulness is explored in chapter seven, and the psychology of pain is the subject of chapter eight. Chapter nine investigates the safety and efficacy of nutraceuticals, or pharmaceutical alternatives. The final three chapters review neuromodulation and interventional approaches to headache management. An invaluable and timely contribution to the clinical literature, Integrative Headache Medicine : An Evidence-Based Guide for Clinicians will be of great interest to neurologists, pain physicians, primary care clinicians, behavioral psychologists, psychiatrists, physical therapists, social workers, nutritionists and any other health professionals interested in delivering the highest quality care for headache patients.

    Contents:
    What is Integrative Headache Medicine?
    Identifying and Treating Underlying Medical Illness
    Trigger Identification and Elimination
    A Prescription for Exercise
    Obesity, Weight loss, and Nutrition in Headache Disorders
    Headache and Sleep
    Mind-Body Therapies
    Psychology of Headaches
    Nutraceuticals
    Neuromodulation
    Interventional Treatment of Head and Neck Pain
    Surgical Interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Amber Vermeesch, editor.
    Summary: This book provides nurses, clinicians, practitioners, educators and students working with vulnerable and underserved populations with essential information on effective wellness strategies to address inadequate nutrition, promote physical activity, and reduce perceived stress through an integrative health nursing framework. It begins with an overview of cultural humility, health inequities, and social justice, establishing the need for an integrative health nursing framework. In turn, the book addresses a broad range of interventions; particular attention is given to wellness strategies designed to prevent the adverse effects of poor nutrition, perceived stress, and lack of physical activity. Written by respected experts in the field, the book offers readers valuable insights into strategies for working with vulnerable populations. Accordingly, it will appeal to researchers working to diminish health inequities among vulnerable populations, and will be of particular interest to nursing educators, practitioners, and students.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Addressing the lens of cultural humility with vulnerable populations. -Chapter 2. Addressing health inequities in vulnerable populations through social justice
    Chapter 3. Integrative health overview of nursing interventions for vulnerable and underserved
    Chapter 4. Mindfulness stress reduction strategies with graduate students
    Chapter 5. Stress reduction strategies with undergraduate and graduate nursing students
    Chapter 6. Stress management for undergraduate students exposed to inappropriate patient sexual behaviour
    Chapter 7. Nutrition strategies to promote wellness, address inadequate nutrition, andsupport stress reduction
    Chapter 8. Working with community populations to increase wellness
    Chapter 9. Understanding Healthcare for the Transgender & Gender Non-Confirming Community
    Chapter 10. Physical Activity as an integral part of overall wellness in the college/emerging-adult population
    Chapter 11. Physical activity interventions with African American women
    Chapter 12. Wellness and Integrative Health Strategies for Rural populations
    Chapter 13. Physical activity interventions with Latina women
    Chapter 14. Nursing strategies to reduce perceived stress among vulnerable student populations preparing for NCLEX
    Chapter 15. Integrative Health Approaches for Women's Mental Health
    Chapter 16. Integrative Strategies for American Indians
    Chapter 17. Role of Nature Therapy and Mindfulness for Resilience among Rural Health Care Providers
    Chapter 18. Conclusion and reflection for the future?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andrea T. Da Poian, Miguel A. R. B. Castanho.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book covers in detail the mechanisms for how energy is managed in the human body. The basic principles that elucidate the reactivity and physical interactions of matter are addressed and quantified with simple approaches. Three-dimensional representations of molecules are presented throughout the book so molecules can be viewed as unique entities in their shape and function. The book is focused on the molecular mechanisms of cellular processes in the context of human physiological situations such as fasting, feeding and physical exercise, in which metabolic regulation is highlighted. Furthermore the book uses key historical experiments that opened up new concepts in biochemistry to further illustrate how the human body functions at molecular level, helping students to appreciate how scientific knowledge emerges. New to this edition: - 30 challenging practical case studies (2-3 at the end of each chapter) based on movies, novels, biographies, documentaries, paintings, and other cultural and artistic creations far beyond canonic academic exercises. - A set of challenging questions and problems in the end of each case study to further engage students with the applications of medical biochemistry - Insights into the answers to the challenging questions to help steer teaching/learning interactions key to productive lectures, PBL (problem-based learning) or traditional tutorials, or e-learning approaches. Advance praise for the second edition: "The Challenging Cases are compelling both from a scientific viewpoint and for the perspective they provide on the history of medicine." David M. Jameson, University of Hawaii "Using case studies to reinforce the biochemistry lessons is extremely effective - as well as entertaining!" Joseph P. Albanesi, UT Southwestern Medical Center Advance Praise for the first edition: "This textbook provides a modern and integrative perspective of human biochemistry and will be a faithful companion to health science students following curricula in which this discipline is addressed. This textbook will be a most useful tool for the teaching community." Joan Guinovart Former director of the Institute for Research in Biomedicine, Barcelona, Spain, and former president of the International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, IUBMB.

    Contents:
    Part I - The molecules of life
    Introduction: Life is made of molecules!
    The chemistry and physics of life
    The families of biological molecules
    Part II - The interplay and regulation of metabolism
    Introduction to metabolism
    The regulation of metabolism
    Energy conservation in metabolism: the mechanisms of ATP synthesis
    Catabolism of the major biomolecules
    Metabolic responses to hyperglycemia
    Regulation and integration of metabolism during hypoglycemia
    Regulation and integration of metabolism during physical activity
    Control of body weight and the modern metabolic diseases
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michael W. King, PhD, Professor, Indiana University School of Medicine Center for Regenerative Biology and Medicine, Terra Haute, Indiana.
    Contents:
    Amino acids, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids
    Biological building blocks: carbohydrates
    Lipids of biological significance
    Nucleic acids
    Protein structure and function
    Hemoglobin and myoglobin
    Biological membranes and membrane transport
    Vitamins and minerals
    Enzymes and enzyme kinetics
    Carbohydrates: glycolysis and glucose homeostasis
    Carbohydrates: fructose metabolism and feeding behaviors
    Carbohydrates: galactose metabolism
    Carbohydrates: gluconeogenesis, the synthesis of new glucose
    Carbohydrates: glycogen metabolism
    Carbohydrates: pentose phosphate pathway
    Pyruvate dehydrogenase complex and the TCA cycle
    Mitochondrial functions and oxidative phosphorylation
    Ethanol metabolism
    Lipids: fatty acid synthesis
    Lipids: triglyceride and phospholipid synthesis
    Lipids: sphingolipids, ceramides, and glycosphingolipids
    Lipids: the eicosanoids: prostaglandins, leukotrienes, and thromboxanes
    Lipids: bioactive lipids and lipid-sensing receptors
    Lipids: lipid mediators of inflammation
    Lipids: lipolysis, fatty acid oxidation, and ketogenesis
    Lipids: cholesterol metabolism
    Lipids: bile acid metabolism
    Lipids: lipoproteins
    Nitrogen: nitrogen homeostasis and disposal via urea
    Nitrogen: amino acid metabolism
    Nitrogen: amino acid-derived biomolecules
    Nitrogen: nucleotide metabolism
    Nitrogen: heme metabolism
    Nitrogen: metabolic integration
    Chromatin: DNA structure and replication
    Transcription: RNA synthesis, processing, and regulation
    Translation: protein synthesis and modification
    Glycoproteins
    Extracellular matrix: glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans
    Mechanisms of signal transduction
    Molecular biology tools
    Iron and copper metabolism
    Digestion: anatomy, biochemistry, and physiology
    Gut-brain interactions and feeding behaviors
    Adipose tissue and obesity: associated metabolic disturbances
    Insulin function
    Diabetes mellitus
    Cardiovascular disease: the metabolic syndrome and atherosclerosis
    Peptide hormones
    Steroid and thyroid hormones
    Hemostasis: blood coagulation
    Cancer biology.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014
  • Print
    [edited by] David Rakel, MD, Vincent Joseph Minichiello, MD.
    Summary: "Written by physicians who are experts in both traditional and complementary medicine, Integrative Medicine, 5th Edition, uses a clinical, disease-oriented approach to safely and effectively incorporate alternative therapies into primary care practice. Drawing on available scientific evidence and the authors' first-hand experiences, it covers therapies such as botanicals, supplements, mind-body, lifestyle choices, nutrition, exercise, spirituality, and other integrative medicine modalities. This highly regarded reference offers practical guidance for reducing costs and improving patient care while focusing on prevention and wellness for a better quality of life."--Publisher marketing.

    Contents:
    Philosophy of integrative medicine
    Optimal healing environments
    The healing encounter
    The whole health approach
    Clinician resilience
    Depression
    Anxiety
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Insomina
    Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
    Alzheimer dieases
    Headache
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Multiple sclerosis
    Parkinson disease
    Otitis media
    Chronic sinusitis
    Acute respiratory infection cold and flu
    HIV disease and AIDS
    Herpes simplex virus
    Chronic hepatitis
    Urinary tract infection (UTI)
    Lyme disease
    Non-pharmaceutical approaches to hypertension
    Heart failure
    Coronary artery disease
    Nutrition and nutritional supplements in the management of dyslipidemia
    Arrhythmias
    Asthma
    The allergic patient
    Food allergy and intolerance
    Integrative medicine and immune support
    Prediabetes
    Diabetes mellitus
    Hypothyroidism
    Polycystic ovarian syndrome
    Osteoporosis
    An integrative approach to obesity
    MTHFR polymorphisms, homocysteine, and nutrient needs
    Stress-induced hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis dysfunction
    Chronic kidney disease
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease and functional dyspepsia
    Peptic ulcer disease
    Recurring abdominal pain in pediatrics
    Constipation
    Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis/fatty liver
    Fibromyalgia
    Chronic fatigue syndrome
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Preconception counseling and fertility
    Perimenopause to menopause
    Premenstrual syndrome
    Dysmenorrhea
    Uterine fibroids (leiomyomata)
    Vaginal dryness
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Urolithiasis (kidney and bladders stones)
    Chronic prostatitis
    Erectile dysfunction
    Testosterone deficiency
    Osteoarthritis
    Myofascial pain syndrome
    Chronic low back pain
    Neck pain
    Gout
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Atopic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Urticaria
    Hair loss
    Acne vulgaris and acne rosacea
    Breast cancer
    Lung cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Colorectal cancer
    Palliative and end of life care
    Addiction treatment
    Cataracts
    Macular degeneration
    The elimination diet
    The glycemic index/load
    The antiinflammatory diet
    The DASH diet
    The FODMaPs diet
    Rethinking the movement prescription
    Therapeutic breathing
    Low back pain exercises
    Relaxation techniques
    Self-hypnosis techniques
    Enhancing heart rate variability
    Guided imagery and interactive guided imagery
    Journaling for health
    Forgiveness
    Recommending meditation
    Motivational interviewing techniques
    Emotional awareness for pain
    Compassion practices
    Prescibing botanicals
    Prescribing probiotics
    Prescribing low-dose naltrexone
    Detoxification
    Chelation therapy
    Psychedelic-assisted psychotherapy for health
    Tapering off a proton pump inhibitor
    Tapering off opioids
    Integrative strategies for planetary health
    Osteopathic manipulative treatment
    Prolotherapy for chronic musculoskeletal pain
    Integrating spiritual assessment and care
    Biofield therapies
    Integrative medicine for the underserved.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R733 .I5755 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Mark A. Moyad.
    Summary: This book is designed to capture and clinically review the comprehensive database of clinical research articles that support and do not support the utilization of a variety of dietary supplements and other complementary medicines that physicians are exposed to in their daily practice. The growing list of CAM products that could interfere with surgery (anesthesia, bleeding, outcomes...) and/or conventional medicines is very large and is provided in each section of the book. Additionally, the list of dietary supplements that could be utilized to improve quality of life for breast cancer patients is also emphasized. The various sub-specialty groups in breast are adequately represented, which allows for a physician to rapidly and thoroughly investigate their topic of interest regardless of whether the topic is prevention, treatment, or a specific side effect of treatment. The practical nature of this book cannot be overstated. Chapters include a general overview of the CAM agent, whether or not it has data in medicine and oncology, and a list of potential drug interactions and specific clinical scenarios where it can be utilized or discouraged in the specialty. Each chapter also includes a rapid review A to Z table that covers the clinical take home points for each subject reviewed in each chapter.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. 25+ observations over 25+ years for surviving and thriving in the dietary supplement quality control and/or perception versus reality world
    3. The ideal 7-step breast cancer diet, lifestyle, and dietary supplements program for prevention/recurrence: heart healthy = breast healthy!
    4. S.A.M. and breast cancer- focus on statins, red yeast rice, sterols, and other integrative cholesterol medicines: the real "natural" options
    5. S.A.M. and breast cancer- focus on aspirin and other integrative aspirin-like medicines: the real "natural" options
    6. S.A.M. and breast cancer- focus on metformin and other integrative metformin-mimic medicines: the real "natural" options
    7. Rapid review of breast cancer treatment side effects and dietary supplement/integrative options from A to Z: what helps, harms, or does nothing?
    8. Supplements/diet/other integrative method vernacular and controversies from A to Z: what is the latest or greatest, or not so great?!
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Julia Hodgson, Kevin Moore, Trisha Acri, Glenn Jordan Treisman.
    Summary: This first-of-its-kind title addresses the failures of an often fragmented healthcare system in managing vulnerable patients with multiple, chronic, co-morbid conditions -- patients who are frequently unresponsive to the methods and approaches used to treat other patients with conditions that are less complicated. The book emphasizes a holistic evaluation to patient care that looks at the whole patient, providing comprehensive formulations that describe the interacting problems that afflict the patient, including elements that are barriers to effective treatment of active medical problems and barriers to recovery. The book begins by defining integrated care, discussing the types of patients who benefit from this approach and some of the models of care, including financing, barriers to acceptance, and advocacy for patients. The second section discusses the structural elements of integrated care, including the building of a team approach, issues of leadership, and role definition, as well as the authors' experiences in overcoming some of the problems. In the remaining sections, the book discusses major complicating features of the patients seen in integrative care settings, including a description of the kinds of problems, a model for formulation of patient cases, and successful approaches to treatment of these problems. Finally, some of the real-world applications where integrative care provides better outcomes is covered, including in terms of addictions, medically complex patients, and chronic pain patients. Integrative Medicine for Vulnerable Populations - A Clinical Guide to Working with Chronic and Comorbid Medical Disease, Mental Illness, and Addiction is a major contribution to the clinical literature and will be of great interest to health care professionals, administrators, policy stakeholders, and even interested patients and patient advocates. .

    Contents:
    Section One Foundational Concepts of Integrative Medicine
    Chapter 1 Fundamental Concepts of Integrative Medicine
    Chapter 2 Models of Integrative Practice
    Chapter 3 Requisite Practices of Integrative Medicine
    Section Two Conceptualization and Diagnosis in Integrative Medicine
    Chapter 4 Understanding the Disease of Addiction
    Chapter 5 The Four Facets of Patient Conceptualization
    Chapter 6 Diagnostic Decision Making Processes
    Section Three Treatment within an Integrative Medicine Model
    Chapter 7 Behavioral and Psychological Interventions for Addiction
    Chapter 8 Adjunctive Pharmacotherapy for Opioid Addictions
    Chapter 9 Applying Integrative Medicine Skills to a Case Example
    Section Four Logistical Considerations of Integrative Care
    Chapter 10 Setting Up an Integrative Medicine Team
    Chapter 11 An Integrative Training Model
    Chapter 12 Applying Coordinated Treatment Skills to a Case Example
    Chapter 13 Sample Patient Guide to Care
    Chapter 14 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ningli Wang, editor.
    Summary: With the development of nature science and industrial technology, more and more patients are benefitting from the rapid progress in ophthalmology, as the use of new medicine and delicate surgical therapy has ensured them the chance to restore their sight. However, some problems have come up during its development, of which the most serious one is the limitation of the ophthalmology. Eyes are not isolated organs, they are connected to our body, and thus, the general status of our body will affect the eyes function. Therefore, it is of great importance that the ophthalmologists see the big picture while dealing with the clinical problems. Based on the above observations, we put forward the concept of Integrative Ophthalmology, and describe the ophthalmology related medical situations that are prone to be neglected in clinical practice in a bid to increase the awareness of doctors from all fields that a holistic view should be adopted in clinical practice, and it is the patients that we are treating rather than the disease. There are 9 parts in the book, containing the concept of integrative ophthalmology, intraocular and intracranial pressure gradient related diseases, and the relationship between the different general status and eye disorders. We do believe that the integrative ophthalmology is the key to the development of ophthalmology and hope readers can benefit from this book.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Intrcrainal and introcular pressure related diseases
    The life activities and eye diseases
    General tumor and eye tumor
    Cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases and eye disease
    Internal medicine and eye disease
    The Immune System and Ophthalmopathy
    Surgery and Ophthalmopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    by Hilary McClafferty.
    Summary: "Pediatric integrative medicine is a rapidly evolving field with great potential to improve the quality of preventive health in children and expand treatment options for children living with chronic disease. Many families actively use integrative therapies making familiarity with the field essential for clinicians working with pediatrics patients. This book provides a clear, evidence-based overview of the field. Foundations of pediatric health are covered with a goal of reviewing classic information and introducing emerging research in areas such as nutrition science, physical activity and mind-body therapies. Complementary medicine therapies are reviewed with an eye to expanding the conventionally trained clinician's awareness about traditional healing approaches. Clinical applications explored include:AllergyAsthmaMental healthIBSBullyingObesityEnvironmental healthADHDAutism The book provides an excellent introduction to a relatively young field and will help the reader understand the scope of current evidence for integrative therapies in children and how to introduce integrative concepts into clinical practice. Integrative Pediatrics is a refreshing must-read for all students and health professionals focused on pediatrics, especially those new to the field or studying at graduate level."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part PART 1 Integrative Medicine: A New Frontier in Pediatrics
    chapter 1 Introduction to Pediatric Integrative Medicine
    chapter 2 Self- Care: Cultivating Healthy Resilience
    part PART 2 Foundations of Health
    chapter 3 Nutrition
    chapter 4 Key Dietary Supplements: Omega- 3 Fatty Acids, Vitamin D, and Probiotics
    chapter 5 Physical Activity
    chapter 6 Mind-Body Therapies
    chapter 7 Sleep
    chapter 8 Environmental Health
    part PART 3 Complementary Approaches
    chapter 9 Botanicals and Dietary Supplements
    chapter 10 Manual Medicine
    chapter 11 Aromatherapy
    chapter 12 Whole Medical Systems
    chapter 13 Bioenergetic Therapies
    part PART 4 Clinical Application
    chapter 14 An Integrative Approach to Preventive Health
    chapter 15 Allergy and Asthma
    chapter 16 Dermatology
    chapter 17 Gastroenterology
    chapter 18 Infectious Disease: Upper Respiratory Infections and Otitis Media
    chapter 19 Mental Health: Toxic Stress, Peer Victimization (Bullying), Anxiety, Depression
    chapter 20 Neurodevelopmental Disorders: ADHD and Autism
    chapter 21 Obesity and Metabolic Disease
    chapter 22 Integrative Intake
    chapter 23 Conclusion.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Haruki Nakamura, Gerard Kleywegt, Stephen K. Burley and John L. Markley.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gerard E. Mullin, Lawrence J. Cheskin, Laura E. Matarese, editors.
    Summary: Integrative Weight Management: A Guide for Clinicians intends to educate physicians and nutritionists about the wide ranges of approaches to weight control from non-traditional sources. The options for weight management in conventional practices are limited to a small number of medications, a confusing array of dietary approaches and surgical procedures with their inherent risks and complications. Unfortunately medical practitioners are not exposed to nutrition and weight control principles during training and thus are reluctant to manage their patients weight control issues. This volume is structured into 4 sections: Introduction to Weight Management Disorders; Morbidity and Mortality of Obesity; Therapy of Obesity; and Integrative Medicine and Obesity. Integrative Weight Management: A Guide for Clinicians represents a powerful collaboration of dozens of leading experts in the fields of nutrition, weight management and integrative medicine who have managed countless numbers of patients and summarized the research from thousands of articles to create an up-to- date state of the art guide for healthcare practitioners, allied health professionals and public health authorities who manage those who are overweight/obese along with the associated metabolic consequences.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Victoria Maizes, Tieraona Low Dog.
    Contents:
    Integrative approach to women's health / Victoria Maizes and Tieraona Low Dog
    Nutrition / Wendy Kohatsu
    Dietary supplements / Mary Hardy and Tieraona Low Dog
    Physical activity / Patricia Lebensohn
    Mind-body therapies / Rita Benn
    Healthy aging / Elizabeth R. Mackenzie and Birgit Rakel
    Traditional Chinese medicine / Leslie McGee
    Ayurveda / Premal Patel
    Energy medicine / Ann Marie Chiasson
    Homeopathy / Pamela A. Pappas and Iris R. Bell
    Manual medicine / Cheryl Hawk and Raheleh Khorsan
    Premenstrual syndrome / Daphne Miller
    Vaginitis / Priscilla Abercrombie
    Preconception counseling and fertility / Victoria Maizes
    Pregnancy and lactation / Jacquelyn M. Paykel
    Polycystic ovary syndrome / Bridget S. Bongaard
    Endometriosis / MargEva Morris Cole
    Chronic pelvic pain / Bettina Herbert
    Menopause / Tori Hudson
    Prevention of cervical dysplasia and cancer / Lise Alschuler
    Breast cancer prevention and treatment / Dawn Lemanne
    Hypothyroidism / Maria Benito
    Anxiety / Roberta Lee
    Depression / Naomi Lam and Sudha Prathikanti
    Urinary tract infections / Priscilla Abercrombie
    Irritable bowel syndrome / Irina Lisker and Kathie Madonna Swift
    Headaches / Hilary McClafferty and Kelly McCann
    Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue / Melinda Ring
    Rheumatoid arthritis / Nisha Manek
    Eating disorders / Carolyn Coker Ross
    Cardiovascular diseases in women / Vivan A. Kominos
    Osteoporosis / Louise Gagné
    Sexuality / Karen Koffler
    Lesbian, bisexual, and transgender health / Marnie Lamm and Barbara Eckstein
    Environmental exposures and women's health / Manijeh Berenji and Joanne L. Perron
    Women, soul wounds, and integrative medicine / Beverly Lanzetta
    Women's health: epilogue / Tieraona Low Dog and Victoria Maizes.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Ji-Whan Park, Dae-In Jung, editors.
    Contents:
    An outline of the integumentary system / Keon Cheol Lee and Dae-In Jung
    Wounds / Eun Young Kim
    Decubitus ulcer / Ji Whan Park
    Burn / Han Shin Jeong
    Frostbite / Keun-Jo Kim
    Photosensitivity disorders / Wonan Kwon
    Inflammatory skin disease / Myung-chul Kim
    Skin cancer / DongYeop Lee
    Obesity / Eun Jeong Kim
    Other skin diseases (psoriasis, herpes zoster, dermatophytosis, vitiligo) / Nam Jeong Cho.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    ANA, American Nurses Association.
    Summary: "The Intellectual and Developmental Disability Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, 3rd Edition, is an essential document for every intellectual and developmental disability nurse practicing in the United States. The scope of practice statement answers the who, what, when, where, how, and why questions of intellectual and developmental disability nursing. The standards provide authoritative statements of the actions and behaviors that all registered intellectual and developmental disability nurses are expected to competently perform, regardless of role, population, specialty, and setting. The product of extensive thought work by many registered nurses, this new edition provides 17 national standards of practice and professional performance. Each standard is accompanied by detailed competencies for the three practice levels. This premier professional resource informs and guides intellectual and developmental disability nurses in their vital work providing safe, quality, and competent care. It is a must-have for every registered intellectual and developmental disability nurse"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Joanna T. Brougher.
    Contents:
    Introduction to intellectual property
    Obtaining, enforcing and defending patents
    The patent-eligibility of genes
    Medical procedure patents
    Rights and roles of universities and inventors
    Drug development : balancing innovation, access and profits
    Patent battles part I : small-molecule drugs
    Patent battles part II : the Biosimilars Act and biologics
    International patent law, trade law, and access to drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Harikesh Bahadur Singh, Chetan Keswani, Surya Pratap Singh, editors.
    Summary: In the current era current era of significant innovations, science and technology are powerful tools improving human welfare through prosperity and sustainable development. The development of microbiology based industries in any given country is shaped by the characteristics of its technology-particularly its close relation to scientific knowledge, and by country-specific factors such as the level and nature of the scientific knowledge base, the institutional set-up, and the role assumed by the government, all of which influence the country's ability to exploit the new opportunities. This unique book presents an integrated approach for sustained innovation in various areas of microbiology. Focusing on the industrial and socio-legal implications of IPR in microbiological advances, it offers a comprehensive overview not only of the implications of IPR in omics-based research but also of the ethical and intellectual standards and how these can be developed for sustained innovation. The book is divided into three sections discussing current advances in microbiological innovations, recent intellectual property issues in agricultural, and pharmaceutical microbiology respectively. Integrating science and business, it offers a glimpse behind the scenes of the microbiology industry, and provides a detailed analysis of the foundations of the present day industry for students and professionals alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Frank Xing, Erik Cambria, Roy Welsch.
    Summary: This book presents a systematic application of recent advances in artificial intelligence (AI) to the problem of asset management. While natural language processing and text mining techniques, such as semantic representation, sentiment analysis, entity extraction, commonsense reasoning, and fact checking have been evolving for decades, finance theories have not yet fully considered and adapted to these ideas. In this unique, readable volume, the authors discuss integrating textual knowledge and market sentiment step-by-step, offering readers new insights into the most popular portfolio optimization theories: the Markowitz model and the Black-Litterman model. The authors also provide valuable visions of how AI technology-based infrastructures could cut the cost of and automate wealth management procedures. This inspiring book is a must-read for researchers and bankers interested in cutting-edge AI applications in finance.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2
    Revisiting the Literature
    Chapter 3. Theoretical Underpinnings on Text Mining
    Chapter 4. Computational Semantics for Asset Correlations
    Chapter 5. Sentiment Analysis for View Modeling
    Chapter 6. Storage and Update of Domain Knowledge
    Chapter 7. Dialog Systems and Robo-advisory
    Chapter 8. Concluding Remarks
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    John Ballatt, Penelope Campling, Chris Maloney.
    Summary: "The enthusiastic reception for the first edition of this book has prompted us to produce a second. We were delighted by the interest from people thinking about and working in public services beyond health care, although the book had been unapologetically health focused. Eight years have passed, and although the issues we addressed are still very much with us, times have changed. 'Austerity' has bitten hard into the UK's public services, especially social care. Developments in policy, technology, organisation and practice have affected health and social care, separately and together. Mindful of this, we have extended our reach to consider both sectors and, to an extent, the wider world of 'welfare'. Hence our new subtitle: 'rehabilitating the welfare state'. We have expanded our narratives, case studies and references accordingly, believing that the issues and perspectives in each field illustrate important points for all"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Half-title page
    Reviews
    Title page
    Copyright page
    Contents
    Foreword
    Authors' Note
    Chapter 1 The Heart of the Matter
    Chapter 2 Rescuing Kindness
    Chapter 3 A Politics of Kindness
    Chapter 4 Building the Case for Kindness
    Chapter 5 Managing Feelings of Love and Hate
    Chapter 6 The Emotional Life of Teams
    Chapter 7 Cooperation and Fragmentation
    Chapter 8 On the Edges of Kinship
    Chapter 9 Unsettling Times
    Chapter 10 Free to Serve the Public?
    Chapter 11 Blame
    Chapter 12 The Hostile Environment
    Chapter 13 The Pull towards Perversion Chapter 14 Cultivating Intelligent Kindness
    Chapter 15 Rehabilitating the Welfare State
    Index
    About the Authors
    Acknowledgements
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Guoyan Zheng, Wei Tian, Xiahai Zhuang, editors.
    Summary: "This book introduces readers to the latest technological advances in the emerging field of intelligent orthopaedics. Artificial intelligence and smart instrumentation techniques are now revolutionizing every area of our lives, including medicine. The applications of these techniques in orthopaedic interventions offer a number of potential benefits, e.g. reduced incision size and scarring, minimized soft tissue damage, and decreased risk of misalignment. Consequently, these techniques have become indispensable for various orthopaedic interventions, which has led to the emerging field of intelligent orthopaedics. Addressing key technologies and applications, this book offers a valuable guide for all researchers and clinicians who need an update on both the principles and practice of intelligent orthopaedics, and for graduate students embarking on a career in this field."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Computer-aided orthopaedic surgery: state-of-the-art and future perspectives / Guoyan Zheng, Lutz-P. Nolte
    Computer-aided orthopedic surgery: incremental shift or paradigm change? / Leo Joskowicz, Eric J. Hazan
    CAMISS concept and its clinical application / Wei Tian, Yajun Liu, Mingxing Fan, Jingwei Zhao, Peihao Jin, Cheng Zeng
    Surgical navigation in orthopedics: workflow and system review / Chidozie H. Ewurum, Yingying Guo, Seang Pagnha, Zhao Feng, Xiongbiao Luo
    Multi-object model-based multi-atlas segmentation constrained grid cut for automatic segmentation of lumbar vertebrae from CT images / Weimin Yu, Wenyong Liu, Liwen Tan, Shaoxiang Zhang, Guoyan Zheng
    Deep learning-based automatic segmentation of the proximal femur from MR images / Guodong Zeng, Guoyan Zheng
    Muscle segmentation for orthopedic interventions / Naoki Kamiya
    3X-knee: a novel technology for 3D preoperative planning and postoperative evaluation of TKA based on 2D x-rays / Guoyan Zheng, Alper Alcoltekin, Benedikt Thelen, Lutz-P. Nolte
    Atlas-based 3D intensity volume reconstruction from 2D long leg standing x-rays: application to hard and soft tissues in lower extremity / Weimin Yu, Guoyan Zheng
    3D ultrasound for orthopedic interventions / Ilker Hacihaliloglu
    A novel ultrasound-based lower extremity motion tracking system / Kenan Niu, Victor Sluiter, Jasper Homminga, Andř Sprengers, Nico Verdonschot
    Computer-assisted planning, simulation, and navigation system for periacetabular osteotomy / Li Liu, Klaus Siebenrock, Lutz-P. Nolte, Guoyan Zheng
    Biomechanical optimization-based planning of periacetabular osteotomy / Li Liu, Klaus Siebenrock, Lutz-P. Nolte, Guoyan Zheng
    Biomechanical guidance system for periacetabular osteotomy / Mehran Armand, Robert Grupp, Ryan Murphy, Rachel Hegman, Robert Armiger, Russell Taylor [and others]
    Gravity-assisted navigation system for total hip arthroplasty / Guoyan Zheng
    3D visualization and augmented reality for orthopedics / Longfei Ma, Zhencheng Fan, Guochen Ning, Xinran Zhang, Hongen Liao
    Intelligent HMI in orthopedic navigation / Guangzhi Wang, Liang Li, Shuwei Xing, Hui Ding
    Patient-specific surgical guidance system for intelligent orthopaedics / Manuela Kunz, John F. Rudan
    Intelligent control for human-robot cooperation in orthopedics surgery / Shaolong Kuang, Yucun Tang, Andi Lin, Shumei Yu, Lining Sun
    Multilevel fuzzy control based on force information in robot-assisted decompressive laminectomy / Xiaozhi Qi, Yu Sun, Xiaohang Ma, Ying Hu, Jianwei Zhang, Wei Tian
    Potential risk of intelligent technologies in clinical orthopedics / Yajun Liu
    Clinical application of navigation in the surgical treatment of a pelvic ring injury and acetabular fracture / Masaki Takao, Hidetoshi Hamada, Takashi Sakai, Nobuhiko Sugano
    Patient-specific surgical guide for total hip arthroplasty / Takashi Sakai
    Computer navigation in orthopaedic tumour surgery / Kwok-Chuen Wong, Xiaohui Niu, Hairong Xu, Yuan Li, Shekhar Kumta
    Sensor-based soft tissue balancing in total knee arthroplasty / Jimmy Chow, Tsun Yee Law, Martin Roche
    Implant orientation measurement after THA using the EOS x-ray image acquisition system / Kunihiko Tokunaga, Masashi Okamoto, Kenji Watanabe
    3D printing in spine surgery / Hong Cai, Zhongjun Liu, Feng Wei, Miao Yu, Nanfang Xu, Zihe Li.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kodoth Prabhakaran Nair.
    Summary: This book conceptualizes a revolutionary idea based on a mechanistic-mathematical model in which the "Buffer Power" of the principal and problematic nutrients like phosphorus, potassium and zinc is quantified. This is achieved by using either a very sophisticated technique, electro-ultra-filtration, or a simple adsorption-desorption equilibrium technique, and by integrating the "Buffer Power" of the nutrient in question into the computations, accurate fertilizer recommendations are made. This technique was field tested across Europe, (Germany and Belgium), Africa (The Republic of Cameroon), and Asia (both Central Asia- Turkey and South Asia-India), during a period of three decades in test crops, such as, summer rye (Secale cereale), maize (Zea mays), wheat (Triticum aestivum), white clover (Trifolium repens), a highly nutritious and palatable fodder crop for Africa, black pepper (Piper nigrum) and cardamom (Elettaria cardamomum). Remarkable precision in predictability of plant uptake of phosphorus, potassium and zinc was obtained employing the technique. "The Nutrient Buffer Power Concept" project was shortlisted for the very prestigious U.S. Million Rolex Awards For Enterprise of The Rolex Foundation, Geneva, Switzerland, for its outstanding originality and quality from more than 3500 nominations worldwide and is the only project chosen for this very coveted distinction from the Asian continent.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Efficient Plant Nutrient Management
    Chapter 3. The Buffer Power and Effect on Nutrient Availability
    Chapter 4. Quantifying the Buffer Power of Soils and Testing Its Effect on Nutrient Availability
    Chapter 5. Case Studies with Asian Soils
    Chapter 6. The Role of Electro-Ultrafiltration (EUF) in Measuring P and K Intensity for the Construction of Buffer Power Curves
    Chapter 7. Quantifying the Buffer Power for Precise Availability Prediction
    Heavy Metals
    Chapter 8. Case Studies with South Asian Soils
    Chapter 9. Case Studies with Central Asian Soils
    Chapter 10. Case Studies with African Soils with Regard to P and K
    Chapter 11. The Changing Face of Global Agriculture
    Chapter 12. Sustainable Agricultural Production on a Small Farm
    Chapter 13. General Profile of Current Agricultural Systems
    Chapter 14. Sustainability Conundrums
    Chapter 15. Land Management for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 16. Erosion Control and Maintenance of Good Soil Tilth
    Chapter 17. Soil Fertility and Nutrient Management
    Chapter 18. How to Manage Water Use for Sustainable Agriculture?
    Chapter 19. Primary Productivity and Biodiversity
    Chapter 20. Environment and Management
    Chapter 21. Policy Making and Regulations
    Chapter 22. Phosphate Solubilizing Microorganisms and Their Role in Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 23. Energy Management in Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 24. Measurement of Agricultural Sustainability
    Chapter 25. Climate Change and Agricultural Production
    Chapter 26. Achieving Agricultural Sustainability
    The Future Challenge
    Chapter 27. Holistic Technologies
    Chapter 28. Integrated Plant Nutrient Management
    Chapter 29. The Salient Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Trevor A. Cohen, Vimla L. Patel, Edward H. Shortliffe, editors.
    Summary: This textbook comprehensively covers the latest state-of-the-art methods and applications of artificial intelligence (AI) in medicine, placing these developments into a historical context. Factors that assist or hinder a particular technique to improve patient care from a cognitive informatics perspective are identified and relevant methods and clinical applications in areas including translational bioinformatics and precision medicine are discussed. This approach enables the reader to attain an accurate understanding of the strengths and limitations of these emerging technologies and how they relate to the approaches and systems that preceded them. With topics covered including knowledge-based systems, clinical cognition, machine learning and natural language processing, Intelligent Systems in Medicine and Health: The Role of AI details a range of the latest AI tools and technologies within medicine. Suggested additional readings and review questions reinforce the key points covered and ensure readers can further develop their knowledge. This makes it an indispensable resource for all those seeking up-to-date information on the topic of AI in medicine, and one that provides a sound basis for the development of graduate and undergraduate course materials.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    The State of AI in Medicine
    Introducing Intelligent Systems in Medicine and Health: The Role of AI
    Structure and Content
    Guide to Use of This Book
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Introducing AI in Medicine
    The Rise of AIM
    Knowledge-Based Systems
    Neural Networks and Deep Learning
    Machine Learning and Medical Practice
    The Scope of AIM
    From Accurate Predictions to Clinically Useful AIM
    The Cognitive Informatics Perspective
    Why CI? The Complementarity of Human and Machine Intelligence
    Mediating Safe and Effective Human Use of AI-Based Tools
    Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 2: AI in Medicine: Some Pertinent History
    Introduction
    Artificial Intelligence: The Early Years
    Modern History of AI
    AI Meets Medicine and Biology: The 1960s and 1970s
    Emergence of AIM Research at Stanford University
    Three Influential AIM Research Projects from the 1970s
    INTERNIST-1/QMR
    CASNET
    MYCIN
    Cognitive Science and AIM
    Reflecting on the 1970s
    Evolution of AIM During the 1980s and 1990s AI Spring and Summer Give Way to AI Winter
    AIM Deals with the Tumult of the 80s and 90s
    The Last 20 Years: Both AI and AIM Come of Age
    References
    Chapter 3: Data and Computation: A Contemporary Landscape
    Understanding the World Through Data and Computation
    Types of Data Relevant to Biomedicine
    Knowing Through Computation
    Motivational Example
    Computational Landscape
    Knowledge Representation
    Machine Learning
    Data Integration to Better Understand Medicine: Multimodal, Multi-Scale Models
    Distributed/Networked Computing
    Data Federation Models Interoperability
    Computational Aspects of Privacy
    Trends and Future Challenges
    Ground Truth
    Open Science and Mechanisms for Open data
    Data as a Public Good
    References
    Part II: Approaches
    Chapter 4: Knowledge-Based Systems in Medicine
    What Is a Knowledge-Based System?
    How Is Knowledge Represented in a Computer?
    Rules: Inference Steps
    Patterns: Matching
    Probabilistic Models
    Naive Bayes
    Bayesian Networks
    Decision Analysis and Influence Diagrams
    Causal Mechanisms: How Things Work
    How Is Knowledge Acquired?
    Ontologies and Their Tools Knowledge in the Era of Machine Learning
    Incorporating Knowledge into Machine Learning Models
    Graph-Based Models
    Graph Representation Learning
    Biomedical Applications of Graph Machine Learning
    Text-Based Models
    Leveraging Expert Systems to Train Models
    Looking Forward
    References
    Chapter 5: Clinical Cognition and AI: From Emulation to Symbiosis
    Augmenting Human Expertise: Motivating Examples
    Cognitive Science and Clinical Cognition
    Symbolic Representations of Clinical Information
    Clinical Text Understanding
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yasumasa Nishimura, Ritsuko Komaki, editors.
    Summary: Successful clinical use of intensity-modulated radiation therapy (IMRT) represents a significant advance in radiation oncology. Because IMRT can deliver high-dose radiation to a target with a reduced dose to the surrounding organs, it can improve the local control rate and reduce toxicities associated with radiation therapy. Since IMRT began being used in the mid-1990s, a large volume of clinical evidence of the advantages of IMRT has been collected. However, treatment planning and quality assurance (QA) of IMRT are complicated and difficult for the clinician and the medical physicist. This book, by authors renowned for their expertise in their fields, provides cumulative clinical evidence and appropriate techniques for IMRT for the clinician and the physicist. Part I deals with the foundations and techniques, history, principles, QA, treatment planning, radiobiology and related aspects of IMRT. Part II covers clinical applications with several case studies, describing contouring and dose distribution with clinical results along with descriptions of indications and a review of clinical evidence for each tumor site. The information presented in this book serves as a valuable resource for the practicing clinician and physicist.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Foundations and Techniques
    1. History of IMRT
    2. PRINCIPLES OF IMRT
    3. Radiobiology for IMRT
    4. Treatment Planning of IMRT for Head and Neck Malignancies
    5. IGRT for IMRT
    6. Adaptive Radiation Therapy in Intensity-Modulated Radiation Therapy for Head and Neck Cancer. Part 2. Clinical application
    7. Brain Tumor: Glioblastoma ~How should we manage GBM in the era of IMRT?~
    8. NASOPHARYNGEAL CANCER
    9. Oropharyngeal cancer
    10. Postoperative intensity-modulated radiation therapy for head and neck cancers: A case-based review
    11. Sequellae of therapy of HN cancer: their prevention and therapy
    12. NON-SMALL CELL LUNG CANCER
    13. MESOTHELIOMA
    14. BREAST CANCER
    15. Clinical application of IMRT for cervical esophageal cancer
    16. THORACIC ESOPHAGEAL CANCER
    17. PANCREATIC CANCER
    18. Anal canal cancer
    19. Early prostate cancer (T1-2N0M0)
    20. Intensity-modulated radiation therapy for locally advanced prostate cancer
    21. Gynecologic Malignancies
    22. Pediatric Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Edoardo Picetti, [and 4 others], editors.
    Summary: This book provides the basis needed for a dialogue between intensivists and emergency surgeons regarding the management and monitoring of acute care surgery (ACS) patients who require Intensive Care Unit (ICU) admission. It puts forward a practical approach to the treatment of common emergencies in daily clinical practice, and shares essential information on the treatment and monitoring of hemodynamic, respiratory, metabolic and neurological problems related to acute surgical patients requiring ICU admission. Furthermore, it includes two chapters regarding diagnostic and interventional radiology (fundamentals in daily emergency clinical practice), and addresses important issues such as ethics, mass casualty care, and care in low-resource settings. As such, the book not only offers a valuable guide for all practicing surgeons and intensivists, but is also relevant for residents and fellows who are newcomers to ACS.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    1: Admission/Discharge Criterion for Acute Care Surgery Patients in the ICU: A General Review of ICU Admission and Discharge Indications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Admission to the ICU; 1.3 Rapid Response Teams as an Aid to ICU Triage; 1.4 Frailty; 1.5 Futility vs Appropriate Care; 1.6 Advanced Directives; 1.7 ICU Economics; 1.8 Scoring Systems; 1.9 Organization of the ICU; 1.10 Communication Best Practices; 1.11 Engaging Family; 1.12 Criterion for ICU Discharge; 1.13 Summary; References
    2: Acute Respiratory Failure and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome in ACS Patient: What Are the Indications for Acute Intervention?2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Can You Clarify Some of the Terminology I See About Respiratory Failure and ARDS?; 2.3 How Do I Recognize Respiratory Failure and What Qualifies It as ARDS?; 2.4 How Frequently Will I See Respiratory Failure, and How Bad Can It Be for My Patient?; 2.5 What is Different About the Pathophysiology of ARDS that Makes Management Different? 2.6 Is My Patient at Risk for Respiratory Failure and What Can I Do to Mitigate It as Much as Possible?2.7 My Patient Has Developed Respiratory Failure, Now What Can I Do?; 2.7.1 Neurologic; 2.7.2 Cardiovascular; 2.7.3 Respiratory; 2.7.4 Fluids, Electrolytes, Nutrition, Gastrointestinal (FENGI); 2.7.5 Renal; 2.7.6 Hematologic; 2.7.7 Endocrine; 2.7.8 Infectious Disease; 2.7.9 Musculoskeletal; 2.8 Conclusion; References;
    3: Nuts and Bolts of Ventilator Management: When Is Invasive or Noninvasive Mechanical Ventilation Appropriate for Your Patient?; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Modes of Ventilatory Support3.2.1 Invasive Mechanical Ventilation; 3.2.2 Noninvasive Mechanical Ventilation; 3.2.3 High-Flow Nasal Cannula; 3.2.4 Continuous Positive Airway Pressure; 3.2.5 Bi-level Positive Airway Pressure; 3.3 Choice of Approach; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
    4: Principles of Weaning from Ventilatory Support: When and Why to Wean and When to Consider a Tracheostomy; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Weaning: Definition and Relevance; 4.3 Classification of the Difficult-to-Wean Patients; 4.4 The Weaning Process; 4.5 Assessing the Readiness to Wean 4.6 Assessing Readiness for Extubation Attempt4.7 Does Post-Extubation Noninvasive Positive-Pressure Ventilation Prevent Reintubation?; 4.8 The Role of Tracheostomy in Difficult-to-Wean Patients; 4.9 Tracheostomy: Definition and Relevance; 4.10 Indications, Contraindications, Complications, and Mortality After Discharge; 4.11 Early vs. Late Tracheostomy; 4.12 Percutaneous Versus Surgical; 4.13 Ultrasound; References;
    5: Circulatory Failure and Support in the ACS Patient: What Are the Optimal Methods of Providing Circulatory Monitoring and Support?; 5.1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David Crippen, editor.
    Contents:
    "Fire in the belly": Youth and exuberance
    The productive years: "The diesel effect"
    The aging intensivist and business management
    The aging critical care physician: A 50 year progression of events
    Transitions from the academic heap: new directions within the system
    The aging Intensivist and global medical politics
    The aging Intensivist and academia
    The critical care physician and a career in Industry: Reflections and Recommendations
    Race and the ICU
    The aging Intensivist and younger colleagues
    Nearing the clinical end: a female perspective
    Good Times, Bad Times, Time to Get out Alive: Ruminations of a Retiring Critical Care Physician
    The aging intensivist and functional incapacity
    Legacy: What aging intensivists can pass on
    Future of Critical Care Medicine
    Health Care in the year 2050 and Beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Magdalena Klink, editor.
    Summary: The tumor environment is a dynamic network that includes cancer cells, immune cells, fibroblasts, endothelial cells, extracellular matrix, cytokines and receptors. The aim of this book is to summarize the role of these components, especially immune cells, in tumor suppression and/or progression and describe in detail why tumor cells can survive and spread in spite of the antitumor response of immune cells. Since immunotherapy is an attractive approach to cancer therapy, this book also provides information on the two main strategies: monoclonal antibodies and adaptive T cell immunotherapy, with a focus on recent human clinical trials. The book provides a state-of-the-art, comprehensive overview of immune cells in cancer and is an indispensable resource for scientists and medical doctors working and/or lecturing in the field of cancer research and immunology.

    Contents:
    Immune Cells Within the Tumor Microenvironment / Daniela Spano and Massimo Zollo
    Tumor-Stroma Interaction and Cancer Progression / Neill Y. Li, Paul C. Kuo and Philip Y. Wai
    The Role of Tumor-Associated Macrophages (TAMs) in Tumor Progression / Astrid Schmieder and Kai Schledzewski
    Cancer Immunotherapy via Dendritic Cells / Karolina Palucka and Jacques Banchereau
    Myeloid-Derived Suppressor Cells and Tumor Growth / Lizzia Raffaghello and Giovanna Bianchi
    Tumor-Infiltrating Lymphocytes and Their Role in Solid Tumor Progression / Theresa L. Whiteside
    Polymorphonuclear Neutrophils and Tumors: Friend or Foe? / Magdalena Klink and Zofia Sulowska
    Cancer Immunoediting: Elimination, Equilibrium, and Immune Escape in Solid Tumors / Jacek R. Wilczynski and Marek Nowak
    Adoptive T-Cell Immunotherapy: Perfecting Self-Defenses / Katrina Shamalov, Yair Tal, Chen Ankri and Cyrille J. Cohen
    Monoclonal Antibodies to CTLA-4 with Focus on Ipilimumab / Grazia Graziani, Lucio Tentori and Pierluigi Navarra.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    James C. Bonner, Jared M. Brown, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the latest information related to understanding immune responses to engineered nanomaterials (ENMs). Many ENMs used in both the consumer and biomedical fields have been reported to elicit adverse immune responses ranging from innate immune responses such as complement activation to changes in adaptive immunity that influence pathogen responses and promote disease states such as asthma. Interaction of Nanomaterials with the Immune System covers the most up to date information on our understanding of immune responses to ENMs across a wide range of topics including innate immunity, allergic immune responses, adaptive provides the reader with (1) up to date understanding of immune responses to ENMs; (2) current testing methods; and (3) appropriate models including alternative testing strategies for evaluating immunotoxicity of ENMs.

    Contents:
    Overview of immune response to nanomaterials caused by either inhalation, oral, or dermal exposure
    Engineered nanomaterials: synthesis, characterization, uses and exposure
    Impact of nanomaterials on barrier function
    Complement activation and inflammation
    Macrophage function and phagocytosis
    Mast cells
    Impact on dendritic cell
    lymphocyte function
    Impact on host pathogen response and microbiome
    Allergy/autoimmunity
    Pre-existing allergic or bacterial-induced lung disease
    Nanomaterial effects on viral infection
    Immunotoxicity and carcinogenesis
    In vivo animal models (nude mice, transgenic models)
    In vitro cell culture models
    In silico computational modeling
    Summary of mechanisms of immune modulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen J. Hawkins, Katrin Bohn, Louise B. Firth, Gray A. Williams.
    Summary: The synthesis of the Aquatic Biodiversity and Ecosystems Conference (ABEC) 2015, which was held to assess scientific progress over the past twenty-five years, this book provides a comprehensive and global review of work since the 1992 publication of Plant-Animal Interactions in the Marine Benthos. Taking a regional and, where appropriate, habitat perspective, it considers sites of coastal biodiversity from around the world to incorporate a global approach. The volume analyses abiotic and biotic interactions, and the factors determining distribution patterns, community structure and ecosystem functioning of coastal systems. It explores themes of how phylogeography and biogeographic process influence assemblage composition, and hence drive community structure and the respective roles of environmental factors and biological interactions, with the overall goal to establish how general are the processes in different regions and habitats. For researchers, graduate students and academics studying coastal ecosystems, with interest for conservation practitioners managing areas of high biodiversity.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Carlos Fernandez-Llatas, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to the methodologies and technologies for the application of interactive process mining paradigm. Case studies are presented where this paradigm has been successfully applied in emergency medicine, surgery processes, human behavior modelling, strokes and outpatients services, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to apply process mining technologies in healthcare to support them in inferring new knowledge from past actions, and providing accurate and personalized knowledge to improve their future clinical decision-making. Interactive Process Mining in Healthcare comprehensively covers how machine learning algorithms can be utilized to create real scientific evidence to improve daily healthcare protocols, and is a valuable resource for a variety of health professionals seeking to develop new methods to improve their clinical decision-making.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph Noar.
    Contents:
    Introduction : what do we know about growth?
    Recognizing the problem : is a nice smile important?
    Investigations
    Managing the developing occlusion.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Meryam Schouler-Ocak, Marianne C. Kastrup, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Intercultural Psychotherapy; An Historical PerspectiveRonald Wintrob, MD, John M. de Figueiredo MD2. The Current Role of Intercultural Psychotherapy Marion C. Aichberger 3. Standards in Intercultural PsychotherapyAdam Montgomery, Antonio Ventriglio, Dinesh Bhugra 4. Using the Cultural Formulation Interview in Intercultural Psychotherapy Neil Krishan Aggarwal, Roberto Lewis-Fernández5. The Significance of Intercultural Psychotherapy in Further Education and Professional Training Thomas Wenzel, Boris Drožđek, Anthony Fu Chen, Maria Kletecka-Pulker6. The Role of Language in Intercultural PsychotherapyMeryam Schouler-Ocak 7. The Role of the Interpreters in Intercultural psychotherapy Ulrike Kluge8. The Patient
    Therapist Relationship in Intercultural PsychotherapyHans Rohlof9. Cultural Competence in PsychotherapyAdil Qureshi 10. Adopting an Intercultural Perspective in Mental HealthcareSofie Bäärnhielm, Frida Johansson-Metso, Anna-Clara Hollander11. Intercultural Balint WorkVolker Haude12. Religion and Spirituality in Intercultural TherapyLimore Racin, Simon Dein13. Gender-Specific Aspects of Intercultural Psychotherapy for Traumatised Female RefugeesMarianne C. Kastrup, Klement Dymi 14. Ethical Aspects of Psychotherapy in Forced Migrants Solvig Ekblad15. Psychotherapy Using Electronic MediaDavor Mucic, Donald M. Hilty 16. Measuring the Outcomes of Intercultural TherapyJessica Carlsson, Sabina Palic, Erik Vindbjerg 17. Global Perspectives on the Teaching and Learning of Intercultural PsychotherapyRenato D. AlarcónPart I Insights into special target groups18. Ethnocultural Diversity in the Mind: Psychodynamic Psychotherapy for Non-Western Immigrants in the Netherlands.Wouter Gomperts19. Psychotherapy for Africans with a Migration BackgroundSamuel O. Okpaku20. Cultural Psychiatry and the Implementation of Transcultural Psychotherapy in ChinaXudong Zhao, Jie Qian 21. Psychotherapy for Latin Americans Sergio Villaseñor-Bayardo, Carlos Rojas-Malpica, Martha Patricia Aceves-Pulido, Daniel Delanoë 22. The Challenges of Interpreting in Psychotherapy: Interpreters Stand ApartJan Cambridge, Swaran Singh, Mark R D Johnson 23. Psychotherapy in JapanKiyoshi Nishimura 24. Psychotherapy for IndonesiansDhalia, Marthoenis 25. Psycho Social Interventions in Rehabilitation: An Intercultural PerspectiveReham Aly, Farooq Naeem, Afzal Javed.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ourania Gouseti, Gail M. Bornhorst, Serafim Bakalis, Alan Mackie, editors.
    Summary: For the first time, this singular and comprehensive text presents a focus on quantitative studies aiming to describe food digestion and the tools that are available for quantification. A case study relevant to real-world applications places this theoretical knowledge in context and demonstrates the different ways digestion studies can be used to develop food products. Interdisciplinary Approaches to Food Digestion undertakes a multidisciplinary approach to food digestion studies, placing them in context and presenting relevant phenomena plus the challenges and limitations of different approaches. This book presents a unique, useful reference work to scientists, students, and researchers in the area of food science, engineering, and nutrition. Over the last two decades there has been an increasing demand for foods that deliver specific nutritional values. In addition, the dramatic increase of food related diseases such as obesity requires the development of novel food products that control satiety and glycemic response. Overall, digestion studies are gaining increasing attention in recent years, especially as the link between diet and health/well-being becomes more evident. However, digestion is a complex process involving a wide range of disciplines such as medicine, nutrition, chemistry, materials science, and engineering. While a significant body of work exists within each discipline, there is a lack of a multidisciplinary approach on the topic which will provide a holistic view of the process. With Interdisciplinary Approaches to Food Digestion, researchers are finally presented with this much needed approach.

    Contents:
    Introduction to digestion studies
    Considerations during digestion studies
    Fundamental understanding of digestion processes
    Case study: starch digestion, real-world relevance
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Amit Garg, Joseph F. Merola, Laura Fitzpatrick, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive textbook provides physicians with a practical evidence-based framework to evaluate and manage patients suspected of having overlap disorders involving the integumentary, musculoskeletal and related systems. The book discusses hallmark mucocutaneous features which support, and often specify, diagnosis, and it provides a summary of relevant multisystem examinations, serologic workup, and imaging. Interdisciplinary perspectives on treatment also facilitate a streamlined approach to referral and co-management. Interdisciplinary Approaches to Overlap Disorders in Dermatology & Rheumatology is a must-have resource for dermatologists, rheumatologists, internists, as well as students of medicine and trainees across medical specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ichiro Wakabayashi, Klaus Groschner, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an introduction to the principles of both cardiovascular epidemiology and molecular pathophysiology; as a unique aspect, it also outlines and discusses the molecular concepts underlying epidemiological observations. This third volume is focused on the most common cardiovascular events to provide an overview on pathogenesis and clinical aspects. The book promotes the use of interdisciplinary approaches in the field of preventive medicine based on recent advances in molecular and cellular pathophysiology. The book offers a valuable resourcefor researchers in basic biomedical fields and clinical scientists alike, as well as guidelines for novel avenues of research in both basic pathophysiology and cardiovascular therapy and prevention.

    Contents:
    Ischemic heart disease
    Stroke
    Heart Failure
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Peripheral artery disease
    Venous Thromboembolism
    Abdominal aortic aneurism.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hans-J. Welkoborsky, Burkhard Wiechens, Michael L. Hinni.
    Contents:
    Topographical anatomy of the orbit / A. Schmiedl
    Pathophysiological aspects of the orbit / H.-J. Welkoborsky and T. Kraft
    Clinical examination in patients with orbital diseases
    Imaging of the orbit
    Diseases of the eyelids and the eye
    Orbital complications
    Endocrine orbitopathy
    Traumatology and traumatic optic neuropathy
    Pathology of the orbit
    Orbital malformations / Paul Schumann, Harald Essig, and Martin Rücker
    Tumors of the orbit and the eye
    Tumors of the fronto-orbital skull base, the optic nerves, and the intracranial optic pathways / I.E. Sandalcioglu and U. Sure
    Intraconal orbital tumors / Michael L. Hinni, Devyani Lal, and Karel De Leeuw
    Radiotherapy of orbital diseases / H. Christiansen and R.M. Hermann
    Surgery of the lacrimal drainage system
    Lid surgery in orbital disorders / M.A. Varde and B. Wiechens
    Anesthesiological aspects of orbit surgery / Jan-Peter A.H. Jantzen and Bernd Schwefler
    Surgical approaches to the orbit
    Reconstructive orbital surgery / N.C. Gellrich and M. Rana.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Ólöf G. Geirsdóttir, Jack J. Bell, editors.
    Summary: This open access book aims to primarily support nurses as leaders and champions of multimodal, Interdisciplinary nutrition care for older adults. A structured approach to fundamentals of nutrition care across Interdisciplinary settings is combined with additional short chapters about special topics in geriatric nutrition. The book is designed to provide highly accessible information on evidence-based management and care for older adults, with a focus on practical guidance and advice across acute, rehabilitation, and primary and secondary malnutrition prevention settings.The cost of malnutrition in England alone has been estimated to be ¹19.6 billion per year, or more than 15% of the total public expenditure on health and social care. ^65 years). The importance and benefit of specialised nutrition care, delivered by experts in field, is well established for those with complex nutrition care needs. However, despite the substantial adverse impact of malnutrition on patient and healthcare outcomes, specialised management of this condition is often under-resourced, overlooked and under-prioritised by both older adults and their treating teams. As an alternative, timely, efficient, and effective supportive nutrition care opportunities may be appropriately implemented by nurses and non-specialist Interdisciplinary healthcare team members, working together with nutrition specialists and the older adults they care for. Practical, low-risk opportunities should be considered across nutrition screening, assessment, intervention, and monitoring domains for many patients with, or at risk of malnutrition. Whilst a variety of team members may contribute to supportive nutrition care, the nursing profession provide a clear focal point. Nurses across diverse settings provide the backbone for Interdisciplinary teamwork and essential patient care. The nursing profession should consequently be considered best placed to administer Interdisciplinary, multimodal nutrition care, wherever specialist nutrition care referrals are unlikely to add value or are simply not available. As such, the book is a valuable resource for all healthcare providers dedicated to working with older patients to improve nutrition care.

    Contents:
    Overview of nutrition care in geriatrics and orthogeriatrics
    Nutritional requirements in geriatrics
    Nutritional assessment, diagnosis and treatment in geriatrics
    Best practice in nursing care; role of nutrition
    Hydration in orthogeriatrics
    Untangling aging, malnutrition, frailty, sarcopenia and function decline
    Bone health, fragility and fractures
    How to increase patient motivation and adherence to nutritional care? Overcoming psychological barrier
    How to engage treating teams to spread and sustain nutritional care
    Interdisciplinary team and education of professionals
    Special topics in geriatric nutrition (1000 words)
    Specialist versus generalist nutritional care in aging
    Key opportunities for multidisciplinary nutritional care
    Physical activity, exercise and physical rehabilitation
    Pressure ulcer prevention and management
    Obesity, Body composition & BMI
    Fundamentals of nutritional physiology.-Nutrition in oropharyngeal dysphagia
    Delirium
    Drug-food & food-drug interaction - supplements
    Food services and systems
    End of life, food and water – ethical standards of care.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Joanne Wolfe, Pamela S. Hinds, and Barbara M. Sourkes.
    Summary: "We hope that the lives of all children will be filled with possibility, with open horizons and rainbows into the future. Children with serious illnesses, their families, and those who care for them, confront the realization that "not everything is possible," that despite dramatic scientific and medical advances, the lifespan of some children will be shortened. This threat of premature loss heightens the sense of time for children and families alike, and challenges clinicians to create new pathways of hope for them"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Oxford 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Blumenthal, Herman T.; Cassel, Christine K.; Hahn, H. P. von; Hof, Patrick R.; Mobbs, Charles V.; Morrison, John H.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Interdisciplinary topics in gerontology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Keiichi Sasaki, Osamu Suzuki, Nobuhiro Takahashi, editors.
    Summary: The Tohoku University Graduate School of Dentistry first introduced the concept of ℓ́ℓInterface Oral Health Scienceℓ́ℓ, designed to establish and maintain healthy oral cavities, which are home to a number of mixed systems. Included in those systems are: (1) host tissues such as teeth, mucosa, muscle and bone, (2) parasites and microorganisms cohabiting the surfaces of the oral cavity, and (3) biomaterials that are used for the rehabilitation of oral functions. In addition, (4) these systems are subject to severe and complex mechanical forces. Therefore, it is critical to promote dental studies that integrate a wide range of interdisciplinary research as medicine, agriculture, material science, engineering, and pharmacology. With this incentive, international symposiums for interface oral health science have been held several times in the past. The concept has since refined and expanded, the result being the ℓ́ℓBiosis-Abiosis Intelligent Interface,ℓ́ℓ and projects aiming at the creation of highly functional and autonomic intelligent interfaces are ongoing. This book brings together a number of studies on incentives and projects by leading authors. Topics include biosis-abiosis interface of dental implants, biomaterials in interface science, biomedical engineering interface, and cell manipulation and tissue regeneration. Readers not only from the field of dentistry but also many related areas will find this book a valuable resource.

    Contents:
    Part I. Symposium I: Biosis-Abiosis Interface of Dental Implants
    1 Biological events happened on the biosis-abiosis interface: Cellular responses induced by implantable electrospun nanofibrous scaffolds
    2 Updates in Treatment Modalities and Techniques on Compromised Alveolar Ridge Augmentation for Successful Dental Implant Therapy
    3 Surface Modification of Dental Implant Improves Implant-Tissue Interface
    4 Oral Microbiota in Crevices around Dental Implants: Profiling of the Oral Biofilm
    Part II Symposium II: Biomaterials in Interface Science
    5 Biofunctionalization of Metallic Materials-Creation of Biosis-Abiosis Intelligent Interface
    6 Evaluation of photocatalytic activity of the TiO2 layer formed on Ti by thermal oxidation
    7 Enhancing functionalities of metallic materials by controlling phase stability for use in orthopedic implants
    8 Surface Improvement for Biocompatibility of Ti-6Al-4V by Dealloying in Metallic Melt
    9 Chemical Vapor Deposition of Ca?P?O Film Coating
    Part III Symposium III: Biomedical Engineering Interface
    10 Importance of visual cues in hearing restoration by auditory prosthesis
    Part IV Symposium IV: Cell Manipulation and Tissue Regeneration
    11 Designer supersurfaces via bioinspiration and biomimetics for dental materials and structures
    12 Feeder Cell Sources and Feeder-Free Methods for Human iPS Cell Culture
    13 Hydrogel-based biomimetic environment for in vitro cell and tissue manipulation
    14 Trends in periodontal regeneration therapy: Potential therapeutic strategy of extracellular matrix administration for periodontal ligament regeneration
    Part V Poster Presentation Award Winners
    15 Histochemical Characteristics of Glycoproteins during Rat Palatine Gland Development
    16 The role of NFIC in regulating odontoblastic differentiation of human molar stem cells from apical papilla
    17 Microbicidal activity of artificially generated hydroxyl radicals
    18 High levels of saturated fatty acids may exacerbate the pathogenesis of primary Sjögren?s syndrome
    19 Effects of carbon addition on mechanical properties and microstructures of Ni-free Co?Cr?W-based dental alloys
    20 Periodontal disease as a possible risk factor for Alzheimer?s disease
    21 Measurement of Skin Elasticity using High Frequency Ultrasound Elastography with Intrinsic Deformation Induced by Arterial Pulsation
    Part VI Poster Presenters
    22 Effect of macrophage colony-stimulating factor receptor c-Fms antibody on lipopolysaccharide-induced pathological osteoclastogenesis and bone resorption
    23 The role of Th1 cytokines on mechanical loading-induced osteoclastogenesis and bone resorption
    24 The ventral primary somatosensory cortex of the primate brain: innate neural interface for dexterous orofacial motor control
    25 Possible roles of IL-33 in periodontal diseases: Porphyromonas gingivalis induced IL-33 in human gingival epithelial cells
    26 Prospects for liposome-encapsulated nisin in the prevention of dental caries
    27 Clinical chipping of zirconia all-ceramic restorations
    28 Dentin Hypersensitivity: Etiology, prevalence and treatment modalities
    29 Preventing Aspiration Pneumonia among the Elderly: a Review Focused on the Impact of the Consistency of Food Substances.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Keiichi Sasaki, Osamu Suzuki, Nobuhiro Takahashi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I Symposium I: Biomaterials in interface science
    1. Low-modulus Ti Alloys Suitable for Rods in Spinal Fixation Devices
    2. Ceramic coating of Ti and its alloys using dry processes for biomedical applications
    3. Dealloying Toxic Ni from SUS316L Surface
    4. Bio-ceramic coating of Ca-Ti-O system compound by laser chemical vapor deposition
    Part II Symposium II: Innovation for oral science and application
    5. Development of a Robot-assisted Surgery System for Cranial-Maxillofacial Surgery
    6. Facilitating the movement of qualified dental graduates to provide dental services across ASEAN member states
    7. Putting the mouth into health: the importance of oral health for general health
    8. Orofacial stem cells for cell based therapies of local and systemic diseases
    9. Biomaterials in Caries Prevention and Treatment
    Part III Symposium III: Regenerative oral science
    10. Efficacy of Calcium Phosphate-based Scaffold Materials on Mineralized and Non-mineralized Tissue Regeneration
    11. Gene Delivery and Expression Systems in Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells
    12. Emerging Regenerative Approaches for Periodontal Regeneration: The Future Perspective of Cytokine Therapy and Stem Cell Therapy
    13. Molecular Mechanisms Regulating Tooth Number
    Part IV Symposium IV: Medical device innovation for diagnosis and treatment of biosis-abiosis interface
    14. Open Source Technologies and Workflows in Digital Dentistry
    15. Detection of Early Caries by Laser-induced Breakdown Spectroscopy
    16. Acoustic Diagnosis Device for Dentistry
    Part V Poster Presentation Award Winners
    17. Activation of TLR3 enhance stemness and immunomodulatory properties of periodontal ligament stem cells (PDLSCs)
    18. Influence of Exogenous IL-12 on Human Periodontal Ligament Cells
    19. Development and performance of low cost beta-type Ti-based alloys for biomedical applications using Mn additions
    20. Effect of Titanium Surface Modifications of Dental Implants on Rapid Osseointegration
    21. Development of Powder Jet Deposition Technique and New Treatment for Discolored Teeth
    22. Osteogenetic effect of low-magnitude high-frequency loading and parathyroid hormone on implant interface in osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Simon Fillatreau, Anne O'Gara, editors.
    Summary: " This volume provides a set of reviews dedicated to the biology of Interleukin (IL)-10. It includes chapters on its importance for maintaining immune homeostasis in humans, its role in intestinal immunity and its functions during viral and bacterial infections. In addition, it presents reviews on the mechanisms linking innate microbial recognition to the production of IL-10 and on how IL-10 recognition by its receptor functions. The roles of T and B cells as relevant sources of IL-10 are also discussed, with an emphasis on the clinical opportunities offered by IL-10-producing Tr1 cells for the suppression of unwanted immunity. Finally, the functions of other cytokines of the IL-10 family are presented. Collectively, these articles provide a comprehensive overview of our current knowledge on one of the most important anti-inflammatory cytokines known to date."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    IL-10 in humans: lessons from the gut, IL-10/IL-10 receptor deficiencies and IL-10 polymorphisms
    Control of intestinal inflammation by interleukin-10
    Tr1 cells and the counter-regulation of immunity: natural mechanisms and therapeutic applications
    Interleukin-10-producing B cells and the regulation of immunity
    Pathogen Manipulation of cIL-10 Signaling Pathways: Opportunities for Vaccine Development?- IL-10: achieving balance during persistent viral infection
    The role of microRNAs in the control and mechanism of action of IL-10
    The regulation of IL-10 expression
    The Molecular Basis of IL-10 Function: From Receptor Structure to the Onset of Signaling
    Role of IL-22 in microbial host defense
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arseniy E. Yuzhalin, Anton G. Kutikhin.
    Contents:
    Introduction : basic concepts
    Interleukin-1 superfamily and cancer
    Interleukin-2 superfamily and cancer
    Interleukin-3, Interleukin-5, and cancer
    IL-6 family and cancer
    Interleukin-10 superfamily and cancer
    Interleukin-12 superfamily and cancer
    Interleukin-17 superfamily and cancer
    The rest of interleukins
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Katherine L. Wilson, Arnoud Sonnenberg.
    Contents:
    BioID identification of lamin-associated proteins
    Proximity-dependent biotin identification (BioID) in Dictyostelium Amoebae
    Purification and structural analysis of LEM-domain proteins
    Purification and structural analysis of SUN and KASH domain proteins - Purification and lamins and soluble fragments of NETs
    Simple separation of functionally distinct populations of lamin-binding proteins
    Development of a novel green fluroescent protein-based binding assay to study the association of plakins with intermediate filament proteins
    Functional analysis of keratin-associated proteins in intestinal epithelia: heat-shock protein chaperoning and kinase rescue
    Purification of protein chaperones and their functional assays with intermediate filaments
    Purification and structural analysis of plectin and BPAG1e
    Purification and structural analysis of desmoplakin
    Degradation of the intermediate filament family by gigaxonin
    Functional and genetic analysis of plectin in skin and muscle
    Functional and genetic analysis of epiplakin in epithelial cells
    In vitro model of the epidermis: connecting protein function to 3D structure
    Functional analysis of periplakin and envoplakin, cytoskeletal linkers, and cornified envelope precursor proteins
    Microtubule-actin cross-linking factor 1: domains, interaction partners, and tissue-specific functions
    Functional and genetic analysis of neuronal isoforms of BPAG1
    Functional and genetic analysis of spectraplakins in Drosophila
    Functional and genetic analysis of VAB-10 spectraplakin in Caenorhabditis elegans
    Tagged chromosomal insertion site system: a method to study lamina-associated chromatin
    Lamin-binding proteins in caenorhabditis elegans
    Pathologically relevant prelamin A interactions with transcription factors
    MCLIP detection of novel protein-protein interactions at the nuclear envelope
    Preparation of the human cytomegalovirus nuclear egress complex and associated proteins.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by M. Bishr Omary and Ronald K.H. Liem.
    Summary: Intermediate Filament Proteins, the latest volume in the Methods in Enzymology series covers all the intermediate filaments in vertebrates and invertebrates, providing a unique understanding of the multiple different tissue-specific intermediate filaments. This volume also covers the latest methods that are currently being used to study intermediate filament protein function and dynamics. It will be an important companion for any experimentalist interesting in studying this protein family in their cell or organism model system.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Wei Lei, Yabo Yan, editors.
    Summary: This book aims provides detailed description of the surgical technique of spine surgery through internal fixation. It illustrates pedicle screw entry site in each vertebra using excellently recorded photographs of vertebral specimens and 3D reconstructed images. In the first chapter, the authors illustrate the entry point of pedicle screw in the cadaveric vertebrae. From Chapter Two to Chapter Seventeen, the authors introduce sixteen kinds of approaches and instrumentations according to the cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine, for the management of spondylosis, trauma and deformity.

    Contents:
    1 Technique and application of atlas internal fixation
    2 C2 Internal Fixation Techinques and Their Applications
    3 Lateral Mass Screw Fixation Techinques for the Lower Cervica Spine
    4 Surgical Techniques for Pedicle Screw Fixation of the Cervical Spine and Their Applications
    5 Anterior Cervical Plate Techniques and Their Applications
    6 Artificial Cervical Disc Techniques and Their Applications
    7 The CENTERPIECE Posterior Cervical Laminoplasty and Internal Fixation System
    8 Surgical Techniques for Pedicle Screw Fixation of the Thoracic Spine
    9 Lumbar pedicle screw fixation techniques and their applications
    10 Surgical Techniques for Illiac Screws
    11 Surgical Techniques for Sacral Pedicle Screws
    12 Surgical Techniques for Thoracolumbar Anterior Internal Fixation
    13 Spine minimally invasive internal fixation techniques and their applications
    14 Thoracolumbar percutaneous vertebroplasty (PVP) and percutaneous kyphoplasty (PKP)
    15 Internal fixation technique and application in the osteoporotic spine
    16 Anterior odontoid screw techniques and application
    17 The interbody fusion system.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ji Eun Lee, Ik Soo Byon, Sung Who Park.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates the various operative techniques employed in internal limiting membrane (ILM) surgery in patients with different macular diseases. Clear guidance is first provided on terminology, bearing in mind that, in the past, methods and results have often been misread or misunderstood owing to confusing terms. Instruction is then given on handling of the ILM and the use of vital dyes and vitreous substitute. ILM peeling, ILM insertion, and ILM flap techniques are explained, and detailed descriptions are provided of the ILM surgical procedures currently performed in conditions such as macular hole, epiretinal membrane, diabetic macular edema, myopic tractional maculopathy, retinal detachment, and optic pit maculopathy. In addition, a chapter is devoted to the postoperative anatomical and functional changes to the macula after ILM surgery in order to help readers both to understand the mechanism of metamorphopsia and to reduce this symptom. The book will be an excellent up-to-date guide for all vitreoretinal surgeons.

    Contents:
    1. Terminology
    2. Histology
    3. Instrument
    4. Vital dye
    5. Vitreous substitute
    6. Internal limiting membrane peeling
    7. Internal limiting membrane insertion
    8. Internal limiting membrane flap
    9. Macular changes after internal limiting membrane surgery
    10. idiopathic macular hole
    11. Epiretinal membrane
    12. Diabetic macular edema
    13. Macular hole retinal detachment
    14. Myopic tractional maculopathy
    15. Retinal detachment
    16. Optic pit maculopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jarrah Ali Al-Tubaikh.
    Summary: This book explains how radiology can be a powerful tool for establishing the diagnosis of many internal medicine diseases. It examines more than 450 diseases, displaying radiological and clinical features in images and high-quality illustrations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Joshua M. Liao, MD, Staff Physician, Department of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Zahir Kanjee, MD, MPH, Hospitalist, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Instructor in Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts ; special editors, Joel T. Katz, MD, Joseph Loscalzo, MD, PhD ; series editors, Emily L Aaronson, MD, Erik L. Antonsen, MD, PhD, Arjun K. Venkatesh, MD, MBA, MHS ; section editor, Luis Ticona, MPP.
    Summary: "In this volume, we aspired to select, summarize, and contextualize 100 of the most practice-changing articles in the field of Iinternal Mmedicine. As practicing clinicians, medical educators, and lifelong learners, we felt particularly drawn to the challenge of exploring how evidence guides clinical choices. In doing so, we hope to shed light on the strengths and weaknesses, clinical and historical context, and impacts and caveats of important research studies that underlie common and challenging clinical decisions"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Andrew S. Field, Wendy A. Raymond, Fernando Schmitt, editors.
    Summary: This text describes a system of reporting breast fine needle aspiration biopsy that uses five clearly defined categories, each described by a specific term and each with a specific risk of malignancy. The five categories are insufficient/inadequate, benign, atypical, suspicious of malignancy and malignant. Each category has a risk of malignancy and is linked to management recommendations, which include several options because it is recognized that diagnostic infrastructure, such as the availability of core needle biopsy and ultrasound guidance, vary between developed and low and middle income countries. This text includes key diagnostic cytological criteria for each of the many lesions and tumors found in the breast. The cytopathology of specific lesions is illustrated with high quality photomicrographs with clear figure descriptions. Chapters also discuss current and potential future ancillary tests, liquid based cytology, nipple cytology and management. An additional chapter provides an overview of an approach to the diagnosis of direct smears of breast fine needle aspiration biopsies. The International Academy of Cytology Yokohama System for Reporting Breast Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy Cytopathology provides a clear logical approach to the diagnosis and categorization of breast lesions by FNAB cytology, and aims to facilitate communication with breast clinicians, further research into breast cytopathology and related molecular pathology, and improve patient care.

    Contents:
    The International Academy of Cytology Yokohama System for Reporting Breast Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy Cytopathology. Introduction and Overview
    Insufficient/Inadequate
    Benign
    Atypical
    Suspicious of Malignancy
    Malignant
    An Approach to the Interpretation of Breast Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy Cytology Direct Smears
    Nipple Cytology
    Role of Ancillary Tests in Breast Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy Cytology
    Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy Cytology of the Breast Utilizing Liquid-based Preparations
    Clinical Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Diseases, tabular list
    v. 2. Diseases, alphabetic index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Natl Cent Health Stat
    1996-<2011> FTP Zip files of the 9th revision, 6th edition here.
    Fulltext
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RB115 .I61
    2
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief: James D. Wright.
    Summary: Provides historical, foundational and interdisciplinary information across behavioral and social sciences, including psychiatry. Includes nearly 4000 articles.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Andrew L. Cherry, Mary E. Dillon, editors.
    Summary: The rates are on the decline worldwide. But adolescent pregnancies still occur, placing millions of girls each year at risk for medical complications and social isolation, and their babies for severe health problems--especially when prenatal care is inadequate or nonexistent. But as the opportunity for young women and girls increases around the world, adolescent pregnancy will continue to decline. Featuring reports from countries across the developed and developing worlds, the International Handbook of Adolescent Pregnancy analyzes the scope of the problem and the diversity of social and professional responses. Its biological/ecological perspective identifies factors influencing childhood pregnancy, as well as outcomes, challenges, and needs of very young mothers as they differ across nations and regions. Salient comparisons are made as cultural contexts and community support vary widely, and attention is paid to issues such as child marriage, LGBT concerns, and the impact of religion and politics on health care, particularly access to contraception, abortion, and other services. This global coverage heightens the understanding of readers involved in care, education, and prevention programs, and otherwise concerned with the psychosocial development, reproductive health, and general well-being of girls.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ingrid Söderback, editor.
    Summary: Advanced therapies and technologies, new service delivery methods, and care upgrades in underserved areas are translating into improved quality of life for millions with disabilities. Occupational therapy parallels this progress at the individual level, balancing short-term recovery and adaptation with long-term independence and well-being. This Second Edition of the International Handbook of Occupational Therapy Interventions builds on its groundbreaking predecessor by modeling current clinical standards rooted in evidence-based practice. Its interventions are applied to a diverse range of client illnesses, injuries, and conditions, with new or rewritten chapters on workplace and vehicle accommodations, smart home technologies, end-of-life planning, and other salient topics. New introductory chapters spotlight core competencies in the field, from assessing client needs and choosing appropriate interventions to evaluating programs and weighing priorities. And for increased educational value, interactive case studies allow readers an extra avenue for honing clinical reasoning and decision-making skills. Intervention areas featured in the Handbook: Environmental accommodation, assistive technologies, and accessible design. Active learning to support mental, cognitive, movement- and sensory-based functioning and work-related rehabilitation programs Enabling recovery and creating opportunity. Promoting health and preventing further disability. The Second Edition of the International Handbook of Occupational Therapy Interventions is career-affirming reading for all members of rehabilitation teams, including occupational and physical therapists and rehabilitation nurses. Students intending to enter this growing field and professionals working toward its continued improvement will find it useful and inspiring.

    Contents:
    Part I. Occupational Therapy: Basic Information
    International Perspective on Occupational Therapy The Past ? the Present ? the Future
    The Genesis of International Handbook of Occupational Therapy Interventions
    Towards a Taxonomy of Occupational Therapy Interventions. A Comparative Literature Analyse of Scientific Review Articles Published 2008 ? 2013
    Occupational Therapy: Emphasis on Clinical Practice
    The Clinical Reasoning Process: Cornerstone of Effective Occupational Therapy Practice.-Ethical Considerations and Priority in Occupational Therapy
    Participants in Occupational Therapy Interventions :Needs Assessments ? A Necessary Phase in Rehabilitation
    Evidence-Based Occupational Therapy and Basic Elements for Conducting Assessments
    Occupational Science Informing Occupational Therapy Interventions
    Interactive Patient Cases in Occupational Therapy? How to Succeed
    PART II. INTERVENTIONS: THE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST MANAGES AND FACILITATES THE CLIENT?S ADAPTATIONS
    Interventions: the Occupational Therapist Manages for Adaptations ? Overview
    Environmental Adaptation for Individuals with Functional Difficulties and Their Families in the Home and Community
    Housing Adaptations and Home Modifications
    Management of 24-Hour-Body-Positioning
    Ergonomic Interventions for Computer Users with Cumulative Trauma Disorders Glenn Goodman
    Wheelchair Seating and Pressure Mapping
    Ergonomic Considerations for Vehicle Driver-Cabin Configurations: Optimizing the Fit Between Drivers with a Disability and Motor-Vehicles
    Splints: Mobilization, Corrective Splintage and Pressure Therapy for The Acutely Injured Hand
    Splinting: Positioning, Edema and Scar Management after Burn Injury
    Wheelchair Intervention ? Principles and Practice
    Assistive Technology Devices for Children with Disabilities
    Low Vision Intervention: Decision-Making for Acquiring and Integrating Assistive Technology
    Eye Tracking ? Eye Gaze Technology.-Universal Design as a Workplace Accommodation Strategy
    Temporal Adaptation and Individuals Living with Serious Mental Illness in the Community.-PART III. INTERVENTIONS: THE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST TEACHES FOR THE CLIENTS? LEARNING OR RELEARNING
    Interventions: the Occupational Therapist Teaches and the Client Learns or Re- learns ? Overview
    Problem solving: A teaching and Therapeutic Tool for Older Adults And Their Families
    Teaching and Supporting Clients with Dementia and their Caregivers in Daily Functioning
    Occupational Therapy Services for Elderly with Severe Dementia
    Metacognitive Occupation-based Training in Traumatic Brain Injury
    Meta-cognitive Strategies for Training Daily Living Skills in People with Brain Damage: The Self-Regulation and Mental Imagery Program
    Teaching ? Learning Strategies for Intervention with People with Neuro-visual Impairments
    Delivering Fatigue Management Education by Teleconference to People with Multiple Sclerosis
    Psycho-Educational Groups
    Illness Management Training: Transforming Elapse and Instilling Prosperity (TRIP) in an Acute Psychiatric Ward
    Psychosocial Intervention in Schizophrenia
    Intervention in Panic and Anxiety Disorders
    Redesigning Daily Occupation (ReDO) ? Facilitating Return to Work among Women with Stress-related Disorders
    Trunk Restraint: Physical Intervention for Improvement of Upper Limb Motor Impairment and Function
    Constraint- Induced Movement Therapy for Restoration of Upper-Limb Function: Introduction
    Functional Electrical Stimulation Therapy: Enabling Function through Reaching and Grasping
    Joint Protection: Enabling Change in Musculoskeletal Conditions
    Cogitative Priming with Self-Speech: Implicit Memory Intervention for Improvement in Daily Motor Function in People Living with Parkinson?s Disease
    Ayres Sensory Integration® Intervention
    Upper-limb Therapy in Children Following Injection of Botulinum Neurotoxin A
    The Role of Occupational Therapists in the Rehabilitation Teamwork
    Pain Management: Multidisciplinary Back Schools and E-Health Interventions For Chronic Pain Sufferers
    Pain Management: Functional Restoration for Chronic Low-back Pain Clients
    Occupational Rehabilitation: The principles and Practice Of Work And Ergonomics
    Reintegration People Suffering from Depression into the Workplace.-Supported Employment for Individuals with Severe Mental Illness
    School-to-Work Transition Support for Youth with Disabilities
    PART IV. INTERVENTIONS: THE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST ENABLES FOR THE CLIENT?S RECOVERY
    Interventions the Occupational Therapist Enables the Client?s Recovery ? Overview
    Using Smart Home Technology and Health Promoting Exercise
    Creating Opportunities for Participation within and Beyond Community Mental Health Services.-Intervention Program Mediated by Recreational Activities and Socialization in Groups for Clients with Alzheimer?s Disease
    Enablement In Participation in Meaningful and Essential Activities in End-Of-Life-Care
    Gardening ? an occupation for recovery and wellness
    Horticultural Therapy for the Cognitive Functioning of Elderly People with Dementia
    Music as a Resource for Health and Wellbeing
    PART V.INTERVENTIONS: THE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST PROMOTES FOR THE CLIENTS HEALTH AND WELLNESS
    Interventions the Occupational Therapist Promotes for the Client?s Health and Wellness ? Overview
    Prevention and Health Promotion in Occupational Therapy: From Concepts to Interventions
    Preventing Falls in the Elderly: Opportunities and Alternatives
    Issues Related to the Use of In-vehicle Intelligent Transport Systems by Drivers with Functional Impairments
    Work-Related Health: Organizational Factors, Risk Assessment and Well-Being
    Motivational Interviewing: Enhancing Client Motivation for Behavior Change.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Rory O'Connor and Jane Pirkis.
    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Suicidal determinants and frameworks
    Challenges to defining and classifying suicide and suicidal behaviours / Rory C O'Connor and Jane Pirkis
    International perspectives on the epidemiology and aetiology of suicide and self-harm / Kirsten Windfuhr, Sarah Steeg, Isabelle M. Hunt, and Navneet Kapur
    Self-harm : extent of the problem and prediction of repetition / Ella Arensman, Eve Griffin and Paul Corcoran
    Major mood disorders and suicidal behavior / Zoltan Rihmer and Peter Dome
    Schizophrenia, other psychotic disorders and suicidal behavior / Antoine Deslets, Myriam Labossire, Alexander McGirr and Gustavo Turecki
    Substance use disorders and suicidal behaviour : a conceptual model / Kenneth R. Conner and Mark A. Ilgen
    Personality disorders and suicidality / Joel Paris
    The association between physical illness/medical conditions and suicide risk / Maurizio Pompili, Alberto Forte, Alan L. Berman and Dorian A. Lamis
    Relationships of genes and early-life experience to the neurobiology of suicidal behaviour / John Mann MD and Dianne Currier
    Understanding the suicidal brain : a review of neuropsychological studies of suicidal ideation and behavior / Kees van Heeringen and Stijn Bijttebier
    Visualising the suicidal brain : neuroimaging and suicide prevention / Katherin Sudol and Maria A. Oquendo
    Present status and future prospects of the interpersonal-psychological theory of suicidal behaviour / Christopher R. Hagan, Jessica D. Ribeiro and Thomas E. Joiner
    The integrated motivational-volitional model of suicidal behaviour : an update / Rory C O?Connor, Seonaid Cleare, Sarah Eschle, Karen Wetherall and Olivia J Kirtley
    Sociological perspectives on suicide marital and religious integration : a review and analysis / Steven Stack and Augustine J. Kposowa
    Inequalities and suicidal behavior / Stephen Platt
    Economic recession, unemployment and suicide running header : economic recession and suicide / David Gunnell and Shu-Sen Chang
    Intervention, treatment and care
    Evidence-based prevention and treatment of suicidal behaviour in children and adolescents / Yari Gvion and Alan Apter
    Prevention and treatment of suicidality in older adults / Diego De Leo and Ur?ka Arnautovska
    Therapeutic alliance and the therapist / Konrad Michel
    Clinical care of self-harm patients : an evidence-based approach / Keith Hawton and Kate E.A. Saunders
    After the suicide attempt
    the need for continuity and quality of care / Lars Mehlum and Erlend Mork
    Management of suicidal risk in emergency departments : a clinical perspective / Simon Hatcher
    Treating the suicidal patient : cognitive therapy and dialectical behaviour therapy / Nadine A. Chang, Shari Jager-Hyman, Gregory K. Brown, Amy Cunningham and Barbara Stanley
    Lessons learned from clinical trials of the collaborative assessment and management of suicidality (CAMS) / David A. Jobes, Katherine Anne Comtois, Lisa A. Brenner, Peter M. Gutierrez and Stephen S. O'Connor
    Modes of mind and suicidal processes / Mark Williams, Danielle S. Duggan, Catherine Crane, Silvia Hepburn, Emily Hargus and Bergljot Gjelsvik
    Brief contact interventions : current evidence and future research directions / Allison J Milner and Greg L Carter
    Delivering online cognitive behavioural therapy interventions to reduce suicide risk / Ad Kerkhof and Bregje van Spijker
    Helplines, tele-web support services and suicide prevention / Alan Woodward and Clare Wyllie
    Suicide prevention : bringing together evidence, policy & practice
    Suicide prevention in low and middle income countries / Lakshmi Vijayakumar and Michael Phillips
    Suicide in Asia : epidemiology, risk factors and prevention / Murad M Khan, Nargis Asad and Ehsanullah Syed
    Cultural factors in suicide prevention / Lai Fong Chan and Maniam Thambu
    Suicide prevention strategies : case studies from across the globe / Gerg Hadlaczky, Danuta Wasserman, Christina Hoven, Donald Mandell and Camilla Wasserman
    Rurality and suicide / Cameron Stark, Vincent Riordan and Nadine Dougall
    Why mental illness is a risk factor for suicide : implications for suicide prevention / Brian L. Mishara and Francois Chagnon
    Suicide prevention through restricting access to suicide means and hotspots / Ying-Yeh Chen, Kevin Chien-Chang Wu, Yun Wang and Paul S.F. Yip
    Reducing suicide without affecting underlying mental health : theoretical underpinnings and a review of the evidence base linking the availability of lethal means and suicide / Deborah Azrael and Matthew J. Miller
    Surviving the legacy of suicide / Onja Grad and Karl Andriessen
    Suicide prevention through personal experience / DeQuincy Lezine
    Time to change direction in suicide research / Heidi Hjelmel and Birthe Loa Knizek
    Suicide research methods and designs / Catherine R. Glenn, Joseph C. Franklin, Jaclyn C. Kearns, Elizabeth C. Lanzillo and Matthew K. Nock
    School-based suicide prevention programmes / Lynda Kong, Jitender Sareen and Laurence Y. Katz
    Media influences on suicidal thoughts and behaviours / Jane Pirkis, Katherine Mok, Jo Robinson and Merete Nordentoft
    Suicide clusters / Jo Robinson, Jane Pirkis and Rory O'Connor.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Marco Akerman, Ana Claudia Camargo Gonçalves Germani, editors.
    Summary: This international handbook brings together researchers and teachers from 25 countries of the five continents to share their experiences of teaching health promotion in undergraduate and graduate courses related to different health professions. Chapter authors share teaching methodologies used in classes, discuss the competencies students need to learn and indicate research opportunities. Readers will be provided with real-world examples of empowering, participatory, holistic, intersectoral, equitable and sustainable teaching/learning strategies that aim to improve health and reduce health inequities. This handbook was edited by an editorial board formed by 12 members of the International Union for Health Promotion and Education (IUHPE) from seven countries Brazil, Belgium, Canada, Israel, New Zealand, Taiwan and UK , and includes 45 chapters organized in seven thematic sections, each one dedicated to a different aspect of the process of teaching and learning health promotion: The health promotion curriculum Making health promotion relevant to practice Pedagogies for health promotion Special topics for health promotion Health promotion assessment and quality assurance Health promotion as a transformational practice Students reflections The International Handbook of Teaching and Learning in Health Promotion: Practices and Reflections from Around the World aims to encourage a dialogue between teaching and learning practices carried out locally and the possibilities of replicating these experiences globally, recognizing cultural differences and similarities. This handbook is intended for a wide range of readers, including education and training providers, health professionals and health care students. Due to its intersectoral and interdisciplinary approach, it will also be of interest to teachers and students in other fields of the Social Sciences, such as Urban Planning, Social Work, Public Policy, International Relations and Population Studies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to the International Handbook of Teaching and Learning in Health Promotion: What and for whom is it intended?
    Section I - The Health Promotion Curriculum
    Chapter 2: Introduction to Section I - The Health Promotion Curriculum
    Chapter 3: The First Undergraduate Program in Health Promotion and Prevention in Switzerland: Context, Concept and Challenges
    Chapter 4: The first Francophone Africa Online Master Degree Course in Health Promotion: Key Features and Perspectives
    Chapter 5: Debates, tensions and alternatives in Health Promotion Education from South-North & South-South cooperation: The Health Promotion and Social Development Master Experience
    Chapter 6: The Disappearing Contribution of Universities in the UK to Health Promotion
    Chapter 7: Health Promotion Teaching & Learning at University of the Western Cape, South Africa: Thinking Global, Acting Local
    Chapter 8: The Health Promotion Curriculum: Evolving and Embedding Competencies in Contemporary Courses
    Section II - Making Health Promotion Relevant to Practice
    Chapter 9: Introduction to Section II - Making Health Promotion Relevant to Practice
    Chapter 10: The Health Promotion Model of Social Care: Development and Application in Pedagogy for Social Care Practice
    Chapter 11: Extending Student-Active Learning into Effective Practice in Global Development-Related Health Promotion
    Chapter 12: TEIA: Intersectoral Topics and Strategies with Community Health Workers (CHW): Education, Communication and Health Promotion in times of pandemic
    Chapter 13: Professional Development in Health Promotion for Family Doctors: Using the "Entrustable Professional Activities" Approach
    Section III - Pedagogies for Health Promotion
    Chapter 14: Introduction to Section III - Pedagogies for Health Promotion
    Chapter 15: Wikis in Micro-Communities: A Collaborative and Relational Learning Tool for Health Promotion
    Chapter 16: Innovative Pedagogies in a Health Promotion Specialisation: Knowledge, Practice and Research
    Chapter 17: Health Educators Love Reading: Introducing the Journal Club for Life-Long Learning
    Chapter 18: Teaching Clinical Skills and Health Promotion Using Clinical Simulations
    Chapter 19: Learning Health Promotion from Skateboarders: A Community-Based Practice to Rethink the Academy Teaching Method
    Chapter 20: Teaching Health Promotion in Aotearoa: A Tangata Whenua and Tangata Tiriti Perspective
    Chapter 21: Training and Participatory Research in Health Promotion Courses: Reflections and Contributions for Knowledge and Experiences
    Chapter 22: Method and Strategies in Health Promotion Teaching-Learning: Evidence from a Networked Postgraduate Program in Northeast Brazil
    Chapter 23: Pedagogical Experiences in Teaching and Learning Health Promotion in Undergraduate Education
    Chapter 24: Using Innovative Curriculum Design and Pedagogy to Create Reflective and Adaptive Health Promotion Practitioners within the Context of a Master of Public Health Degree
    Chapter 25: Theoretical, methodological, mediatic and evaluative challenges in the teaching-learning of Health Promotion: the use of virtual platforms
    Section IV Special Topics for Health Promotion
    Chapter 26: Introduction to Section IV Special Topics for Health Promotion
    Chapter 27: Personalized and Research-Led Teaching as Building Blocks to Success During Pandemic Times in Austrias Higher Education Sector
    Chapter 28: Health Promotion and Integrative and Complementary Practices: Transversality and Competence Development in an Undergraduate Experience
    Chapter 29: Teaching Suicide Prevention: Experiences from a Social- Ecological Approach
    Chapter 30: Encounters and Narratives: The Insertion of the Socio-Environmental Health in the Perspective of the Health Promotion
    Chapter 31: Health Education in Times of Pandemic: Promoting Health Among Indigenous Populations in the Brazilian Amazon
    Chapter 32: Health Promotion and Working in/with Groups: An Experience of Interprofessional Training at UNIFESP Baixada Santista (Brazil)
    Section V - Health Promotion Assessment and Quality Assurance
    Chapter 33: Introduction to Section V - Health Promotion Assessment and Quality Assurance
    Chapter 34: The IUHPE Health Promotion Accreditation System Development and Experiences of Implementation
    Chapter 35: Core Competencies for Health Promotion: Development and Experience in Pedagogy
    Chapter 36: Brick by Brick: Building a House of Health Promotion on a Foundation of Political Science Theory
    Section VI - Health Promotion as a Transformational Practice
    Chapter 37: Introduction to Section VI - Health Promotion as a Transformational Practice
    Chapter 38: The Circle of Health An Interactive Tool to Guide the Process of Transformative Change and Rethinking Health Promotion
    Chapter 39: Challenging Oppression in Health Promotion and Developing an Intersectional Framework for Health Promotion in Teaching Health Promotion Through a Distance Learning Module at the Open University
    Chapter 40: Teaching and Learning Health Promotion Through Social Participation, Interculturality and Popular Education
    Chapter 41: Community-Engaged Education in Health Promotion: Exploring Equity and Ethical Dimensions to Problem-Solving in Community
    Chapter 42: Health Promotion in the Region of the Americas: An Educational Innovation Proposal
    Chapter 43: Sharing Paths and Converging Learning: A Consortium of Brazilian Health Promotion Graduate Programs
    Section VII Students Reflections
    Chapter 44: Introduction to Section VII Students Reflections
    Chapter 45: A Student Perspective on Learning and Doing Settings-Based Health Promotion in the Era of TikTok
    Chapter 46: The Impact that Learning About Health Promotion had on me. Embracing Health Promotion: A Puerto Rican Metamorphosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by J. Reid Meloy, Jens Hoffmann.
    Summary: "This introductory chapter sets forth three foundations for threat assessment and management: the first foundation is the defining of basic concepts, such as threat assessment and threat management; the second foundation outlines the similarities and differences between threat assessment and violence risk assessment; the third foundation is a detailed overview of the research findings, theoretical avenues, measurement instruments, and developments in practice over the past quarter century. The goal of our chapter is to introduce the professional reader to the young scientific field of threat assessment and management, and to clarify and guide the seasoned professional toward greater excellence in his or her work"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    International Handbook of Threat Assessment
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Foreword
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Foundations
    1. Threat Assessment and Threat Management
    2. Explicit Threats of Violence
    3. Warning Behaviors
    4. Source Interviewing in a Threat Management Context
    5. Legal Issues in Threat Assessment and Management
    Part II: Fields of Practice
    6. Workplace Targeted Violence: Assessment and Management in Dynamic Contexts
    7. Threat Assessment and Management in K-​12 Schools 8. Threat Assessment and Management in Higher Education: Enhancing the Standard of Practice
    9. Public Figure Stalking and Attacks
    10. Intimate Partner Violence, Stalking, and Femicide
    11. Stalking Threat and Risk Assessment
    12. The Assessment of Anonymous Threatening Communications
    13. Lone Actor Terrorism
    14. Electronic Threats and Harassment: A Dominant Role in Threat Assessment
    15. Crawling in the Dark-​Perspectives on Threat Assessment in the Virtual Sphere
    16. Insider Threats: Leveraging the Benefits of Behavioral Science Research 17. Threat Assessment of Targeted Honor-​Based Violence
    18. Fundamentals of Threat Assessment for Beginners
    19. International Legal Perspectives on Threat Assessment
    20. Protective Intelligence: Threat Assessment and Management Considerations
    21. Critical Concepts for Threat Assessment and Management With Adolescents
    22. Rethinking the Path to Intended Violence
    23. False Allegations in Rape, Stalking, and Gang-​Stalking
    24. The Importance of Bystanders in Threat Assessment and Management
    Part III: Operations 25. Enhancing School Safety Using a Threat Assessment Model: An Operational Chapter for Preventing Targeted School Violence
    26. Operations of the Los Angeles Police Department Threat Management Unit and Crisis Support Response Section
    27. The Fixated Threat Assessment Centers: The Joint Policing and Psychiatric Approach to Risk Assessment and Management in Cases of Public Figure Threat and Lone Actor Grievance-​Fueled Violence
    28. Domestic Violence Risk Assessment: Tools and Procedures for Threat Assessment and Management 29. Threat Triage: Recognizing the Needle in the Haystack
    30. Workplace Violence Risk Instrumentation: Use of the WAVR-​21 V3 and the CAG
    31. The Problem Behaviour Program: Threat Assessment and Management in a Community Forensic Mental Health Context
    32. Digital Behavioral Criminalistics to Elucidate the Cyber Pathway to Intended Violence
    33. Mitigating Harm in the Military: A Military Service Approach to Threat Assessment and Management
    34. Making Sense of Terrorist Violence and Building Psychological Expertise
    Digital Access Oxford 2021
  • Digital
    Andrew L. Cherry, Valentina Baltag, Mary E. Dillon, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Establishing Global Standards for the Provision of Adolescent Health Care and Services
    Adolescent Sexual and Reproductive Health
    Mental Health
    Violence and Injuries
    Nutrition and Physical Activity
    Special Considerations for Adolescents with Chronic Conditions
    Adolescent Evolving Capacity and Autonomous Decision Making
    Adolescent Responsive Health Systems
    Adolescent Health Competencies Needed by Health Care Workers
    Financial Responsibility and Universal Access to Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Festing, Michael F. W.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QL55 .I61
    3
  • Digital
    Cutter, Anthony Mark; Gordijn, Bert; Marchant, Gary Elvin; Murphy, Colleen; Pompidou, Alain; Roeser, Sabine.
    Summary: Technologies are developing faster and their impact is bigger than ever before. Synergies emerge between formerly independent technologies that trigger accelerated and unpredicted effects. Alongside these technological advances new ethical ideas and powerful moral ideologies have appeared which force us to consider the application of these emerging technologies. In attempting to navigate utopian and dystopian visions of the future, it becomes clear that technological progress and its moral quandaries call for new policies and legislative responses. Against this backdrop this new book series from Springer provides a forum for interdisciplinary discussion and normative analysis of emerging technologies that are likely to have a significant impact on the environment, society and/or humanity. These will include, but be no means limited to nanotechnology, neurotechnology, information technology, biotechnology, weapons and security technology, energy technology, and space-based technologies.
  • Digital
    Ramon Andrade De Mello, Giannis Mountzios, Álvaro A. Tavares, editors.
    Summary: Cancer is a very aggressive disease and currently it has been considered a challenge to oncologists and cancer patients worldwide. Nowadays, several therapeutic strategies had improved toward last decades. Surgery is many times still the best curative treatment, mainly in early stage disease. However, Radiotherapy and chemotherapy acquired a main role in this scenario. Target therapies were introduced for medical oncology practice and are demonstrating a hallmark of a new era in cancer treatment. More recently, immunotherapy has been considered the novel cornerstone in cancer treatment. The 2nd edition of the International Manual of Oncology Practice (iMOP) emerged after the great success of the iMOP 1st edition as a reference for medical oncologists and medical residents in the field. In this edition, several chapters were revised and its addresses from the molecular issues of cancer sciences to the clinical practice in medical oncology. In addition, multiple choice questions and clinical cases were included in the main chapters in order to improve the reader learning. The book focuses systemic treatments in many areas of medical oncology, such as breast cancer, gastrointestinal, thoracic, urological oncology, head and neck tumors, bone tumors, sarcomas and palliative care. The topics herein discussed will provide the readers a step forward in the medical oncology practice understanding and give facilities for help in cancer patient treatments.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nyapati R. Rao, Laura Weiss Roberts, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations
    Chapter 1. International Medical Graduate Physician Training in American Psychiatry: Where We Are and Where We Are Going
    Chapter 2. Graduate Medical Education and Career Paths
    Chapter 3. Core Competencies and the Next Accreditation System
    Chapter 4. Evaluation and Feedback
    Chapter 5. The Doctor-Patient Relationship
    Chapter 6. The Psychiatric Interview
    Chapter 7. The Biopsychosocial Formulation
    Chapter 8. Psychotherapy
    Chapter 9. Professionalism and Ethics
    Chapter 10. Legal Issues
    Chapter 11. Evidence-Based Medicine
    Chapter 12. Psychiatric Research
    Chapter 13. Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
    Chapter 14. Geriatric Psychiatry
    Chapter 15. Public Psychiatry
    Part II. Perspectives
    Chapter 16. From Immigrant to Practitioner: A Perspective
    Chapter 17. The History of International Medical Graduate Physicians in Psychiatry and Medicine in the United States: A Perspective
    Chapter 18. Identity Development for International Medical Graduate Physicians: A Perspective
    Chapter 19. Identity Issues Specific to Women and United States Citizens Graduating from International Medical Schools: A Perspective
    Chapter 20. Cultural Competence for International Medical Graduate Physicians: A Perspective
    Chapter 21. Training Needs of International Medical Graduate Physicians in Psychiatry: A Perspective
    Chapter 22. Globalization and Recruitment Strategies for International Medical Graduate Physicians: A Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hassaan Tohid, Howard Maibach, editors.
    Summary: Thousands of international medical graduates come to the United States to start their career as physicians. Many of them, however, are not aware of the challenges and problems that they may encounter along the way. These difficulties can range from the language and cultural barriers to a lack of confidence and self-esteem. Many students are also unaware of the other career options besides getting into a clinical residency program. As a result of these issues, a great number of foreign medical students remain unmatched into the National Resident Matching Program. Not matching can be devastating for these graduates, both financially and medically. Students often suffer from psychological effects like major depression and generalized anxiety disorder. This book outlines the potential problems faced by these graduates and their possible solutions. Each chapter collects research evidence, interviews and surveys to gather information to work on each possible problem one by one and describes a solution in great detail. Comprised of thirty chapters, each chapter is broken down into smaller sub-sections to investigate the main theme in depth. Issues addressed include the different types of international medical graduates and their lives in the United States, differences in the education system and healthcare system, the triangle of residency, language and cultural barriers, lack of professional contacts, confidence, self-image and self-esteem issues, and restriction to specific fields and career paths. Written by experts in the field, International Medical Graduates in the United States is a first of its kind text that addresses the biggest issues faced by foreign medical graduates in today's world.

    Contents:
    International Medical Graduates (IMGs) and the Types of IMGs
    Similarities and the Differences in the Education Systems Around the World
    Healthcare Systems Around the World
    The Life of International Medical Graduates in the United States: A Psychiatrist's Perspective
    The Triangle of Residency
    The Problems that an IMG Faces When Moving to The United States
    Cultural Barrier
    Nobody Knows You
    Confidence, Self-image, Self-esteem
    Restriction to Specific Fields
    Choosing a specialty just to get a job
    USMLE (United States medical licensing exam): A challenge ?
    The Relationship between country of origin and performance on the USMLE
    Unique Considerations of Certain Countries
    The Role of International Medical Graduates (IMGs) in the United States Healthcare System
    The Role of Mentoring and Tutoring
    Medical Ethics and International Medical Graduates
    The Alternate Career Pathways For International Medical Graduates In Health & Wellness Sector
    California Institute of Behavioral Neurosciences and Psychology and Its Role in Helping International Medical Graduates
    Licensing Requirements by State and Territory for International Medical Graduates
    Sources of Support for IMGs
    Thinking Strategically: How "ACE" Helps IMG Trainees
    The United States Medical Licensing Examination
    The Residency Interview
    The Match Process and SOAP
    How COVID threatens IMGs Residency Training
    International Medical Graduates and their Specialties reviewed
    The Book First Aid and USMLE/Scholar-Rx: How They Have Been Instrumental in Serving International Medical Graduates?
    Visa Issues Faced by IMGs
    International Medical Graduates and The United States Clinical Residency Match: The Editors' Perspective .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Robert P. Lisak, Daniel D. Truong, William M. Carroll, Roongroj Bhidayasiri ; foreword by John Walton (Lord Walton Of Detchant).
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Robert E. Black, Atul Singhal, Ricardo Uauy.
    Contents:
    Country-level action to improve nutrition and health : the case of Chile in the last century / Jimenez, J.
    Global, regional, and country trends in underweight and stunting as indicators of nutrition and health of populations / Neufeld, L.M., Osendarp, S.J.M.
    Global distribution and disease burden related to micronutrient deficiencies / Black, R.E.
    Predicting the health effects of switching infant feeding practices for use in decision-making / Yarnoff, B.O., Allaire, B.T., Detzel, P.
    Addressing the double burden of malnutrition with a common agenda / Uauy, R., Garmendia, M.L., Corvalán, C.
    Summary on world nutrition situation / Uauy, R.
    Interventions to address maternal and childhood undernutrition : current evidence / Bhutta, Z.A., Das, J.K.
    Maternal nutrition interventions to improve maternal, newborn, and child health outcomes / Ramakrishnan, U., Imhoff-Kunsch, B., Martorell, R.
    Fetal growth restriction and preterm as determinants of child growth in the first two years and potential interventions / Christian, P.
    How can agricultural interventions contribute in improving nutrition health and achieving the MDGs in least-developed countries? / Dorward, A.
    Long-term consequences of nutrition and growth in early childhood and possible preventive interventions / Adair, L.S.
    Summary on evidence on interventions and field experiences / Black, R.E.
    The global epidemic of noncommunicable disease : the role of early-life factors / Singhal, A.
    Obesity and the metabolic syndrome in developing countries : focus on south Asians / Misra, A., Bhardwaj, S.
    Preventing atopy and allergic disease / Heine, R.G.
    Nutrition and chronic disease : lessons from the developing and developed world / Prentice, A.M.
    Summary on future perspectives / Singhal, A.
    Digital Access Karger 2013
  • Digital
    edited by Christina W. Hoven, Lawrence V. Amsel, Sam Tyano.
    Summary: This book provides a broad international perspective on the psychological trauma faced by children and adolescents exposed to major disasters, and on the local public health response to their needs. An outstanding quality of the book is that it draws upon the experience of local researchers, clinicians, and public mental health practitioners who dedicated themselves to these children in the wake of overwhelming events. The chapters address exemplary responses to a wide variety of trauma types, including severe weather, war, industrial catastrophes, earthquakes, and terrorism. Because disasters do not recognize geographic, economic, or political boundaries, the chapters have been selected to reflect the diverse global community's attempt to respond to vulnerable children in the most challenging times. The book, thus, examines a diverse range of healthcare systems, cultural settings, mental health infrastructure, government policies, and the economic factors that have played an important role in responses to traumatic events. The ultimate goal of this book is to stimulate future international collaborations and interventions that will promote children's mental health in the face of disaster.

    Contents:
    The plan of the book is to have 12-15 chapters that would represent an international perspective. Each chapter would involve a major disaster (last 10-15 years) and would be focused on the public mental health response to that disaster for the children and adolescents involved. Examples of particular disasters might include: 9/11
    Hurricane Katerina
    Japanese earthquake and tsunami
    Boko Haram Terrorism in Africa.-Gujurat Earthquake
    Haiti Earthquake
    Paris Terror Attack
    Adjustment to Immigration
    Resilience to Ongoing Terror
    PTSD in Children and Adolescents
    Children after Earthquake.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Kim Manley, Valerie J. Wilson, Christine Øye.
    Summary: "As we write this chapter, we are in the middle of a global pandemic that is testing the resilience and values of people, communities, health and social care systems everywhere. Practice development (PD) offers practical strategies for how these challenges can be addressed founded on values-based ways of working that are compassionate, person-centred, safe and effective. Despite the often unpredictable challenges faced when providing care, of which the current pandemic is an extreme example, practice guided by the values outlined above will be recognised in the workplace by the priority given to wellbeing, how teams manage challenges, and ways of working that involve everyone through collaboration, inclusion and participation to enable empowerment. The multiple perspectives and expertise resulting from this approach when applied to systematic learning and improvement that questions assumptions will enable positive and sustainable change to occur"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Transforming health and social care using practice development
    Shaping health services through true collaboration between professional providers and service users
    Turning point : curious novice to committed advocate
    Sustainable person-centred communities design and practice
    Promoting person-centred care for older people
    Education models embedding PD philosophy, values and impact : using the workplace as the main resource for learning, developing and improving
    Critical ethnography : a method for improving healthcare cultures in practice development and embedded research
    A global manifesto for practice development : revisiting core principles
    Theorising practice development
    Unpacking and developing facilitation
    Re-imagining participation in processes of facilitation : a case for 'humble assertiveness'
    Leadership relationships
    From fractured to flourishing : developing clinical leadership for frontline culture change
    Systems leadership enablement of collaborative healthcare practices
    Recognising and developing effective workplace cultures across health and social care that are also good places to work
    Wellbeing at work
    Flourishing people, families and communities
    Practice development : towards co-creation, innovation and systems transformation to foster person-centred care.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Catalogue
    pt. 2. Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6941 .I61
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Marianna J. Legato, Marek Glezerman.
    Summary: The International Society for Gender Medicine: history and highlights is about a major step in the improvement of quality in medicine, namely the long overdue understanding that women are different from men in every system of the body and may require different approaches in diagnosis and treatment. This is not a textbook, nor is it a scientific publication. It is the story of the International Society for Gender Medicine (IGM) as soon through the eyes of 12 pioneers of Gender and Sex Specific Medicine (GSSM) from seven countries, five of whom were the founds of IGM in 2006. It describes the development of this new science in the respective countries and academic environments of the authors, their very personal experience while promoting, and implementing their vision of GSSM, their frustrations, successes, and achievements. The field of gender-specific medicine examines how normal human biology and physiology differ between men and women and how the diagnosis and treatment of disease differs as a function of gender and sex. Among the areas of greatest difference are cardiovascular disease, mood disorders, the immune system, cancer, osteoporosis, diabetes, obesity, and infectious diseases. This book is essential reading for all researchers, graduate students, practitioners, and anyone interested in this diverse and thriving field. From the early beginning, to the recent NIH mandate that females be included in pre-clinical as well as clinical research and that research results be reported by sex, the quick read will broaden your understanding of the history of the field and highlight where the future is headed.Illustrates how major universities and organizations around the world concentrated first on the unexplored world of women's biology and then progressively adopted the larger view of the importance of investigating and comparing both sexes through all levels of biomedical researchNotes the recent NIH statement that funding would depend on inclusion of two sexes in scientific protocols wherever possible as an important affirmation of the legitimacy of gender specific scienceAddresses challenges for the future: how to incorporate both sexes in investigative protocols in a scientifically valid way, and whether or not the cost of including two sexes in protocols will be prohibitively expensiveDispels the idea that gender-specific medicine is women's medicine and how changing the name of most of the organizations currently advocating and developing gender specific medicine to include men and women (rather than just women) in their group name would help dispel this notion.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for International standard to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Online version includes browsable tabular headings with search capability and instruction manual as well as links to older versions.

    Contents:
    v. 1. Tabular list
    v. 2. Instruction manual
    v. 3. Alphabetical index.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RB115 .I155
    3
  • Digital
    Ashish Chandra, Barbara Crothers, Daniel Kurtycz, Fernando Schmitt, editors.
    Summary: This book is the culmination of an international effort to bring consistency and diagnostic efficiency to effusion cytology for the sake of patient care. The authors recognize special challenges in serous fluid cytopathology, such as reporting the presence of Mullerian epithelium in peritoneal fluids. What is an appropriate serous fluid volume to ensure adequacy? How should mesothelial proliferations be reported and is it appropriate to make an interpretation of malignant mesothelioma? How specific should a report be regarding the origin and subtyping of tumors found in serous fluids? What are the appropriate quality monitors for this specimen type? Special chapters on considerations for peritoneal washings, cytopreparatory techniques, mesothelioma and quality management are included to address these issues. The text contains literature reviews that elucidate existing evidence in support of current practices and recommendations. Expert opinions on where evidence was lacking, the most common practices were adopted by consensus, and where there was no commonality, are employed. Written by experts in the field, The International System for Serous Fluid Cytopathology serves as a collaborative effort between the International Academy of Cytology and the American Society for Cytopathology and calls upon participation of the international cytopathology and oncology communities to contribute to the development of a truly international system for reporting serous fluid cytology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Disclaimer
    Contents
    Editors
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    1: The International System for Reporting Serous Fluid Cytopathology: Introduction and Overview of Diagnostic Terminology and Reporting
    Introduction
    Format of the Report
    Rate and Risk of Malignancy
    References
    2: Non-diagnostic (ND) and Adequacy
    Background
    Definition
    Explanatory Notes
    Clinical Management
    Sample Reports
    References
    3: Negative for Malignancy (NFM)
    Background
    Definition
    Criteria for Negative for Malignancy
    Explanatory Notes Approach to Serous Effusion (Fig. 3.1)
    Expected Cellular Findings
    Without Regard to Volume or Distribution
    With Increased Volume and/or Distribution of Predominately One Cell Type
    Predominantly Mesothelial Cells
    Predominantly Histiocytes
    Predominantly Lymphocytes
    Predominantly or Increased Eosinophils
    Predominantly Neutrophils
    Unexpected Cellular and Noncellular Findings
    Unexpected Cell Population (Second Cell Population)
    Unexpected Benign Cellular and Noncellular Findings
    Psammoma Bodies
    Collagen Balls
    Detached Ciliary Tufts Asbestos (Ferruginous) Bodies
    Curschmann's Spirals
    Lupus Erythematosus (LE) Cells
    Necrotic Material
    Fistula
    Infectious Organisms
    Rate and Risk of Malignancy
    Sample Reports
    References
    4: Atypia of Undetermined Significance
    Background
    Definition
    Criteria
    Explanatory Notes
    Sample Reports
    Rate and Risk of Malignancy
    References
    5: Suspicious for Malignancy (SFM)
    Definition
    Cytologic Criteria
    Explanatory Notes
    Rate and Risk of Malignancy/Clinical Management
    Sample Reports
    References
    6: Malignant-Primary (MAL-P) (Mesothelioma) Introduction
    Background
    Cytological Approach to Fluids
    Malignant Mesothelioma
    Definition
    Gross Findings of Serous Effusion
    Cytologic Criteria
    Definitive Criteria of Malignancy [10-18] (Fig. 6.10)
    Supportive Criteria of Malignancy (Figs. 6.11, 6.12, 6.13 and 6.14)
    Explanatory Notes
    Role of Immunochemistry (IC) in the Work-Up of Mesothelioma
    Immunochemistry on Cell Block Versus Smears
    Determining Benign Versus Malignant Mesothelial Cells
    Determining Malignant Mesothelioma Versus Carcinoma
    Determining Mesothelioma Versus Non-epithelial Malignancies Prognostic and Predictive Markers for Malignant Mesothelioma
    Role of FISH
    Role of Soluble Biomarkers
    Risk of Malignancy/Clinical Management
    Sample Reports
    References
    7: Malignant-Secondary (MAL-S)
    Background
    Definition
    Diagnostic Approach
    Malignant Effusions of Epithelial Origin
    Adenocarcinoma
    Cytological Criteria
    Explanatory Notes
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Cytological Criteria
    Explanatory Notes
    Other Carcinomas
    Cytological Criteria
    Malignant Effusions of Neuroendocrine Origin
    Small Cell Neuroendocrine Carcinoma
    Cytological Criteria
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nicolò Scuderi, Bryant A. Toth, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Aesthetic Surgery: The concept of beauty in different cultures
    History and evolution of reconstructive surgery
    Indications, psychological issues and selection of patients in aesthetic surgery
    How to manage an aesthetic surgery practice
    Photography and plastic surgery
    Anesthesia for aesthetic surgery
    A European perspective
    Anesthesia for the cosmetic patient: An American perspective
    Pain Therapy
    European legal issues
    The American legal system. The Breast: History of aesthetic breast surgery
    Breast augmentation
    Cosmetic breast augmentation with fat grafting
    Mastopexy without implants
    Mastopexy with implants
    Secondary breast augmentation
    Breast reduction with inverted T-scar
    Vertical breast reduction
    Gigantomastia
    Aesthetic surgery for breast asymmetry
    Tuberous breast
    Gynecomastia
    Reoperative aesthetic breast surgery. Trunk and Extremities: History of aesthetic surgery of the trunk and extremities
    Abdominoplasty
    Evolution of lipoplasty then, now and the future
    Liposuction
    Lipoabdominoplasty
    Saldanha's technique
    Lipofilling and correction of post-liposuction deformities
    Plastic surgery in massive weight loss patients
    Brachioplasty
    Aesthetic surgery of the hand
    Thigh lift
    Gluteoplasty
    Aesthetic surgery of the male genitalia
    Aesthetic surgery of the female genitalia
    Ancillary (non-surgical) treatments: trunk and abdomen. The Scalp: General issues and indications
    Follicular grafting
    Scalp reduction
    Scalp extension
    Stretching sutures
    The Nose: History of aesthetic surgery of the nose
    Basic rhinoplasty
    Septoplasty and turbinates
    Full and semi-open rhinoplasty
    Secondary rhinoplasty
    Rhinoplasty in patients with malformations of the head and neck
    The twisted nose
    Profiloplasty. The Eyelids: History of Cosmetic Eyelid Surgery
    Eyelid anatomy
    Upper eyelid blepharoplasty
    Asian upper blepharoplasty
    Lower Eyelid Blepharoplasty
    Minimal invasive approach
    Lateral canthal surgery in blepharoplasty
    Complications of aesthetic blepharoplasty and revisional surgeries. The Ear: Otoplasty. The Face
    Surgical Treatment
    History of aesthetic surgery of the face
    The aging face
    Forehead and brow rejuvenation
    Suspension techniques in aesthetic surgery of the face
    Rejuvenation of the midface
    MACS lift
    The suprazygomatic (high-SMAS) facelift
    Necklift
    Surgical treatment of the face
    Reoperative surgery of the face
    Supension threads
    3D facial volumization with anatomic alloplastic implants
    Lipofilling of the face
    Aesthetic surgery of the lip. The Face
    Non-surgical treatment: Botulinum toxin
    Botox
    Fillers
    Chemical peelings
    Advances in facial plastic rejuvenation with ablative laser technology: Can clinical results be tailored based on histology effects?
    Laser resurfacing
    Intense pulsed light (IPL) laser
    Laser and intense light systems as adjunctive techniques in functional and aesthetic surgery
    Non-surgical therapy
    Mechanical resurfacing, needling, dermabrasion and microdermabrasion
    Anti-aging cosmeceuticals. The Future: Preventative medicine and healthy longevity: Bases for sustainable antiaging strategies
    Anti-aging medicine: An overview in 2012
    Aesthetic regenerative surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief Ralph A. DeFronzo [and three others].
    Summary: The International Textbook of Diabetes Mellitus has been a successful, well-respected medical textbook for almost 20 years, over 3 editions. Encyclopaedic and international in scope, the textbook covers all aspects of diabetes ensuring a truly multidisciplinary and global approach. Sections covered include epidemiology, diagnosis, pathogenesis, management and complications of diabetes and public health issues worldwide. It incorporates a vast amount of new data regarding the scientific understanding and clinical management of this disease, with each new edition always reflecting th.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Toxicology Excellence for Risk Assessment.
    Summary: ITER is a free Internet database of human health risk values for over 500 chemicals of environmental concern from several organizations worldwide.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access 1989-
    latest ed. only
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RA783.5 .I611
    21
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RA783.5 .I611
    1
  • Digital
    D. Jude Hemanth, J. Anitha, George A. Tsihrintzis, editors.
    Summary: This book looks at the growing segment of Internet of Things technology (IoT) known as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT), an automated system that aids in bridging the gap between isolated and rural communities and the critical healthcare services that are available in more populated and urban areas. Many technological aspects of IoMT are still being researched and developed, with the objective of minimizing the cost and improving the performance of the overall healthcare system. This book focuses on innovative IoMT methods and solutions being developed for use in the application of healthcare services, including post-surgery care, virtual home assistance, smart real-time patient monitoring, implantable sensors and cameras, and diagnosis and treatment planning. It also examines critical issues around the technology, such as security vulnerabilities, IoMT machine learning approaches, and medical data compression for lossless data transmission and archiving. Internet of Medical Things is a valuable reference for researchers, students, and postgraduates working in biomedical, electronics, and communications engineering, as well as practicing healthcare professionals. Provides an introduction to IoMT; Highlights innovative IoMT methods and solutions; Includes critical information on IoMT security vulnerabilities, machine learning approaches, and medical data compression.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    IOMT Devices and Challenges in Implementing Real Time Patient Monitoring
    Wearable Smart Devices for Remote Healthcare Monitoring System
    IoMT Based Smart Health Care System for Post-Surgery Patients
    Intelligent Virtual Home Assistants for Elderly Patients
    Implantable Sensors and Cameras for IoMT Applications
    Medical Data Compression for Lossless Data Transmission and Archiving
    Efficient Streaming of Online Medical Video Data for Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
    Mobile App Development for Integration of Medical Data and the Healthcare Centers
    Communications Standards and Protocols for Medical IoT Devices
    Security Vulnerabilities and Intelligent Solutions for IoMT Systems
    Application of Machine Learning Approaches in IoMT Systems
    Smart Continuous Vital Parameters Monitoring Using IoMT Systems
    Decision Support System for Medical Applications
    Conclusions
    Future Trends and Challenges in IoMT.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Craig Rezac, Kristen Donohue, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of minimally invasive gastrointestinal surgery, specifically for the medical internist. Organized by organ system, the text reviews the pathophysiology, workup, treatment, and surgical options for diseases inherent to gastrointestinal surgery. The book also focuses on when and who to refer to for consultation by a minimally invasive surgeon, as well as what to expect in the immediate and long term post-operative period. The work, written by experts, is a valuable resource for medical internists on minimally invasive GI surgery and how best to care for these patients in the pre and post-operative setting.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; List of Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; A Brief History of Minimally Invasive Surgery; Potential Benefits of MIS; Relative and Absolute Contraindications; Future Directions; References;
    Chapter 2: Endoscopic Interventions; Introduction; GI Bleeding; Peptic Ulcer Disease; Angioectasias; Variceal Bleeding; Hemorrhoidal Bleeding; Diverticular Bleeding; Enteroscopy; Tissue Sampling; Endoscopic Ultrasound with Fine Needle Aspiration (FNA); Obstructing Lesions; Dilation; Stenting; Esophagus; Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD); Barrett's Esophagus; Foreign Body Removal AchalasiaStomach; Nutrition; Endobariatrics; Biliary; Choledocholithiasis; Biliary Strictures; Bile Leak; Cholangioscopy and Pancreatoscopy; Pancreas; Pancreatic Cysts; Chronic Pancreatitis; Necrotizing Pancreatitis and Endoscopic Necrosectomy; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Benign Esophageal Disease; Introduction; Patient Presentation; Work-Up/Diagnosis; Hiatal Hernia; Indications for Surgery; Operation; Postoperative Management; Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD); Indications for Surgery; Operation; Postoperative Management; Achalasia; Indications for Surgery; Operation Postoperative ManagementConclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Malignant: Esophageal Cancers; Introduction; Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Adenocarcinoma; Patient Presentation; Diagnosis and Staging; Treatment Overview; Endoscopic Treatment; Surgical Treatment; Outcomes; Summary and Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Esophageal Surgery; Introduction; Motility Disorders; Diverticular Disorders; Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease and Hiatal Hernia; Esophageal Perforation; Neoplasia; Benign Disease; Biopsy; Multimodal Therapy; Preoperative; Esophagectomy Technique; Postoperatively; Other Malignant Tumors
    Chapter 7: Minimally Invasive Liver SurgeryIntroduction; From Introduction to Adoption of Minimally Invasive Liver Surgery; Comparative Studies; Challenges and Future Directions; References;
    Chapter 8: Minimally Invasive Pancreatic Surgery; Introduction; Indications; Benign; Acute Pancreatitis; Pancreatic Necrosis; Pancreatic Pseudocyst; Chronic Pancreatitis; Cystic Neoplasm; Malignant; Operations; Diagnostic Laparoscopy; Distal Pancreatectomy; Pancreatoduodenectomy (Whipple Procedure); Pancreatic Tumor Enucleation; Central Pancreatectomy; Other Operative Considerations
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sougata Jana, Subrata Jana, editors.
    Summary: The book focuses on novel interpenetrating polymer network (IPN)/semi-IPN technologies for drug delivery and biomedical applications. The dynamism of the design and development of interpenetrating network polymers is based on their ability to provide free volume for the easy encapsulation of drugs in the three-dimensional network structure obtained by cross-linking two or more polymer networks. Natural polymer-based IPNs can deliver drugs at a controlled rate over an extended period of time, while novel IPNs ensure better mechanical strength and sustained/ controlled drug-delivery properties. This book presents an overview of the use of this technology to fabricate nanomedicine, hydrogels, nanoparticles, and microparticles, thereby unlocking IPN's potential in the area of drug delivery and biomedical engineering. It also discusses applications of IPN systems in cancer therapy and tissue engineering, and describes the various IPN systems and their wide usage and applications in drug delivery.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Interpenetrating Polymer Network in Microparticulate Systems: Drug Delivery and Biomedical Application
    Chapter 2. Interpenetrating Polymer Network (IPN) Nanoparticles for Drug Delivery Applications
    Chapter 3. Fabrication Technology of Chitosan-Based IPN: Drug Delivery Application
    Chapter 4. Alginate based Interpenetrating Network Carriers for Biomedical Applications
    Chapter 5. pH Sensed Interpenetrating Polymeric Network: Application in drug delivery
    Chapter 6. IPN Dendrimers in Drug Delivery
    Chapter 7. BioproteinBased IPN Nanoparticles as Potential Vehicles for Anticancer Drug Delivery: Fabrication Technology
    Chapter 8. Semi-IPN systems for drug delivery
    Chapter 9. IPN Systems for Cancer Therapy
    Chapter 10. Semi-interpenetrating networks based on (meth)acrylate, itaconic acid and poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) hydrogels for biomedical applications
    Chapter 11. Biomedical Applications of Interpenetrating Polymer Network Gels
    Chapter 12. Bio-Nanocomposite IPN for Biomedical Application.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nobuyuki Inui.
    Summary: This book explores the fascinating area of interpersonal coordination in force production tasks, outlining the author's extensive research to date and presenting stimulating new perspectives. The purpose is to provide a detailed exposition of current understanding of the science behind interpersonal joint action. Readers will find clear explanation of concepts from social cognition and neuroscience that are key to an understanding of the field, including the social brain hypothesis, the mirror neuron system, and joint action, as well as other relevant background information. The author then proceeds to present an overview of recent original studies on interpersonal movement coordination performed at his laboratory in Japan. These studies provide insights into such issues as complementary and synchronous force production in joint action, bidirectional transfer between joint and solo actions, and motor control hierarchy in joint action involving bimanual force. They also set the direction for integration of knowledge of physical properties and social cognition. The book will be of interest for researchers and graduate students in all areas of the biomedical sciences.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgments; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; References;
    Chapter 2: The Background of the Study on Interpersonal Coordination; 2.1 The Social Brain; 2.1.1 Dunbar's Social Brain Hypothesis; 2.1.2 Brain Regions Specialized for Social Interaction; 2.1.3 Amygdala; 2.1.4 Temporal Pole; 2.1.5 The Brain's Mirror System; 2.1.6 Posterior Superior Temporal Sulcus; 2.1.7 Medial Prefrontal Cortex; 2.2 The Motor Cortex and Its Relation to Social Behavior; 2.3 The Social Function of the Mirror Neuron System; 2.3.1 Mirror Neuron System and Imitation. 2.10.2 Internal Models for Self, Other and Joint Action Outcome2.10.3 Motor Simulation of Self and Other; 2.10.4 Musical Synchronization and Social Interaction; 2.10.5 Neural Mechanism of Synchronizing to Music; References;
    Chapter 3: An Overview of the Study on Interpersonal Coordination; 3.1 Unintentional Interpersonal Entrainment; 3.1.1 Applying HKB Model to Human Coordination; 3.1.2 Frequency Detuning; 3.1.3 Unintentional Interpersonal Entrainment; 3.1.4 Interpersonal Synergy Involving Intrapersonal Movements; 3.1.5 Informational and Dynamic Constraints on Entrainment. 2.3.2 Effects of Sensorimotor Experience on the Observation of Others' Actions2.3.3 Applying Sensorimotor Experience to the Classroom; 2.4 Imitation, Mimicry, and Its Relation to Social Behavior; 2.4.1 Imitation and Its Relation to Social Behavior; 2.4.2 Mimicry and Its Relation to Social Behavior; 2.4.3 The Social Neuroscience of Mimicry; 2.4.4 Interaction Between the Social Psychology and Cognitive Neuroscience; 2.5 Joint Perception; 2.5.1 Perception in a Social Context; 2.5.2 Joint Perception; 2.5.3 We Transcend Our Private Worlds by Responding to the Same Stimulus. 2.6 Observational Motor Learning2.6.1 Sensorimotor Adaptation; 2.6.2 Observational Motor Learning; 2.6.3 The Neural Basis of Action Observation; 2.6.4 The Motor System Accompanying Observational Motor Learning; 2.6.5 Sensory Changes Accompanying Observational Motor Learning; 2.7 The Effect of Action Expertise on Shared Representation; 2.7.1 Effects of Expertise on Perception; 2.7.2 Effects of Experimentally Induced Expertise on Perception; 2.8 The Effect of Motor Expertise on Observational Learning in Sports; 2.8.1 Effects of Action Observation on Motor Execution in Sport. 2.8.2 Effects of Motor Expertise on Action Perception in Sport2.8.3 Motor Experts Read Body Kinematics; 2.8.4 Neural Systems Underlying Action Perception in Sport; 2.8.5 Motor Expertise and Detection of Deception; 2.8.6 Neural Bases of Deception Detection in Sport; 2.9 The Effect of Shared Representation on Team Sports; 2.9.1 The Effect of Shared Representation on Decision-Making in Team Ball Games; 2.9.2 Shared Representation of Referees and Officials in Team Ball Games; 2.10 The Effect of Shared Representation on Musical Ensemble Performance; 2.10.1 Self-Other Integration and Segregation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John C. Markowitz.
    Summary: Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder describes a novel approach that has the potential to transform the psychological treatment of PTSD.

    Contents:
    Is exposure therapy necessary to treat PTSD?
    The target diagnosis : PTSD
    A pocket guide to IPT
    Adapting IPT for PTSD
    IPT for PTSD : initial phase
    IPT for PTSD : middle phase
    IPT for PTS : role transitions
    IPT for PTSD : grief
    IPT for PTSD : role dispute
    IPT for PTSD : termination phase and maintenance
    Difficult situations and special circumstances
    Practical Issues
    Training in IPT (for PTSD)
    Conclusion : where do we go from here?
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Shawneen M. Gonzalez.
    Summary: "Interpretation Basics of Cone Beam Computed Tomography, Second Edition is a practical identification guide for interpreting CBCT findings in dental practice. Offering multiple high-quality images for each example provided, this easy-to-use guide is designed for those new to CBCT scans as well as more experienced practitioners in need of a reference tool of normal anatomy, common anatomical variants, and incidental findings. Extensively revised throughout, the Second Edition features a brand-new chapter on findings of the maxilla and mandible, and additional incidental findings and common anatomical variants. Every chapter in the book now includes sections covering anatomic variations, developmental anomalies, pathosis, and other considerations. All information has been carefully reviewed and updated to incorporate recent research in the field and reflect newer guidelines from various specialty organizations. Interpretation Basics of Cone Beam Computed Tomography, Second Edition remains a must-have resource for all dental practitioner and specialists who use CBCT, dental students in radiology interpretation courses, and residents beginning to use CBCT in their specialty"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cone Beam Computed Tomography / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Cone Beam Computed Tomography Recommendations / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Legal Issues Concerning Cone Beam Computed Tomography / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Paranasal Sinuses and Mastoid Air Cells / Gayle Tieszen Reardon
    The Sinonasal Cavity and Airway / Gayle Tieszen Reardon
    Cranial Skull Base and Orbits / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Soft Tissues / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Cervical Spine / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Maxilla and Mandible (excluding TMJs) / Shawneen M. Gonzalez
    Temporomandibular Joints / Gayle Tieszen Reardon
    Implants / Gayle Tieszen Reardon and Shawneen M. Gonzalez.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Farzeen Firoozi, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of this evaluation of voiding disorders and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians and surgeons. The book reviews the basic indications for urodynamics as well as the interpretation of basic and advanced studies with the use of clinical vignettes. In addition to step-by-step description in text, the textbook provides illustrations/photographs and tracings of different urodynamics scenarios. This atlas of urodynamics will serve as an extremely useful resource for physicians dealing with and interested in the evaluation of pelvic floor disorders and voiding dysfunction. It will provide a concise and comprehensive review of all the different types of urodynamics scenarios, while instructing its readers on how to accurately and consistently interpret these studies. All chapters are written by experts in the fields of pelvic floor disorders and voiding dysfunction.

    Contents:
    Equipment, Setup, and Troubleshooting
    Terminology
    Overactive Bladder: Idiopathic
    Overactive Bladder: Neurogenic
    Stress Urinary Incontinence: Female
    Stress Urinary Incontinence: Male
    Bladder Outlet Obstruction: Male Non-neurogenic
    Bladder Outlet Obstruction: Female Non-neurogenic
    Bladder Outlet Obstruction: Neurogenic
    Post-Outlet Intervention for BOO: Female
    Post-Outlet Intervention for BOO: Male
    Post-Outlet Intervention for SUI: Female
    Post-Outlet Intervention for SUI: Male
    Bladder and Urethral Anatomic Anomalies
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Post-Reconstruction for Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Urinary Diversion/Augmented Lower Urinary Tract
    Adolescent/Early Adulthood Former Pediatric Neurogenics: Special Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kim Vaiphei.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of endoscopic biopsies of the stomach inclusive of gastritis and gastropathies. It highlights the best way of handling of endoscopic biopsies in the endoscopic room by the gastroenterologist. It elucidates various steps involved in processing of the biopsy, tissue embedding and paraffin sectioning, approach to interpretation, various precautions that require to be taken while interpreting the biopsies, and the essential background knowledge of the interpreter. The book highlights the importance of the little things for a proper reading like matching of the tissue fragments received and the number of tissue present on a slide after the paraffin section. Chapters cover various forms of gastritis, and the easiest approach for daily routine by avoiding the cumbersome classifications and staging formulated for gastritis. It also discusses the utilization of the right nomenclature for acute and chronic gastritis and various other subtypes of gastritis. Chapters include various rarer and infrequently come across conditions of both acute and chronic gastritis, special form of gastritis and infective conditions. It also includes unusual forms of non-neoplastic gastric pathologies such as, a condition, where the gastric mucosa is affected not only by direct exposure to various irritants but may also be affected by many systemic diseases. It also highlights the frequently observed changes in chronic renal and liver failures. The book is targeted to all the practicing pathologists as well as graduate and post graduate students who are keen to learn about non-neoplastic gastric pathology at various levels.

    Contents:
    Introduction to endoscopic biopsies
    Handling of biopsies
    Interpretation of endoscopic biopsies
    Special approach to commonly observed organisms in stomach
    Endoscopic biopsy in acute gastritis infective and non-infective
    Endoscopic biopsy in chronic gastritis infective and non-infective
    Endoscopic biopsy in diffuse antral gastritis
    Endoscopic biopsy in lymphocytic gastritis and collagenous gastritis
    Endoscopic biopsy in autoimmune gastritis
    Endoscopic biopsy in focally enhanced gastritis
    Endoscopic biopsy in reactive gastropathy
    Endoscopic biopsy in granulomatous gastritis ; infective and non-infective
    Endoscopic biopsy in gastric polyps
    Endoscopic biopsy in gastritis cystica profunda
    Endoscopic biopsy in hyperplastic gastropathies
    Endoscopic biopsy in peptic ulcer disease
    Endoscopic biopsy of gastric mucosa in kidney disease
    Endoscopic biopsy in gastric microvasculature
    Endoscopic biopsy in portal hypertensive gastropathies
    Endoscopic biopsy in paediatric gastritis, gastropathies and peptic ulcer disease
    Endoscopic biopsy in gastrointestinal duplications
    Endoscopic biopsy - gastritis versus gastropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Nicola Pusterla, Jill Higgins.
    Contents:
    Veterinary diagnostic testing
    Basic techniques and procedures
    Point-of-care testing
    Test performance
    Enzymes
    Kidney function tests
    Carbohydrates
    Lipids
    Blood gases
    Electrolytes
    Miscellaneous solutes
    Cardiac troponin
    Vitamin and mineral assessment
    Toxicologic diagnostics
    Therapeutic drug monitorings
    Red blood cells
    Leukocytes
    Platelets
    Blood proteins and acute phase proteins
    Clotting times (aPTT and PT)
    Antithrombin
    Fibrin and fibrinogen degradation products (FDPs)
    Coagulation factors
    Equine infectious anemia virus
    Equine influenza virus
    Alpha-herpesviruses (EHV-1, EHV-4)
    Equine rhinitis viruses (ERAV, ERBV)
    Interpretation of testing for common mosquito transmitted diseases : West Nile Virus and eastern and western equine encephalitis
    Streptococcus equi ss equi
    Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis
    Neorickettisa risticii
    Anaplasma phagocytophilum
    Lawsonia intracellularis
    Borrelia burgdorferi
    Clostridium difficile
    Leptospira spp.
    Fungal pathogens
    Sarcocystis neurona and Neospora hughesi
    Babesia caballi and Theileria equi
    Assessment of vaccination status and susceptibility to infection
    Immune-mediated hemolytic anemia
    Equine neonatal isoerythrolysis
    Immune-mediated thrombocytopenia
    Neonatal alloimmune thrombocytopenia
    Cellular immunity
    Immunoglobulins
    Equine blood groups and factors
    Bacteriology and mycology testing
    Antimicrobial susceptibility testing
    Parasite control strategies
    Molecular diagnostics for infectious pathogens
    Equine genetic testing
    Genetic tests for equine coat color
    Peritoneal fluid
    Respiratory secretions
    Pleural fluid
    Urine analysis
    Synovial fluid
    Cerebrospinal fluid
    Laboratory testing for endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Endocrine testing for reproductive conditions in horses
    Foaling predictor tests.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Robert E. Hyatt, MD, Emeritus Member, Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Emeritus Professor of Medicine and of Physiology, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota, Paul D. Scanlon, MD, Consultant, Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota, Masao Nakamura, MD, Division of Pulmonary Medicine, Keihai-Rosai hospital, Fujiharamachi, Shioyagun, Tochigi, Japan.
    Contents:
    Spirometry : dynamic lung volumes
    Static (absolute) lung volumes
    Diffusing capacity of the lungs
    Bronchodilators and bronchial challenge testing
    Arterial blood gases
    Other tests of lung mechanics : resistance and compliance
    Distribution of ventilation
    Maximal respiratory pressures
    Preoperative pulmonary function testing
    Simple tests of exercise capacity
    Patterns in various diseases
    When to test and what to order
    Approaches to interpreting pulmonary function tests
    Illustrative cases.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Ülo Maiväli, University of Tartu, Institute of Technology.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Sercan Okutucu, Ali Oto.
    Summary: This book is designed to teach healthcare professionals how to interpret electrocardiograms, presenting this information with numerous illustrations, solid practical content, questions to prompt critical thinking, case presentations, and plentiful practice ECG tracings to promote the application of skills. Interpreting ECGs in Clinical Practice is practical book rather than a "theoretical book." Although there is plenty of detail, the coverage is to the point, telling the reader the salient points and then showing what needs to be taken away. The breadth of information ranges from simple to complex, but regardless of how advanced the material, the explanations and visuals make the concepts easy to understand, making this a critical resource for all cardiology professionals. .

    Contents:
    Basic principles of clinical electrocardiography
    How to interpret ECG?
    Rate and Rhythm disturbances
    Conduction abnormalities
    Hypertrophies
    Coronary artery disease
    Acute Pericarditis
    Early repolarization
    Electrolytes disturbances & intoxication
    Long QT
    Self assessment Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Erik Rifkin, Andrew Lazris.
    Contents:
    Part I: Setting the Stage
    Shared Decision Making (SDM)
    Decision Aids
    Towards a Universal Decision Aid
    Involving the Patient in Decision Making
    BRCTs
    Part II: Case Studies Health Benefits and Risks
    Breast Cancer Screening: Mammograms
    Colon Cancer Screening with Colonoscopy
    Prostate Cancer Screening
    Screening for Lung Cancer with Spiral CT
    Health Effects of Smoking
    Exercise Stress Tests
    The Use of Warfarin in Atrial Fibrillation
    Aspirin for Prevention of Heart Disease and Stroke
    Screening for Carotid Stenoses in Asymptomatic Patients
    Cholesterol Screening
    Statins, Cholesterol and Coronary Heart Disease
    Annual Exam
    Screening for and Treating Dementia
    Osteoporosis: Bone Density Testing and Drug Treatment
    Osteoporosis: Calcium and Vitamin D
    Estrogen Replacement Therapy
    Vitamins and Supplements
    MRI and Back Pain
    Antibiotics in Sinusitis and Bronchitis
    Final Thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph A. Zorek.
    Contents:
    Interprofessional practice in pharmacy
    Community pharmacy
    Primary care-- Prevention & wellness
    Cardiology
    Pediatrics
    Geriatrics
    Infectious diseases-- Oncology
    Emergency medicine
    Critical care
    Mental health
    Technology
    Population health
    Administration
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2021
  • Digital
    Alex Rivera.
    Summary: "In The Intersectional Other, Alex Rivera boldly argues for the individual and collective power of queer BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, People of Color) who have historically existed in the racial and sexual margins in America. Through interviews and insightful commentary, Rivera reimagines the margins as capable of power, transformation, and change"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Harold R. Collard, Luca Richeldi.
    Summary: Clinically focused and designed to provide a to-the-point overview, Interstitial Lung Disease, by Drs. Talmadge King, Harold Collard, and Luca Richeldi, bring you up to date with increased understanding, new treatment protocols, and recent advances in the field. Written by contributing specialists who are global experts in their respective areas, this one-stop reference provides pulmonologists, intensivists, internal medicine physicians, and researchers with a dependable source of information on current treatment options and patient care.

    Contents:
    Genetic interstitial lung disease / Christine Kim Garcia
    Pathobiology of novel approaches to treatment / Silvia Puglisi and Carlo Vancheri
    Smoking-related interstitial lung diseases / Robert Vassallo and Jay H. Ryu
    Management of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Stefania Cerri, Paolo Spagnolo, Fabrizio Luppi, Giacomo Sgalla, and Luca Richeldi
    Nonpharmacologic therapy for idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Leann L. Silhan and Sonye K. Danoff
    Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Amy L. Olson, Zulma X. Yunt, and Jeffrey J. Swigris
    Approach to the diagnosis of interstitial lung dsease / Jürgen Behr
    Palliative and end-of-life care in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Kathleen Oare Lindell
    Lung transplantation in interstitial lung disease / Luca Paoletti and Timothy P.M. Whelan
    Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Aditi Shah and Charlene D. Fell
    Acute exacerbations in patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Dong Soon Kim
    Histopathologic approach to the surgical lung biopsy in interstitial lung disease / Kirk D. Jones and Anatoly Urisman
    Interstitial lung disease in the connective tissue diseases / Danielle Antin-Ozerkis, Ami Rubinowitz, Janine Evans, Robert J. Homer, and Richard A. Matthay.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Kate V. Hardy, Jacob S. Ballon, Douglas L. Noordsy, and Steven Adelsheim.
    Summary: Young people at clinical high risk of developing psychosis, or those with a recent onset of psychosis, can benefit from a range of tailored interventions each emphasizing recovery and return to functioning.

    Contents:
    Introduction : early intervention in psychosis?
    Beachhead for transformational reform in mental health
    Care
    Growth of early intervention in psychosis in the united states
    Early detection of schizophrenia : a population health approach / Maria Ferrara, Walter Mathis, John D. Cahill, and Vinod H. Srihari
    Early intervention and policy / Abram Rosenblatt, and Howard H. Goldman
    First-person accounts of psychosis and advocacy work / Carlos Larrauri and Chantel Garrett
    Engaging families and individuals in care / Sarah Lynch, Rebecca Jaynes, and Nyamuon Nguany Machar
    Assessment of people in the early stages of psychosis / Barbara C. Walsh
    Assessment and targeted intervention in individuals at clinical high risk for psychosis
    Medical workup for first-episode psychosis / Agnieszka Kalinowski and Jacob S. Ballon
    Assessing and treating trauma in team-based early psychosis care / Rachel L. Loewy, Tara Niendam, and Paula Wadell
    Intervening early : a team-based approach / Iruma Bello, Debra Hrouda, and Lisa Dixon
    Psychopharmacology for people in early psychosis / Jian-Ping Zhang and Douglas L. Noordsy
    Psychotherapeutic interventions for early psychosis / Kate V. Hardy, Yulia Landa, Piper Myer-Kalos, and Kim Mueser
    Substance use and early psychosis / Jeffrey D. Reed and Mary F. Brunette
    Role of aerobic exercise in the treatment of early psychosis
    Supported employment and education for people in early psychosis / Deborah R. Becker and Robert E. Drake
    Implementing peer support in early psychosis programs / Megan Sage, Tamara Sale, Nybelle Caruso, Michael Haines, Ryan Melton, and Allyson Linfoot
    Family intervention and support in early psychosis / Shirley M. Glynn
    Suicide risk, assessment, and intervention in early psychosis / Jill Harkavy-Friedman
    Using technology to advance early psychosis intervention / Benjamin Buck and Dror Ben-Zeev
    Inpatient care for early psychosis : a recovery-oriented perspective / Zheala Qayyum, Kristen Sayles, Hyun Jung Kim, and Gerrit Van Schalkwyk
    Working with adolescents at risk for or experiencing first episode of psychosis
    Special populations : college and university students / Kate V. Hardy, Jacob S. Ballon, Mehak Chopra, and Douglas L. Noordsy.
  • Digital
    Cherie M. Kuzmiak, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive description and explanation of how to perform image-guided percutaneous procedures of the breast and how to manage the results.The authors of the book are expert radiologists trained in breast imaging and are dedicated to patient care and teaching. The intent of this book is that it is used as an educational tool to help develop interventional breast procedural skills and how to apply them in a clinical setting. The book is unique in that it pertains exclusively to percutaneous image-guided breast procedures with a patient-centered focus. Each image modality will be discussed in a separate chapter – ultrasound, mammography, and MRI. Also included is a dedicated chapter focusing on the novel technique of digital breast tomosynthesis-guided procedures. To conclude the book, there is a chapter devoted to radiology/pathology concordance with lesion management. This is an ideal guide for practicing radiologists and physicians in training.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 – Interventional Procedures: Patient Centered Approach
    Chapter 2 – Ultrasound Guided Procedures
    Chapter 3 – DBT Guided Biopsy
    Chapter 4 – Mammographically-Guided Procedures
    Chapter 5 – MRI –guided Biopsy Procedures
    Chapter 6 – Radiology-Pathology correlation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Morton J. Kern.
    Contents:
    The basics of percutaneous coronary interventions / Morton J. Kern
    Vascular access / Morton J. Kern, Arnold H. Seto and Michael Forsberg
    Interventional pharmacology / Arnold H. Seto
    Intravascular lesion assessment : physiology and imaging / Morton J. Kern and Michael J. Lim
    Adjunctive devices for non-balloon coronary interventional techniques and devices : rotational atherectomy, thrombectomy, cutting balloons, and embolic protection / Keval K. Patel, Rahil Rafeedheen, and Tarek Helmy
    Stents, restenosis, and stent thrombosis / Cheng-Han Chen and Ajay J. Kirtane
    Treatment of coronary bifurcations / Emmanouil S. Brilakis, Yves Louvard, Philippe Genereux, Subhash Banerjee
    Percutaneous coronary interventions of chronic total occlusions : getting there from here / Barry F. Uretsky, Emmanouil Brilakis, Mauro Carlino, and Stephane Rinfret
    High risk patients and interventions / Arang Samim and Ryan Berg
    Complications of percutaneous coronary interventions / Michael J. Lim
    Peripheral vascular intervention / Andrew J Klein Ammar Nasir and Pranav M. Patel
    Aortic, renal, subclavian and carotid interventions / Jose D. Tafur and Christopher J. White
    Mitral Stenosis / Paul Sorajja
    Mitral regurgitation / Gagan D. Singh and Jason H. Rogers
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement and balloon aortic valvuloplasty / Anoop Agrawal and James Hermiller
    Congenital Defects / Ziyad Hijazi
    Pericardiocentesis / Paul Sorajja
    Septal ablation for obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy / Paul Sorajja
    Percutaneous repair of paravalvular prosthetic regurgitation / Paul Sorajja
    Left atrial appendage therapies / Matthew J. Price.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J. Lim, Paul Sorajja, Morton J. Kern.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Habib Samady, William F Fearon, Alan C Yeung, Spencer B King III.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Knowledge Foundation
    Chapter 1: History of Interventional Cardiology
    Section 1: Anatomy for Interventional Cardiology
    Chapter 2: Coronary Anatomy for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 3: Cardiac Anatomy for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 4: Anatomy of Cardiac Valves for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 5: Peripheral Anatomy for the Interventionalist
    Section 2: Physiology
    Chapter 6: The Coronary Circulation
    Chapter 7: Hemodynamic Assessment of Renal Artery Stenosis
    Section 3: Pathophysiology
    Chapter 8: Valvular Pathophysiology
    Chapter 9: Arterial Disease
    Chapter 10: Ventricular Pathophysiology
    Part 2: Principles and Catheter Laboratory Equipment
    Chapter 11: Operational Radiation Management for Patients and Staff
    Chapter 12: Computed Tomography of the Coronary Arteries
    Chapter 14: Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory Physiologic Recorders
    Part 3: Pharmacology
    Chapter 15: Antithrombin Therapies
    Chapter 16: Antiplatelet Therapies in Contemporary Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Chapter 17: Thrombolytic Therapy
    Chapter 18: Radiographic Contrast Media
    Chapter 20: Contemporary Patient Sedation and Anesthesia in the Cardiovascular Catheterization Laboratory
    Part 4: Procedures
    Chapter 22: Radial Approach to Coronary Angiography
    Chapter 23: Peripheral Angiography
    Chapter 24: Adjunctive Diagnostic Techniques: Fractional Flow Reserve
    Chapter 25: Adjunctive Diagnostic Techniques: Intravascular Ultrasound, Optical Coherence Tomography, and Spectroscopy
    Chapter 26: Emerging Clinical Applications of Physiologic and Intravascular Imaging Tools
    Chapter 27: Coronary Guidewire Manipulation
    Chapter 28: Coronary Balloon Angioplasty
    Chapter 29: Basic Stent Deployment Techniques
    Chapter 32: Drug-Coated Balloon Technologies: Technical Features and Clinical Applications
    Chapter 33: In-Stent Restenosis
    Chapter 38: Complex Lesion Intervention: Bifurcation, Left Main Coronary Artery, and Ostial Lesions
    Chapter 41: Inoue-Balloon Mitral Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 41A: Aortic Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 43: Balloon-Expandable Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 45: Pulmonary Balloon Valvuloplasty and Percutaneous Pulmonary Valve Implantation
    Chapter 46: An Overview of the MitraClip Procedure: Practical Considerations and Evidence Base
    Chapter 47: Percutaneous Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Chapter 49: Alcohol Septal Ablation in Drug-Refractory Obstructive Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 51: Percutaneous Treatment of Coronary Artery Fistula
    Chapter 52: Renal Artery Angioplasty and Stenting
    Chapter 53: Renal Denervation: Pathophysiology, Techniques, and Clinical Data
    Chapter 54: Peripheral Arterial Disease
    Chapter 55: Treatment of Chronic Venous Disease of the Lower Extremity
    Chapter 56: Endovascular Therapies for Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Chapter 57: Carotid and Vertebral Artery Intervention
    Part 5: Complications and Management
    Chapter 58: Risk Stratification in Interventional Cardiology
    Chapter 61: Coronary Artery Perforation
    Chapter 63: Emergency Surgery Following Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Part 6: Medical Management of Risk Factors
    Chapter 65: Guideline-Directed Medical Therapy for Patients with Stable Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 66: Appropriate Use Criteria for Revascularization
    Part 7: Preclinical and Clinical Trials
    Chapter 67: Preclinical Laboratory Functions
    Chapter 68: Cell Therapy for Cardiovascular Diseases
    Chapter 69: The Core Laboratory: Quantitative Coronary Angiography
    Chapter 70: Reading Clinical Trials
    Chapter 71: Publishing Interventional Cardiology Research
    Part 8: Reimbursement and Hospital Finance
    Chapter 72: Cost-Effectiveness in Interventional Cardiology
    Part 9: Principles of Innovation
    Chapter 74: Innovation and Interventional Cardiology: Looking Back, Thinking Ahead
    Chapter 75: Principles of Innovation: Transforming Clinical Needs into Viable Inventions
    Chapter 76: Web-Based Learning.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2018
  • Digital
    edited by George D. Dangas, Carlo Di Mario, Nicholas N. Kipshidze ; foreword by Patrick W. Serruys.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Amr E. Abbas, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the current available invasive coronary imaging modalities, presenting a concise review of the technologies, indications, appropriate uses, and pitfalls. Since the establishment of invasive coronary angiography, the limitations of the technique have not gone unnoticed. As a result, multiple invasive imaging modalities have been developed in an attempt to characterize the true severity of coronary artery disease, and to guide percutaneous coronary interventions. The evolution of novel interventional imaging modalities is progressively altering our understanding of coronary artery disease diagnosis and prognosis. Interventional Cardiology Imaging: An Essential Guide is an invaluable tool for interventional cardiologists and cardiologists in training who wish to have a concise and practical review of all available modalities of invasive coronary imaging.

    Contents:
    Coronary angiography and QCA
    Plaque characterization
    Intravascular ultrasound
    Near infra-red spectroscopy
    Optical coherence tomography
    Virtual histology IVUS
    Fractional Flow Reserve
    Coronary flow Reserve
    Intravascular MRI
    Intra-cardiac echocardiography
    Peripheral interventional imaging
    Non-invasive correlation of invasive imaging
    TEE-Guided Interventional imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Harald Rittger, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of current practices in the treatment of elderly patients with coronary artery disease. It presents an update of existing literature, reflecting the current science of elderly patients with stable angina, acute coronary syndromes, and patients who go on to receive coronary artery bypass grafting procedures. Evidence is often limited or non-existent in the elderly patient group. As such, the main challenge for further research is to define the role of geriatric preconditions and their impact on outcomes. This book aims to clarify if existing cardiological outcome values such as mortality can be applied to elderly patients, or if other values are more suitable parameters for measuring interventional success. Interventional Cardiology in the Elderly discusses the epidemiological, pathophysiological and ethical aspects of each of these topics and is hence an essential resource for all practicing interventional cardiologists.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of interventional procedures
    Pathophysiology of the aging heart and its impact on interventional procedures
    The role of geriatric preconditions (frailty and disability) in elderly patients
    Comorbid burden and its impact on outcome
    Coronary interventions in stable CAD
    Coronary interventions in ACS
    CABG vs. PCI in elderly patients
    Non-coronary interventions in the elderly
    Pharmacotherapy in elderly patients
    Ethical aspects of coronary interventions in elderly and very elderly patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Aung Myat, Sarah Clarke, Nick Curzen, Stephan Windecker, Paul A. Gurbel.
    Summary: This textbook is a readily accessible educational tool for all fellows undertaking subspecialty training in interventional cardiology, while also serving as a refresher to early career interventional cardiologists. The key objective is to equip the reader with an evidence-based expert-led resource focussed primarily on pre-procedural planning, peri-procedural decision-making, and the salient technical aspects of performing safe and effective coronary intervention, the intention being to support the therapeutic decision-making process in the emergency room, coronary care unit or cath lab in order to optimize patient outcome. The Interventional Cardiology Training Manual provides readers with a step-by-step guide to the basic principles underpinning coronary intervention and facilitates rapid access to best practice from the experts, presented in a pragmatic, digestible and concise format. Uniquely, each chapter has been written in a heart center-specific manner, affording the reader an opportunity to learn how individual institutions perform a specific procedure, which algorithms and guidelines they follow and what evidence they draw on to instigate the best possible care for their patients.

    Contents:
    Coronary Heart Disease
    Clinical Assessment of Coronary Heart Disease
    Non-Invasive Imaging Assessment of Coronary Heart Disease
    Left Heart Catheterisation
    Left Heart Catheterisation
    Vascular Access
    Right Heart Catheterisation
    Radiation Exposure and Safety
    Planning Coronary Intervention
    The Golden Rules
    Guide Catheters and Guidewire Selection
    Balloon Technology
    Stent Technology
    Adjunctive Pharmacology
    Adjunctive Technologies for Coronary Intervention
    Intracoronary Imaging
    Physiologic Coronary Lesion Assessment
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    STEMI
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    NSTEMI and Unstable Angina
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Stable Ischemic Heart Disease
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Left Ventricular Systolic Dysfunction.
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Special Considerations in Women
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Special Considerations in the Elderly, Diabetes Mellitus and Renal Dysfunction.
    Stent Thrombosis
    Cardiogenic Shock and Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Out-of-Hospital Cardiac Arrest.
    Mechanical Complications of Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Contemporary Treatment of Coronary Bifurcation Lesions
    Left Main Coronary Artery Intervention
    Chronic Total Occlusions
    Multivessel Coronary Artery Disease
    Secondary Percutaneous Revascularisation after Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery.
    In-Stent Restenosis.
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention.
    Management of Complications
    Bleeding Associated with Angiography and Percutaneous Coronary Intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Dennis A. Taylor, Scott P. Sherry, Ronald F. Sing, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Administrative Considerations
    1: The Multidisciplinary ICU Team
    Introduction
    Nursing
    Respiratory Therapy and Perfusion
    Rehabilitation Therapy
    Pharmacy
    Medicine
    Advanced Practice
    References
    2: Process Improvement and Patient Safety
    Introduction
    Process Improvement/Quality Assurance
    Hospital Committee Enhancement in Patient Safety
    Methodologies
    Simulation
    The Time-Out
    Patient Handoff (GAPS)
    Protocols
    Just Community Initiatives
    References
    Suggested Reading 3: The Administrative Process
    Introduction
    Credentialing
    Privileging
    Maintenance of Certification
    References
    4: Coding and Billing for Procedures
    Introduction
    APP Billing and Coding
    Coding Modifiers
    Procedural Codes
    Arterial Access Procedures
    Airway Procedures
    Chest Procedures
    Abdominal Procedures
    Vascular Access
    Ultrasound or Fluoroscopy Guidance for Vascular Access: Add-On Code
    Wound Vac Application/Changes
    Neurologic Procedures
    Billing and Coding for Operative Assisting
    Fraud, Waste, and Abuse
    Keys to Success, Perils, and Pitfalls
    References
    Additional Resources Part II: Airway Procedures
    5: Airway Management in the ICU
    Indications
    Preparation
    Assessment
    History
    Physical Assessment
    Bag Valve Mask Ventilation
    Tracheal Intubation
    Quick Airway Assessment
    Pharmacology of Interventional Airway Management
    Pretreatment Medications
    Sedation/Induction Medications
    Paralytics
    Depolarizing Muscle Paralytics
    Non-depolarizing Paralytics
    The Rapid Sequence Intubation (RSI) Procedure
    The Non-RSI Procedure
    Complications
    Intubation Equipment
    Video Laryngoscopy. Endotracheal Intubation
    Difficult Airways
    Summary
    References
    6: Rescue Airway Devices and Techniques
    Introduction
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Equipment
    Bag Valve Mask Ventilation
    High-Flow Nasal Cannula (Optiflow)
    Bougie (Gum Elastic Bougie)
    Supraglottic Airways
    Supraglottic Devices
    The Laryngeal Mask Airway (LMA)
    King LT (Laryngotracheal) Airway
    i-gel
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Insertion Technique
    Preparation
    Insertion
    Video Laryngoscopy
    Video Laryngoscopy
    Procedure
    Summary
    References
    7: Cricothyroidotomy Introduction
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Risks/Benefits
    Preparation
    Procedure
    Surgical Cricothyroidotomy
    Alternative Interventions
    Needle Cricothyroidotomy
    Rapid Four-Step Approach
    Complications
    Keys to Success, Perils, and Pitfalls
    CPT Coding
    Summary
    References
    Additional Resources
    8: Percutaneous Dilatational Tracheostomy, Open Surgical Tracheostomy and Management of Tracheostomy Tubes
    Introduction
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Absolute Contraindications
    Relative Contraindications
    Risks/Benefits
    Risks
    Benefits
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel J. Pak, R. Jason Yong, Krishna B. Shah.
    Summary: "Offering timely coverage of this complex field, Interventional Management of Chronic Visceral Pain Syndromes is a practical, evidence-based guide for the mechanisms, presentation, diagnosis, and treatments of chronic non-malignant and malignant abdominal pain syndromes. Experienced clinicians and academic leaders in pain medicine comprehensively discuss best-practice guidelines using the newest interventional techniques, including dorsal root ganglion stimulation, high frequency spinal cord stimulation, and low-dose intrathecal infusion pumps. Coverage includes malignant and non-malignant gastrointestinal pain, malignant and non-malignant pelvic pain in males and females, rectal pain, and chest pain"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of chronic visceral pain syndromes
    Neuroanatomy and mechanisms of visceral pain
    Female pelvic pain
    Malignant pelvic pain
    Chronic prostatitis
    Coccydynia
    Pudendal neuralgia
    Postsurgical pelvic pain
    Functional anorectal pain
    Pancreatic cancer
    Liver cancer
    Gastric cancer pain
    Colorectal cancer
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Chronic postsurgical pain
    Chronic abdominal wall pain
    Chronic mesenteric ischemia
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Postherpetic neuralgia
    Atypical chest wall pain
    Esophagitis
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Samer N. Narouze, editor.
    Contents:
    Headache Classifications and Medically Resistant Headaches
    Algorithms for the Diagnosis and Management of Head and Face Pain
    Peripheral Nerve Block for the Management of Headache and Face Pain
    Occipital Nerve Blocks
    Occipital Neuralgia: The Role of Ultrasound in the Diagnosis and Treatment
    Glossopharyngeal Nerve Block
    Sphenopalatine Ganglion Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
    Trigeminal (Gasserian) Ganglion, Maxillary Nerve, and Mandibular Nerve Blocks
    Interventional Treatment for Trigeminal Neuralgia: Radiofrequency and Neuromodulation
    Practical Approach to Cervicogenic Headache
    Atlantoaxial Joint: Atlantoaxial Joint Injection and Radiofrequency Ablation
    Third Occipital Nerve Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
    Cervical Facet Syndrome: Cervical Medial Branch Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
    Intravenous Therapies for Intractable Headache
    Onabotulinum Toxin Injection and Headaches
    Epidural Blood Patch
    Occipital Nerve Stimulation for Head Pain: Surgical Leads
    Occipital Nerve Stimulation for Head Pain: Percutaneous Leads
    Sphenopalatine Ganglion Stimulation
    Deep Brain and Motor Cortex Stimulation for Head and Face Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander S. Yevzlin, Arif Asif, Loay Salman.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander S. Yevzlin, Arif Asif, Loay Salman, Karthik Ramani, Shaker S. Qaqish, Tushar J. Vachharajani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of interventional nephrology. Similar to the previous edition, this text describes a direct approach to clinical problems encountered by the community of care providers who treat chronic kidney disease and dialysis patients. Practical scenarios faced on a day-to-day basis are presented by experts in the field, utilizing the latest scientific information. The book also features updated therapeutic guidelines and fully revised and new chapters. Written by the foremost authorities in the field, Interventional Nephrology: Principles and Practice, Second Edition is a must-have resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat and manage patients with hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis access problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Steven W. Hetts and Daniel L. Cooke.
    Summary: "Interventional Neuroradiology, Volume 179, provides a basic outline of the field of interventional neuroradiology that is accessible to fellows, residents, clinicians and researchers in various disciplines, from diagnostic and interventional radiology to vascular neurology, general and vascular neurosurgery, and vascular biology. This volume offers a timely update to experienced clinical practitioners in a logical, easy-to-follow format. Content includes neurovascular anatomy, vascular biology, neurovascular physiology, vascular imaging, as well as sections on the diagnosis and therapeutic treatment of neurovascular disease"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Neurovascular arterial anatomy: brain, head, and neck
    Neurovascular venous anatomy: brain, head, and neck
    Neurovascular anatomy: spine
    Brain vascular biology
    Neurovascular physiology and neurocritical care
    Advanced vascular imaging techniques
    Cerebral angiography: techniques and practice
    Neurovascular disease, diagnosis, and therapy: brain aneurysms
    Neurovascular disease, diagnosis, and therapy: subarachnoid hemorrhage and cerebral vasospasm
    Brain arteriovenous malformations
    Cerebral arteriovenous fistulae
    Acute ischemic stroke endovascular therapy
    Hemorrhagic stroke
    Neurovascular disease, diagnosis, and therapy: cervical and intracranial atherosclerosis, vasculitis, and vasculopathy
    Spinal vascular malformations: angiographic evaluation and endovascular management
    Neurovascular disease and syndromes: diagnosis and therapy in children
    Neurovascular trauma: diagnosis and therapy
    Vascular anomalies: classification and management
    Interventional neuro-oncology
    Vertebral augmentation
    "And do no harm": complications in interventional neuroradiology
    Triage and systems of care in stroke
    Emerging stroke systems of care in Germany.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Fergus Robertson, Kieran Murphy.
    Summary: The objective ofthe Techniquesin Interventional Radiology series is to provide easily accessible technique specific information on interventional radiology procedures, suitable for reference in the IR room or as a carry-around guide. Each volume has an EU and US editor so that the perspectives presented are balanced across these two major centres of interventional radiology. Each volume has a consistent template for easy and quick reference, with step-by-step bullet points, key point summaries at the end of each chapter and illustrations/line drawings as a visual aid. Interventional Neuroradiology will bring to the fore the collective wisdom of specialist interventional neuroradiologists, for their own reference and more crucially for the reference of trainees in interventional neuroradiology. This book will appeal to thosealready practisinginterventional neuroradiology and those taking fellowships in the speciality from neurology, neurosurgery or neuroradiology.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basic Skills
    Section II. Aneurysm Treatment
    Section III. Intracranial Embolization
    Section IV: Spinal Embolization
    Section V. Intra-Arterial Therapy in Acute Ischaemic Stroke.-Section VI. Angioplasty and Stenting of Arterial Stenosis
    Section VII. Venous Procedures
    Section VIII. Interventional Neuro-Oncology
    Section IX. Spine Intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ripal T. Gandhi, Suvranu Ganguli.
    Contents:
    Percutaneous ablation of renal cell carcinoma / Raul Uppot, Debra A. Gervais, and Shawn Ahmed
    Adrenal malignancy : ablation / Aradhana M. Venkatesan and Bradford J. Wood
    Ablation of lung cancer, pulmonary metastatic disease, and chest wall malignancy / Charles McGraw, Scott Genshaft, Fereidoun Abtin, Antonio Gutierrez and Robert Suh
    Hepatocellular carcinoma : ablation / Riccardo Lencioni
    Hepatocellular carcinoma : chemoembolization / Siddharth A. Padia and Matthew J. Kogut
    Hepatocellular carcinoma : radioembolization / Avnesh Thakor, Arash, Eftekhari, Ed Lee, Darren Klass, and David Liu
    Colorectal hepatic metastatic disease : ablation / Muneeb Ahmed
    Colorectal hepatic metastatic disease : intraarterial therapies / Govindanrajan Narayanan and Prasoon Mohan
    Carcinoid and neuroendocrine tumors : intraarterial therapies / Elena N. Petre, Karen T. Brown, and Constantinos T. Sofocleous
    Cholangiocarcinoma : ablation and intraarterial therapies / Paul J. Rochon, Charles E. Ray Jr., Rajan K. Gupta, and Matthew Brown
    Bone tumors : ablation / Matthew R. Callstrom and A Nicholas Kurup
    Portal vein embolization / Sanjeeva Kalva
    Emerging technologies (navigational systems, immunoembolization, percutaneous
    Hepatic perfusion/chemosaturation, ire) / Rahmi Oklu.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Agnes R. Stogicza, André M. Mansano, Andrea M. Trescot, Peter S. Staats, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book serves as a review for the Fellow of Interventional Pain Practice (FIPP) exam and functions as a concise guide for all interventional pain doctors. Through educational initiatives, it helps to promote consensus-building among experts on the effectiveness of existing techniques and avenues for advancement of therapeutic performances. The book is divided into four sections (head and neck, thoracic, lumbar and sacral/pelvic), and each chapter is devoted to the safe, standardized approach to interventional procedures. To prepare both the examiner and the examinee for the FIPP examination, each chapter contains the relevant C-arm images and outlines the most common reasons for "unacceptable procedures performance" and "potentially unsafe procedures performance." Distinguishing it from many of the previous guides, it also includes labeled fluoroscopic high quality images and focuses on the current FIPP-examined procedures with all accepted approaches. Written and edited by world leaders in pain, Interventional Pain guides the reader in study for FIPP Exam and offers a consensus on how interventional procedures should be performed and examined.

    Contents:
    Section I
    Head and Neck Procedures.-Interlaminar Cervical Epidural Injection
    Intraarticular Cervical Facet Joint Block, C2-T1, Posterior and Lateral Approach
    Cervical Medial Branch Branch Block and Radiofrequency Ablation, Postieror Approach
    Cervical Medial Branch Branch Block: Lateral Approach.-Cervical Medial Branch Branch Block and Radiofrequency Ablation: Oblique Approach
    Pterygopalatine Ganglion Block and RadioFrequency Abilation: Anterior and Cornoid Approach.-Stellate Ganglion Block.-Trigeminal Ganglion Block.-Section II
    Thoracic Procedures.-Intercostal Nerve Block.-Thoraric Splanchnic Block and Radiofrequency Abilation
    Thoraric Sympathetic Block and Radiofrequency Abilation
    Thoracic Facet joint Block.-Thoracic Medial Branch Block and Denervation.-Spinal Cord Stimulator.-Section III
    Lumbar Procedures.-Lumbar Intraarticular Facet Joint Injection.-Lumbar Rami Communicans Block.-Lumber Medial Branch Block and Lumber Median Branch Radiofrequency Abilation.-Lumbar Sympathetic Block and RF.-Lumbar Transforaminal Epidural.-Lumbar Discography.-Section IV
    Sacral Pelvic Procedures.-Caudal Neuroplasty.-Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block: Posterolateral approach (non-transdiscal) .-Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block: Transdiscal approach
    Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block: Anterior Approach.-Sacral Transforaminal Epidural Steroid Interjection: Selective Nerve Root Block.-Sacroiliac Joint Injection.-Sacroiliac Joint Radiofrequency neurotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    David Kessel, Iain Robertson ; with a contribution by Des Alcorn.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jaime Tisnado, Rao R. Ivatury.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Josef Rösch.
    Summary: In this autobiography, Josef Rösch, a leading pioneer in interventional radiology from its inception to the present, documents his life and discusses important aspects of his work, focusing especially on those procedures that he developed or improved and that were popularized by his lectures and publications. In Prague, Dr. Rösch worked on splenoportography and visceral angiography, while in the United States he developed the transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt (TIPS) and introduced embolization for treatment of GI bleeding and expandable metallic stenting of obstructions of major veins and the esophagus. In addition, he contributed to the improvement of coronary angiography and fallopian tube catheterization. The book also describes the author's role as the lead person in establishing the Dotter Interventional Institute in 1990. The Institute was the first freestanding, independent interventional radiology unit to deal with education, research, and patient care. Dr. Rösch's organization of scientific meetings and his early use of techniques for live internet broadcasting are described, and the book concludes by summarizing the multiple honors and awards that he received in recognition of his achievements.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Costas Tsioufis, Roland E. Schmieder, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Dennis P. Orgill, editor.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    SECTION I: SURGICAL METHODS AND TECHNIQUES
    1. Surgical Debridement
    2. Bacterial Control
    3. Amputations of the Lower Extremity
    4. Gastrocsoleus Lengthening
    5. Operative Management of Pressure Injuries
    6. Forefoot Operations
    7. Hindfoot Operations
    8. Skin Grafting
    9. Local and Regional Flaps
    10. Perforator Flaps
    11. Free Tissue Transfer
    12. Negative Pressure Wound Therapy
    13. Matrices and Dermal Substitutes for Wound Treatment
    SECTION II: INTERVENTIONAL TECHNIQUES
    14. Arterial Diagnostics
    15. Minimally Invasive Arterial Interventions for Wounds
    16. Endovascular Venous Interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christoph F. Dietrich, Dieter Nuernberg.
    Contents:
    General aspects of interventional ultrasound. Interventional ultrasound: introduction and historical background
    Interventional materials and equipment
    Informed consent
    Medications, equipment, and setup requirements
    Pathology and cytology
    Fine needle aspiration cytology
    Infections and diganostic microbiology
    Hygiene management
    Contraindications, complications, and complication management
    Assistance in ultrasound interventions
    Sedation in interventions
    Specifc ultrasound-guided procedures: abdomen. Indications for diagnostic interveions in the abdomen and thorax (liver, pancreas, spleen, kidneys, lung, other sites)
    Diagnostic and therapeutic paracentesis of free abdominal fluid
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy and core needle biopsy
    Abscess drainage
    Percutaneous sclerotherapy of cysts
    Interventional treatment of echinococcosis
    Local ablative procedures: percutaneous ethanol and acetic acid injection
    Local ablative procedures for liver tumors, radiofrequency ablation
    Percutaneous transhepatic cholangiodrainage
    Percutaneous gastrostomy
    Interventional endosonography
    Special issues regarding interventions in the spleen
    Specific ultrasound-guided procedures: thorax. Thoracic interventions
    Specific ultrasound-guided procedures: urogenital system. Percutaneous renal biopsy
    Interventional urology
    Specific ultrasound -guided procedures: other organ systems. Interventional thyroid ultrasound
    Musculskeletal interventions
    Neurologic interventions, ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia
    Utlrasound-guided emergency and vascular interventions
    Specific ultrasound-guided procedures: other applications of interventional ultrasound. Extravascular use of ultrasound contrast agents
    Volume navigation
    Palliative interventions and the role of ultrasonography in palliative care.
  • Digital
    Ardeshir R. Rastinehad, David N. Siegel, editors ; Peter A. Pinto, Bradford J. Wood, associate editors.
    Contents:
    History of Invasive Radiology
    Imaging the Urinary Tract: Fundamentals of Ultrasound, Computed Tomography, and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Image Fusion Principles: Theory
    Prostate Imaging
    Imaging of Benign Prostatic Conditions
    Transrectal Ultrasound of the Prostate
    Fusion Guided Prostate Biopsy
    Template Mapping Biopsies: An Overview of Technique and Results
    Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS) and Elastographic imaging
    High Intensity Focused Ultrasound for Prostate Cancer
    Laser Interstitial Thermal Therapy
    IRE for Prostate Cancer
    Cryotherapy for Prostate Cancer
    Radiation Therapy: Brachytherapy
    Selective Arterial Prostatic Embolization (SAPE)
    BPH Embolization
    Treatments for Benign Conditions of the Prostate Gland
    Kidney Imaging
    Renal Mass Biopsy
    Urinary Diversion and Drainage
    Renal Ablations
    Renal Angiography and Embolization
    Nutcracker Syndrome
    Renal Artery Stenosis
    Hemorrhagic Cystitis
    Endovascular Management of Priapism and Erectile Dysfunction
    Adrenal Imaging
    Adrenal Interventions
    Varicocele and Pelvic Congestion Syndrome
    Retroperitoneal Biopsy: Indications and Imaging Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ardeshir R. Rastinehad, David N. Siegel, Bradford J. Wood, Timothy McClure, editors.
    Summary: This updated text provides a concise yet comprehensive and state-of-the-art review of evolving techniques in the new and exciting subspecialty of interventional urology. Significant advances in imaging technologies, diagnostic tools, fusion navigation, and minimally invasive image-guided therapies such as focal ablative therapies have expanded the interventional urologists' clinical toolkit over the past decade. Organized by organ system with subtopics covering imaging technologies, interventional techniques, recipes for successful practice, pitfalls to shorten the learning curves for new technologies, and clinical outcomes for the vast variety of interventional urologic procedures, this second edition includes many more medical images as well as helpful graphics and reference illustrations. The second edition of Interventional Urology serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, interventional urologists, interventional radiologists, interventional oncologists, urologic oncologists, as well as scientists, researchers, students, and residents with an interest in interventional urology.

    Contents:
    Section 1: History
    Section 2: Imaging Theory
    History/Background
    Imaging Theory for each Modality
    CBCT
    Break Downs by Organs
    Section 3: Fusion Theory
    Fusion Technology Basics
    Definitions
    Getting under the Hood
    How and Why we need Fusion
    Getting out of the Rectum
    Fusion Guidance for Focal and Whole Gland Ablation Prostate and Kidney
    Future Applications
    Generalized Applications of Imaging in Urology
    Section 4: Prostate
    Types of Prostate Imaging
    US
    BPH
    Cancer Imaging
    Diseases
    Renal Ablation
    Prostate Ablation
    Section 5: Kidney
    Imaging
    Biopsy
    Drainage VS Aspirations and Why
    Ablations
    Embolization
    Venography/Angiography
    Section 6: Bladder/Diversions/Ureter
    Diseases-Reflux, Cystitses, Bladder Cancer, Foreign Body, Diversions, Ureteral Strictures
    Imaging Correlations
    Treatments
    Section 7: Adrenal
    Diseases
    ACC/Adenoma/Adrenal Myelopoma/BAH/Conns/Cushings/Pheo
    Imaging Correlations
    Treatments
    Varicoceles
    Immuno-Therapy and IU
    Outcome Language/Cost Effectiveness Studies/ and Outcome Measures in IU.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, World Health Organization.
    Contents:
    1. Background and rationale
    2. Expert Meeting
    3. Salmonella-specific interventions in the context of meat hygiene
    4. Beef chain intervention assessment, from primary production to processing
    5. Pork-chain intervention assessment, from primary production to processing
    6. Assessment of interventions from packaging to consumptions for beef and pork
    7. Summarized response to CCFH request
    8. Limitations and caveats
    References cited in the report of the Expert Meeting
    Annex 1. Systematic review report
    Annex 2. Steps in the beef and pork food chains as outlined in the CCFH draft guidelines.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR201.S25 F66 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Irving M. Shapiro, Makarand V. Risbud, editors.
    Summary: The intervertebral disc is composed of a complex tissue that separates neighboring vertebrae, permits a wide range of motion, and cushions the high biomechanical forces on the spine. Disc degeneration leads to a loss of function and is often associated with excruciating pain. Written by leading scientists and clinicians, this is the only book in the past fifty years devoted entirely to the study of the intervertebral disc. The first part of the book provides a review of the basic biology of the disc in health and disease. The second part considers strategies for mitigating the effects of disc degeneration and discusses the possibility of engineering replacement tissues. The final section is dedicated to approaches that model normal development, and the elucidation of the pathogenesis of degenerative disc disease using animal, organ and cell culture techniques. This unique and authoritative book bridges the gap between the basic and clinical sciences; its target audience includes basic scientists, orthopedists, neurologists, rehabilitation and physical therapists, primary care physicians and chiropractors, while it also addresses the needs of graduate students, medical students, interns, fellows, and patients who suffer from disc-related pathologies.

    Contents:
    Biomechanical and Molecular Studies of the Intervertebral Disc: Introduction to the Structure, Function and Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrae and the Intervertebral Disc
    The Intervertebral Disc: Overview of Disc Mechanics
    Development of the Intervertebral Disc
    Proteoglycans of the Intervertebral Disc
    Collagen and Other Proteins of the Nucleus Pulposus, Annulus Fibrosus and Cartilage Endplates
    Microenvironmental Regulation of Cell Function and Extracellular Matrix Synthesis by Disc Cells
    The Effects of Mechanical Forces on Nucleus and Annulus Cells
    The Role of the ADAMTS Proteins in the Intervertebral Disc
    Intervertebral Disc Disease: Pathogenesis and Current Treatment Modalities: Epidemiology of Lumbar Disc Degeneration
    Genetic Basis of Intervertebral Disc Degeneration
    Pathogenesis of Intervertebral Disc Degeneration
    Imaging Modalities for Studying Disc Pathology
    Surgical Indications for Lumbar Degenerative Disease
    Spinal Motion Restoration Devices for the Degenerate Disc
    The Non-Surgical Treatment of Back Pain
    Back Pain and Disc Degeneration: Are They Linked?- Clinical Features and Pathobiology of Chordoma
    Models of Disc Disease and Biological Regeneration: Large Animal Models of Disc Degeneration
    Intervertebral Disc Herniation
    The Sand Rat (Psammomys obesus obesus) Model of Spontaneous, Age-Related Intervertebral Disc Generation
    Use of Knockout and Transgenic Mouse Models in Disc Research
    Intervertebral Disc Culture Models and Their Applications to Study Pathogenesis and Repair
    Use of Stem Cells to Regenerate the Disc
    Gene Therapy Approaches for Disc Regeneration
    Enhancing Disc Repair by Growth Factors and Other Modalities
    Tissue Engineering of the Disc.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Erika Isolauri, Philip M. Sherman, W. Allan Walker.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Lisa A. Boardman, editor.
    Contents:
    1. The intestinal polyposes: clinical and molecular overview
    2. MUTYH-associated polyposis
    3. Inflammatory "cap" polyposis
    4. Serrated polyposis syndrome
    5. Polymerase proofreading associated polyposis, and other new syndromes of hereditary colorectal cancer
    6. Juvenile polyposis syndrome
    7. PTEN hamartoma tumor syndrome
    8. Cronkhite-Canada Syndrome
    9. Peutz-Jeghers Syndrome
    10. Hereditary mixed polyposis syndrome
    11. Familial adenomatous polyposis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Elspeth Cameron Ritchie.
    Contents:
    A brief overview of the effect of war injuries on sexual health and intimacy / Kathryn Ellis
    Intimacy versus isolation : a psychodynamic clinical reflection on physically injured military patients / Joseph Wise
    The role of sympathetic nervous system in PTSD-related male sexual dysfunction : clinical evidence and related interventions / Eugene Lipov
    Sexual health and intimacy in the military : a contextual framework / Glenn Parkinson, Martin Chin
    Training health care providers to deal with sexual health and intimacy issues / Hani Miletski
    Psychosocial issues related to genito-urinary injury / Suzanne Waddingham
    Strategies, modifications, and adaptations for intimate relationships and sexual activity / Kathryn Ellis
    PTSD and sexual intimacy / Jennifer Greenberg
    Side-effects of medications and mitigation strategies / John Burger
    Psychological aspects of infertility post-injury / Laura Covington
    Understanding failed relationships as a factor related to suicide and suicidal behavior among military personnel / Jackie Garrick
    Intimacy after intimate partner violence / Glenna Tinney, April Gerlock
    Intimacy after sexual violence / Glenna Tinney, April Gerlock
    Toxic exposures from service in the U.S. military : effects on reproductive and sexual health / Remington Nevin, Elspeth Cameron Ritchie
    Genital injury and the psychiatric consult liaison service / Harold Wain, Lisa Young
    Evolution of sexual trauma treatment in the military : experience of a psychiatric partial hospitalization program / Raymond Lande, Sawsan Ghurani, Cara N. Burton, Kerrie Earley
    Way ahead : reconstructive transplantation as an emerging option for penile restoration / Sami Tuffaha, Gerald Brandacher, Richard Redett.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Rahn Kennedy Bailey, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review of the psychopathology and epidemiology of domestic violence, accompanied by related medical and legal considerations. The introductory sections define domestic violence and its challenges. The major body of the book is devoted to individual topics in various communities and subgroups, covering their behavioral and mental implications. Topics include disparities and special populations, subtypes of offenders, ethical and legal components, impacts of gun ownership, and many other challenges. Each chapter begins with a case study to illustrate the issue presented, concluding with resources and guidelines when available. Intimate Partner Violence is an excellent resource for all clinicians who may encounter victims and perpetrators of domestic violence, including general, child, and forensic psychiatrists, emergency medicine physicians, primary care physicians, pediatricians, psychologists, social workers, school counselors, and all others.

    Contents:
    Overview of Intimate Partner Violence
    Intimate Partner Violence in the Healthcare Setting
    Intimate Partner Violence: The Law
    Intimate Partner Violence: Law Enforcement
    Domestic Violence and the African American Community
    Intimate Partner Violence in Hispanic Communities
    Intimate Partner Violence Among Muslim Immigrant Communities
    Same Sex Partner Violence: A Look at Domestic Violence in the LGBTQ Community
    Intimate Partner Violence in the Military
    Intimate Partner Violence Transcending Socioeconomic Class
    Gender Bias: The Male Dominant Sports Culture
    Violent Childhood: Domestic Violence in Childhood
    Teen Dating Violence
    Intimate Partner Homicide: Firearms Use in Domestic Violence
    Intimate Partner Violence: Stalking
    Substance Abuse and Intimate Partner Violence
    Intimate Partner Violence During SARS-Cov-2 (COVID-19) Pandemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paul A. Moore.
    Summary: Have you ever thought about what a dog smells as it stops to sniff at a tree? Or what a cat is watching as it stares intensely off into space? What about animals in the wild? What do they see, hear, smell, and feel? How do they perceive their surroundings? This is the illusive world. A world filled with fascinating stimuli that we are not equipped to detect. This is particularly true because we tend to rely so heavily on our eyes or ears. We are figuratively, and literally, blind to this part of the natural world. This part, which is full of stimuli we cannot perceive, encompasses the daily lives of so many animals. Beneath our feet are ants, moles, and spiders using vibrations to coordinate colonies and communicate danger. In the oceans, turtles, fish, and octopi are sensitive to magnetic and electric fields, as well as tasty morsels at the tips of their tentacles. In the skies, owls and raptors can see deep into a lake or pierce the night with highly sensitive eyes. This book brings together all these animals and their amazing sensory abilities in an exploration of how animals perceive their world. Within these pages are wonderful and exciting stories of organisms using their senses to perform sophisticated communication with nestmates, find hidden prey in the dark of night or murky of depths, and call to lovers both near and far. This book will open the door to this illusive world and will take you on a journey into the illusive world and see how different the world is when perceived through another animals senses.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; Part I: The Sensuous World;
    Chapter 1: What's Mine Is Mine and What's Yours Is Yours; 1.1 The Sensuous World; 1.2 The Mind's Eye; 1.3 The Illusive World; 1.4 What Really Is Reality?; Part II: Vision;
    Chapter 2: Eyes as Windows to the Soul; 2.1 Double Vision; 2.2 The Science of the Four-Eyed Fish;
    Chapter 3: The Pollinator's Garden; 3.1 On the Hunt for Nectar; 3.2 The Science of the Bee's Flowery Vision;
    Chapter 4: Finding the Way Home; 4.1 You Can Go Back Home Again; 4.2 The Science of Seeing the Unseen 22.2 The Science of Tasting with Your Body
    Chapter 23: More Than a Feeling; 23.1 A Sucker for Good Food; 23.2 The Science of Tasting with Tentacles;
    Chapter 24: At Death's Door; 24.1 A Gut Feeling; 24.2 The Science of Internal Taste;
    Chapter 25: A Different Chemical View; 25.1 Smelling with a Fork; 25.2 The Science of Tracking with Tongues;
    Chapter 26: The Gustatory World; Part VI: Tactile;
    Chapter 27: Picking Up Good Vibrations; 27.1 There Came a Tapping; 27.2 The Science of a Touching Reply;
    Chapter 28: Coordinating the Team; 28.1 Someone Gently Rapping
    Chapter 11: The Sound of Fear; 11.1 The Song of the Flying Tigers; 11.2 The Science of Jamming and Diving;
    Chapter 12: Sound Beneath the Waves; 12.1 The Keith Moon of the Deep; 12.2 The Science of the Fishy Sound;
    Chapter 13: The Lover's Voice; 13.1 Kiss the Girl; 13.2 The Science of Singing Silly Love Songs;
    Chapter 14: The Power of Sound; Part IV: Olfaction;
    Chapter 15: The Smell of Warm Bread; 15.1 Long-Distance Relationships; 15.2 The Science of Tracing the Call of Love;
    Chapter 16: This Is Not My House; 16.1 Following the Ribbon of Odor; 16.2 The Science of Recognizing Home
    Chapter 17: Better Lies Through Chemistry; 17.1 When We First Practice to Deceive; 17.2 The Science of Making Chemical Cocktails;
    Chapter 18: Can't We All Just Get Along?; 18.1 The Secret Handshake; 18.2 The Science of a Coat of Arms;
    Chapter 19: Social Resume; 19.1 Fighting by Molecular Means; 19.2 The Science of a Chemical History;
    Chapter 20: The Emotion of Chemicals; Part V: Gustation;
    Chapter 21: Putting Your Best Foot Forward; 21.1 The Walk of Life; 21.2 The Science of Tasting with Your Feet;
    Chapter 22: The Sweet Taste of Life; 22.1 Searching the Dark for Food
    Chapter 5: I Can See for Miles and Miles and Miles; 5.1 I Spy with My Little Eye Something; 5.2 The Science of Precision Talon Strikes;
    Chapter 6: Peering into the Darkness; 6.1 Seeing in the Absence of Light; 6.2 The Science of Nighttime Vision;
    Chapter 7: Technicolor Dreamcoats; 7.1 The Different Hues of Aggression; 7.2 The Science of Multicolor Worlds;
    Chapter 8: The Eye as a Window to the World; Part III: Audition;
    Chapter 9: The Music of Nature;
    Chapter 10: All About the Bass; 10.1 Hearing the Earth Move Under Your Feet; 10.2 The Science of the Distant Rumble of Words
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    James R. Doty, MD.
    Summary: The author relates how a chance encounter in a magic shop with a woman who taught him exercises to ease his sufferings and manifest his greatest desires gave him a glimpse of the relationship between the brain and the heart, and drove him to explore the neuroscience of compassion and altruism.

    Contents:
    Real magic
    A body at rest
    Thinking about thinking
    Growing pains
    Three wishes
    Apply yourself
    Unacceptable
    It's not brain surgery
    The sultan of nothing
    Giving up
    The alphabet of the heart
    Manifesting compassion
    The face of God.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD592.9.D69 A3 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Rahul Manchanda, editor.
    Summary: The book covers the entire aspect of intrauterine adhesions and Asherman's syndrome highlighting important points. It discusses etiopathogenesis to diagnosis and the current guidelines with effective treatment policies. It covers new treatment techniques, use of stem cell therapy and various scenarios with the best management of them. The book also covers pregnancy and associated complications. It takes into account the vast clinical experience of the authors all over the world clubbed with the academic evidence available to date. The book is relevant for endoscopic surgeons, hysteroscopists, infertility specialists and obstetricians at large, and anyone who wishes to know more about this subject.

    Contents:
    History and epidemiology of Asherman's syndrome
    Etiopathogenesis of Asherman's syndrome
    Clinical features (signs and symptoms) of Asherman's syndrome
    Classification system in Asherman's syndrome
    Diagnosis
    patient evaluation in Asherman's syndrome
    2D and 3D USG in diagnosis of Asherman's syndrome
    Role of HSG and SIS in Asherman's syndrome
    Diagnostic hysteroscopy in Asherman's syndrome
    Treatment of Asherman's syndrome
    hysteroscopic techniques
    Role of assisted operative hysteroscopy in Asherman's syndrome
    Post-operative care in Asherman's syndrome - hormonal therapy, physical barriers, vasodilators, Antibiotics
    Use of PRP or Stem cell therapy in Asherman's syndrome
    Follow up and relook hysteroscopy in Asherman's syndrome
    Complications and fertility potential following adhesiolysis in Asherman's syndrome
    Pregnancy and its management in patients with Asherman's syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mahmut Nedim Doral, Jón Karlsson, John Nyland, Karl Peter Benedetto, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book is a comprehensive and detailed guide to the contemporary arthroscopic management of intraarticular fractures. The opening section addresses a variety of basic aspects and key issues, including the difficulties posed by intraarticular fractures, principles of fixation, cartilage healing, and rehabilitation. The minimally invasive surgical techniques appropriate to individual types of fracture are then fully described and depicted, covering fractures of the shoulder and elbow, wrist, pelvis and hip, knee, and ankle. Guidance is also provided on avoidance and management of complications and rehabilitation. The closing section addresses relevant miscellaneous issues, including arthroscopic management of temporomandibular joint fractures and extended indications for endoscopy-assisted fracture fixation. This volume will greatly assist both trainee and more experienced surgeons in selecting and executing arthroscopic techniques when treating patients with these complex fractures, which entail the risk of poor long-term function and further deterioration.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Preface; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: General Knowledge;
    1: Natural History of Bone Bruise; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Bone Bruise Classification; 1.3 Bone Bruise Location and Mechanism; 1.4 Clinical and Histological Findings; 1.5 The Natural Course; 1.6 Treatment; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
    2: Arthroscopic Treatment Vs. Open Surgery in Intra-articular Fractures; 2.1 Background; 2.2 Articular Fracture Reduction; 2.3 Associated Soft Tissue Injuries; 2.4 Loose Bodies; 2.5 Articular Degenerative Changes; 2.6 Conclusion; References
    3: Intra-articular Fractures: Principles of Fixation3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Classification; 3.3 Unique Features of Intra-articular Fractures; 3.4 Imaging of Intra-Articular Fractures; 3.5 Basic Principles of Management of Intra-articular Fractures; 3.6 Importance of Step-Offs/Gaps; 3.7 Healing of Articular Cartilage; 3.8 Conclusion; References;
    4: Intra-articular Fractures: Philosophy of Minimally Invasive Fixation; 4.1 Minimally Invasive Fixation; 4.2 Intra-articular Fractures; 4.2.1 Description; 4.2.2 Problems Related to the Treatment; 4.2.3 Treatment Planning; 4.3 Conclusion 6.5 Potential Stress Shielding or Stress Riser from Fixation Hardware6.6 Patient Expectations "Realistic or Not"; 6.7 Optimizing Full Kinematic/Kinetic Chain Function; 6.8 Patient/Client Understanding, the Importance of Therapeutic Lessons; 6.9 Optimizing Metabolic Energy System Function; 6.10 Repetitive Microtraumatic, Acute Isolated, or Polytraumatic Intra-articular Fractures; 6.11 Pain; 6.12 Gender, Genetics, Lifestyle, and Age; 6.13 Therapeutic Exercise to Improve Function and Cognitive Appraisal: Psychobehaviors; 6.14 Therapeutic Exercise and Patient Education 6.15 Objective and Subjective Function Assessments6.16 Sufficient Follow-up; 6.17 Conclusion; References;
    7: Arthroscopic Treatment Vs. Open Surgery in Intra-articular Fractures; 7.1 Calcaneus and Talus Fractures; 7.2 Ankle Fractures; 7.3 Knee Fractures; 7.4 Hip Fractures; 7.5 Bennett Fractures; 7.6 Wrist Fractures; 7.7 Elbow Fractures; 7.8 Shoulder Fractures; 7.9 Conclusion; References; Part II: Arthroscopic Management of Shoulder and Elbow Fractures;
    8: Arthroscopic Treatment of Acromioclavicular Dislocations; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Anatomy and Biomechanics; 8.3 Mechanism of Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bruce Ovbiagele, Adnan I. Qureshi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a framework for goal-targeted management of the adult patient with spontaneous non-traumatic intracerebral hemorrhage (ICH). Topics addressed in a comprehensive yet practical manner in the book include pre-hospital/emergency department care, early inpatient work-up, antithrombotic- and thrombolytic-related strokes, optimal blood pressure management, avoidance of medical complications, surgical interventions, outcome prognostication, recurrence prevention, rehabilitation/recovery, special situations, systems of care, and the design of clinical trials for patients with ICH. Procedures, processes, and helpful decision-making algorithms are presented with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to promptly retrieve relevant information. In addition, the most current evidence-based therapies for routine management of ICH patients and a glimpse of promising future treatment strategies are reviewed. Timely and consolidated, clinicians will find this to be an indispensable resource to navigating the ever-increasing pace of discovery that is transforming what we know about ICH and its treatment.

    Contents:
    Prehospital and emergency department management of intracerebral hemorrhage
    Early inpatient workup for intracerebral hemorrhage
    Antithrombotic-and thrombolytic-related intracerebral hemorrhage
    Blood pressure management in ICH
    Thromboprophylaxis and seizure management in intracerebral hemorrhage
    Surgical treatment of intracerebral hemorrhage
    Intracerebral hemorrhage prognosis
    Prevention of recurrent intracerebral hemorrhage
    Special disease management considerations
    Special systems of care considerations in intracerebral hemorrhage
    ICH rehabilitation and recovery
    Clinical trial design in subjects with intracerebral hemorrhage.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Barry Salky, editor.
    Summary: Laparoscopic and robotic approaches to colon, rectum and the small intestine have undergone radical change since the introduction of minimally invasive surgical techniques. At the beginning of this revolution, the most common anastomotic techniques have been extracorporeal. As a few surgeons became more familiar with minimally invasive suturing techniques, intracorporeal anastomosis became possible. However, the change from an extracorporeal approach has been slow to realization for the vast majority of surgeons. While there are multiple reasons for this slow adoption, the most common are perceived difficulty with suturing in a closed space, the feeling of lack of control, and the worry of increased infection in the abdomen. This book details the latest information in addressing and dispelling these fears. It provides a useful guide to techniques required to perform intracorporeal anastomoses both in laparoscopic and robotic surgery, and it shows the huge advantages to the patient, surgeon and to our health care system. Written by experts in the field, chapters serve as a definitive guide to the performance of intracorporeal techniques to all general and colon and rectal surgeons performing bowel resection both for benign and malignant disease. The chapters contain ample color photographs and videos describing each technique. Intracorporeal Anastomosis primarily focuses on laparoscopic and robotic techniques and contains the latest published data describing the advantages of using these minimally invasive surgical techniques. .

    Contents:
    Small Bowel Resection
    Right Colon Resection
    Extended Right Hemicolectomy
    Laparoscopic Left Colectomy with Intracorporeal Anastomosis
    Intracorporeal Anastomotic Techniques for Sigmoid and Rectal Resections
    Ileosigmoid Anastomosis in Laparoscopic Subtotal Colectomy
    Natural-orifice Intra-Corporeal Anastomosis with Extraction: The NICE procedure for robotic left-sided colorectal resection for benign disease
    TaTME
    Novel Devices to Aid Completion of Intracorporeal Anastomoses.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Xianli Lv, editor.
    Summary: The book introduces techniques, devices, device structures and therapeutic in dural arteriovenous fistulas. During past 4 decades, neurovascular or endovasuclar surgery developed fast and provide effective and minimally invasive treatment of dural arteriovenous fistulas. The treatment of dural arteriovenous fistulas has also seen substantial evolution, increasing the number of dural arteriovenous fistulas that can be treated successfully with minimally invasive therapy. Authors introduces the great advances in the techniques, devices and treatment concepts, which shows striking therapeutic benefit for dural arteriovenous fistulas. In each technique, authors introduce methods, cases, result, discussion and conclusion. The CT scan, MR imaging, angiography and surgical figures are provided in each chapter. Attending physicians, fellows, residents, medical students will benefit from reading this text.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    About the Book
    Contents
    About the Editor
    1: Classifications of Cranial and Spinal Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas and Their Endovascular Embolization
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Zipfel Classification of DAVFs [13]
    1.3 Endovascular Approaches
    1.4 Transarterial Embolization
    1.4.1 nBCA
    1.4.2 Onyx
    1.4.3 PHIL and Squid
    1.5 Transvenous Approach
    1.6 Stereotactic Radiosurgery
    1.7 Surgery
    1.8 Endovascular Management Based on Zipfel Classification of DAVFs [13]
    1.9 Conclusions
    References 2: Pediatric Intracranial Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas: Review of the Literature and Case Report
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Pediatric dAVF Classification
    2.2.1 Dural Sinus Malformation
    2.2.2 Infantile dAVFs
    2.2.3 Adult-Type dAVFs
    2.2.4 Other Classifications
    2.3 Pathogenesis
    2.4 Natural History
    2.5 Clinical Manifestations
    2.5.1 Symptoms of High-Flow Arteriovenous Shunts
    2.5.1.1 Pediatric DSM with dAVF
    2.5.1.2 Infantile dAVF
    2.5.2 Symptoms from Retrograde Venous Drainage
    2.5.3 Symptoms of Cavernous Sinus Involvement
    2.5.4 Other Symptoms 2.6 Diagnostics
    2.7 Treatment
    2.7.1 Endovascular Treatment
    2.8 Conclusion
    References
    3: Pediatric Dural Arteriovenous Shunts
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Classification and Description of Arteriovenous Shunts
    3.3 Angiographic characteristics
    3.4 Treatment
    3.5 Predictors of Poor Neurological Outcome
    3.6 Dural Sinus Malformations
    3.7 Infantile Dural Arteriovenous Shunts
    3.8 Adult-Type Dural Arteriovenous Shunts
    3.9 Conclusion
    References 4: A Small Tentorial Dural Arteriovenous Fistula with a Venous Aneurysm in the Pons Mimicking a Cavernous Angioma
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Case Presentation
    4.3 Discussion
    4.4 Conclusion
    References
    5: Endovascular Treatment for Traumatic Internal Carotid Cavernous Fistula: Current Difficulties and Solutions
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Angioarchitecture of TICCF
    5.2.1 Feeding Artery
    5.2.2 CS State and Fistula
    5.2.3 Draining Path
    5.2.4 Relationship Between Symptoms and Venous Drainage
    5.3 EVT Principle and Choices
    5.4 Transarterial EVT Technique 5.4.1 Reconstructive with Detachable Balloon or Coils
    5.4.2 Reconstructive with Covered Stent and FD
    5.4.2.1 Covered Stent
    5.4.2.2 Flow Diversion
    5.4.3 Deconstruction with ICA Trapping
    5.5 Transvenous or Combined Transarterial EVT Techniques
    5.6 Special Types of TICCF
    5.6.1 Bilateral TICCFs
    5.6.2 Recurrent TICCF
    5.7 Complications
    5.7.1 Technique Complication
    5.7.2 Cranial Nerve Palsy
    5.7.3 Ischemic Complication
    5.7.4 Trigeminocardiac Reflex
    5.8 Prognosis
    5.9 Summary
    References
    6: Angioarchitecture of Dural Arteriovenous Fistula
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lia M. Halasz, Simon S. Lo, Eric L. Chang, Arjun Sahgal, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical, up-to-date guide to the treatment of patients with brain and spinal tumors. Leading experts in the field explain treatment techniques in detail, highlighting key considerations in the use of external beam radiation therapy, intensity-modulated radiation therapy, particle therapy, radiosurgery, and stereotactic body radiation therapy. Specific recommendations are described for different tumor types, and helpful information provided on other important issues, such as the interaction of radiotherapy and systemic therapy and the avoidance of treatment complications. With the development of modern technology, highly conformal radiotherapy techniques have become more complicated, yet also more widely employed. This book will equip readers with the knowledge required to set up practices to deliver quality brain and spinal radiation therapy appropriate to each patient. It will be of benefit to radiation oncologists, clinical oncologists, medical physicists, medical dosimetrists, radiation therapists, and senior nurses as well as medical oncologists and surgical oncologists with an interest in radiotherapy.

    Contents:
    Arteriovenous Malformation
    Benign Meningioma
    Atypical and Malignant Meningioma
    Craniopharyngioma
    Paraganglioma
    Pituitary adenoma
    Vestibular Schwannoma
    Hemangiopericytoma
    Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    Ganglioglioma
    Ependymoma
    Adult Pilocytic Astrocytoma
    Pleomorphic Xanthroastrocytoma (PXA)
    WHO Grade II and III Glioma
    Glioblastoma
    Brainstem Glioma
    Pineal Tumors (PPTID, PTPR)
    Adult Medulloblastoma
    Intracranial Germ Cell Tumors
    Brain Metastases: Intact and Postoperative Radiosurgery
    Brain Metastases: Whole brain radiation therapy
    Primary Spinal Cord Tumors
    Spinal Metastases
    Management of acute side effects of brain irradiation (besides radionecrosis)
    Radiation Necrosis: A Practical Approach
    Management of spine SBRT adverse effects
    Monitoring and management of late effects.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew J. Ringer.
    Summary: Intracranial aneurysm result from complex interactions between cerebrovascular anatomy, vascular injury, and adaptive remodeling of the arterial wall and represent a cerebrovascular disorder with the potential for substantial morbidity and mortality. Most intracranial aneurysms occur in the larger arteries near the skull base, in or around the circle of Willis, but variants may appear virtually anywhere in the cerebral vasculature. The aneurysm can leak or rupture, causing life-threatening bleeding, and is the most common cause of spontaneous subarachnoid hemorrhage, the third most common form of stroke. Intracranial aneurysms affect about 1 in 10,000 people per year in the United States (approximately 27,000). Intracranial Aneurysms will address the natural history, biology, and basic management principles and treatment of aneurysms. The chapters also explore the unique features of each type or location of aneurysm while considering the medical, surgical, and endovascular options. Contributions are by members of the Endovascular Neurosurgery Research Group, a group of recognized expert neurosurgeons who specialize in cerebrovascular and endovascular management of aneurysms.

    Contents:
    Part I. Background
    1.Cerebrovascular embryology and implications for the pathogenesis of cerebral aneurysms
    2. Biology of cerebral aneurysm formation, growth, and rupture
    3. Experimental aneurysm models
    4. Training standards in neuroendovascular surgery (NES)
    Part II. Evaluation and management of aneurysms and SAH
    5. Imaging of intracranial aneurysms
    6. Surveillance and screening for intracranial aneurysms
    7. Severe headache and diagnosis of subarachnoid hemorrhage in the emergency department
    8. Evaluation and initial management of subarachnoid hemorrhage
    9. SAH of unknown etiology: natural history and further evaluation
    10. Critical care management of aneurysmal SAH after the aneurysm is secured
    11. Radiographic vasospasm and clinical (symptomatic) vasospasm
    12. Delayed neurological injury not from large-vessel vasospasm
    Part III. Surgical techniques
    13. Anesthesia managmenet of intracranial aneurysms
    14. Technical principles of aneurysm clipping
    15. Management of complex intracranial aneurysms: principles of microsurgical deconstruction and cerebrovascular bypass
    16. Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring in brain aneurysm surgery
    Part IV. Endovascular techniques
    17. Diagnostic angiography techniques and complication avoidance
    18. Evolving technologies in the treatment of cerebral aneurysms
    19. Platelet inhibition and anticoagulation in endovascular neurosurgery
    20. Guide catheter access: basics and solutions to difficult anatomy
    21. Basic endovascular techniques: direct, balloon-assisted, and stent-assisted coil embolization
    22. Endovascular flow diversion
    23. Intra-sacular flow disruption
    24. Balloon test occlusion
    25. Parent vessel sacrifice in endovascular surgery
    26. Complication avoidance during neuroendovascular procedures
    27. Complication avoidance and management of endovascular treatments
    Part V. Specifics of aneurysm treatment
    28. Anterior communicating artery aneurysms
    29. Internal carotid artery aneurysms introduction
    29a. Specifics of aneurysm treatment: paraclinoid internal carotid artery
    29B. Internal carotid aneurysms- communicating segment
    29C. Carotid terminus aneurysms
    30. Middle cerebral artery
    31. Vertebral artery and PICA aneurysms
    32. Introduction basilar artery aneurysms
    32A. Specifics of treatment for basilar trunk artery aneurysms
    32B. Basilar terminus
    32C. Posterior cerebral artery/superior cerebellar artery aneurysms
    33. Pericallosal aneurysms
    34. Specifics of aneurysm treatment distal aneurysms
    Part VI. Atypical aneurysms
    35. Dissecting intracranial aneurysms
    36. Fusiform aneurysms
    37. Mycotic cerebral aneurysms
    38. Traumatic intracranial aneurysms
    39. Blister aneurysms
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    volume editor, J. Sung Kim, Louis R. Caplan, Ka Sing Wong.
    Contents:
    Intracranial arteries : anatomy and collaterals / Liebeskind, D.S., Caplan, L.R.
    Pathological characteristics / Chen, X.-Y., Fisher, M.
    Epidemiology / Gorelick, P., Wong, K.S., Liu, L.
    Risk factors / Uehara, T., Bang, O.Y., Kim, J.S., Minematsu, K., Sacco, R.
    Stroke mechanisms / Wong, K.S., Caplan, L.R., Kim, J.S.
    Clinical stroke syndromes / Kim, J.S., Caplan, L.R.
    Biomarkers, natural course, and prognosis / Arenillas, J.F., López-Cancio, E., Wong, K.S.
    Vessel and vessel wall imaging / Jung, S.C., Kang, D.-W., Turan, T.N.
    Transcranial doppler / Sharma, V.K., Wong, K.S., Alexandrov, A.V.
    Antithrombotic therapy / Kwon, S.U., Kim, J.S.
    Angioplasty and stenting / Leung, T.W., Wabnitz, A.M., Miao, Z., Chimowitz, M.I.
    Surgical therapy / Oh, C.W., Steinberg, G.K.
    Non-atherosclerotic intracranial arterial diseases / Kim, J.S., Caplan, L.R.
    Moyamoya disease / Fujimura, M., Bang, O.Y., Kim, J.S.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Jeremy Christopher Ganz.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Ancient world-before brain anatomy
    Ancient world-developing knowledge
    From ancient times to the 17th century
    The renaissance
    The 17th century - The 18th century
    The 19th century
    The 20th century
    Historical summary
    The lucid interval
    Developing notions of pathophysiology
    Intracranial vascular dynamics
    Factors affecting the formation of epidural hematomas
    Intracranial effects of epidural bleeding
    Terminal changes in epidural bleeding
    Status Quo Vadis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Mikhail F. Chernov, Yoshihiro Muragaki, Santosh Kesari, Ian E. McCutcheon.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of intracranial gliomas / Ostrom, Q.T., Gittleman, H., Stetson, L., Virk, S., Barnholtz-Sloan, J.S
    Imaging of intracranial gliomas / Ono, Y.;, Chernov, M.F., Muragsaki, Y., Maruyama, T., Abe, K., Iseki, H
    Rationale for aggressive resection and general surgical principles for intracranial gliomas / McCutcheon, I.E., Chernov, M.F
    Virtual reality surgical simulation : implications for resection of intracranial gliomas / Dakson, A., Hong, M., Clarke, D.B
    Neurophysiological monitoring and awake craniotomy for resection of intracranial gliomas / Saito, T., Tamura, M., Chernov, M.F., Ikuta, S., Muragaki, Y., Maruyama, T
    Surgical management of gliomas in eloquent cortex / Ferguson, S.D., McCutcheon, I.E
    Surgery of insular gliomas / Duffau, H
    Surgery for critically-located intracranial gliomas / Hori, T., Ishida, A., Aihara, Y., Matsuo, S., Yoshimoto, H.; Shiramizu, H
    Surgery of intracranial gliomas in children / Balogun, J.A., Rutka, J.T
    Surgical management of recurrent intracranial gliomas / Ferguson, S.D., Momin, E.N., Weinberg, J.S
    Role of biopsies in the management of intracranial gliomas / Patel, K.S., Carter, B.S., Chen, C.C.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    editors; M.F. Chernov, Y Muragaki, S. Kesari, I.E. McCutcheon.
    Contents:
    Pathology and genetics of gliomas / Komori T., Muragaki Y., Chernov M.F.
    Fractionated radiotherapy of intracranial gliomas / Ghia A.J.
    Stereotactic radiosurgery in the multimodality management of residual or recurrent glioblastoma multiforme / Niranjan A., Monaco E.A. III, Kano H., Flickinger J.C., Lunsford L.D.
    Stereotactic radiosurgery of intracranial low-grade gliomas / Ganz J.C.
    Brachytherapy of intracranial gliomas / Nachbichler S.B., Kreth F.-W.
    Irradiation of intracranial gliomas in children / Kortmann R.-D., Seidel C., Müller K., Hirsch F.W.
    Role of radiosensitizers in radiation treatment of gliomas / Cohen R.J., Mehta M.P.
    Chemotherapy of high-grade astrocytomas in adults / Puduvalli V.K., Hoang N.
    Chemotherapy of diffuse astrocytoma (WHO grade II) in adults / Narita Y.
    Chemotherapy of oligodendrogliomas / Drappatz J., Lieberman F.
    Chemotherapy of intracranial gliomas in children / Terashima K.
    Perspectives of personalized chemotherapy of gliomas based on molecular tumor profiling / Soffietti R., Franchino F., Magistrello M., Pellerino A., Rud̉ R.
    Antiangiogenic therapy of high-grade gliomas / Jo J., Wen P.Y.
    Search for more effective chemotherapeutic regimens for glioma / Physical and Psychological Rehabilitation of Patients with Intracranial Glioma / Andrejeva J., Volkova O.V.
    Palliative and supportive care of patients with intracranial glioma / Pace A., Villani V.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Mikhail F. Chernov, Yoshihiro Muragaki, Santosh Kesari, Ian E. McCutcheon.
    Summary: "At present most intracranial gliomas are considered incurable with current treatment strategies, and the search for new modalities that may effectively control tumor growth continues. The chapters in this volume describe basic principles and therapeutic possibilities of several innovative techniques, including photodynamic therapy, laser-induced interstitial thermotherapy, stereotactic cryodestruction, high-intensity focused ultrasound ablation, boron neutron capture therapy, proton and carbon ion irradiation, targeted therapy, immunotherapy, gene therapy, local chemotherapy, and alternating electric fields therapy. Potential applications of extracellular vesicles and nanotechnology for management of gliomas are highlighted as well. Many of these methods have already demonstrated antitumor efficacy in clinical testing, whereas others are still under development. The materials presented in this book are mainly directed at clinicians treating patients with brain tumors, as well as clinical and basic researchers working in the field of neuro-oncology"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Photodynamic therapy of malignant gliomas / Kaneko S., Fujimoto S., Yamaguchi H., Yamauchi T., Yoshimoto T., Tokuda K.
    Laser-induced interstitial thermotherapy of gliomas / Karampelas I., Sloan A.E.
    Stereotactic cryodestruction of gliomas / Martynov B.V., Kholyavin A.I., Nizkovolos V.B., Parfenov V.E., Trufanov G.E., Svistov D.V.
    High-intensity focused ultrasound ablation therapy of gliomas / Alkins R.D., Mainprize T.G.
    Boron neutron capture therapy of malignant gliomas / Miyatake S.-I., Kawabata S., Hiramatsu R., Kuroiwa T., Suzuki M., Ono K.
    Proton and carbon ion therapy of intracranial gliomas / Combs S.E.
    Novel and prospective molecular targets for therapy of intracranial gliomas / Butowski N.
    Cytokine therapy of gliomas / Iwami K., Natsume A., Wakabayashi T.
    Cell-based immunotherapy of gliomas / Everson R.G., Antonios J.P., Liau L.M.
    Vaccine therapy of high-grade gliomas / Ishikawa E., Muragaki Y., Yamamoto T., Ohno T., Matsumura A.
    Gene therapy and virotherapy of gliomas / Kim J.W., Chang A.L., Kane J.R., Young J.S., Qiao J., Lesniak M.S.
    Stem cell therapy of gliomas / Parker Kerrigan B.C., Hossain A., Yamashita S., Lang F.F.
    Convection-enhanced delivery for management of malignant gliomas / Prabhu S.S. / Targeted Local Therapy for Management of Intracranial High-Grade Gliomas / Paldor I., Chaichana K.L., Brem H., Tyler B.M.
    Extracellular vesicles as a platform for glioma therapeutic development / Santiago-Dieppa D.R., Gonda D.D., Cheung V.J., Steinberg J.A., Carter B.S., Chen C.C.
    Alternating electric fields therapy for malignant gliomas: from bench observation to clinical reality / Wong E.T., Lok E., Swanson K.D.
    Perspectives of nanotechnology in the management of gliomas / Yoon J.W., Jiang W., Rutka J.T., Huang Y., Kim B.Y.S.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    editors Brandon R. Macias, UC San Diego, USA, John H.K. Liu, UC San Diego, USA, Christian Otto, NASA Johnson Space Center, USA, Alan R. Hargens, UC San Diego, USA.
    Summary: "Fluid distribution during spaceflight and impact on brain and vision health is an emerging field of high-priority research in the NASA human space program. International Space Station astronauts have developed ocular refraction changes during prolonged spaceflight. Within this book, experts review current data related to fluid shifts during microgravity exposure and the impact of fluid shifts on astronaut health. This work also compares current astronaut health problems with Earth-based health conditions such as elevated intracranial pressure and glaucoma. Chapters include discussion of altered fluid distribution, including intracellular and extracellular fluid shifts, eye morphology and vision disturbances, and intraocular pressure. In addition, chapters will include a discussion of advanced non-invasive technologies to investigate the abovementioned fluid volume and pressure variables. As such, the book aims to bridge health professionals, researchers, and science professionals by a presentation of ophthalmology topics critical to future human space exploration, thus providing new perspectives to solve emerging brain and eye disease on Earth and in Space."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Introduction to visual impairment and intracranial pressure / Brandon R. Macias and Alan R. Hargens
    Early evidence of vision impairment after long-duration space flight / Thomas H. Mader and C. Robert Gibson
    Eye, orbit, and pituitary MRI : relevance to space medicine / Larry A. Kramer
    Fluid shifts and cardiovascular-related factors that may contribute to the VIIP syndrome in astronauts / Michael B. Stenger, Steven S. Laurie, Stuart M.C. Lee
    Intracranial pressure physiology and VIIP / Sara Qvarlander and Michael A. Williams
    High-altitude illness and intracranial pressure / Mark H. Wilson
    Noninvasive measurement of intracranial pressure with the Vvittamed absolute value meter / Eric M. Bershad and Richard Dunham
    NASA's research approach to the visual impairment intracranial pressure risk / Christian Otto
    Advanced imaging of the intracranial physiology of spaceflight / Donna R. Roberts, Thomas McLaren and Michael U. Antonucci
    Sensory and sensorimotor changes with spaceflight : implications for functional performance / Rachael D. Seidler, Vincent Koppelmans, Jacob Bloomberg and Ajitkumar P. Mulavara
    Lower body negative pressure as a VIIP countermeasure / Jessica M. Scott and John B. Charles
    A pressure theory links the VIIP syndrome and eye diseases / John H.K. Liu.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Bart Depreitere, Geert Meyfroidt, Fabian Güiza, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers the proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Intracranial Pressure and Neuromonitoring, held in Leuven, Belgium in September 2019. It provides an overview of the current understanding, underlying research and future perspectives concerning pathophysiology, biophysics, monitoring and management in traumatic and non-traumatic acute brain injury, hydrocephalus and spinal cord injury, including cerebrovascular autoregulation impairment in neurological as well as non-neurological diseases. The peer-reviewed contributions were prepared by specialists in neurosurgery, neurointensive care and neuroanesthesiology, as well as prominent experts from the fields of physiology, clinical and biomedical engineering, mathematics and informatics. The book continues the time-honored tradition of publishing key presentations from the ICP Conferences in order to facilitate their dissemination within the clinical and research community.

    Contents:
    PART I ~ NEUROMONITORING AND MANAGEMENT IN ADULT TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY 1 ~ 1129 Microcirculatory Biomarkers of Secondary Cerebral Ischemia at Traumatic Brain Injury
    2 ~ 1165 Visualisation of ICP Insults After Severe TBI; Influence of Individualised Limits of Reactivity
    3 ~ 1178 Pressure Challenge Impact on Cerebral Critical Closing Pressure and Effective CPP in Traumatic Brain Injury Patients
    4 ~ 1204 Semi-automated CT Volumetry as Proxy for Intracranial Pressure in Patients with Severe Traumatic Brain Injury: Clinical Feasibility Study
    5 ~ 1224 The Error and Consequences of Inaccurate Estimation of Mean Blood Flow Velocity in Cerebral Arteries
    6 ~ 1235 Analysis of Association Between Lung Function and Brain Tissue Oxygen Tension in Severe Traumatic Brain Injury
    7 ~ 1246 A Comparison of Two ICP Calculation Methods and Their Effects on Mean-ICP and ICP Dose
    8 ~ 1263 External Hydrocephalus After Traumatic Brain Injury: Retrospective Study of 102 Patients
    9 ~ 1288 Analyzing Cardio-Cerebral Crosstalks in an Adult Cohort from CENTER-TBI
    10 ~ 1308 Cerebrovascular Consequences of Elevated Intracranial Pressure After Traumatic Brain Injury
    PART II ~ NEUROMONITORING AND MANAGEMENT IN ADULT NON-TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY 11 ~ 1130 The Assessment of Cerebral Autoregulation in the Perifocal Zone of a Chronic Subdural Hematoma
    12 ~ 1210 Noninvasive Intracranial Pressure Monitoring in Chronic Stroke Patients with Sedentary Behavior - Pilot Study
    13 ~ 1291 Investigating Changes in Intracranial Pressure Waveform Morphology in Patients with Ventriculitis Using Clustering
    14 ~ 1292 Perioperative Dynamics of Intracranial B-waves of Blood Flow Velocity in Basal Cerebral Arteries in Patients with Brain Arteriovenous Malformation
    PART III ~ NEUROMONITORING AND MANAGEMENT IN ADULT MIXED BRAIN INJURY POPULATIONS 15 ~ 1139 The Effect of Hyperthermia on the Intracranial Pressure and Cerebral Autoregulation in Patients with Acute Brain Injury
    16 ~ 1194 A Comparative Study on the Effect of Early Versus Late Cranioplasty in Cognitive Function
    17 ~ 1195 Effect of Cranioplasty After Decompressive Craniectomy in Traumatic Versus Non Traumatic Brain Injury on Neurological Function and Cerebral Hemodynamics
    18 ~ 1221 Brain Multimodal Monitoring in Severe Acute Brain Injury: Is It Relevant for Outcome and Mortality?
    19 ~ 1239 Long-term Outcome After Decompressive Craniectomy in a Developing Country
    20 ~ 1357 Predictors of Successful Extubation in Neurocritical Patients
    PART IV ~ NEUROMONITORING AND MANAGEMENT IN THE PEDIATRIC POPULATION 21 ~ 1160 Impaired Autoregulation Following Resuscitation Correlates to Outcome in Pediatric Patients: A Pilot Study
    22 ~ 1171 Brain Biomarkers in Children After Mild and Severe Brain Traumatic Injury
    23 ~ 1200 Decompressive Craniectomy for Traumatic Intracranial Hypertension in Children
    24 ~ 1214 The Use of Direct ICP and Brain Tissue Oxygen Monitoring in the Perioperative Management of Patients with Moyamoya Disease
    PART V ~ NEUROMONITORING TECHNOLOGY 25 ~ 1118 Optic Nerve Sheath Diameter Threshold for Increased Intracranial Pressure Are Not Related to Sex and Age in Traumatic Brain Injury
    26 ~ 1120 A Noninvasive Method for Monitoring Intracranial Pressure During Postural Changes
    27 ~ 1187 Arterial and Venous Cerebrovascular Flow Velocities Coupling in Healthy Volunteers and Traumatic Brain Injured Patients
    28 ~ 1309 Comparison of Waveforms Between Non-invasive and Invasive ICP Monitoring
    PART VI ~ CEREBROVASCULAR AUTOREGULATION IN ACUTE BRAIN INJURY AND CARDIAC SURGERY 29 ~ 1169 An Update on the COGiTATE Phase II Study: Feasibility and Safety of Targeting an Optimal Cerebral Perfusion Pressure as a Patient-Tailored Therapy in Severe Traumatic Brain Injury
    30 ~ 1223 Quick Assessment of the Low Limit of Autoregulation (LLA) with the Transcranial Doppler During Cardiac Surgery
    31 ~ 1231 Influence of Patient Demographics on Optimal Cerebral Perfusion Pressure Following Traumatic Brain Injury
    32 ~ 1261 Secondary Cerebral Ischemia at Traumatic Brain Injury is More Closely Related to Cerebrovascular Reactivity Impairment than to Intracranial Hypertension
    33 ~ 1265 Usability of the Non-invasive Counterparts of Traditional Autoregulation Indices in Traumatic Brain Injury
    34 ~ 1303 Patient's Clinical Presentation and CPPopt Yield Availability: Any Association?
    35 ~ 1304 Optimal Cerebral Perfusion Pressure Based on Intracranial Pressure Derived Indices of Cerebrovascular Reactivity – Which One Is Better for Outcome Prediction in Moderate/Severe Traumatic Brain Injury?
    36 ~ 1305 Optimal Cerebral Perfusion Pressure Assessed with a Multi-window Weighted Approach Adapted for Prospective Use: A Validation Study
    37 ~ 1312 Monitoring of CerebroVascular Reactivity in Intracerebral Hemorrhage and Its Relation With Survival
    PART VII ~ NEUROINFORMATICS AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 38 ~ 1133 Spectral Cerebral Blood Volume Accounting for Non-Invasive Estimation of Changes in Cerebral Perfusion Pressure in Patients with Traumatic Brain Injury
    39 ~ 1145 Empirical Mode Decomposition Based Method for Artefact Removal in Raw Intracranial Pressure Signals
    40 ~ 1148 RAQ – A Noise-Resistant Calibration-Independent Compliance Surrogate
    41 ~ 1158 Methodological Consideration on Monitoring Refractory Intracranial Hypertension and Autonomic System Activity
    42 ~ 1202 An Evaluation of Software for the Automated Measurement of Adherence to the ICP-Monitoring Threshold Guideline
    43 ~ 1225 Time Series Analysis and Prediction of ICP Using Time Varying Dynamic Linear Models
    44 ~ 1236 Automatic Pulse Classification for Artefact Removal Using SAX Strings, a CENTER-TBI study
    45 ~ 1290 DeepClean — Self-Supervised Artefact Rejection for Intensive Care Waveform Data Using Deep Generative Learning
    46 ~ 1296 Comparison of Two Algorithms Analysing the Intracranial Pressure Curve in Accuracy of Their Start-Point Detection and Resistance to Artefacts
    47 ~ 1297 Plateau Waves of Intracranial Pressure: Methods for Automatic Detection and Prediction
    48 ~ 1321 Python-Embedded Plugin Implementation in ICM+: Novel Tools for Neuromonitoring Time Series Analysis with Examples Using CENTER-TBI Datasets
    PART VIII ~ LABORATORY AND TRANSLATIONAL RESEARCH 49 ~ 1146 Physical Model for Investigating Intracranial Pressure with Clinical Pressure Sensors and Diagnostic Ultrasound - Preliminary Results
    50 ~ 1282 Augmented Reality Assisted Neurosurgical Drain Placement (ARANED) - Technical Note
    51 ~ 1285 Lower Limit of Reactivity Assessed with PRx in an Experimental Setting
    52 ~ 1295 Analysis of the ICP Pulse-Pressure Relationship: Experimental Validation
    53 ~ 1302 Cerebrovascular Impedance During Hemodynamic Change in Rabbits: A Pilot Study
    54 ~ 1306 Improved Cerebral Perfusion Pressure and Microcirculation by Drag Reducing Polymer-Enforced Resuscitation Fluid After TBI and Hemorrhagic Shock
    55 ~ 1333 Critical Closing Pressure by Diffuse Correlation Spectroscopy in a Neonatal Piglet Model
    PART IX ~ HYDROCEPHALUS & CSF BIOPHYSICS 56 ~ 1121 Diffusion and Flow MR Imaging to Investigate Hydrocephalus Patients Before and After Endoscopic Third Ventriculostomy
    57 ~ 1134 Lower Breakpoint of Intracranial Amplitude-Pressure Relationship in Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus
    58 ~ 1140 Single Center Experience in Cerebrospinal Fluid Dynamics Testing
    59 ~ 1149 Why Hydrocephalus Patients Suffer When the Weather Changes. A New Hypothesis
    60 ~ 1177 Transcranial Doppler Plateau Wave in a Patient with Pseudo-Chiari Malformation
    61 ~ 1213 Telemetric ICP: A Snapshot Does Not Give the Full Story
    62 ~ 1266 Non-invasive ICP Assessment in Patients with Suspected Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension
    63 ~ 1267 Should the Impact of Postural Change of Intracranial Pressure After Surgical Repair of Skull Base CSF Leaks Be Considered? A Preliminary Survey
    64 ~ 1268 Assessment of Pressure-Volume Index During Lumbar Infusion Study: What Is the Optimal Method?
    65 ~ 1269 Postural Regulation of Intracranial Pressure: A Critical Review of the Literature
    66 ~ 1271 Differences in CSF Dynamics in Post-traumatic Hydrocephalus Versus Atrophy, Including Effect of Decompression and Cranioplasty
    67 ~ 1325 Global Cerebral Autoregulation, Resistance to CSF Outflow and Cerebrovascular Burden in Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus
    68 ~ 1326 Comparison of Assessment for Shunting with Infusion Studies Versus Extended Lumbar Drainage in Suspected Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus
    69 ~ 1327 The Role of Cerebrospinal Fluid Dynamics in Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus Diagnosis and Shunt Prognostication
    PART X ~ SPINAL CORD INJURY 70 ~ 1170 Safety and Feasibility of Lumbar Cerebrospinal Fluid Pressure and Intra-Spinal Pressure Studies in Cervical Stenosis: A Case Series.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] L. Dade Lunsford, Jason P. Sheehan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Gianpiero D. Palermo, E. Scott Sills, editors.
    Contents:
    Male-Factor Infertility: Factoring in the Male Experience
    Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection: History, Indications, Technique and Safety
    The Role of Reproductive Genetics in Modern Andrology
    Effect of Paternal Age on Reproductive Outcomes: Data from Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection and Oocyte Donation
    New Paradigms in de Novo Creation of Functional Human Spermatozoa: A Review of Biological Progress towards Clinical Application
    Assessment of Sperm DNA Integrity and Implications for Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection Outcomes
    Sperm Evaluation Using the Comet Assay
    Automated Morphology Detection from Human Sperm Images
    Clinical Approaches to Male Factor Infertility
    Intracytoplasmic Morphologically Selected Sperm Injection (IMSI): An Overview
    The Human Y-Chromosome: Evolutionary Directions and Implications for the Future of?Maleness?
    Implications of Sperm Source on ICSI Outcome: Assessment of TESE and Other Surgical Sperm Retrieval Methods
    Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection (ICSI): Applications and Insights.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Masao Tanaka, editor.
    Summary: Intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms (IPMNs) represent an opportunity to treat pancreatic tumors before they develop into aggressive, hard-to-treat cancers. Beginning with morphological classification and its clinical significance, natural history, and malignant change of both main duct and branch duct IPMNs, this book covers the whole field of IPMNs of the pancreas. It reviews the various methods of investigation: imaging, diagnostic investigation of cyst fluid, and those using pancreatic juice; and also examines aspects ranging from the development of malignancy to the timing and method of resection, focusing on both main duct and branch duct IPMNs. Aimed at residents, clinical fellows, and pancreatologists who treat patients with this common disease of the pancreas, this book is a landmark in the current understanding and future perspectives of IPMNs of the pancreas.

    Contents:
    Macroscopic morphological classification and its significance
    Natural history and malignant change of main duct IPMN
    Natural history and malignant change of branch duct IPMN
    Histological subclassification and its clinical significance
    CT and MRI/MRCP
    Endosonography
    Diagnostic Investigation of Pancreatic Cyst Fluid
    Diagnostic investigation using pancreatic juice
    Development of pancreatic carcinoma in IPMN patients
    Development of extrapancreatic malignancy
    Surveillance of branch duct IPMN- Methods and frequency
    Timing of resection of main duct IPMN
    Method of resection of branch duct IPMN
    Timing of resection of branch duct IPMN
    Postoperative surveillance of main duct IPMN
    Postoperative surveillance of branch duct IPMN.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Manoel Galvao Neto, Lyz Bezerra Silva, Eduardo N. Usuy Jr., Josemberg M. Campos, editors.
    Summary: Intragastric balloons are steadily gaining popularity among the medical treatments available for obesity. Their efficacy and safety are reinforced by growing body of evidence obtained around the globe. Intragastric balloons are now considered one of the safest and most effective medical procedures for weight reduction. Additionally, the reduced potential for side effects and low invasiveness (compared to bariatric surgeries) are important considerations. This book is edited by renowned surgeons and endoscopists from Brazil, a country known for its reputation on the field of bariatric endoscopy and surgery. Such reputation is especially valid where the use of intragastric balloons is concerned. These devices, approved by the FDA only in 2015, have been used in Brazil since the 1990s, attesting to Brazilian expertise in the field. This book describes the various types of intragastric balloons used for the treatment of obesity, an alternative to bariatric surgery and other more invasive methods. It addresses their indications, procedures and outcomes, providing readers an overview of the therapeutic options available worldwide. It is divided into seven main sections: I - Introductory Issues; II - Devices; III - Technical Procedures and Related Issues; IV - Acute Complications and Treatment; V - Chronic Complications and Treatment; VI - Special Populations; and VII - Miscellaneous. This structure helps to promote a better knowledge construction and a reasonable flow of ideas throughout the book, guiding the reader from introductory topics to surgical procedures and complications. The book ultimately intends to offer an essential reference guide for all physicians and surgeons interested in the treatment of obese patients. It is intended for both experienced professionals looking for in-depth information and for trainees and residents seeking to broaden their perspectives concerning the treatment of obesity.

    Contents:
    Part I
    Introductory Issues
    Intragastric Balloon history
    Overview of intragastric balloons on an evidence-based perspective
    Indications and Uses of The Intragastric Balloon
    The Brazilian Experience on the use of intragastric balloons
    How the Intragastric Balloon Fits in a Service of Bariatric Endoscopy
    Brazilian Perspective
    Bariatric surgeon perspective on bariatric endoscopy and intragastric balloons
    (European perspective)
    Use of intragastric balloons in the Middle-East: a bariatric surgeon survey
    Liquid Filled Balloon
    Part II
    Devices
    Adjustable liquid-filled balloon
    Overview
    Double liquid filled balloon
    Mexican experience in the treatment of obesity with liquid filled balloon
    A Swallowable Gas Filled Balloon, The Obalon Balloon, first human studies
    Obalon Intragastric Balloon System Overview
    Part III
    Technical Procedures and Related Issues
    Material
    What is the Minimum, the Desirable and the Optimal
    ^Liquid Filled Intragastric Balloon
    Implant and Removal Technique
    Adjustable Intragastric Balloon
    Implantation and Removal
    Air-filled intragastric balloon implant
    Part IV
    Acute Complications and Treatment
    Intolerance to the device
    Abdominal pain, nausea, and others
    Impaction of intragastric balloon in the antrum
    Intestinal migration of an air-filled balloon: laparoscopic removal
    Migration of the liquid-filled balloon: intestinal sub-occlusion
    Gastric perforation by intragastric balloon
    Hyperinflated intragastric balloon
    Problems in the implantation of the intragastric balloon
    Part V
    Chronic Complications and Treatment
    Helicobacter Pylori and Intragastric Balloons
    Fungal colonization
    Part VI
    Special Populations
    Intragastric balloons in pediatric patients and special populations
    Chapter 28: Intragastric balloons as a bridge to bariatric and non-bariatric surgery in super-obese patients
    Part VII
    Miscellaneous
    ^Drug regimen and intragastric balloon: pre, post, during, combined
    Dietetic Follow-Up During Intragastric Balloon Treatment
    Psychotherapy in intragastric balloon treatment
    Physical Activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Pawlik, Jordan M. Cloyd, Mary Dillhoff, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, molecular pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (ICC). It brings together an impressive group of international experts in cholangiocarcinoma research and clinical care. The book was organized and written to aid the clinician's understanding of emerging research in cholangiocarcinoma and its application to the clinical care of patients with ICC. Each chapter details the scientific evidence to support clinical decisions that are needed to care for these complex patients. Focused chapters detail the epidemiology, diagnostic evaluation, as well as staging and prognosis of this disease. In addition to dedicated chapters on surgical management of ICC, a broad emphasis on locoregional therapies, including percutaneous ablation and transarterial therapies, is included. An up-to-date overview of the molecular pathogenesis and pathological assessment of ICC is detailed prior to chapters focusing on systemic chemotherapy and emerging novel therapy options. Intrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma is not only an invaluable resource for many as they seek to provide the best multidisciplinary cancer care to patients with ICC, but also an opportunity to identify new avenues of scientific discovery that lead to significant advances in the diagnosis and management of ICC.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis
    Staging and Prognosis
    Imaging
    Surgical Treatment
    Management of the Nodal Basin
    Pathologic Assessment
    Systemic Therapy
    Percutaneous Ablation
    Transarterial Therapies
    Radiotherapy
    Molecular Pathogenesis: From Inflammation And Cholestasis To A Microenvironment-Driven Tumor
    Clinical Trials and Novel/Emerging Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Pol M. Rommens, Martin H. Hessmann, editors.
    Summary: This book provides fundamental and practical knowledge in the treatment of fractures, healing disturbances and bone disorders with intramedullary nailing. It comprehensively discusses this biological and mechanical technique for appropriate indications and aims to ameliorate the standard of care for those patients who can benefit from intramedullary nailing. Its purpose is to guide the readers on the ?why, when, and how? for intramedullary nailing and is the first comprehensive resource to cover the actual know-how of this technique. Intramedullary Nailing: A Comprehensive Guide brings together a large number of experts and opinion leaders in the field of operative fracture care and reconstructive surgery to share their extensive experience with the readership of this book. Orthopedic trauma surgeons from all over the world, who work in many different circumstances and with the most diverse technical and logistical equipment, will find this book to be an essential resource and guide for utilizing this technique in clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Part I
    General part
    The origins
    Rationale
    Physiologic effects of reaming
    Interlocking
    Preoperative planning
    Reduction techniques
    Soft tissue management and postoperative care
    Complications
    Metal removal
    Part II
    Specific part
    Clavicle
    Proximal humerus
    Humerus shaft
    Olecranon ulna
    Distal radius
    Hand
    Pertrochanteric fractures
    Cement augmentation
    Subtrochanteric fractures
    Femur diaphysis
    Distal femur
    Proximal tibia
    Tibia diaphysis
    Distal tibia
    Children and adolescents
    Nonunion
    Malalignment
    Knee arthrodesis
    Hindfoot arthrodesis
    Limb lengthening ? computerized
    Limb lengthening ? mechanical
    Pathological fracture
    Antibiotic coated nail
    Congenital bone disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ningli Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the characteristic of glaucomatous optic neuropathy and its relationship with cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pressure. It also explores the potential novel methods to manage glaucoma by adjusting CSF pressure. This book covers several interesting topics such as why normal tension glaucoma (NTG) patients still develops into glaucoma without high intraocular pressure (IOP); and whether there are factors other than IOP contributing to the pathogenesis of NTG why the role of IOP in the pathogenesis of POAG becomes vague and controversial. This book contains over 40 chapters, including numerous images from clinical patients and experiments on gross anatomy, pathological tissue, and immunohistochemistry, electronic speculum etc. The ophthalmologists and researchers can also benefit from the clinical cases. We hope this book serves as a clinical guidance with practical significant for the understanding, prevention and diagnosis of glaucoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Manfred Zierhut ... [and others].
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Classification and Terminology
    Immunology and Experimental Uveitis
    Epidemiology
    Evaluation (History, Examination)
    Serology
    Fluorescence Angiography/Indocyanin Angiography
    Ocular Coherence Tomography
    Electrodiagnostic Tests
    Ultrasonography
    Ocular Biopsy
    Diagnostic Vitrectomy
    Laser Flare Photometry
    AC Diagnostics
    Diagnostic Imaging Procedures
    Genetics
    Uveitis and Clinical Trials
    Evidence Based Medicine
    General Considerations.- Corticosteroids
    Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs
    Anti-TNF-alpha-Blocking Agents.- Azathioprine.- Chlorambucil.- Cyclophosphamide
    New Drugs
    Intraocular Drug Delivery.- Cataract.- Macular Edema.- Glaucoma
    Subretinal Fibrosis.- Vitrectomy
    Anterior Uveitis
    Intermediate Uveitis
    Posterior Uveitis
    White-Dot-Syndrom.- Panuveitis
    Retinal Vasculitis.- Retinitis
    Uveitis in Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] J. Bradley Randleman, Iqbal Ike K. Ahmed.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Thomas H. Williamson.
    Contents:
    Surgical Philosophy
    Finite Element Analysis (FEA), Material Properties and Tissue Geometry in Ophthalmology
    Surgical principles: Instruments
    Surgical Principles: Wounds and Tissue Manipulation
    Surgical Principles: Compartments
    Surgical Principles: Machines
    Surgical Principles: Fluids
    Surgical Principles: Microscopes, Light and Lasers
    Surgical Principles: Suturing. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Vikas Khetan, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to cover all aspects of intraocular tumors. The chapters explain diagnosis and treatment plan in detail with the aid of step-by-step descriptions in the form of flow charts. An additional chapter covers imaging modalities that help in diagnosing these conditions. The book is written by subject experts from all over the world. The book includes latest treatment protocols and changing trends in management of ocular tumors. Chapter with special focus on genetics is included to help clinicians understand the condition better.

    Contents:
    Retinoblastoma- diagnosis, classification and management
    Genetics of retinoblastoma and how it helps patients and families
    Changing trends in retinoblastoma treatment and what is in hold for the future
    Imaging modalities for intraocular tumors
    Choroidal melanoma- diagnosis, classification and management
    Genetics of choroidal melanoma
    Pathology of intraocular tumors
    Von Hippel Lindau disease- all one should know
    Primary vitreoretinal lymphoma- diagnosis and treatment
    Choroidal hemangioma and its management
    Choroidal metastasis- things one must know
    Other tumors- medulloepithelioma, astrocytoma, etc
    Various syndromes with benign tumors inside the eye.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jerry A. Shields, Carol L. Shields.
    Contents:
    Congenital uveal lesions
    Melanocytic tumors of iris stroma
    Conditions that simulate iris melanoma
    Iris cysts
    Choroidal nevus
    Melanocytoma of the optic disc and posterior uvea
    Posterior uveal melanoma : clinical features
    Posterior uveal melanoma : pathology
    Posterior uveal melanoma : diagnostic approaches
    Posterior uveal melanoma : management
    Non-neoplastic conditions that can simulate posterior uveal melanoma
    Metastatic tumors to the uvea, retina, and optic disc
    Vascular tumors and malformations of the uvea
    Osseous, myogenic, neurogenic, fibrous, and histiocytic tumors of the uvea
    Retinoblastoma : introduction, genetics, clinical features, classification
    Retinoblastoma : diagnostic approaches
    Retinoblastoma : pathology
    Management of retinoblastoma
    Lesions that can simulate retinoblastoma
    Vascular tumors of the retina and optic disc
    Glial tumors of the retina and optic disc
    Tumors and related lesions of the pigment epithelium
    Tumors of the nonpigmented ciliary epithelium
    Intraocular lymphoid tumors and leukemias
    Surgical management of intraocular tumors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Donald C. Oxorn, Catherine M. Otto.
    Contents:
    Coronary artery disease
    Mitral valve disease
    Aortic valve disease
    Endocardititis
    Prosthetic valves
    Right sided valve disease
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Pericardial disease
    Diseases of the great vessels
    Masses
    Catheters and devices
    Transcatheter valve therapies
    Transcatheter device closures.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alberto Marchevsky, Fadi W. Abdul-Karim, Bonnie Balzer.
    Summary: "When a patient is under anesthesia, every second counts. An intraoperative consultation provides essential information to ensure every operation has a successful conclusion. The stakes are high and the challenges are great -- no special stains, limited access for consultation with colleagues, often suboptimal slide preparation, and cases that may be out of a pathologist's normal sphere of practice. Diagnostic Pathology: Intraoperative Consultation is designed to be the best resource when pathologists need assistance. No time is wasted looking for information because each chapter is directed to a specific question posed by a surgeon, such as 'Does this patient have pancreatic cancer?', 'Is there an intrauterine pregnancy?', 'Does this patient have lung cancer?', or 'Are the margins free of carcinoma?' The clinical setting and what the surgeon needs to know -- and why -- are explained. Specimen processing (gross and microscopic), tissue selection, and reporting of results are detailed. All major entities in the differential diagnosis are described and shown in photographs. Major pitfalls are discussed and illustrated. This is the book every pathologist will want at their side the next time a page calls them to the frozen section room"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General guidelines for intraoperative consultations / Alberto Marchevsky, Fadi W. Abdul-Karim, Bonnie Lei Balzer
    Guide to the preparation of intraoperative touch preparations and other cytologic preparations / David P. Frishberg
    Guide to the preparation of frozen sections / Bonnie Lei Balzer, Fadi W. Abdul-Karim, Stephen Bullock
    Intraoperative consultation during neurosurgery / Serguei Bannykh, Ray M. Chu
    Intraoperative consultations during skin surgery / David Frishberg, Kristine Astvatsaturyan, Susan J. Parson, Bonnie Lei Balzer
    Intraoperative consultation of thyroid and parathyroid lesions / Xuemo (Sean) Fan, Jinping Lai, Alexandra Gangi, Kenneth Adashek
    Intraoperative consultation during ENT and laryngeal surgery / Diane L. Carlson and Ian Ganly
    Intraoperative consultation during salivary gland surgery / Aaron Hoschar, Joseph Scharpf, Fadi W. Abdul-Karim
    Intraoperative consultation during thoracic surgery : mediastinum, lung, pleura / Alberto Marchevsky, Jinping Lai, Robert Jr. McKenna
    Intraoperative consultation during gastric and esophageal surgery / Xiuli Liu, Thomas W. Rice, Shu-Yuan Xiao, Hanlin L. Wang
    Intraoperative consultation during colonic and rectal surgery / Hanlin Wang, James Yoo, Shu-Yuan Xiao, Xuili Liu
    Intraoperative consultation during intestinal, appendiceal and colonic surgery including GIT neuroendocrine neoplasms / Deepa T. Patil, Sricharan Chalikonda, David Dietz
    Intraoperative consultation during pancreato-biliary surgery / Deepti Dhall, Nicholas Nissen
    Intraoperative consultation during liver surgery / Maha Guindi, Nicholas Nissen
    Intraoperative consultation during breast surgery / Jinping Lai, Armando E. Giuliano, Farnaz Dadmanesh
    Intraoperative consultation during urologic surgery / Elena E. Chang, Hyung L. Kim, Daniel J. Luthringer
    Intraoperative consultation during ovarian, fallopian tube surgery, and omentum/pertonium / Andres A. Roma, Peter G. Rose, Fadi W. Abdul-Karim
    Intraoperative consultation during gynecologic pathology / Patricia M. Baker and Esther Oliva
    Frozen section diagnosis in transplantation pathology / Marta I. Minervini, Paulo Fontes, Ron Shapiro, Michael A. Nalesnik
    Intraoperative consultation during orthopedic surgery / Bonnie Lei Balzer, Earl Brien, Jinping Lai
    Guide to tissue collection for tissue banks and novel diagnostic modalities / Sonia Kalaria, Azita Sharif, Beatrice Knudsen
    Quality assurance in intraoperative consultation / Raouf E. Nakhleh.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph Scharpf, Gregory W. Randolph, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the scope of cranial nerve monitoring of all cranial nerves that are of practical importance in head, neck, and thyroid surgery. It discussed enhanced patient outcomes in a wide array of surgical procedures in the head and neck that require the maintenance of complex regional functions by protecting cranial nerve integrity. Organized into four parts, the book begins with Part I offering historical perspectives on the subject while simultaneously reviewing various basic and advanced electrophysiology. Part II thoroughly reviews the extra-temporal bone facial nerve (CN VII), Glossopharyngeal Nerve (CN IX), Vagal/Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve (CN X), Spinal Accessory Nerve (CN XI), and Hypoglossal Nerve (CN XII). Subsequent chapters in Part III provide a complete and applied understanding of the neurophysiological principles that facilitate the surgeons ability to monitor any nerve and intraoperative neural stimulation and nerve monitoring. The book presents various techniques as the standard of care to provide optimal neural detection, understand the neural functional real-time status during surgery and optimize specific surgical outcomes such as thyroid surgical outcomes. Closing chapters offer essential conversations regarding ethical considerations in nerve monitoring and medical malpractice. Filling a gap in the literature, Intraoperative Cranial Nerve Monitoring in Otolaryngology: Head and Neck Surgery provides a single source for surgeons who wish to optimize their outcomes in patient care and accelerate their learning curve to the level of more experienced surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I: Nerve Monitoring Principles
    Historical Perspective on Nerve Monitoring during Head and Neck Surgery
    Basic and Advanced Electrophysiology
    Anesthesia Considerations and Set-up
    Neural Injury Mechanisms
    Education
    Part II: Vagus/Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve Monitoring
    Rationale and Indications for Vagus/Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve Monitoring
    methods for Vagus/Recurrent Nerve Monitoring
    Monitoring of the Superior Laryngeal Nerve
    Continuous Intraoperative Neuromonitoring (CIONM)
    Emerging Trends for Vagus/Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve Monitoring
    Troubleshooting System Integrity
    Managing Loss of Signal
    Incorporating Never Monitoring into the Intraoperative Management of Invasive Thyroid Cancer
    Nerve Monitoring in Remote Access Thyroid Surgery
    Nerve Monitoring in Parathyroid Surgery
    Part III: Facial Nerve, Glossopharyngeal Nerve, Hypoglossal Nerve Monitoring
    Facial Nerve Monitoring, Extratemporal Facial Nerve
    Spinal Accessory Nerve Monitoring
    Glossopharyngeal Nerve and Hypoglosssal Nerve Monitoring
    Part IV: Miscellaneous Nerve Monitoring Considerations
    Documentation and Reimbursement
    Ethical Considerations in Nerve Monitoring
    Nerve Monitoring and Medical Malpractice. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ferenc A. Jolesz, editor.
    Summary: Image-guided therapy (IGT) uses imaging to improve the localization and targeting of diseased tissue and to monitor and control treatments. During the past decade, image-guided surgeries and image-guided minimally invasive interventions have emerged as advances that can be used in place of traditional invasive approaches. Advanced imaging technologies such as magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT), and positron emission tomography (PET) entered into operating rooms and interventional suites to complement already-available routine imaging devices like X-ray and ultrasound. At the same time, navigational tools, computer-assisted surgery devices, and image-guided robots also became part of the revolution in interventional radiology suites and the operating room. Intraoperative Imaging and Image-Guided Therapy explores the fundamental, technical, and clinical aspects of state-of the-art image-guided therapies. It presents the basic concepts of image guidance, the technologies involved in therapy delivery, and the special requirements for the design and construction of image-guided operating rooms and interventional suites. It also covers future developments such as molecular imaging-guided surgeries and novel innovative therapies like MRI-guided focused ultrasound surgery. IGT is a multidisciplinary and multimodality field in which teams of physicians, nurses, and other professionals, such as physicists, engineers, and computer scientists, collaborate in performing these interventions, an approach that is reflected in the organization of the book. Contributing authors include members of the National Center of Image-Guided Therapy program at Brigham and Womens Hospital and international leaders in the field of IGT.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Silvia Mazzali Verst, Maria Rufina Barros, Marcos Vinicius Calfat Maldaun, editors.
    Summary: In recent decades, the advances in and consolidation of Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring (IOM) in several highly complex surgical areas have been undeniable. Currently all modalities of neurophysiological tests (SSEP, MEP, EMG, PEATC, VEP, BRAIN MAPPING, ETC) are performed in the operating room, where they are used to provide trans operative information on the patient's neurological status in real time (monitoring), and to identify neural structures which are at immediate risk (mapping). With the inarguably positive impact of IOM on surgical outcomes, there is an increasing interest in reliable, technically focused literature. This volume provides cutting-edge information in the field of IOM, and highlights new neurophysiological tools being used in various surgeries. The book's initial sections cover a range of topics, including an anatomical overview, electrical safety, and detailed technical descriptions of the neurophysiological tests used in IOM. The subsequent sections address e.g. the brain, brainstem, spinal cord, vascular and peripheral nerves, epilepsy, head and neck, movement disorders and special topics. Some chapters are accompanied by videos of surgeries and IOM so that the reader will have the real sensation of having been in the operating room and will gain an overview of the key steps. Written by experts in the field of IOM, the book offers a valuable resource for both experienced and early-career neurophysiologists, neurosurgeons, vascular and orthopedic surgeons, and surgeons involved with pelvic procedures. Further, its goal is to provide a real rapport, never before attained, between neurophysiologists and surgeons with a sole focus: excellence in terms of the final outcome.

    Contents:
    Part I. Overview
    1. History of Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring in Brazil: Reports from the pioneers and a glance in Latin America
    2. Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring in Brazil: Regulatory Aspects, Training and Evidence Level
    3. Muscle Motor Point Atlas and Needling Pitfalls
    4. Safety and troubleshooting
    5. Central Nervous System Anesthesia: asleep approach
    Part II. Neurophysiological Modalities Applied to IOM
    6. Brainstem Auditory Evoked Potential
    7. Evoked Potential - Visual Pathways Approach beyond Visual Evoked Potentials
    8. Somatosensory Evoked Potentials
    9. Motor Evoked Potential
    10. Intraoperative Monitoring: Electroencephalogram
    11. Electromyography
    12. Brainstem Reflexes
    Part III. Brain Functions: Eloquent Areas
    13. The Brain Surface
    14. Motor and Somatosensory
    15. Anesthesia: Awake Approach
    16. Anatomy- Language Network and DTI
    17. Awake Surgery: Performing an Awake Craniotomy
    Part IV. Brainstem and Cranial Nerve Function
    18. Language and Cognitive Tests- A Target-Guided Protocol
    19. Cranial Nerves Monitoring III to XII
    20. Fourth Ventricle's Floor Mapping
    21. Microvascular Decompression
    Part V. Spine and Spinal Cord Surgery
    22. Spinal Deformity Surgery
    23. Lumbar Interbody Fusion Surgeries - LIFS
    24. Cervical Spinal Surgery
    25. Tethered Cord Syndrome
    26. Selective Dorsal Rhizotomy and Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring
    27. Intramedullary Spinal Cord Tumors
    Part VI. Vascular Surgery
    28. Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring of cerebrovascular disorders
    29. Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring for thoracic and thoracoabdominal aortic procedures
    Part VII. Pheripheral Nerve Surgery
    30. Peripheral Nerve: Neurophysiology as A Tool to Optimize Topographic Accuracy and Surgical Planning
    Part VIII. Head and Neck Surgery
    31. Monitoring in Facial, Neck and Ear Surgeries
    Part IX. Epilepsy Surgery
    32. Intraoperative Monitoring in Epilepsy Surgery
    Part X. Movement Disorders Surgery
    33. Neurophysiological Guidance for Movement Disorder Surgery
    Part XI. Special Topics
    34. IOM in Pelvic Floor:Gynecological and Urological Surgeries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sang-Ku Park, Byung-Euk Joo, Kwan Park.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring in patients with hemifacial spasm, one of the very few neuromuscular disorders that can be treated surgically. It covers various aspects including brainstem auditory evoked potentials, lateral spread response, free-running EMG and prognosis, and intraoperative hearing loss patterns. In particular, we present detailed explanations and realistic pictures of various and subtle changes in the waveform of brainstem auditory evoked potentials and postoperative hearing. In addition, detailed explanations and actual photos are provided for various cases, such as when the amplitude of the lateral spread response is slightly smaller during surgery, when it is lost and then measured again, or when the surgery is terminated without disappearing. The various situations that may occur during surgery are fully covered, and the causes of and solutions to particular challenges are clearly described. In addition, the results of each test and their association with the postoperative prognosis are explained in detail. The authors have vast experience and recognized expertise in the performance of microvascular decompression surgery and intraoperative neuromonitoring. The book draws on their practical knowledge and many scientific contributions to offer the very latest insights into the management of hemifacial spasm. It will be an excellent guide for young neurosurgeons, neurological monitoring technologists, and neurological interpreters.

    Contents:
    Section I. Principles of Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring for MVD
    Chapter 1. BAEP
    Chapter 2. LSR
    Chapter 3. Free-running EMG
    Chapter 4. Others (F-MEP, Blink Reflex, F-wave)
    Section II. Methods of Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring for MVD
    Chapter 1. BAEP
    Chapter 2. LSR
    Chapter 3. Free-running EMG
    Chapter 4. Others (F-MEP, Blink Reflex, F-wave)
    Section III. Cases of Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring for MVD
    Chapter 1. BAEP
    Chapter 2. LSR
    Chapter 3. Free-running EMG
    Chapter 4. Others (F-MEP, Blink Reflex, F-wave)
    Chapter 5. Patterns of BAEP changes in Post OP deafness.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Francesco Prada, Luigi Solbiati, Alberto Martegani, Francesco DiMeco, editors.
    Contents:
    General aspects: Clinical US, historical aspects
    US physics, basic principles and clinical application
    B-mode ultrasound: Ultrasound system set up and general semeiology
    Echographic brain semeiology and topographic anatomy according to surgical approaches
    Intraoperative findings in brain tumor surgery
    IOUS B-mode intra-operative findings in spinal lesions
    IOUS B-mode intra-operative findings in peripheral nerve pathologies
    Multimodal imaging in glioma surgery
    Doppler imaging: Basic principles and clinical application.- Intra-operative Ultrasound, Fusion imaging and Virtual Navigation: Virtual navigation and interventional procedures. Navigable ultrasound, 3D ultrasound and fusion imaging in neurosurgery
    Contrast enhanced ultrasound (CEUS): Basic principles, general application and future trends
    CEUS in neurosurgery
    Elastosonography: Ultrasound Elastography.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Antonio Malvasi, editor.
    Summary: This updated book is a practical guide to intrapartum ultrasonography to help practitioners improve labor and delivery, and to limit, where possible, complications. Presenting the authors' experiences, the book summarizes the state of the art in normal and abnormal labor. It clearly documents the use of intrapartum ultrasonography to evaluate the first and second stages of labor and diagnose the occiput posterior and transverse positions. Each situation is analyzed with the help of numerous informative images and invaluable tips and tricks showing how fetal head engagement and progression can be documented objectively. The importance of ultrasound in obstetrics risk management is also addressed. Explaining how intrapartum ultrasonography can be used to assess whether a safe natural delivery is likely or whether operative procedures are required, the book is a valuable resource for all professionals - physicians and midwifes alike - caring for women in labor.

    Contents:
    Traditional and sonographic pregnant uterus anatomy
    Comparison between the traditional and ultrasonographic pelvimetry
    New sonographic pelvimetric parameters of intrapartum ultrasonography and new literature review seven years later from the first edition
    Intrapartum ultrasonography techniques developments:2D,3-4 D, colour and MRI applications
    Intrapartum diagnosis of fatal head malposition and malrotations and fetal /neonatal and maternal outcomes in operative delivery ( caesarean section, vacuum extractor and forceps)
    Neuraxial labor analgesia technique and management: intrapartum ultrasonography and maternal and a fetal outcomes
    Ultrasonography in labor, delivery in pathological mother (myoma patients, obesity, metabolic syndrome, pericardiomyopaties peripartum)
    New devices use in intrapartum ultrasonography state of the art
    Intrapartum ultrasonography in low setting resources
    Abnormal Invasive Placentation and ultrasonographic diagnosis and management
    Normal and pathological puerperium early and late ultrasonographic diagnosis
    New guidelines in intrapartum ultrasonography
    Intrapartum ultrasonography and malpractice, liability, litigations, and claims
    Intrapartum ultrasonography learning curve for obstetrics and midwife in Medical Simulation Centres official institutional courses (Simulation, Clinical Training & Simulation Instructors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michael H. Picard, Jonathan J. Passeri, Jacob P. Dal-Bianco, editors.
    Contents:
    TEE-guided cardioversion
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    ASD closure
    Closure of paravalvular leaks
    VSD closure
    Transcatheter repair of the mitral valve
    LA appendage closure
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    alcohol septal ablation
    Percutaneous mitral valvotomy
    Catheter based removal of intracardiac thrombus
    OCT/IVUS role in coronary interventions
    Retrieving embolized devices
    Role of imaging in mechanical circulatory support of the heart.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Viktor Matejčík [and four others].
    Summary: The main purpose of this book is to provide the reader with a better understanding of spinal nerve root injuries caused by various pathologies (e.g. disc herniation, space-occupying lesions, trauma etc.). The standard anatomical description of spinal nerve roots origin, course and arrangement (described in the first chapters of the book) is now strongly influenced by the frequent findings of their intraspinal extradural and intradural connecting branches and by other variations, which are considered to be the major cause of the surgical therapy failures. Intraspinal extradural and intradural neuroanatomical roots variations may affect in fact the clinical picture, diagnosis, and surgical treatment; their recognition can minimize the damage to neural structures in the spinal anaesthesia, in spinal operations, in spondylosurgery, in endoscopic surgery, laser discectomy, etc. Their aetiology is unknown and it has to be elucidated, and they are rarely found during the usual preoperational examinations, a reason that encouraged various anatomical dissection studies finalized to their description. The data shown in this book will be surely helpful for traumatologists, orthopaedists, spinal surgeons, neurosurgeons, plastic surgeons and for all those dealing with intraspinal variations of nerve roots.

    Contents:
    General part
    Vertebral column and spinal cord
    Intraspinal connections of nerve roots
    Intradural connections of spinal nerve roots
    Extradural spinal nerve roots connection
    Anastomoses in the region of plexuses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Douglas P. Beall, Peter L. Munk, Michael J. DePalma, Timothy Davis, Kasra Amirdelfan and Corey W. Hunter, editors.
    Summary: "This book is a comprehensive guide to Targeted Drug Delivery (TDD), also known as Intrathecal Drug Delivery (IDD), and offers an overview to this unique form of treatment. The medication is delivered by intrathecal pumps and is less common than some other techniques for interventional pain management, but is essential in conditions such as refractory pain, cancer pain, multifocal pain, severe spasticity, and in patients who are not candidates for surgical correction of their underlying condition. This book is the first source to describe both the optimal surgical implantation and patient management aspect of this therapy, and thus will be a valuable single reference guide for interventional radiologists, anesthesiologists, physiatrists, oncologists, neurologists, spine surgeons, palliative care physicians, and primary care physicians."-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction and Background for Intrathecal Pumps Used for Pain and Spasticity
    Intrathecal Drug Delivery for Cancer Related Pain
    The Components of Intrathecal Drug Delivery
    Intrathecal Drug Delivery Trialing
    Targeted Drug Delivery Perioperative Planning Considerations
    Key Steps in the Intrathecal Pain Pump Procedure
    Intrathecal Pump Management
    Pump Management
    Intrathecal Baclofen Pumps
    Post-Operative Care and Complication
    Intrathecal Pump and Catheter Troubleshooting
    Current Intrathecal Pump Costs, Coding and Reimbursement
    Interventional Pain Management in Palliative Care
    The Use of Ziconotide in Intrathecal Drug Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Philip C. Calder, Dan L. Waitzberg, Berthold Koletzko.
    Contents:
    Introduction to fatty acids and lipids / Burdge, G.C., Calder, P.C.
    Fatty acids, lipid emulsions, and the immune and inflammatory systems / Miles, E.A., Calder, P.C.
    Importance of fatty acids in the perinatal period / Demmelmair, H., Koletzko, B.
    Commercial lipid emulsions and all-in-one mixtures for intravenous infusion : composition and physicochemical properties / Driscoll, D.F.
    In vivo handling and metabolism of lipid emulsions / Carpentier, Y.A., Deckelbaum, R.J.
    Parenteral lipids : safety aspects and toxicity / Wanten, G.J.A.
    Intravenous lipids in preterm infants : impact on laboratory and clinical outcomes and long-term consequences / Vlaardingerbroek, H., Van Goudoever, J.B.
    Intravenous lipid emulsions in term infants : impact on laboratory and clinical outcomes and long-term consequences / Hartman, C., Shamir, R.
    Intestinal failure-associated liver disease and the use of fish oil-based lipid emulsions / Goulet, O.J.
    Intravenous lipids in adult surgical patients / Klek, S., Waitzberg, D.L.
    Intravenous lipids in adult intensive care unit patients / Hecker, M., Mayer, K.
    Intravenous fish oil in adult intensive care unit patients / Heller, A.R.
    Intravenous lipids in home parenteral nutrition / Pironi, L., Agostini, F., Guidetti, M.
    The complexity of prescribing intravenous lipid emulsions / Waitzberg, D.L., Matos de Miranda Torrinhas, R.S.
    Use of intravenous lipids : what do the guidelines say?
    Singer, P., Theilla, M., Cohen, J.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Albert J. Augustin, editor.
    Summary: This book explains how to use intravitreal steroids optimally in the management of patients with intraocular inflammation (uveitis) and macular edema. The rationale for this treatment approach is first explained by examining the pathophysiology of these disease entities, with particular attention to the major role of inflammatory processes. Devices for the delivery of steroids to the eye are discussed, and guidance provided on the role of imaging studies before, during, and after steroid therapy. The value of different steroidal approaches is then considered in detail. Other topics addressed include the use of steroids as a surgical adjunct and within a combination strategy. Uveitis and macular edema are common sight-threatening diseases or complications of diabetes and retinal vein occlusion for which no adequate treatment was available until recently. Both trainees and practitioners will find Intravitreal Steroids to be an invaluable aid in combating these blinding diseases.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology of Macular Edema in General ? Results from basic research
    Pathophysiology of Macular Edema in Diabetes, Retinal Vein Occlusion and Uveitis
    Imaging before, during and after steroid therapy
    Devices for the delivery of steroids to the eye
    Treatment of Diabetic Macular Edema with steroids
    Treatment of Macular Edema due to Retinal Vein Occlusion with steroids
    Treatment of Uveitis with steroids
    Steroids as a surgical adjunct
    Steroids in a combination strategy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Isabella C. Felli, Roberta Pierattelli, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Back to the future: nuclear magnetic resonance and bioinformatics studies on intrinsically disordered proteins
    2. Structure and dynamics of intrinsically disordered proteins
    3. NMR methods for the study of intrinsically disordered proteins structure, dynamics, and interactions: general overview and practical guidelines
    4. Ensemble calculation for intrinsically disordered proteins using NMR parameters
    5. NMR spectroscopic studies of the conformational ensembles of intrinsically disordered proteins
    6. Recombinant intrinsically disordered proteins for NMR: tips and tricks
    7. Biophysical methods to investigate intrinsically disordered proteins: avoiding an "elephant and blind men" situation
    8. Application of SAXS for the structural characterization of IDPs
    9. Bioinformatics approaches for predicting disordered protein motifs
    10. Towards understanding protein disorder in-cell
    11. The Protein Ensemble Database
    12. Order and disorder in the replicative complex of paramyxoviruses
    13. Druggability of intrinsically disordered proteins
    14. Beta amyloid hallmarks: from intrinsically disordered proteins to Alzheimer's Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Madrean Schober.
    Contents:
    1. Overview of Advanced Nursing Practice
    1.1 Definition and profile of the role
    2. A Growing Presence
    2.1 Incentives and motivators for interest in the role
    2.2 Patterns of development
    2.2.1 Launching an ANP initiative
    2.2.2 Nursing education as the origin
    2.2.3 Legislation and Policy as the beginning
    2.3 A global overview
    2.3.1 Country examples
    2.3.2 Organisational interest
    2.3.2.1 ICN
    2.3.2.2 WHO
    3. Nature of Practice
    3.1 Titles
    3.2 Role Characteristics
    3.3 Scope of Practice
    3.4 Controversial and debatable issues
    3.4.1 Prescriptive authority
    3.5 Competencies and practice settings
    3.5.1 Advanced tasks versus advanced critical thinking
    3.5.2 Task reallocation within the healthcare workforce
    4. Education
    4.1 Curriculum design
    4.1.1 Teaching methods
    4.1.2 elearning
    4.1.3 Flexibility adapted to context
    4.2 Programme planning
    4.2.1 Entry criteria for students
    4.2.1.1 Self selection
    4.2.1.2 External/Institutional selection
    4.2.2 Collaborative and complimentary faculty/staff
    4.2.2.1 Nursing, medicine, other professionals
    4.2.3 Clinical supervision and clinical sites for experience
    4.3 Competency statements and core competencies
    4.3.1 Developing competence
    4.3.2 Mentors and preceptors
    4.3.3 Clinical experience/sites
    5 Role and practice development
    5.1 Introducing the role and function
    5.2 Interconnectedness
    5.2.1 Among institutions
    5.2.2 Among other settings
    5.2.3 Between other healthcare professionals
    5.3 Role support
    5.4 Situational ethics
    6. Regulation
    6.1 Regulatory/legislative frameworks and models
    6.2 Credentialing
    6.3 Certification and licensure
    7. Challenges: obstacles and facilitators
    7.1 Interprofessional conflict
    7.1.1 Nursing
    7.1.2 Medicine
    7.2 Identifying APN function in the healthcare workforce
    7.3 Public Acceptance
    8 Evaluation and assessment
    8.1 Career pathways
    8.1.1 Performance review
    8.2 Adaptation of the role
    8.3 Continuing education
    9. Research
    9.1 Evidence based practice
    9.1.1 Joanna Briggs Model
    9.2 Conduct of and participation in research
    10. Future Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harry L. Field, John M. Long.
    Summary: Introduction to Agricultural Engineering Technology: A problem Solving Approach is an invaluable text for agriculture students at the introductory level. The fourth edition has been thoroughly updated and reorganized to meet the current units and standards of the American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers (ASABE). The book aims to: Familiarize students with a wide range of applications of engineering principles to agriculture Discuss a selection of independent but related topics Advance students' problem solving abilities Each chapter lists education objects, introductory material, and example problems where appropriate. In addition problems using ISO (metric) units, are now included. The authors have added a new chapter on precision agriculture. About the Authors: Harry L. Field is an Associate Professor of Agricultural Mechanics in the Department of Biosystems and Agricultural Engineering at Oklahoma State University. John Long is an Assistant Professor of Biological Engineering in the Department of Biosystems and Agricultural Engineering at Oklahoma State University.

    Contents:
    1. Problem Solving
    2. Significant Figures and Standard Form
    3. Common Units of Measure
    4. Simple Machines
    5. Internal Combustion Engines
    6. Power Trains
    7. Tractors and Power Units
    8. Machinery Calibration
    9. Equipment Efficiency and Capacity
    10. Economics of Agricultural Machinery
    11. Sound and Noise
    12. Measuring Distance
    13. Angles and Areas
    14. Land Description
    15. Differential and Profile Leveling
    16. Weather
    17. Water Runoff
    18. Erosion and Erosion Control
    19. Irrigation
    20. Handling, Moisture Management, and Storage of Biological Products
    21. Animal Waste Management
    22. Insulation and Heat Flow
    23. Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning
    24. Selection of Structural Members
    25. Principles of Electricity
    26. Series and Parallel Circuits
    27. Sizing Conductors
    28. Electric Motors
    Appendices
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Florian Rüker, Gordana Wozniak-Knopp, editors.
    Summary: This highly readable textbook serves as a concise and engaging primer to the emerging field of antibody engineering and its various applications. It introduces readers to the basic science and molecular structure of antibodies, and explores how to characterize and engineer them. Readers will find an overview of the latest methods in antibody identification, improvement and biochemical engineering. Furthermore, alternative antibody formats and bispecific antibodies are discussed. The books content is based on lectures for the specializations Protein Engineering, Medical Biotechnology within the Masters curriculum in Biotechnology. The lectures have been held at the University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences, Vienna, in cooperation with the Medical University of Vienna, since 2012 and are continuously adapted to reflect the latest developments in the field. The book addresses Masters and PhD students in biotechnology, molecular biology and immunology, and all those who are interested in antibody engineering.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction by the editors
    Chapter 2. Antibodies A History of their Discovery and Properties
    Chapter 3. Monoclonal Antibodies and Hybridomas
    Chapter 4. Antibody Display Systems
    Chapter 5. Transgenic Animals for the Generation of Human Antibodies
    Chapter 6. Applications of Antibodies in Therapy, Diagnosis & Science
    Chapter 7. Bispecific antibodies
    Chapter 8. Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    Chapter 9. Alternative Binding Scaffolds multipurpose binders for applications in basic research and therapy
    Chapter 10: Chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) redirected T cells
    Chapter 11. Improvement of Key Characteristics of Antibodies
    Chapter 12. Engineering therapeutic antibodies for development
    Chapter 13. Eukaryotic expression systems for upstream pro-cessing of monoclonal antibodies
    Chapter 14. Antibody Validation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gerard Marshall Raj, Ramasamy Raveendran, editors.
    Summary: This book illustrates, in a comprehensive manner, the most crucial principles involved in pharmacology and allied sciences. The title begins by discussing the historical aspects of drug discovery, with up to date knowledge on Nobel Laureates in pharmacology and their significant discoveries. It then examines the general pharmacological principles - pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, with in-depth information on drug transporters and interactions. In the remaining chapters, the book covers a definitive collection of topics containing essential information on the basic principles of pharmacology and how they are employed for the treatment of diseases. Readers will learn about special topics in pharmacology that are hard to find elsewhere, including issues related to environmental toxicology and the latest information on drug poisoning and treatment, analytical toxicology, toxicovigilance, and the use of molecular biology techniques in pharmacology. The book offers a valuable resource for researchers in the fields of pharmacology and toxicology, as well as students pursuing a degree in or with an interest in pharmacology.

    Contents:
    General pharmacological principles and allied sciences1. Historical aspects of drug discovery 1) Landmarks in the growth and development of pharmacology2) Wonder discoveries in pharmacologyi. Nobel laureates in pharmacology and their revolutionary discoveries ii. Important contributions of renowned Indian pharmacologists 2. General pharmacological principles 1) Source, nature and preparations of drugs 2) Principles and modes of drug administrationi. Dosage forms & drug delivery systems3) Pharmacokinetic principles and parameters i. Absorptionii. Distributioniii. Metabolism (Biotransformation)1. Drug metabolizing enzymesiv. Elimination4) Theories and mechanism of drug action (Pharmacodynamics) i. Physiological and biochemical basis of drug action1. Molecular targets of drug action ii. Drug receptors and pharmacodynamicsiii. Dose response relationships 1. Concentration-response relationshipsiv. Factors modifying drug action (response) 5) Drug transporters 6) Adverse effects of drugs i. Pharmacovigilance & ADR monitoring1. Hemovigilance2. Materiovigilance3. Cosmetovigilance4. Addictovigilance7) Drug interactions i. Synergismii. Antagonismiii. Adverse drug interactions8) Structure-activity relationships i. Steroids ii. Antihistaminesiii. Catecholamines iv. Opioidsv. Antipsychotics 3. Special topics in pharmacology 1) Drug information and sources of drug information i. Use of information technology2) Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics and Personalized medicine 3) Chronopharmacology 4) Pharmacoepidemiology i. Drug utilization studies ii. Therapeutic audit5) Ethnopharmacology i. Role of medicinal plantsii. Isolation of compounds from herbal sources6) Pharmacoeconomics 7) Orphan drugs & diseases 8) Fixed dose combinations 9) Translational medicine i. Reverse pharmacology10) Gene therapy 11) Stem cell therapy 12) Principles of prescription writing i. Over the counter drugs1. Therapeutic & Toxic Potential 4. Toxicology 1) Environmental, Occupational and Industrial Toxicology i. Environmental
    heavy metal1. Arsenic2. Mercury3. Lead4. Cadmiumii. Nonmetallic environmental toxicants 1. Air pollutants2. Insecticides3. Rodenticides4. Fungicides5. Herbicides6. Fumigants 2) Basic principles of diagnosis and treatment of drug poisoning i. Clinical features of common poisoningii. Applied analytical toxicologyiii. Antidotes in the management of poisoning 1. Heavy Metal Intoxication and Chelatorsiv. Toxicovigilance 5. Molecular Biology in Pharmacology 1) Gene expression2) Proteomics3) Techniques involved in studying receptor dynamics4) PCR5) Northern blot, Southern blot and Western blot 6) Protein purification 7) Molecular biology in receptor identification 8) Antisense oligonucleotides 9) Recombinant DNA technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Abialbon Paul, Nishanthi Anandabaskar, Jayanthi Mathaiyan, Gerard Marshall Raj, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book explains the pharmacological relationships between the various systems in the human body. It offers a comprehensive overview of the pharmacology concerning the autonomic, central, and peripheral nervous systems. Presenting up-to-date information on chemical mediators and their significance, it highlights the therapeutic aspects of several diseases affecting the cardiovascular, renal, respiratory, gastrointestinal, endocrinal, and hematopoietic systems. The book also includes drug therapy for microbial and neoplastic diseases. It also comprises sections on immunopharmacology, dermatological, and ocular pharmacology providing valuable insights into these emerging and recent topics. Covering the diverse groups of drugs acting on different systems, the book reviews their actions, clinical uses, adverse effects, interactions, and subcellular mechanisms of action. It is divided into 11 parts, subdivided into several chapters that evaluate the basic pharmacological principles that govern the different types of body systems. This book is intended for academicians, researchers, and clinicians in industry and academic institutions in pharmaceutical, pharmacological sciences, pharmacy, medical sciences, physiology, neurosciences, biochemistry, molecular biology and other allied health sciences. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Preface to Volume 1: General and Molecular Pharmacology: Principles of Drug Action (https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978...
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    Part I: Autonomic Nervous System
    1: Cholinoceptor Agonists and Anticholinesterase Agents
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Synthesis and Degradation of ACh
    1.3 Cholinergic Receptors
    1.4 Action of ACh in Different Organ Systems
    1.4.1 Central Nervous System
    1.4.2 Heart
    1.4.3 Blood Vessels
    1.4.4 Lungs
    1.4.5 Gastrointestinal Tract
    1.4.6 Urinary Tract 1.4.7 Eye
    1.4.8 Glands
    1.4.9 Skeletal Muscles
    1.4.10 Ganglion
    1.5 Cholinomimetic Drugs
    1.5.1 Classification
    1.5.2 Direct Muscarinic Agonists
    1.5.3 Toxicology of Muscarinic Alkaloids
    1.5.4 AChE and Anticholinesterases
    1.5.5 Pharmacological Actions of Anticholinesterases
    1.5.6 Therapeutic Uses of Anticholinesterases
    1.6 Toxicology of Anticholinesterases: Management of OPC and Carbamate Poisoning
    1.6.1 Acute Organophosphorus Poisoning
    1.6.2 Acute Carbamate Poisoning
    1.6.3 Intermediate Syndrome in OPC Poisoning
    1.6.4 Delayed Neuropathy in OPC Poisoning 2.6.5 Bronchial Asthma and COPD
    2.6.6 Motion Sickness
    2.6.7 Arrhythmias
    2.6.8 Drug-Induced Parkinsonism
    2.6.9 In Poisoning
    2.6.10 Other Uses with Unproven Efficacy
    2.7 Adverse Effects and Contraindications
    2.8 Management of Anticholinergic Poisoning
    2.9 Ganglion Blockers
    Bibliography
    3: Adrenergic Agonists
    3.1 Organ Specific Effects of Adrenergic Agonists
    3.1.1 Cardiovascular System
    3.1.1.1 Effect of the Alpha 1 Receptor Activation
    Vascular Tone
    Cardiac Parameters
    Blood Pressure
    3.1.1.2 Effect of Alpha 2 Receptor Activation
    Peripheral Action Central Action
    3.1.1.3 Effect of Beta 1 Receptor Activation
    Cardiac Parameters
    3.1.1.4 Effect of Beta 2 Receptor Activation
    3.1.1.5 Effect of Dopamine Receptor Activation
    3.1.2 Effects on Other Organ Systems (Box 3.1)
    Box 3.1 Effects on Other Organ Systems
    3.2 Sympathomimetic Drugs
    3.2.1 Endogenous Catecholamines
    3.2.1.1 Epinephrine
    Pharmacokinetics
    Mechanisms of Action on Various Organ Systems and Uses of Epinephrine
    Adverse Drug Reactions
    Uses of Epinephrine
    3.2.1.2 Norepinephrine
    Cardiovascular System
    Adverse Drug Reactions
    Therapeutic Uses
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mageshwaran Lakshmanan, Deepak Gopal Shewade, Gerard Marshall Raj, editors.
    Summary: This volume is designed to impart the fundamental concepts in experimental pharmacology, research methodology and biostatistics. Through this book, the readers will learn about different methods involved in drug discovery, experimental animals and their care, equipments and the various bioassays used in experimental pharmacology. This book contains special sections on various drug screening methods involved in the evaluation of different body systems. Certain sections provide the healthcare professionals with the knowledge necessary to interpret clinical research articles, design clinical studies, and learn essential concepts in biostatistics in an expedient and concise manner. Basic principles and applications of simple analytical methods employed in drug analysis are well written under one section. It focuses on the basic and advanced laboratory techniques and also on computer simulated data, written extensively under the Biostatistics section. The methods used for drug analysis have been described in adequate detail with cross-references for further studies and comprehension. Overall, the book is designed systematically with four broad sections with extensive subdivisions for easy tracking, interpretation, and understanding.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Masaki Nio, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the latest standard medical procedures and surgical techniques for biliary atresia (BA), as well as the perioperative care, long-term follow-up and transitions. Experts on pediatrics in such fields as hepatology, surgery, pathology, and liver transplantation present their research findings and analyses of this rare and intractable disease of unknown etiology. In Japan, shared experience and sound understanding based on conferences and guidelines have led to standardization of management and clinical care and, as a result, better outcomes. Providing insights into improving surgical outcomes, and including special chapters focusing on social support systems for patients and families as well as recent advances in early diagnosis, this book a valuable resource for medical professionals around the globe who are involved in treating biliary atresia. It is especially useful for pediatric hepatologists, pediatric surgeons and transplant surgeons.

    Contents:
    Biliary Atresia: A Historical Overview
    History of The Japanese Biliary Atresia Society (JABS)
    Japanese Biliary Atresia Registry (JBAR)
    Pathogenesis: Overview
    Pathogenesis: Genetics/Epigenetics
    Pathogenesis: Viral Infection
    Pathogenesis: Maternal Microchimerism
    Epidemiology: Incidence and Gender Ratio
    Epidemiology: Ethnic Variations/Family Histories/Heredity
    Epidemiology: Gestational Age/Birth Weight /Associated Anomalies
    Classifications
    Mass Screening
    Stool Color Card System
    Prenatal Diagnosis and Signs/Symptoms
    Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Pathology
    Biomarkers
    Differential Diagnosis
    Diagnostic Modalities
    Preoperative Management and Direct Cholangiography
    Operative Procedures: Open Kasai Procedure
    Operative Procedures: Laparoscopic Kasai Procedure
    Operative Procedures: Re-do Kasai Procedure
    Operative Procedures: Cadaveric Liver Transplantation
    Operative Procedures: Living Donor Liver Transplantation
    Medical Treatment: UDCA/Steroid
    Medical Treatment: Kampo Medicine
    Prevention/Treatment of Postoperative Cholangitis
    Nutritional Support
    Protocols of Follow-up Management
    Prognostic Indicators
    Long-term Complications: Gastro-Esophageal Varices
    Long-term Complications: Hypersplenism
    Long-term Complications: Cholangitis/Gall Stones
    Long-term Complications: Hepatopulmonary Syndrome
    Long-term Complications: Portopulmonary Hypertension
    Long-term Complications: Liver Cirrhosis/Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Long-Term Results, General
    Long-Term Results, Deformity of Intrahepatic Bile Ducts
    Long-Term Results, Social Performance
    Long-Term Results, Liver Transplantation
    Biliary Atresia and Pregnancy/Delivery
    Biliary Atresia and Malignancy
    Future Prospects
    Transition in Biliary Atresia
    Society of Patients and Families
    Clinical Guidelines for Biliary Atresia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Thomas Glover, Kevin Mitchell.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to data analysis
    2. Introduction to probability
    3. Probability distributions
    4. Sampling distributions
    5. Introduction to hypothesis testing
    6. One-sample test of hypothesis
    7. Tests of hypothesis involving two samples
    8. k-Sample tests of hypothesis: the analysis of variance
    9. Two-factor analysis
    10. Linear regression and correlation
    11. Goodness of fit tests
    A. Proofs of selected results
    B. Answeres to even-numbered problems
    C. Tables of distributions and critical values
    References
    Index
    Guide to hypothesis testing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH323.5 .G573 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Florentina Matei, Daniela Zirra, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    1: The Potential of Biotechnology to Generate Prosperity; References;
    2: Doing Business in Biotech: European Paradigm Versus American Success; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Why Entrepreneurship in Biotech?; 2.3 European Framework of Doing Business in the Biotech Area; 2.4 The American Perspective on Biotech Entrepreneurial Process; 2.5 Key Elements of Developing Entrepreneurship in Biotech: A Brief Comparative Analysis; 2.6 Reducing the Gap Between the European and American Entrepreneurial Process in Biotech; 2.7 Conclusions; References 3.3 Mutagenesis and Its Applications3.3.1 History; 3.3.2 What Are Mutations and Mutants?; 3.3.3 What Is Mutagenesis?; 3.3.4 Effects of Mutagenesis; 3.3.5 Types of Mutagenesis; 3.3.6 Applications of Mutagenesis; 3.3.7 Mutant Analysis; 3.3.8 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Development of Collections of Mutants in Species of Interest; 3.3.9 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Development of Mutant Detection Methods and Mutant Analysis; 3.4 In Vitro Culture; 3.4.1 History; 3.4.2 What Is Plant Tissue Culture?; 3.4.3 Micropropagation: A Quick Method to Reproduce Plants 3.4.4 Tissue Culture Techniques for Improving Plant Breeding Processes3.4.5 Other Plant Tissue Culture Applications; 3.4.6 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Setting a Micropropagation Company; 3.4.7 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Tissue Culture Services for Breeding or Research; 3.5 Transgenic Plants; 3.5.1 What Is a `Transgenic ́Plant?; 3.5.2 How Are GM Plants Generated?; 3.5.3 Plant Genetic Transformation Methods; 3.5.3.1 Agrobacterium tumefaciens-Mediated Transformation; 3.5.3.2 Particle Bombardment (Biolistics); 3.5.4 Biotech Crops; 3.5.5 Transgenic Plants as Biofactories 3.5.6 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Developing New GM Crop Varieties3.5.7 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: GM Plants Used as Biofactories; 3.6 `Omics ́Technologies; 3.6.1 Genomics; 3.6.2 Transcriptomics; 3.6.3 Proteomics; 3.6.4 Metabolomics; 3.6.5 Plant `Omics ́Technologies on the Global Market; 3.7 Organic Agriculture; 3.7.1 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Services and Products in the Organic Sector; 3.8 'Phytochemistry: Plants as a Source of Compounds of Commercial Interest; 3.9 Perspectives/Future Developments; References;
    4: Creating Products and Services in Environmental Biotechnology
    3: Creating Products and Services in Plant Biotechnology3.1 Introduction to Plant Biotechnology; 3.2 Applications of Molecular Markers in Plant Biotechnology; 3.2.1 What Are Molecular Markers?; 3.2.2 Advantages of Molecular Markers in Plant Biotechnology; 3.2.3 Types of Molecular Markers; 3.2.4 Technical Requirements for Applying Molecular Markers in Plant Biotechnology; 3.2.5 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Development of Molecular Markers; 3.2.6 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Marker-Assisted Selection and Molecular Breeding; 3.2.7 Entrepreneurship Opportunities: Genetic Fingerprinting
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Aamir Ahmad.
    Summary: "Introduction to Cancer Metastasis provides an overview of cancer metastais and novel therapeutic targets, all in one place. Through specific chapters on three divers topics - primary cancers and their metastasis, common metastatic sites and emerging targets for therapy - this volume comprehensively informs readers on the broader knowledge gained on cancer metastasis so far. Key features: Includes basic biology and translational approaches to organ-specific cancer sites; Provides readers with information on emerging therapeutic targets for cancer metastasis; Contains contributions from leading researchers around the globe"--P. [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cancer metastasis from primary organs
    Part II. Cancer metastasis to distant organs
    Part III. Emerging targets for cancer metastasis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph Domachowske, editor.
    Summary: This book is the only academic text designed specifically to meet the challenges faced by medical students and early career physicians struggling with nuances of recognizing, diagnosis and treating common infections, infections that masquerade as other diseases, and rare infections that present in a classic manner. Details on basic and advanced microbial diagnostics are explained masterfully. The textbook incorporates problem-based approaches to dozens of clinical infectious disease scenarios in newborns, children, and adults. It includes easy-to-access “tips and tricks” for when to look further or consider possibilities that are unusual making it an incredibly useful resource for providers and trainees with all levels of experience in the field of infectious diseases. Every chapter features a variety of learning tools to help the reader to consider common and uncommon infectious etiologies associated with each problem, to appreciated important underlying host risk factors, to identify important microbiologic clues to a diagnosis, and to remember important aspects of clinical history taking related to the identified problem. At the end of each chapter, review questions are presented as a tool to reinforce the key concepts conveyed. Introduction to Clinical Infectious Diseases, is written by experienced health care providers across 20 specialties in adult and pediatric medicine working in both hospital and outpatient settings. This cutting-edge academic resource will appeal to anyone with 'infectious disease curiosity' including medical students, residents, fellows, and practicing physicians across multiple primary care and specialty areas.

    Contents:
    Bacterial Infections of the Skin and Skin Structures
    Febrile Exanthems of Childhood
    Acute and Chronic Lymphadenitis
    Otitis, Sinusitis, and Mastoiditis
    Pharyngitis and Pharyngeal Space Infections
    Pertussis and Pertussis Syndrome
    Laryngitis, Tracheitis, Epiglottitis and Bronchiolitis
    Atypical Pneumonia
    Fungal Pneumonia
    Infective Endocarditis
    Infectious Myocarditis
    Acute Rheumatic Fever
    Infectious Hepatitis
    Liver Abscess
    Infectious Gastroenteritis
    Urinary Tract Infections
    Human Papillomavirus Infection
    Prostatitis, Epididymitis, and Orchitis: Acute Scrotal Pain
    Vaginitis, Mucopurulent Cervicitis, and Pelvic Inflammatory Disease: Vaginal Discharge
    Congenital and Perinatal Infections
    Myelitis and Acute Flaccid Paralysis
    Aseptic Meningitis
    Bacterial Meningitis
    Parameningeal Infections
    Meningoencephalitis
    Tetanus, Diphtheria and Botulism
    Toxic Shock Syndrome
    Bacteremia and Bacterial Sepsis
    Central Line Associated Bloodstream Infections (CLABSI)
    Osteomyelitis and Septic Arthritis
    Candidiasis
    Lyme Disease
    Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever and Other Rickettsioses
    Malaria
    Yellow Fever and Dengue
    Chagas Disease: South American
    Trypanosomiasis
    Leptospirosis
    Leprosy
    Neurocysticercosis
    Human Immune Deficiency Virus I: History, Epidemiology, Transmission and Pathogenesis
    Human Immune Deficiency Virus II: Clinical Presentation, Opportunistic Infections, Treatment and Prevention
    Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Carlos Vidales, Søren Brier, editors.
    Summary: This book traces the origins and evolution of cybersemiotics, beginning with the integration of semiotics into the theoretical framework of cybernetics and information theory. The book opens with chapters that situate the roots of cybersemiotics in Peircean semiotics, describe the advent of the Information Age and cybernetics, and lay out the proposition that notions of system, communication, self-reference, information, meaning, form, autopoiesis, and self-control are of equal topical interest to semiotics and systems theory. Subsequent chapters introduce a cybersemiotic viewpoint on the capacity of arts and other practices for knowing. This suggests pathways for developing Practice as Research and practice-led research, and prompts the reader to view this new configuration in cybersemiotic terms. Other contributors discuss cultural and perceptual shifts that lead to interaction with hybrid environments such as Alexa. The relationship of storytelling and cybersemiotics is covered at chapter length, and another chapter describes an individual-collectivity dialectics, in which the latter (Commind) constrains the former (interactants), but the former fuels the latter. The concluding chapter begins with the observation that digital technologies have infiltrated every corner of the metropolis - homes, workplaces, and places of leisure - to the extent that cities and bodies have transformed into interconnected interfaces. The book challenges the reader to participate in a broader discussion of the potential, limitations, alternatives, and criticisms of cybersemiotics.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Cybersemiotics in the Information Age
    Cybersemiotic systemic and semiotical based transdisciplinarity
    From semiotics, to cybernetics to cybersemiotics: the question of communication and meaning processes in living systems
    System, sign, information, and communication in cybersemiotics, systems theory, and Peirce
    Transdisciplinary Realism
    Practice-led research as knowing: a cybersemiotic overview
    The blind men and the elephant: Towards an organization of epistemic contexts
    Communicology, Cybernetics, and Chiasm: A Synergism of Logic and Semiotic
    The Return of Philosophy: A Systemic Semiotics Approach
    HCI Design and the Cybersemiotic Experience
    The Communication of Form. Why cybersemiotic star is necessary for information studies?
    From 'motivation' to 'constraints', from 'discourse' to 'modelling systems': pushing multimodal discourse analysis towards cybersemiotics
    Towards a cybersemiotic philology of Buddhist knowledge forms: How to undo objects and concepts in process-philosophical terms
    Cybersemiotics and Phenomenology: a critical review of the conditions of possibility of "observation" from a Transcendental Semiotics
    Storytelling and Cybersemiotics
    Communication and evolution
    Prolegomena to Cybersemiotic discourse pragmatics. Total human evolutionary cognition and communication
    The cities and the bodies as cyberinterfaces.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Khaled Elsayes, Sandra Oldham.
    Contents:
    Overview of diagnostic modalities and contrast agents / Navid Zaer, Amini Behrang, and Khaled M. Elsayes
    Introduction to nuclear medicine / David Brandon, Aaron J. Thomas, and Gregory Ravizzini
    Diagnostic neuroradiology / Santosh Shah, Tara Hagopian, Robert Klinglesmith, and Eliana Bonfante
    Cardiothoracic imaging / Nakul Gupta, Sandra A. A. Oldham, and Eduardo J. Matta
    Gastrointestinal imaging / Patrick Marcin, Eduardo Matta, and Khaled M. Elsayes
    Genitourinary system / Usama Salem, Edwardo Matta, Ayda Youssef, and Khaled M. Elsayes
    Musculoskeletal / Behrang Amini and Zeyad Metwalli
    Interentional radiology / Bilal Anwer and Voon P. Liaw
    Pediatric radiology / Megan Speer, Michael Mahlmann, Jennifer Caero, and Ajaykumar Morani
    Introduction to womens imaging / Haitham Elsamaloty, Mohamed Al-Natour, Neda Haswah, Stephanie Holz, and Khaled Elsayes.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    Stephen H. Curry, Robin Whelpton.
    Summary: "The application of knowledge of drug disposition, and skills in pharmacokinetics, are crucial to the development of new drugs and to a better understanding of how to achieve maximum benefit from existing ones. The book takes the reader from basic concepts to a point where those who wish to will be able to perform pharmacokinetic calculations and be ready to read more advanced texts and research papers. The book will be of benefit to students of medicine, pharmacy, pharmacology, biomedical sciences and veterinary science, including those who have elected to study the topic in more detail, such as via electives and special study modules. It will be of benefit to those involved in drug discovery and development, pharmaceutical and medicinal chemists, as well as budding toxicologists and forensic scientists who require the appropriate knowledge to interpret their findings and as an introductory text for clinical pharmacologists. Early chapters describe the basic principles of the topic while the later ones illustrate the application of those principles to modern approaches to drug development and clinical use. Full colour illustrations facilitate the learning experience and supporting material for course leaders and students can be found on the Companion Web Site"-- Provided by publisher. "The book takes the reader from basic concepts to a point where those who wish to will be able to perform pharmacokinetic calculations and be ready to read more advanced texts and research papers"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Drug Administration and Distribution
    Drug Metabolism and Excretion
    Single-compartment Pharmacokinetic Models
    Multiple-compartment and Non-compartment Pharmacokinetic Models
    Kinetics of Metabolism and Excretion
    Clearance, Protein Binding and Physiological Modelling
    Quantitative Pharmacological Relationships
    Pharmacokinetics of Large Molecules
    Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics
    Additional Factors Affecting Plasma Concentrations
    Effects of Age and Disease on Drug Disposition
    Drug Interactions and Toxicity
    Perspectives and Prospects
    Appendix 1: Mathematical Concepts and the Trapezoidal Method
    Appendix 2: Dye Models to Teach Pharmacokinetics
    Appendix 3: Curve Fitting
    Appendix 4: Pharmacokinetic Simulations.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Carlos Zaror, Rodrigo Mariño, editors.
    Summary: This is the first known book on economic evaluations specifically geared to oral health professionals. The book serves as a starting point that explains the concepts and tools required for practitioners with little or no formal training or experience in economic evaluation to conduct such evaluations in oral health(care). It provides the foundation for applying economic evaluation principles to oral health programs as well as more advanced technical information for those interested in acquiring knowledge of health economics within the context of oral health care. In the book, the authors describe the different types of economic evaluation and discuss their role and application in oral health care. Topics explored among the chapters include: Why carry out an economic evaluation in oral health care? Aspects of decision modelling for economic evaluation in oral health care Interpreting economic evaluation in oral health Worked examples in cost-effectiveness, cost-benefit, and cost-utility analyses Assessing the quality and usefulness of economic evaluation in oral health: a practical approach for clinicians Using economic evaluations to inform decision-making in oral health: Transferability Economic evaluation: uses and potential uses in oral health policy development Introduction to Economic Evaluation in Oral Health Care has an applied orientation that emphasizes practical solutions to managing existing problems and situations in oral health care. As such, the book is essential reading for oral health professionals including dentists, oral health therapists, and dental hygienists, as well as students in the oral health professions. The text is also an appropriate and useful resource for other health practitioners and managers who are interested in enhancing their practical understanding of economic evaluation including health economists and other health professionals and decision-makers.

    Contents:
    Overview of health economics
    Why carry out an economic evaluation in oral health care?
    Measuring cost in oral health care
    Measuring effectiveness for use in economic evaluations in oral health
    Aspects of decision modelling for economic evaluation in oral health care
    Interpreting economic evaluation in oral health
    Worked example in cost-effectiveness analysis
    Worked example in cost-benefit analysis
    Worked example in cost-utility analysis
    What the literature is telling us about economic evaluation in oral health
    Assessing the quality and usefulness of economic evaluation in oral health: a practical approach for clinicians
    Using economic evaluations to inform decision-making in oral health: Transferability
    Economic evaluation: uses and potential uses in oral health policy development.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ioana R. Ilie.
    Summary: This easy-to use book is intended for General Medicine students, offering them essential support with completing the Endocrinology module. Divided into eight chapters, each of which offers detailed yet easy-to-learn information on a specific endocrine gland, the book is characterized by a uniform chapter structure, and by its comprehensive coverage of the topic, including relevant figures, tables and diagnostic algorithms. Providing definitions, classifications, keywords, tables and other didactical elements such as key messages and suggestions for further reading, this practical guide is a must-read for all medical students.

    Contents:
    Hypothalamus
    Pituitary gland
    Thyroid
    Parathyroids
    Reproductive Endocrinology
    Adrenal glands
    Pancreas
    Diabetes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Renato Paro, Ueli Grossniklaus, Raffaella Santoro, Anton Wutz.
    Summary: This open access textbook leads the reader from basic concepts of chromatin structure and function and RNA mechanisms to the understanding of epigenetics, imprinting, regeneration and reprogramming. The textbook treats epigenetic phenomena in animals, as well as plants. Written by four internationally known experts and senior lecturers in this field, it provides a valuable tool for Master- and PhD- students who need to comprehend the principles of epigenetics, or wish to gain a deeper knowledge in this field. After reading this book, the student will: Have an understanding of the basic toolbox of epigenetic regulation; Know how genetic and epigenetic information layers are interconnected; Be able to explain complex epigenetic phenomena by understanding the structures and principles of the underlying molecular mechanisms; Understand how misregulated epigenetic mechanisms can lead to disease.

    Contents:
    Biology of Chromatin
    Chromatin Dynamics
    Cellular Memory
    Dosage Compensation Systems
    Genomic Imprinting
    RNA-based Mechanisms of Gene Silencing
    Regeneration and Reprogramming
    Epigenetics and Cancer
    Epigenetics and Metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Joseph W. Goodman, Stanford University.
    Contents:
    Analysis of two-dimensional signals and systems
    Foundations of scalar diffraction theory
    Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction
    Computational diffraction and propagation
    Wave-optics analysis of coherent optical systems
    Frequency analysis of optical imaging systems
    Point-spread function and transfer function engineering
    Wavefront modulation
    Analog optical information processing
    Holography
    Fourier optics in optical communications
    A. Delta functions and Fourier transform theorems
    B. Introduction to paraxial geometrical optics
    C. Polarization and Jones matrices
    D. The grating equation.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Jakub Fichna, editor.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Joia S. Mukherjee.
    Summary: 'An Introduction to Global Health Delivery' is a short but immersive introduction to global health's origins, actors, interventions, and challenges. Informed by physician Joia Mukherjee's quarter-century of experience fighting disease and poverty in more than a dozen countries, it delivers a clear-eyed overview of the movement underway to reduce global health disparities and establish sustainable access to care, including details of what has worked so far - and what hasn't.

    Contents:
    The roots of global health inequity
    Reversing the tide : lessons from the movement for AIDS treatment access
    The millenium development goals and sustainable development goals
    Global health and the global burden of disease
    Social forces and their impact on health
    Giving care, delivering value
    Human resources for health
    Community health workers
    Evolution in drug access
    Monitoring, evaluation, disease surveillance, and quality improvement
    Universal health coverage : ensuring healthy lives and promoting wellbeing for all at all ages
    Health financing
    Governance
    Building the right to health movement : activism, advocacy, and social change.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sharon B. Buchbinder, RN, PhD, Nancy H. Shanks, PhD, Bobbie J. Kite, PhD, MHS.
    Contents:
    An overview of health care management
    Leadership
    Management and motivation
    Organizational behavior and management thinking
    Strategic planning
    Health care marketing
    Quality and performance improvement basics
    Health information systems and technologies
    Financing health care and health insurance
    Managing costs and revenues
    Managing health care professionals
    Strategic management of human resources
    Teamwork
    Addressing health disparities : cultural proficiency
    Law and ethics
    Health care regulation and compliance
    Special topics and emerging issues in health care management
    Health care management case studies and guidelines.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Print
    Leiyu Shi.
    Summary: Understanding the fundamentals of health policy enables healthcare leaders to help improve it. In Introduction to Health Policy, Dr. Leiyu Shi provides an accessible overview of how health policy is created and analyzed. As a prominent authority in the field, he provides insight into domestic and international policy issues related to healthcare financing, delivery, and diverse populations. Each chapter includes real-world cases from various settings, additional feature content that provides context, key points of clarification, and discussion questions. The chapters on healthcare research delve into numerous examples of commonly used quantitative and qualitative methods. This revised third edition contains a new case in each chapter, as well as new and updated coverage of: The Affordable Care Act and President Biden's healthcare reforms; The Healthy People 2030 initiative; Health equity and racial justice; Global health policies and development This primer prepares future leaders to address health policy issues that will affect the patients in their organizations while also contributing to the creation of a better healthcare system overall -- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I. Introduction
    Chapter 1. Overview of health policy
    Part II. Health policymaking
    Chapter 2. Federal health policymaking
    Chapter 3. Health policymaking at the state and local levels and in the private sector
    Chapter 4. International health policymaking
    Part III. Health policy issues
    Chapter 5. Health policy related to financing and delivery
    -- Chapter 6. Health policy for diverse populations
    Chapter 7. International health policy issues
    Part IV. Health policy research
    Chapter 8. Overview of health policy research
    Chapter 9. Health policy research methods
    Chapter 10. An example of health policy research
    Glossary
    Index-- About the author.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Kathryn H. Jacobsen.
    Summary: "Designed to empower new investigators to conduct their own original research projects, the Third Edition of Introduction to Health Research Methods provides a practical, step-by-step guide to conducting quantitative and qualitative research in medicine, public health, and other clinical and population health fields. Organized in five sections, the text covers the entire research process from formulating a study question and selecting a study approach to collecting and analyzing data and then disseminating the findings. Chapters about methods for primary studies (collecting new data), secondary analyses (analyzing existing data), and tertiary studies (conducting literature reviews and meta-analyses) provide comprehensive coverage of the scope of health research. By breaking the research process down into a series of achievable steps, Introduction to Health Research Methods shows students and early career scholars how they can contribute to improving the health of individuals and communities through research"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Health Research Process
    Selecting a Research Question
    Reviewing the Literature
    Defining Specific Aims
    Professional Development
    Coauthoring
    Overview of Study Designs
    Case Series
    Cross-Sectional Studies
    Case-Control Studies
    Cohort Studies
    Experimental Studies
    Qualitative Studies
    Correlational Studies
    Synthesis Research
    Research Protocols
    Ethical Considerations
    Ethical Review and Approval
    Population Sampling
    Sample Size and Power
    Sample Size and Power
    Questionnaire Development
    Collecting Quantitative Data
    Collecting Qualitative Data
    Additional Assessments
    Secondary Analyses
    Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses
    Writing Grant Proposals
    Data Management
    Descriptive Statistics
    Comparative Statistics
    Regression Analysis
    Qualitative Analysis
    Additional Analysis Tools
    Posters and Presentations
    Article Structure
    Citing
    Critically Revising
    Writing Success Strategies
    Reasons to Publish
    Selecting Target Journals
    Manuscript Submission
    Peer Review and Publication.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Patrice L. Spath and Kenneth A. DeVane.
    Summary: "Healthcare quality can be a daunting subject, with its maze of regulatory requirements and plethora of approaches. Introduction to Healthcare Quality Management makes the topic approachable. It explains the fundamental principles and techniques of quality management in sufficient depth for readers to begin applying them, at an introductory level that does not overwhelm them"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Focus on quality
    Quality management building blocks
    Measuring performance
    Evaluating performance
    Continuous improvement
    Performance improvement tools
    Improvement project teams
    Improving patient safety
    Achieving reliable quality and safety
    Managing the use of healthcare resources
    Managing quality in population health care
    Achieving sustainable performance
    Organizing for quality.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    editors, Steven A. Haney and Doug Bowman ; associate editors, Arijit Chakravarty, Anthony Davies, and Caroline Shamu.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Steven Haney
    Fluorescence and cell labeling / Anthony Davies, Steven Haney
    Microscopy fundamentals / Steven Haney, Anthony Davies, Doug Bowman
    Image processing / John Bradley, Doug Bowman, Arijit Chakravarty
    Selecting and setting up a high content imaging platform / Craig Furman, Doug Bowman, Anthony Davies, Caroline Shamu, Steven Haney
    Informatics considerations / Jay Copeland, Caroline Shamu
    Basic high content assay development / Steven Haney, Doug Bowman
    Designing metrics for high content assays / Arijit Chakravarty, Steven Haney, Doug Bowman
    Analyzing well-level data / Steven Haney, Arijit Chakravarty
    Analyzing cell level data / Steven Haney, Lin Guey, Arijit Chakravarty
    Designing robust assays / Arijit Chakrivarty, Doug Bowman, Anthony Davies, Caroline Shamu
    Automation and screening / John Donovan, Arijit Chakravarty, Anthony Davies, Steven Haney, Doug Bowman, John Ringling, Ben Knight
    High content analysis for tissue samples / Kristine Burke, Vaishali Sinde, Alice McDonald, Doug Bowman, Arijit Chakrivarty
    Factoring and clustering high content data / Steven Haney, Arijit Chakravarty
    Supervised machine learning / Jeff Palmer, Arijit Chakravarty.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Print
    Hans Op de Beeck, Chie Nakatani.
    Summary: Developed specifically for students in the behavioral and brain sciences, this is the only textbook that provides an accessible and practical overview of the range of human neuroimaging techniques. Methods covered include functional and structural magnetic resonance imaging, positron emission tomography, electroencephalography, magnetoencephalography, multimodal imaging, and various brain stimulation methods. Experimental design, image processing, and statistical inference are also addressed, with chapters for both basic and more advanced data analyses. Key concepts are illustrated through research studies on the relationship between brain and behavior, and practice questions are included throughout to test knowledge and aid self-study. Offering just the right amount of detail for understanding how major imaging techniques can be applied to answer neuroscientific questions, and the practical skills needed for future research, this is an essential text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in psychology, neuroscience, and cognitive science programs taking introductory courses on human neuroimaging.

    Contents:
    Introduction and overview
    The physics behind magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)
    Structural imaging methods
    Hemodynamic imaging methods
    Designing an hemodynamic imaging experiment
    Image processing
    Basic statistical analyses
    Advanced statistical analyses
    Electromagnetic field of the brain
    Electroencephalography and magnetoencephalography
    Basic analysis of electrophysiological signals
    Advanced data analysis
    Multi-modal imaging
    Causal methods to modulate brain activity.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC349.D52 B44 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Dee Lawlor.
    Summary: This book offers a beginners guide to using light microscopes. It begins with a brief introduction to the physics of optics, which will give the reader a basic grasp of the behaviors of light. In turn, each part of the microscope is explained using clear and simple English, together withdetailed photographs and diagrams. The reader will learn the function, care and correct use of each part. A troubleshooting section also helps resolve some of the most common issues encountered in light microscopy. Most people have a general idea of how to use a microscope, but many never get the full benefit, because they receive no training. With easy-to-follow steps and detailed images, this guide will help everyone achieve the best results, and be confident using their microscope. This book is intended for anyone using a light microscope, such as university students, people in lab environments, hobbyists, educators who teach science to young children, and anyone with a general interest in these valuable tools.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgements; About the Book; Contents; About the Author;
    1: Introduction; 1.1 History; 1.2 The Importance of Glass in Microscopy; 1.3 What Classifies as a Microscope?; 1.4 Why We Find Microscopes Appealing; References;
    2: The Advantages of Learning Traditional Microscopy; 2.1 Skill Acquisition; 2.2 Enjoying Knowledge; 2.3 Budget-Friendly; 2.4 Low Training Requirement; 2.5 Robust; 2.6 Reliable; 2.7 Easy Troubleshooting; 2.8 The Technology Doesn't Age; 2.9 Easy to Move; References;
    3: Buying a Microscope; 3.1 Decide What Is Needed 3.1.1 Who Is Going to Be Using the Microscope?3.1.2 What Type of Samples Are the Users Working with?; 3.1.3 How Often Is the Microscope Going to Be Used?; 3.1.4 Where Is the Microscope Going to Be Used?; 3.1.5 Will It Stay Set Up or Will It Need to Be Packed Up After Each Use?; 3.1.6 Does the User Require Image Capture?; 3.2 Budget and Where to Invest; 3.3 Microscopes for Children; 3.4 Buying a Second-Hand Microscope;
    4: The Science of Light; 4.1 What Is Light?; 4.2 The Basics of Light; 4.3 Colours of Light; 4.4 Movement of Light; 4.4.1 Refraction; 4.4.2 Reflection 4.4.3 Absorption and Emission4.4.4 Scatter; 4.5 Photosensitivity: How We Perceive Light; 4.5.1 The Evolution of Vision; 4.5.2 Photosensitive Cells; 4.5.3 Human Vision; 4.5.4 How We See; 4.5.5 Colour Vision; 4.5.6 Variation of Vision Between Individuals; 4.5.7 Colour-Blindness; 4.5.8 Variation in Physiology; References;
    5: Introduction to Lenses; 5.1 Lens Shape and Function; 5.2 Convex Lenses; 5.3 Concave Lens; 5.4 Lens Coating; 5.5 Anti-reflective Coating; 5.6 Prisms; 5.7 Magnification; 5.8 Numerical Aperture; 5.9 Resolution; 5.10 Focus; 5.11 Aberrations; References
    6: The Anatomy of the Microscope6.1 Styles of Microscope; 6.2 The Upright Microscope; 6.3 The Inverted Microscope; 6.4 The Stereomicroscope; 6.4.1 Types of Stereomicroscope; 6.5 Petrographic Microscope;
    7: The Eyepiece; 7.1 Compensating Eyepieces; 7.2 Eyepoint; 7.3 Interpupillary Distance; 7.4 Using Eyepieces as a Glasses Wearer; 7.5 Diopter Eyepieces; 7.5.1 How to Adjust a Diopter Eyepiece; 7.6 Reticle; 7.6.1 How to Calibrate a Reticle; 7.7 Cleaning an Eyepiece; 7.8 Scale Bars on Digital Systems; References;
    8: The Objective; 8.1 How to Read an Objective 8.1.1 Achromatic and Apochromatic8.1.2 Infinity Correction; 8.1.3 Magnification; 8.1.4 Numerical Aperture (NA); 8.1.5 Planar; 8.1.6 Refractive Index (RI); 8.1.7 Thread Depth and Brand Compatibility; 8.1.8 Working Distance (WD); 8.2 Air Objective; 8.3 Oil Immersion Objective; 8.3.1 How to Use an Air Objective; 8.3.2 How to Use an Oil Immersion Objective; 8.4 Cleaning an Objective; 8.4.1 Cleaning an Air Objective; 8.4.2 Cleaning an Oil Objective; 8.5 Summary of Objective Codes; Reference;
    9: The Stage; 9.1 Focusing the Sample; 9.2 Slide Navigation Controls
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Mondher Toumi.
    Contents:
    Health as a good
    Decision-making in public health
    Definition and concepts
    HTA decision analysis framework
    Early HTA advice
    Overview of market access agreements
    External reference pricing
    Gap between payers and regulators
    Early access programmes
    Market access of orphan drugs
    Market access of vaccines in developed countries
    France
    Germany
    Italy
    Spain
    Sweden
    United Kingdom
    The United States
    Japan
    China.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Gregory R. Bowman, Frank Noé, Vijay S. Pande, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book volume is to explain the importance of Markov state models to molecular simulation, how they work, and how they can be applied to a range of problems. The Markov state model (MSM) approach aims to address two key challenges of molecular simulation: 1) How to reach long timescales using short simulations of detailed molecular models 2) How to systematically gain insight from the resulting sea of data MSMs do this by providing a compact representation of the vast conformational space available to biomolecules by decomposing it into states sets of rapidly interconverting conformations and the rates of transitioning between states.This kinetic definition allows one to easily vary the temporal and spatial resolution of an MSM from high-resolution models capable of quantitative agreement with (or prediction of) experiment to low-resolution models that facilitate understanding. Additionally, MSMs facilitate the calculation of quantities that are difficult to obtain from more direct MD analyses, such as the ensemble of transition pathways. This book introduces the mathematical foundations of Markov models, how they can be used to analyze simulations and drive efficient simulations, and some of the insights these models have yielded in a variety of applications of molecular simulation.

    Contents:
    An overview and practical guide to building Markov state models
    Markov model theory
    Estimation and Validation of Markov models
    Uncertainty estimation
    Analysis of Markov models
    Transition Path Theory
    Understanding Protein Folding using Markov state models
    Understanding Molecular Recognition by Kinetic Network Models Constructed from Molecular Dynamics Simulations
    Markov State and Diffusive Stochastic Models in Electron Spin Resonance
    Software for building Markov state models.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Cerian Ruth Webb, Mirela Domijan.
    Summary: This textbook takes you from the very first time you open MATLAB® through to a position where you can comfortably integrate this computer language into your research or studies. The book will familiarise you with the MATLAB interface, show you how to use the program's built-in functions and carefully guide you towards creating your own functions and scripts so that you can use MATLAB as a sophisticated tool to support your own research. A central aim of this book is to provide you with the core knowledge and skills required to become a confident MATLAB user so that you can find and make use of the many specialist functions and toolboxes that have been developed to support a wide range of biological applications. Examples presented within the book are selected to be relevant to biological scientists and they illustrate some of the many ways the program can be incorporated into, and used to enhance, your own research and studies. The textbook is a must-have for students and researchers in the biological sciences. It will also appeal to readers of all backgrounds who are looking for an introduction to MATLAB which is suitable for those with little or no experience of programming.

    Contents:
    Introduction: What is Matlab and what can it be used for
    Overview of Interface
    Toolboxes
    The basics using the command line: Element by element versus matrix multiplication
    Multiplying and dividing arrays of data
    Example 1: Next generation matrix models
    Creating and using script files: Debugging scripts
    Using the live editor
    Accessing help
    Exploring Matlab's in-built functions
    Creating graphs and plots: Example 1: Introduction to the image processing toolbox
    Example 2: Plotting ellipses, hyperbola and parabola (conic sections)
    Anonymous functions
    Creating separate function files: Example 1: solving a differential equation using ode45 using biological examples
    Importing and exporting data: Example 1: reading spreadsheets using the command line and an application of linear algebra to statistical analysis of qpcr data
    Matlab as a programming language: Introduction to using loops in your scripts
    For loops
    While loops
    Combining loops and conditional statements.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    K.J. Hannah ... [and others], editors.
    Summary: This book is a primer for nurses on the topic of nursing informatics and presents the fundamental concepts of health information management from a nursing perspective. Nursing informatics has never been more important as contemporary healthcare offers exciting opportunities for the nursing profession to contribute to the design of emerging eHealth models of care and to ensure resources such as electronic health records and mobile technology are pragmatic and fit for purpose. This new edition contains the best available evidence to inspire and support nurses to think critically about both current and future practice. Introduction to Nursing Informatics is designed for use by practicing nurses and students in undergraduate programs of study and includes a number of contributions from leading international experts who have practiced in the field over a number of years. The information is presented and integrated in a purposeful manner to encourage readers to explore the key concepts of nursing practice, information management and its relationship to informatics. Critically, the content is also linked to case-based examples to contextualize the theory presented.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Nursing Informatics
    E-Health a Global Priority
    History of Computing and Technology
    The Mechanics of Computing
    Health Information Exchange: Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise
    Health Informatics Standards
    Nursing Documentation in Digital Solutions
    Independent Living Applications
    Administration Applications
    Data Privacy and Security
    The Role of the Informatics Nurse
    Research Applications
    Case Studies Introduction: Transformational Research
    Case Study 1: Nursing Informatics and eHealth in Australia
    Case Study 2: The TIGER Initiative Foundation: Technology Informatics Guiding Education Reform
    Case Study 3: Nursing Informatics
    Highlights from Wales
    Case Study 4: Documenting Nursing in Health Information Systems
    The Future is a Sharp 90° Turn
    Nursing Education
    Knowledge Networks in Nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pamela Hussey, Margaret Ann Kennedy, editors.
    Summary: This significantly revised 5th edition provides nurses with a practical guide to the fundamental concepts of digital health from a nursing perspective. Nursing informatics has never been more important as contemporary healthcare continues to experience tremendous technological advances. The nursing profession is ideally positioned as a key enabler for the design and adoption of emerging eHealth models of care and quality outcomes. The book also features real world examples to illustrate the theory and encourages readers to think critically about their current practices and how they can potentially integrate relevant theories and techniques into their future practice to advance integrated care. Introduction to Nursing Informatics is designed for use as a primer for practicing nurses and students in undergraduate programs of study and includes contributions from leading international experts who have practiced in the field over a number of years. The information is presented and integrated in a purposeful manner to encourage readers to explore the key concepts of nursing practice, digital health, health information management and its relationship to informatics.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. eHealth a Global Priority
    Chapter 3. Nursing and Informatics
    Chapter 4. The Mechanics of Technology and Digital
    Chapter 5. Health Information Exchange: the overarching role of Integrating the Healthcare Enterprise (IHE)
    Chapter 6. Health Informatics Standards
    Chapter 7. Nursing Documentation in Digital solutions
    Chapter 8. Connected Health and the Digital Patient
    Chapter 9. Administrative Applications
    Chapter 10. Data Privacy and Security
    Chapter 11. Role of the Informatics Nurse
    Chapter 12. Researching Nursing Informatics in a Digital Age
    Chapter 13. Applied Informatics Research in Nursing for eHealth
    Chapter 14. Knowledge and Social Networks
    Chapter 15. Technology enabled Learning in Nursing
    Chapter 16. The future of nursing informatics in a digitally-enabled world. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Carol Boswell, EdD, RN, CNE, ANEF, FAAN, Professor, Texas Tech University, Odessa, Texas, Sharon Cannon, EdD, RN, ANEF, Regional Dean and Professor, Texas Tech Univesity, Odessa, Texas.
    Summary: Introduction to Nursing Research: Incorporating Evidence-Based Practice, Fourth Edition is a distinct integration of evidence-based practice and research for the baccalaureate nursing student. The text focuses on how students can incorporate research into their daily practice while considering the newest trends and research. The fourth edition focuses on the meaning of evidence, the use of quality improvement, and the practical application of these aspects for the practicing healthcare provider. This is not a typical introduction to nursing research book; it is an evidence-based practice text that uses research. New to the fourth edition: new chapter on quality, focus on new articles and research, and end of chapter quizzes. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Connection between research and evidence-based practice / Carol Boswell and Sharon Cannon
    Overview of evidence / Pam DiVito-Thomas and Carol Boswell
    Overview of research / Sharon Cannon and Margaret Robinson
    Overview of quality / Sharon Cannon and Carol Boswell
    Quantitative research design / Sharon Cannon
    Qualitative and mixed research methods / JoAnn Long, Carol Boswell, and Donna Scott Tilley
    Ethics for nursing research and evidence-based practice / Sharon Cannon, Theresa Delahoyde, and Jane Sumner
    Asking the right question / Lucy B. Trice and Kathaleen C. Bloom
    Literature review : searching and writing the evidence / Carol Boswell and Dorothy Greene Jackson
    Population management / Kathaleen C. Bloom and Lucy B. Trice
    Data collection / Carol Boswell
    Reliability, validity, and trustworthiness / James Eldridge
    Data analysis / James Eldridge
    The research critique process and the evidence-based appraisal process / Carol Boswell and Sharon Cannon
    Translational research, improvement science, and evaluation research with practical applications / Carol Boswell
    Application of evidence-based nursing practice with research / Sharon Cannon and Carol Boswell.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Anna A. Battaglia.
    Summary: "Introduction to Pain and its relations to Nervous System Disorders provides an accessible overview of the latest developments in the science underpinning pain research, including, but not limited to, the physiological, pathological and psychological aspects. This unique book fills a gap in current literature by focussing on the intricate relationship between pain and human nervous system disorders such as Autism, Alzheimer Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Depression and Multiple Sclerosis. This fully illustrated, colour handbook will help non-experts, including advanced undergraduate and new postgraduate students, become familiar with the current, wide-ranging areas of research that cover every aspect of the field from chronic and inflammatory pain to neuropathic pain and biopsychosocial models of pain, functional imaging and genetics. Contributions from leading experts in neuroscience and psychiatry provide both factual information and critical points of view on their approach and the theoretical framework behind their choices. An appreciation of the strengths and weaknesses of brain imaging technology applied to pain research in humans provides the tools required to understand current cutting edge literature on the topic. Chapters covering placebo effects in analgesia and the psychology of pain give a thorough overview of cognitive, psychological and social influences on pain perception. Sections exploring pain in the lifecycle and in relation to nervous system disorders take particular relevance from a clinical point of view. Furthermore, an intellectually stimulating chapter analysing the co-morbidity of pain and depression provides a philosophical angle rarely presented in related handbooks. The references to external research databases and relevant websites aim to prompt readers to become critical and independent thinkers, and motivate them to carry out further reading on these topics. Introduction to Pain and its relations to Nervous System Disorders is essential reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students in neuroscience, medical and biomedical sciences, as well as for clinical and medical healthcare professionals involved in pain management"-- Provided by publisher. "Provides an accessible overview of the latest developments in the science underpinning pain research"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Patrick Waller, Mira Harrison-Woolrych.
    Contents:
    What is pharmacovigilance and how has it developed?
    Basic concepts
    Types and sources of data
    The process of pharmacovigilance
    Regulatory aspects of pharmacovigilance
    International collaboration
    Clinical aspects of adverse drug reactions
    Ethical and societal considerations
    Future directions
    Learning more about pharmacovigilance.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Mark Dutton, PT, Allegheny General Hospital, West Penn Allegheny Health System (WPAHS), Adjunct Clinical Instructor, Duquesne University, School of Health Sciences, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: Introduction to Physical Therapy and Patient Skills is intended to provide a foundation upon which to build a career in the challenging yet rewarding field of physical therapy. Written by a practicing physical therapist, this comprehensive textbook provides the conceptual framework necessary to understand every aspect of physical therapy and eventually perform physical therapy intervention.

    Contents:
    The profession
    Healthcare policy
    Evidence-informed practice
    Foundations of movement
    Patient/client management
    Movement dysfunction
    Correcting movement dysfunction
    Preparation for patient care
    Monitoring vital signs
    Bed mobility, patient positioning, and draping
    Range of motion
    Manual muscle testing
    Patient transfers and mobility
    Gait training
    Appendix A: Standards of practice for physical therapy
    Appendix B: Criteria for standards of practice for physical therapy
    Appendix C: Code of ethics
    Appendix D: Standards of ethical conduct for the physical therapist assistant.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2014
  • Digital
    by Stephen E. Harding, Michael P. Tombs and Gary G. Adams, Berit Smestad Paulsen, Kari Tvete Inngjerdingen and Hilde Barsett.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Polysaccharides and their potential for biotechnology
    Chapter 2. Structural polysaccharides
    Chapter 3. Pectic polysaccharides and bioactivity
    Chapter 4. Storage polysaccharides : starch and fructans
    Chapter 5. Marine polysaccharides
    Chapter 6. Some bacterial and synthetic polysaccharides.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Joel S. Owen, Jill Fiedler-Kelly.
    Contents:
    The Practice of Pharmacometrics
    Population Model Concepts and Terminology
    NONMEM Overview and Writing an NM-TRAN Control Stream
    Datasets
    Model Building: Typical Process
    Interpreting the NONMEM Output
    App lications Using Parameter Estimates from the Individual
    Introduction to Model Evaluation
    User-Written Models
    PK/PD Models
    Simulation Basics
    Quality Control.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    [compiled by] Mary Louise Fleming, Elizabeth Parker, Ignacio Correa-Velez.
    Summary: "Introduction to Public Health is a foundation, introductory text addressing the principles and practice of public health. Written from a multidisciplinary perspective, the text defines the discipline of public health, the nature and scope of public health activity and the challenges that face public health in the 21st century. Designed for undergraduate health science and nursing students, the text helps readers with their understanding of the nature and scope of public health and the challenges facing the field into the future"
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Liming Li, Qingwu Jiang, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces Chinas public health work in detail, including its scope and characteristics, its history and evolution, its achievements and experience, the guiding principles for health development, health service system, public health education as well as science and technology of public health. In this book, opportunities and challenges of Chinas public health are also presented, along with the prospects of future development. Over the sixty years, China has made remarkable achievements in the areas such as the national immunization program, maternal and child health, disease surveillance, the establishment of a public health information system and its application, as well as the improvement of peoples health, with tremendous experience and best practices being accumulated. In the new era, China starts a new journey towards building Healthy China, which is of great significance for the countrys public health development. The international community will have a better understanding of the history and current situation of Chinas public health, as well as its achievements and contributions made to date, from reading this book.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Introduction; 1.1 What Is Public Health?; 1.2 The Scope of Public Health; 1.2.1 A Broad Science: Theories and Disciplines; 1.2.2 China's Public Health Approaches; 1.2.3 Public Health Practices with Chinese Characteristics; References;
    2: History and Development of Public Health; 2.1 Public Health from Ancient to Modern Times; 2.1.1 Origins of Public Health; 2.1.2 Public Health into Civilized Society; 2.1.3 Public Health into Modern Age; 2.2 Public Health from Ancient China to New China; 2.2.1 Philosophy in Ancient China 2.2.2 Early Practice in Ding County2.2.3 After the Founding of New China in 1949; 2.2.4 Public Health Achievements and Contributions in New China; References;
    3: Current Situation in China; 3.1 Principles to Guide China's Health Development; 3.2 Health Service System; 3.2.1 Health System; 3.2.2 Health Service System; 3.3 Public Health Education; 3.3.1 The Beginning (1907-1949); 3.3.2 Development and Discontinuation (1950-1978); 3.3.3 Recovery and Reconstruction (1978-2000); 3.3.4 Opportunities and Development
    (2000- ); 3.3.5 Current Situation and Challenges 3.4 Science and Technology of Public Health3.4.1 Studies on Prevention and Control of Infectious Diseases; 3.4.2 Studies on Prevention and Control of NCDs; 3.4.3 Studies on Environment and Health; 3.4.4 Studies on Evidence-Based Public Health Policy; 3.5 Public Health Practice: Chinese Experience; 3.5.1 Prevention First; 3.5.2 Government Leadership, Multi-sectoral Coordination, and Community Participation; 3.5.3 Public Health Legislation; 3.5.4 Decentralization and Delegation; 3.5.5 Patriotic Health Campaign; 3.5.6 Public Health Infrastructure and Human Resources 3.5.7 Preventive Strategy of ImmunizationReferences;
    4: Public Health Challenges in China; 4.1 Demographic Changes; 4.1.1 Population Aging; 4.1.2 Demographic Dividend Disappearing; 4.2 Double Burden of Disease; 4.2.1 Emerging and Reemerging Infectious Diseases; 4.2.2 Chronic Noncommunicable Diseases (NCDs) and Injuries; 4.3 Negative Effects of Industrialization and Urbanization; 4.4 Food and Drug Safety; 4.5 Public Health Emergencies; 4.6 Health Inequities; References;
    5: A Few Thinking About Public Health Development in China 5.1 Adherence to Government-Led Public Health Development5.2 Adherence to Legal Framework in Public Health; 5.3 Adherence to Evidence-Based Public Policy-Making; 5.4 Adherence to Prioritizing Human Resource Policy in Public Health; 5.5 Adherence to Science and Technology Strategy to Support Public Health; 5.6 Adherence to Scientific Assessment of Public Health Performance; References;
    6: Prospects for Future Development; 6.1 New Opportunities in China; 6.1.1 Multiple and Complex Threats on Health; 6.1.2 Strategic Opportunities for Public Health Development 6.1.3 Adherence to Social Welfare as a Solid Foundation for Public Health
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] J. Glenn Forister, J. Dennis Blessing.
    Contents:
    Regulatory protection of human subjects in research
    The research problem
    Review of the literature
    The systematic review
    Methodology
    Survey research
    Qualitative research
    Community-based participatory research
    Clinical investigations
    Data analysis
    Exploring statistics comparing differences in health care
    The results section
    The discussion section
    References
    Writing and publishing in the health professions
    Interpreting the literature.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Mohammed Maan Al-Salihi, R. Shane Tubbs, Ali Ayyad, Tetsuya Goto, Mohammad Maarouf, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a basic introduction of the role of robotics in neurological surgery in a systematic organized manner. The work provides thorough explanations of the history, types, uses, application, current practice, and future directions of robotics in each division of the field of neurosurgery. The book is written in clear understandable language, making it suitable for medical students, interns, residents, specialists, consultants, and professors.

    Contents:
    Introduction and history of robotics in neurosurgery
    Robotics in cerebrovascular and endovascular neurosurgery
    Robotics in stereotactic neurosurgery
    Robotics in neuro-endoscopy
    Robotics in spinal neurosurgery
    Nanorobots in neurosurgery
    IoT and AI in the neurosurgical operating theater
    Surgeon supporting robot
    Virtual reality and simulation in neurosurgical training with robots
    Future directions for robotics in neurosurgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ron Cody.
    Summary: Aimed at beginners who have downloaded the free SAS University Edition and want to either use the point-and-click interactive environment of SAS Studio, or who want to write their own SAS programs, or both, this book begins by showing you how to obtain the SAS University Edition, and how you can run SAS on a PC or Macintosh computer. Topics include: performing basic tasks, such as producing a report, summarizing data, producing charts and graphs, and using the SAS Studio built-in tasks; performing basic statistical tests using the interactive point-and-click environment; how to write your own SAS programs, and how to use SAS procedures to perform a variety of tasks; how to read data from a variety of sources: text files, Excel workbooks, and CSV files. In order to get familiar with the SAS Studio environment, this book also shows you how to access dozens of interesting data sets that are included with the product. -- Edited summary from book.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; List of Programs; About This Book; About The Author; Acknowledgments; Part 1: Getting Acquainted with the SAS Studio Environment; Chapter 1: Introduction to the SAS University Edition; Introduction: An Overview of SAS and the SAS University Edition; Obtaining Your Free Copy of SAS; Step 1: Download VirtualBox and Create the ""myfolders"" Folder on your Computer; Step 2: Download SAS University Edition; Step 3: Configure VirtualBox and Set up the Shared Folder; Step 4: Use
    Start University Edition; Conclusion; Chapter 2: The SAS Studio Interface; Introduction Exploring the Built-In Data SetsSorting Your Data; Switching Between Column Names and Column Labels; Resizing Tables; Creating Filters; Conclusion; Chapter 3: Importing Your Own Data; Introduction; Exploring the Utilities Tab; Importing Data from an Excel Workbook; Listing the SAS Data Set; Importing an Excel Workbook with Invalid SAS Variable Names; Importing an Excel Workbook That Does Not Have Variable Names; Importing Data from a CSV File; Conclusion; Chapter 4: Creating Reports; Introduction; Using the List Data Task to Create a Simple Listing; Filtering Data; Sorting Data Outputting PDF and RTF FilesJoining Tables (Using the Query Window); Conclusion; Chapter 5: Summarizing Data Using SAS Studio; Introduction; Summarizing Numeric Variables; Adding a Classification Variable; Summarizing Character Variables; Conclusion; Chapter 6: Graphing Data; Introduction; Creating a Frequency Bar Chart; Adding a Group Variable; Creating a Pie Chart; Creating a Scatter Plot; Conclusion; Part 2: Learning How to Write Your Own SAS Programs; Chapter 7: An Introduction to SAS Programming; SAS as a Programming Language; The SAS Studio Programming Windows; Your First SAS Program How the DATA Step WorksHow the INPUT Statement Works; Reading Delimited Data; How Procedures (PROCS) Work; How SAS Works: A Look Inside the â#x80;#x9C;Black Boxâ#x80;#x9D;; Conclusion; Chapter 8: Reading Data from External Files; Introduction; Reading Data Values Separated by Delimiters; Reading Data in Fixed Columns; Reading Excel Files; Conclusion; Problems; Chapter 9: Reading and Writing SAS Data Sets; What's a SAS Data Set?; Temporary versus Permanent SAS Data Sets; Shared Folders: Communicating between Your Virtual Computer and Your Real Computer; Creating a Shared Folder and Reading Data from It Creating a Permanent SAS Data SetReading from a Permanent SAS Data Set; Conclusion; Problems; Chapter 10: Creating Formats and Labels; What Is a SAS Format and Why Is It Useful?; Using SAS Built-in Formats; More Examples to Demonstrate How to Write Formats; Describing the Difference between a FORMAT Statement in a Procedure and a FORMAT Statement in a DATA Step; Making Your Formats Permanent; Creating Variable Labels; Conclusion; Problems; Chapter 11: Performing Conditional Processing; Introduction; Grouping Age Using Conditional Processing; Using Conditional Logic to Check for Data Errors
    Digital Access 2015
  • Digital
    S. B. Bhattacharyya.
    Contents:
    1. Overview of SNOMED CT
    2. Need for Clinical Terminology
    3. SNOMED CT History and IHTSDO
    4. SNOMED CT Basics
    5. Extending SNOMED CT
    6. Enabling SNOMED CT
    7. SNOMED CT Expressions
    8. Clinical Analytics with SNOMED CT
    9. Using SNOMED CT
    10. SNOMED CT Tips and Tricks
    11. Overall Assessment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Svend Juul, Department of Public Health, Section for Epidemiology, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark, Morten Frydenberg, Department of Public Health, Section for Biostatistics, Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.S7 J88 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Rebecca A. Fisher, Kamran Ahmed, Prokar Dasgupta, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Amalia Cochran, Ruth Braga.
    Contents:
    The OR as a study in cultural anthropology / Amalia Cochran
    From start to finish : understanding how we get here / Ruth Braga
    The myth of the kind surgeon / Thomas K. Varghese Jr.
    Who are these people?
    Teamwork and communication in the operating room / Louise Hull and Nick Sevdalis
    The OR and humor / Ruth Braga
    Personalities in the operating room / Ross M. Blagg
    2015 Grammy awards category : music in the operating room / Marie Crandall
    Welcome to the jungle : the five senses of the operating room / Elizabeth Hanes
    Operating room equipment from A to Z / Diane Tyler and Ruth Braga
    Robot basics-the nurses' perspective / Sebrena Banecker
    My robot experience, or how surgeons learn new techniques / Walter Medlin
    Dancing around the room
    The OR and the surgical field / Karen Porter
    Lines and tubes : what are all of those things sticking out of the patient's body? / Halle Kogan and Thaona D. Garber
    Positioning the patient / Karen Porter
    Patient safety in the OR / Jon Worthen
    Distractions and interruptions in the operating room / Nick Sevdalis and Louise Hull
    Intraoperative photos
    Notes from your attending / Lawrence A. Shirley and Christian Jones
    Tomfoolery, shenanigans, and hazing in surgery / Luke V. Selby
    Privacy
    keep it to yourself! / Ruth Braga
    Keep calm and trust the count / Cynthia Howard.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
  • Digital
    Ravi Birla.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Tissue Engineering
    Cells for Tissue Engineering
    Biomaterials for Tissue Engineering
    Tissue Fabrication Technology
    Vascularization of Artificial Tissue.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
    Fulltext
  • Digital
    Philip C. Burcham.
    Summary: This book provides a readable introduction to modern toxicology with a particular focus on the mechanisms underlying the induction of toxicity by foreign substances. Since bioactivation is central to many toxic syndromes, special interest is devoted to chemicals that undergo conversion to toxic metabolites that induce toxic effects as diverse as cancer, birth defects and organ injury. The molecular consequences accompanying damage to cellular DNA and proteins is explored together with the relevance of toxicological paradigms to human diseases caused by alcohol and tobacco. The discipline of toxicology has developed rapidly since the thalidomide disaster in the 1960?s as scientists worldwide seek to understand the adverse health effects of human medicines, environmental pollutants, consumer chemicals and industrial reagents. An Introduction to Toxicology is intended to supplement the recommended reading list of undergraduate and graduate programs in toxicology and pharmacology as an enjoyable, accessible primer with illustrations that "unpack" the concepts being discussed in the text.

    Contents:
    The Emergence of Modern Toxicology
    Core Concepts in Toxicology
    Toxicokinetics : The Fate of Chemicals within the Body
    Toxicodynamics : How Chemicals Induce Toxicity
    Fightback : Adaptive Responses to Toxicant Exposure
    Target Organ Toxicity: Liver and Kidney
    Chemical Toxicity to the Unborn
    Chemicals and Cancer
    Everyday Toxicology I : Alcohol
    Everyday Toxicology II: Tobacco.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Dennis V. Cokkinos, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction: What Is Translational Research
    Insights into heart development and regeneration
    Basis Of Cell Excitability And Cardiac Conduction System
    The Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System In Cardiovascular Diseases
    Beta adrenergic receptors
    The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in human health and disease
    Genetic Polymorphisms
    Genetic Polymorphisms and the Vascular Endothelium
    The role of microRNAs in Cardiovascular Disease
    Pathways To Myocardial Hypertrophy
    The multiple actions of the insulin-like growth factor-I signaling in the myocardium
    Calcium Cycling Circuits in Cardiac Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Inflammation and atherosclerosis
    Stress proteins and the Adaptive Response of the Heart
    The Mechanisms And Modalities Of Cell Death
    Repair of the infarcted myocardium
    Pathways to cardiac remodeling
    A Translational Approach to Probe the Arrhythmic Potential of the Heart: Therapeutic Considerations
    Animal Models Of Cardiovascular Disease
    Experimental in vitro assessment of cardiac function
    In vivo experimental assessment of cardiac function
    Non invasive imaging modalities for Cardiovascular Translational Research- Technical Considerations
    Cardiovascular Applications of Non-Invasive Imaging in Cardiovascular Diseases: from Bench to Bedside
    Molecular Imaging of Inflammation Using Echoardiography: Advances With the Use of Microbubbles
    Clinical Aspects And Genetics Of Cardiomyopathies
    Cardiorenal Syndrome: What Basic Research Can Contribute
    Clinical aspects of Cardiorenal Syndrome: consequences of therapy with the Renin-Angiotensin System Inhibitors
    Pre-, Peri-, and Post-Conditioning the ischemic myocardium: Challenges, Confounders and Expectations
    Gene Therapy for the Heart
    Cell therapy in cardiac diseases
    Moving Towards a Novel Paradigm in Drug Development for Worsening Heart Failure: The T1 Model (Mechanistic Translational Phase).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Donald A. Barr.
    Summary: "This book is about the US health care system. It introduces the various organizations and institutions that make our system work (or not work, as the case may be). It identifies historical forces that have brought us to our current state of health care and examines the way in which the need of the American people for health care services is sometimes met and sometimes not"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Affordable Care Act and the politics of health care reform
    Health, health care, and the market economy
    Health care as a reflection of underlying cultural values and institutions
    The health professions and the organization of health care
    Health insurance, HMOs, and the managed care revolution
    Medicare
    Medicaid and the State Children's Health Insurance Program
    The uninsured
    The increasing role of for-profit health care
    Pharmaceutical policy and the rising cost of prescription drugs
    Long-term care
    Factors other than health insurance that impede access to health care
    Key policy issues impacting the direction of health care reform
    Epilogue/prologue to health care reform in America.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Print
    Donald A. Barr, MD, Phd, Department of Pediatrics, Stanford University, Stanford, California.
    Summary: "Donald A. Barr reviews the current structure of the American health care system, describing the historical and political contexts in which it developed and the core policy issues that continue to confront us today. Barr's comprehensive analysis explores the various organizations and institutions that make the US health care system work--or fail to work. He describes in detail the paradox of US health care--simultaneously the best in the world and one of the worst among developed countries--while introducing readers to broad cultural issues surrounding health care policy, such as access, affordability, and quality. Barr also discusses specific elements of US health care with depth and nuance, including insurance, especially Medicare and Medicaid. He scrutinizes the shift to for-profit managed care while analyzing the pharmaceutical industry, issues surrounding long-term care, the plight of the uninsured, the prevalence of medical errors, and the troublesome issue of nursing shortages.The thoroughly updated edition of this widely adopted text focuses on the Affordable Care Act. It explains the steps taken to carry out the Act, the changes to the Act based on recent Supreme Court decisions, the success of the Act in achieving the combined goals of improved access to care and constraining the costs of care, and the continuing political controversy regarding its future. Drawing on an extensive range of resources, including government reports, scholarly publications, and analyses from a range of private organizations, Introduction to US Health Policy provides scholars, policymakers, and health care providers with a comprehensive platform of ideas that is key to understanding and influencing the changes in the US health care system"--Book cover

    Contents:
    The Affordable Care Act and the politics of health care reform
    Health, health care, and the market economy
    Health care as a reflection of underlying cultural values and institutions
    The health professions and the organization of health care
    Health insurance, HMOs, and the managed care revolution
    Medicare
    Medicaid and the State Children's Health Insurance Program
    The uninsured
    The increasing role of for-profit health care
    Pharmaceutical policy and the rising cost of prescription drugs
    Long-term care
    Factors other than health insurance that impede access to health care
    Key policy issues impacting the direction of health care reform
    Epilogue/prologue to health care reform in America.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA393 .B335 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Justin R. Mascitelli, Mandy J. Binning, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to cover the majority of neurovascular diseases and management. The first section reviews neurovascular anatomy, the basics of angiography, and the basics of craniotomies for neurovascular diseases. Next, an entire section is devoted to intracranial aneurysms, covering the natural history, subarachnoid hemorrhage, endovascular management, microsurgical management, and vasospasm. Following this, a number of chapters are devoted to stroke including natural history, mechanical thrombectomy, intracranial stenosis, Moyamoya disease, bypass surgery, vertebrobasilar insufficiency, intracerebral hemorrhage, sinus thrombosis, and the surgical and endovascular management of extracranial carotid disease. Next, the text covers vascular malformations including arteriovenous malformation, arteriovenous fistulas, carotid cavernous fistulas, vein of Galen malformations, spinal malformations, and cavernous malformations. Finally, the book discusses a few miscellaneous topics including more recent advances in neurovascular care such as venous sinus stenting for idiopathic intracranial hypertension and middle meningeal artery embolization for subdural hematoma. Written by experts in the field, Introduction to Vascular Neurosurgery provides a comprehensive summary of neurovascular disease and management. The book can be used as a daily reference and serves as a trusted resource for medical students, residents, fellows, and young attendings.

    Contents:
    Vascular Anatomy of the Brain
    Vascular Anatomy of the Neck/Spine
    Basics of Angiography
    Basics of Craniotomy
    Presentation and Natural history
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Management and External Ventricular Drain Placement
    Endovascular Aneurysm Treatment
    Microsurgical Aneurysm Treatment
    Vasospasm background and treatment
    Acute Ischemic Stroke Presentation, Natural History, and Treatment
    Endovascular Management Of Stroke
    Carotid Endarterectomy
    Endovascular Management of Extracranial Carotid Disease
    Intracranial Atherosclerotic Disease Background and Treatment
    Moyamoya Disease Background and Treatment
    Posterior Circulation Stroke and Vertebrobasilar Insufficiency
    Intracerebral Hemorrhage Background and Management
    Sinus Thrombosis Background and Management
    Presentation And Natural History Of Arteriovenous Malformations Of The Brain
    Arteriovenous Malformations Treatment and Management
    Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas
    Carotid Cavernous Fistulas And Vein Of Galen Malformations
    Spinal Vascular Malformations Background and Management
    Background and Management of Cerebral Cavernous Malformations
    Venous Sinus Stenting for Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension
    Middle Meningeal Embolization for Subdural Hematoma
    Embolization of Head, Neck, and Spinal Tumors
    Balloon Test Occlusion, Wada test and Inferior Petrosal Sinuses Sampling.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Samantha Strong.
    Summary: "Get the foundational knowledge you need in the area of visual optics with the text that is easy to comprehend, visually appealing, and engaging from cover to cover. Introduction to Visual Optics: A Light Approach covers the basic information you need in this complex area in a significantly more approachable manner than other resources on the market. You'll find clear, easy-to-read explanations that work hand-in-hand with colourful charts, graphs, illustrations, and diagrams created by the author, Dr. Samantha Strong. This unique text is perfect for optometry students, optometrists, ophthalmology residents, student dispensing opticians, and others in the eye care field"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    edited by Nik Chmiel, Franco Fraccaroli and Magnus Sverke.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Job-Focused. What Do People Really Do at Work? Job Analysis and Design / Stephen A Woods, Daniel P Hinton
    How Do I Get a Job, What Are They Looking For? Personnel Selection and Assessment / Silvia Moscoso, Jesús F Salgado, Neil Anderson
    How Can I Shape My Job to Suit Me Better? Job Crafting for Sustainable Employees and Organizations / Pascale M Le Blanc, Evangelia Demerouti, Arnold B Bakker
    What Am I Supposed to Do in My Job? Set Goals and Appraise Your People / Gary P Latham
    Why Is My Job So Stressful? Characteristics, Processes and Models of Stress at Work / Jan de Jonge, Christian Dormann
    Digital Technologies at Work Are Great, Aren't They? The Development of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) and Their Relevance in the World of Work / Christian Korunka, Matti Vartiainen
    Whose Side Is Technology on, Really? On the Interdependence of Work and Technology / Michael Allvin, Fredrik Movitz
    Why Did I Choose That Career Path? Approaches to Vocational Choices and People's Readiness to Self-Manage their Own Career Paths / Guido Sarchielli
    Organization-Focused. How Do We Get New Entrants 'On Board'? Organizational Socialization, Psychological Contracts, and Realistic Job Previews / Allison M Ellis, Talya N Bauer
    How Does Power Affect Those Who Have It and Those Who Don't? Power Inside Organizations / Lourdes Munduate, Francisco J Medina
    Does It Matter Who Leads Us?: The Study of Organizational Leadership / E Kevin Kelloway, Stephanie Gilbert
    Why Are We in a Team? Effects of Teamwork and How to Enhance Team Effectiveness / Annika Lantz Friedrich, Daniela Ulber
    How Do We React When Our Organization Changes? Perspectives on Employees' Appraisal of Change, Consequences and Mitigating Factors / Magnus Sverke, Helena Falkenberg, Johnny Hellgren, Chang-qin Lu, Jaco Pienaar
    How Do We Feel and Behave When We're Not Permanent Full-Time Employees? The Case of the Diverse Forms of Non-Standard Work / Claudia Bernhard-Oettel, Nele De Cuyper, Megan Murphy, Catherine E Connelly
    Why Should Organizations Treat Their Employees Fairly? Definition, Relevance, and Consequences of Justice at Work / Constanze Eib, Guillaume Soenen
    What Does Our Organization Do to Help Our Well-Being? Creating Healthy Workplaces and Workers / Arla Day, Karina Nielsen
    People-Focused. Does It Matter Who We Are? Personality at Work / Adrian Furnham
    How Do I Learn What to Do? How the Science of Training Supports Learning / Amanda Woods, Julie Dinh, Eduardo Salas
    How Much Effort Will I Put into My Work? It Depends on Your Type of Motivation / Anja Van den Broeck, Joseph Carpini, Hannes Leroy, James M Diefendorff
    How Do We Handle Computer-Based Technology? What Is the Cost/Benefit Ratio of Technology for Workers? / Fred R H Zijlstra, Anne-Sophie Nyssen
    Why Do I Put Myself and Others in Danger or Help Increase Safety? Person- and Situation-Related Causes of Safety Behaviours / Nik Chmiel, Gudela Grote
    Does It Matter Whether I Am a Happy and Committed Worker? The Role of Identification, Commitment and Job Satisfaction for Employee Behaviour / Rolf van Dick, Lucas Monzani
    How Does Work Fit with My Life? The Relation Between Flexible Work Arrangements, Work-Life Balance and Recovery from Work / Göran Kecklund, Debby G J Beckers, Constanze Leineweber, Philip Tucker
    What Happens When I Get Older? Older Workers, Late Careers and Transitions to Retirement / Franco Fraccaroli, Marco Depolo, Mo Wang
    Advising the Organization. How Do We Work with Organizations? / Henry Honkanen, Diana Rus
    Case Studies. A Strategic Approach to Improving Well-Being in a Large Railway Company / Ivan Robertson, Matthew Smeed, Victoria Ward
    Humiliation: Why We Deserve Respect at Work / Barbara Kozusżnik
    Resilience Development Through an Organization-Led Well-Being Initiative / Katharina Näswall, Sanna Malinen, Joana Kuntz
    Positive Action: Effectively Increasing Diversity at the Top / Nic Hammarling
    Age Management / Christian Stamov-Ro€nagel.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Manfred Georg Krukemeyer, MD, Chairman, Paracelsus-Hospitals, Osnabrück, Germany.
    Contents:
    Getting started
    General terms
    Description of medical specialties.
  • Digital
    edited by Leonard Guarente, Raul Mostoslavsky, Alaksey Kazantsev.
    Summary: Introductory Review on Sirtuins in Biology and Disease provides key insights for scientists and advanced students who need to understand sirtuins and the current research in this field. This book is ideal for pharmaceutical companies as they develop novel targets using sirtuins for metabolic diseases, cancer and neurodegenerative illnesses. Sirtuins are a diverse family of proteins, with several members in mammals. The functional diversity of sirtuins is rather broad, and they have been implicated in various central biological processes. Thus, they are also highly relevant in the context of various human diseases, from cancer to neurodegeneration.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Sirtuins, NAD+, Aging, and Disease: A Retrospective and Prospective Overview / Leonard Guarente
    Chapter 2. Regulation of Sirtuins by Systemic NAD+ Biosynthesis / Mitsukuni Yoshida, Shin-ichiro Imai
    Chapter 3. NAD+ Modulation: Biology and Therapy / Elena Katsyuba, Johan Auwerx
    Chapter 4. The Enzymatic Activities of Sirtuins / Hening Lin
    Chapter 5. Structural and Mechanistic Insights in Sirtuin Catalysis and Pharmacological Modulation / Sébastien Moniot, Weijie You, Clemens Steegborn
    Chapter 6. Pharmacological Approaches for Modulating Sirtuins / Alice E. Kane, David A. Sinclair
    Chapter 7. Reactive Acyl-CoA Species and Deacylation by the Mitochondrial Sirtuins / Kathleen A. Hershberger, Matthew D. Hirschey
    Chapter 8. Mitochondrial Sirtuins: Coordinating Stress Responses Through Regulation of Mitochondrial Enzyme Networks / Wen Yang, Robert A.H. van de Ven, Marcia C. Haigis
    Chapter 9 - Multitasking Roles of the Mammalian Deacetylase SIRT6 / Sylvana Hassanieh, Raul Mostoslavsky
    Chapter 10. Chromatin and Nuclear Signaling: SIRT7 Function in the Nucleolus and Beyond / Maria Angulo-Ibanez, Katrin F. Chua
    Chapter 11. Mammalian Sirtuins, Cellular Energy Regulation, and Metabolism, and Carcinogenesis / Athanassios Vassilopoulos, Rui-Hong Wang, David Gius
    Chapter 12. Roles for Sirtuins in Cardiovascular Biology / Adam B. Stein, William Giblin, Angela H. Guo, David B. Lombard
    Chapter 13. Sirtuins in Brain and Neurodegenerative Disease / Éva M. Szegő, Tiago F. Outeiro, Aleksey G. Kazantsev.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Donald W. Black, M.D., Nancy C. Andreasen, M.D., Ph. D.
    Summary: Intended for medical students and residents, this textbook begins with the diagnosis and classification of psychiatric disorders, the characteristics of symptoms commonly observed during patient interviews, and the neurobiology of mental illness.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and classification
    Interviewing and assessment
    The neurobiology and genetics of mental illness
    Neurodevelopmental (child) disorders
    Schizophrenia spectrum and related disorders
    Mood disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Trauma- and stressor-related disorders
    Somatic symptom disorders and dissociative disorders
    Feeding and eating disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Sexual dysfunction, gender dysphoria, and paraphilias
    Disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Personality disorders
    Psychiatric emergencies
    Legal issues
    Behavioral, cognitive, and psychodynamic treatments
    Psychopharmacology and electroconvulsive therapy.
    Digital Access R2Library 2014
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Rachel Garvin, editor.
    Summary: Intubating critically ill patients is a process that requires a well-thought-out, step-by-step plan, specific to each patient. This book teaches the steps necessary to predict, prepare, perform, and provide pre and post-intubation care. The focus of the book is not on how to intubate, but rather all the steps leading up to and after the tube goes in. From the EMS stretcher to the ICU bed, this book has easily accessible, practical information for these tenuous patients, and answers the who, what, where, when and how of airway management. Included are specific chapters on special patient populations outlining the process of intubating patients with neurologic injury, cardiovascular compromise, sepsis, trauma and those with obesity Intubating the Critically Ill Patient: A Step-by-Step Guide for Success in the ED and ICU is an essential resource for physicians, medical students, and allied health professionals in emergency medicine and intensive care settings.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Who Needs Intubation?
    Chapter 2: When to Pull the Trigger?
    Chapter 3: Preparing Yourself for Intubation
    Chapter 4: Preparing the Patient
    Chapter 5: Preparing Your Team
    Chapter 6: The RSI Potpourri
    Chapter 7: Should you RSI?
    Chapter 8: Now the Tube Is In: Post-Intubation Sedation
    Chapter 9: The Cardiac Patient
    Chapter 10: The Obese Patient
    Chapter 11: Intubating the Neurologically Injured Patient
    Chapter 12: Intubating the Septic Patient: Avoiding the Crash and Burn.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ricardo H. Bardales, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Ultrasound, general considerations
    Chapter 2. The interventional cytopathologist
    Chapter 3. The thyroid gland
    Chapter 4. The parathyroid gland
    Chapter 5. The salivary glands
    Chapter 6. The head and neck, miscellaneous lesions
    Chapter 7. The lymph nodes
    Chapter 8. The breast
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The book is an update on contentious or unsettled issues concerning invasive diagnostic and therapeutic challenges in cancer and related disorders, focusing on the surgical approach. Topics include recommendations for the best practice in using the surgery safety checklist, surgical strategies in a variety of thoracic cancers, renal cell carcinoma, tumors of parathyroid glands, mesothelioma, and bariatric surgeries. The focus is on the diagnostic and therapeutic challenges of aggressive cancerous entities, choosing the most beneficial modes for optimal outcomes and patient survival. Chapters also address radioimaging and therapy outcomes in different intracranial lesions leading to severe neurological disabilities. The areas of medical practice addressed are still veiled in uncertainty, yet-unresolved pathogenetic background, and have a substantial component of empirical rather than evidence-based clinical approach. Pursuing and sharing new ideas and innovations is essential for improving the management and outcome. The book endeavors to disseminate and deliberate on the latest medical knowledge, studies, and advancements in surgical and diagnostic dealing with cancer. The book is addressed to physicians and surgeons, and all allied health care professionals engaged in patient care and therapy.

    Contents:
    Compliance with the Surgery Safety Checklist: An Update on the Status
    Surgical Safety Checklist: Polychromatic or Achromatic Design
    Surgical Strategy and Clinical Outcome in Patients with Bronchial Carcinoids
    Frozen Section or Intraoperative Cytology: Are We Ready for a Paradigm Shift in Thoracic Surgery?
    Clinical Outcome in Patients with Nosocomial COVID-19 Infection After Thoracic Surgery
    Cytological Diagnostic Procedures in Malignant Mesothelioma
    Combination of Biochemical and Cytological Findings for Better Diagnosis in Pleural Effusions
    Cytokines in Renal Cell Carcinoma: A Step Towards Earlier Detection and Targeted Therapy
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism Secondary to Ectopic Parathyroid Adenoma: A Case Report
    Perception of Well-Being and Quality of Life in Obese Patients After Bariatric Surgery
    Do Multiple Brain Lesions Always Connote Worse Outcomes? Appraisal Evidence from a Tertiary Care Center in Koshi/Purbanchal Province of Nepal
    Radioimaging and Demographic Profiles of Patients with Spontaneous Intracerebral Hemorrhage: A Need for the Pragmatic Referral System
    Anticytokine Treatment of Rheumatoid Arthritis: An Observational Report.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gauri Mankekar, editor.
    Summary: Incidence of invasive fungal sinusitis has been increasing over the years. The understanding of its pathophysiology has improved with newer serological tests and diagnostic methods helping in earlier diagnosis and reducing patient morbidity. It was believed earlier that invasive fungal sinusitis is seen only in immune compromised patients but clinical reports suggest otherwise. More anti-fungal drugs are being added to improve incidence of patient survival. This book aims to compile all practical information about invasive fungal sinusitis into a single volume. Therefore, busy clinicians would not have to perform exhaustive literature studies to diagnose invasive fungal sinusitis. The book aims to provide an overview of diseases which could be mistaken for invasive fungal sinusitis and discuss how the management is different. Book sections consist of clinical, microbiological, serological, pathological, radiological and pharmacological features of the disease and its management. Each section is important in today's context as it dynamically alters the management of the patient. Early clinical suspicion and rapid microbiological, pathological and radiological diagnosis with aggressive treatment with surgical debridement and medical therapy leads to favorable outcomes.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction to Lessons Learned
    Introduction and Overview
    Managing Unspoken Assumptions in Online Education
    Part II: Training Informatics Specialists in the U.S.
    Training for Informatics Research Careers: History of Extramural Informatics Training at the National Library of Medicine
    Clinical Informatics Subspecialty Certifi cation and Training
    Education in Nursing Informatics
    Applied Informatics for Health IT Managers
    Informatics for the Health Information Technology Workforce
    Online Continuing Education in Informatics: The AMIA 10 x 10 Experience
    Part III: Informatics Education for Other Health Professionals
    Educating the Informatics-Enabled Physician
    Informatics Education for Health Administrators
    Bioinformatics for Biological Researchers-Using Online Modalities
    Clinical and Translational Research Informatics Education and Training
    Part IV: Informatics Education Worldwide
    Translating U.S. Informatics Educational Programs for Non-U.S. Audiences
    Informatics Education in Low-Resource Settings
    Part V: Summary of Lessons Learned
    Informatics Education in Healthcare: Lessons Learned.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    by: Janakiram, Narayanan, Rao, Sampath Chandra Prasad, Sharma, Shilpee Bhatia, Kurup, Lekshmy R., Janakiram, Sathyanarayanan, Singh, Harshita.
  • Digital
    Therese M. Poland, Toral Patel-Weynand, Deborah M. Finch, Chelcy Ford Miniat, Deborah C. Hayes, Vanessa M. Lopez, editors.
    Summary: This open access book describes the serious threat of invasive species to native ecosystems. Invasive species have caused and will continue to cause enormous ecological and economic damage with ever increasing world trade. This multi-disciplinary book, written by over 100 national experts, presents the latest research on a wide range of natural science and social science fields that explore the ecology, impacts, and practical tools for management of invasive species. It covers species of all taxonomic groups from insects and pathogens, to plants, vertebrates, and aquatic organisms that impact a diversity of habitats in forests, rangelands and grasslands of the United States. It is well-illustrated, provides summaries of the most important invasive species and issues impacting all regions of the country, and includes a comprehensive primary reference list for each topic. This scientific synthesis provides the cultural, economic, scientific and social context for addressing environmental challenges posed by invasive species and will be a valuable resource for scholars, policy makers, natural resource managers and practitioners.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Deborah C. Hayes, Becky K. Kerns, Toral Patel-Weynand, Deborah M. Finch
    Impacts of Invasive Species in Terrestrial and Aquatic Systems in the United States / Albert E. Mayfield III, Steven J. Seybold, Wendell R. Haag, M. Tracy Johnson, Becky K. Kerns, John C. Kilgo et al.
    Impacts of Invasive Species on Forest and Grassland Ecosystem Processes in the United States / Chelcy Ford Miniat, Jennifer M. Fraterrigo, Steven T. Brantley, Mac A. Callaham Jr, Susan Cordell, Jeffrey S. Dukes et al.
    Effects of Climate Change on Invasive Species / Deborah M. Finch, Jack L. Butler, Justin B. Runyon, Christopher J. Fettig, Francis F. Kilkenny, Shibu Jose et al.
    Invasive Species Response to Natural and Anthropogenic Disturbance / Susan E. Meyer, Mac A. Callaham Jr, Jane E. Stewart, Steven D. Warren
    Early Intervention Strategies for Invasive Species Management: Connections Between Risk Assessment, Prevention Efforts, Eradication, and Other Rapid Responses / Robert C. Venette, Doria R. Gordon, Jennifer Juzwik, Frank H. Koch, Andrew M. Liebhold, Robert K. D. Peterson et al.
    Management of Landscapes for Established Invasive Species / Therese M. Poland, Jennifer Juzwik, Allen Rowley, Cynthia D. Huebner, John C. Kilgo, Vanessa M. Lopez et al.
    Restoration of Landscapes and Habitats Affected by Established Invasive Species / Jennifer Koch, Dean E. Pearson, Cynthia D. Huebner, Michael K. Young, Richard A. Sniezko
    Sectoral Impacts of Invasive Species in the United States and Approaches to Management / Anne S. Marsh, Deborah C. Hayes, Patrice N. Klein, Nicole Zimmerman, Alison Dalsimer, Douglas A. Burkett et al. Inventory and Monitoring of Invasive Species / Sonja Oswalt, Chris Oswalt, Alycia Crall, Robert Rabaglia, Michael K. Schwartz, Becky K. Kerns
    Tools and Technologies for Quantifying Spread and Impacts of Invasive Species / Matt Reeves, Inés Ibáñez, Dana Blumenthal, Gang Chen, Qinfeng Guo, Catherine Jarnevich et al.
    Social and Cultural Dynamics of Non-native Invasive Species / John Schelhas, Janice Alexander, Mark Brunson, Tommy Cabe, Alycia Crall, Michael J. Dockry et al.
    The Role of International Cooperation in Invasive Species Research / Andrew M. Liebhold, Faith T. Campbell, Doria R. Gordon, Qinfeng Guo, Nathan Havill, Bradley Kinder
    Economics of Invasive Species / Travis Warziniack, Robert G. Haight, Denys Yemshanov, Jenny L. Apriesnig, Thomas P. Holmes, Amanda M. Countryman et al. Legislation and Policy / Faith T. Campbell, Hilda Diaz-Soltero, Deborah C. Hayes
    Future Invasive Species Research Challenges and Opportunities / Becky K. Kerns, Therese M. Poland, Robert C. Venette, Toral Patel-Weynand, Deborah M. Finch, Allen Rowley et al.
    Back Matter.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Samden D. Lhatoo, Philippe Kahane, Hans O. Lüders.
    Summary: Invasive Studies of the Human Epileptic Brain is the definitive reference text on the use of invasive electroencephalographic (EEG) diagnostic studies in human epilepsy.

    Contents:
    Cover; Invasive Studies of the Human Epileptic Brain; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Abbreviations; Contributors; Part I: General Overview; 1 History of Invasive EEG; 2 Principles of Invasive EEG; 3 Technical and Practical Aspects of Invasive Recordings and Brain Stimulation; 4 Subdural Grid Electrode Placement: Approaches and Complications; 5 Depth Electrodes: Approaches and Complications; Part II: Identifying and Mapping Epileptiform and Non-​Epileptiform Activity; 6 Physiological Activity and artefacts in the Human Epileptic Brain Studied with Intracerebral Depth Electrode EEG 7 Physiological Activity and Artefacts in Epileptic Brain in Subdural EEG8 The Irritative Zone and Seizure Onset Zone in Subdural EEG; 9 The Irritative, Epileptogenic, and Ictal Onset Zones in Depth EEG; 10 The Irritative Zone and Seizure Onset Zone in Acute ECoG: The Quest for Relevant Epileptogenic Tissue; 11 High-​Frequency Oscillations (HFO); 12 Direct Current Shift Recordings; 13 Electrical Stimulation for Mapping of the Epileptogenic Zone; 14 Invasive EEG and Hippocampal Sclerosis; 15 Invasive EEG in Cortical Dysplasia; 16 Invasive EEG in Tumoural Epilepsy 17 Invasive EEG in Tuberous Sclerosis18 Invasive EEG in Grey Matter Heterotopia; 19 SEEG in Polymicrogyria: When and How?; 20 Invasive EEG in Hypothalamic Hamartoma; Part III: Invasive EEG approaches in specific clinical situations; 21 SEEG in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy; 22 Subdural EEG in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy; 23 SEEG in Frontal Lobe Epilepsy; 24 Subdural EEG in Frontal Lobe Epilepsy; 25 SEEG in Posterior Cortex Epilepsies; 26 Subdural EEG in Posterior Cortex Epilepsy; 27 Invasive EEG Investigation of the Insula; 28 Depth EEG in Sensorimotor Cortex Epilepsy. 29 Invasive Studies of Sensorimotor Cortex EpilepsyPart IV: Human Brain Mapping; 30 Human Brain Mapping Using Subdural Electrodes; 31 Intracranial Event-​Related Potentials; 32 Cortico-​Cortical Evoked Potential Mapping; 33 Dynamic Spectral Imaging: Online and Offline Functional Brain Mapping Using High-​Frequency Activity [50-​150 Hz] in SEEG; Part V: Therapy Using Invasive EEG; 34 Thermocoagulation of the Ictal Onset Zone Using SEEG (Thermo-​SEEG); 35 Therapeutic Stimulation of the Ictal Onset Zone; Part VI: Special Techniques and Future Prospects 36 Simultaneous Macro-​ and Microrecordings37 Fast Analytical Sensing Technology: Microelectrode-​Based Recordings of Tonic and Phasic Neurotransmitter Signalling in the Mammalian Brain; 38 Mapping of Seizure Networks; 39 SEEG Recordings: From Signal Processing to Models of Epileptogenic Networks; Index of Authors; Index
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Print
    Contents:
    1. Sciences générales de l'homme
    2. Sciences juridiques, politiques et économiques
    3. Sciences pures et appliquées
    4. Sciences médicales, biomédicales, pharmaceutiques et vetinaires.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R524 .U58 1949
    1
  • Digital
    Kemal Tunc Tiryaki, editor.
    Summary: Written by international experts, this book describes different techniques for abdominoplasty. It starts with a functional anatomy description of the abdomen, followed by a brief overview of current techniques. With the help of numerous illustrations, the reader will gain detailed knowledge of how to perform the inverse full abdominoplasty, the inverse mini abdominoplasty (with and without floating umbilicus) and the secondary inverse abdominoplasty. Lastly, ancillary procedures that can be used in conjunction with inverse abdominoplasty are discussed. By also addressing the potential complications of this surgical procedure, the book offers essential guidelines for surgeons dealing with a variety of problems in the surgery of the abdominal area. Although abdominoplasty is one of the oldest procedures in plastic surgery, new approaches like high lateral tension abdominoplasty have refined the technique and its aesthetic outcomes. Still, problems remain like the length of the procedure, difficulties of dissection of long flaps, lack of elasticity in the flaps due to previous surgery, scars at the surgical site, unfavorable aesthetic outcomes, and variable challenges during the postoperative period, like wound healing and pain. Particularly, secondary abdominal surgery remains a technical challenge, from decision to application.

    Contents:
    Functional anatomy of the abdomen: The surgeons perspective
    Anesthesia and algology in abdominal surgery
    Patient selection and differential diagnosis simplified
    The Theory of Inverse abdominoplasty
    The Technique of Inverse Abdominoplasty.-Inverse Mini-abdominoplasty
    Abdominoplasty as a combined procedure
    Umbicus management and creating a neo-umblicus
    Abdominal wall hernias and their treatment with inverse abdominoplasty
    Prevention and management of abdominoplasty complications
    Postoperative care: From good to great.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Elise E.B. LaDouceur.
    Summary: "Invertebrate Histology offers the first comprehensive reference to histology in invertebrate species. Organized by taxonomic group, each chapter includes an overview of the group, gross anatomy with dissection tips, detailed histologic information, and a bibliography. Written by the leading experts in the field, the book is an essential reference for veterinary pathologists, biologists, and zoologists, as well as students in this field. Each chapter is well supported by color photographs and line drawings depicting gross anatomy and histology. Invertebrate Histology provides an authoritative reference to complete information on histology in invertebrate species"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Echinodermata / Alisa L. Newton and Michelle Dennis
    Porifera / Alexander Ereskovsky and Andrey Lavrov
    Cnidaria / Ilze K. Berzins, Roy P. E. Yanong, Elise E. B. LaDouceur, and Esther C. Peters
    Mollusca : Gastropoda / Michelle Dennis, Kinga Molnár, György Kriska, and Péter Lőw
    Mollusca : Cephalopoda / Jennifer A. Dill-Okubo, Ilze K. Berzins, Elise E. B. LaDouceur, Alvin C. Camus
    Mollusca : Bivalvia / Roxanna Smolowitz
    Annelida / Péter Lőw, György Kriska, and Kinga Molnár
    Arthropoda : Chelicerate Arthropoda: Arachnida / Benjamin Kennedy, Steven Trim, Damien Laudier, Elise E. B. LaDouceur, and John E. Cooper
    Arthropoda : Chelicerate Arthropoda : Merostomata / Elise E. B. LaDouceur, Michael M. Garner, Katie J. Roorda (Bergdale), and Alisa L. Newton
    Arthropoda : Myriapoda / Alisa L. Newton and Elise LaDouceur
    Arthropoda : Decapoda / Roxanna Smolowitz
    Arthropoda : Insecta / Elise E. B. LaDouceur, Sarah C. Wood, Damien Laudier, and Elemir Simko
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos Kaski, Michael Papadakis, Hariharan Raju, editors
    Contents:
    Angina
    Heart Failure
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Syncope and sudden death
    Systemic Hypertension
    Pulmonary Hypertension.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Marta C. Cohen, Sheffield Children's Hospital, Irene Scheimberg, Royal London Hospital, J. Bruce Beckwith, Loma Linda University School of Medicine, Fern R. Hauck, University of Virginia.
    Summary: Sudden unexpected infant death, including sudden infant death syndrome, is the leading cause of death in infants one month to one year of age, in the developed world. A thorough investigation is crucial for accurate diagnosis. As part of the Diagnostic Pediatric Pathology Series, this book provides a detailed guide to various diagnoses and strong frameworks across continents, for strong support in conducting a multi-professional approach to the physiopathological mechanisms behind SIDS. Offering sensitive consideration for parents in mourning, this book rigorously explores current standards of police investigation and post-mortem, incorporating all aspects of the investigation, including the home visit, medical history and autopsy findings. Written by multidisciplinary experts, this vital guide uses clear reference tables and diagrams to present cutting-edge knowledge for use by paediatric and general pathologists, paediatricians, medico-legal practitioners, and all involved in the investigation of sudden infant death.

    Contents:
    Section 1 The History of SIDS; Chapter 1 The History of SIDS
    the Commonwealth's Contributions in its Formative Years; Section 2 The Parents; Chapter 2 When a Baby Dies, a Community Cries
    Family Perspective; Chapter 3 Care and Support of Parents After Sudden and Unexpected Loss of an Infant; Section 3 Legal Framework; Chapter 4 Sudden Infant Death Investigation in the UK
    the Coroner's Perspective; Chapter 5 Investigating Child Deaths in the UK
    the Police Perspective; Chapter 6 Sudden Infant Death Investigation in the United States Section 4 Best Practices Protocols of Investigation of Sudden Unexpected Death in Infancy and Childhood; Chapter 7 Emergency Services: First Responders; Chapter 8 The Home Visit; Chapter 9 Autopsy: Current Methods and Ancillary Investigations; Chapter 10 The Joint Forensic/Paediatric Post-mortem Examination; Chapter 11 Minimally Invasive Autopsy; Chapter 12 Child Death Review: an Effective Approach for the Surveillance of Sudden and Unexplained Infant Deaths in the US; Chapter 13 Final Case Discussion and Child Death Overview Panels (CDOP) in the UK Section 5 Autopsy Findings; Chapter 14 Imaging Findings on Autopsy; Chapter 15 Neuropathology of SIDS; Chapter 16 Post-mortem Microbiology: Sampling and Interpretation; Chapter 17 The Investigation of Poisoning in Infants and Young Children; Chapter 18 Inherited Metabolic Disease and Sudden Unexplained Death in Infancy and Childhood: Post-mortem Samples and Investigations; Section 6 Epidemiology and Risk Factors; Chapter 19 Biological Factors; Chapter 20 Risk of Recurrent Sudden Infant Death Syndrome in Families; Chapter 21 Prenatal and Postpartum Nicotine Exposure; Chapter 22 Misuse of Drugs in Pregnancy; Chapter 23 Environmental Risk Factors for SIDS; Chapter 24 The Relationship Between Breastfeeding and SIDS; Chapter 25 Pacifier Use and SIDS; Chapter 26 Bed-sharing: What is the Evidence?; Chapter 27 Child-care Environment Section 7 Pathophysiology; Chapter 28 The Genetics of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome; Chapter 29 Cardiac Arrhythmias; Chapter 30 Sudden Infant Death Syndrome from the Brainstem Perspective; Chapter 31 Arousal and Risk Factors for SIDS; Chapter 32 Serotonin Abnormalities in the Brainstem of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome; Chapter 33 Inner-Ear Abnormalities in SIDS; Chapter 34 Inherited Metabolic Disease and Sudden Unexplained Death in Infancy and Childhood: Pathophysiology; Section 8 SUDI/SUID Which is Not SIDS; Chapter 35 Causes of Sudden Unexpected Death in Infancy (Other than SIDS); Chapter 36 Forensic Pathology Aspects of Sudden Unexpected Death in Infancy and Childhood; Index
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Lulu Zhang, Meina Li, Feng Ye, Tao Ding, Peng Kang.
    Contents:
    Part I Pandect
    Background
    Chinese Public Hospital Reform Investigation
    Basic Information of the Survey of Large Public Hospital Reform
    Part II Series Survey Reports of Large Public Hospital Reform
    Investigation on Public Welfare of Public Hospital
    Satisfaction Survey of Outpatients in Large Public Hospital
    Investigation of Health Seeking in Large Public Hospital Patients
    Research on Welfare of Doctors in Large Public Hospitals
    Study of Two-way referral of large public hospital
    The Survey of Multi-sited License in Major Public Hospitals
    Part III Comparative Analysis of Basic Situation of Large Public Hospital Reform
    Comparative Analysis of Basic Situation of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Personnel Situation of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Medical Business Volume of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Service Efficiency of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Medical Quality of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Talents of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Research Situation of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative Analysis of Research Situation of Large Public Hospital between Beijing and Shanghai
    Comparative< Analysis of Research Result with "the Fourth National Health Service Survey Report"
    Part IV Conclusions
    Overall Assessment and Policy Recommendations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC961 .I58 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Andrea J. Ritchie.
    Summary: A timely examination of the ways Black women, Indigenous women, and other women of color are uniquely affected by racial profiling, police brutality, and immigration enforcement. Invisible No More is a timely examination of how Black women, Indigenous women, and women of color experience racial profiling, police brutality, and immigration enforcement. Placing stories of individual women-such as Sandra Bland, Rekia Boyd, Dajerria Becton, Monica Jones, and Mya Hall-in the broader context of the twin epidemics of police violence and mass incarceration, it documents the evolution of movements centering women's experiences of policing and demands a radical rethinking of our visions of safety-and the means we devote to achieving it.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Enduring legacies
    Policing paradigms and criminalizing webs
    Policing girls
    Policing (dis)ability
    Policing sexual violence
    Policing gender lines
    Policing sex
    Policing motherhood
    Police responses to violence
    Resistance
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HV8141 .R57 2017
    1
  • Digital
    L. Jeffrey Medeiros
    Summary: "This comprehensive, practical, and thoroughly illustrated reference offers valuable guidance in the diagnostic interpretation of lymph node biopsies. It provides encyclopedic coverage of all the various nonmalignant lesions, lymphomas, other neoplasm, and metastatic tumors of the lymph nodes. The discussion of each pathologic entity includes definition, clinical syndrome, histopathology, and differential diagnosis. This consistent format, with relatively short chapters and checklists, makes this title user-friendly and less intimidating to use than other references"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mathew G. Wilson, Jonathan A. Drezner, Sanjay Sharma.
    Summary: For the practicing sports medicine physician at the front line of sports cardiology, this comprehensive and authoritative resource provides a centralized source of information which addresses this important topic in an accessible manner. This book recognises the broad role sports physicians play, from liaison between athlete, family, specialist, and coaching staff based on the identification of pathological heart disease, to being first to respond when an athlete collapses. The chapters include basic science of disease and disorders, pathophysiology, diagnosis, the effect or role of exercise, and clinical management guidance. -Provides a comprehensive and authoritative overview on all aspects of sports cardiology -Addresses cardiac abnormalities confronting Olympic athletes, Paralympic athletes, as well as athletes competing on all other levels of competition -Endorsed by the Medical Commission of the International Olympic Committee (IOC) -Written and edited by global thought leaders in sports medicine.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Tatsuo Kaiho.
    Contents:
    What is iodine?
    Iodine around us
    Iodine which sustains electronic and information materials
    Using iodine for analysis
    Innovative industrial technology starts with iodine
    Iodine is needed to maintain health
    Iodine for vegetable production and livestock breeding
    Next-generation technology starts with iodine.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Edward C. Conley ; with contributions from William J. Brammar.
    Contents:
    1. Extracellular ligand-gated channels
    2. Intracellular ligand-gated channels
    3. Inward rectifier and intercellular channels
    4. Voltage-gated channels.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 1996
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel L. Minor Jr., Henry M. Colecraft.
    Contents:
    Effective production of oligomeric membrane proteins by EarlyBac-insect cell system / Hiro Furukawa, Noriko Simorowski, and Kevin Michalski
    Preparation of the Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid 2 (TRPV2) channel for structural studies / Lejla Zubcevic
    Production and purification of TRPV2 and TRPV5 for structural and functional studies / Edwin C. Fluck, Ruth A. Pumroy, and Vera Moiseekova-Bell
    Sample preparation of the human TRPA1 ion channel for cryo-EM studies / Yang Suo and Seok-Yong Lee
    Expression and purification of the cardiac sodium channel Nav1.5 for cryo-EM structure determination / Daohua Jiang, Tamer Gamal El-Din, Ning Zheng, and William A. Catterall
    Structural determination of human Nav1.4 and Nav1.7 using single particle cryo-electron microscopy / Huaizong Shen, Nieng Yan, and Xiaojing Pan
    Production and purification of ATP-sensitive potassium channel particles for cryo-electron microscopy / Camden M. Driggers and Show-Ling Shyng
    Production of K2P2.1 (TREK-1) for structural studies / Haerim Lee, Marco Lolicato, Cristina Arrigoni, and Daniel L. Minor Jr.
    Purification of a native nicotinic receptor / Md. Mahfuzur Rahman, Brady T. Worrell, Michael H.B. Stowell, and Ryan E. Hibbs
    SARS-CoV-2 3a expression, purification, and reconstitution into lipid nanodiscs / David M. Kern and Stephen G. Brohawn
    Studying ion channel conformation dynamics by encoding coumarin as unnatural amino acid / Sebastian E. Brauchi and Ximena P. Steinberg
    VoltageFluor dyes and fluorescence lifetime imaging for optical measurement of membrane potential / Anneliese M.M. Gest, Susanna K. Yaeger-Weiss, Julia R. Lazzari-Dean, and Evan W. Miller
    Fluorescent toxins as ion channel activity sensors / Robert Stewart, Bruce E. Cohen, and Jon T. Sack
    Probing ion channel macromolecular interactions using fluorescence resonance energy transfer / Sharen Rivas, Khadija Hanif, Nourdine Chakouri, and Manu Ben-Johny
    Manipulation of ion channel gating with photoswitchable tweezers / Kate Dunning and Thomas Grutter - Determining stoichiometry of ion channel complexes using single subunit counting / Rikard Blunck.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Lei Zhou, editor.
    Summary: This book gathers relatively recent and significant topics in the field of ion channel research. Ion channels form the molecular basis for membrane excitability in cells from the cardiovascular and nervous systems. In many non-excitable cells, ion channels contribute to diverse function including secretion of signaling compounds like hormones and insulin, cell volume regulation, intracellular signaling especially Ca2+ signaling, etc. Many human diseases have been attributed to abnormal channel functions and defective membrane expression of channel proteins. On the other hand, ion channels are excellent models for studying protein biophysics, especially the allosteric regulation of protein function by miscellaneous stimuli. Therefore, researches on ion channels carry significant meaning for the understanding of basic protein biophysics and diverse physiological functions and for developing novel and effective treatment for related human diseases. This book could provide graduates and scientists in both basic and clinical levels, a comprehensive understanding of cutting-edge advances and a useful and stimulating platform for tackling their own questions about ion channels.

    Contents:
    Advancing ion channel research with automated patch clamp (APC) electrophysiology platforms
    Methods & Challenges to Study Mechanosensitive Ion Channels
    The Polysite Pharmacology of TREK K2P channels
    Physiological functions, biophysical properties and regulation of KCNQ1 (KV7.1) potassium channels
    Context matters Calcium channel splice variants and their effects in brain and cardiovascular function
    Structure-function of TMEM16 ion channels and lipid scramblases
    Distribution and Assembly of TRP Ion Channels
    Regulation of Ion Channel Function by Gas Molecules
    DEG/ENaC ion channels in the function of the nervous system: from worm to man
    Glial chloride channels in the function of the nervous system across species
    Physiological and pathological relevance of selective and non-selective Ca2+ channels in skeletal and cardiac muscle
    Lysosomal TRPML1 Channel: Implications in Cardiovascular and Kidney Diseases
    Store-Operated Calcium Entry in the Cardiovascular System
    The role of thermosensitive ion channels in mammalian thermoregulation
    Mechanotransduction ion channels in hearing and touch
    The functional properties, physiological roles, channelopathy and pharmacological characteristics of the Slack (KCNT1) channel
    Ion Channels in Anesthesiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Levels
    v. 2. Effects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I1231.R2 U4
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Gabriela K. Popescu.
    Contents:
    1. Assaying AMPA Receptor Oligomerization / Catherine L. Salussolia, Quan Gan, Lonnie P. Wollmuth
    2. A Step-by-Step Guide to Single-Subunit Counting of Membrane-Bound Proteins in Mammalian Cells / Mark R. Aurousseau, Hugo McGuire, Rikard Blunck, Derek Bowie
    3. Counting NMDA Receptors at the Cell Surface / Martin Horak, Young Ho Suh
    4. Electrophysiological Tagging of Ionotropic Glutamate Receptors / Andres Barria
    5. Electron Microscopy Analysis of AMPA Receptors in Dendritic Spines / Audra A. Kramer, Amber N. Petersen, Nashaat Z. Gerges
    6. Functional Detection of Novel Triheteromeric NMDA Receptors / Sanjay S. Kumar
    7. Expression, Purification, and Crystallization of Full Length Ionotropic Glutamate Receptors / Maria V. Yelshanskaya, Kei Saotome, Minfen Li, Alexander I. Sobolevsky
    8. NMR Approaches to Functional Dynamics of Genetically Separated iGluR Domains / Christopher P. Ptak, Ahmed H. Ahmed, Robert E. Oswald
    9. Computing Conformational Free Energies of iGluR Ligand-Binding Domains / Alvin Yu, Tyler Wied, John Belcher, Albert Y. Lau
    10. LRET Methods for Investigating Conformational Changes in Functional Ionotropic Glutamate Receptors / Rita E. Sirrieh, Vasanthi Jayaraman
    11. Assaying the Energetics of NMDA Receptor Pore Opening / Rashek Kazi, Melissa Daniel, Lonnie P. Wollmuth
    12. Constructing a Rapid Solution Exchange System / David M. MacLean
    13. Assessing The Effects of Ligand-Binding Mutations to AMPA and Kainate Receptor Kinetics / Mark W. Fleck
    14. Analysis of Whole-Cell NMDA Receptor Currents / Vojtech Vyklicky, Miloslav Korinek, Ales Balik, Tereza Smejkalova, Barbora Krausova, Ladislav Vyklicky
    15. Calcium Imaging to Study NMDA Receptor-mediated Cellular Responses / Kelly A. Krogh, Stanley A. Thayer
    16. Timing AMPA Receptor Activation with Laser-Pulse Photolysis / Li Niu
    17. Current Recording and Kinetic Analyses for Single AMPA Receptors / Kinning Poon, Robert E. Oswald, Linda M. Nowak
    18. Extracting Rate Constants for NMDA Receptor Gating from One-Channel Current Recordings / Kirstie A. Cummings, Gary J. Iacobucci, Gabriela K. Popescu.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nicole A. Keefe, Ziv J. Haskal, Auh Whan Park, John F. Angle, editors.
    Summary: "This textbook offers a comprehensive guide to interventional radiology (IR) for medical students, residents, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, and fellows. IR is constantly evolving to meet the growing demands of patient care by applying cutting-edge technology to minimally invasive image-guided procedures. A dynamic specialty, interventional radiology has gained significant traction and interest in recent years, with combined IR/DR residencies rising to meet the increasing demand. This book addresses this growing need for a reference in IR, allowing students to gain a solid foundation to prepare them for their careers. The book is divided into two main sections, with many images and key point boxes throughout that offer high-yield pearls along with the specific How To's necessary for practice. The first section is designed to give readers an introduction to IR, including radiation safety, commonly used devices, patient care, and anatomy. The second portion divides into sections covering major body areas, diseases, conditions, and interventions. These chapters cover procedures including pathophysiology, indications for treatment, as well as alternative treatments before delving into interventional therapy. IR Playbook gives medical students, residents, and trainees a full perspective of interventional radiology"--Back cover.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Huaqun Guo, Hongliang Ren, Aishwarya Bandla, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights cutting-edge research in multidisciplinary areas of Engineering, Physics, Medicine and Healthcare presented at the 4th IRC Conference on Science, Engineering and Technology (IRC-SET 2018), which was held at the Agency for Science Technology and Research (A*STAR), Singapore. The book also contains excerpts of the speeches made by eminent personalities who attended the occasion, thereby providing a written documentation of the event.

    Contents:
    Green Synthesis of Nanoparticles Using Dried Fruit Peel Extract
    Enhancing and Determining the rate of polystyrene composting process through the use of Mealworms
    Nutrients for the Elderly
    Novel Encapsulation of Cadmium Orthostannate Nanoparticles with 3-(mercaptopropyl) trimethoxysilane: Synthesis, Characterisation, and Application
    Enhancing Children's Concentrating Abilities Through A Laser Firing Game Approach
    Investigating the Effectiveness of Wind Tunneling at Reducing the Urban Heat Island Effect
    Colloidal Flows Through Polymer Brush-Coated Nanochannel
    Application of Artificial Neural Networks on UAV Airfoil Performance Prediction
    Study of Bird Feathers to Improve Design of Absorbent Pads for Greater Efficiency of Oil Spill Removal
    Identifying Phishing Sites through the Inspection of SSL Certificates.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kambiz Thomas Moazed.
    Summary: The iris is a circular, pigmented tissue that separates the anterior chamber of the eye from the posterior chamber. It has a crucial role on controlling the amount of the light entering the eye through its central opening "the pupil". The Iris has multiple important functions that support and provide image clarity on the retina. However, it is a largely neglected part of the eye, compared to the cornea lens, retina, and optic nerve, and has not been focused on in a comprehensive way until now. The Iris: Understanding the Essentials, combines different aspects of scientific information from a variety of fields, such as anatomy, histopathology, molecular biology, electron microscopy and other diagnostic modalities. Each chapter will include pearls and summary points, and this multi-disciplinary approach helps the clinician diagnose and treat the large variety of diseases that affect the iris, with the main emphasize on pigmentary pathological changes that can affect the color of the eye. Written as a reference review book for universities, practicing ophthalmologists, Ophthalmology residents, pharmaceutical companies and diagnostic equipment manufacturing companies this book summarizes the information in an easy-to-use manner to help the reader better understand the iris, iris structure, physiology and function.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Embryology of Iris
    Pigment Cell Development and Migration
    The Developmental Timetable of the Iris in Brief
    The Embryonic Vascular System
    Bibliography
    Chapter 2: Iris Anatomy
    Functional Aspects of Iris Anatomy
    Posterior Surface of the Iris
    Blood Supply
    Nerve Supply and Neural Network
    Iris Muscles
    Iris Anatomical Significance in Iris Intervention
    Bibliography
    Chapter 3: Iris Histology
    Discussion
    Histologic Specifications of the Iris Color Variation
    The Anterior Border
    The Stroma The Dilator and the Sphincter Muscles of the Iris
    The Effect of Prostate Medication on Iris
    The Iris Pigment Epithelium (IPE)
    The Anterior Iris Pigment Epithelium (AIPE)
    An Apical Epithelial Portion
    The Posterior Iris Pigment Epithelium (PIPE) (Fig. 3.14a, b)
    Other Cellular Components of Iris
    Bibliography
    Chapter 4: Iris Electron Microscopy
    Sample Preparation
    Discussion
    Melanocytes
    Fibroblasts
    Laminins
    Fibronectin
    Macrophages
    Iris Blood Vessels
    Iris Muscles
    The Sphincter Muscle
    The Dilator Muscle
    Iris Pigment Epithelium (IPE) The Anterior Iris Pigment Epithelium
    Posterior Pigment Epithelium
    Iris Structural Electron Microscopy Specifications
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Chapter 5: Molecular Biology of Iris
    Discussion
    Molecular Development of Iris
    Cellular Receptors and Signaling Pathways
    Iris Fibroblasts
    Iris Melanocytes
    Neuroendocrine Functions of the Melanocyte
    Macrophages
    Prostaglandin Receptors and Prostaglandin Analogues (PGA)
    Signal Transduction Pathways in Melanocytes
    mTOR
    Functions of mTORC1
    Phosphatidylinositol 3 Kinase (PI3K) Pathway
    Akt Signaling NF-kB Regulation
    HGF/c-MET Signaling Pathway in Melanoma
    SMAD/SKI
    HIF1a (Hypoxia-Inducible Factor 1alfa)
    P53
    Melanoma Biomarkers
    Autophagy and Melanogenesis
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Chapter 6: Iris Immunology and Wound Healing
    Immunology of Iris
    Iris Wound Healing
    Stage One: The Vascular Response and Coagulation
    Stage Two: The Cellular Response and Inflammation
    Stage Three: The Proliferative and Repair Phase
    Stage IV: Remodeling
    Bibliography
    Chapter 7: Iris Versus Skin
    Discussion
    Embryology
    Anatomy
    Histology
    Electron Microscopy
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Roula Khadra, Juan Antonio Sagardoy.
    Summary: This book aims at deriving governance and sustainability lessons from analysing the implementation and management of some major irrigation programs in the Mediterranean Region. Eight countries are targeted, namely: Spain, Italy, Albania, Turkey, Jordan, Egypt, Tunisia and Morocco. The main focus programs include the modernisation and rehabilitation of the existing irrigation systems, the transfer of irrigation management responsibilities to water users' organizations, public private partnerships arrangements, the monitoring & evaluation of participatory irrigation management and transfer processes, and the governance of groundwater resources for irrigation. The adopted approach relies on learning from the value of each single experience, and on advancing solutions that emerge from their comparative analysis and that may be of guidance to those engaged in these programs. The country experiences indicated that often times, significant shortcomings in the implementation of these programs have occurred and hopefully, this book could be a source of inspiration for the corrective actions needed.

    Contents:
    Foreword Acknowledgements Executive Summary List of Abbreviations List of Boxes List of Figures List of Tables Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1. Working approach in the conception of the book 1.2. Selection process of focus countries 1.3. Focus of the publication 1.4. Objectives of the publication 1.5. Description of the content Chapter 2. National irrigation programs and their governance under water scarcity conditions: an analytical perspective 2.1. Introduction 2.2. Question 1: How is water scarcity influencing water resources strategies for meeting the present and future demands of all water uses? 2.3. Main water uses: present figures 2.4. Estimating future water consumptions for all water uses: examples from Tunisia and Turkey 2.5. What are the priority action programs of the national irrigation plans? 2.6. Comparative analysis of the national irrigation programs 2.7. Roles and responsibilities of the irrigation governance organizations: a review 2.8. Expertise and know-how in the development and management of irrigated agriculture 2.9. How is the governance of the main national irrigation programs organized? 2.10. Main lessons learnt 2.11 A Window on Groundwater Governance in the Mediterranean Region References Chapter 3. Irrigation Modernization and Rehabilitation Programs, a spectrum of experiences: Analysis and lessons learnt 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Review of the irrigation modernisation concept 3.3 Brief overview of the irrigation modernization plans in the focus countries 3.4 The span of the irrigation modernization programs in the focus countries 3.5 Are the modernization programs undertaken in a participatory manner? 3.6 How is the financing of irrigation modernization approached by different countries? 3.7 What conditions should WUAs meet to be eligible to participate in the irrigation modernization programs? 3.8 What institutional reforms are undertaken by irrigation agencies in order to implement the modernization programs? 3.9 On-farm irrigation modernization: a necessary complement to systems' modernization 3.10 How do modernization processes affect farmers and WUAs' management? 3.11 What are the main results of the irrigation modernization programs? 3.12 Main lessons learnt References Chapter 4. Participatory irrigation and institutional reforms in the Mediterranean Region: governance achievements and problems 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Why PIM/IMT programs? 4.3 Brief overview of the main PIM/IMT programs in the Mediterranean Region 4.4 Extension of the area covered by PIM/IMT programs in the Mediterranean Region: insights and analysis 4.5 Political support and legal framework of PIM/IMT programs: significance and implication 4.6 Implementation stages of PIM/IMT programs and progress achieved in the focus countries 4.7 Is rehabilitation/ modernization a necessary condition for the establishment of WUOs? 4.8 What type of farmers' organizational structure is more suitable for PIM/IMT programs? 4.9 What hydraulic levels should be transferred to WUOs? 4.10 What role Irrigation Agencies play in the PIM/IMT processes? 4.10.1 Governing organizations of PIM/IMT programs 4.10.2 Coordination management platforms 4.10.3 Main lessons learnt regarding the role of irrigation agencies in the implementation of PIM/IMT programs 4.11 How successful are PIM/IMT programs? 4.12 Main lessons regarding the evaluation of PIM/IMT programs in the Mediterranean Region References Chapter 5. Improving local governance: problems and solutions 5.1. Introduction 5.2. Problems and solutions related to the physical infrastructure of the irrigation system 5.3. Problems and solutions related to the WUOs' Structure 5.4. Governing bodies of the WUO and respective responsibilities 5.5. Problems and solutions related to the weak technological and management capacity of WUOs 5.6. Problems and Solutions related to the Inadequate Financial Management of WUOs 5.7. Main lessons learnt 5.8. Information Management Systems (IMSs) and Decision Support Systems (DSSs) for irrigation systems management 5.9. Case study: Application of the diagnostic performance assessment to a Water Users' Cooperative (WUC) managing an irrigation system in Jordan References132 Chapter 6. Private Public Partnerships (PPPs) in Irrigation. Myth or promising reality? 6.1. Introduction 6.2. From privatization to PPP 6.3. Improving water services and sanitation. A new drive for PPP? 6.4. Review of some concepts associated with private contracts 6.5. Overview of the PPPs in the water sector in the Mediterranean Region 6.6. What lessons to learn from the implementation of the PPPs? 6.7. PPP case studies on irrigation development in the Mediterranean Region 6.8. Wrap up of the PPP experiences in the development and management of irrigation projects References Chapter 7. M & E systems for PIM/IMT programs
    Review of experiences and guidance for their application to WUOs 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Defining the framework of an M & E system for assessing PIM/IMT programs 7.3 Review of the main M & E systems developed by International Agencies for the specific purpose of assessing the performance of PIM/IMT 7.4 Assessment of the performance of local WUOs 7.5 Use of scoring systems for evaluation purposes 7.6 Application of a scoring system to evaluate the achievement of outputs and outcomes: An illustrative example 7.7 Main lessons learnt References.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    editor-in-chief, Craig M. Lilly ; senior editors, Richard S. Irwin, Walter A. Boyle III ; deputy editor for education and self assessment, William F. Kelly
    Summary: "Selected as a Doody's Core Title for 2023! Covering both the theoretical and practical aspects of critical care,Irwin & Rippe's Intensive Care Medicine, Ninth Edition, provides state-of-the-art, evidence-based knowledge for specialty physicians and non-physicians practicing in the adult intensive care environment. Drs. Craig M. Lilly, Walter A. Boyle, and Richard S. Irwin, along with a team of expert contributing authors and education expert, William F. Kelly, offer authoritative, comprehensive guidance from an interprofessional, collaborative, educational, and scholarly perspective, encompassing all adult critical care specialties. Provides easy access to evidence-based critical care practice Offers a practical, clinically oriented approach to intensive care, with detailed descriptions of procedures, incorporating new ultrasound and how-to videos that can easily be accessed in the eBook Key points are identified at the beginning of each chapter and in the margins of the text Key references chosen by the author experts are highlighted at the end of each chapter Available even during network downtime A key educational tool for learning critical care Comprehensive coverage of topics in the field of critical care, including current information provided in 215 chapters authored by well-recognized experts In-depth, comprehensive coverage that allows key skill acquisition Useful resource for board preparation New multiple-choice questions with annotated answers accompany each chapter in the eBook Brings new expertise with senior editor Dr. Walter A. Boyle and online question editor William F. Kelly Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard S. Irwin, Craig M. Lilly, James M. Rippe.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Craig M. Lilly, Paul H. Mayo, Seth J. Koenig, Richard S. Irwin.
    Summary: "Enhancing and adding to ultrasonographic text and video content in Irwin & Rippe's Intensive Care Medicine, Eighth Edition, this easy-to-follow volume provides expert guidance on the optimal use of ultrasound in the critical care environment. Irwin & Rippe's Ultrasonography for Management of the Critically Ill covers a wide variety of critical care procedures, explaining how to perform them and how ultrasound can be used to support evaluation and management services to patients with life-threatening illnesses or injuries. Covers commonly performed procedures, including neurological, airway and respiratory, cardiac, vascular and hematological, gastrointestinal and abdominal, genitourinary, and peripheral. Features sections on the general use of ultrasonography and patient comfort during procedures. Includes illustrations, plus dynamic, highly instructive videos that help you perform rapid bedside diagnostic evaluation of unstable patients. Ideal for critical care practitioners, fellows, and nurses, as well as other critical care clinicians who seek to incorporate ultrasonography into their practices"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editors, Richard S. Irwin, Craig M. Lilly, Paul H. Mayo, James M. Rippe.
    Summary: "With a focus on evidence-based, state-of-the-art information throughout, the eighth edition of Irwin and Rippe's Intensive Care Medicine offers authoritative guidance to the wide variety of specialty physicians and non-physicians practicing in the adult intensive care environment. This comprehensive textbook covers both the theoretical and practical aspects of the field, and has been completely updated to provide encyclopedic, interprofessional coverage to support practitioners in every area of this complex field. Features: Approaches intensive care from an interprofessional, collaborative perspective, encompassing anesthesia, surgery, trauma, and neurology, as well as cardiovascular and medical intensive care. Maintains a practical, clinically-oriented approach, with comprehensive sections on procedures, techniques, and ultrasound; minimally invasive monitoring; pharmacology, overdoses, and poisoning; infectious disease; transplantation; critical care consequences of agents of mass destruction; and many more. Features many new chapters, and an entirely new section on Palliative Care and Ethical Issues in the Critical Care Unit. Reflects the rising importance of point-of-care ultrasonography with five hours of expertly narrated video embedded into 23 relevant chapters, clearly depicting the ideal use of this tool for intensivists. Includes a section on ICU Design, Organization, Operation, and Outcome Measures that addresses important changes and advances regarding safety, clinical practice guidelines, decreasing the cost of care, tele-ICU, and more. Provides extensive updates reflecting advances in cardiovascular intensive care, surgical critical care, shock and trauma, and sepsis management. Includes recommendations reflecting randomized controlled clinical trials, summarized, when possible, in quick-reference tables throughout.Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Procedures, techniques and ultrasonography
    2. Minimally invasive monitoring
    3. Palliative care and ethical issues in the critical care unit
    4. Shock and trauma and sepsis management
    5. Surgical problems in the intensive care unit
    6. Transplantation
    7. Rheumatologic, immunologic, and dermatologic diseases in the intensive care unit
    8. Infectious disease problems in the intensive care unit
    9. Hematologic and oncologic problems in the intensive care unit
    10. Pharmacology, overdoses, and poisonings
    11. Critical care consequences of weapons (or agents) of mass destruction
    12. ICU design, organization, operation, and outcome measures
    13. Endocrine problems in the intensive care unit
    14. Neurologic problems in the intensive care unit
    15. Psychiatric issues in intensive care
    16. Pulmonary problems in the intensive care unit
    17. Cardiovascular problems and coronary care
    18. Renal problems in the intensive care unit
    19. Gastrointestinal disease problems in the intensive care unit
    20. Metabolism/nutrition.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Anubha Gupta, Ritu Gupta, editors.
    Summary: This book comprises select peer-reviewed proceedings of the medical challenge - C-NMC challenge: Classification of normal versus malignant cells in B-ALL white blood cancer microscopic images. The challenge was run as part of the IEEE International Symposium on Biomedical Imaging (IEEE ISBI) 2019 held at Venice, Italy in April 2019. Cell classification via image processing has recently gained interest from the point of view of building computer-assisted diagnostic tools for blood disorders such as leukaemia. In order to arrive at a conclusive decision on disease diagnosis and degree of progression, it is very important to identify malignant cells with high accuracy. Computer-assisted tools can be very helpful in automating the process of cell segmentation and identification because morphologically both cell types appear similar. This particular challenge was run on a curated data set of more than 14000 cell images of very high quality. More than 200 international teams participated in the challenge. This book covers various solutions using machine learning and deep learning approaches. The book will prove useful for academics, researchers, and professionals interested in building low-cost automated diagnostic tools for cancer diagnosis and treatment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Classification of Normal Versus Malignant Cells in B-ALL White Blood Cancer Microscopic Images
    Chapter 2: Classification of Leukemic B-Lymphoblast Cells from Blood Smear Microscopic Images with an Attention-Based Deep Learning Method and Advanced Augmentation Techniques
    Chapter 3:
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Akhlaq A. Farooqui.
    Summary: Considerable progress has been made on the pathogenesis and therapeutic strategies of neurotraumatic diseases recent years. Ischemic and Traumatic Brain and Spinal Cord Injuries: Mechanisms and Potential Therapies presents readers with comprehensive and cutting edge information on molecular mechanisms, including signal transduction processes associated with neurodegeneration and neuroprotection in ischemic, spinal cord, severe and mild brain injuries. The book also covers the molecular mechanisms of drugs used for the treatment of neurotraumatic disease. Chapters are organized by molecular aspects and neuroprotective strategies by disease, including ischemic injury, spinal cord injury, traumatic brain injury, and chronic traumatic encephalopathy. The author aims to integrate and consolidate knowledge on neurotraumatic diseases and hopes that it will provide the basis of more dramatic advances and developments not only on molecular mechanisms, but also on causes and treatment of neurotraumatic diseases.

    Contents:
    1. Classification and molecular aspects of neurotraumatic diseases: similarities and differences with neurodegenerative and neuropsychiatric diseases
    2. Molecular aspects of ischemic injury
    3. Potential neuroprotective strategies for ischemic injuries
    4. Molecular aspects of spinal cord injury
    5. Potential neuroprotective strategies for experimental spinal cord injury
    6. Neurochemical aspects of traumatic brain injury
    7. Potential neuroprotective strategies for traumatic brain injury
    8. Molecular aspects of concussion and chronic traumatic encephalopathy
    9. Potential neuroprotective strategies for concussion and chronic traumatic encephalopathy
    10. Summary, perspective, and direction for future research on neurotraumatic diseases.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    by Giuseppe D'Aliberti, Marco Longoni, Cristina Motto, Valentina Oppo, Valentina Perini, Luca Valvassori, Simone Vidale.
    Summary: This book provides detailed practical guidance on the management of acute ischemic stroke in the clinical settings encountered in daily practice. Real-life cases are used to depict a wide range of clinical scenarios and to highlight significant aspects of management of ischemic stroke. In addition, diagnostic and therapeutic protocols are presented and helpful decision-making algorithms are provided that are specific to the different professionals involved in delivery of acute stroke care and to differing types of hospital facility. The coverage is completed by the inclusion of up-to-date scientific background information relevant to diagnosis and therapy. Throughout, the approach adopted is both practical and multidisciplinary. The book will be of value for all practitioners involved in the provision of acute stroke care, and also for medical students.

    Contents:
    Brief Description of Recent Developments in Diagnosis and Treatment
    Clinical cases
    Organizational Clinical Pathways
    Differentiated Decisional Algorithms.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alejandro M. Spiotta, Roberto Crosa
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Bruce Ovbiagele, Tanya N. Turan, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1 General Concepts: Management of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Chapter 2 Pre-hospital Stroke Treatment (EMS stabilization protocols)
    Chapter 3 Intravenous Thrombolysis and Anti-thrombotics
    Chapter 4 Intra-Arterial Therapy for Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Chapter 5 Hemicraniectomy
    Chapter 6 Supportive Care and Management of In-hospital Complications
    Chapter 7 Post-Discharge Complications of Stroke
    Chapter 8 General Concepts: Stroke Mechanisms, Subtyping, and Work Up
    Chapter 9 Traditional Stroke Risk Factor Treatment
    Chapter 10 Heterogeneous causes of stroke
    Antithrombotics
    Chapter 11 Heterogeneous Causes of Stroke
    Select Emerging Risk Factors
    Chapter 12 Secondary Prevention After Cardioembolic Stroke
    Chapter 13 Secondary Prevention after Ischemic Lacunar Stroke
    Chapter 14 Secondary Prevention after Symptomatic Large Artery Extracranial Disease
    Chapter15 Secondary Prevention after Symptomatic Large Artery Intracranial Disease
    Chapter 16 Secondary Prevention after Non-atherosclerotic Cerebral Vasculopathies
    Chapter 17 Secondary Prevention after Ischemic Strokes due to Hypercoagulable States
    Chapter 18 General Concepts: Therapies for Rehabilitation and Recovery
    Chapter 19 Botulinum Toxin for Post-Stroke Limb Spasticity
    Chapter 20 Selective Serotonin Re-uptake Inhibitors
    Chapter 21 Constraint Induced Therapies
    Chapter 22 Virtual Reality in Stroke Rehabilitation
    Chapter 23 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
    Chapter 24 General Concepts: Management of Asymptomatic Cerebrovascular Disease
    Chapter 25 Asymptomatic Carotid Artery Stenosis
    Chapter 26 Subclinical Vascular Brain Injury
    Chapter 27 General Concepts: Stroke Systems of Care
    Chapter 28 Stroke Centers and Related Aspects of Stroke Systems
    Chapter 29 Role of Registries and Community Models in Developed Countries
    Chapter 30 Telemedicine in Stroke Systems of Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rajanikant G. K., Pierre Gressens, Sreekala S. Nampoothiri, Gokul Surendran, Cindy Bokobza.
    Summary: There has been an enormous increase in information relating to microRNA (miRNA) and its strategic role in numerous diseases. This book reviews the emerging role of microRNAs in cerebral ischemia, providing comprehensive details of the links between this small RNA molecule and ischemic stroke, the more prevalent of the two main types of stroke. The chapters address questions relating to microRNAs function in various pathological features of stroke, like oxidative stress, excitotoxicity and cell death, as well as its role as a biomarker and diagnostic agent, and the current therapeutic interventions. Further, the book highlights the latest research on how miRNAs contribute to neuroregeneration following stroke, discussing the myriad computational tools and databases used in miRNA research, and decsribes how how miRNA modulates other cerebrovascular diseases. The book concludes with fresh insights into the effect of long non-coding RNA in cerebral ischemia.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1: microRNAs in normal brain physiology
    Chapter 2: Ischemic stroke: An imperative need for effective therapy
    Chapter 3: MicroRNAs in ischemic stroke pathophysiology: Special emphasis on early molecular events
    Chapter 4: microRNA regulation of ischemic stroke inflammatory and immune response
    Chapter 5: Regulatory role of microRNAs in ischemic cell death
    Chapter 6: The emerging role of microRNAs in post-ischemic angiogenesis and neurogenesis
    Chapter 7: MicroRNAs as potential diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic biomarkers in ischemic stroke
    Chapter 8: Interplay between microRNAs and other cerebrovascular diseases
    Chapter 9: New insights into the regulatory role of lncRNA, circRNA, piRNAs, and ceRNAs in ischemic stroke
    Chapter 10: Computational resources for microRNA research
    Chapter 11: MicroRNA-targeted therapeutics for ischemic stroke: Status, gaps and the way forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nazia Kazi.
    Summary: "A powerful introduction to the scope of Islamophobia in the United States. Drawing on examples such as the legacy of Barack Obama, the mainstream media's portrayal of Muslims, and the justifications given for some of America's most recent military endeavors, Kazi highlights the vast impact of Islamophobia, connecting it to a long history of US racism"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: troubling Islamophobia
    2. The visual politics of racism and Islamophobia
    3. Muslim beauty queens and the master narrative
    4. Neoliberalism and the good Muslim archetype
    5. Culture talk as Islamodiversion
    6. US empire's Muslim cheerleaders
    7. Beyond Trump
    8. The never-ending war on terror
    9. Conclusion: inverting reality, selling empire.
  • Digital
    H. Steven Moffic, John Peteet, Ahmed Zakaria Hankir, Rania Awaad, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, Canan Yurttaş, R. Shane Tubbs, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the insula, with emphasis on anatomical, diagnostics, clinical, and surgical features. The insular cortex is involved in a variety of functions, but a comprehensive resource cataloging these functions is not available in the current literature. This book gathers highly informative chapters written and edited by leading international authorities in the field and covers the full range of the insular cortex, approaching it in four main sections: firstly, the embryology and anatomy of the human insula; secondly, the functions of the human insula, including its role in nociception, language, decision making, cognition, emotional awareness etc.; thirdly, clinical disorders related to the insula such as epilepsy, schizophrenia, and Parkinson's disease; and fourthly, surgical techniques for insular gliomas and temporal lobe epilepsy. This comprehensive reference book will be an ideal source for neurosurgeons, neurologists and neuroanatomists seeking both basic and more advanced information regarding this unique structure in the human brain.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Anatomy of the Human Insula: Embryological Development of Insula
    Gross Anatomy of the Human Insula
    Surgical Anatomy of the Insula.-Middle longitudinal fasciculus in the human brain from fiber dissection.-Structural Connectivity of the Insula to Other Cortical Regions.-Neuroimaging Techniques for Investigation of the Insula.-Measurements of the Insula Volume using MRI
    Neuroimaging in Social Anxiety Disorder
    Part 2: Functions of the Human Insula: Nociceptive Local Field Potentials Recorded from the Human Insula are not Specific for Nociception.-Participation of the Insula in Language.-Role of the Anterior Insula in Decision Making
    Lateralization of the Insular Cortex.- Gustatory Areas within the Insular Cortex.-Role of the Insula in Human Cognition.-Right Anterior Insula: Core Region of Hallucinations in Cognitive Neurodegenerative Diseases.-Role of the Insula in Visual and Auditory Perception.-Role of the Anterior Insula in Autism.-Role of the Insular Cortex in Emotional Awareness.-Alterations of Reil's Insula in Alzheimer's Disease
    Contribution(s) of the Insula to Speech Production.-Role of the Insula in Auditory Processing
    Role of the insula in non-motor symptoms of Parkinson's disease
    Part 3: Clinical Disorders Related with Insula
    Insular Cortex Epilepsy.-Role of the Insula in Meditation
    Neuropsychological Deficits due to the Insula Damage
    Role of the Insula in Schizophrenia
    Part 4: Surgery of the Insular Cortex.-Surgical Techniques for Investigation of Role of the Insula in Epilepsy.-Surgery of insular diffuse low-grade gliomas.-Role of the Insula in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy Surgery Failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Itay Abuhav.
    Contents:
    1. Scope
    2. Normative references
    3. Terms and definitions
    4. Context of the organization
    5. Leadership
    6. Planning
    7. Support
    8. Operation
    9. Performance evaluation
    10. Improvement.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Mark Jesus M. Magbanua, John W. Park, editors.
    Contents:
    Circulating tumor cells as cancer biomarkers in the clinic / Ludmilla Thomé Domingos Chinen, Emne Ali Abdallah, Alexcia Camila Braun [and others]
    Strategies for isolation and molecular profiling of circulating tumor cells / Jia-Yang Chen, Ying-Chih Chang
    Aptamer-based methods for detection of circulating tumor cells and their potential for personalized diagnostics / Anna S. Zamay, Galina S. Zamay, Olga S. Kolovskaya, Tatiana N. Zamay [and others]
    Development of a protocol for single-cell analysis of circulating tumor cells in patients with solid tumors / Carolina Reduzzi, Rosita Motta, Giulia Bertolini, Patrizia Miodini, Antonia Martinetti [and others]
    Flow cytometric methods for circulating tumor cell isolation and molecular analysis / Neha Bhagwat, Erica L. Carpenter
    Enrichment and detection of circulating tumor cells and other rare cell populations by microfluidic filtration / Michael Pugia, Mark Jesus M. Magbanua, John W. Park
    Detection and enumeration of circulating tumor cells with invasive phenotype / Haizhen Wang, Xiangwei Wu
    Molecular profiling and significance of circulating tumor cell based genetic signatures / Nisha Kanwar, Susan J. Done
    Detection of gene rearrangements in circulating tumor cells: examples of ALK-, ROS1-, RET-rearrangements in non-small-cell lung cancer and ERG-rearrangements in prostate cancer / Cyril Catelain, Emma Pailler, Marianne Oulhen, Vincent Faugeroux, Anne-Laure Pommier [and others]
    Enrichment, isolation and molecular characterization of EpCAM-negative circulating tumor cells / Rita Lampignano, Helen Schneck, Martin Neumann, Tanja Fehm, Hans Neubauer
    Expression of epithelial mesenchymal transition and cancer stem cell markers in circulating tumor cells / Stefan Werner, Arnulf Stenzl, Klaus Pantel, Tilman Todenh̲fer
    Mesenchymal-epithelial transition and circulating tumor cells in small cell lung cancer / Gerhard Hamilton, Barbara Rath
    Clinical relevance of a candidate stem cell marker, p75 neurotrophin receptor (p75NTR) expression in circulating tumor cells / Tomoyuki Okumura, Tetsuji Yamaguchi, Toru Watanabe, Takuya Nagata, Yutaka Shimada
    Personalized treatment through detection and monitoring of genetic aberrations in single circulating tumor cells / Swee Jin Tan, Trifanny Yeo, Sarvesh Abhay Sukhatme, Say Li Kong, Wan-Teck Lim [and others]
    Glycan markers as potential immunological targets in circulating tumor cells / Denong Wang, Lisa Wu, Xiaohe Liu
    Significance of EGFR expression in circulating tumor cells / María José Serrano, María Jesús Alvarez-Cubero, Diego De Miguel Pérez [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Zvi Kelman.
    Contents:
    Application of natural isotopic abundance 1H-13C-and 1H-15N-correlated two-dimensional NMR for evaluation of the structure of protein therapeutics
    A semiautomated assignment protocol for methyl group side chains in large proteins
    19F-site-specific-labeled nucleotides for nucleic acid structural analysis by NMR
    Applying thymine isostere 2,4-difluoro-5-methylbenzene as a NMR assignment tool and probe of homopyrimidine/homopurine tract structural dynamics
    Biomolecular deuteration for neutron structural biology and dynamics
    Dueterium labeling together with contrast variation small-angle neutron scattering suggests how skip captures and releases unfolded outer membrane proteins
    Deuteration in biological neutron reflectometry
    Deuterium labeling strategies for creating contrast in structure-function studies of model bacterial outer membranes using neutron reflectometry
    Essential strategies for revealing nanoscale protein dynamics by neutron spin echo spectoscopy
    Method for the determination of 15N incorporation percentage in labeled peptides and proteins
    QconCAT: internal standard for protein quantification
    Production purification, and characterization of 15N-labeled DNA repair proteins as internal standards for mass spectrometric measurements
    Hydrogen exchange mass spectrometry
    Mapping protein-ligand interactions with proteolytic fragmentation, hydrogen/deuterium exchange-mass spectrometry
    Isotope labelgin of biomolecules: structural analysis of viruses by HDX-MS.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Zvi Kelman.
    Summary: Isotope Labeling of Biomolecules - Labeling Methods, the latest volume of the Methods in Enzymology series contains comprehensive information on stable isotope labeling methods and applications for biomolecules.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Helen E. Scharfman, Paul S. Buckmaster, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. How can we identify ictal and interictal abnormal activity? / Robert S. Fisher, Helen E. Scharfman, and Marco deCurtis
    What is the clinical relevance of in vitro epileptiform activity? / Uwe Heinemann and Kevin J. Staley
    What is the importance of abnormal "background" activity in seizure generation? / Richard J. Staba and Gregory A. Worrell
    What is a seizure focus? / J. Victor Nadler and Dennis D. Spencer
    What is a seizure network? Long-range network consequences of focal seizures / Hal Blumenfeld
    What is a seizure network? Very fast oscillations at the interface between normal and epileptic brain / Roger D. Traub, Mark O. Cunningham, and Miles A. Whittington
    Is there such a thing as "generalized" epilepsy? / Gilles van Luijtelaar, Charles Behr, and Massimo Avoli
    Part 2. Are there really "epileptogenic" mechanisms or only corruptions of "normal" plasticity? / Giuliano Avanzini, Patrick A. Forcelli, and Karen Gale
    When and how do seizures kill neurons, and is cell death relevant to epileptogenesis? / Ray Dingledine, Nicholas H. Varvel, and F. Edward Dudek
    How is homeostatic plasticity important in epilepsy? / John W. Swann and Jong M. Rho
    Is plasticity of GABAergic mechanisms relevant to epileptogenesis? / Helen E. Scharfman and Amy R. Brooks-Kayal
    Do structural changes in GABA neurons give rise to the epileptic state? / Carolyn R. Houser
    Does mossy fiber sprouting give rise to the epileptic state? / Paul S. Buckmaster
    Does brain inflammation mediate pathological outcomes in epilepsy? / Karen S. Wilcox and Annamaria Vezzani
    Are changes in synaptic function that underlie hyperexcitability responsible for seizure activity? / John G.R. Jefferys
    Does epilepsy cause a reversion to immature function? / Aristea S. Galanopoulou and Solomon L. Moshé
    Are alterations in transmitter receptor and ion channel expression responsible for epilepsies? / Kim L. Powell, Katarzyna Lukasiuk, Terence J. O'Brien, and Asla Pitkänen
    Part 3. How do we make models that are useful in understanding partial epilepsies? / David A. Prince
    Aligning animal models with clinical epilepsy: where to begin? / Stephen C. Harward and James O. McNamara
    What non-neuronal mechanisms should be studied to understand epileptic seizures? / Damir Janigro and Matthew C. Walker
    What epilepsy comorbidities are important to model in the laboratory? clinical perspectives / Simon Shorvon
    Epilepsy comorbidities: how can animal models help? / Carl E. Stafstrom
    What new modeling approaches will help us identify promising drug treatments? / Scott C. baraban and Wolfgang Löscher
    What are the arguments for and against rational therapy for epilepsy? / Melissa Barker-Haliski, Graeme J. Sills, and H. Steve White
    How can advances in epilepsy genetics lead to better treatments and cures? / Renzo Guerrini and Jeffrey Noebels
    How might novel technologies such as optogenetics lead to better treatments in epilepsy? / Esther Krook-Magnuson, Marco Ledri, Ivan Soltesz, and Merab Kokaia
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    by Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson of Basecamp.
    Summary: "In this timely manifesto, the authors of the New York Times bestseller Rework broadly reject the prevailing notion that long hours, aggressive hustle, and "whatever it takes" are required to run a successful business today." -- From Amazon.com summary. Fried and Hansson reject the prevailing notion that long hours, aggressive hustle, and "whatever it takes" are required to run a successful business today. They believe the answer to better productivity isn't more hours-- it's less waste and fewer things that induce distraction and persistent stress. No matter the size of your company, Fried and Hansson show you what needs to be done-- and how you can do it, too. -- adapted from jacket.

    Contents:
    First
    Curb your ambition
    Defend your time
    Feed your culture
    Dissect your process
    Mind your business
    Last.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 118
    1
  • Digital
    C. Martin Harris and Gene Lazuta.
    Summary: "A proven working model of healthcare IT as a transformative clinical and business engine from one of the world's leading healthcare organizations. Exciting new technology is revolutionizing healthcare in the twenty-first century. This industry-changing guide by Cleveland Clinic's esteemed chief information officer shows health professionals how to design, implement, and maximize their IT systems to deliver fully integrated, coordinated, high-quality care. The book offers value-based strategies that health systems can apply using online tools and IT systems to improve collaboration among patients, caregivers, and care teams including sophisticated electronic medical record-keeping and -sharing, real-time access to clinical data and research, machine-guided therapeutics, online second opinions, virtual visits, even social media. This is the future of quality healthcare the Cleveland Clinic way"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. A Digital Handshake at the Virtual Front Door
    Chapter 2. Vertical Thinking in the Mouse Museum
    Chapter 3. High-Tech, High-Touch
    Chapter 4. Electronic Health Record: Functionality, Adoption, Future
    Chapter 5. The Internet of Healthcare
    Epilogue
    Notes
    Index.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017
  • Digital
    Eugene Rosenberg.
    Summary: It's in Your DNA: From Discovery to Structure, Function and Role in Evolution, Cancer and Aging describes, in a clear, approachable manner, the progression of the experiments that eventually led to our current understanding of DNA. This fascinating work tells the whole story from the discovery of DNA and its structure, how it replicates, codes for proteins, and our current ability to analyze and manipulate it in genetic engineering to begin to understand the central role of DNA in evolution, cancer, and aging. While telling the scientific story of DNA, this captivating treatise is further enhanced by brief sketches of the colorful lives and personalities of the key scientists and pioneers of DNA research. Major discoveries by Meischer, Darwin, and Mendel and their impacts are discussed, including the merging of the disciplines of genetics, evolutionary biology, and nucleic acid biochemistry, giving rise to molecular genetics. After tracing development of the gene concept, critical experiments are described and a new biological paradigm, the hologenome concept of evolution, is introduced and described. The final two chapters of the work focus on DNA as it relates to cancer and gerontology. This book provides readers with much-needed knowledge to help advance their understanding of the subject and stimulate further research. It will appeal to researchers, students, and others with diverse backgrounds within or beyond the life sciences, including those in biochemistry, genetics/molecular genetics, evolutionary biology, epidemiology, oncology, gerontology, cell biology, microbiology, and anyone interested in these mechanisms in life.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Ramani Durvasula, PhD.
    Summary: "Healing and thriving after or even during a narcissistic relationship can be challenging, but it is possible. It's Not You shows that the first step is to stop trying to change the narcissistic person, stop blaming yourself, and start giving yourself permission to foster your autonomy and sense of self outside of this relationship"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction: How did we get here?
    Part I: the narcissistic relationship. Clarifying narcissism
    Death by a thousand cuts : the narcissistic relationship
    The fallout : the impact of narcissistic abuse
    Part II: Recognition, recovery, healing, and growth. Understand your backstory
    Embrace radical acceptance
    Grief and healing from
    Narcissistic relationships
    Become more narcissist resistant
    Heal and grow when you stay
    Rewrite your story
    Conclusion.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    BF575.N35 D877 2024
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Frederick T. L. Leong, Dave Bartram, Fanny Cheung, Kurt F. Geisinger, Dragos Iliescu.
    Summary: " During the last several years social scientists have increasingly recognized the impact of globalization on research and practice. It is imperative that psychology as a field be cognizant of this ongoing shift and that psychologists begin to integrate their various models, theories, and perspectives into a global curriculum. Sponsored by the International Testing Commission, The ITC International Handbook of Testing and Assessment is dedicated to the advancement of theory, research, and practice in the area of international testing and assessment in psychology, education, counseling, organizational behavior, human resource management, and related disciplines. Bringing together international contributors from a range of disciplines, each chapter provides a review of testing and assessment research and practices around the world as well as a discussion of conceptual and methodological challenges to help advance the field. As The ITC International Handbook of Testing and Assessment, it also provides a historical perspective of international testing, the development of the ITC, and its guidelines. Recognizing that cultural and international contexts are essential to a true and accurate psychology, the authors describe how cultural, economic, political, and social factors in different countries frame the science and practice of testing and assessment. The ITC International Handbook of Testing and Assessment is a must-have resource for testing professionals and graduate students from psychology and related disciplines. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Frederick T.L. Leong, Dave Bartram, Fanny M. Cheung, Kurt F. Geisinger, and Dragos Iliescu
    The History and Current Status of Testing across Cultures and Countries / Ype H. Poortinga and Eckhard Klieme
    A Brief History of the International Test Commission / Thomas Oakland
    The ITC Guidelines: International Standards and Guidelines Relating to Tests and Testing / Dave Bartram and Ronald K. Hambleton
    Measuring and Understanding Intellectual and Other Abilities / Eleanor Armour-Thomas and Lisa Suzuki
    Measuring states and traits in motivation and emotion: a new model illustrated for the case of work engagement / Robert A. Roe and Ilke Inceoglu
    A look inside the toolbox: Measurement procedures in Implicit Social Cognition / Rebecca Weil
    Values / Shalom H. Schwartz and Jan Cieciuch
    Assessment of Career Interests . Frederick T.L. Leong, Weiqiao Fan, and Xiaolu Zhou
    Personality Assessment / Dragos Iliescu and Dan Ispas
    Psychopathology: Psychosis assessment and high-risk paradigms / Eduardo Fonseca Pedrero, Diane C. Gooding, Martin Debbané, and José Muñiz
    Neuropsychological Assessment / Anita M. Hubley and Maeve A. Mangaoang
    Testing in Educational and Developmental Settings / Stephen G. Sireci and Fernanda Gándara
    Test Use in Work Settings / Dirk D. Steiner and Neal Schmitt
    Clinical Assessment in International Settings
    James N. Butcher, Giselle A. Hass, and Jacob A. Paulsen
    Forensic Context Testing / Martin Fisher, Sarah Brown, Georgia Barnett, and Helen Wakeling
    Advances in Rehabilitation and Health Assessments / Elias Mpofu, Ros Madden, Richard Madden, David Kellett, David B. Peterson, W. Dent Gitchel, and Eun-Jeong Lee
    Testing Individuals with Disabilities: An International Perspective / Kurt F. Geisinger and Carina McCormick
    Children and Adolescents / Diana Joyce-Beaulieu and Carmelo M. Callueng
    Taking Diversity into Account: Assessment of Older Adults / Meirong Kuang, Felix-Nicolai Müller, Yang Fang, Helene H. Fung, and Frieder R. Lang
    Language and Culture in Testing / Franziska Schwabe, Alina A. von Davier, and Micheline Chalhoub-Deville
    Testing and Assessment of Immigrants and Second-Language Learners / Thomas Oakland
    Indigenous Approaches to Testing and Assessment / Fanny M. Cheung and Velichko H. Fetvadjiev
    Response Biases / Eunike Wetzel, Jan R. Böhnke, and Anna Brown
    Test Adaptations / Fons J.R. van de Vijver
    Multigroup Comparisons: Testing for Measurement, Structural, and Latent Mean Equivalence
    Barbara M. Byrne
    Technology and Testing: Developments in Education, Work, and Healthcare / Stephen Stark, Jaclyn Martin, and Oleksandr S. Chernyshenko
    Reliability and Validity: History, Notions, Methods, Discussion
    Paul De Boeck and Paula Elosua
    Ethical Standards, Guidelines, and Related Issues Pertinent to International Testing and Assessment / Thomas Oakland and Dragos Iliescu
    Norming / Dave Bartram and Fons J.R. van de Vijver
    Assessment Design for Accuracy of Scores, Meaningfulness of Interpretations and Fairness of Decision Making in High-stakes Educational Testing / Kadriye Ercikan and Avi Allalouf.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Jacek C. Szepietowski, Elke Weisshaar.
    Contents:
    Classification of Itch
    Epidemiology of Itch
    Central Mechanisms of Itch
    Peripheral Mechanisms of Itch
    Diagnostic Procedures of Itch
    Measurement of Itch Intensity
    Itch Management: General Principles
    Itch Management: Topical Agents
    Itch Management: Systemic Agents
    Itch Management: Physical Approaches (UV Phototherapy, Acupuncture)
    Itch Management: Psychotherapeutic Approach
    Itch Management: Treatments under Development
    Itch in Urticaria Management
    Itch in Atopic Dermatitis Management
    Prurigo Nodularis Management
    Itch in Psoriasis Management
    Itch in Special Skin Locations Management
    Neurologic Itch Management
    Psychogenic Itch Management
    Uremic Itch Management --Cholestatic Itch Management
    Paraneoplastic Itch Management
    Drug-Induced Itch Management
    Itch in Pregnancy Management
    Itch Management in Childhood
    Itch Management in the Elderly
    Author Index
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Ivan G. Horak [and six others].
    Summary: This is a comprehensive work summarizing the current state of knowledge of the biology of the hard ticks (Acari: Ixodidae) of Southern Africa (South Africa, Namibia, Botswana, Swaziland, Lesotho and Maputo Province, Mozambique). It provides an overview of the history of tick research in Southern Africa and the evolution of our knowledge of the ticks' distribution and biology, as well as the methods used to determine tick distribution, abundance and host preference. The morphologies of most of the tick species known to occur in Southern Africa are described and illustrated, and their distributions are described and mapped in relation to the biomes of the region. The known hosts for each tick species are listed, and the tick's host preferences are discussed. Information on most species life cycle in the laboratory and the field, and their seasonal occurrence, is summarized. The diseases of animals and humans transmitted or caused by each tick species are summarized in relation to tick ecology. Aspects of the biology of the major hosts relevant to tick infestations are described, and extensive tick/host and host/tick lists are provided for each country.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. History
    2.1 South Africa
    2.2 Namibia
    2.3 Botswana
    2.4 Swaziland
    2.5 Lesotho
    2.6 Maputo Province
    Chapter 3. Sources of Information and Methods
    3.1 Southern Africa: Countries, Topography, Climate and Biomes
    3.1.1 Countries
    3.1.2 Topography
    3.1.3 Temperature and rainfall
    3.1.4 Biomes
    3.2 Nomenclature
    3.2.1 Ticks
    3.2.2 Hosts
    3.3 Descriptions
    3.3.1 Taxonomy
    3.3.2 Size
    3.3.3 Male to female ratio
    3.4 Distribution
    3.4.1 South African Tick Survey
    3.4.2 Other surveys
    3.4.3 Regional distribution
    3.5 Tick Collection
    3.5.1 Tick collection from live animals
    3.5.2 Tick collection from dead animals
    3.5.3 Vegetation
    3.6 Tick/Host and Host/Tick Lists
    3.7 Host Specificity 3.8 Seasonal Abundance
    3.9 Life Cycles
    3.10 Tick-Borne Diseases
    3.11 References
    Chapter 4. The Genus Amblyomma
    Chapter 5. The Genus Haemaphysalis
    Chapter 6. The Genus Hyalomma
    Chapter 7. The Genus Ixodes
    Chapter 8. The Genus Rhipicephalus
    Chapter 9. Ticks belonging to other Genera
    Chapter 10. Hosts and Host and Vegetation Tick Lists Hosts Domestic animals Humans Wildlife Host/Tick Lists South Africa Namibia Botswana Swaziland Lesotho Maputo Province
    Chapter 11. Tick-Borne Diseases Animals Humans.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
all 778 "I" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.